Chapter Text
The scream that reverberated across the Boiling Isles was one of the worst sounds that Eda had never wanted to imagine.
The Owl Beast began to panic again, and time itself seemed to slow as Eda took in the scene before her.
The land was torn asunder in every direction and figures, many robed and armed, stood menacingly to the side, hesitating.
“Eda…” Raine was saying, but their voice barely registered any more than the other surrounding figures.
All Eda could see was a tiny form, shaggy grey with an exposed, horned skull, lying utterly still, covered in bluish blood.
Crouched above was another figure, face obscured, but hands covered in the same blood, cloaked in bright purple robes patterned half and half with a moon and stars motif.
Eda didn’t remember when she had shifted to harpy form, but she had halved the distance between them before she realized it, half running, half flying, the screaming still echoing, inescapable.
She felt her claws connect with their target…
***
…And Eda shot up in her nest, the screaming coming from her own throat.
She was nearly blinded by the bright sunlight streaming through her stained-glass window.
“Eda! EDA!”
She blinked wildly against the brightness, raising a hand - her only hand now - to block it from her face.
“EDA!”
As her bedroom loft returned to focus, Eda found herself looking down into the familiar face of the small, horned-skulled creature from her dream, this time very much alive and looking concerned, his claws resting on the edge of her nest.
“King.”
She reached down and picked him up, one-armed, wing drawing in to hold him close.
“You okay, Eda,” King asked from within the feathers.
Eda just made a strangled sound and hugged him as tightly as she could.
At one time, King would have probably protested, pushed away against such a display of outward affection. But things had changed and Eda had a sneaking suspicion that he needed this as much as she did.
There was the sound of rapidly-approaching footsteps and a slightly winded Raine Whispers burst through the door.
“Everything okay?” they demanded.
Eda looked almost surprised to see Raine there, but then she nearly always felt a bit of not-unpleasant surprise to find them still around. She still halfway expected to wake up one morning and discover that they had left again.
So far it hadn’t happened, but that didn’t stop Eda from being constantly on edge about it.
“Another nightmare, huh,” Raine said, sitting down on the edge of the nest and putting a firm hand on Eda’s shoulder.
“Eh, it happens,” Eda said, loosening her grip on King but not letting him go.
“Must’ve been a bad one,” Raine continued. “If it made you go all… this .”
They tapped one of the massive harpy wings.
“It’s bound to happen,” Eda said, taking a deep breath and letting herself relax back into her former shape, wings and claws melting away. “I’m a bit surprised, though. The Owl Beast and I haven’t exactly been seeing eye-to-eye lately.”
“You two have a fight?” King asked, making no attempt to move from Eda’s lap.
“It’s more like they’re a wild animal with some ingrained fears and instincts that I can’t reason away, and I have some ideas that go against their judgement.”
King squinted.
“You’re being preeetttyyy cryptic there, Eda,” he said.
“Don’t worry,” Eda tapped him on the skull. “I’m not going to do anything without talking to you about it.”
“I don’t know what you’re up to,” King said. “But I’m sure I one hundred percent support it.”
Raine sighed.
“You should come down for breakfast,” they said. “I was going to bring a tray up, but Hooty insisted on helping cook and…I’m not sure that was a good idea.”
Eda laughed, gently shifting King off her lap before stretching and climbing to her feet.
They made their way downstairs and, sure enough, Hooty was coiled over the stove, holding a wooden spoon in his beak and humming a song of his own creation.
There were lyrics, no doubt completely deranged, but with his grip on the spoon, it was hard to make much out other than something about demonic mice and “hoot!”
“Morning, Hooty,” Eda said, padding into the kitchen.
“Oooooooh, Edaaaaa!” Hooty said delightedly, dropping the spoon. “Look what IIIII made you for breakfast!”
Eda peered into the frying pan to see something very thin and breadish sizzling in it.
“Really flat pancakes?” she asked, flashing back to one of Luz’s favorite breakfast foods.
“They’re CREEEPS!” Hooty said.
“Creeps?” Eda asked. “You mean crepes? The human food?”
“Oh they’re like crepes,” Hooty said, bouncing excitedly. “But way, wayyyyy creepier! Guess what the secret ingredient is! I bet you CAAN’T!”
“Do I want to know what the secret ingredient is?” Eda asked.
“If it’s demonic mice, I’m not eating it,” Raine added.
“Speak for yourself,” Eda said.
“Can I guess?” King asked. “I guess the secret ingredient isss kindness! And goodwill towards all!”
“Ew, no,” Hooty said. “It’s the entire bag of sugar that Luz brought us from the Human Realm.”
“It’s a lot of sugar,” Raine said.
“Yeee-eeees,” Hooty said. “And Luz said it causes caves in your teeth, and caves are CREEPY!”
“Cavities, Hooty,” Eda said. “I guess I should make another list of things for Luz to pick up in the human realm, since we don’t have any sugar left. We’re going through it all pretty fast. Or I could go get it myself. Flex my bandit muscles.”
Raine laughed as Eda flexed her arm.
“Oh! Oh!” King said. “Take me! We can be a bandit duo!”
King sounded earnest, but Eda could tell that something was off. It had been for a while, and it was pretty clear that King was going through the motions of normalcy, as if desperate to return to something…Something before the revelation that he was the last Titan, before the Day Of Unity and before The Collector had wrought havoc on the Boiling Isles.
“I won’t leave you behind, King,” Eda said.
The group sat down at the kitchen table and Hooty served them Creeps, which were essentially breaded sugar.
Eda and Raine fell into a debate about whether it was appropriate to drink hot apple blood, and Hooty held forth about his latest correspondence with Lilith.
King was quieter. He scarfed down his plate of Creeps and then hopped to the window, staring out at the path intently.
“You okay there, King?” Eda asked.
“I’m just waiting for Luz to get back. If she comes back.”
“She will. She’ll be here soon.”
Luz had been spending a decent amount of time in Connecticut, now that a stable passage between worlds had been reestablished. It did make life in Eda’s house a bit quieter when she and Hunter weren’t there, but it seemed like King missed her the most.
“You wanna’ talk about anything, King?”
He shook his head.
The house itself had needed, and still needed, some pretty significant repairs.
Much of the contents were still missing after having been taken by Coven scouts. Recovering it all was proving more difficult than anticipated. Not only was the former Empire in complete chaos, but The Collector had thrown the warehouse containing all the confiscated material two miles east after getting bored playing hide and seek with the Coven scouts inside.
“I wish I knew what he was thinking,” Eda said quietly, clearing the dishes away while King continued to sit in the window. “I know he’ll talk to me when he’s ready - and he knows he can anytime - but there’s some stuff we really need to talk about.”
“You’re not sure how to talk to him about your plan, are you,” Raine said knowingly.
“It’s not a plan, I don’t have a plan,” Eda said. “It’s an idea, and I still don’t have a clue where to start. There’s nothing in the library, and you couldn’t find anything in the Castle.”
“What’s left of the Castle,” Raine said. “That didn’t hold up well, either.”
Eda found herself staring at them, not for the first time in recent days. She usually looked away when she caught herself, before Raine noticed but, on the times like this when they did notice, they simply gave her a warm smile.
Eda felt her face go flush, but she couldn’t help but smile back.
She felt like her heart was going to explode, but along with it was something else.
Maybe it was the residual anxiety that was always with her from the curse, but Eda couldn’t shake the feeling that this wouldn’t last, and at any second it was all going to fall apart again.
***
“Raine!”
At first Eda couldn’t process what was happening.
King, Luz, her friends were who knows where and the plan to thwart the Draining Spell had failed.
Everyone around her, nearly everyone she knew was dying, their magic, their very life energy being pulled from them into the eclipse above.
Everyone.
But all Eda could focus on was one.
“ Raine. ”
Her best friend, sometimes more, lost and regained, now dying at her knees, their last act having been to save her life.
The Owl Beast was screaming from her subconscious, but it didn’t matter. It was all over.
Raine was dying and there was nothing Eda could do. Nothing anybody could do.
But then someone did.
It was as if a great shudder went through the entire fabric of reality and, before Eda could even react to that, there was light.
Bright, blinding light.
It was so sudden that it took a moment for her to realize the light was coming from the sun overhead.
‘ They’re here! ’ came the panicked knowledge from the recesses of her subconscious where the curse lived. ‘ They’re HERE! '
The eclipse was over already, the draining spell dissipating with it.
Except eclipses weren’t supposed to end that fast.
With some effort, Eda tore her gaze away from Raine and raised it to the sky.
“Did we…lose time…” she whispered in confusion.
Not only was the moon no longer eclipsing the sun, it wasn’t anywhere near the sun.
“What’s going on?” a voice asked from nearby.
“The moon just…”
“Did it just move ?”
“Get up.”
“Here, let me help you.”
“Where’s Belos? Where’s the Emperor?”
“He betrayed you, can’t you see ?! He was trying to kill you, he was trying to kill you all!”
“How did the moon move that fast?”
“It must have been Belos.”
“Nobody else has that power.”
Eda stared at the moon for a long time, trying to understand.
“Who?” she whispered. “ Who’s here?”
She looked down at Raine, grabbing their shoulder with her remaining hand and shaking them roughly.
“Raine! Raine! Wake up!”
Raine did not respond.
“Come on, come on. I need you to be okay. I’m not sure who I’ve got left right now.”
There was still no movement from Raine, aside from Eda’s desperate shaking.
Then there was a hand on her own shoulder and she yelped, not just from the surprise but because it was the shoulder of her arm that was now missing. And, to her surprise, she had the realization that it was hurting, and had been for a while.
“Eda! Oh good Titan, your arm. I didn’t see…”
It was Darius, and he quickly let go and crouched down beside Eda and Raine. He was holding a nearly-unconscious Eberwolf under one arm.
“Don’t worry about my arm,” Eda said. “We’ve got to get Raine out of here. I can’t rouse them, but someone or something is coming and we have to hide now .”
Darius put a hand on Raine.
“Is it Belos?” he asked.
“No, not Belos. Something older and far, far worse.”
“How do you know that?”
“Benefits of having a curse, I guess.”
There was a massive rumbling, cracking sound and questions and murmurs of confusion rose from the nearby survivors as they all looked around to locate the source.
It didn’t take long for everyone to discover that it was coming from the Titan’s skull itself.
For a moment, Eda half wondered if it were the Titan returning to life, but she quickly realized, as did most everyone else, that the skull was cracking and ripping apart. Pieces were being swept up into the air and the tremors could be felt across the Isles.
There were no words from within, but Eda knew beyond the shadow of a doubt that this was the doing of the mysterious new threat.
“That’s them,” she said, turning back to Darius. “We need to go.”
Darius, to Eda’s relief, did not question her.
“Do you think you can carry Eber?” he asked.
Eda stood up, an act that proved slightly more difficult than she’d anticipated, and held out her arm.
Eberwolf weakly tried to help, but was too out of it to do much. Fortunately, Eda’s grip was strong.
Darius seemed better off than most and manifested an abomination sling to carry Raine.
“Right,” he said. “Let’s go.”
He looked regretfully at the other Coven Heads, who were struggling to regroup and recover.
Eda could see his conflict. They’d all been victims of Belos’ true plans. She too was looking around, hoping to spot Lilith or Hooty.
But she also knew that staying here much longer would condemn them all. Activity was starting to break into confusion.
“ Lily !” she called. “LILY IF YOU CAN GET HOOTY, WE NEED TO GET OUT OF HERE! SOMETHING BAD IS COMING!”
“I’ll get them, Owl Lady,” a voice said from beside her. Alador Blight, of all people. “You get going. There’s a defunct factory workshop on the Knee. We’ll meet there. If you get there first, this will get you in.”
He held out a key that seemed to be made of dried abomination goop.
Eda felt a wave of relief. If Alador was here, that no doubt meant that Luz and King had made connections with Amity. She’d have to have some words with him later about allowing the kids anywhere near this location, but for the moment she was simply grateful.
“Put it in my hair, Blight,” she said. “And you better bring Luz and King with you. Whatever just showed up is bad news and I don’t want them to meet it.”
Alador gave her a stricken look that she didn’t like at all.
He did, however, hide the factory key in her hair.
“Keep your word,” Eda said coldly, even though Alador had not promised anything, or spoken a word since telling her about the warehouse.
And she and Darius, carrying Raine and Eberwolf, hurried down the steps and ran for their lives, bursting through the Abomatons, which seemed to have been decommissioned, most likely by Alador. Eda once again felt a sense of gratefulness towards Amity’s father.
“Luz, you’re a good influence,” she muttered to herself.
Something about Alador’s expression kept bothering her, though, and she wished she’d asked him a few more direct questions instead of making assumptions.
It was too late now, and the wind was picking up.
Eda and Darius pushed their way through the throngs of witches and demons who were also intent on making a break for it.
At the edge of the woods, they momentarily turned and looked back.
“What in the name of these blasted Islands,” Darius muttered.
The Titan’s skull had nearly disintegrated by now, much of it had collapsed in on itself, but a not-insignificant portion of the debris was swirling into the sky.
And from somewhere amidst the swiftly-turning vortex, there was the sound of joyous laughter.
Chapter 2
Summary:
Luz makes a visit. Eda reflects on the past and schemes about the future.
Notes:
Thank you everyone for the comments and support on the first chapter! I have a lot more planned and I hope you all continue to enjoy what I have in store!
Chapter Text
Luz’s entrances back into the Boiling Isles and, more specifically, the particular section of the Boiling Isles where Eda happened to be at any given time, were usually punctuated by a bit of dramatics, some wordplay, or a slightly-over-the-top proclamation.
Sometimes it was all three.
This day was no exception.
Eda was pouring over a book on glass-making, when Luz literally kicked the door open as Hooty screeched, and leaped into the house.
“Never fear!” she cried. “The Luz-nado is here!”
“Luz, if you break my door you’re going to fix it,” Eda said, abandoning the book crossing the room to wrap her arm around Luz.
Luz reciprocated the hug, probably more tightly than the situation warranted, but Eda was not going to make any complaints.
It was, she thought in amusement, kind of incredible that this human gesture of affection had once been something that felt foreign and, at times, alarming. In what was a surprisingly short amount of time, all things considered, it had become a deeply important and comforting expression for the inhabitants of the Owl House.
And they all had Luz to thank for that.
Eda stepped back, still holding onto Luz’s shoulder.
“Let me look at you, kid. You been eating enough? I think you’ve grown !”
“Eda, I’ve been gone for five days.”
“Yeah, well. That’s five days I’ve had to worry about you. I think I’ve got more grey hairs.”
“Your hair’s already grey.”
“No it’s not. It’s silver .”
“Well, maybe if you’d let me give you a cell phone you could keep in touch and you wouldn't have to worry so much.”
“I am not stooping to the low of owning one of those human Penstagram knockoffs. I hear they rot your brains.”
“Edaaaaa, you deal in human garbage.”
“Yes. I sell it to others. I don’t use it myself .”
“You’re literally reading a book from the human realm!” Luz cried, pointing at the glass-craft book lying open on the newly-reclaimed couch (that had only needed a bit of cleaning after it had been found upside-down in the woods a short time ago).
Their banter had become a staple and neither would have it any other way. Being locked in separate realms after the Day Of Unity had made both Eda and Luz appreciate that they were able to see each other again.
Still, there was an unspoken dilemma.
Eda wasn’t under any illusions that being able to freely pass between dimensions had necessarily made Luz’s life any easier.
Although amicable to the arrangement, it was clear that Camilla would rather have her daughter in Connecticut full-time.
And, if Eda were brutally honest with herself, she knew she wanted the opposite and would be perfectly happy to have Luz never leave the Boiling Isles again.
She stepped back to give King and Hooty room to greet Luz with much enthusiasm.
They surrounded Luz, who laughed in delight and gushed about just how much she’d missed them.
“Can I say hello to Luz now?” Raine said, from where they were leaning against the doorway of the living room.
“No!” King said, having wrapped himself around Luz’s left arm. “My human!”
“You wait your turn!” Hooty howled.
Eda turned to Raine and shrugged.
“Let them have this,” she said. “They’ve been through so much.”
Raine moved to stand beside Eda.
“So have you,” they said.
***
Eda and Darius had just made it to the Knee when Alador caught up with Lilith, Hooty, Edric and Emira in tow.
At Eda’s insistence, they’d been traveling on foot, not wanting to draw attention. Judging from the explosions and flying debris in the sky above, this had been the right decision. But she knew they were far from safe.
However, as Eda hugged a sobbing Lilith and Hooty, there was a bigger and very glaring concern.
Alador only had two children with him.
“Where are Luz and King?” she demanded, heart sinking as Alador’s expression collapsed and he sank to the ground, head in his hands.
“Blight,” Eda growled, advancing with fury in her eyes. “Last I knew, King was going with Luz to see Amity, and if something happened to them on your watch, so help me…”
Edric and Emira stepped between them, hands raised to use defensive magic if needed.
Alador couldn’t speak.
“Leave him alone,” Emira said. “He’s trying his best.”
“I’ll ask again,” Eda said. “Where. Are. Luz. And. King?”
Edric stepped forward.
“Eda…” he began.
“That’s Owl Lady to you, until you tell me where my kids are.”
“Luz got captured by Kikimora,” Edric admitted, grimacing. “She was taken to Emperor Belos.”
“ WHAT !?!”
Edric winced at the sheer anger and fear radiating from Eda.
“We gave chase,” Alador said. “Amity and King went after her, along with Willow and Gus and that Golden Guard kid.”
“The Golden Guard went to face Belos too? Oh this is bad. You don’t know the half of it. They could all be dead. Where is Belos?”
“That’s just it,” Alador said, his voice hollow. “They were in…they were in the Skull, Edalyn.”
A number of emotions hit Eda all at once, each overpowering the other. She’d seen what had happened to the Skull, and the chances of surviving that were nil.
She felt anger, pure rage for sure, but they carried her nowhere and were consumed, along with the others, by something else from which there was no return.
Distantly, Eda felt her knees hit the snow. She couldn’t tell whether her blood had run cold or her temperature had skyrocketed. It felt like both at the same time. She didn’t think she could breathe.
She’d felt something similar when she realized the plan to stop the Draining Spell had failed. But somehow this was more viscerally intense, filling her with a level of despair she’d never really experienced before.
The pain in her arm surged strangely.
Someone was saying something, perhaps?
Eda wasn’t sure. It might have just been in her head.
None of this was real, it couldn’t be. It had to be a dream. Nothing could feel this sharp and numb at the same time.
It was a dream. It had to be a dream. She needed to wake up.
Was someone shaking her?
The voice might have belonged to Lilith, or there might not have been a voice at all.
She just wanted it to stop and not be.
***
And then Eda did wake up.
Sometimes she woke up screaming but, more often than not, she simply awoke with a start and lay perfectly still, while she took a few moments to catch up and remember what was dream and what was reality.
Sometimes it wasn’t easy.
This particular dream, like so many, had actually happened, and it wasn’t an experience she enjoyed reliving, dream or not.
It was with great relief that Eda remembered that Luz, King and the others were back safe, and currently under her roof.
She continued to lie as still as possible, taking stock of where she was and when she was, in her loft, in her nest, with her family safe.
She hardly dared to breathe, lest she somehow break the illusion that everything was okay.
Beside her, Raine muttered something sleepily, and shook her again.
“You ‘kay?” they murmured.
“Dreams again,” Eda said quietly. “But I’m fine.”
“Nonsense,” Raine said.
“I’m sorry.”
“Ach, Eda. Please stop apologizing.”
Eda didn’t realize she was shaking until one of Raine’s hands found her own and stilled it.
“Oh, it’s just…” Eda said, squeezing Raine’s hand back. “I know what it feels like to lose everything and now that I have something to lose again…”
Raine sighed.
“I’m afraid at least part of that is my own fault,” they said. “I gave up on you all those years ago when you needed support the most.”
“Eh, I wasn’t exactly the most accepting of your support or anyone else’s. It’s my fault, too.”
“Well, I’m here now,” Raine said firmly. “So you can accept my help now.” They felt Eda tense. “No, no, that’s not a threat or a warning, Eda. I told you when I asked to stay that this wasn’t conditional. I know as well as you do that this isn’t necessarily going to be smooth sailing for either of us. But I made a commitment because I wanted to, and I’m here as long as you’ll have me.”
Eda sniffed, holding onto Raine’s hand tighter than ever, but not trusting herself to speak.
Raine’s regular reassurances of their continued presence meant everything and, against the advice of her anxieties, she was starting to believe them - even if she still couldn’t shake the fear completely.
“I was going to wait to tell you until I was sure,” Raine said, shifting closer and laying their head on Eda’s chest. “But I finally talked to Darius, and we think we know where it is.”
Eda’s mood completely changed in a matter of seconds.
“What?” she asked.
“I told you we wouldn’t have disposed of it,” Raine went on. “But you can imagine how inquiring about it might raise some suspicions.”
“But Darius is okay with us proceeding?”
“Hardly,” Raine laughed. “I think his exact words were ‘What in the name of Titan is wrong with you and the Owl Lady?’”
Eda laughed at Raine’s impression, and the imagined look of horror and bewilderment on Darius’ face.
“I believe,” Raine continued. “He also said that our plan was one of the worst ideas he’d ever heard and that we clearly must have been spending days calculating exactly how we could make a plan so terrible.”
Eda was shaking again, but this time from silent laughter, as she didn’t want to wake up the entire household.
“Look, I’m not saying it’s a smart idea,” she said, once she was able to catch her breath. “Or even a good idea. But if I just let go and break a promise like that…I don’t think I could live with myself, Rainstorm.”
Raine threaded their fingers together and ran a thumb over some fairly recent scars on Eda’s hand.
“You made a commitment,” Eda continued. “Even though you knew it wasn’t going to be easy. So did I. And I intend to follow through.
“It was the right decision,” Raine said. “And, fortunately for us, Darius understands that sometimes the right decision isn’t the one that sound the smartest.”
“So do you think you can get it?” Eda asked.
“It might not be easy,” Raine admitted. “We don’t want to draw attention from the other Coven Heads. But I don’t think they anticipate anyone ever wanting to take it, so we have that working in our favor.”
With the Emperor gone, the Boiling Isles had unsurprisingly fallen into slight anarchy. Everyone was trying to figure things out, but most of them didn’t have any idea of what direction they even wanted to go. The general population was mostly focused on the immediate rebuilding of their homes, not quite thinking beyond that at the moment.
The Coven Heads had convened and resolved to try to get some structure to the attempts to rebuild and repair the astronomical amount of damage - most of it caused by The Collector.
It had sounded like a good idea on paper and, at least initially, they had all agreed to put aside their differences and move forward together in service of the greater good.
In practice, it wasn’t so simple.
It hadn’t taken long for it to become apparent that some Coven Heads had extremely differing ideas as to what constituted the greater good.
So far, it had fallen more into infighting, tension and snark within Coven, and very little had been agreed upon as far as actually helping the struggling citizens of the Isles.
Eda knew a bit better than most, thanks to Raine, just how bad things were.
It was a lot to worry about, but Eda had chosen to put her focus where it counted - on the things she could control.
There was a tap on the door, followed by a creak as something small pushed it open.
Eda lifted her head.
“King?”
King had grown tremendously since she had first brought him home, had grown even in the time since Luz had first arrived.
However, oftentimes now he seemed smaller than ever, dwarfed by the knowledge of his heritage and potential destiny.
“Can I…” King said in a voice that sounded even smaller than he looked. “Stay here tonight?”
“You can,” Eda said. “But I thought you were hanging out with Luz tonight. She didn’t kick you out, did she?”
Eda couldn’t imagine Luz doing any such thing, but King looked and sounded a bit upset.
“No,” King said. “She, uh, snuck out to go visit Amity.”
“Of course she did,” Eda said, while Raine snickered.
“She…didn’t want me to tell you,” King added.
“I heard nothing,” Eda said. “At least, not from you.”
“How,” Raine said. “Is this human not your daughter.”
“You don’t mind if I stay?” King asked, still hanging back.
“King, get over here,” Eda insisted.
He didn’t need any more convincing in order to scuttle over to the nest and crawl in, circling a few times before snuggling between Eda and Raine.
“Still getting used to this having kids thing,” Raine said, smiling down at King as he fell asleep almost instantaneously. “Never thought it was in the cards for me.”
“I didn’t either,” Eda said. “As as my luck would have it, my kids have ended up being pretty unconventional.”
“Gods and humans you mean?” Raine teased. “And the occasional grimwalker? I can’t imagine us having any other kind of kids.”
***
Eda had very little memory of the rest of the journey across the Knee.
Miraculously the group had somehow made contact with a few other members of the CATs and they had, in turn, been working to bring others to safety.
This extended network had already set up hideouts sequestered in some of the more remote parts of the Island and were focusing on healing those who needed it and ascertaining exactly what was going on.
Whole portions of the Isles had been destroyed, some reassembled, and there seemed to be entire structures hanging in the air at odd angles.
At times, unhinged laughter echoed from these structures or from areas where the destruction was occurring.
The laughter was the only thing that cut through the fog that Eda found herself in. She’d recognized it from the moment she’d first heard it. Or, rather, the Owl Beast did. It was the same laugh Eda had heard in a dream not so long ago, when she had connected with the Owl Beast.
She knew that this creature, whose laugh now echoed across the Boiling Isles, was the creature responsible for creating the curse that afflicted her.
She tried to explain this to Lilith and Hooty, while they tended to Raine and Eberwolf, and the rest of those who were fighting to recover from the Draining Spell.
Eda couldn’t remember if the Day Of Unity had been hours or days ago anymore.
She tried to pull herself together for Raine, who stirred a couple of times, but still did not awake.
Still, it was something. It was enough to offer hope of recovery.
Eda had all but lost hope of anything else.
Chapter 3
Summary:
In which there is a game of hide and seek.
Notes:
Once again, I am beyond happy with the reception the first two chapters of this fic have received. Y'all are amazing and really seem to like what I've written so far. That means a lot as a writer. I'm excited to see what everyone thinks as we get further into this, and the plot starts to pick up a bit more! We finally get some Collector flashbacks in this chapter, so enjoy!
Chapter Text
When the party of CATs and others arrived at the defunct Blight Industries bunker at the Knee, there was instant bickering as to whether the location was safe, as the Knee stood high and might therefore be noticed or seen as a target.
Raine and Eberwolf, although still not conscious, seemed to be doing better now that they were no longer traveling. Lilith helped get them situated on a cot, before turning her attention to Eda’s arm.
“There’s not much to cauterize,” Lilith said, as she cleaned it up. “You’re lucky your - our curse allows for such clean limb removal. Otherwise this would be a much bigger mess.”
“I just don’t understand why it hurts this time, Lily,” Eda said. “I’ve taken my limbs off, my head off even, at least a couple dozen times. I can’t say it didn’t feel weird, but it’s never hurt before.”
Gradually, pieces of news trickled in from around the Isles, much of it confusing, much of it only raising more questions.
No one had seen hide nor hair of Belos and, while there had initially been assumptions that he was behind the chaos currently turning the Boiling Isles inside-out (quite literally in some places), it was starting to become apparent that this wasn’t the case.
“ I could have told them that ,” Eda said.
It wasn’t long before they had a name to attach to this newcomer and their destructive chaos.
The Collector.
Eda felt a cold fury rise within her when she heard the name.
She’d once commented her opinions on anyone who used “ The ” anything for their name, back when Luz had first found reference to the entity known as The Collector in Phillip Wittebane’s diary.
Now, knowing they were not only one of Phillip’s closest allies, but also responsible for both her curse and the apparent deaths of Luz, King, Hunter, Willow and Gus, Eda was filled with an all-consuming resolve to personally wipe them and their pretentious name off the face of the Boiling Isles.
She would do it or die trying.
Maybe it was best if she did die trying.
Except…
She couldn’t do that to Raine. Wouldn’t do that to Raine.
Fine. She would destroy The Collector and live to tell the tale.
From Luz’s descriptions following her trip into Belos’... Phillip’s mind with Hunter, Eda was able to fill her allies in on what she knew about The Collector.
They existed as a living shadow, able to change size and shape at will. They delighted in destruction, and Phillip’s plans for the Draining Spell at the Day Of Unity.
Luz had also mentioned something about them being trapped underneath the bones of the Titan, and Phillip releasing them to wreak havoc on the Day Of Unity.
Not only that but the Titan Trappers, who had their sights set on murdering King, worshipped The Collector as their god, leaving little doubt that this shadow-entity was out for Titan blood.
Phillip, it seemed, had made good on his promise to release The Collector.
This still didn’t explain where Phillip himself had gone, or how the moon had moved out of the way so quickly, stopping the Draining Spell.
While these mysteries were a major topic of discussion amongst those hiding out, Eda was torturing herself with the knowledge that King had gone to face Phillip with the others and would most likely have come face-to-face with The Collector.
What that would have looked like was anyone’s guess, but that didn’t stop Eda from imagining it over and over.
It played a little differently in her mind each time, but she had a pretty good idea how it ended.
It might have given Eda some comfort to know that King was, at least for the moment, still alive and atop the Owl House.
It would have probably given her less comfort to know he was looking and feeling more than a little overwhelmed, hanging limply from where he was tucked under The Collector’s arm like a teddy bear.
King had nearly given up trying to reason with his captor, and it was getting harder and harder to play along with their destructive games or feign enthusiasm at their sheer, unbridled glee of being back in the physical realm and able to touch and destroy things.
King did have to admit, he considered himself extremely fortunate The Collector hadn’t splattered him into goo like Belos the moment they suspected he might not have been entirely honest about his supposed “Owl House game” or his reasons for letting them out.
As it turned out, either freeing them really did count for something, or The Collector had the attention span of a caffeinated squirrel, because they moment they got their hands on King after he’d safely sent Luz and the others back to the human realm, they’d glommed onto him while turning somersaults in the air and screaming something about freedom and friends and not letting either go.
They’d barely let go of him since.
King had quickly learned that the Collector was both highly susceptible to the power of suggestion, and incredibly knowledgeable about magic throughout the realms.
They’d accepted King’s desperate explanation that the other kids had gone to play hide-and-seek, but also very much knew where they had gone.
“Hiding in the human realm is cheating , though,” they’d whined. “No fair. I don’t wanna’ play with cheaters. ”
“Well, we won’t play with them,” Kind had replied.
To his relief, The Collector had agreed and had returned focus to knocking over every large object in sight with barely a wave of their hand.
“Hah! You thought you’d got rid of me, did you, you big bully!” they screamed, presumably at the Titan that was the Boiling Isles. “I’m baaaaaaaaaaack!”
King wasn’t sure if this was better, but at least his human sister and her friends were safe.
It hadn’t taken him long to realize that The Collector didn’t just lack a moral compass, they didn’t quite comprehend the concept of morality at all, and had no grasp of empathy. Their only concern was whether they were having fun and whether they were entertained at every single moment of every single day. They were finally free and having the time of their life and wanted to make sure the whole land knew it.
They did not understand that others were not as indestructible as themself.
They were enraged by those who didn’t want to play, and took great delight in punishing such individuals - usually by flinging them across great distances and then zooming back into the sky laughing.
The obvious insincerity of those who did play along out of self-preservation was completely lost on The Collector. They truly believed those who did so actually wanted to play with them.
Somehow this frightened King more than anything.
He was beginning to see how Phillip had strung The Collector along for close to four hundred years with only minimal suspicion towards the end of all that time.
It had become imperative to King that the other inhabitants of the Boiling Isles, especially certain Coven Heads and suppliers to the Empire not learn of The Collector’s suggestible nature.
And so, he had continued to play along, trying his best to dampen, minimize and redirect their actions.
Now, however, atop the roof of the structure that had once been his home, King was realizing that things were getting way out of hand, and he was pretty muchly powerless to stop it.
The Collector raised a hand and, with it rose the very ground of Bonesborough, the buildings tangling together with dried chunks of bone, wrapped together with sinew to form a tower that rose up and up, the surrounding land being pulled in as it grew taller.
“What’s this going to be?” King asked tiredly, although he had a bad feeling he already knew.
“We need more players,” The Collector said. “Some of your friends are just dull and don’t want to play right. Mine are way better.”
King rolled his eyes.
“Not everyone wants to play all the time!” he said, for what felt like the thousandth time.
“Boooooooooooo!” The Collector replied. “What’s wrong with them? I’ve been locked up for like foreverrrrrrrrr and a half. I wanna’ have fun!”
The Collector made a disgusted face at the thought of anyone not wanting to play, and casually flicked a finger at some trees, removing the bark and directing it to weave into ropes surrounding the tower.
They pulled more material from the floating debris across the land.
“Just wait until you meet my other friends!” they cried. “They know the most fun games! And they don’t get all silly about actually playing them.”
“If it’s the Titan Trappers you’re bringing here,” King said. “They don’t want to play games, they want to hunt down Titans. And I’m a Titan.”
“Yeah! Exactly!”
“You…uh…really don’t see the problem there, do you?”
“Titan hunting is a really fun game though! It’ll be great!”
King kicked and clawed at The Collector, but they continued to hold him tight.
“See!” The Collector said. “You’re already good at it!”
“I’m not playing , you ding-dong! Your Titan Trapper friends want to literally kill me.”
His words still didn’t seem to be registering.
“Look, Collector,” he continued. “You said you were my friend, right?”
“Yeah, duh ,” The Collector said.
“Then you don’t want me dead . And your huntsman worshippers will kill me .”
“Oh if that’s what you’re all worried about, it’s not a big deal,” The Collector said. “I’ll just bring you back if you lose.”
King blinked.
“Not a big deal?” he cried, feeling the panic creeping higher. “ Not a big deal ?”
Of course, he realized. Not only did The Collector have no comprehension of empathy or consequences, they also had the power of a god at their disposal and things like mortality meant nothing to them. That too was within their control.
“I DON’T WANT TO PLAY THIS GAME!” King screamed.
“Oh don’t be such a fun-sucker, King.”
The Collector turned back to the tower and lifted a finger, tapping the air.
“ Bzzzzzzzzt !” they said.
The tower jolted, shaking the surroundings with yet another earthquake. It began to glow.
“ Bzzzzzzt to you, too,” King muttered, pushing against The Collector once again and this time, to his surprise, finding just enough wiggle room to escape their grasp, hitting the roof running and not looking back as he made a beeline for the trees in the opposite direction to the forming tower.
“KING!” he heard The Collector’s voice calling after him, and he halfway expected to be reeled back in, even as he ran, panting and putting distance between them.
The Collector looked back and forth from where King was disappearing, to where the bridge to the other side of the world was forming, their eyes glowing brightly and expression unreadable.
And then they made a choked, almost squeaking sound that morphed its way into a laugh.
“Run, King!” they howled. “RUUNNNNNN!!”
***
Something was bothering Eda.
She was trying to keep it on the down low, but King knew her too well for that and could still tell.
And anything that bothered Eda, whatever it might be, bothered King.
He asked Raine about it, but they insisted this was something he needed to talk directly to Eda about.
That was all King needed to confirm that there was indeed something requiring a discussion, but Eda was clearly avoiding it.
Some things hadn’t changed.
King didn’t want to push it. He knew that she would eventually clue him in at some point, but he still inquired with Luz if there was anything going on that she knew about.
“Ah-hah!” Luz said. “Maybe she’s changed her mind about my idea for throwing a surprise party for Hunter!”
“Oooohhhhh!” King said, tail wagging. “Wait, you just blew the surprise. Hunter’s right over there.”
Hunter was sitting in the corner, where he was reading a book and theatrically ignoring them, Flapjack on his head.
“Oh he’s not listening,” Luz said loudly. “He’s reading !”
They both laughed and Hunter twitched as he tried to pretend they didn’t exist.
“What would be the occasion for this party?” King pressed.
“Hunter’s never had any kind of party,” Luz said. “He doesn’t exactly have a birthday.”
“He doesn’t know when he popped up out of the mud?” King asked.
“I’m RIGHT HERE!” Hunter shouted. “I’m not a damn potato!”
“Edaaaaaaa!” Luz called, deliberately not loud enough for Eda to actually hear “Hunter’s yelling at me!”
“Hunter’s yelling at me,” Hunter mocked back sarcastically.
“Blah blah blah blah blah,” retorted Luz.
“Blah blah blah blah blah BLAH!” Hunter shot back.
From his head, Flapjack tweeted loudly.
“Aaaaaaghhhh stop it you two!” King said. “I’M supposed to be the annoying sibling here!”
“Awwww, no,” Luz said, scooping him up. “You’re the baby!”
“Nooooooo!” King laughed as she rocked him back and forth. “I’m a terrifying Titan ruler!”
“Naaawwwww! You’re just the babiest baby Titan ever to be a cute baby!”
“I am not a baby!” King protested with no conviction whatsoever, fighting to keep from laughing again.
“Luz, put the terrifying Titan ruler down,” Hunter said. “You’ll make him dizzy.”
“Neverrrrrrrr!” both Luz and King screeched.
“You’re ridiculous, the both of you,” Hunter said. He sighed. “But in all seriousness, King. You’re not wrong about Eda.”
“Wha?” King asked, as Luz stopped rocking him.
“She’s preoccupied,” Hunter said. “And I’d go so far as to say worried. And I…I think it might be me. She knows what I am.”
He ran his still-gloved hands across his face. Flapjack started twittering a long rant.
“Hunter, you know that’s a load of bunk,” Luz said. “Eda is the last person who’d ever care that you’re a Grimwalker.”
“AGH! LUZ! Stop saying it.”
“I keep telling you. It’s nothing to be ashamed of! Why would it be?”
King watched in slight fascination as the two went back and forth. It wasn’t the first time, either.
Luz, he knew, wanted to help Hunter and cared a great deal about him despite their constant bickering. She was often, however, at a loss as to exactly how to go about helping Hunter. Her attempts at comfort sometimes had the opposite effect, and she made no secret how much this frustrated her.
If anything, Hunter was having an even more difficult time now that the immediate dangers of Phillip and The Collector were past. Now he actually had to think about things beyond surviving from moment to moment. He had to contemplate who he was, who he wanted to be, and what he was going to do next in his life.
“It’s obviously my fault, anyway,” Luz was saying.
“What?” Hunter asked incredulously. “My entire identity crisis is your fault now?”
Flapjack chirped indignantly.
“No, you dork. Not that. Me. I’m the one stressing Eda out.”
“How do you figure that?” King asked.
“Because I haven’t figured out where I'm supposed to be. I’ve got a foot here and a foot in Connecticut now. This ,” she waved her hand around. “The Boiling Isles feels like home in a way Gravesfield never did. But my Mom , my whole old life? I can’t just leave it to live in a fantasy world.”
“But that’s literally what you did!” Hunter said. “That’s why you came here in the first place.”
“And look what happened! I became a key pawn in Phi… Belos’ rise to power! I’m the reason he made contact with The Collector! Belos was full of it, but he wasn’t lying about humans not belonging here. We just…we just mess things up.”
“That’s not true!” King insisted. “Next to Eda stealing me from my nursery, you’re the best thing ever to happen in my life.”
“You’re the entire reason I even have a life,” Hunter said. He grimaced. “Whatever weird reanimated dead person copy life I have, it’s still mine. If you hadn’t helped Belos find The Collector, he’d have never even learned to make a Grimwalker…”
“Well, when you put it that way…” Luz said. “It really doesn’t help at all .”
Hunter looked devastated.
“I mean,” Luz continued quickly. “I’m really happy you exist and all, and you’re a really great, really brave person. But my actions that allowed you to exist also enabled a…a…is he still technically a serial killer if he murdered clones of the same person over and over and over?”
“No idea!” Hooty said, suddenly popping through the window and causing everyone to scream.
“HOOTY!” Luz shouted.
“I will never get used to that thing,” Hunter said, having dropped to the floor where he was now lying, clutching his chest and staring at the ceiling, or where the ceiling would have been if his entire field of vision hadn’t been taken over by an extremely enthusiastic house demon, which Flapjack was fluttering above, berating.
“But I do know,” Hooty went on, ignoring the reactions that his appearance had elicited. “That Belos tried to wipe out all sentient life on the Boiling Isles, and there is a word for that.”
“Ohhhhh, oh no,” Luz said, hiding her face in King’s fur. “Oh no, no. That’s on me, too, isn’t it.”
“Whoah there Luz. That’s not what I’m saying at all, GEEEEEZ!” Hooty said. “These things are all sooooo interconnected and complex that it’s full-on pointless to try to place alllllll the blame on any one of us.”
“That’s…really deep,” King said. “Who are you and what have you done with Hooty?”
“Oh what ?” Hooty said, sounding offended. “I’m not allowed to be philosophical? Just because I know how to party doesn’t mean I can’t be scholarly too! Yeesh! Hoot! I read things besides cookbooks, you know.”
“I thought you just ate the cookbooks,” King said.
“That too.”
“Thanks, Hooty,” Luz said, giving him a pat on the head. “That actually does make me feel a bit better.”
“Praise from you, Luz, means the world to meeeeee,” Hooty said happily.
“Yes, you make a good point,” Hunter said, sitting up and brushing himself off while Flapjack returned to perch on his shoulder. “We could spend all day trying to parse out exactly which of us bears responsibility for what outcome and completely miss out on the bigger picture.”
“Exact-a-hoot-ly,” Hooty said.
“Which is, of course,” Hunter continued. “That The Collector is at fault for all of it.”
“Did you literally misunderstand what I said on purpose ?” Hooty howled.
“No, think about it,” Hunter said. “I’m not wrong. Belos’ rise to power, the Titan Slayers, the Grimwalkers, the Day Of Unity, Eda’s curse? It all comes back to The Collector in the end. Everything .”
***
King was in unfamiliar territory.
Even the areas of the land he once knew by heart had been either reshaped or rendered unrecognizable.
And King rarely ventured quite this deep into the forest at all, let alone by himself.
Let alone at night.
He’d long ago gotten lost, but he couldn’t stop moving.
Up above, the sky was dark and punctuated by stars.
Somehow, this wasn’t comforting.
Not only had the all stars been moved from their normal positions and constellations into entirely new patterns, but King felt like they were watching him, laughing.
Distant crunching and heavy footfalls from the direction he’d come, told King he was most definitely being pursued.
Whether it was by the Titan Trappers, or just some other more local denizens or forest dwellers didn’t really matter at this point.
All King could hope for was to stay ahead of whoever was back there, and somehow try to get them off his trail.
He didn’t think he’d ever felt smaller and more alone than he did right then, racing into the thickest, gloomiest part of the woods he could find, trees towering above.
He hoped Luz and her friends were doing okay, and he received some consolation from the fact that he’d succeeded in making sure they made it to her home realm and were safely away from what was happening on the Isles.
Still, he selfishly missed his big-sister-by-choice and wished more than anything that she was here now and could scoop him up and that they could escape together to find Eda and Hooty.
For a moment, King indulged himself in the imagined scenario, drawing both comfort and pain from it.
A soft rustle brought him sharply back to reality, and he glanced around wildly as it had come from much closer than the other sounds of pursuit.
His heart nearly leapt into his throat as he caught sight of a pair of blazing red eyes that could only belong to The Collector, hovering in the darkness just a few paces back.
For a moment, King forgot to breathe.
He shrank back into the tangled roots of the far side of the closest tree, praying (to himself?) that he didn’t make a sound.
He knew better than to assume that the shadows alone would hide him from The Collector. They could see movement and tiny details from immense distances when they wanted to, so there was no reason they shouldn’t have been able to see quite clearly in the dark as well.
“Oh Kiiiiiiiiingg…” they called in a singsong voice. “Come out, come out whereverrrrr you aaaare…”
They cackled with laughter.
King pressed further into the recesses at the base of the tree, still not daring to breathe.
“Heeeeeeere little baby Titan-Titan-Titaaaannnnnn! Where aaaaareeee youuuuu? You can’t hide for-everrrrrrr!”
More laughter, this time more unhinged.
King didn’t move a muscle.
The Collector was directly on the other side of the tree now. If they circled around its base, they would see King.
As quietly as possible, he reached down and grasped a small pebble from the soil beneath the roots.
Then, careful not to brush against anything with his arm, King hurled the rock as hard as he could, off into the trees away from him. It made a quiet tic sound in the leaves.
King let himself breathe again as The Collector immediately tensed and turned in the direction of the sound like a wild animal coiling in preparation to spring.
Then…
They held out a hand, making a sudden beckoning motion.
Something tiny flew out of the gloom and into their outstretched hand.
It wasn’t possible to tell for certain, but King had a sinking feeling that said tiny object was the pebble he’d just thrown.
“ Eh-heh-heh-heh-heh-heh .”
In a flash, The Collector moved around the tree and came face-to-face with King, whose hiding place now only served to trap him against the tree roots.
The Collector’s expression lit up and they gave him a wicked grin.
“Caauuuuugt youuuuuuuuu!!!!”
***
In the wake of all that had happened, on a day further in the future when all seemed well and the events surrounding the Day Of Unity had become but a recent memory, Darius Deamonne unlocked the door to a small storage shed and, against his better judgement, removed a small unassuming jar of what appeared to be sand.
He gave it a disgusted look.
“I hope you and your girlfriend know what you’re doing, Raine. Because if this goes wrong…”
He shook his head and pinched the bridge of his nose, relocking the shed behind him and hurrying away, hiding the jar in his robe.
Eberwolf, sitting nearby on lookout duty, gave a nod as he walked past, and followed along behind, no doubt with the same misgivings.
Chapter 4
Summary:
King has an existential crisis.
Notes:
Thanks everyone for the continued support of this story! I've gotten some of the most lovely comments and feedback, which have truly helped me get through what's admittedly been a pretty rough week in Aliceland. I'm so happy that people are enjoying my writing. I hope it continues to deliver!
Chapter Text
He’d once been the King Of Demons.
That’s what King had once told everybody. It’s what he himself had once believed.
He was ruthless, fearless, commanded armies, held the fear and respect of his enemies.
He was a terrifying ruler.
He was…
He was cowering as far back against the base of a tree as his little body allowed, while a small child pounced on him.
How, King thought, the mighty had fallen.
Speaking of falling…
The Collector kicked the tree. It would have been barely a tap of their foot, had they been any ordinary child.
It being The Collector, the tree instantly shattered into sawdust and splinters around them.
‘I’m dead,’ King thought.
Except he wasn’t.
He found himself hugged tightly against The Collector’s chest as the tree disintegrated.
He should fight back. That was the brave, powerful response. That’s what the King Of Demons would do.
As it turned out, it seemed the Son Of The Titan would not do this and would instead hang limply in his captor’s grasp and make a rather pathetic sniffling sound.
“Aw, c’mon,” The Collector said. “Don’t be a sore loser. I hate sore losers. I found you fair and square. I’m an even better Titan-finder than those actual Titan hunters back there!”
They pointed further back in the woods, where the rustling and crunching noises grew louder.
“HEY BILL!” they shouted loudly. “TARAK! LOOK WHAT IIIIII FOUUUUUUND!”
“Shut UP, you little twerp!” King hissed.
The Collector ignored him and bounced around happily, destroying every tree in sight, creating a fog of sawdust and woodchips.
King coughed, wincing as The Collector’s fingernails were digging into his scruff as if they were determined to make sure he didn’t run away again.
“Wait,” King said, between coughs. “If you caught me, doesn’t that make ME ‘it’ now? Shouldn’t YOU go and hide, and I try to find you?”
“We’re playing Titan Slayers, goofball,” The Collector said. “YOU’RE the Titan.”
“Well…” King said desperately. “Since…since you found me already, um…I could hide with you! I bet you’re REALLY good at hiding.”
“What’you mean? I’m the BEST at hiding.”
“Well…what if you were on the Titan Team? We could hide together. Doesn’t seem fair or much fun if there’s a whole bunch of Titan Trappers and only one Titan.”
“Hmmmm,” The Collector frowned, considering this. “That’s a good point. Okay, quick! Where’s a good hiding place?”
“Well, we could have hid between any of these trees,” King said. “IF YOU HADN’T JUST EXPLODED THEM ALL!”
The Collector laughed.
“Don’t be silly,” they said. “There’s like a gazillion more trees.”
“Try telling that to the ones you just blew up. And why do I have to choose a hiding place? I thought you said you were the best at hiding.”
“I AM!”
The Collector leaped into the air, waving a hand and raising a thin sheet of mist that hovered a dozen feet or so above the swath of destroyed trees, glittering with tiny stars. It spread in every direction, casting the ground in a surreal and colorful glow.
Bright, glowing crescent moon shapes appeared all across the ground, wherever the trees had been.
The Collector settled themself and King into a floating position within the mist just as the Titan Trappers thundered into the fresh clearing.
“Where is he?” Bill demanded, looking around. “Tarak, I told you. You’re supposed to be my ears here! My echolocation isn’t worth a flip thanks to that monster!”
“The Grand Huntsman was here for sure,” Tarak said. “Only he can smite a forest like this. Look at the trees.”
“There are no trees.”
“Exactly.”
King was not impressed with The Collector’s choice of hiding place. While the star mist surrounded them, it did not completely obscure them from view. They were far , far too exposed and relying entirely on the Titan Trappers not looking up.
The Collector watched the Trappers approach with great interest, crouched around King with their chin resting on his skull, hands folded around his horns. If King hadn’t known better, he would have thought it was almost protective.
As it was, it just reminded him that he had a crack in his skull and it hurt.
“Well, he can’t have gone far,” Bill was saying. “Fan out. The Huntsman is without a doubt testing us, and we must not let him down. Move out! For faith and glory!”
“FOR FAITH AND GLORY!” cheered the other Titan Trappers, following up with a roar that shook the stars within the mist.
King found himself clinging to The Collector’s arm, willing that nobody would look up.
Time felt like it had stopped.
And then, with a dizzying sense of relief, King watched as the Trappers below moved on, and then off into the distance cries of “In the name of the Grand Hunstman!” echoing in their wake.
Laughter began to bubble out of The Collector, their face still close to King.
“They didn’t see us!” they cried gleefully. “We were right there and they didn’t see us! Bill is really bad at this game!”
King choked on an involuntary sob.
“Oh no, don’t cry,” The Collector said and, for the briefest of moments, they looked worried.
King couldn’t stop, unsure whether he was crying in relief, fear or if the events and revelations of the past days and weeks had finally become too much.
“No!” The Collector said, expression darkening. “We’re supposed to be having fun! Stop that! Stop it! I hate that sound!”
King tried to take a steadying breath, but it didn’t seem to be working, he couldn’t stop the sobs.
It didn’t help that The Collector was now holding him at arm’s length and shaking him, eyes becoming unfocused as they practically screamed at him.
“Shut up!” they cried. “Shut uuuup! Stop it! STOP IT! STOPITSTOPITSTOPITSTOPIT…!”
***
“King?”
King blinked.
“Weh?” he said very quietly.
“King, you’ve been staring at that juice box for about ten minutes,” Willow said.
“You zone out there, buddy?” Gus added.
King shook himself, taking in his present surroundings.
“Eh?” he said. “No. Just thinking about how I would completely crush you with my strategy if I hadn’t landed on Hunter’s super resort development property square.”
Willow, Gus, Amity, Luz and Hunter were all sitting in the Owl House living room, playing a human board game the objective of which seemed to be buying up as much of the board as possible with fake money and using it to financially destroy the other players, thereby “winning”.
King had tried to play, but had gone bankrupt, all of his assets had been seized, and he was now just sitting to the side, observing.
He was pretty sure this particular game had been going off and on for about two days now, and it just wasn’t holding his interest very well anymore.
Luz made a comment about Hunter spontaneously combusting over something happening in the game, causing Amity to laugh loudly and Hunter to loudly assure everyone that he was not going to combust, spontaneously or otherwise, and King hopped off the sofa to wander towards the kitchen.
He’d been needing to talk to Eda, but also avoiding it. While Luz and Hunter had been debating between the two of them who might be causing Eda stress, King had a feeling that it might actually be himself who was the culprit.
After all, there had been a lot left unsaid and unaddressed following the defeat of The Collector.
Come to think of it, King was a bit unclear on the particulars of The Collector’s defeat. He hadn’t exactly been in a state to observe anything at the time. All he knew was that they were gone and nobody seemed to want to discuss it further.
King had asked, once or twice, but the answers he’d gotten were vague, and without detail. Everyone just wanted to forget about it, change the subject and move on to rebuilding from the wreckage that was left on the Boiling Isles.
Eda had once inquired if he still felt any psychic connection to The Collector. And, come to think of it, he’d realized that he no longer did - although when exactly it had disappeared wasn’t a moment he could pinpoint.
King had wanted more than anything to forget everything that had happened, and return to the way things were before, and not think about who he was, or the implications that came with it.
Unfortunately, he was starting to learn that going back wasn’t an option, and pretending it was only made him feel even more disconnected from the past.
Eda was alone in the kitchen, having forgone heading into town to work on creating what King had assumed was a new batch of potions and wards to sell at a later date.
Raine had left early, and this always seemed to put Eda in an antsy mood, as if she expected them to just never return. Probably why she’d thrown herself into whatever craft project was currently happening on the kitchen table.
Upon closer observation, Eda had several small candles set on glyphs around the table, which in turn were heating small dishes of herbal potions simmering on stands above them.
King was pretty sure, as he scrambled onto a chair, that she was creating some sort of ward or protection spell. Without her own magic, she had taken to relying on glyphs and magical ingredients a lot more.
At this particular moment, Eda was crushing up dried fire-sage that Willow had brought, and having a difficult time operating a mortar and pestle one-handed.
Her attempts to stabilize the bowl had, by the look of the objects on the floor below the table, been met by varying degrees of non-success.
Eda swore as the latest mug she was attempting to use to brace the bowl against slid off the table and broke.
King reached out silently and braced it himself.
Eda sighed.
“Thanks, King,” she said.
“You could have asked for a hand with this,” King said, before slapping himself on the forehead. “ECH! That was a really bad choice of words.”
Eda roared with laughter, the stressed look melting off her face.
“Hey,” she said. “If I’m going to have to deal with this,” she waved her stump arm. “Then we all might as well find the humor in it. That was pretty funny, King - gotta’ hand it to you.”
Eda laughed at her own joke, and King did so as well in spite of himself.
“I guess,” he said. “You could say that whatever spell you’re working on right now requires a hands-off approach !”
Their laughter was so uproarious that the kids in the living room all paused to look in the direction of the kitchen.
“I think they’ve lost it,” Amity said.
“Agreed,” Gus said, a bit nervously.
Whatever tension there might have been in the kitchen had faded away and Eda accepted King’s assistance with her project.
“I don’t like asking for help, you know that,” she admitted. “Especially since you all have things you’d rather be doing and don’t need to be worrying about my problems.”
King took a deep breath, preparing to tell Eda that he knew he was probably the biggest of those problems and that the weight of his true identity was no doubt causing her stress, and he was really sorry about it.
But, to his own slight surprise, he didn’t say any of those things.
What actually came out, before he could help himself, was…
“I’m scared, Eda.”
Eda stopped pulverizing the fire-sage and fixed him with a pointed look.
“What?” she asked. “Why?”
“I…” King began, already regretting the way this conversation was going, but somehow unable to stop. “I guess I just never really thought about my future in…in terms of anything further than my…uh, little tyrannical fantasies and such and…and then I found out I was a Titan? The last Titan? What am I supposed to do with that?!?”
He waved his claws at his head.
“Well,” Eda said, setting her hand on his head. “There’s not exactly a guidebook for being a Titan, is there. But for what it’s worth, King, I think you’ve done a truly phenomenal job being a Titan. I’m so, so proud of you.”
“But,” King said. “It’s like now I have this…this thing looming over me. All these expectations I don’t know how to live up to.”
“It does seem a bit unfair,” Eda admitted. “But need I remind you, you single-handedly saved everyone on the Boiling Isles from the Draining Spell. Which, by the way, should never ever have been your responsibility and I’m still salty it ended up falling on you, but regardless…I bet not many Titans ever did something like that at eight years old. So you’ve already surpassed any expectations that you or anyone else might have. You saved all of us.”
“Yeah,” King said, not sounding too happy. “And I let The Collector out to do it. Fixed one problem and caused an even bigger one.”
“Now you listen to me, King,” Eda said in a serious voice. “Releasing The Collector was the right decision, and anyone here who says otherwise still owes their life to the both of you.”
“Huh,” said King, who really hadn’t thought of it in those terms before.
“There’s…” Eda said, taking a deep breath of her own. “King, there’s something I’ve been meaning to talk to you about.”
“I’m sorry,” King blurted out. “I know my whole being a Titan thing is weighing on you and…”
“Whoah, hold it,” Eda said. “That’s now what I was going to say at all .”
“But it’s what I was going to say,” King pushed on. “It’s not just the expectations, Eda. I’m not going to be a normal demon with a normal lifespan .”
“Oh…” Eda said, as if she had a good idea where this was going.
“I’m going to be the size of the whole Boiling Isles!” King cried. “I’m going to outlive you and Luz and Hunter and everyone else! Maybe even Hooty!”
“Dooooon’t count on it!” Hooty called.
“HOOTY!” Eda and King shouted in one voice.
“ Geez , just trying to be supportive,” Hooty said.
Eda turned back to King, who was looking at her imploringly.
“I’ll have to watch all of you die,” he said, tapping his claws together. “And if I make new friends, I’ll have to watch them die too, and on and on and on. There aren’t any more Titans, I’m the last one. I’ll be all alone. In the end I won’t have anybody. It’ll just…be me.”
“Dammit, King,” Eda said, scooping him up, the spell project on the table forgotten. “You shouldn’t have to be thinking about that right now.”
“But it’s true ,” King said, sinking into Eda’s grip. “There’s no escaping it unless Bill goes and starts another Titan Trapper cult…”
“Bill,” Eda said coldly. “Will be doing no such thing ever again.”
“I’m going to become an island corpse somewhere, though.”
“Look, King. I don’t know if I have a magic answer for you. But that’s a long, long, long way in the future. Right now, you’ve still got us. You’ve still got Luz, and you’ve still got me . And I say that you’ve got a lot of childhood left with us before you have to think too much about your future.”
King rested his head on Eda’s shoulder.
“Then why,” he asked. “Can’t I stop thinking about it?”
There were loud shouts from the other room because Gus had apparently landed on the ‘Go To Prison’ space on the boardgame.
Eda held King, tightening her grip as it seemed she always did these days, whispering comfortingly until she felt him relax and fall asleep.
It was only then that she realized she hadn’t actually said what she’d been meaning to tell him.
***
There was still no sign of Belos.
It was the end of a long night of Eda not doing anything but sitting on the floor beside Raine’s cot, stewing over thoughts of revenge on some shadow-form trickster entity and coming up with brutally cutting one-liners she could throw at them before somehow (she didn’t know how yet) tearing them to shreds.
It was better than thinking too hard about what news the scouts might bring with them upon their return.
The CATs had been sending out small groups to survey damage and retrieve the wounded, or those who otherwise needed a place to hide.
On this particular night, a group of scouts had been sent to investigate the rubble that had once been the Skull, putting Eda on edge with thoughts of what they might or might not find.
Her pacing had started to get on everyone’s nerves, so she had retreated to Raine’s side and into vengeful fantasies - somewhere she frequently found herself.
A commotion at the doorway had drawn her with incredible speed, but it turned out to just be the Keeper of the Looking Glass Graveyard, who was incredibly remorseful about abandoning his post.
“Never did I think I would ever have to leave,” he was telling Steve.
“Trust me,” Steve said. “It’s better you hide here than somewhere with that strong of a magical draw.”
“But it’s completely unprotected!” The Keeper said for the fifteenth time.
“But you also said not many people know about it,” Steve pointed out. “So if The Collector doesn’t find it, I doubt anybody will be going there. And, if The Collector does find it, there’s no hope of saving it anyway.”
The Keeper sighed deeply.
“I thought the Looking Glass Graveyard was a myth,” Lilith said to Eda.
“Nah, Gus found it,” Eda pulled a piece of paper out of her hair and handed it to Lilith. “I overheard him telling Luz and Willow and drew a map. Could be useful if we ever need somewhere else to hide.”
Lilith had just stared at the map, fascinated.
Mentioning the kids had only made Eda feel another sickening wave of sadness and anger, and she had sat by Raine’s side, venting and mumbling.
She thought again of the CAT scouts going to the remnants of the Skull.
“I don’t know, Raine,” she said, leaning back against the cot from her seat on the floor. “It’s not like I have any hope of there being survivors after what happened at the Skull. But I’m not sure I’m ready if they find…if they find any actual…”
She couldn’t bring herself to finish the sentence, and just sighed, burying her face in her hand.
“I should never have let those kids go off to do anything without supervision.”
“...Eda…?”
The voice was quiet, strained. Barely more than a rasp.
Eda scrambled around to see Raine’s eyes open, their head turned toward her.
“ Raine! You’re awake.”
“You’re alive…that’s good. I’m…also alive?…how…?”
Raine shifted around on the cot, groaning as they moved their arm, trying to look at it.
“You’ve still got the coven sigil, if that’s what you’re after,” Eda said.
Raine blinked, gaze unfocused.
“Just relax, Raine. Stop fidgeting. We’re safe for the moment. Kind of.”
“How…” Raine grunted as Eda rubbed their shoulder. “How?...The Draining Spell…Belos won…”
“The moon moved, and Belos hasn’t been seen since the Day Of Unity. It doesn’t make sense. But The Collector entity thing that Belos was working with is loose and wrecking the entire Boiling Isles and the kids…THE KIDS, RAINE! They were in the Skull! And…All my KIDS! I’m going to DESTROY The Collector!”
“Slow down, Eda,” Raine said, as Eda’s grip on their shoulder grew painfully tight.
But it was all too much and Eda collapsed, sobbing, at the side of the cot, while Raine lay confused and unsure why they were even still alive.
“They’re gone. They’re gone , Raine,” Eda managed to get out. “The kids .”
“Oh…Titan…” Raine said, understanding dawning.
Their choice of words did not help Eda at all, as it only brought to mind a small creature she’d taken in and raised, only to have now lost.
Raine’s finally-conscious presence grounded Eda, kept her in place.
The memory of King and of Luz and the incessant pounding of the curse within galvanized her.
Somehow, she would have revenge.
***
King was deep asleep when movement out the window caught Eda’s attention.
With relief, she saw Raine returning with an instrument case slung across their shoulder, which shouldn’t have been much of a surprise.
The fact that they were accompanied by Darius and Eberwolf was a bit more unexpected.
Frowning, she hurried outside to see what they wanted, her swift movement not going unnoticed by the teenagers in the living room.
“There better not be trouble, you three,” she said the moment she was out the door. “King’s sleeping, and I don’t want to wake him up.”
She turned so that King’s sleeping face, still resting on her shoulder, was visible.
Raine grinned and scratched King’s head, causing him to mumble in his sleep, something about it being too early for toast.
Even Darius looked slightly enamored.
“I’ve got to admit,” he said. “You’ve done good with that kid, Eda. The Titan would be proud of you for giving his son such a good upbringing. That’s the only reason I’m okay with this.”
“Aw, you’re just laying it on thick today, Darius,” Eda said. “I”m not complaining, by the way. What’s the occasion?”
“This is a matter of some discretion,” Darius said, looking around with a suspicious expression. “Ideally, this is a private matter. Is there any possibility that we might be overheard?”
“Darius,” Eda said. “I can guarantee you that all of the children in the house are one hundred percent looking out the windows and using invisibility magic to hide it right now.”
Eberwolf gave an amused snort and directed a look at Darius.
“Ah, well,” Darius said. “In that case…”
“HOOT-HOOT!”
Hooty exploded out of the ground.
“Oh, and Hooty’s here too,” Eda said.
“ Nothing gets past meeee!” Hooty said. “Especially such a suspicious gathering in my front yarrrrd! What are you all up tooooo? Hmmmmmm?”
Eberwolf was flat-out laughing now, or at least that’s what it seemed like.
“Eda, your life and your house are complete and total chaos,” Darius said. “Raine is a brave witch to willingly make that a part of their life.”
“Have you met me, Darius?” Raine said, putting an arm around Eda. “I wouldn’t have it any other way.”
“Apparently,” Darius said, rolling his eyes.
Eberwolf began chattering loudly.
“What Darius and Eber are trying to say,” Raine said. “Is that we’ve finally acquired…”
“A lute!” Darius said quickly. “And quite a rare one, too!”
“Wait,” Eda said, looking back and forth between the three, whose expressions gave nothing away. “Did you say loot or lute?”
“ Lute ,” Raine said meaningfully, tapping the instrument case on their back and giving Eda a pointed look “Although you could say it was loot if you wanted to.”
“I …have a lute already,” Eda said, trying to decipher what was being said - or, rather, what wasn’t being said. “I can’t exactly play it anymore. For several reasons.”
“This one,” Darius began. “Is, shall we say, very much in need of repair. And, personally, I think it should stay that way. But it seems that you two,” he gestured dramatically at Eda and Raine. “Have some utterly deluded need to fix it.”
“Wait,” Eda said, suddenly cluing in and noting how carefully Raine seemed to be carrying the case. “Is that… no …really?”
Eberwolf squawked and nodded vigorously.
“ Oh ,” Eda said.
“I cannot believe I agreed to this,” Darius said. “And I’ve urged Raine to reconsider a hundred times, but they seem to be as determined to go through with it as you are, so I know it’s pointless for me to argue. But , in the interest of everyone , I would like to make a stipulation.”
Eda narrowed her eyes.
“And what’s that?” she asked.
“I would request ,” Darius said. “That you do not take the instrument out of its case.”
“ Excuse me?” Eda snapped.
“Open it, by all means,” Darius said, raising his palms at the look she gave him. “Titan knows, it’s probably far too quiet in your house and you need more noise. Make whatever mends you need to do. But leave it physically where it is , if you catch my drift.”
“Ohhhh,” Eda said, understanding but making no further comment.
Hooty said nothing but seemed to be concentrating very hard on trying to understand the conversation.
“You’re not going to give me your word, are you,” Darius said in frustration.
Eberwolf shrugged at him as if to convey ‘Well, what did you expect ?’
“Darius has a point,” Raine said. “This isn’t a personal thing, it’s a safety precaution. You know as well as anybody the damage an…uncased…an uncased lute …”
They were laughing too hard to complete the sentence.
Eberwolf snorted again.
“I’ve told you, Darius,” Raine said, once they had somewhat recovered. “Eda and I know the risks of…”
“Looting,” Eda said.
Raine dissolved into laughter again.
“Lucky for you, I’m an expert in looting,” Eda went on. “I didn’t set out to be, but it turns out I’m just naturally good at it.”
“Stopppppp!” Raine managed, while Hooty joined in on the laughter.
Eberwolf let out a piercing screech.
It was enough to silence everybody.
“Just…” Darius said. “This concerns more than your immediate family. Please don’t forget that.”
Eberwolf made a motion with their hands reminiscent of an explosion.
“Music,” Darius said carefully. “Carries.”
“I know,” Raine said, smirking. “I was head of the Bard Coven.”
“Well now ,” Eda said. “It would seem you’re all head of the Metaphorical Coven! Hah!”
“Oh good Titan,” Darius muttered.
“ Shhhhh! He’s asleep, Darius. You’ll wake him up.”
King, to his credit, was still deep asleep.
“This is pointless,” Darius said. “Raine, please keep your girlfriend in line. I can’t believe you actually want to add to the chaos of this place.”
“Believe it or not, we do understand the gravity of the situation,” Raine said.
“Then carry on,” Darius said. “Oh, but one more thing. For the love of both our Titan and your baby one, keep that thing away from Hunter.”
Chapter 5
Summary:
Luz has a realization.
Notes:
Once again thank you thank you thank you everyone for all the love and attention you are giving this fic! It really means the world to me and it's kind of wild that it's gotten such a great reception so far. I love reading all of your comments and thoughts and I can't wait for you to read the next few chapters! I already have the next few written, so it's just a matter of getting them proof-read, edited and posted. Look for updates on Saturdays and Wednesdays, at least for the next couple of weeks.
Thanks again!
Alice
Chapter Text
“What was that about?”
Gus waved his hands as he spoke, dispelling the illusion of an empty window as he stepped away.
Luz took a gasping breath and popped back into a state of visibility.
Around the room, the rest of the group appeared, dropping various spells and illusions.
“Darius didn’t even ask if I was here,” Hunter said. “He must be really worried about what’s in that case.”
“We’re all in agreement, then?” Amity said. “Whatever is in that case is not a musical instrument?”
“Yeah,” Luz said. “They couldn’t have made that more obvious if they tried.”
“Any idea what it might be?” Willow asked. “It seems really weird that Eda would be keeping a big secret from us.”
“Well she has been preoccupied as of late,” Hunter said. “Even King’s noticed.”
“Now that you mention it,” Willow said. “I did kind of wonder why she needed so much fire-sage.”
“Fire-sage?” Hunter said. “That’s not a typical household herb. I’ve only ever heard of it being used in really powerful rituals.”
“It was really fun to grow,” Willow said. “You do NOT want to piss it off. It bites and stings.”
“Right,” Gus said. “Fun.”
“I like sassy plants, what can I say,” Willow said with a shrug. She grinned at Hunter. “And yes, I do count you among them.”
Hunter’s expression turned red and imploded.
“ Gwagh ,” he said, while Luz roared with laughter and Amity snorted.
Gus rolled his eyes.
“I’m not even going to comment on that,” he said.
“Anyway,” Willow continued, patting Hunter’s back as he appeared to now be having a coughing fit. “I asked Eda why she would even need fire-sage, never mind such a large amount, and she said it was because she has to use more potent ingredients to make up for losing her own magic.”
“I mean,” Amity said. “That’s fair. But what’s she using it in? Potions? There can’t be that high a demand for fire-sage potion.”
“She said it was for protection wards,” Willow said.
“But even so, Amity’s right,” Gus said. “Why would anyone buy it?”
“Actually,” Luz said. “It kiiiiind of makes sense. Eda’s exploiting the market.”
“The market for what?” Gus demanded.
“Everyone’s a little on edge,” Luz said. “They won’t all admit it, but they are. After everything? Not that hard to convince them to buy a supercharged fire-sage ward just in case.”
“Yeah, that is a little exploitative,” Amity muttered.
“In case what ?” Hunter asked, able to speak again but his voice still sounding strained. “In case Belos comes back? He literally exploded. In case The Collector pops up again? Darius told me what happened. They’re not coming back either.”
Luz’s eyes widened and a look of dawning horror crossed her face as she slapped her forehead.
“Oh snap!” she said. “The book !”
“The book?” Amity asked. “What book?”
“Nuuhhhh…Not important! Never mind!”
“Never mind and you’re acting like that ?” Gus said suspiciously.
“Ohhhhh,” Luz said. “I should have known .”
“Just tell us already!” Hunter said.
“Mmmmmm, no, I might be wrong. Eda just needs fire-sage to…to line the walls or something! This isn’t suspicious! We’re all paranoid!”
***
“Are you sure this is a good hiding place? It looks kind of boring.”
The interior of the deserted Owl House looked admittedly dismal in the moonlight, without any of the familiar furniture and contents.
“It’s a great hiding place,” King told The Collector. “I know all the rooms and hallways better than anyone seeking us. And the bridge to Titan Trapper Island is right outside. They won’t expect us to hide so close to it.”
The Collector shut the door behind them with a flick of their hand, a glowing crescent moon with sunrays appearing in the space once occupied by Hooty.
“Boy, you sure like this old place, huh,” they said. “You keep wanting to come back here.”
“This was my home,” King said, too tired to invent anything else. “I used to live here with Eda and Hooty and Luz.”
“Luz? That human? Who’s Eda?”
“Eda the Owl Lady,” King sighed. “This is the Owl House.”
“You never did tell me how to play Owl House,” The Collector said, their voice sounding a little sullen.
“It’s not any fun without Hooty, Luz and Eda,” King said, forgetting to be careful with his words. “I…miss them. I miss Eda…I was almost hoping she’d be here.”
King was getting dangerously close to tears again, and he took a deep breath. The Collector’s reaction to him crying earlier had been nothing short of terrifying.
“Why’s she called the Owl Lady, anyway?” The Collector asked, toeing a hallway door back and forth without touching it.
“Because she can turn into an Owl Beast,” King said, pushing open the door to what had once been Luz’s room, and finding it as depressingly empty as the rest of the house.
“ Hmmmmmmm! ” The Collector said, seeming far more interested than King had expected.
“She’s my adopted Mom,” King continued, leaving Luz’s room with the thought that he’d really just been on his way to Eda’s loft anyway.
The Collector followed, running their hands along the walls curiously.
“This place would make a good fort,” they said. “Change it up just a bit, add a few more death traps! We could trap the Titan Trappers!”
“Hooty would like that.”
“Hooty again. Who’s this Hooty?”
“Our House Demon. He protected the house, but also kind of was the house. It’s hard to explain.”
“Not really. We need a lookout. We should go get this Hooty. He sounds fun.”
King trudged into Eda’s room and found, to his surprise that, along with a few pieces of trash scattered on the floor, her nest was still there. Apparently none of the Coven Scouts had seen it necessary to remove it.
King crawled into the nest, happy to discover that it still contained a huge, fuzzy blanket, and collapsed, exhausted.
“What’cha’ doin’?” The Collector asked, leaning over the side.
“Nappy time,” King murmured, only half awake anymore.
“Awww, but we just started playing.”
“That was days ago, Collector. Hard to sleep when you’re swinging me around like a stuffed toy and chasing me down with your death cult.”
The Collector laughed.
“Oh shut up,” King said, keeping his eyes tightly closed.
“But I wanna’ playyyyyyyyy!” The Collector whined.
“Well I need to sleep. Won’t be able to play at all otherwise. We’re not all perpetually wound-up gods. You…could rest too if you wanted.”
The Collector actually shuddered.
“I don’t sleep,” they said.
“Well what do you do if you’re tired?”
“I’m never tired.”
“Well I am. Good night.”
King was asleep almost instantly.
The Collector frowned, and then reached into the nest and poked him.
“Hey!” King protested.
The Collector’s expression lit up and they grinned.
King turned away and went back to sleep.
The Collector looked around the quiet, darkened loft, then back at King.
They poked at him again.
“Go away! ” King said, slapping their hand out of the way. “Let sleeping Titans lie. ”
“But I’m booooooored.”
“Well then you can be the lookout you said we needed. Keep watch in case the Titan Trappers show up.”
“Okay!” The Collector said brightly.
It surprised King that they’d agreed so fast, but he was just grateful for the chance to rest undisturbed when they floated away to the window.
He was back to sleep in seconds.
The Collector stretched out along the curved surface of the circular windowsill, motioning for the stained glass window itself to swing open.
It let in a sliver of moonlight from outside, illuminating the space where they lay.
They kicked their shoes off and ran their feet along the surface of the windowsill as they stretched their legs, enjoying the sensations that came with being back in the physical realm.
The Collector kicked back in the sliver of moonlight and watched out the window intently for any sign of Bill, Tarak and the rest of their Titan Trapper playmates.
***
Raine set the lute case down gently on the kitchen table.
“Funny,” they said. “Usually it’s me who has your full attention.”
Eda looked up, having been staring at the case as if expecting it to do a trick that she might miss if she blinked.
She met Raine’s surprisingly playful gaze and blushed.
Raine gave her an amused look and opened the case, revealing…
“Oh hey, look,” Eda said. “It actually is a lute.”
“Can’t be too careful,” Raine said, pulling the strings aside and reaching into the instrument to retrieve something wrapped in heavy grey cloth.
They held it out to Eda.
“No,” she said. “I’ll drop it.”
“No you won’t,” Raine said, unwrapping the cloth and pressing the glass jar within into Eda’s hand.
Eda stared at the jar, holding it tightly, still afraid she might lose her grip.
“That’s it, huh,” she said.
The contents of the jar, to most observers who wouldn’t have given it a second look, could have easily been mistaken for sand.
However, Eda did give it a second look, holding it up to the kitchen window where the late evening sun played off the grainy material, giving it an almost luminous appearance. Dozens of tiny reflected points of light covered nearly every surface of the kitchen.
“Whoah,” Luz said, entering the kitchen at just the right moment to witness the spectacle. “Whatcha’ got there, Eda? Disco sand?”
She looked between Eda, Raine, the jar and the lute on the table.
“Did someone say diiiscooooooo?” Hooty said, appearing in the kitchen behind Luz. “Let me get my sunglasses .”
“Wait,” Luz said, turning to Hooty. “How do you know about disco?”
“I’lll never tell!”
“But seriously,” Luz said, turning back to fix Eda with a meaningful look. “Did you just get a covert delivery of magic sand hidden inside a musical instrument? Gotta’ admit, that’s a liiiitle suspicious, Eda. There something you want to share with the rest of the class? Hmmmmmm?”
“Sounds to me,” Eda said. “Like you already know what it is.”
“Darius is losing his edge,” Luz said. “That whole ‘leave it in the case’ business? Not very subtle.”
“Well that was supposed to be a private conversation,” Raine said with a smile.
Luz stared at the jar, really looking at it this time.
“You’re actually going to go through with this,” she said. It wasn’t a question.
“It was never a question, Luz,” Eda said. She watched as the reflections danced across her hand, illuminating scars that resembled claw marks. “I made a promise, and I intend to make good on it.”
“I can respect thaaaaat,” Hooty said. “Can you promise meeee something?”
“You realize this could go really bad if you…if you misjudged…”
“Hence Darius’s stipulation,” Raine said. “If we stick to that, it should be perfectly safe.”
“Yeah, you’re going to stick to that for, like, five minutes,” Luz said.
Eda laughed and Raine shot an amused and knowing look at her.
“We’ll see,” they said.
“Look, Eda,” Luz said. “It’s not that I don’t trust you on this. But the fact that you’re keeping it a secret from us? Why?”
“Well it’s not exactly a secret, since you know,” Eda said.
“Have you told King?”
Eda wouldn’t meet her eyes.
“That’s what I thought.”
“IIIIIIIII can keep a secret!” Hooty said mysteriously and it wasn’t entirely clear whether this meant he already knew what was going on, but it seemed a safe bet that he very well might.
“Ah, kid,” Eda said, setting the jar on the kitchen windowsill. “I never meant for it to be a big secret. I wasn’t even sure we’d get this far. By the time stuff was in motion, oh it’s just never felt like the right moment to bring it up.”
“Well maybe,” Luz pushed back. “You could have clued me in when you requested that book.”
Eda snorted. “Smart kid.”
“Well,” Raine said. “You’ve never really talked about what happened.”
Luz winced.
“Okay, you’re right,” she admitted. “I’ve…been avoiding that subject.”
***
Filling Raine in on the details of everything that had happened since the Day Of Unity had taken quite an emotional toll on Eda, moreso than she’d anticipated.
Raine had quietly listened, offering support where they could, wishing desperately that things had turned out differently.
“It’s not that I don’t appreciate you saving my life more than words can say,” Eda admitted. “I just don’t know what kind of life I’ve got left in this world.”
“Well you’ve got me ,” Raine said.
Eda looked at them and burst into tears.
Raine held her for a long time after that, reassuring her for whatever it might be worth, that they weren’t going anywhere. Not this time.
A great commotion at the door of the base alerted them both that the expected group of scouts had returned from their investigation of the Skull rubble.
Raine felt Eda tense in their arms.
Then, a commanding, familiar voice rang loudly through the building.
“I DEMAND ASYLUM!”
It was Raine’s turn for alarm.
“ Kikimora !” they hissed, trying to climb to their feet.
Eda’s eyes flashed furiously as she stood up.
“I HAVE INFORMATION!” Kikimora’s voice continued to shout. “And you will have my full cooperation in exchange for my protection.”
“That little conniving trash slug !” Eda growled. “Wait, I take that back. That’s an insult to trash slugs.”
“Nothing good can come of Kiki being here,” Raine agreed.
Eda stormed out onto the open section of the warehouse, just in time to see Lilith striding across to dropkick Kikimora across the floor.
“WOOOOOO!” Eda screamed, feeling like herself for one brief second. “GO LILY!”
Kikimora screeched, sitting up shakily where she had landed.
“Lilith!” Darius admonished. “Kikimora is injured .”
“ Yeah she is!” Eda said.
“That felt good,” said Lilith. “I’ve always wanted to do that.”
“Haven’t we all,” Darius said. “But the fact remains, she was injured before you kicked her, Lilith. Our scouts found her trapped in debris from the Skull and she claims to have important information.”
“Well I’m going to kick her too, anyway,” Eda said. “Being lenient isn’t the only way to get info and I’m not about to let Lily have all the fun. My turn!”
“No, are you listening to me?” Darius said, holding both Lilith and Eda in place with abomination material. “We’re above that. Steve! Go pick up that sorry excuse for a demon and let’s get her patched up. Emira! We need your healing skills.”
“Ugh, why me?” Steve asked.
Emira wrinkled her nose.
“Ew,” she said. “Not what I signed up for.”
Despite his protests, however, Steve wasted little time in retrieving Kikimora.
Up close, Eda could see that she had sustained a number of pretty significant injuries that clearly hadn’t resulted from being kicked by Lilith.
“If the Clawthorne sisters are very much done with their theatrics,” Kikimora said. “They might be interested to hear what I have to say.”
“You were in the skull, were you not,” Darius said. “At the Day Of Unity?”
“I was,” Kikimora said. “Deceived and betrayed by Belos, just like the rest of you. How could we ever have known his true plans.”
Eda and Lilith snorted in unison.
“Where is Belos?” Steve asked.
“Belos is almost certainly dead,” Kikmora said, looking amused by the gasps and whispers this statement brought. “Murdered by The Collector.”
Even more hushed exclamations broke out. Apparently reshaping the Isles was one thing. Taking out the seemingly-invincible Emperor was another.
“And one other thing,” Kikimora said. “This concerns you, Owl Lady.”
Eda just growled, masking her fear of what was about to be said next.
“The Owl Lady would do well to cooperate with me in my new noble quest to redeem myself by hunting down The Collector. He has taken prisoner someone very close to her.”
“Wait,” Eda said. “What? Who? ”
“He has King, child son of the Titan himself in his dastardly clutches.”
“Child son of…WHAT?!” Darius exploded.
“How in BLAZES do you know…?” Eda shouted. “Wait, he’s alive? King’s alive ?”
“Your pet demon …” Darius sputtered. “Is the Titan’s Son ?”
“Yeah,” Eda said. “I…uh…forgot to mention.”
“That little…that was a Titan ?”
“If you’ve quite finished,” Kikimora said huffily. “Then you see how working together is mutually beneficial. I want justice served by confronting The Collector myself. The Owl Lady wants King the Titan rescued. We find The Collector, we find King.”
“Yeah, you’re gonna’ have to give me more than that,” Eda said. “Your word alone isn’t worth squat, offense fully intended.”
“Oh but I have more than my word alone, Owl Lady.”
Eda was about to remark that she was keeping a running tally of the number of times Kikimora said “Owl Lady”, but the comment died in her throat when the demon in question held out her hand.
Eda felt like she had been gut-punched, immediately recognizing the item clutched in Kikimora’s fist.
It was the familiar collar that had once been worn by King.
***
The Collector quickly grew bored with watching out the window for seekers that probably didn’t know where to look.
They bit their lip, tapped their fingernails together, bobbed their head a bit, clicked their tongue a few times and then tumbled off the window ledge and onto the ceiling with a soft thump.
“Hmmmmmm…”
King was still sleeping in the nest below and looking extremely comfortable to the point where The Collector was annoyed that he might be having more fun than they were.
No fair.
They rolled around on the ceiling and kicked their legs.
They looked around the dark room, the walls and silence around them suddenly feeling oppressive in a horribly familiar way…
A tight feeling threatened to rise in The Collector’s chest.
No.
No, they were free now.
They clapped their hands.
From the sound waves there came an explosion of light, spinning itself into dozens upon dozens of tiny stars swirling around them in bright, colorful patterns, forming galaxies above a sleeping King.
The stars filled the room with a soft glow.
Much better.
In the corner of the room, the light reflected off something shiny that drew The Collector’s immediate attention, as it appeared to be in the shape of a crescent moon. That had to be investigated right now!
They floated down to the floor to take a closer look.
Upon inspection, the moon was one of several ornate carvings on what looked to have once been a tiny but beautiful wooden box. It was smashed up and dirty now - easy to overlook as trash and not something the Coven scouts would have payed much attention to.
The starlight was actually reflecting off a series of metal gears inside that were also smashed and broken. Most who looked at it would have dismissed the entire thing as beyond repair.
But The Collector was bored and the box looked interesting. It was either this or blow up one of the rooms in the house.
They made a counterclockwise motion with their hand and the gears shifted back into place. They pinched their fingers together and the cracks and breaks in the box disappeared.
Curiously, they picked up the object and floated to the center of the room. They momentarily considered dropping it on King’s head, but changed their mind at the last second and instead flopped face-first into the nest beside King.
It was…surprisingly comfortable.
They lay on their chest and examined the box. Next to the initials DC, there was some sort of wind-up mechanism, which promised to be interesting - at least for a moment.
Upon being wound, the gears inside the box began to play a bright tune. It wasn’t one The Collector recognized, not that they would have recognized most music, but it was just the right tempo and they liked it.
With the music box jingling in front of their nose, they turned their attention back to the large nest they were in.
How was this nest so…soft…
They rubbed their feet against the blanket and pressed their cheek into it contentedly.
It was warm. They needed to be closer to it.
The Collector sighed heavily, blinking slowly at the cheerfully-playing music box.
They were warm and cozy now.
They were free. Finally, finally free.
After so, SO long.
The nest was SO soft…
They could just melt into it…
It was…
…it was fuzzy…
…everything was warm and fuzzy…
…they were so comfy…
…cozy…
…free…
…safe…
And as the stars they had just created burned out above and a long broken music box played out a tune not heard for years, for the first time in a very, very long time, The Collector slept.
And for the first time since the Day Of Unity, a strange, still peace fell over the Boiling Isles.
Chapter 6
Summary:
The Effects Of Caffeine On An Already-Paranoid Grimwalker: A Case Study
Notes:
I'm so excited to be getting further into this story and sharing it with all of you. We're midway through the first act now, and heading into some stuff that has been very fun to write! I've really enjoyed discussing Moonshadow with all of you in the comments. And I really love reading your comments! It makes me so happy to know that this little niche corner of the fandom is enjoying reading this story as much as I've enjoyed dreaming it up and writing it!
Next chapter should be up on Saturday and I'm sure that y'all are going to be VERY excited to read it after you finish this one!
In any case, go forth, read and enjoy!
Alice
Chapter Text
Bonesborough looked remarkably different than it had before the Day Of Unity, to the point where it was virtually unrecognizable as the same location.
There was, of course, the matter of the towering Bridge to Titan Trapper Island, which had since been rendered impassable but still served as a reminder of what had transpired.
If the great, looming monolith wasn’t jarring enough, the topography of the town had completely changed as well. It was now a mess of steep hills and ravines left from where The Collector had gathered their materials to build the Bridge.
Even Eda had to use a crudely-drawn map to find her way around while she was getting accustomed to the new layout.
“Let’s see, this giant pit is approximately where Reedgut Street would have been,” she mused. “Which means that way should be where Morton is setting up these days.”
Luz looked at the map and scratched her head.
On Eda’s other side, another Luz did the same.
Vee had chosen to come along today with Eda, Luz, Hunter and Raine, in order to restock on magical items to bring back to the human realm, where she was still covering for Luz’s extended absences. It was something Camilla tolerated for the sake of both Vee and Luz, but Eda could definitely sense the tension.
Vee, like Hunter and Luz, was torn between two worlds. She’d made it pretty clear that the Boiling Isles didn’t feel like home to her, and she had a stronger connection to the human friends she’d made at Camp than she did with witches and demons.
However she had grown to consider Luz and her friends as extended family, and she needed to consume magic.
“Not that it isn’t obvious who’s who,” Eda said. “But you’re free to be yourself in New Bonesborough, Vee.”
“You sure about that?” Vee asked, pointing across a narrow fissure in the earth, at a cobbled-together clothing shop with not-inconspicuous sign reading ‘We stand with Belos.’
“Aw, what?” Eda said, reading the sign and then shouting across the fissure. “BELOS WAS A LYING DICTATOR WHO TRIED TO MURDER YOU ALL! JUST IN CASE YOU FORGOT!”
“Eda, keep your voice down ,” Hunter said through clenched teeth, eyeing the shop warily as the witch running it glared daggers at them.
“Why would anyone still be loyal to Belos?” Luz asked. “His whole evil backstory isn’t exactly a secret anymore.”
“Yes, it is kind of worrisome,” Raine said, shooting the sign a dirty look of their own. “We’ve been seeing a bit of it cropping up here and there. Seems old systems die slower than old tyrants.”
“Well, let’s make some sales,” Eda said, holding up strings of potions, wards and human realm trinkets. “Before the system really does crash and everyone realizes snails aren’t actually worth anything anymore.”
“Darius says the future of society lies in trades, rather than currency,” Hunter said. “And, if you look at it historically, trade used to be accepted as…”
“Says the guy who wins Asset Seizure: The Board Game , like every time!” Luz said.
“That’s a mental challenge,” Hunter said. “It’s not a model for real life.”
“Tell that to half the people in power ever,” Luz shot back.
“And that’s why I don’t feel very comfortable here,” Vee said. “There’s too much unrest in this whole rebuilding stuff, and it wouldn’t take much for someone to get made a scapegoat and targeted as everyone’s problem.”
“No offense, Vee,” Luz said. “But out of all of us right here, you’re probably the least likely to be a target.”
“Heck, I’ve always been a target,” Eda said.
“Yeah, well you weren’t sentient life created for Belos’ experiments! ” Vee said angrily. “If I could just turn into a human permanently and never have to rely on magic again, I’d leave this place forever . You never forget what it’s like to be trapped .”
***
King awoke with a pounding headache. It took him a minute to remember that he was in Eda’s nest, and another minute to remember why.
When he did, he wished he hadn’t. It wasn’t a pleasant flood of memories.
Reality came back in a sickening wave and King thought for a second that he might puke.
He groaned, sat up, groaned again.
And then he blinked.
The Collector was next to him in the nest, lying on their stomach, frowning slightly, arms and legs stretched out in every direction as if trying to touch as much of the space around them as possible.
They were, unbelievably, fast asleep.
“Well this is new,” King said quietly.
It occurred to him that this might be his chance to escape, although he really didn’t want to leave the Owl House.
He very cautiously stood up and, careful to not make a sound, made to climb out of the nest.
“Stop!”
King froze, turning back, expecting to find The Collector wide awake.
Instead, he saw that they were still asleep, although their expression was anything but peaceful.
They whimpered, clawing at the blanket.
“Nononononono! Stop! Stop !” they cried.
The walls of the house itself shook.
“Aw no,” King said, suddenly feeling concerned in spite of himself.
He watched as The Collector’s frown deepened and they reached out their hands desperately.
King backed away and The Collector actually wailed, tears leaking out of the corners of their eyes when their hands closed on empty air.
“Nonono! Wait! Please!”
Their eyes flew open and they sat up, screaming.
The house rattled.
They stared at King in confusion for a moment, their expression terrified.
It wasn’t a look that King had ever seen on The Collector’s face before, nor had he expected to.
“Uh…you okay there buddy?” he asked.
The Collector blinked at him, perhaps going through the same process of recalling where they were that King had just experienced.
“King,” they said. “You…you…YOU LET ME FALL ASLEEP!”
The Collector’s mood went from scared to infuriated in a split second.
“Hey, that is not on me!” King said. “You fell asleep yourself. I told you to keep a lookout.”
“ You shouldn’t have needed to go to sleep in the first place !”
“Can you go five seconds without yelling!”
King rubbed at the crack in his skull. The sleep had been needed but he somehow felt even worse than he had before his nap.
“Just…leave me alone,” he said.
“NO!” The Collector said. “We’re going to play now, and we’re going to have fun .”
“Well you sure are a whole pile of fun when you first wake up,” King said sarcastically.
The Collector turned their attention to the music box still lying in the nest.
“That music made me sleep!” they shouted, grabbing the box and preparing to hurl it into oblivion.
There was the faint sound of a door creak from downstairs.
The Collector and King both froze, turning to look at each other.
The Collector’s eyes lit up, their troubled expression vanishing instantly.
“Looks like weee’ve got comp-a-nyyyyyyyy!” they said, their voice singsong once again, their nightmares apparently forgotten, at least for now.
King’s head spun from The Collector’s mood whiplash. The momentary concern he had felt for them took a backseat, overpowered significantly by the more pressing concern of his own safety.
Plus, it was hard to feel bad for The Collector, when they were currently hugging themself and cackling gleefully (and far too loudly) over the prospect of being back to actively playing their demented games.
***
Eda really needed to have a talk with Luz about her having introduced Hunter to coffee.
To be fair, it had happened while the kids were in the human realm, and had probably helped Hunter focus while they were researching ways to cross dimensions and defeat The Collector.
Still, the coffee had now become a regular thing, and even at the sales kiosk they were running in Bonesborough, Hunter had a percolator hooked up to a battery pack and was already on his third cup.
It was not, Eda observed, doing wonders to help with Hunter’s anxieties.
“You know what she’s up to! I know you do!” Hunter was saying to Luz in what was probably meant to be a quiet hiss, but was actually quite audible to anyone else who happened to be in the vicinity.
“Hunter,” Luz said. “Keep your voice down!”
The two had started their bickering practically the moment that Vee had snuck off to acquire the most powerful magical objects she could afford.
“I am keeping it down!” Hunter said. “That’s why I’m whispering !”
“Dude. They can hear you whispering in space !”
“No, they can’t! We don’t have space in the demon realm…”
“It’s firmament, I know, I know,” Luz finished. “Same difference, different word.”
“It’s really not,” Hunter said. “And anyway, stop changing the subject. You know what Eda is up to. That’s pretty clear. What I don’t know is why you won’t tell me!”
“Because it’s not for me to tell!” Luz snapped.
“You told Amity.”
That shut Luz up.
Eda sighed, leaving Raine to try to sell toaster ovens to an unimpressed-looking group of demons, and walked over to the table where Luz and Hunter were seated.
“First of all,” she said. “That is WAY too much coffee for you. Second of all, you’re not wrong, Hunter. I am,” her voice turned teasing. “ Up to something .”
Hunter gave her a worried look.
“I didn’t…” Eda began. “I didn’t think it was going to get blown up into this…” she waved her hand. “ Huge Mysterious Secret . Not from my family. Not from you. You’ve had too many secrets kept from you and I never wanted to add to that.”
“Whatever it is, you don’t think I’m going to like it,” Hunter said. “I think that’s actually why Luz won’t tell me.”
“Well, I don’t really know,” Eda said. “It’s not necessarily going to make our lives any easier. Not for a while, anyways. But I suppose I should tell you. Just not here. When we get home.”
“There won’t be time!” Hunter protested. “Darius is picking me up to go camping in like, an hour!”
“Whoah, whos’ keeping secrets now! Wait. Wait. ” Eda’s expression became one of pure mirth. “ Darius is going camping?!? Hah!! Raine, are you hearing this?!”
“He wanted to do some one-on-one mentoring while I was visiting,” Hunter said. “And I suggested camping. I’ve been wanting to try it out ever since I got those Scouts handbooks in Connecticut.”
“Weren’t you technically camping when you were hiding out from Belos at Hexside?” Luz asked.
“ That doesn’t count. I’ve been studying both the Girl Scout manuals and the Boy Scout manuals and with the combined knowledge from both resources, we should be assured successful camping with all of our bases covered!”
“Forget Eda’s wacky plans!” Luz said. “I’m just going to follow you two along and take covert video footage of your fiasco.”
“Hunter!” Raine called. “Please share everything that happens on Penstagram! The entertainment value alone might actually get me through my next meeting with the other Coven Heads without my having to resort to murder!”
Hunter looked down, a bit dejectedly.
“Oh crap,” Raine said, realizing their misstep.
“Why does everybody think this is going to be a disaster?” Hunter asked.
“Oh it’s not you, kid,” Eda said, leaning over and wrapping her arm around Hunter. “I’m sorry. That was uncalled for on my part. Darius just doesn’t seem like somebody I’d expect to enjoy camping. For what it’s worth, I’m sure you’ll do just fine. But maybe use your eyes and ears and common sense and not get too hung up on following the Scout books to the letter. Real life doesn’t come with a handbook.”
Hunter, as was typical, looked a bit unsure how to react to the affection, but was not about to protest.
“ Well, for what it’s worth for you ,” he said. “I’m sure you know what you’re doing but maybe you could use a few resources to go on. Instead of making it up as you go.”
“I’m afraid there is no resource for what I’m working on,” Eda said. “Nobody’s exactly done this before. There is no resource. I have to make it up as I go.”
“Well, you’ve gotten this far and survived,” Hunter said. “I’m sure you’ll figure out whatever secret scheme you’re cooking up. And I…I trust you. I won’t pressure you for more info.”
“Pressure me for more info?” Eda laughed. “Careful, kid. Your Golden Guard is showing.”
“Force of habit,” Hunter said. “I have ways of making you talk.”
“Yeah you do!” Eda laughed. “All you have to do is sit there looking worried and I’ll talk to you and ask if you’re okay!”
Hunter smiled in spite of himself.
“You be careful out there,” Eda said. “I hear the campgrounds are filled with bugs.”
The following hour passed in a companionable blur of sales, trades and banter. Hunter seemed a bit more relaxed now, although still overly caffeinated and very excited about his upcoming trip.
Vee returned, eating what looked like a possibly-blood-covered ice cream cone.
“It’s super potent!” she told Hunter and Luz. “I’ve eaten three already! I feel great! You want some?”
“Uh…no,” Luz said. “More for you. Wow you’re actually shaking. Is that like caffeine for basilisks? Because you remind me of Hunter on his eighth pot of coffee.”
“I have never,” Hunter said, sounding offended. “Downed eight entire pots of coffee in one day…”
“So Darius wants some bonding time, huh,” Raine said to Eda in a low voice. “That I’ll buy. But I can’t help thinking…”
“That he wants Hunter out of dodge for the waxing moon?” Eda finished.
“Yep,” Raine said. “Exactly.”
***
Eda had not agreed to any of Kikimora’s propositions for hunting down The Collector.
Being presented with King’s collar had definitely not made her any more inclined to do so.
“This proves nothing !” she said, shaking the collar in Kikimora’s face. “For all I know, you took it off his dead body! For all I know, you killed him.”
“I can assure you,” Kikimora said. “I did neither of those things, and you’re only lessening the likelihood of saving your precious King with each passing moment you refuse to cooperate with me. The Collector has him captive , Owl Lady. He won’t survive much longer. Your pride is killing your adopted son.”
“Well your whining is killing me ,” Eda shot back.
And, with that, she stormed away.
“It’s not that I don’t share your sentiment, Edalyn,” Lilith said a short while later. “But what if…what if she’s right?”
It was certainly a possibility that Eda couldn’t help but consider, though she almost didn’t dare give herself hope that King had somehow survived.
Still, the idea was planted.
And so, when Eda and Lilith’s parents arrived at the CAT stronghold not an hour later and, after a tearful reunion, informed her that they’d seen light coming from her house just that evening, Eda took notice.
“We thought you might be there,” Gwendolyn said. “But then we saw the crescent moon on the door and thought it might be The Collector there.”
“What in Titan’s name would the Collector be doing there?” Lilith asked.
“No idea,” Gwendolyn said. “I’m just telling you what we saw.”
“I also thought I heard your old music box playing,” Dell said. “The lullaby one I made when you were little.”
“What?” Eda said. “That old thing hasn’t worked in years. Decades maybe. I…might have broken it one time when I was in curse form.”
The conversation moved on, but Eda’s mind was already racing.
And so, shortly thereafter, when she thought nobody was paying attention, Eda found herself sneaking out of the base under cover of night and taking flight, Owlbert at the head of her staff.
It was her first time out flying since losing her arm, and she had to admit that did rather complicate matters. There was quite a learning curve, and setting off on such a long venture probably wasn’t the easiest way to tackle it.
As it was, that only made her more determined.
Her progress wasn’t fast, but it was progress nonetheless.
Was there really someone at her house? Surely not The Collector. That didn’t make any sense. They’d undoubtedly be out and about causing chaos and blowing things up, not sitting in her house with a music box that wasn’t even supposed to work.
Unless…
Unless Kikimora was right about King somehow still being alive and he’d somehow made his way back home.
Even if Kikimora was right, however, why would The Collector take their prisoner to his old home?
It was a long shot, Eda knew. Logically it was more likely some random person taking refuge in what was an available empty building.
But she had to check.
She had to be sure.
Bonesborough was a mess, and shadowed by an imposing-looking monolithic reaching far into the sky. It gave Eda an extremely unsettled feeling, something she distantly noted was shared by the Owl Beast.
Eda landed in the remaining trees and entered the yard in the early light of dawn. The Beast’s uneasiness went from low-grade to off-the-charts upon noticing that a crescent moon sliver really was glowing along the edge of Hooty’s usual place of residence.
It would seem The Collector really was here.
But why?
“If you wanna’ get outta’ here,” she whispered to Owlbert while pulling an elixir out of her hair in case she needed to tone down the Owl Beast, which was starting to panic. “I’ll one hundred percent understand.”
Owlbert hooted that he would do no such thing and interlocked himself firmly on Eda’s staff.
With the distant thought that she really should have thought exactly how she might fight a chaotic shadow-monster (a sentiment shared by the Owl Beast, who clearly did not want to be here), Eda went to silently push open the door.
Only it wasn’t silent.
It made a horrible creaking sound that could probably be heard miles away.
Eda grimaced, stepping into the house, flooded with memories, heartsick to see how empty it was now. It was barely a shell of the lively and cozy safe haven it had once been.
And then, from upstairs, laughter rang out and Eda felt her whole body tense up.
She didn’t need the Owl Beast’s panicked confirmations to immediately recognize the laugh as the same one she had heard in her dream, and the same one carried on the wind across the Boiling Isles since the Day Of Unity.
“Well,” she said. “Here goes nothing.”
Ready or not, Eda was about to face The Collector
Chapter 7
Summary:
That awkward moment when the lost child hiding out with your son is actually the alleged big bad you've sworn to destroy.
Notes:
Sooooo excited to finally share this chapter! I had so much fun writing it, and it contains some of my favorite bits so far! I hope you all enjoy it as much as I have!
I'm not sure if there will be a Wednesday update this week. I'm middway through two straight weeks of being on-call, so there's a good chance it'll be next Saturday before I get the next chapter up. We'll see how the week goes.
Anyway, thanks as always for your thoughts and feedback! We are at a turning point for Act One of Moonshadow!
Alice
Chapter Text
Eda gripped her staff and took a deep breath, reminding herself that she had a stash of glyphs hidden in her hair - although using them in conjunction with her staff might be challenging given the whole one-hand issue.
She chugged her elixir, and it was a good thing, too. The Owl Beast was in full-on fight or flight mode.
The Beast might be an asset, but The Collector had defeated them once before and right now they were only serving to distract Eda when she most needed to focus.
‘Easy there,’ she mentally told the Beast, gently but firmly pushing them further into her subconscious. ‘I’ll protect you.’
The panicked Owl Beast didn’t seem convinced.
And, to be perfectly honest, Eda couldn’t blame them. Who knew what chance she and a handful of glyphs had against a powerful, murderous trickster.
Oh well, looked like she was jumping in and winging it, same as usual.
Eda took stock of the room around her, paying careful attention to the shadows in the corners and on the walls. They all seemed benign, and none of them were moving.
She turned around and nearly jumped out of her skin when she saw a face peeping around the hall doorway.
Not a shadow, Eda quickly realized with a breath of relief, but the face of a small child with overly-large glowing eyes and a striking skin tone splitting their face between blue and orange. It looked like they had been crying.
Of course. It wasn’t King hiding here. It was some other random child.
Eda mentally slapped away the Owl Beast as they let loose a screech and the kid tilted their head almost as if they had heard.
They seemed about to say something, so Eda quickly raised her finger to her lips, propping her staff in the crook of her arm. If The Collector was here, she didn’t want the kid to draw their attention.
The kid in question seemed to get the message. They didn’t speak, but their face split into a grin and, eyes shining, they beckoned Eda to follow them.
That was an odd reaction and Eda paused for a moment, watching them disappear into the hallway. They showed no fear. Not something one would expect from anyone hiding or imprisoned.
Maybe they were just too young to truly grasp the danger they were in.
Eda felt a sharp pang at the thought.
Apparently she was taking too long to think this, because the child reappeared in the doorway, giving her an impatient shrug, pointing down the hall and jerking their head in that direction.
Well, crap. The kid was ridiculously cute and Eda’s blasted maternal instincts were kicking into high gear. Whoever this kid was, they needed to be protected, and she had half a mind to just pick them up and make a break for it.
Except…
Something was telling her not to leave just yet.
Actually, that something might have been the kid themself, gesturing animatedly, insistent that she should follow them. She felt strangely compelled, almost as if doing so wasn’t actually a choice.
She found herself following the kid all the way up to her old loft, of all places. They stood aside and gestured towards the room.
Were there others here? Eda had a brief vision of herself returning to the base on the Knee with entire basketfuls of lost children.
Her thoughts were derailed the instant she opened the door and saw something small duck into her nest with a terrified, but very familiar yelp.
Eda forgot all about keeping her voice down.
“KING?!?”
“EDA?!?”
King popped up over the edge of the nest and took one look at Eda before scrambling the rest of the way out and rushing toward her.
Eda dropped her staff and met him halfway, falling to the floor and wrapping her arm around him in a tight hug, tears beginning to flow freely.
For a long moment, neither spoke. They just sat, clinging to each other and scarcely daring to believe this was really happening.
“Oh King, your skull,” Eda said at last. “It’s fractured.”
“Never mind my skull,” King said. “What happened to your ARM?”
“Who cares,” Eda said tearfully. “I thought you were dead , King.”
“I…thought I was too,” King said in a small voice, holding onto Eda as tightly as he could.
“Alador told me you went to save Luz…” Eda went on. “And…and…”
“She’s safe, Eda!” King said hurriedly. “I sent…she and the others are in the human realm!”
“I…wha…?”
For the second time in the last however-long it had been, Eda felt her emotions and mental state grappling with world-shattering news about her kids.
This time, however, it was pure, dizzying relief.
“Are you sure, King?” she said. “They’re really okay?”
“They are!” King said. “They’re…uh, cheating at hide-and-seek but they’re okay!”
Cheating at hide-and-seek? That was a bizarre thing to say, but Eda was too giddy to follow the thought any further right now.
She just squeezed King harder.
An eerie feeling of being watched crept over Eda and she looked up, starting slightly to find the other kid right at her shoulder, watching with an expression that might have been confusion or might have been jealousy but definitely reflected displeasure at being left out.
“It’s a hug,” Eda told them. “It’s…a human thing.”
The kid looked like they could use one, honestly. Moreso now than when she’d been relearning how to balance and fly, Eda wished she still had her other arm. She didn’t want to let go of King, but this other kid was all alone without their family.
Who knew if they even still had one.
“Hey, sneaky-peek,” she said. “Don’t look so sour. C’mere.”
She gently shifted King, bracing him against what was left of her right arm, and reached out to pull the other kid into a hug as well.
They squeaked in surprise.
“Eda!” King yelped. “Be careful! That’s…”
But the kid, after going rigid and raising a finger for a brief moment, simply slid down and allowed themself to be pulled close, blinking up at Eda, wide-eyed.
Eda felt an odd sensation like she’d just been hit with a static charge, but didn’t think too much of it.
“Who’s your friend, King?” she asked.
King looked up at Eda too, as if trying to convey something vitally important without speaking.
Distantly the Owl Beast shrieked again and, again, the mysterious kid reacted as though they had heard. They suddenly smirked in amusement, as if they knew a really funny secret.
“You got a name, kid?” Eda asked.
Both children gave Eda near-identical incredulous looks. The stranger snorted, buried their face in their overlarge sleeves so that only a tuft of white hair was visible, and shook with silent laughter.
Eda didn’t get the joke, whatever it was.
In her excitement at finding King, and her relief upon learning that Luz and the others were safe, she had momentarily forgotten that they were all in danger.
“There’ll be time for introductions later,” she said. “We need to get out of here before The Collector comes back. I was gonna’ hunt them down and make them wish they never existed, but today I’ll settle for getting you two to safety.”
The kid’s silent laughter increased, and they crumpled to the floor, beating on it with tiny fists, denting it and shaking the house.
“Um, Eda?” King said. “That is The Collector.”
“What? No it’s not.”
Eda turned to look at the little form rolling on the floor beside her.
“King, that is a child.”
The child in question flopped over and gave her a huge grin, nodding furiously.
“You’re The Collector?” Eda asked, still not quite buying it.
Another nod.
What?
“You…can speak now, you know,” she said.
That was all the kid needed. They positively screamed with laughter.
“Ugh, FINALLY!” they cried. “I HATE the Quiet Game! Phillip used to make me play it ALL THE TIME and I’m starting to think he only did it TO SHUT ME UP!”
“Uh…” Eda said.
It was absolutely the voice and laugh she recognized. She noted the celestial motif of the kid’s garb, the crescent moon pattern of their face. Even their freckles were stars. It had been right there in front of Eda the whole time and she hadn’t noticed.
“The Collector,” she said slowly. “Is a…child?”
“You didn’t know! ” The Collector howled in sheer glee, pointing at Eda and continuing to flop around on the floor. “Even the Beast knew! But youuuuuuuuuuu diiiiidn’t knoooo-oooow! Youuuuu diiiidn’t knoooo-oooow!”
“Agh! Eda !” King said. “Can you make them shut up again?!”
They were in danger, right? The Collector was known as the Grand Huntsman of Titans…but King was still alive. Eda wasn’t going to flat-out murder a damn kid …who was just…acting like a brat…
What?
Should she just take King and run…?
“You didn’t knoooo-ooooowwww!” The Collector sang tauntingly. “You didn’t knooooo-oooowww! Youuuuuu wanted to caaaatch meeee, but youuuuu didn’t knooo-oooooowww! You didn’t know it was meeee-eeee!”
“Gah!” King shouted at them. “You are SO ANNOYING!”
But The Collector was just getting started. They hopped up, hovering just a few inches above the floor, still laughing at Eda.
“Hah! The look on your FACE!” they crowed. “And the Beast was trying so hard to tell you! And you were were just like nooooope !”
They made an absent swatting motion with their hand and a few chunks of wall flew across the room, where they smashed apart with surprising force on the opposite wall.
Okay, so this kid’s powers were no joke. The thing was, they hardly seemed aware of it.
“And then !” The Collector laughed. “You were all ‘oh no, who could this poor little lost kid possibly be?’ and woooooooop !”
They grabbed Eda’s hand and spun in slightly so that her arm was wrapped around them and they were pressed against her chest in an echo of the hug from earlier.
The Collector grinned up at her, eyes dancing, daring her to react.
This wasn’t what Eda had expected. This wasn’t what Eda had expected at all.
“Is this a possession thing?” she asked. “Are you possessing this poor kid?”
“ Possessing ? Whaaat?”
“But you’re supposed to be a shadow. Not…”
Not a tangible child…
“Yeah, cause stupid Phillip wouldn’t let me out,” The Collector said.
“Belos had them trapped in a mirror,” King said. “I let them out.”
Right. Luz had mentioned that Phillip had dug up a mirror with a crescent moon…
Wait.
“YOU let them out, King? Not Belos?”
“The Collector, uh…” King said carefully. “Stopped the Draining Spell. So we could all play.”
“ How ?” Eda asked. “And why? I thought they were working with Belos?”
“Phillip was a lying meanie-pants,” The Collector said, snuggling closer and reaching up with their free hand to grab a lock of Eda’s hair, which they began winding around their finger. “I was gonna’ play with him but he juuuuuuust wasn’t fast enough. He’s oobleck now. Do you like hide-and-seek?”
“I can’t tell if you’re threatening me right now,” Eda said. “Or just oblivious.”
King, she could tell, was terrified at what was happening.
“I thought you were gonna’ make me wish I’d never existed,” The Collector said, holding up their finger that now had Eda’s hair wound tightly around it, and twitching their hand as if threatening to pull. “What’s the matter, Owl Lady? You scaaaaaaared ?”
“Eda,” King begged. “Be careful . They moved the moon like it was nothing.”
“Kid,” Eda told The Collector. “If you’re going to yank my head off, that’s normal. It does that, thanks to your curse thing. Wait, the moon stuff was YOU?”
The Collector gave a squeaky laugh.
Of all the scenarios Eda had imagined for how this day and this meeting might play out, she had not imagined this one.
She was trying to reconcile her previous assumptions with all the new information that had just been dumped on her. Not the least of these revelations was the fact that her kids were alive, and her self-proclaimed arch-nemesis was, as far as she could tell, a literal small child with a deranged sense of humor and the power of a god.
Eda didn’t dare move but, even if she could, she was having a hard time summoning the vengeful rage that, until a short while ago, had been bubbling just below the surface.
The Owl Beast, of course, was fully onboard with destroying their foe, child or not. However, they had retreated in a panic and were quietly hiding somewhere deep, deep down.
“Collector,” King said. “Please, please don’t hurt Eda. I’m begging you, here. She’s the only mom I’ve got.”
Eda should have been frightened. She was supposed to be angry. This little thing cuddling against her in a weirdly threatening manner was dangerous. King was clearly afraid of them, or at least what they were capable of.
However, The Collector, despite the fact that they were holding Eda at figurative knifepoint, seemed very content to stay where they were.
“What,” she asked them seriously, careful not to make any sudden moves, or any moves at all. “What do you want with King?”
“I wanna’ plaaaaaaayyyy. King promised to play with me.”
“They…actually do want to play,” King said, voice shaking. “But they’re too powerful and their games are…very literal.”
“What’dya’ mean?” The Collector asked, glancing at King and then right back to Eda.
Eda needed to change the subject, defuse whatever situation this was. And fast.
She scanned the room and her gaze fell upon something on the floor.
Her father had been right!
“That music box…” she began.
“It’s MINE!” The Collector said, not taking their eyes off Eda and tightening their grip on her arm, tangling their other hand even further into her hair. “I saw it first! Finders keepers, losers weepers! Mine, mine, mine! All mine!”
“You were going to DESTROY it just now!” King cried, momentarily forgetting he was scared.
“Miiiiiiiine!”
“Yes, yours,” Eda said quickly, feeling that any other response might have dire consequences. “All yours now if you want it.”
The Collector snickered.
“But,” Eda continued. “A long time ago it was mine…and it got broken pretty badly.”
“Duuuhhhhh. I un-broke it.”
“What?” King cried. “You fixed the MUSIC BOX and not my HEAD?!”
He sucked in a breath, suddenly realizing he might have spoken out of turn when The Collector could obliterate Eda in a heartbeat.
“Uh, ‘cause your head still works ,” The Collector said. “Duh.”
“It’s fractured,” Eda said. “Those cracks aren’t supposed to be there. He’s hurt.”
“Don’t feel much like playing when I’m hurt,” King said in a small voice, averting his gaze.
“Uggggghhhhhh,” The Collector said. “Fiiiiiiine.”
They let go of Eda’s hair and arm and made a counterclockwise motion at King, pinching their fingers together.
The cracks in King’s skull melted instantly back together and, to his surprise, so did the broken horn that Luz had glued back on.
“Oh,” King said, reaching up to feel his head. “Uhhhh…thank you?”
The Collector blew a raspberry at him.
“Say,” King said, thinking fast, a plan quickly formulating itself. “You wanted to know if Eda likes hide and seek. It just so happens she loves hide and seek! In fact, she’s one of the best hide and seek players of all time!”
“Really?” The Collector asked.
“Really,” King said. “And now that my head’s all healed up, I really want to play!”
The Collector gave a loud shout of delight and grabbed King, who yelped in alarm as they wrapped their arms around him.
“Edaaaaaaa!” he cried. “They’re squishing me!”
“Collector,” Eda said, the name still feeling unfamiliar when it was being used to address a kid. “Be gentle with King. He’s just a little guy and you’re much, much stronger than him.”
“Ugh,” The Collector said. “You sound like his stupid dad.”
“You…” Eda said. “You knew the Titan?”
Of course they did. It shouldn’t have been that much of a surprise, considering The Collector was supposedly the god of the Titan Trappers, but Eda felt like if she got hit by one more bombshell right now, she might just short-circuit and self-destruct.
That is, if The Collector didn’t destruct her first which, going by their comments about Belos, and King’s obvious fear, was a very real possibility.
Heck, there was the distinct possibility they’d had a hand, if not full responsibility, in the destruction of the Boiling Isles Titan himself.
“We’ve been over this,” King said hurriedly. “My Dad was a bully and wouldn’t let you play with me. Blah-blah-blah. Every minute we spend talking about that is a minute we aren’t playing hide and seek, and I want to play hide and seek right now !”
“You’re right,” The Collector said, loosening their grip on King. “But only if I get to be ‘it’ again.”
“You have to count first!” King said, his voice taking on an almost panicked edge. “To two…no, three hundred.”
“Three hundred ?” The Collector said. “No way. I’m not gonna’!”
“You have to give us time to hide really good. It’s not fun if we’re easy to find.”
“Yeah, but I’m not gonna’ count aaaalllllllll the way to three hundreeeeeeeed! That’d take soooooooooo looooooooong!”
“Can you say anything without whining?”
“ You’re whining!”
“I am not!”
“Are too!”
“Am not!”
“Are tooooooooo!”
“Am noooot!”
Eda looked back and forth between the two children in front of her, a thought starting to form that she couldn’t quite articulate with her head spinning so fast with all the new information.
“You’re whining right now !” The Collector taunted. “Whine, whine whine, whine, whine .”
“Well how high do you think you should count?” King demanded.
The Collector screwed up their face like they were thinking really, really hard.
“Ten,” they said.
“ Ten ? That doesn’t give us any time!”
The Collector laughed.
“Agh!” King said. “Stop LAUGHING!”
The Collector laughed harder, and more deliberately.
“ One hundred,” Eda said. “That…that’s standard for hide and seek. And I should know, since I’m the best at it.”
“But it’s so manyyyyyyyyy numbers ,” The Collector protested.
“And I’m sure if you’re capable of moving the moon, you’re very much capable of counting all one hundred of them.”
The Collector appeared to be considering this, and coming to some sort of grudging acceptance.
“Eda,” King said. “You do have a good hiding place, right? Where they’ll have a hard time finding us.”
“She will if she’s as good at hide and seek as you say!” The Collector butted in. “But I’ll still fiiiiiiiind you, cause I’m betterrrrrrr at it than youuuuuuu!”
“Yes, King,” Eda said. “I have…a good hiding spot.”
Eda’s thoughts were confused and conflicted.
On the one hand, it was clear that they had to get out of there, and fast. The Collector was very, very dangerous despite their cute appearance, and putting some distance between them was imperative. So what if they were a kid. They’d still helped Belos.
On the other hand…
Well, Eda didn’t have another hand but, if she did, she would have had to admit that the idea of ditching them felt weird and she was quite uncomfortable with it. Part of her, that irritating maternal side that all these darn kids had sparked, still wanted to protect them for some incomprehensible reason.
But they were a danger to King, and that was all Eda needed to know.
So she made a snap decision that she didn’t have to think all that hard about.
“Ooooooone, twoooooooooo, threeeeeeeee…”
Still, as The Collector stood facing the corner, hands over their eyes and counting in that weirdly taunting voice of theirs, Eda hesitated.
Just for a moment, as she retrieved her staff before making her exit with King, she looked back.
***
“I should never have left them here, Lily,” Eda said. “That was where it all went wrong.”
It was late at night. Eda and Lilith were sitting opposite each other at the kitchen table, papers scrawled with glyphs and notes spread all across the surface.
“It’s like you said,” Lilith said. “You were protecting King. I’d have done the same.”
Eda sighed, looking up from the table and out the kitchen window.
There wasn’t much to see. It was dark out, and the new moon had not yet begun waxing.
The jar of vaguely-shimmering sand sat innocuously on the windowsill, surrounded by fire-sage and a couple of small, flickering candles.
Eda turned back to the steaming cup of tea in her hand.
“I don’t regret getting King out of there for a second,” Eda said into the mug. “He needed out and I wasn’t about to put him in danger. Not now, not ever. You know that. But… I should have stayed with The Collector.”
“King needed you with him,” Lilith pointed out.
Eda nodded. It was true. Staying behind hadn’t really been an option.
But…
“And don’t you think,” Lilith went on. “That you might be overestimating your kid-wrangling abilities just a smidge here. I think you were damn lucky The Collector didn’t destroy you intentionally or otherwise when they were crawling all over you. I’d have been scared out of my wits, Edalyn.”
“I…should have been,” Eda said, stirring her tea. “And I was, don’t get me wrong. But I think I was more scared The Collector would do something to me in front of King, not of what they actually might do to me.”
“You really believe you could have gotten through to them? What did you even have to work with?”
“If I put things in terms they could understand…”
“Maybe now, and maybe with the proper limitations and precautions,” Lilith said. “But back then with the power of the universe at their disposal and no knowledge of consequences? Eda they wanted to play games with you. Games you couldn’t possibly win. And you know what happened to those who lost their games. Why in Titan’s name - oh no, sorry King - why would they have spared you?”
“I…I don’t know, Lily. All I do know was that was the turning point, and I messed it up somehow. What was I thinking just ditching an impressionable little kid and leaving them to their own devices?”
“They were a god !”
“Yes! Exactly! That’s the point !”
***
The return to the Knee base was a whirlwind.
Eda was a bit light-headed to begin with from using so many invisibility glyphs and nearly falling off her staff every time she used one.
She was infinitely glad that King had so much staff-racing practice with Luz and was able to keep his own balance and help out in a big way.
King was alive and she’d actually gotten him away from The Collector!
That, combined with the knowledge that Luz herself was alive and well, safely away from the Boiling Isles, made Eda’s heart soar and, despite everything, she felt nearly invincible.
As it turned out, her departure from the base hadn’t gone unnoticed after all.
The moment she entered with King, she was hit with a veritable flood of attention and activity coming at her from all sides.
Hooty, having noticed King, was coiling around him, sobbing, but Eda could barely get to them because she was surrounded by a swarm of friends, family and allies.
People were demanding to know where she had gone, Lilith was berating her for leaving, Raine was berating her for not bringing them along, Katya was grilling her for information on The Collector, Dell was shouting something about meeting his grandson and Gwendolyn was getting right in the middle of it, trying to push everyone away.
“Give my daughter some Titandammed space !” Gwendolyn said forcefully, pounding her own staff on the ground.
Everyone was asking about The Collector, but Eda took advantage of the brief silence to inform everyone of the more pressing information she’d learned - that Luz, Gus, Willow, Amity and Hunter were still alive and safely trapped in the human realm.
The shouts, questions and activity exploded again, and Eda could barely keep up. It all seemed to come to her in flash images now.
Darius falling to his knees and profusely thanking a shell-shocked King.
Alador hugging Edric and Emira, all three of them crying.
Steve and Lilith immediately devising a plan to locate Willow’s and Gus’ parents and inform them that their children were okay.
Hooty overcome with sobs.
And then, just as Eda was trying to explain that the CATs needed to seriously reevaluate everything they thought they knew about The Collector, there came the question.
“Hang on,” Steve said. “Where’s Kikimora?”
***
“Ninetyyyyyy-seveeeennnnnnnn, ninetyyyyyyyy-eiiiiiigggghhht, ninetyyyyyyyy-niiiiiiiiiine…ONE HUNDREEEEEED!” The Collector cried, stepping back from the corner and opening their eyes, a look of pure delight and mischief on their face. “Ready or noo-ooot, here I cooo-oooome!”
They grabbed their shoes, tripping over themself in mid-air trying to get them on without using their hands, and then made short work of searching the upstairs rooms of the Owl House, a nagging, troubled feeling rising at the back of their mind when they found no one.
There was still downstairs to search, though.
They began rapidly checking the ground level. With the furniture gone, there weren’t that many good locations for anyone to hide…
But there was no one downstairs either.
Something tightened in their chest and they ran outside, starting to check around the yard. Should they have specified the area where their friends could hide?
“I’m afraid you won’t find them,” a new voice said.
They spun around to see a small demon, whom they recognized immediately, standing at the edge of the trees.
“They left you,” Kikimora said.
“Whatnow?” The Collector asked suspiciously.
“King and the Owl Lady,” Kikimora said. “They’re not playing hide and seek with you. They tricked you and left you here all alone.”
“No they didn’t,” The Collector said. “They wouldn’t. They’re my friends.”
“Oh you poor, innocent little soul,” Kikimora said, voice dripping with feigned sympathy. “You thought they actually wanted to play with you. King never wanted to be your friend.”
“Stop it!” The Collector cried. “He let me out!”
“He only let you out so you would stop the Draining Spell for him. If it weren’t for that, he would have just left you in that mirror all alone and not given you a second thought. He tricked you and betrayed you, just like Belos.”
“No!” The Collector insisted. “King is my friend! He WOULDN’T!”
“He did, Collector. I’m so sorry to be the bearer of this dreadful news, but King lied. King lied to you .”
“NO!”
The Collector’s hands balled into fists and they began to hyperventilate. A sudden wind shook the nearby trees.
“I’m so sorry, Collector,” KIkimora repeated. “But do you see King or the Owl Lady anywhere ? They lied to you and then they abandoned you. That’s the truth. And deep down you know it, too.”
The Collector’s fists shook and the wind whipped a couple of stray, angry tears from their eyes. They let out a choked laugh. Then another.
“Fortunately,” Kikimora said, her voice taking on a more vindictive edge. “You’ve got me now, and I know much better games.”
Chapter 8
Summary:
It's all fun and games until the power-hungry master manipulators figure out that the kid with power can be manipulated.
Notes:
The new chapter is here! I actually ended up splitting this chapter into two because it was just getting way too long. It was, for whatever reason, also one of the more difficult ones to write and edit. I did a lot of moving scenes around to make things flow better and cutting out some stuff that didn't seem to add much.
In any case, I hope you enjoy! Look for the next chapter to be up on Wednesday.
And also - I have gotten some of the most AMAZING COMMENTS from all of you on Chapter 7, and I can't even begin to describe what that's meant to me. It's kind of wild to have people commenting, discussing and analyzing this project of mine and I've read all of your comments over and over and over more than I care to admit. XD
Moonshadow is a labor of love and I wanted to tell the story that I would want to read. The fact that all of you are enjoying it so much is both mind-blowing and hugely affirming. Thank you, thank you, thank you!
Alice
Chapter Text
The change was instantly noticeable.
Overnight, The Collector’s destruction went from random chaos to methodical, calculated, targeted.
It contrasted starkly with the spontaneous behavior of the ridiculous (albeit very dangerous) child that Eda had met, although she seemed to have a bit of difficulty trying to convey this to anybody except King.
When presented with his lost collar, King explained right away that the sigil on the tag could make the wearer invisible to The Collector. The CATs had wasted little time in drawing it on themselves or on various items they wore or carried.
Still, regardless of what her compatriots thought, Eda knew that something was wrong when she heard news of The Collector methodically conquering towns and villages and demanding the inhabitants submit to their rule. It just didn’t match up.
News and rumors spread like wildfire. Suddenly The Collector was no longer a mysterious entity. Everyone knew their face now, knew their physical form. They were no longer appearing at random, they seemed to be making a point of attacking with purpose.
Fortunately, due to agreement that Kikimora’s knowledge of the CAT base on the Knee compromised the safety of the location, a move out was already underway when the attack came.
Still, Eda thought, they should have made the move faster. The party barely made it out in time.
While everyone else was making their way off the Knee, Eda hung back with Owlbert, hiding behind a snowy rock on an overlook, protected from view by the sigil she now wore. Through a pair of binoculars, she witnessed The Collector’s destructive powers in person for the first time.
They were screaming and laughing, floating above what was left of the defunct factory. They flailed their arms as if punching and, with each swing they sent a wave of force across the building, demolishing it in moments.
“Take THAT!” The Collector shouted. “And that! AND THAT!”
This was the same kid who had been aggressively snuggling against Eda just days ago.
Somehow Eda thought they didn’t quite look as happy and carefree as they had then. Before she’d fled, leaving them thinking she and King were just going to play hide and seek.
Why the heck did she feel guilty about that? The kid was a menace and the god of the Titan Trappers!
Except…
From what King had said, while The Collector had no love for the Titan that was the Boiling Isles, they actually seemed to adore King. They truly considered King a friend, although in an extremely frightening manner that didn’t take King’s own feelings into account.
Eda had been furious when she’d learned that The Collector had led the Titan Trappers on an actual-stakes hunt for King and she’d had half a mind to go right back to her house and throw the sorry excuse for a cute kid against a wall numerous times and then out the damn window!
Only she wouldn’t do that.
She couldn’t do that.
For one thing, they were far too powerful.
For another…
They were a kid.
They were literally a kid wielding power that would give even the most wisened adult little reason to consider the consequences of their actions. Why would they if they had the ability to simply reverse any consequences?
They didn’t grasp the stakes because they didn’t understand that there were stakes.
So, as Eda watched The Collector gleefully turning the CAT’s now-former base of operations into a smoking crater, she felt some residual anger, but she also felt the most annoying bit of sympathy that she had been unable to shake since encountering them in her house.
Eda struggled to keep her binoculars trained on them one-handedly.
Then…
Then she heard a voice that decidedly did not belong to The Collector.
“Yes! Excellent work, my friend!”
Eda bristled as she recognized Kikimora’s voice.
***
Raine was in a bad mood.
Eda had been meaning to send them on a mission for some last-minute spell supplies but, seeing how over everything they seemed, she’d decided to send Lilith instead and try to get Raine to relax and decompress at home.
It still seemed surreal that this was Raine’s home now.
“Adrian is on the warpath right now,” they told Eda when she inquired. “It’s taking everything I have not to decapitate him every time he opens his mouth.”
“Maybe,” Eda suggested. “You should decapitate him. It’d be doing the world a favor, if you ask me.”
“The only reason I haven’t,” Raine said. “Is I’m just morbidly curious to hear whatever utterly deluded, batshit thing he’s going to say next.”
Eda snorted.
“Give him a good hard kick,” she said. “And make sure he knows who it’s from.”
For some reason, this didn’t improve Raine’s mood and they were unusually quiet as the day wore on.
Eda had to admit, it bothered her, and she kept reassuring herself that they weren’t angry at her.
It seemed to be a day for it.
There were two Luz Nocedas sitting on the couch and neither of them looked particularly happy either.
“What,” Eda asked. “Are you two wearing?”
“Sweaters,” Vee said.
“They’re hideous,” Eda said. “I want one.”
“We can get you one,” Luz said, but without her usual enthusiasm.
“Okay,” Eda sighed, sitting down on the couch. “What’s wrong? Human realm drama?”
“Eh,” Vee said. “Kind of.”
“More like human realm versus demon realm drama,” Luz said.
“Ah,” Eda said. “I take it Camilla’s still struggling with your whole double life thing?”
“She wants me back in human school after the Winter break is over,” Luz said. “Something about getting a well-rounded education.”
“Ah, what do they even teach you in human school that you can’t learn here?” Eda said. “How to operate electric blankets? Are electric blankets still a thing?”
“Biology, chemistry, geometry and a whole realm of things!” Vee said. “And if Luz goes back to highschool full time, I won’t be able to. At least, not unless I make up a whole new form and persona. And then how would I explain that to all the friends I’ve already made while in this form? They…they’re cool but I don’t know how they’d react if I told them what I really was.”
“And if I’m at school all the time, I won’t be able to be here as much!” Luz cried, waving her hands.
“I suppose I can try talking to Camilla,” Eda said. “We’re on good terms but I don’t know if that would help or hinder the situation.”
“ I could try talking to her!” King said, scrambling over the back of the sofa. “She’d have to listen to a Titan!”
“How long have you been hiding back there, King?” Eda asked.
“Long enough!” King said. “Hooty’s been giving me stealth lessons.”
“HOOTY!” Eda shouted. “Why have you been giving King stealth lessons?”
“Well someone had to!” Hooty shouted back.
“Thanks, King,” Luz said. “But that won’t be necessary. Mom thinks a lot of you, but I’m not sure there’s any changing her mind on this one. I mean, she’s not being a jerk about it or anything.”
“She’s super sympathetic,” Vee added.
“At least she’s not trying to stop me from visiting the Boiling Isles at all anymore,” Luz said.
“Well,” Vee said. “I think she totally hopes you’ll grow out of it.”
“As if.”
“To be fair,” Eda said. “After everything that’s happened these past few months, I can’t say I blame her.”
“I don’t think I helped,” Vee said. “With all my horror stories of Belos’ experiments, I didn’t exactly paint the most inviting picture of the Boiling Isles.”
“I could still visit you,” King said. “I want to see this Winter you speak of. We don’t have seasons like that here.”
“Eh, you’re not missing much,” Luz said. “The Gravesfield Historical Society is doing some holiday hoopla thing to celebrate the Wittebanes. It’s really annoying. We egged Phillp’s statue again though.”
“And almost got caught,” Vee added.
“Almost got caught means we didn’t get caught!” Luz said, snapping her fingers and gesturing animatedly.
“Aw, that’s my girls!” Eda said. “Hey, have you pranked the museum guy anymore? I've got some new suggestions.”
“Jacob? Did we ever!” Luz said.
Vee actually laughed.
“He was going on and on about some not-deer thing on MewTube,” she said.
“It’s a cryptid,” Luz said. “Like Bigfoot.”
“What’s so cryptic about big feet?” King asked.
“So we stole one of the neighbors’ light-up reindeer,” Vee said. “And ran through his backyard with it in the middle of the night. He FREAKED OUT!”
Everyone howled with laughter.
“And!” Luz said excitedly. “We have another idea of how to scare him with the light-up deer thing using the magic of fishing line and an overly-complicated pulley system!”
“ Please take some video,” Eda cackled.
“Oh,” Luz said. “We will! We definitely will!”
Eda continued to laugh, glad that the two girls seemed a little happier for the moment.
The issues weren’t gone, and Eda knew that Luz and Vee would continue to face the challenges and roadblocks that came from having lives split between dimensions.
But, for now, it was good to see them laughing again.
***
Eda knew she should leave. Everyone else had already high-tailed it out of dodge, The Collector wouldn’t be distracted forever, and the sigil hiding her from view would not work on Kikimora.
“This!” Kikimora was yelling. “Is what HAPPENS to the HIDEOUTS AND HOLDOUTS of THOSE WHO WOULD DEFY ME! Witness my rule! Witness my power! At LAST THE BOILING ISLES ARE MINE AND NOBODY CAN STOP ME!”
“There was no one in there,” The Collector said. “You said there’d be lots of people here like the last place! You said KING WOULD BE HERE!”
“They must’ve gotten a head start,” said Kikimora. “They obviously weren’t playing by the rules.”
“I’m tired of people not playing by the rules!” The Collector shouted. “What is wrong with everybody! They don’t want to have any fun!”
“We are having fun!” Kikimora said. “ I want to have fun with you.”
“You’re having fun pretending to be Empress. I’m the one doing all the work!”
“Work? WORK? I thought you said you liked this game?”
“Well I wanna’ play a different game now. This one’s booooorrrrr-iiiiiiing!”
“How can smiting the dens of our enemies be boring.”
“Boooorrrrrrrr-iiiiiiiiinnnnng!”
The Collector made swooping summersaults in the air.
“Ugh. Why must you insist on being so difficult,” Kikimora said. “No, don’t answer that. It was rhetorical.”
“Why do you insist on being boring!”
“I’m not boring! I am The Supreme Empress of the Boiling Isles now, just as you are the Grand Huntsman.”
“Whatever. I’m bored. I wanna’ play something else now.”
“No, we have to finish THIS game first.”
“You’re not my mommmmm!”
Owlbert started to twitter something, but Eda shushed him. Even though she was hiding a good distance away from the action, it wasn’t worth the risk of being discovered.
“Well…FINE!” Kikimora said. “If my games and plans aren’t adequate for you, then there’s someone I need you to meet.”
“Are they fun?” The Collector asked.
“The funnest.”
It was Owlbert’s turn to shush Eda as she nearly laughed out loud at hearing Kikimora say the word “funnest” in such a resigned voice.
“Well then why are we waiting around!” The Collector cried. “Let’s go find them! I’ll race you! Last one there’s a rotten EGG! Let’s GO!”
The Collector zoomed off in what was without a doubt a randomly-chosen direction.
“ Wait !” Kikimora cried, hopping over the snowdrifts, her hand in the air. “You don’t even know where we’re going - AAAAAAAAAAAGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHH!”
The Collector, quite a distance away by now and only visible as a rapidly-vanishing purple dot in the sky, must have motioned for her to follow because Kikimora suddenly shot out of the snow as if from a rocket and flew through the air, dragged at projectile speed after The Collector, her screech still echoing faintly even as she disappeared from view.
“Hah!” Eda said finally (hopefully) out of earshot. “Ohhhhh, dammit but I like that kid.”
Owlbert made a soft, trilling hoot from her shoulder.
“No I have not been smitten from the moment I saw them peeking around the doorway,” Eda said. “I’m just admiring their style. Gotta’ give ‘em points for that.”
Owlbert trilled a bit more.
“Raise them as my own??” Eda responded incredulously. “I’m no more their mom than Kikimora is. Don’t be ridiculous.”
Owlbert hooted skeptically.
“No,” Eda said, standing up and crunching through the snow after her companions. “The Collector’s still a danger to King and everyone else and everything else in this realm and maybe beyond. And let’s not forget they’re the reason I’m stuck with featherbrain here.”
She pointed to her head.
Owlbert flew along above her, continuing to hoot softly.
“ Yes I forgave Lilith. That’s not…That’s not the point, Owlbert.”
Another hoot.
“Would you shut up before I just stick you back on my staff and carry you the rest of the way? We’re not going after The Collector, and that’s final.”
***
“Eda, what is this?” Lilith demanded, having returned from her spell supply mission to find that Eda had covered the kitchen table with even more papers, books, notes and odd items.
“ This ,” Eda said. “Is the creative process at work. This is what genius looks like.”
“Eda, forgetting the fact that neither you nor I can practice magic without glyphs anymore,” Lilith said. “You can’t just make up spells.”
“Sure I can! Every spell ever used was made up by someone at some point. You’re the historian, you should know that.”
“But you’re literally just guessing here! It’s educated guessing, I’ll grant you that, but you have no idea if this is even going to work.”
“Well, all the components work by themselves. It’s just a matter of putting them together the right way.”
“That’s a huge leap, though,” Lilith said.
“Not really,” Eda said, holding up a roll of parchment covered in messy notes and diagrams. “I mean, this bit? I know the magic works. I’ve seen it done by someone. I just…don’t have the resources they did, so I just have to do what I’ve always done.”
“Create chaos?”
“ Improvise !”
“Oh, Titan,” Lilith put her face in her hands. “Crap, I took King’s name in vain again.”
“Well if it makes you feel any better,” Eda said. “I’ve employed an expert !”
“An expert?” Lilith asked. “Who could possibly be an expert on…?”
“Hoot-hoot!” Hooty called, creaking open the front door. “You’ve got a visiiiiitoorrrrr!”
“Ah,” Eda said. “That’ll be them now.”
***
Eda couldn’t remember for the life of her who had first suggested Hexside as the new base of operations.
Somewhere along the line, it had just become accepted that this was the backup hideout for the CATs and this was where everyone would meet up following the evacuation of the Knee.
Steve and Katya had made contact with Principal Bump on a previous scouting mission and had confirmed that Hexside was miraculously still standing and, although the grudgby field had been replaced by a cavernous pit that, as far as anyone knew, had no bottom.
Also, there was an enormous pile of rubble at the front entrance.
However, the warding system at Hexside made it one of the safest locations on the Isles and Bump had been utilizing it to provide a safe haven for witches and demons who needed it, and was more than willing to help shelter the CATs as well.
“Edalyn!” Bump cried, scrambling over some larger boulders to greet her as she arrived. “You’re okay! Everyone else is already here. We were starting to worry.”
“Ugh, it’s the apocalypse and I’m still late for school,” Eda said.
Bump flat-out hugged her, sniffling slightly.
“Uh, you okay there?” Eda asked, a bit warily.
“It’s just…” Bump said, stepping back to give Eda some space. “It’s been a rough…what’s it been? Few days? Few weeks? Kind of lost count after that little trouble-maker flew by and threw all these rocks at me.”
He waved his hand at the collection of large boulders scattered near the entrance.
“Speaking of which…” Bump looked behind Eda, as if expecting to see someone else. “You’re alone.”
“What? Who didn’t make it here? I thought…”
“Everyone is fine,” Bump said quickly. “They arrived safe and sound, don’t worry. It’s just…they said you stayed behind when The Collector attacked and I thought maybe…Ah well, never mind. Couldn’t be that easy. I’ll have King proceed with adding his cloaking sigils to our protection wards.”
“What are you even talking about, Bump,” Eda said, pushing past him and striding around the boulders towards the door. “Those should have been put up first thing. If The Collector can see this place and they decide to pulverize it, we’re toast.”
After checking in on everyone else, who were very tired but in surprisingly good spirits, Eda retreated with King to the inner labyrinth of secret passageways that had once been her haunt as a child.
“You made this place?” King asked, impressed.
Eda was happy to see that it looked like other students had utilized the space over the years, and had even been using it quite recently.
Good. At least she’d left some sort of legacy for the next generation of misfits.
“They used to call me Lord Calamity,” Eda told King.
King burst out laughing.
“They called you WHAT?” he wheezed.
“It’s not funny!” Eda said.
“Lord Calamity? Really? That’s the single greatest thing I’ve ever learned about you, Eda!”
“Hey. It was a title of honor, King.”
She found a comfortable spot and lay back, staring at the maze of doors that lead everywhere. King quickly fell asleep on her chest, relaxing to the steady rise and fall.
Lord Calamity.
It wasn’t a title that Eda had thought about for a long time, but it was one she’d worn proudly, and one that she kind of wished she could still live up to.
“Oh kid me,” she whispered to the empty space around her. “What would you think if you could see me now.”
Her thoughts turned to the state of the Boiling Isles. It all seemed a little hopeless at the moment.
Eda had never liked Kikimora to begin with. But now, more than ever, she loathed the former ally of the Emperor.
King had told Eda about the fact that Kikimora knew all about Belos’ true plans for the Day Of Unity, knew about the innumerable Golden Guard grimwalkers, knew about The Collector themself.
Next to Belos, it was reasonable to assume that Kikimora knew more about The Collector than anyone else on the Boiling Isles. It also sounded to Eda that she’d been suspiciously eager for The Collector to be released.
Of course, that could easily be chalked up to self-preservation, as her magic and life-force was being forcibly drained from her at the time, but something about it still nagged at Eda.
What if this had been Kikimora’s long-term plan all along? To make a HUGE gamble for the ultimate power-grab? A gamble that hinged on the release of an all-powerful but easily-exploitable god?
Eda knew that Kikimora would willingly sacrifice anything and everything, including her own family, for a chance at power. It somehow didn’t seem that far outside the realm of possibility that she would also risk her own annihilation by Draining Spell for the slim chance that she might gain control of a being who could give her power over all of the demon realm, and possibly beyond.
In some ways, having Kikimora as a ruler scared Eda more than Belos.
On the flipside, from what Eda had seen at the Knee, Kikimora might have known how to coerce The Collector in theory but, in dealing with them in practice, she might have gotten more than she bargained for.
The thought gave Eda some immense, vindictive satisfaction.
However, over the next few days, it seemed like Kikimora must have found a new secret weapon for directing The Collector, because her tactics became even more streamlined and efficient. She captured town after town via The Collector, started publicly declaring herself Supreme Empress Kikimora, and took up residence in the former Emperor’s Castle.
And then…
Then the Castle itself was demolished, flattened. Bricks and stones from it were flung for miles in every direction.
And, out of absolutely nowhere and to everyone’s utter shock, Odalia Blight seized control of everything that had been allegedly under Kikimora’s command and declared herself the Rightful Heir Of The Boiling Isles.
Kikimora disappeared completely.
“Unlike my predecessors,” Odalia said to a crowd that had gathered for a so-called End-Of-An-Era Press Conference. “I am a Blight. And Blights always uphold our end of a deal .”
Despite the fact that most communications were down, and had been since the Day Of Unity, the press conference was broadcast to every crystal ball and Penstagram scroll on the Isles.
Odalia looked as imperious as ever, and Alador swore profusely as he watched the conference on a crystal ball in one of the Hexside classrooms with Eda and everyone else.
“It’s a good thing we already left the old factory,” he said. “That’d be one of the first places she’d have looked for us.”
“That and the fact that the factory has already been obliterated by The Collector,” Darius added.
Odalia continued her speech, something about ushering in a new era and appeasing her god-benefactor with sacrifices by creating a game wherein children from different regions across the Boiling Isles would be chosen and forced to fight each other to the death on live broadcast.
But Eda wasn’t listening. She wasn’t even looking at Odalia.
Instead, her focus was all on a familiar-faced child standing just behind the podium, watching her intently.
The Collector’s expression was, if anything, bored, and they couldn’t stop fidgeting. However, their eyes shone with a flash of hope when Odalia so firmly emphasized that Blights kept up their end of the deal.
***
“Hello, Owl Lady!”
Lilith wasn’t sure who she had expected to see walk through the door of the Owl House, but it certainly wasn’t…
“Blight Brother!” Eda cried.
“Wait,” Lilith said, looking back and forth between Eda and Edric. “ This is your so-called expert?”
“Uh… ow ,” Edric said.
“Can it, Lilith,” Eda said. “When it comes to unconventional spellwork and magical experimentation, this guy’s got a bright future.”
“You told me what happened with the Blabber Serum,” Lilith said. “No offense, Edric.”
“That serum got results ,” Eda shot back. “And results are what we’re after.”
“I got the gist of your intentions from Amity,” Edric said. “Based off hypotheticals, I agree that tomorrow is probably the best night to attempt this, moon-phase-wise. But show me what you’re working with.”
“Right this way, Blight Brother,” Eda said, motioning for him to follow her into the kitchen.
Edric enthusiastically shouldered the huge backpack he had brought with him and hurried after her.
“Hootsifer,” Lilith said quietly. “Am I delusional for worrying about how this is going to go?”
“Probably not,” Hooty said, stretching up to lay his head on her shoulder. “But you know Eda. Go big or don’t go at all. I’m just excited to be a part of it!”
“Edalyn’s always been one to reach beyond her grasp,” Lilith said with a sigh. “And right now she’s reaching for the stars.”
“That’s a beautiful metaphor, Lulu. Aaaaaand also kind of literal.”
“It’s not so much that I’m worried about what might happen if she succeeds,” Lilith continued. “Although that does bear some serious consideration. But Hooty…I’m worried about how my sister might take it if this fails."
Chapter 9
Summary:
Plans are formed, and questions raised.
Notes:
Hey all! Sorry I didn't make the Wednesday update due to life stuff, but the chapter is here now!
We are heading into the final stretch of Arc One of this fic, and I apologize in advance because things are about to get pretty rough for our characters in a lot of different ways.
What I can promise is that there will ultimately be comfort and resolution, but we kind of have to go through hell and regret to get there.
So strap in, shit's about to hit the fan.
And, as always, thanks for reading and commenting. I so enjoy reading and re-reading all of your comments and talking to you all. I can't stress enough what it means that people are enjoying my work.
Alice
Chapter Text
How exactly Odalia figured out that Hexside was a base of safety was anyone’s guess.
But there she was. Following another abrupt new wave of destruction across the Boiling Isles that took Blight Manor and the surrounding acres along with it, she was at the Hexside entrance, beating on the doors, screaming and begging to be let in.
“If this is another Kikimora situation…” Lilith said darkly.
Regardless of everyone’s less-than-fuzzy feelings, nobody wanted any attention drawn to Hexside, and Odalia was making a spectacle of herself.
And so, against his better judgment, Bump let her in.
“Thank you, thank you, thank you!” Odalia gasped. “I’ll be sure to repay you tenfold when I re-acquire my assets. I owe you.”
“I don’t need your bribery,” Bump said. “And keep in mind that, within these walls, I have full power and authority to send you to detention.”
Odalia looked like she wanted to protest, but her desire for safety won out.
However, when she walked into the nearest classroom and came face-to-face with Alador and the twins, it seemed for a moment that perhaps staying at Hexside wasn’t her safest option.
“Oh come now,” she said to the three silent, stony glares that greeted her. “Are you really going to let petty family drama divide us at a time like this? You’re being ridiculous. We should be united against a common threat!”
“P…pet… petty family drama?” Alador sputtered. “How dare you! Half the…the… stuff that went down was…was facilitated by you! You can start by cleaning up your mess. Then maybe, maybe we’ll talk.”
“Our mess, dear,” Odalia said. “You had a hand in it as well. In some ways much more directly than me.”
Alador’s face went a furious red and he looked like he was about to explode.
Before he could get a word out, however, someone exploded into the classroom and Odalia found herself pushed roughly into a school desk chair. She looked up, wide-eyed, into the snarling face of…
“Edalyn,” Odalia said with a sigh. “This doesn’t concern you, and quite frankly you’re just embarrassing yourself and what’s left of your tarnished reputation…”
Eda slammed her fist on the desk so hard that Odalia jumped.
“Where’s the kid, Blight?”
“What?” Odalia said, surprised and perhaps the smallest bit intimidated. “Your unruly human? How should I know? I’m not the one who’s supposed to be responsible for her. Maybe you…”
Eda flipped the desk chair backwards and Odalia yelped as she hit the floor.
“I may not have magic and only have one hand,” Eda said, standing over her and blocking the light from the nearby window. “But I have everything I need to cut off your oxygen supply. So I’ll ask again and you’ll answer me this time. Where. Is. The Collector?”
“The…The Collector?” Odalia said, looking like this was not the direction she expected the interrogation to go, and also beginning to fear that Eda’s threats might be genuine. “Oh don’t worry, they’re not with me anymore. You’ll want to take that up with the Coven Heads. Didn’t take them long to catch on and turn the brat against me. Why do you think I’m in hiding ? I can’t unsee what they did to Kikimora. If they find me…”
“The Coven Heads?”
Eda stepped back and Odalia breathed a sigh of relief, wasting no time in scrambling out of the desk chair trap.
“Oh this is bad,” Eda said, running her hand through her hair.
“Oh, by the way Mom,” Emira said. “Amity’s not dead, since you were obviously worried about that.”
“So worried you didn’t bring it up,” Edric added.
“I…” Odalia suddenly looked very tired. “I am glad to hear that. I’ve only…I’ve only ever wanted the best for this family…”
“Oh spare me,” Eda said, turning on her heel and striding out of the classroom, leaving the Blights to sort things out (or not) amongst themselves.
Raine, Darius and Eberwolf clearly shared Eda’s concerns about the new players in the ongoing struggle to control and direct The Collector.
“The Coven Heads have always been a power-hungry group of backstabbers,” Darius said.
Eberwolf grumbled in agreement.
“Yes, I was just about to say, Eber,” Darius continued. “They are some of the most masterful, manipulative suck-ups when it comes to acquiring power. Belos rewarded that kind of behavior from us. Encouraged it, actually. If this Collector is as susceptible to suggestion as Eda and King would have us believe…”
“Coven Versus Wild,” said Raine, who had been staring at Eda with a slightly awed expression ever since she had threatened Odalia.
Now, however, their face reflected worry.
“What was that?” Darius asked.
Eberwolf cocked their head to the side.
Neither seemed to understand what Raine was referring to, but Eda did because she slapped her hand over her mouth.
“Oh no,” she said. “You’re right.”
“Would either of you care to fill me in on what you’re talking about?” Darius asked, voice sounding a bit more irritated than normal.
“Eda and I met at a student event proctored by Terra Snapdragon,” Raine said. “Did I ever tell you that?”
“Terra mentioned something about it,” Darius said. “But I fail to see how this is possibly relevant…”
“Terra had us all play a game,” Eda said. “Where the students labeled coven witches had to hunt down and capture the students labeled wild witches.”
Eberwolf’s eyes widened.
“I’ve heard of her doing such things,” Darius said. “But I’m still not following…oh. Oh.”
“So,” Eda said. “Among the group of Coven Heads who are now vying for The Collector’s power, we have a delusional, murder-happy witch who makes up games for children to play.”
“Not to mention ,” Raine said. “We have an Illusionist who sees everyone as actors on a stage that he’s cast to play certain roles.”
Eberwolf squawked loudly, slapping a hand to their forehead.
“So what you’re saying,” Darius said. “Is that The Collector is now in the company of a team of backstabbing experts who know how to manipulate them in very specific ways that appeal to their sense of fun and games…”
***
“Do you know what makes The Collector a threat, Lily?” Eda asked, noticing that her sister was still hanging back and looking pensive while Edric poured over several pages of notes spread out on the table.
“I was under the impression,” Lilith said. “That The Collector no longer posed a threat.”
“Ah, well,” Eda said. “Not now they don’t. But think about it. It’s easy to just think they’re dangerous because they’re the most powerful being this realm has ever seen.”
“My description would be more along the lines of chaos incarnate.”
“But chaos doesn’t make them evil or outright malicious. But…they’re on their way there.”
“On their way…?”
“When they were released, The Collector was a chaotic kid without any moral leanings. But if the cycle continues, becoming a truly malicious chaos entity is the most likely end result. They were lied to and betrayed dozens of times over. That doesn’t usually lead anywhere good.”
“I think that was part of why they were sealed away.”
“That’s what I’m saying , Lily. Imagine being a kid and having no friends. Except you thought you did. But just think about it. Imagine realizing that every friendship, every interaction you had ever had was a lie. Imagine being a kid and having no one. And I mean no one. Imagine realizing that no one ever actually cared about you, or even cared what happened to you. What would that do to you?”
“I imagine it would be…world-shattering,” Lilith said softly.
“It would completely and utterly destroy an adult,” Eda said. “What do you think it does to a child?”
***
Adrian Graye Vernworth was the next refugee to be somewhat-reluctantly taken in at the Hexside base.
He looked terrible and Darius, Eberwolf and Raine seemed quite gleeful about this fact. So did Principal Bump for some reason.
Eda watched in fascination as the four grilled Adrian relentlessly for information, unsure if they could trust him, but knowing he could be a powerful ally if he chose to be.
“I feel like I should get in on this!” King said.
“Don’t let me stop you,” Eda told him.
She’d heard from Alador how Adrian had tried to trick and force the entire Hexside student body into getting Coven sigils before the Day Of Unity and was absolutely not enamored.
Today, however, the very-disheveled-looking Adrian didn’t seem inclined to engage in trickery.
“That little god is a menace,” he told the CATs. “I thought I could direct them, but in the end I was the one being…” he waved his hands as if trying to convey something. “You know… played.”
“You lied to them,” Eda said coldly. “You tried to use them.”
“Most powerful entity on the Boiling Isles,” Adrian said. “Could unmake my existence if they wanted to. Can you blame me for playing along out of self-preservation? Can you truthfully stand there and tell me you wouldn’t have done the same?”
Eda growled, but couldn’t look at anyone.
She doubted that playing along out of self-preservation had entirely been Adrian’s initial plan, but he was right in that she had done exactly that herself.
The fact was really starting to bother her.
“Oh all right,” Adrian said. “So I was dazzled by the prospect of having ultimate power through The Collector. Same as Kikimora and Odalia.” He shrugged dramatically. “But I didn’t realize what I was messing with. This is so much bigger than all of us. I don’t know what kind of elaborate scheme The Collector is planning, but I will no longer play the fool.”
“I don’t think they’re planning anything,” King said. “They don’t have the attention span for it.”
“Or,” Adrian said. “That’s just what The Collector wants you to think.”
“Yeah, no,” Eda muttered. “The ones doing the planning right now are pretty obvious. And they aren’t The Collector.”
“Regardless,” Adrian said with another theatrical shrug. “The other Coven Heads are playing with fire right now and would prefer to be here, not there, when The Collector inevitably gets bored of playing with them.”
***
Eda had certainly never set out to take on the role of “Mom.”
It wasn’t that she explicitly didn’t want kids, it was more that children were strange, foreign creatures and she just couldn’t see herself as a particularly maternal witch.
There was a maternal archetype, and Eda was not it.
She didn’t feel like she fit the bill for a good parent, but she also didn’t think that a lot of parents of actual children fit this bill either.
Come to think of it, she sometimes wondered why some parents even had kids to begin with. All they seemed to do was yell at them, complain about how much of an inconvenience they were, or treat them as accessories, something for Penstagram.
Sometimes though, Eda had to admit, the idea of having a kid crept in. Especially back when she’d still thought the thing with Raine might have been going somewhere. But, when Raine broke up with her and went to join the Bard Coven, Eda watched that possible future crumble away before it even had a chance to exist.
On her own, the possibility of having a kid still existed somewhere as a vague, nebulous concept.
But there was the curse to deal with, and that pesky fact that she was a wanted criminal who was constantly being hunted by the government.
But then, one day, she took refuge on an island that wasn’t supposed to exist and stole the tiny son of the Boiling Isles Titan and took him home and raised him.
Of course, she hadn’t known he was a baby Titan at the time, and she hadn’t exactly planned to raise him. He was just…a pet? Roommate? Employee?
The pieces had begun to fall into place, but Eda had been too busy looking over her shoulder for Belos’ lackeys to notice.
King was loud, overconfident, prone to hubris and disaster, and Eda’s love for him was as wild as her magic.
She adored watching him grow, learn, thirst for power and minions, fail spectacularly, and then get back up and threaten the nearest Coven scout who just happened to be walking down the street.
Said Coven scout somehow thought it would be a good idea to try to forcefully kick the small, arrogant creature out of the way.
“Try that again,” Eda had said, her voice a snarl, after having used both magic and her fists to beat the scout within an inch of their life. “And I’ll personally remove you from your cardiovascular system.”
“Oh that’s what you get!” King had screeched from somewhere down the street, though he still sounded a bit pained and winded. “You don’t mess with The King Of Demons! My minions will hunt you down for twelve eternities and then some!”
Eda had spent the next hour manifesting a cold compress and holding it to King’s bruises while he spun her a fantastical tale of defeating the Catdragon of Mount Styx, which she knew good and well did not exist.
***
As the days passed, and organized chaos continued to rip apart the Isles, discussion of action began to take priority. The problem was, there wasn’t much action that could be taken.
King filled everyone in on what he knew of The Collector and the mirror disc from whence they’d come.
“The more I think about it,” he said, to a surprisingly-rapt audience. “I don’t think The Collector’s mirror itself was the prison. The Titan Trappers did some sort of ritual when they…when they tried to sacrifice me…let’s not talk about that. But whatever they did…I kept getting glimpses of where The Collector was actually trapped. I think the mirrors are a sort-of doorway. But they can only be activated by a Titan, or by Titan blood. So The Collector could only project themself as a shadow through Belos’ mirror.”
“That makes sense,” Lilith said. “There are ancient legends of spirits passing through mirrors from one realm to another. Maybe this is where those legends originate.”
Every face in the classroom was on King, and he wasn’t sure if he felt proud of the attention he was getting, or if he hated it.
He took a deep breath and continued.
“I suspect,” he said. “That since I was able to release The Collector, I also have the power to recapture them.”
There were a few gasps and exclamations from the room.
“Uh…,” King said. “The problem is, the mirror in the Skull broke. And I don’t think we’ll be finding what’s left of it since the entire Skull is now destroyed.”
“Maybe that was intentional,” Adrian mused. “Perhaps that’s why The Collector’s first order of business was to deliberately destroy the Skull.”
“Even if we could get hold of it,” King said. “It’s still broken. And I have a gut feeling the mirror needs to be intact for anyone to pass through. Actually, my gut feeling is that I’m hungry. But you know what I’m saying.”
“Are there any other mirrors?” Raine asked. “Or was it just the one?”
“I don’t know,” King admitted. “The Titan Trappers had one, but it was also broken.”
“There could be others,” Lilith said. “But what are the chances of even finding another one? Especially one that’s still intact. It took Phillip years.”
“Well,” Raine said. “Maybe there’s another option.”
“What?” Eda asked sharply. “That I take the kid under my not-so-metaphorical wing and adopt them?!? Seriously, why does everyone keep suggesting that?”
“Uh, what? No?” Raine said. “That is NOT what I was going to say.”
“Oh.”
“Where did that even come from, Eda?”
“Nothing,” Eda said. “And nowhere. What were you going to suggest as our other option?”
“I wasn’t going to suggest anything,” Raine said, still giving Eda an odd look. “I was being rhetorical.”
***
“I have an assignment for you, Blight Brother,” Eda said.
Edric looked up from where he was pouring over a list of instructions that read ‘Heat to 350 degrees (Standard Empiric Temperature, human equivalent of 1700 degrees Celsius or 3090 degrees Farenheit - why are human temperatures like this).’
“This is a really ambitious undertaking, Owl Lady,” he said.
“Well you know very well that I always prefer the overblown, chaotic route,” Eda said. “But what I’m talking about is this.”
She held out an ornately-carved music box.
Edric took it, looking at Eda questioningly.
“There was an extremely powerful reversal spell cast on it, the same one I’ve been referencing. Considering who cast it, and what we are planning for tomorrow, I’d say it would benefit us quite a bit if you had any thoughts or technology that might tell us more.”
“Huhhhh,” Edric said thoughtfully, taking the music box. “I can take it home tonight and run some tests. Dad has some stuff in the lab!”
“I like the way you think, kid!”
“We may not learn anything, though. I can’t be certain.”
“I’m not dealing with certainty right now,” Eda said. “Not by a long shot. But, when you think about it, that’s what makes it fun!”
***
Eda couldn’t stop replaying the events of the past weeks over and over in her mind, thoughts landing on every moment where she could have acted differently or made different choices.
She kept coming back to the moment she and King had fled the Owl House and left The Collector alone there.
Still, it did no good to dwell on that now. What was done was done. The question was whether her actions and decisions now were ones she would also come to regret later.
Eda tried to quiet her mind as she once again found herself in her old Secret Room Of Shortcuts.
She was almost drifting off into a blissful state of unconsciousness when absolute chaos erupted within the walls of Hexside, echoing through the space of her hideout.
Eda was on her feet in an instant, sleep forgotten, certain that The Collector must have found their location, despite the warding.
Before she could even take a step to the nearest door however, she heard a familiar voice that shook her to her core.
It wasn’t The Collector.
BAM!
The nearest door slammed open, and King appeared through it.
“EDA! EDAAAAAAA!” he cried in sheer excitement. “THEY’RE BACK!”
A grinning human face popped through the door.
“Oh yeah!” Luz said. “Can’t keep a good witch down!”
“That doesn’t even make sense!” another voice said, and Amity’s face appeared next to Luz.
“LUZ?!?” Eda cried, tumbling through the door and wrapping her arm around the girl, half thinking she must have fallen asleep after all.
Luz was sopping wet as if she had been swimming but her grip was firm and grounding. She hung on to Eda for several long moments.
“I thought I’d never see you again,” Luz said in a broken voice.
“Me too, kid,” Eda said, her own voice shaky.
Distantly, Eda was aware that they were in a hallway of lockers and Amity was being smothered by her siblings and father, Hunter was trying to protect a satchel slung across his shoulder as Darius wrapped him in a hug of his own, and everyone else was crowding around Willow and Gus to make sure they didn’t feel left out of the reunion.
“Steve and I made contact with your parents,” Katya said excitedly. “We’d be more than happy to get you back to them.”
All of the kids were soaking wet, but nobody cared.
To the side stood a nervous-looking basilisk and a determined-looking human woman who bore a striking resemblance to Luz. She too looked like she had been drenched, and was toweling off a large canvas bag with a symbol on it depicting a snake and the letter ‘V’ surrounding a staff.
Hooty was full on bawling, which came as no surprise and was weaving around, trying to wrap himself around all of the kids at once.
“How?” Eda said, stepping back just enough to look at Luz. “King said the Portal door was destroyed.”
“It was,” King said from where he had glommed onto Luz’s leg. “I saw it.”
“Oh we found a way back!” Luz said. “It was wild, though. I have so much to tell you but I don’t even know where to start! It’s bonkerballs!”
“You can start,” Eda said, tugging at Luz’s ponytail. “By telling me how your hair keeps getting longer. And why you’re dressed like a goth pirate.”
“Eda! Your…” Luz gestured at what was left of Eda’s right arm.
“Oh, always the topic of conversation right now, my arm,” Eda said, trying to flex the stump. “The good news is, I don’t have that nasty Coven sigil anymore…”
“Oh…I…” Luz said. “I mean, I guess that’s one way to get rid of it.”
“Ah, it was just an extra appendage to keep track of anyway.”
Luz looked like she wanted to inquire further, but Eda interrupted her train of thought.
“Kid, I still don’t understand how you got back. I don’t even know how long you’ve been gone. Kind of lost track of time with…everything.”
“It’s Halloween,” Luz supplied.
“That literally tells me nothing.”
“It’s a day you can travel between realms,” Gus piped up. “If you know how. The humans have an entire holiday around it.”
“That’s…” Eda said, slightly at a loss for words.
“Let’s just say,” Luz said. “That we figured out to take trick-or-treating to the next level.”
“Trick-or-treating? What are you talking about? I don’t know what that is.”
“And we’ve brought LOTS of human candy!” Willow said, holding up an enormous plastic pumpkin with a face drawn on it.
“Aw, kid,” Eda said to Luz. “Not like it hasn’t made my entire month to see you again, but why did you have to come back? You were safely out of this mess.”
“No offense, Eda,” Luz said. “But unless you’ve come up with a brilliant plan to defeat The Collector, we have the only thing that can fix this mess.”
“And what’s that…?”
“We’ll explain in a little while. First, there’s someone I want you to meet.”
She looked strangely nervous as she led Eda to the human woman standing in the hallway. Eda recognized her from pictures and from the shape Grom had taken, but she waited to be introduced.
Truth be told, she felt oddly nervous about this meeting herself.
“Uh,” Luz said, taking a deep breath. “This is my mom, Camila.”
“So you’re the infamous Owl Lady,” Camila said, holding out her hand. “You’re much taller than I expected.”
Recognizing the gesture, Eda grasped Camila’s hand firmly.
“Luz’s mom, we meet at last,” she said. “I’ve heard a lot about you.”
“Likewise,” Camila said. “I…I’m not going to lie, this is quite a lot for me to take in.”
“You’re doing better than most humans would! But I’m not surprised. If you’re anything like your daughter…”
“Luz is…much braver than I am,” Camila said, looking away. “This world seems terrifying to me.”
“Aw, it’s not so bad when there’s isn’t an all-powerful kid in space pajamas trashing it. You get used to it.”
“I’m not sure I could get used to it.”
“Oh!” Luz said, tapping the basilisk on the shoulder. “This is Vee. My sister-doppelganger-by-choice!”
“I’ve heard a lot about you, too,” Eda said.
“Vee,” Camila said. “Is also exceptionally brave. I have two very amazing girls.”
“Yes, you do,” Eda said.
“Oh give yourself some credit, Mama,” Luz said. “You’re way more badass than you think.”
“That’s the spirit!” Eda said. “I mean, you came to the Boiling Isles, Camila. That says something about your tenacity.”
“Well,” Camila said. “I wasn’t about to just send all these kids back to the… demon realm alone. Like it or not, I’m part of this now. So I’m bringing what I can to the table.”
She hoisted the canvas bag onto her shoulder.
***
Just when Eda had thought her life with King was going to be her entire future, along came the human.
Eda knew she was a little bit too lax about leaving the portal door between worlds open and unattended, but Luz had still been a surprise.
However, she had to admit that the kid was weird even for a human, and Eda had instantly liked her, even if it would be a little while before she admitted it to herself.
Not only that, but Luz had proven herself to be resourceful and clever right out of the gate (if a bit naive).
Granted, teaching magic to a human was not at the top of Eda’s to-do list, nor was it anywhere on said list. But she was up for a challenge, and knew it wouldn’t hurt to have some extra help around the house, especially since her curse had been slowing her down at a gradual, but steady pace.
Luz had just slipped into her life, gave it a much-needed shakeup and exceeded expectations.
Eda had watched her learn and succeed with a sense of pride.
Mentor.
That’s what Eda thought of herself as.
Teacher.
Wacky aunt.
Wacky irresponsible aunt on a good day.
Although that “irresponsible” aspect started to get a lot more “responsible” than she cared to admit.
Damn kids.
So help her, she loved Luz like she did King: Fiercely.
Enough so that Lilith recognized it and realized that the way to get to Eda was through her.
She hadn’t counted on Luz getting through to Lilith.
The human would never stop surprising her.
Mentor somehow shifted to Caretaker.
She hardly dared say the term “Mom” out loud, or really in her head, but it was there, unspoken, waiting to be acknowledged.
And then there was the boy, the grimwalker. Hunter.
The Golden Guard who had once threatened to throw King, Luz and Eda into the Boiling Sea, was just a kid himself.
He’d been an annoying and pretentious brat, but the night Eda had dragged him and Luz out of Belos’ mindscape, she saw beyond the facade.
Looking back at her was the ghost of every kid who’d been treated as an accessory and inconvenience by those who were supposed to nurture and support them.
And so, when Hunter had returned to the Boiling Isles, Eda made sure he knew he had a place at the Owl House whenever he needed it, no questions asked.
Grimwalkers were something of legend, something spoken of on occasion in hushed voices. Something no one ever actually expected to encounter.
It seemed fitting that Eda would adopt one into her strange little family to go with the human and the baby Titan.
Eda fell into the role of Mom, or perhaps the role fell into place around her. She wasn’t sure which.
Maybe the reason she felt that she didn’t fit the maternal archetype was because she was redefining the archetype itself, one fierce, high-heeled bootstep at a time.
And maybe, just maybe, Eda thought, as she lined up ingredients on the kitchen table with the help of Edric, Raine, Lilith and Luz, she could do the near-impossible and turn the tide for one more kid if allowed a last chance.
She’d already blown her other chances.
She’d fled when she should have stayed.
She’d been silent when she should have spoken up…
***
“This is fascinating,” Principal Bump said.
He was sitting on the edge of the stage next to Camila as she organized the contents of her bag.
Everyone was gathering in the auditorium for what was presumably an announcement from the kids about their return to the demon realm, but it was taking a while for everyone to stop talking excitedly and settle down to listen to what they had to say.
Camila’s bag wasn’t actually disorganized to begin with, but she felt very out of place and needed something to busy herself with.
Interacting with Eda was strange to say the least, as neither really seemed to know what to say to the other.
For some reason, however, Camila and Bump had managed to strike up friendly conversation.
“Truly fascinating,” Bump repeated, picking up one of the small, glass vials that Camila was lining up on the stage. He examined it closely, tilting it so the liquid inside sloshed back and forth. “I didn’t know that humans made potions.”
“It’s not a potion,” Camila said. “It’s midazolam. And be careful. It’s an anesthetic drug and I don’t know what it would do to a witch.”
“So it’s a sleeping potion,” Bump said.
“Not a potion, it’s a drug. And I need to keep track of all of these because if a whole bunch of controls go unaccounted for, the FDA and the state Board will have my head and I’ll lose my license.”
“So you’d be stripped of your rank and decapitated?”
“Something like that.”
“The human realm really isn’t that different from our own, then.”
“Well,” Camila said. “Aside from the magic and witchcraft…”
“Camila,” Bump said with a smile, waving his hands at the row of vials. “You have a collection of sleeping potions. How is that not magic?”
“They’re drugs. That’s science, not magic.”
“Isn’t that essentially the same thing?”
“Well…”
“You even carry them in a satchel with a protective sigil on it.”
“That’s the veterinary caduceus, it’s not…” Camila’s voice trailed off. “Okay, you make a fair point there, Principal. It is pretty witchy if you look at it.”
“And you think this, what did you call it? Veterinary witchcraft will help us?”
“Honestly,” Camila said. “I don’t know. But it is my skillset, and if we’re going into some kind of battle soon, I might as well play my strengths and bring what I know.”
When everyone had finally assembled in the auditorium, Luz, Amity, Willow, Hunter and Gus took the stage, along with King who was still clinging tightly to Luz’s leg (and had been for the past hour or so).
“Hello esteemed members of the resistance!” Luz cried, throwing her arms wide. “It is I, Luz The Human! Back at last to save the day!”
“YEAH!” King cried.
Both Amity and Hunter facepalmed in sync.
Luz laughed at the silence that followed her dramatic proclamation.
“Sorry,” she giggled. “I couldn’t resist. I’m just so glad to be back. Even if it is in the final act of Boiling Isles Apocalypse Two: Collector Boogaloo.”
Amity snorted as Hunter facepalmed again, this time with both hands, and groaned loudly.
“Do you understand any of that?” Bump asked Camila.
“Not a bit,” Camila said.
“What the human is trying to say,” Hunter said. “Is that while you have been hard at work trying to stay safe and protect The Boiling Isles residents, we have been hard at work in the human realm, researching how to defeat the entity known as The Collector. And I believe we have found the solution.”
“Go us!” Luz said.
“It turns out,” Willow said. “That The Collector’s legend and influence isn’t limited to the Boiling Isles and the Titan Trappers. They are a well-known, storied figure in the human realm as well.”
“It took us a while to figure that out, though,” Gus said. “Because they’re known by a different name in the human realm.”
“As far as we can tell,” Amity said. “The Collector has never actually had a physical presence in the human world, so the stories probably slipped through from the demon realm.”
“There’s…always been a bit of leakage between realms,” Luz said. “And that leakage became stuff of human myth and legend. That’s one of the first things Eda ever taught me.”
Eda beamed from her seat in the auditorium.
“Funny,” Luz said. “I couldn’t have imagined at the time how important that piece of information would be. Anyway, while we were trapped the past weeks, we did a bit of traveling…”
“And a bit of digging,” Amity added.
“Literally!” cried Gus.
“Aaaaand,” Willow continued. “Long story short, we found…” she gestured towards Hunter. “Hunter, if you will…”
“Gladly,” Hunter said, reaching into his satchel and producing what appeared to be a large, mirror-like disc with a crescent moon etched on it.
Next to Eda, Lilith gasped.
“That looks just like the disc Phillip dug up,” she whispered.
“This,” Hunter continued. “As King has probably informed you, functions as a portal to The Collector’s holding prison. Legend says there were originally a number of these portal discs, but all but two had been destroyed. King tells me the other one was broken on the Day Of Unity. So this is the last one, and quite possibly our last hope.”
“Our plan,” Amity said. “Is to use the disc to send The Collector back where they came from. Then we destroy this disc as well.”
“That way,” Gus said. “The Collector won’t even be able to project themself back into our world or any other, so there won’t be a chance of them escaping again in the future.”
Eda opened her mouth to protest, but couldn’t quite articulate what it was she wanted to say before Amity was speaking again.
“Then,” Amity said. “We can focus our efforts on rebuilding the Boiling Isles. With both Belos and The Collector gone, we can start from scratch and build a new and better society for all of magic-kind.”
The kids looked expectantly at their audience. There were murmurs among the crowd.
“Impressive,” Darius said. “You have been busy. I hope you don’t mind my saying this, but there are a few fairly glaring holes in this plan.”
“We were hoping some of you might have ideas for how to fix that,” Willow said.
“Well, first of all,” Darius said. “There’s the matter of activating whatever magic allows The Collector to pass through this…portal? Mirror? Disc? Whatever we’re calling it now…”
“That’s where I come in,” King said. “As I’ve told all of you recently, if I can touch both the disc and The Collector at the same time, I believe it will pull them back through.”
“That’s a big if, though,” Steve said. “I don’t like it.”
“The Collector would kill you multiple times over by the time you could even think about managing that,” Adrian said.
“Yeah,” Eda agreed. “I’m not letting you do that, King.”
“I managed to trick them before,” King said. “I could do it again.”
“Absolutely not,” Eda said. “I’m putting my foot down. Both my feet, in fact, since I still have two of those.”
“If I may,” Vee said, voice wavering slightly as she spoke up. “I think I could be of assistance.”
“How?” Alador asked.
“I’m a basilisk. I consume magic. If I consume enough of The Collector’s magic, it should temporarily depower them enough that they won’t pose a danger to King.”
“Not bad,” Katya said.
“Isn’t that a LOT of magic to consume, though?” Hooty asked. “And I’m saying that as someone who regularly consumes technically inedible objects.
“I’m very hungry,” Vee said simply.
“I can relate to that,” Hooty said. “Buuuuuuutt are you hungry enough to eat a whole nuclear reactor? Because I’m preeettttyyyyy sure The Collector’ power is the magical equivalent.”
“Who’s been teaching Hooty about nuclear reactors?” Luz asked.
“He makes a good point,” Lilith said. “You may be underestimating the strength of The Collector’s powers.”
“You may be underestimating how hungry I am,” Vee said irritably. “I haven’t had a proper magical meal in months.”
“That’s all well and good,” Odalia piped up. “But you haven’t seen this nightmare child. You’d still have to get close enough to them to drain their magic, and they’ll annihilate you the second they realize what you’re doing. So your plans are very cute, but they are useless against an all-powerful god.”
“With…with all due respect,” King began.
“Trust me,” Amity muttered. “None is due.”
“Or not,” King continued. “The Collector does have a weakness we may be able to use to our advantage. They…they fell asleep to a music box when I was with them. If we can get them to sleep, then Vee should be able to get close enough to drain their power, and then I can safely catch them.”
There was the musical twang of a string.
“I think I can help with that,” Raine said, holding up their violin.
“Perfect!” King said.
“We ride at dawn!” Luz cried.
“What…” Amity asked. “What does that even mean?”
“It’s…it’s a human quote thing…”
“Then!” Gus yelled enthusiastically. “I too say we ride at dawn!”
***
Eda made her way King and Luz were trying to catch each other up on the events of the past weeks.
The two were speaking as quickly as possible and thoroughly confusing each other on what had actually occurred.
“Well look at you, King,” Eda said. “Commanding armies.”
“Yeah he is!” Luz said proudly.
“I…” King said. “Huh. I guess I am. Funny, it just doesn’t feel as glorious as I always thought it would.”
If anything, he sounded a little dejected thinking about it.
“Aw, don’t worry, buddy,” Luz said, hugging him. “This is bound to go a lot better than our Day Of Unity fiasco. I know you’ve got this. We’ve got this.”
“It’s not that,” King said. “I…I don’t…Luz, I know I came up with this plan too but I’m not sure I can look that kid in the eye and send them back to their prison cell.”
“I’m glad to hear you say it,” Eda said. “Because I don’t like this plan at all.”
“Well,” Luz said. “If Raine’s spell is successful, you won’t have to look them in the eye. They’ll be asleep.”
“That…just makes it worse. It almost feels even more monstrous. Makes me feel like the monster.”
“But you’re not.”
“Luz, I’m commanding armies against one little kid.”
“But they’re not…actually a kid, right?” Luz said. “They just take that form to catch their enemies off guard.”
“Is that what they say in the human realm?” Eda asked.
“Well, no…” Luz admitted. “It’s not. But…it’s what Belos did when we were in his mind. Pretended to be a kid to trick us. And…and…The Collector actively wanted to ravage the Boiling Isles. They were gleeful about it.”
“The Collector is dangerous,” Eda said. “We all know that. But they are a child. I’ve met them, Luz. They don’t understand that their actions are anything more than a deranged game. They are a child with more power than guidance.”
“But they can’t be though,” Luz said. “They just…”
“Why not?” Eda asked.
“Because,” Luz said. “Then…then…we’d be sentencing a…a KID into eternal solitary confinement.”
***
The sun was low on the horizon when Edric left, taking the music box with him to tinker with before everyone reconvened the following night.
Raine had gone to bed early, complaining of a headache, and Lilith was sitting on the doorstep with Hooty, writing something that the two of them were collaborating on and seemed to think was truly hilarious.
Eda smiled to herself as their laughter carried faintly into the kitchen.
At the table, all the research and spell materials now pushed to the side, sat Luz and King, who were eating a pizza.
Luz had taken great glee in the fact that the wifi through her recently-constructed portal door was good enough to order a pizza.
Of course, she hadn’t gone so far as to have the pizza delivered to the portal door (although she’d laughed and laughed at the prospect of doing so). Instead, she’d taken King on a field trip to go pick up the pizza, and he’d finally gotten to experience Winter in the human realm.
And now he was getting to experience pizza, and was very happy about how his day was going.
“Eda, you have got to learn how to make this!” King said around his third slice. “It’s incredible. Humans really are masters of nasty, weird food.”
“And what am I supposed to do with this greasy, flat box you’ve gifted me with?” Eda asked. “Sell it as a human heirloom?”
“Just stuff it behind the trash can and forget about it until you get another one,” Luz said happily, munching on her own slice of pizza. “That’s what humans do.”
“Yeah, I am not starting a collection of pizza boxes behind the trash can - or anywhere else in this house. Seriously, look at this cardboard. It’s saturated with grease. You’re putting that in your stomach? And isn’t that amount of cheese gonna’ mess with your whole lactose intolerance thing?”
“She took a bunch of pills for it ahead of time,” King said.
“Greasy cheese now,” Luz said. “Regret later.”
Eda pulled up a chair and sat down.
“We need to talk, you two…”
“That sounds…ominous,” Luz said. “I didn’t think a greasy pizza box would get this much of a rise out of you.”
“I’m always ominous,” Eda teased. “But this isn’t about the pizza. I need to tell you something I should have told you weeks ago. I think we’ve all been avoiding it.”
“Oh,” Luz said.
“Weh?” King asked in confusion.
“I never told you what happened, King,” Eda said. “The day we set out to trap The Collector.”
Chapter 10
Summary:
The plan goes awry, shit hits the fan and everyone has a bad day.
Notes:
Alright folks, here we go!
I ended up splitting this chapter after all, as it just made more sense to do so. The second part (Chapter 11) should be out on Wednesday. In the meantime, as the description suggests, this is the chapter where things really start to go sideways and we start to get some answers on things that have been set up since the beginning.
And I apologize in advance once again: We're in for a rough ride. I promise a resolution and for things to be rectified, but they are going to get WAY worse before they get better.
Also, this is the first chapter that is told entirely in flashbacks. There's so much happening that I don't think jumping back and forth works as well here.
From the bottom of my heart I want to thank everyone who has been reading and commenting on this fic and sticking with it, even as it's gotten darker than I initially envisioned. Your thoughts and commentary mean so much to me and it makes my day (heck, my WEEK) to read your analysis and theories (I don't think I've seen anyone quite put all the pieces together yet).
This past week has been pretty shitty, and this Summer hasn't been what I wanted it to be, but writing this fic has been unexpected in a good way and y'all have definitely made things so much brighter. So, once again thank you, and hold on as we head into the final stretch of arc one!
Alice
!!WARNING FOR TEMPORARY MAJOR CHARACTER DEATH!!
Chapter Text
It began auspiciously enough.
Terra Snapdragon and her cohorts, like everyone else, had obviously done something to anger The Collector, who had subsequently exploded an enormous chunk of land and then flown off, leaving a very obvious swath of damage in their wake.
Lilith, searched from the air, but the trail of destruction was easy to follow by the company on the ground.
“Wow,” Luz observed. “It’s like everything got torn up by a hundred transformer bulldozers on steroids.”
“I still don’t like this,” Eda confided to Raine. “It just doesn’t make sense trying to trap this kid back in a prison.”
“Well, it’s not like I like it, either,” Raine admitted. “I don’t think any of us do. But what choice do we have? Look at this.”
They waved their hand at the trench they were walking through. Trees and buildings had been ripped apart and flung outward in every direction.
A few paces back, Amity fell into step beside Luz.
“What if Eda’s right, Luz,” she said, sounding apprehensive. “We’ve just been assuming we’re dealing with a trickster god taking the form of a child. But…you’ve read the stories. You heard what King said.”
“They don’t seem very trickster-y,” Luz agreed. “But…we all saw what they did to Belos without a second thought. And…when I saw The Collector in Belos’ memories…they just didn’t come across as an innocent child.”
“Nobody’s saying they’re innocent,” Amity said, taking Luz’s hand and squeezing it. “Being a kid doesn’t automatically make them innocent. But…if they are a kid, then that means there’s a lot of stuff they don’t comprehend yet, and we shouldn’t be treating them like an adult.”
“Which is what we’re doing right now,” Luz said, looking down.
Ahead of them, Eda had moved on to expressing her concerns hurriedly to Darius.
“Really?” he said. “You couldn’t have brought this up during the planning stages?”
“Well I’m bringing it up now,” Eda said.
“It’s not like I don’t sympathise,” Darius said. “And if you have an alternative solution, by all means share. I’m open to suggestions. But at this point, I don’t think this kid is going to listen to reason.”
“Has anyone tried talking to them?” Eda asked. “Has anyone, at any point actually been sincere with them?”
“Eda, I don’t know!” Darius said, frustrated. “I’m not disagreeing that The Collector has been used and abused and treated like utter garbage. It’s a horrible situation but my focus has to be on protecting the citizens of the Isles. I’ve had to make hard choices that nobody should ever have to make and…and…this isn’t the first time I’ve had to…to choose between one life and the life of everyone else on the Isles.”
“Hey,” Amity said. “This is just like that space movie you showed me back in the human realm. What was it, ‘the needs of the many outweigh the needs of the one’?”
“Which,” Gus pointed out, joining the conversation. “The next movie totally did a one-eighty on.”
The party eventually located The Collector at the base of a long hill a few hundred yards away from a thick forest that they hadn’t blown up yet. As luck would have it, there was also a knoll that allowed a good vantage point of the area, upon which Katya drew a massive cloaking sigil, which would hide the entire company from view.
To everyone’s relief, The Collector appeared to be alone now, pacing erratically and repeatedly clenching and unclenching their fists.
“Well,” Raine said, manifesting their violin and bow. “Let’s hope this works.”
“What if I just went down and talked to them?” Eda said, looking around at the deserted rubble and empty hill.
A leaf from the nearby woods blew across The Collector’s field of vision and they pointed at it.
“Bzzzzt!” they said, and the leaf was immediately incinerated.
“Absolutely not,” Darius said to Eda.
“I’d like to believe talking to them would work,” Raine said. “I really would. But I can’t let you risk your life.”
And they began to play.
The music was surprisingly quiet, carrying on the breeze so it was only barely noticeable to the child below.
They did look up, but seeing no one, their gaze didn’t linger, and they couldn’t locate the source of the strangely-intoxicating tune.
They did, however, very much like the music, and it filled them with a feeling they hadn’t had since their night at the Owl House.
So much had happened since then, betrayal after betrayal.
The Collector hung onto the music, willing it not to fade away.
It made them feel safe.
“I think,” Camila said from the knoll, where she was watching with the others. “I think it’s working.”
Raine continued to play, directing their magic towards The Collector alone and not everyone else, which took a not-insignificant amount of concentration.
“Are you sure about this, Vee?” Camila asked.
“No,” Vee admitted. “But I have to do it. Everyone’s counting on me.”
“Can you do it from this distance?” Lilith asked.
“The Collector’s magic is strong,” Vee said. “I can smell it from here. But I need to get closer.”
Camila hugged her.
“Be careful,” she said. “And hurry right back here if anything even feels like it’s going to go wrong.”
“Thanks, Camila,” Vee said.
Then, she turned and hurried down through the debris towards the sleeping Collector.
“They really do look like a little kid,” Camilla said worriedly.
“They are,” Eda told her, sighing heavily. “A very, very powerful little kid.”
“Luz told me you had some sort of ethical reservations about this,” Camila said. “I think I’m beginning to see why.”
Eda turned to look at her. She and Camila had spoken very little, the awkward and unsure tension a bit too uncomfortable. Now, however, she had the distinct feeling that this was someone that she could confide in.
“I just have this really bad feeling,” Eda said. “That we’re making a terrible mistake. But I just don’t see a way out of it.”
Camila started to speak, but her attention was snapped away by a pained sound from Vee, who had already begun her task.
In an instant, she dashed away from Eda, out of the protected circle and rushed to the side of her adopted daughter.
Darius looked like he wanted to shout something to her, but didn’t dare for fear of waking The Collector.
Vee was on her side, curled up and clutching her stomach.
“Vee!” Camila whispered, crouching down beside her.
“It’s so strong,” Vee whimpered. “Hooty was right, it’s like eating a nuclear reactor.”
“Then stop! Don’t do this to yourself. We’ll find another way.”
“There is no other way, Mom! I have to keep going!”
Vee continued to siphon The Collector’s power, shuddering.
“Not at your own expense, you don’t!” Camila said.
“What’s one basilisk worth anyway,” Vee said, shaking violently. “I wasn’t even supposed to exist! My entire reason for being brought into this world was for Belos to learn how to destroy it!”
She jerked, as if having a seizure, but didn’t stop the flow of magic.
“But now,” she continued. “I can choose who to be, and I can choose to be the one who saves this world!”
“Not. Like. This!” Camila said desperately. “Stop it! LUZ! Stop her!”
“Shut up,” Vee said. “Let me do this.”
She continued to jerk violently, curling in on herself and glowing with the magic she was consuming, heat radiating out of her body.
Luz rushed to her side.
“Stop it, Vee!” she hissed. “You’re being ridiculous! I just got a sister and I don’t want to lose her!”
“I’ve…almost…got it…” Vee panted, before rolling over and passing out.
“Vee!” Luz cried, shaking her.
“She has a pulse,” Camila said, checking quickly. “Get me my bag.”
“Already on it.”
Luz slapped a glyph and plant tendrils snaked out and wrapped themselves around Camila’s medical bag.
“I will never get used to this,” Camila said, watching as Luz used the vines to pull the bag towards them.
“You better,” Luz said. “I’m a witch, now. Your bag, Mama.”
She held out the bag and Camila took it.
“You’re incredible. Truly incredible. Now let’s see…I’ve never treated a magic toxicity case before.”
From up the hill, Adrian made a slightly-derisive sound.
“Show-off,” he said. “The human’s magic doesn’t even have finesse. It’s all clunky and overblown.”
“Watch it, Vernworth,” Eda snapped.
Eberwolf growled savagely.
“Oh right,” Adrian said. “You mentored her, didn’t you. Pardon my honesty, Owl Lady, but it shows.”
“What is that supposed to mean?” Eda asked.
“You know exactly what it means. Darius? Remind me why we allowed children and humans and powerless witches on a mission as important as this?”
Eberwolf made a rude gesture.
“Adrian,” Darius said tiredly.
“The real question,” Gus said, stepping forward. “Is why we allowed a witch on this mission who tried to force kids into getting branded with a sigil that would literally kill them.”
“And now was I supposed to know that at the time?” Adrian retorted. “Hmmmm?”
Even so, he still looked at Gus warily. Clearly, he hadn’t forgotten what had happened at Hexside.
“Agustus, please,” Darius said. “Let’s not right now?”
“What’s that noise?” Amity asked.
“The human just performed magic,” Gus continued, ignoring Darius. “You’re just embarrassing yourself by criticizing her, disgraced Head Witch.”
“Oh,” Lilith said. “Burn.”
“Human-style high-fives!” Emira said as she and Edric flanked Gus and each held up a hand.
“I’m serious,” Darius protested. “This is not the time. If everyone could stop this petty snark, right now, the migraine you’re all giving me would appreciate it.”
“I think,” Hunter interrupted. “That Vee did manage to drain enough of The Collector’s power that King should be safe now.”
Willow crouched down and put a hand on King’s shoulder.
“Are you ready, King?” she asked.
King shook his head.
“No,” he said. “But I guess I’m doing this anyway.”
Hunter crouched down as well, removing the satchel from where it was slung across his shoulder.
“Belos always said he could talk to the Titan,” he said. “Kept saying he knew the Titan’s will. That was just another lie, obviously. But, it seems fitting that I can talk to you now. What you do now is your own decision, your own will. I won’t speak for you.”
Hunter drew the mirrored disc from the bag and handed it to King.
“I trust you with this, little guy,” he said.
King held the disc and stared momentarily at his own reflection within it. He looked distant and expressionless.
In the reflection, he saw Eda sit down just behind him.
“You don’t have to do this if you don’t want to, King,” she said, putting her hand on his back. “We’ll find another way.”
“But if you’re going to do this,” Hunter said. “You need to do it now. As far as we can tell, The Collector generates their own magic and nobody knows how long it will take for them to recover.”
“There is no other way,” King said flatly. “Just let me get this over with.”
“We’re so proud of you, King,” Willow said.
“Thank you,” King said, and resolutely turned to go.
There was an odd sound like distant thunder.
“Seriously,” Amity said. “Does anyone else hear that?”
‘Don’t do this. Stop. This isn’t right!’
The words were on the tip of Eda’s tongue, screaming to be said. She should speak up. She needed to speak up. Now was the time, and there wouldn’t be another chance.
She opened her mouth once, twice, taking a breath, on the verge of speaking.
But each time, the protest died in her throat and she couldn’t get the words out.
She had to say something now.
But King was already hurrying down towards The Collector, disc in hand.
“I sure hope this works,” Hunter said.
“You okay, Eda?”
It was Raine behind her, looking concerned.
Of course it was.
They had stopped playing, the spell having already been successfully cast.
“You think we should call this off,” they said.
“Bit late for that now, Rainestorm,” Eda said, voice tight. “King’s right, this is how it has to be.”
She sounded as if she was trying to convince herself and Raine thought to question her. Ask if that was really how she felt. But it was too late now, and raising questions might only serve to upset Eda even more. The best they could do was offer comfort to their friend.
“It’s better this way,” they said instead, an unspoken apology left off at the end.
Luz gave King a thumbs-up from where she and Camila seemed to have Vee stabilized, although still very much unconscious.
He gave them a nod, walking past and approaching The Collector.
The Collector stirred, even as King stepped as slowly and quietly as possible. They were a small bundle of purple robes and looked quite out of place in the center of the mayhem they had wrought.
He desperately wanted to abandon his mission, but he couldn’t flake out now. The entire realm was continuing on him, though.
But Hunter had said this was ultimately King’s decision, and King’s decision alone.
And Eda…Eda wouldn’t judge him. She’d said he didn’t have to do this…
The Collector blinked awake, a frown creasing their forehead as they raised their head to see him not a foot away.
“...King…?” they said, momentarily confused and still sleepy.
They continued to blink and take in their surroundings.
The moment they recognized the disc that King was carrying, their eyes widened and they shot upright, scrambling backwards.
“Why do you have that?! Get that thing away from me!!”
They held up their palm defensively.
“I’m sorry, Collector,” King said, his worst fears for this mission realized and staring him in the face.
“NO!” The Collector shouted. “Where did you get that! You can’t send me back there! I won’t go!”
They jumped into the air and fell right back down, wincing as they hit the ground hard.
“What did you DO?!?” they shouted.
The distant rumbling grew steadily louder.
King didn’t know what to say. What could he possibly say? He was locked in, he had to complete his task.
Best to just get it over with.
He moved forward quickly.
“No! Stay BACK!” The Collector said, getting to their feet and stumbling backwards. “You said you were my FRIEND!”
“Just calm down,” King said, for all the good that would do. “You’re just making this harder.”
“You LIED! You just wanted me to do your dirty work just LIKE EVERYONE ELSE! Everyone’s just LYING TO ME! I just wanted to PLAY WITH YOU!”
The Collector was almost crying now.
“I really am sorry,” King repeated. “I wish I didn’t have to do this, but you’re too dangerous to be here.”
“You sound like your dad! YOU’RE NO BETTER THAN HIM! He betrayed me TOO! Stay AWAY!”
The Collector turned to run and King made to leap at them but then they both froze as the ground beneath them began to shake, the rumbling sound now recognizable as dozens of thundering footsteps and battle cries.
King and The Collector exchanged a look.
Then, over the long rolling hill above them swarmed the entire forces of the Titan Trappers.
“THERE IT IS!” roared Tarak, pointing at King. “The Grand Huntsman has it cornered! MOVE IN!”
“For faith and glory!” Bill shouted.
“FOR FAITH AND GLORY!” echoed the rest of the hoard.
King dropped the disc and fled, an all-consuming fear overtaking him.
Vaguely, he was aware that he was running in the wrong direction - towards the woods and away from the knoll where his friends and allies were waiting.
But he couldn’t stop moving. He didn’t even have enough breath to send his powerful cry at the pursuers.
All he could hear was a roar, maybe that of his own blood pumping through his veins, punctuated by cries of “GET THE TITAN!” “DON’T LET IT GET AWAY!” and “IN THE NAME OF THE GRAND HUNTSMAN!”
The Grand Huntsman themself, waved their arms and shouted at the trappers but was largely ignored and pushed to the side as the hunt zeroed in on the fleeing King.
“Wait!” The Collector shouted, leaping forward into the air only to drop back down, once again hitting the ground very hard. “Wait for me!”
They scrambled to their feet and ran after the Trappers and King as fast as their legs could carry them.
They weren’t fast enough. They weren’t nearly fast enough.
“Wait…” they panted, gasping for air. “I…have to…lead…the hunt. I’m…your leader.”
King was making progress out of sheer desperation, but the Trappers were quickly closing on him.
And then, Bill split from the group, darting to the side and hurling what looked something like a javelin with a spiked metal ball on the end where a sharpened tip would ordinarily be.
His aim was true and the weapon hit King with full force, flinging him a short distance to the side, where he dropped instantly and didn’t move.
“Whoah,” The Collector panted, finally arriving at the scene and bending over to hold their knees while they caught their breath. “That was a great shot, Bill.”
They turned towards where King was lying, unmoving.
“See,” they said. “That’s what you GET for being a TRAITOR, King. No hard feelings, though. We can still be friends.”
They made a counterclockwise motion at King with their hand and pinched their fingers together.
Nothing happened.
The Collector frowned, repeating the gesture, slightly more forcefully this time.
“Why isn’t this WORKING?” they demanded.
The Trappers stood aside as The Collector stomped over to King, dropping to their knees and shaking him roughly.
“Hey, silly,” they said. “Quit playing around. I forgive you, okay? Geez you’re a sore loser.”
Their shaking met with no resistance, and King’s fur was fast becoming soaked in sticky, blue blood.
Hands now covered in the substance, The Collector once again made the counterclockwise motion, screwing up their face in concentration.
Once again, it was to no avail.
“Come on,” they shook King again and he flopped back and forth limply. “Come on, wake up. I’m not mad, I promise. I swear! I pinky-sweeear!”
The Collector’s voice was fast becoming a desperate whine.
Again, a counterclockwise hand gesture, this time more jerky.
“King? King? Kiiiiiiiiiing!”
They stared disbelievingly at the lifeless form, petting the sticky fur, lifting it’s head and shaking it.
Their eyes flicked up to the Titan Trappers who were standing back, unsure, questioning.
“Bring him back,” The Collector demanded. “Bring him BACK!”
The Trappers took several steps backwards.
“I SAID BRING HIM BACK!” The Collector screamed. “I WANT HIM BACK!”
“Only…” Tarak began worriedly. “Only you have that power, Grand Huntsman.”
“Oh for the sake of yourself, get over it,” Bill said in annoyance, stepping forward. “Quit being a wimp, Huntsman. I didn’t come here to listen to you throw a bleeding-heart temper tantrum. I want that Titan’s skull, and you’ve already ruined its pelt smearing it with blood like that.”
The Collector looked back and forth between Bill and King, wearing a look of complete shock and disbelief. Desperation gave way to an overwhelming onslaught of emotion.
The Collector clutched King’s fur, took shuddering breath and screamed at the top of their lungs. Even with their magic drained, the sound was still otherworldly and it echoed for miles in every direction, perhaps to the far reaches of the island itself.
Something large was running at them fast, gaining ground and flapping massive wings.
The Collector looked up to see Eda in full harpy form rushing up on them, expression focused, teeth bared. They shrank down as she approached, still holding onto King.
Eda leaping and collided with Bill at full force, claws tearing through his armor as she slammed him into the ground again and again and again.
The Collector watched wide-eyed as Eda flung Bill to the side, and launched herself at the next Titan Trapper who was much larger, but was caught off-guard and was no match for a harpy at close range.
A third Trapper ran forward to take a swing at Eda, but Raine leaped between them, Violin at the ready, drawing their bow across the strings and sending a musical wave of force directly at him.
Two other Trappers joined in and Raine sent forth a flurry of weaponized musical notes.
Eda took out Trapper after Trapper, and Tarak rushed forward, only to be tripped up by abomination goo wielded by Alador.
Lilith flew in, sending glyph-powered ice and vines at the advancing Trappers.
The battle had begun and it wasn’t a battle that anyone had anticipated when the day began.
“LUZ!” Amity cried, jumping into the fray and launching an abomination of her own at an approaching warrior who was heading for Luz, who was screaming and trying to wrestle The Collector off of King’s body, which they were refusing to let go of.
Claws and teeth at the ready, Eberwolf leaped onto the closest Titan Trapper and began biting them, while Adrian manifested the illusion of multiple versions of himself with various dangerous-looking weapons running through the army.
Darius swung an abomination scythe arm as he stormed into the battle, forcing those around him to duck and dodge out of the way.
“I don’t have TIME for this Titandammed NONSENSE!” he screamed.
The rage that Eda felt coursing through her veins as she flung yet another Trapper to the ground as if they were a ragdoll, was all-consuming and overpowering.
For once, her fear, her anger, her drive exactly matched that of the Owl Beast and, as she flung the unnamed Trapper one last time, Eda felt her consciousness begin to mesh more tightly with the Beast’s.
She wasn’t sure where her own thoughts and motivations ended and the Owl Beast’s began. It was as if they were one creature.
She took in the fighting around her through a haze of grief and bloodlust, Willow yanking back attackers, Luz now crouched over King while The Collector pummeled her with their fists.
Nearby, Darius swatted away another adversary and scooped up the mirror disc, just barely saving it from being trampled.
While The Collector had been focused on King, Darius’ move did not go unnoticed.
“When I woke up this morning!” Darius said loudly. “Did I think ‘Hey, today would be a GREAT day to go to war with the entire Titan Trapper Island armed forces’? NO! I DIDN’T! Why would I even consider that?”
“Well you can thank the Owl Lady for this!” Adrian shouted. “She started it!”
“They killed her son!” Amity shouted back. “She retaliated!”
“Can someone get the kids off the battlefield?!?” Alador raged.
Eda and the Owl Beast turned towards The Collector, magic-bile-fueled-adrenaline intertwined, anger surging through their shared body.
The Collector looked from King, to Darius and the disc, and then to the harpy-creature whose attention had just zeroed in on them, and panicked.
They turned and ran, trying to take flight but still unable as their magic hadn’t remotely started to return yet.
They fled as fast as they could towards the treeline.
Eda felt something trip in the Owl Beast’s head - in her own head now - the moment they saw The Collector running away. It was an instinct, a drive, channeling all the fear and grief into a pounding litany of ‘CHASE! CHASE! CHASE!’
Eda felt herself be taken by it, giving in to the near-inescapable desire to pursue and hurt the creature who had hurt her.
‘CHASE! ENEMY! HUNT! CHASE! KILL!’
Something felt wrong.
‘CHASE! CATCH! KILL! ENEMY!’
No, these weren’t Eda’s thoughts. She was angry, she was distraught, but she didn’t want to…
‘KILL THEM!’
“No.”
With more than a little difficulty, Eda separated her consciousness from that of the Owl Beast.
To her distress, the Beast tried to take control and push her back down into the subconscious space they usually inhabited.
“No!”
She couldn’t lose control! Couldn’t completely transform into the Owl Beast now!
With everything she had, Eda grabbed hold of the Beast, screaming as they raged, their desire to chase and kill overtaking any other thoughts.
“No you DON’T!” Eda screamed, holding them in place. “No. More. Kids. Are. Dying. Today.”
‘Enemy! Enemy! Destroy Enemy!’
“Not enemy! Child! Child!”
The Owl Beast screeched and Eda couldn’t help the pang of guilt she felt as she forced them back down within her mind.
The Collector reached the edge of the forest just ahead of Eda, foot catching on a tree root and tripping them.
They tumbled to the ground, so winded they were barely able to cry out.
Eda stopped, bracing herself against her own anger and the last fading remnants of the Owl Beast’s instincts, as she loomed over The Collector. She was still in harpy mode, but she felt that form slipping away as the Beast retreated.
And then it was Eda, no less imposing in her own form, standing over a fallen kid who was lying in a defeated heap, whimpering and pleading.
“I don’t wanna’ go back! I don’t wanna’ go back! Don’t send me back! Don’t send me back! Please! Don’t make me go back there…”
“Hey, hey,” Eda said quietly as she knelt down. “Easyyyy, kid.”
The Collector crawled backwards, trying to get away from her but getting tangled in their own robes. Their face was streaked with tears and snot.
“I don’t wanna’ go back,” they repeated. “I DON’T WANNA’ GO BACK THERE! Don’t send me back.”
“Calm down,” Eda said. “It’s okay. Nobody’s sending you anywhere.”
Tears continued to roll down The Collector’s cheeks.
“You’re LYING!” they cried. “You lied to me before! You said you’d play with me! You ALL lied! Phillip! Bill! Kiki! Odalia! Terra! King won’t come back and EVERYONE LIED! You’re just going to put me back in PRISON!”
“I’m not.”
“You’re a LIAR! LIAR! LIAR!”
“Easy, easy,” Eda repeated. “Shhhhh.”
She reached out in an attempt at comfort, but The Collector flinched so hard that she withdrew her hand before making contact. It probably didn’t help that her hand was covered in Titan Trapper blood.
This did, however, have the benefit of silencing The Collector long enough for Eda to get a word in.
“I’m sorry, Collector,” she said. “I did…you’re right. I did lie to you before. I was scared…” she felt her composure plummeting as she remembered that her fear had been for King’s safety.
And now King was…was…
“This is all my fault,” Eda sobbed. “I was wrong. Abandoning you…it was a terrible mistake and…and I regret…”
She felt herself break, unable to speak as her breath kept catching.
No. No, she couldn’t do this now.
She fought to pull herself together.
Across the way, she saw Darius and Lilith zero in on her.
The Collector saw it too.
“Don’t let them send me back,” they begged Eda. “I don’t wanna’ be alone. I don’t wanna’ be alone.”
“I won’t let them send you back,” Eda said reassuringly. “I’m not going to leave you alone again. Okay?”
The Collector hid their hands in their sleeves and looked away, like they wanted badly to say something but were afraid to.
Then, their voice a barely audible whisper…
“...promise?”
“I promise,” Eda told them.
The Collector held out a shaking hand, still encrusted with drying blue blood, little finger extended.
“Pinky swear?”
They looked like they didn’t dare hope.
Eda didn’t hesitate, she mirrored the gesture and linked her own blood-soaked pinkie with The Collector’s, heart nearly breaking when she felt their finger curl tightly around her own.
Magickind had all manner of power-locked deals and everlasting oaths, and yet the most powerful being in existence relied on a gesture that was not binding in any way, shape or form.
Even if they had full access to their powers, pinkie swears had no magical significance whatsoever. In the same way that The Collector had assumed that everyone actually wanted to play with them, they had put all their trust into assuming that a promise they themself held sacred would be held sacred by all others.
Eda squeezed The Collector’s little finger tightly, resolving to treat this as she would the most unbreakable of everlasting oaths.
“Collector,” she said firmly, and seriously. “I promise that I will protect you.”
“And you won’t leave me alone again?”
“I promise I will not leave you alone again. You are under my protection, and I only ask for your trust.”
The Collector’s eyes widened at her request. They were used to having their so-called friends tack caveats and conditions onto swears, but this was a surprise…and somehow harder to agree to.
“You don’t have to promise if you don’t want to,” Eda said quickly. “I’ll still uphold my end.”
“I promise!” The Collector blurted out, their voice full of panicked desperation. “I trust you, I trust you, I trust you. Just don’t send me back, don’t let them send me back.”
They held onto Eda’s finger with all of their might, pouring out the last dregs of trust that they had left.
Chapter 11
Summary:
Everyone continues to have a bad day.
Notes:
Well...here it is. The penultimate chapter of Arc One of this story (don't worry, there are more arcs to come and this fic is far from over).
To quote David Tennant as The Doctor:
"I'm sorry. I'm so sorry."
I haven't gotten around to replying to comments on Chapter 10 yet, but I will be doing that as I can. I have read all of them multiple times and, as always, I much appreciate everyone's thoughts and commentary. I look forward to joining back into the discussion soon - there's so much I want to talk to all of you about, but I felt it best today to prioritize getting this chapter out to you before I get kicked out of this coffee shop.
I'll try to get Chapter 12 up on Saturday but that depends entirely on how my work schedule shakes out this week. So if it's not up on Saturday, it'll be up next Wednesday for sure. I may take a short hiatus between Arc One and Arc Two, but I'll keep you posted.
In any case, get ready for complete emotional destruction in this chapter. I'll see you on the other side.
All the best!
Alice
Chapter Text
The battle raged too close for comfort.
Amity, Hunter, Willow and Gus formed a defensive arc in front of where Luz was crouched over King’s motionless form with her mom’s stethoscope.
The sounds of conflict were too loud to hear much of anything, and Luz couldn’t be certain whether the faint beat she felt in her fingertips wasn’t just her own pulse.
With a shout of frustration, she ripped the stethoscope off her ears and slammed it furiously onto the ground with her fist.
She instantly regretted it, remembering that it wasn’t an indestructible instrument. But that thought vanished when there was the sound of a rumbling explosion and she realized too late that she’d landed her fist on a plant glyph.
“MOVE!” she shouted, grabbing King and rushing out of the way as the largest tree she’d ever seen in her life erupted out of the ground and rushed towards the sky.
Her friends barely got out of the way in time and the branches took out a swath of Titan Trappers on their own.
“What,” Willow cried. “Did you do?”
“P…plant glyph…?” Luz said weakly as the tree grew to the size of a skyscraper in both girth and height.
“Plant glyphs don’t do that!” Willow said. “I don’t know any plant magic that does that!”
“Even the tree we made at Grom wasn’t like that ,” Amity said. “Wait!” She grabbed Luz’s palm. “You have King’s blood all over your hands.”
The two looked at each other.
“Titan’s blood,” they said in unison.
Luz carefully set King down at the base of the tree.
“It’s time to end this,” she said darkly. “CITIZENS OF THE BOILING ISLES! RETREAT! RETREAT!”
The sudden appearance of a tree roughly the size of a small castle had momentarily stopped the fighting and, to Luz’s relief, her allies listened to her and disengaged, retreating from the army of Titan Trappers as fast as they could.
“OKAY TITAN TRAPPERS!” Luz shouted, picking up the weapon that Bill had hit King with in one hand and a stack of glyphs in her other. “YOU’RE NO LONGER WELCOME HERE! YOU’VE MURDERED ONE OF OUR OWN UNPROVOKED, AND THIS IS YOUR LAST WARNING! I WON’T HOLD BACK!”
A number of the Trappers were already making a hasty getaway towards Bonesborough and the bridge back to their own island.
A few hundred yards away, Vee stirred, sitting up suddenly, dry-heaving.
“Vee!” Camila said, putting a hand on her back. “Are you alright?”
Vee didn’t speak. Instead she retched, and gave an enormous heave.
Nothing physical was produced. Instead what came out was a shockwave of raw energy that blasted out a crater in front of her, and out towards the Titan Trapper army.
The Trappers who hadn’t heeded Luz’s warning, definitely took notice of the blast - as it knocked a few dozen of them off their feet.
Vee purged again and again, creating more craters and causing the Trappers to run in order to avoid falling into fissures forming in the ground.
“AND STAY OUT!” Luz shouted after them.
From the treeline, Eda and The Collector watched as Luz used the spiked javelin to send a literal glacier racing up the hill and after the fleeing army, followed by a roiling wall of flame.”
“Damn,” Eda said, choking back tears.
“King,” The Collector said softly.
“Don’t,” Eda said. “Not right now. I can’t…”
For lack of anything better to use, she was cleaning off The Collector’s face with her sleeve.
Keeping her emotions at bay was imperative, at least for the moment, but she couldn’t deny that she had some complicated feelings since the child she’d sworn to protect was also, however indirectly, the source of her pain.
However, when Eda looked at The Collector, the anger, fear and grief that she felt was reflected back at her tenfold.
She sighed heavily, and continued wiping away tear stains. The Collector seemed truly perplexed by the gesture but made no move to protest.
“You’ve never…lost anyone before,” she said. “Have you? Not a real friend?”
“I’ve lost LOTS of friends!” The Collector retorted. “They all BETRAY me! ALL OF THEM!”
“But you…” Eda said “You cared for King, didn’t you.”
The Collector didn’t reply immediately, but the sad little hiccupping sound they made was all the confirmation that Eda needed.
She looked back out at the open area that was now dominated by a tree that resembled a fortress, and a glacier stretching up the hill and out of sight.
“I guess you aren’t the only kid reshaping the Isles, huh,” she said.
At least Luz was safe.
This was all such a mess.
There was a soft hooting and Owlbert appeared, swooping in on silent wings and proclaiming a warning.
“Coming this way?” she asked. “Who’s…”
But then she saw.
“Aw crap.”
Eberwolf was leading a small faction of the resistance, consisting of Darius, Raine, Lilith and Adrian, and they were heading in her direction.
Eda didn’t have it in her for more confrontation today.
Darius was gripping the mirror disc, face set in an expression of firm resolve. The Collector, seeing this, started to hyperventilate and Eda was afraid they might just bolt on her and flee into the woods.
She couldn’t lose them. Not now.
“Owlbert…” she began, but her palisman was way ahead of her, already manifesting their staff.
“Kid,” Eda said, straddling it and leaving room in front of her for a passenger. “Collector, come on. We need to get you somewhere safe until your magic comes back.”
To her relief, The Collector didn’t hesitate, and climbed on ahead of her, eyeing Owlbert with interest.
“Now hold tight,” Eda said, bracing her arm around them as best she could while still holding on. “You don’t have any magic right now and this whole one-hand business means I can’t catch you if you fall.”
The Collector nodded.
“Okay,” they said.
“Gun it, Owlbert!” Eda said, as Eberwolf was almost at the forest’s edge. “But keep it below the radar.”
“Oh for the love of…” Darius began as Eda and The Collector zipped off into the thick and tangled woods. “What is she doing?”
Eberwolf sniffed the air and turned back with a shrug. Even the best tracker on the Boiling Isles (which Eberwolf very much was) would have difficulty following a witch on a staff who was flying very fast and leaving no tracks.
Lilith took to the sky on her own staff, scanning out across the treetops but unable to see below the canopy.
“Oh whyyyyyy does this have to be so complicated,” Raine said, pressing a hand to their face.
“Do we let her go?” Darius asked. “We’re not going to get another chance when The Collector’s powers come back. They’re onto us and I very much doubt they’ll allow for our continued existence.”
“Eda…” Raine said worriedly. “Is a force of chaos herself and…weirdly good with kids for some reason. What if there’s really a chance…”
“Are you,” Darius asked seriously. “Willing to stake the entire Boiling Isles on it? The lives of every single witch and demon living here? Because it’s not just our lives at stake, remember.”
Raine didn’t answer.
They desperately wanted to say ‘Yes!’
They wanted to say that they did trust Eda’s abilities above all else. But…could they really…?
“I’m not disagreeing with you,” Darius continued. “But you know as well as I do what’s at stake.”
“And if I may,” Adrian said huffily. “I know that you are all convinced that this little Collector is genuinely an eternal child or whatever. But . On the off chance that my analysis is correct, and they are a trickster god in the guise of a cute and seemingly-innocent child, it would make sense that they’ve targeted and appealed to the mother figure among us who apparently can’t resist adopting and protecting every single arbitrary child that crosses her path.”
“I…” Raine said.
“And,” Adrian continued before they could say anything further. “If that is indeed the case, then the Owl Lady is in grave danger right now.”
“You’re really trying to manipulate me now, Adrian?” Raine said. “We’re not in the Coven anymore. What did you do to anger The Collector so much that you’re this scared shitless of them.”
“What did I do? The same as anyone else did. Tried to stay in a state compatible with life! If you aren’t scared shitless of The Collector, then you are a fool!”
“Any sign of them?” Darius shouted up at Lilith.
“No, nothing!” Lilith shouted back, face pinched with worry as she hovered in place. “The vegetation is too thick to see anything if they’re keeping to the forest. But I think…I think I know where Eda might be headed.”
***
“Hey, kid?”
“What’sat?” The Collector asked, turning their head slightly from where they’d been focused on the dizzying route that Owlbert was taking through some of the thickest parts of the forest.
“So, uh…” Eda said, trying to quell the grief that was still trying to overtake her. “Do you have a name other than The Collector?”
“Whatcha’ mean?”
“Well, The Collector just seems more like a title than a name.”
“Yeah. They just called me that.”
“But it’s not your name?” Eda pressed on.
“Nope,” The Collector said. “I got a real name, though.”
“Can…can you tell me?”
The Collector leaned into Eda’s arm, but was uncharacteristically quiet.
“You don’t have to tell me yet, if you don’t want to,” Eda said. “I’m just curious.”
There was more silence, punctuated by what sounded almost like a low, quiet laugh.
“Maybe you could tell me why they call you The Collector, then?” Eda asked. “What do you collect?”
For a moment, it seemed like she wasn’t going to get an answer for this, either, but then The Collector spoke in a surprisingly small voice, as if crawling out of whatever headspace they had retreated into took tremendous effort.
“Assets,” they said. “A long time ago.”
“So…not, like, stamps? Or rocks?”
“Don’t…’member,” The Collector muttered.
Owlbert hooted, expertly dodging trees and brush with Eda’s guidance, keeping his passengers well-hidden as he flew unusually close to the ground.
It was much slower than flying directly through the sky would be, but they couldn’t risk being seen.
Eda had gotten better at learning how to balance and fly one-handed, but she was starting to feel some fairly significant soreness from using her muscles just a bit differently. Her arm was definitely cramping up, but she didn’t dare move or readjust since The Collector was leaning on it so heavily now.
“How’s your magic situation?” Eda inquired. “Getting any better?”
“Ugh. Not yet.”
“Well, it probably takes a while.”
“I…I put the last I had left into King. I tried to fix him. I tried so hard to fix him.”
“I know, Collector,” Eda said heavily. “I know you did.”
***
At the base of the huge glacier, an extremely woozy but stable Vee watched as Camila looked up at Luz from where she was taking King’s vitals.
“You’re right, Luz,” she said. “He does still have a pulse. It’s very faint, though, and he’s lost a lot of blood. So we need to work fast. Whatever The Collector did must have preserved internal organ function. I’m pretty sure he’s got a few broken bones but this amount of trauma should have done a lot worse damage.”
“I can help,” Vee began.
“You can help by resting,” Camila told her firmly.
“What can I do?” Luz asked.
“Get me the clippers and my suture pack. And some flush. And maybe…oh I don’t know what injectables would be SAFE for him. I don’t even know his anatomy!”
“I do!” Gus said, hurrying to Camila’s side. “I once made a working model of Titan anatomy all on my own because my project partner dipped out.”
“I know healing,” Emira said, appearing at Gus’ side.
“And I know beast-keeping,” Edric added, from the other side.
Camila handed Emira a tube of sterile gel and Edric a battery-operated clipper.
“Okay, you two can start by shaving around the wounds. Put the gel in those superficial ones so they don’t get full of fur. I’m going to try to get him intubated, and I need someone to give him some breaths once he’s hooked up to oxygen. I assume he breathes oxygen…?”
“I’ll do it,” Luz volunteered.
“Okay,” Camila said. “Gus. Now I need your Titan anatomy lessons.”
“We got you, King,” Luz whispered, although she hardly dared believe the words herself. “You’re gonna’ make it.”
***
Flying so fast, so low to the ground, was taxing, even for a palisman, and Owlbert was weary by the time he arrived with Eda and The Collector at their destination.
“Thanks, Owlbert,” Eda said, her voice sounding almost hollow. “I couldn’t have made it here without you.”
Owlbert trilled tiredly, returning to a still, wooden form.
The Collector dismounted as soon as their feet touched the ground. It wasn’t a particularly graceful maneuver, but they managed, sticking close to Eda as she gently set down her staff.
“This is the Looking Glass Graveyard,” Eda said. “I know it sounds morbid, but hardly anybody knows about this place and the groundskeeper is at Hexside right now, so there won’t be anyone around. You’ll be safe and you can rest here while you charge back up. Plus, the galderstones might give you a boost.”
Eda flexed her arm, working out the cramps and wishing she’d thought to bring some sort of food. Not that she’d expected to go on the run today, but they might be here for some time, depending on how long the whole “charging up” process actually took.
And then…what…?
Thinking about the future stung Eda’s mind like a hundred fire bees, because thinking about the future meant remembering the fact that it didn’t include King.
She couldn’t even begin to process that reality without wanting to scream and fling herself against the stone markers around the graveyard.
King hadn’t even wanted to go through with this stupid plan.
It had been obvious to Eda that he wished there were another option almost as much as she did, but felt pressured by the expectations of those around him, and the idea that this was the only way.
Eda should have just said no, he wasn’t going to do this. He might have been a Titan, but he was still just a kid.
Just a kid…
Eda should have just stayed with The Collector at the Owl House and never let Kikimora or anyone else get to them.
But she hadn’t.
And King had payed the price for it.
She watched, unfocused as The Collector climbed up the nearest stone statue marker and reached for the galderstone, only to have it ripple like water and their fingers pass through it.
With how deep Eda was into her own thoughts, it almost didn’t register what she was seeing, but it hit her just as The Collector pulled their hand away, wearing an expression of confusion.
“Wait,” Eda said. “Get down from there right now. Don’t touch that stone.”
Something wasn’t right.
The Collector looked alarmed, but it wasn’t clear if they were coming to the same conclusion, or if they were just reacting to the sudden sharpness of Eda’s voice.
“Just…come back over here for a second,” Eda said, trying to keep her voice steady. “Don’t touch those galderstones.”
This had been a mistake.
This had been a huge mistake.
To her relief, The Collector dropped down from the statue and hurried back towards her.
“What’s the matter?” they asked.
“We gotta’ go,” Eda said, reaching for their hand, which they pulled away.
“What? But we just got here.”
There was the sound of Adrian swearing and then the whole illusion fell, revealing him alongside Darius, Eberwolf, Raine and Lilith standing just a few feet away, the mirror disc strategically set up on the statue where the illusion of the galderstone had been.
The actual galderstones themselves had been placed in a pile away from the statues.
“Ugh,” Darius said, running a hand over his face. “Great job, Owl Lady. I obviously wanted to make this more difficult for everybody.”
The Collector looked up at Eda with a sharp intake of breath at Darius’ words. The sarcasm was clearly lost on them and their face was the picture of shock and betrayal.
“Whatnow!?” they cried.
“It’s not…” Eda began hurriedly, trying to set things right.
She reached for The Collector, intending to keep them close while she sorted this out, but they darted out of reach, still glaring at her with a heartbreaking, hurt expression.”
“You…” they managed. “You LIED to me AGAIN! You took King from me! Why do you all DO this to me?!?”
“I didn’t!” Eda cried, starting towards The Collector, but only causing them to retreat more. “I didn’t know the others would be here, I swear!”
“LIAR! I HEARD what the Head Witch said, you dummy!”
“Really now,” Adrian said, jumping lithely down from the statue, having climbed it to retrieve the disc. “This has gone on long enough and taken years off my own creativity. Let’s get this over with.”
He stalked towards The Collector, who shrank back but realized that doing so was putting them back in reach of Eda.
“Vernworth, stop!” Eda said sharply. “You’re freaking them out. Collector, come here. Now.”
She pointed at the empty patch of ground beside her.
The Collector looked from her to the still-advancing Adrain, and then took off at a run.
Everyone scrambled after them as they ran aimlessly and panicked through the graveyard, dodging between tangled plants and statues.
“Not so fun when you’re not it, is it?” Adrian said, making an athletic leap and catching them.
The Collector screamed and wiggled free, but was now in a full-on blind panic.
“You’re SCARING them!” Eda shouted, trying to intercept them, but only causing them to change course and veer towards Darius and Raine.
“For Titan’s sake, Adrian,” Darius said as The Collector skidded to a stop in front of them. “The plan wasn’t to terrorize this poor kid.”
“You’re still not listening to what I’ve been telling you,” Adrian said. “They’re just trying to appeal to your weakness because they know they’re cornered and powerless. They stall long enough, their power comes back, and they squash us all into glop.”
The Collector froze, turning to try to run, but finding themself surrounded with nowhere to go.
“Don’t send me back,” they whimpered.
“And now,” Adrian said. “This is the part where the all-powerful chaos demon begs for mercy because they’ve lost, and we see that, beneath the facade, they are but a coward.”
“Adrian!” Raine said. “Shut the FUCK up!”
“This isn’t one of your plays!” Eda snapped.
The Collector wrapped their arms around themself and shrank down, shaking and muttering that they didn’t want to go back over and over and over.
Adrian walked forward and kicked them.
“ADRIAN!”
The Collector gasped in pain, Eda threw a punch at Adrian, Eberwolf tried to intervene and Darius restrained Adrian while Lilith did the same to Eda.
The Collector lay on the ground, in danger of being trampled. They reached out towards the pile of galderstones a short distance away.
“Stop FIGHTING!” Lilith was shouting. “You’re all acting worse than children!”
One of the stones flew from the pile and into The Collector’s waiting hands.
It took everyone a moment to realize exactly what had just happened, and what it meant.
“Their…powers are returning…” Raine said slowly.
Eberwolf yelped and pointed at the galderstone that The Collector was holding to their chest.
Lilith reached for the stone, but The Collector’s eyes flashed and she was flung backwards.
She hit the ground hard, but fortunately nowhere near as hard as she might have if the The Collector were at even a fraction of their full power.
“We’re out of time, Edalyn!” she cried.
“If their power comes back, we’re all dead!” Darius agreed.
The Collector jumped to their feet and sprinted at the pile of galderstones, and Darius made his move, grabbing the mirror from Adrian and diving in front of them.
They collided hard and The Collector’s momentum threw Darius off-balance.
There was a flash of light and The Collector froze, realizing that their outstretched hand was splayed across the surface of the mirror disc.
They pulled their arm back like they’d been burned and stared at their hand in horror.
“Darius!” Eda shouted. “Collector!”
At first she thought it wouldn’t work, that the spell couldn’t be activated without a Titan, but then she was hit by the same realization that was occurring to The Collector.
Their hands were still covered in dried blood.
King’s blood.
Titan’s blood.
The disc glowed with a bright blue-white light.
The Collector bolted, making it only a few feet before the light caught them, tripping them up as it swirled around their feet.
“NO!” they screamed. “Nonononono! NO! Not again! I don’t WANT to go back!”
They looked imploringly at Darius, who was backing away slowly.
“HELP!” they screamed at him reaching out a hand. “HELP ME!”
“I hate this,” Darius muttered, looking away.
“NO! COME BACK!”
The Collector scrabbled at the ground as the light swam up their legs and formed a vortex back into the mirror.
“NO! STOP!”
They clawed at empty air.
Only it wasn’t empty.
Their hand was caught by another, which wrapped around theirs firmly and tightly.
“I gotcha’, kid,” Eda said. “You’re okay. It’s gonna’ be okay. I got you.”
Her voice was steady, calm. At odds with the fear in her eyes.
The Collector’s other hand found hers as well, fingernails digging in.
“DON’T LET GO! DON’T LET GO!” they begged, holding on and fighting with everything they had to pull free of the light that was now threatening to engulf their torso. “I DON’T WANT TO GO BACK! HELP ME! SAVE ME! I DON’T WANNA’ BE ALONE AGAIN!”
“Not. Letting. Go,” Eda said, her grip strong as the pulled against the force that was drawing the Collector back towards the mirror. “Don’t you let go either.”
As if there were a chance of that. The Collector’s fingernails were digging into her hand so hard now that they were drawing blood.
Their eyes met hers, wide, glowing, terrified.
“Don’t let me go! Don’t let me go back there!”
Eda planted her feet and leaned back, really wishing she had use of both of her arms as she pulled with all of her might and still made no progress.
She swore as her feet were dragged forward, heels leaving ruts in the dirt and leaf litter.
The Collector let out a frightened sob.
“I don’t wanna’ go back there, I hate it there! I DON’T WANNA’ BE ALONE! YOU SAID YOU WOULDN’T LEAVE ME ALONE AGAIN! YOU PROMISED! YOU PROMISED!”
“I’m. Trying,” Eda said, making one more attempt to pull The Collector free of the force of the light.
“IT’S NOT WORKING!” The Collector screamed as the pull from the mirror only increased.
Eda swore as she and The Collector both slid closer to the source of the vortex.
The Collector’s grip slipped just enough for them to leave deep scratches in Eda’s hand as they fought to maintain their grip.
“No,” they whimpered. “No, no, no. Stop. MAKE IT STOP.”
In an instant, Eda made a decision.
“Alright kid,” she said. “New plan. I promised I wasn’t going to leave you alone again, so I’m not going to. I’m coming with you.”
“What?” The Collector asked, no longer able to do anything but hold onto her. “What?”
“This spell is too strong. I can’t pull you free of it, but I’m not going to leave you, either. I’m going with you into that mirror, okay.”
“You…You’re what? You are?”
“Just hang on. It’s gonna’ be okay.”
Eda wanted to readjust her grip, but didn’t dare for fear of losing it altogether.
The force of the vortex was stronger than ever but this time Eda wasn’t going to fight it.
She allowed it to pull The Collector in, and herself along with them, letting the now-blinding light engulf them both.
The Collector screamed.
For a moment, Eda felt weightless, surrounded by the brightness.
The Collector’s grip on her hand was fierce.
She felt an odd swooping sensation as if she were falling fast from a great height, and then…
Her hand collided with a hard, cold surface and she felt The Collector’s grip slip once again, further gashing her flesh.
“NO!”
Eda’s hand had stopped short at the surface of the mirror and it was apparent that, for her, it was solid and impenetrable.
Of course. There was a fail-safe in place, so the wrong target wouldn’t be imprisoned.
“DON’T LEAVE ME!” The Collector screamed, their voice distant and echoing, as they were already on the other side, save for their hands, which held Eda’s tight against the surface of the mirror. “DON’T LEAVE ME! I DON’T WANNA’ BE ALONE! YOU PROMISED!”
Eda couldn’t do anything, couldn’t pass through the mirror, couldn’t pull The Collector back through, couldn’t (wouldn’t) let go.
Suddenly The Collector’s hands flickered from solid to grey shadows that slipped from her like mist, vanishing into the mirror.
“NO!”
The light swirled back into the disc as well, leaving Eda staring at her own distraught reflection, eyes trying to adjust to the darkness of the graveyard.
Behind her, there was yelling.
“Now, Raine! NOW!”
“I…I can’t.”
“RAINE!”
“Not like this.”
“You HAVE to!”
“Not like this!”
Eda stared at her hand, now covered in deep, bleeding scratches. She could still feel the ghost of warm pressure where The Collector had been clinging to her.
Whole arm shaking, she picked up the disc. It was surprisingly heavy.
“DO IT, RAINE!” came the shouting from behind. “IT’S THE ONLY WAY!”
Eda opened her mouth to tell Raine please no, don’t do this.
“THIS IS THE SACRIFICE WE HAVE TO MAKE FOR EVERYONE ON THE ISLES! DO IT! DO IT NOW!”
Eda’s strength was gone. She could barely hold the mirror.
And then there came a haunting, whistling note, a piercing tone from behind her.
The mirror shattered in Eda’s hands.
It did not break into shards, but rather disintegrated into vaguely luminous sand that poured through her fingers into a soft pile on the ground below.
And that was it.
Eda was left standing above a small pile of sand, a deafening silence around her that might as well have stretched out to the furthest reaches of the world.
Slowly, she turned around to face the stares of her companions.
No one spoke a word.
No one even knew what to say.
Raine had a hand across their mouth, wearing a horrified look. They quickly averted their eyes when Eda tried to meet them.
There was so much that could be said, but even more that couldn’t be, or didn’t need to be.
Then, without uttering a word, Eda turned and walked away, boots crunching softly as she left the Looking Glass Graveyard.
Darius’ knees hit the ground and he buried his face in his hands.
Eberwolf began to cry, almost uncontrollably.
Raine, hand still over their mouth, sat down hard.
Adrian stared expressionlessly at the pile of sand.
They had won.
It didn’t feel like winning.
“What,” Lilith said, her voice breaking. “Have we done?”
***
There was stunned silence at the kitchen table.
“That,” Luz said. “Was so much worse than I imagined.”
“It was almost midnight by the time Alador found me,” Eda said. “And told me that you were alive, King.”
“I…” King said, almost at a loss for words. “And you never told me any of this?”
“Or me,” Luz said. “I had to put it together from context clues.”
“Everyone was already back at Hexside by the time I got there,” Eda said. “I…I didn’t know how much they told you.”
“Just that The Collector was defeated and trapped again, and that the mirror was pulverized,” Luz said. “They were super weird about it and said not to ask for details. Darius said it was really important to be gentle to you, Eda. I never really understood what that was about until now.”
“Decisions were made,” Eda said. “Maybe not the best ones, but I'm not holding onto any ill feelings towards anyone but Adrian. The others…they were trying to save the world just like the rest of us. There aren’t any heroes or winners in a situation like that.”
“Oh man,” Luz said. “This is kind of my fault, huh.”
“What?” Eda said. “How in the world is this on you?”
“Trapping The Collector back in the mirror was my idea.”
“Your idea?” King said. “That was my idea too. We share the blame on this one.”
“Look,” Eda said. “Things happened they way they happened, and there’s no use getting all bogged down in hypotheticals. What matters is what we do next.”
She looked over at the window.
“So,” King said, following her gaze to the jar of sand on the windowsill. “That’s…”
“That’s what’s left of The Collector’s mirror. It took a while to get hold of it, but naturally it’s not something a bunch of paranoid Coven Heads would want left lying on the ground. They had it locked up in storage.”
“Won’t somebody notice it’s missing?” Luz asked.
“They haven’t yet,” Eda snorted. “I doubt anyone’s paying that close attention. After all, who’d be crazy enough to try and re-forge the mirror and re-establish contact with The Collector.”
“I should have known,” Luz said. “From the moment you asked me to get you a glass-making book.”
“You’re going to fix the mirror,” King said. “Aren’t you?”
“I should have told you sooner, King,” Eda said. “I just wasn’t sure how to, or how you’d take it.”
“I’m not sure how I’m taking it, either,” King admitted.
“That’s a valid reaction,” Luz told him.
“If we can recreate the mirror from the remains,” Eda said. “The Collector should be able to project themself through without danger of them harming any of us.”
“So…” King said. “You’re not planning on actually letting them out?”
“Darius was pretty adamant about that,” Luz said. “If his whole super-not-cryptic ‘don’t let the instrument out of the case’ speech was anything to go by. So my guess is, The Collector will be out of the mirror within the week.”
Eda laughed.
“Well,” she said. “We’ve…got to establish some ground rules first. I doubt The Collector trusts me at all anymore, if they ever really did. And I don’t trust them not to turn us all into exploding confetti the moment they get free.
“No, this is a compromise. It’s the safest way to get them some social contact beyond their prison and ensure all of our safety while we try to build some sort of connection and trust - if that’s even possible.”
“You obviously think it is,” Luz said.
“I hope it is, Luz. Right now all I can think about is the fact that this poor kid is in two-dimensional solitary confinement with no hope of escape. And they still think you’re dead, King.”
“Ouch,” King said. “I'm not sure how much I want to have to do with this twerp, Eda, but I never wanted to hurt them.”
“The re-forging spell we’ve been working on,” Eda said. “Should be performed tomorrow night under the waxing crescent moon. Uhhhh, sorry for the short notice, King.”
“That soon, huh?” King said.
“Like I said, should have told you sooner.”
“Yeah, no kidding. But…for what it’s worth, I think you’re doing the right thing.”
“Well!” Luz said, a bit too brightly, seeing the look on Eda’s face. “We all obviously have a lot to think about, and it’s getting late. We’re going to need allllll our wits about us tomorrow, so I say we call it a night.”
“Ah, you’re probably right,” Eda said heavily.
She hugged Luz and King in turn, relieved that the full truth was finally out there, but not sure if it entirely made her feel better.
“Good night you weird little dorks,” she said fondly.
They hurried off, leaving Eda to linger for a few more moments in the candlelit kitchen.
Before heading to bed herself, she placed her hand atop the jar in the window.
“Hang in there, kid,” she whispered. “We’re coming for you."
Chapter 12
Summary:
In which there is a different kind of moonlight conjuring.
Notes:
Hey all!
It's been a minute and I'll start by apologizing for the delay in getting this chapter out to you. I had every intention of posting it on schedule, but I ended up having a wild on-call week working emergency cases for several nights in a row. As I said on tumblr, the work is rewarding and the pay is good, but it's not conducive to having the time or mental energy for writing and editing.
But, at long last, the new chapter is here! I had initially thought of it very much as the final chapter of Arc One, but during my writing of it, I realized it also really works for the opening of Arc Two. So it can be considered both.
A couple of notes on the update schedule. There will be a bit of a hiatus before the next chapter is up, but I hope to get back to a regular schedule soon (although it will likely be once a week posting).
Y'all have been so nice and your comments always make my day (and my week in a lot of cases!). Thanks as always for coming along on this ride.
Alice
Chapter Text
The early morning sounds of Bonesborough were returning, even if the landscape itself had changed dramatically and the constellations fading with the dawn were all rearranged and unfamiliar.
Eda sat on the edge of the chasm where the grudgby field had once been, legs swinging out into empty space as she watched the sky brighten and the horizon begin to glow with color.
Behind her, she heard the crunch of familiar footsteps approaching.
“You’re up early, Eda.”
“I didn’t sleep,” Eda replied simply.
Raine sighed.
“I know I hurt you,” they said. “Again. And I understand if you don’t want to see me anymore. But I thought you should know that King is starting to come around.”
“He’s awake?” Eda turned quickly to look at Raine, but they still wouldn’t meet her eyes.
“He’s not awake -awake, but he’s responding to things. Camila says that it might be some weeks before he fully recovers.”
“Well that’s better than I could have hoped for,” Eda said, looking back to face the sunrise.
Raine turned to leave.
“Raine, wait,” Eda said, stopping them in their tracks.
“Eda…”
“I don’t want to lose you too.”
Raine took a step closer to the edge and stood beside Eda, looking down at the dizzying drop before them.
“I…don’t want to lose you again, either,” they admitted. “Before the Day Of Unity, I even thought that if we managed to win against Belos, then maybe…” their voice trailed off. “It doesn’t matter. I still betrayed you in a way. And I know it doesn’t make up for it, but I am sorry.”
“Well I can’t say I’m not hurt,” Eda said. “And I’m trying not to think about what happened to that poor kid. But I understand why you did it. I…I don’t resent you for it, Raine. You were trying to save the whole demon realm.”
“This whole heroism business?” Raine said, making a face. “It flat-out sucks. The things I’ve had to do, the things I know that Darius had to do before we were allies? I’m tired of being the hero, Eda. I want to be something else now.”
Ordinarily, Eda would have made some comment asking if this meant Raine was considering a career in villainy but, this particular morning, she was just too tired.
“Do you know what you’re going to do?” she asked instead.
Raine shook their head.
“I haven’t thought much beyond breakfast.”
“Well,” Eda said, pushing herself backwards away from the pit and scrambling up, only to find Raine already helping her. “I’m going to go see King again, right now. But when he’s good to go home, I’m planning to go back to the Owl House. If…”
It was Eda’s turn to look away, unable to stop the flush of color she knew was rising on her cheeks.
“If you need somewhere to stay,” she went on. “I…I’m sure I…we could use a bit of extra help getting the place livable again.
Eda felt a warm hand follow the flush, Raine’s thumb brushing against her cheek as they gently turned her face towards them.
“Are you asking what I think you are?”
“I…” Eda said, hardly daring to breathe. “I wanna’ try again, Rainestorm. If you do.”
“Well, in that case,” Raine said with a surprisingly shy smile. “Can I, uh…?”
“Raine, it’s been a hellacious few weeks, and I’m tired of thinking. If you wanna’ kiss me, then shut up and do it already.”
***
The light of a different morning awoke Eda, and she blinked blearily, her focus falling on the stained glass windows as she tried to collect her thoughts and feelings, and remember what was happening in the present.
“Back in the waking world at last,” Raine said from beside her in the nest. “Took you long enough, this being the big day and all.”
The big day…
It had been nearly two months since The Collector had been locked away, slightly less than that since Eda’s return to the Owl House with King, Luz, Hunter, Hooty and Raine. Even less since Raine had approached Eda to directly address what had been so long unspoken, and ask to stay at the Owl House in a more permanent capacity.
And this, if things went according to plan, was the last morning that The Collector would be sealed away from the inhabitants of the house.
Eda wasn’t sure exactly what time it was, but she knew it was unusual for Raine to sleep in this late. Most days, they were up and about long before Eda - a holdover habit from their years of working for the Emperor.
“You manage to sleep off all that Coven Head nonsense from yesterday?” Eda asked.
“Agh, don’t remind me,” Raine said. “I was ready to quit . Trying to make any headway with the likes of Terra and Adrian feels like beating my head against a wall. We aren’t making any progress with anything.”
“Yeah, you were a real grump yesterday.”
“I felt like a grump,” Raine said with a chuckle. “Thanks for putting up with me.”
“Hey, it’s the least I can do. You put up with me every day.”
“Putting up with you is the highlight of my day.”
“Aw, stop.”
They both laughed and Eda yawned and stretched, not feeling particularly glamorous as she sat up, but feeling very glad that Raine was there with her.
This was the big day, and she wasn’t sure if the twinge she was feeling in her stomach was from excitement or anxiety.
Maybe she just needed to eat something. That’s what King would say.
Eda and Raine made their way downstairs together and, by the sounds emanating from the living room, Luz, King and Hooty were already up.
“Did Luz cover everything in ice glyphs or something?’ Eda said, shivering and wrapping her pink shirt closer. “It’s freezing down here.”
The chill, it turned out, was coming from Luz’s portal door, which was wide open in the middle of the living room, letting in the thin and almost-sickly-looking light of yet another sunrise. The human realm sun fell upon Hooty, who was wrapped around Luz and King as they all snuggled under several heavy blankets.
They were watching a video on Luz’s phone, from which was coming the tinny voice of a man that Eda didn’t recognize.
“These chickens,” said the voice on the phone screen. “As you can so clearly see, were NOT killed by any natural predators currently found in Connecticut.”
“What,” Eda said, walking over to peer over her kids’ shoulders. “Are you two watching?”
“Morning, Eda,” Luz said, holding up the phone so Eda could see a shakily-recorded image on the screen, showing a number of eviscerated birds lying in blood-soaked snow.
The video’s description read ‘Gravesfield poultry MASSACRE with video PROOF. Not wild animals! Is ABBAGOOCHIE responsible? DNR COVER-UP?!? NOT clickbait.’
“Wait,” Eda said. “Is this that Jacob guy? Why are you even watching his nonsense?”
“That’s what I asked!” Lilith called from the kitchen.
“Jacob guy?” Raine asked. “The museum curator you told me about? And what’s a chicken?”
“Looks like a weird type of bird-thing,” Eda said, squinting at the phone screen.
“IIIII’m a weird type of bird-thing!” Hooty cried. “What if the chickens are my long-lost relatives? What if that is my FAMILY dead in the snow? If we venture to the human realm, those abbagoochies will know my WRAAAAAAAAAATH!!!!”
“And MINE!” King cried.
“Relax,” Luz said. “There’s no such thing as abbagoochies. They’re a hoax from like twenty years ago. Jacob’s just losing his mind, same as usual.”
“But the chickens,” King said.
“Were probably killed by a hungry weasel or a coyote or something. There’s not a lot for wild animals to eat there this time of year.”
Eda and Raine looked through the portal to the forests of the human realm.
Most of the trees had lost their leaves and the ground was covered in heavy frost and patches of snow. Behind the trees, the sun hung low on the horizon, its weak light shining through the bare branches.
“It’s the shortest day of the year in Connecticut,” Luz said.
“Sure it isn’t the coldest?” Eda asked. “I know you’re using the wifi, but you really need to close that door. It’s colder than the Knee in here.”
Luz, blanket wrapped firmly around her, reached out to knock the portal door closed.
“Sorry, King,” she said. “Hooty. We’ll have to watch the conclusion of Jacob’s thrilling video later.”
“He really needs to learn to hold his camera steady,” King said.
“And not scream at every noise,” Hooty added.
Even with all the windows open, it took a while for the cold air to filter out of the house. Everyone ate breakfast wrapped in blankets and sweatshirts, and went over the details of their plan.
“You know,” Lilith said to Eda and Raine teasingly. “If you two wanted a kid, you could have chosen a number of much less complicated routes to achieve that goal.”
“As if Eda and I would ever take the conventional route,” Raine scoffed.
“Especially,” Eda said. “Since we want a very specific kid.”
“Exactly,” Raine said. “They have to be chaos incarnate, or else what’s the point.”
“You’re chaos incarnate,” Lilith muttered, but the look on her face was pure fondness.
“Exactly,” Eda said.
As Eda sipped her second cup of morning apple blood and looked over her notes for the spellwork, it occurred to her that she had created something unprecedented.
It was a shame that she herself could not take part in the casting of the spell.
***
The day passed in a flurry of activity.
Edric arrived with Amity, who was also in the know, Luz having confided in her about Eda’s intentions very early on.
“This just seems like the kind of thing you’d all come up with,” Amity said as she and Luz made a large perimeter circle of fire sage in the yard. “But it’s not like I don’t approve of what you’re trying to do. I actually think it’s really sweet and brave. A little bit terrifying, but that’s not the point.”
Edric enthusiastically told Eda about the residual energy readings he’d taken on the music box.
“There’s a definitive imprint,” he said. “And get this - it’s really similar to readings I took earlier this year on one of the library books that was animated by the Wailing Star! So that kind of supports your theory that The Collector’s magic is astrological.”
“That makes sense,” Eda said. “From what I’ve heard, Draining Spell that Belos used to tap into the eclipse was given to him by The Collector.”
“And you’re bringing this creature into your house?” Edric said. “Amity’s right that you’re brave, but you’re also out of your mind.”
He didn’t sound upset about it. In fact, his voice was awed.
“You better believe it, Blight Brother,” Eda laughed.
“It would be interesting,” Edric said, stroking his chin. “To get hold of an object that was animated in a Moonlight Conjuring and see if it also has similar readings to the book and the music box.”
“Oh,” Eda said. “You could test this house then.”
“This house?”
“Yep! Luz animated it during a Moonlight Conjuring with Willow and Gus.”
“The whole house??”
“That’s…impressive,” Lilith said, wandering over. “I couldn’t help but overhear this fascinating conversation. Astrological magic has long been incorporated into various practices, but if it was ever used as a primary spell component, all record of that has been lost. Belos actively discouraged its use.”
“Wonder why,” Eda muttered. “And you sound like you just ate a textbook, Lily.”
The sun in the human realm had already long set by the time the one in the Boiling Isles began to sink below the horizon.
It looked like it was going to be a clear night, and everything was shaping up to be ideal for working under the light of the moon.
While the household busied itself with preparation, one member was conspicuously absent from the proceedings.
It had been unanimously agreed that King should not take part in the working, so as not to risk The Collector being freed accidentally. No one knew exactly how Titan magic worked, least of all King himself.
So, as evening turned to dusk and the shadows from the trees grew long and then faded, King perched in the window of the loft with Eda and Lilith and watched with them as everyone else gathered in the yard below.
Eda couldn’t believe the time had finally come.
She was putting all her trust in the family she had created for herself.
Like King, neither Eda or Lilith could actually take part in the casting of the spell they had created, as the curse that they now shared would most likely corrupt it.
The circle of fire sage was as much to protect the working from Eda and Lilith’s influence as anything else.
Still, it was almost painful for Eda not to be involved. As she held out the jar containing the remnants of The Collector’s mirror, for Raine to take, she was very aware of just how much trust she was also handing them.
So, as the sun set and while the others busied themselves with preparations, Eda closed her eyes and turned inwards.
There was still someone she needed to talk to, and they’d been actively avoiding her for weeks.
Over time, diving down had become much less intimidating, but Eda still had to follow her subconscious deeper than usual to locate where the Owl Beast was hiding.
At one point, she might have welcomed the fact that the Beast had buried themself so far down, and it certainly did make her life a lot simpler. However, much had changed and ever since Eda had formed a connection with the Beast, she sympathized greatly with the animal that had been cursed to share her mind and body.
Eda had known that the Owl Beast actively disapproved of bringing the creature who had cursed them back into their lives, and was downright terrified of the prospect.
Unlike Luz and King, the Beast couldn’t so easily be reasoned with, nor could they grasp any nuances of the situation or hold any empathy towards The Collector.
So the Beast had taken to hiding, holed up quietly at the back of Eda’s mind.
It took her a while to coax the creature towards her, and they approached her thoughts hesitantly.
“Hey there,” she said, extending a palm and realizing that, in her mind, she still had both her hands.
The Owl Beast sniffed her outstretched palm and made a clicking sound with their beak.
Eda clicked back, wondering what she was saying. Undoubtedly, she was doing it wrong, as this only seemed to elicit confused amusement from the Beast.
She ran the ghost of her right hand through their feathers.
“I’m not going to let any harm come to you,” Eda said.
The Beast gave her a thought, telling her that they, the enemy would harm them. The enemy should stay away. They didn’t want it there.
“I don’t fully understand your history with The Collector…” Eda said.
They were the enemy, the Owl Beast insisted, frustrated that they couldn’t get this point across. The enemy caught them, hurt them. The enemy was scary.
“I know,” Eda said. “But maybe we can find out more. I don’t think The Collector understands what they did.”
The Owl Beast, through a series of thoughts and emotions rather than words, repeated once again that the enemy had hurt them.
“They’re just a kid,” Eda said.
The Owl Beast didn’t care. The enemy’s age was of no importance to them.
“Right now,” Eda said. “They’re scared and trapped and alone. Kind of like you were.”
The Beast couldn’t make the connection. Instead there was only fear that the enemy might hurt them again.
“You’re safe,” Eda insisted. “They won’t hurt you. I won’t let them. I’ll keep you both safe.”
The Beast nudged her hand, trusting her yet not believing her.
They disapproved, and made no secret of the fact that they intended very much to keep hiding.
Eda blinked back to herself. The sun had set.
Down in the yard, in the center of the fire-sage circle that Luz and Amity had made, Edric gathered a swarm of fire-bees around a pile of kindling, where they buzzed happily below a grate.
Atop the grate, Luz placed a flat, circular makeshift forge.
“Hooty,” Amity asked. “Did you check the perimeter?”
“Hoot-firmative!” Hooty cried. “Perimeter secure! We’re clear to proceed with Operation Rescue The Scariest Child In The Known Universe! Luz! Light the fire saaaaaaaaaage!”
Luz tapped a fire glyph over the sage, and the circle flared to life with bright, dancing flames.
“Somehow,” Luz said. “I think Johnny Cash would approve.”
“I don’t know who that is,” Amity said.
“You gotta’ start listening to Eda’s CD collection.”
“Burrrrrrrrn fire saaaaaaaage!” Hooty howled. “Light up the darkness with your protective powersssssssss!”
“That is impressive,” Lilith said, looking down on the scene from the house.
“The moon’s almost overhead,” Eda observed.
“How are the fire bees?” Amity asked Edric from within the circle.
“Hot,” Edric said. “I think we’re about ready.”
“Want me to spicy-toss the forge?” Luz asked.
“Have at it.”
Raine turned to look up at the window and give Eda a smile.
It was time.
Luz and Owlbert took flight, and Amity and followed close behind, staying within the perimeter of the fiery circle, flying in a counterclockwise formation up towards the moon, which was now directly overhead.
At the same time, Edric began encouraging the fire bees to circle within the pit, also in a counter-clockwise direction. At first they were hesitant, but Edric was patient and persuasive and soon he had them doing exactly what he wanted.
The smoke from the bees and from the fire-sage began to swirl upwards in the same direction.
The moon shone down through the center of the smoke, directly onto the forge. The surface itself glowed red.
“Great job everyone!” Hooty called. “Keep it up!”
Raine took a deep breath, looking from where the moon hung in the sky to where its light fell in the center of the circle.
With a silent prayer, perhaps to the entity whose isolation they were seeking to end, they opened the jar in their hands and poured the contents onto the forge.
They then produced, of all things, a pan flute and played a long, steady note directly at the sand, causing it to vibrate as it melted.
Eda felt the sound waves hum from where she and Lilith were perched in the window.
Raine played the note as loudly and strongly as they could, willing it to return the melting sand to its original glass composition, asking that the moon would bring it back as well.
The molten substance on the forge began to knit together and, as Edric watched, he could have sworn it was also flowing around in the direction of the smoke and bees.
“I wish I could see what was going on in there,” Lilith lamented, as the smoke grew heavier and obscured Raine and Edric from view.
Eda wasn’t sure whether she was frustrated or glad she couldn’t see.
The suspense was almost too much.
She looked at the moon above, waxing, growing, returning.
“Ooooooohhh!” Hooty said, weaving back and forth, trying to get a look beyond the smoke. “I think we’re getting resuuuuuults!”
Eda looked over at him sharply.
“It’s working?” she asked.
“Don’t act so surprised, Eda,” Hooty said. “You combined chaos with the moon . What did you expect?”
The music died down and Edric could be heard calling for Luz and Amity, who dove swooped down.
“It needs a minute to cool,” Raine was saying.
For Eda, the suspense dragged the moment out longer than it felt like it should have lasted.
A minute, figurative or otherwise, could be an eternity.
Time itself could be a distorted concept, and nowhere was this more true than in the gloomy dream-like space between realms.
The Collector didn’t know how long they’d been lying at the base of their suspended confinement, staring blankly at the same spot on the greenish material that walled the liminal.
It could have been minutes, could have been hours.
It could have been years.
A few cubes, windows to other worlds if only The Collector could physically touch them, drifted in and out of view, tantalizing, taunting.
The Collector couldn’t physically touch anything, even the walls of their prison, which they were repetitively stroking their fingers against.
They had been absently doing this for a long time, perhaps days.
Although their fingers met resistance every time they ran them across the barrier, they couldn’t feel it at all. Being relegated to a flat shadow without tangible form, they experienced no physical sensation.
That, in and of itself, was agony.
The movement of the unreachable cubes was the only break in the monotony.
The Collector lay motionless except for the motion of their fingers.
At some point, maybe sooner, maybe later, it would all get to be too much again, and they would flip out, swooping and spinning in their tiny space, flinging themself at the barrier, even knowing all too well that it was futile.
And eventually, after their thrashing and fighting yielded no results, they would lie here once again, defeated and zoned out, staring into liminal space.
This pattern had been repeating itself over and over.
Anger and despair lived hand in hand, flowing into each other until the two emotions were, at times, indistinguishable.
There had been hope once, twice?
The Collector had trouble remembering, even though the ring of shattered and broken mirror remains did serve as a constant reminder of certain events, and the fact that all hope was now lost.
When there had still been intact mirrors left there had been hope. Even when the mirrors themselves were left buried for hundreds of thousands of years and the Collector had been left truly alone, there had been a way out if someone would only find them.
The Collector had watched the last one, their last hope, shatter moments after being trapped once again. After they had finally tasted freedom, after they had actually believed they wouldn’t be alone.
It had been too much to bear, but they’d been forced to endure it anyway - screaming, pleading, crying, threatening and throwing themself against the edge of their prison, refusing to accept their fate.
It had gone on for a long, long time, the screaming, until The Collector finally wore themself out mentally and collapsed onto the lower curve of their prison sphere and curled in on themself, sobbing and sobbing and sobbing.
It had provided no relief, and The Collector wasn’t even sure how long it had been.
For the time being, they had retreated into a withdrawn state, expression glazed.
They were so distant from themself and their surroundings, that they didn’t even notice the irregular movement of the shattered mirror dust as it circled them.
There might have been the sound of muffled voices, but they couldn’t be sure. There always seemed to be snippets of voices in the liminal, lost conversations, perhaps things halfway thought but never actually said, doomed to echo forever in limbo.
Or, the voices could truly have been from the demon realm, where Eda, Lilith right behind her, was racing down the stairs and out the front door as Raine called to her.
Raine was stepping across the smoldering fire sage, presenting Eda with a newly-forged mirror disc that looked so much like the original that it might as well have been the original.
“I can’t believe that actually worked,” Amity said. “Remind me never to have you as my enemy, Eda.”
“Hey, I helped ,” Edric interjected. “Give me some credit, Mittens.”
“Yes,” Eda said. “You’re smarter and more powerful than you know, Blight Brother. I know you’ll be unstoppable.”
“I…” Edric didn’t seem to know what to say to this. “That’s really nice of you.”
“Eda’s the most powerful witch on the Boiling Isles,” Luz said proudly. “Magic or no magic. Who else would just create a spell like that and have it work perfectly right out of the gate when we cast it?”
“Hey, I just made the plan,” Eda said. “Raine has perfected bard magic like no other witch I’ve ever known. Doing what they just did takes confidence and intent that most witches couldn’t dream of. And don’t sell yourself short either, kiddo. You’ve grown in your own magic by leaps and bounds. No doubt you’ll surpass me quite soon if you haven’t already.”
Luz practically glowed with the praise.
The smoke from the fire sage filled the yard and obscured the sky.
Eda turned her attention to the mirror disc that Raine was holding.
“How does it work?” she asked.
“You tell me,” Raine said.
“I don’t know,” Lilith said. “Phillip had it but we never saw him use it.”
“Maybe The Collector has to be summoned,” Luz said.
“Hello?” Eda said to the disc. “Collector? Are you there?”
There was no response.
“Hey, kid? It’s…it’s the Owl Lady. Can you hear me?”
Still no answer.
“HOOT!” Hooty yelled, stretching out from the door to put his face close to the disc. “Show yourself, you little space gremlin, before I just eat this mirror!”
“No one’s eating the mirror, Hooty,” Luz said.
“Maybe we should ask King how he summoned them,” Lilith said.
“King has Titan magic, though,” Luz said. “Maybe he summoned them with that.”
Eda reached out tentatively and touched the mirror.
She felt a sudden warmth at her fingertips, and a soft, blue glow rose from where they made contact.
Without a moment’s thought, she splayed her whole hand across the surface.
Light shone out between her fingers, a circle of moon phases and stars were suddenly projected against the smoke.
And out of the mirror flowed a dark shadow, momentarily formless and smoke-like itself, but shouting all the same in a loud and familiar voice.
“Collector!” Eda cried.
The shadow condensed into the form of The Collector, or at least a black-and-white caricature of their silhouette.
They floated in the air, looking momentarily surprised to find themself here.
“What?” they cried, their voice echoing strangely.
“Collector,” Eda said. “Are you okay?”
The Collector looked around until their eyes fell on Eda.
“YOU!” they shouted. “What do YOU want, you TRAITOR?!?”
It was not, perhaps, the greeting that Eda had hoped for, but it wasn’t unexpected either.
“I want to make sure you’re okay…” she began worriedly.
“Okay?” The Collector asked incredulously, even though they seemed momentarily tripped up by Eda’s inquiry. “OKAY?! After you PUT ME IN HERE!”
“I’m sorry,” Eda said calmly. “I never wanted that to happen. But I’m fulfilling my promise now. You’re safe with us.”
“Your PROMISE?!? You promised I WOULDN’T GET PUT BACK IN HERE! You LIED!”
“It was out of my control,” Eda said. “I would have done anything not to have that happen. But I promised you wouldn’t be alone, and I’m making good on that now.”
“Yeah RIGHT. You left me alone for, like, a million years.”
It had been closer to two months but, at the end of the day, the length of time didn’t really matter.
“And we’ve been spending that time looking for a way to bring you back here,” Raine said.
The Collector’s form flashed, and they grew in size, looming menacingly above Raine.
“I know you! You’re the one who broke my last tablet! You’re…”
“And they’re the one who fixed it!” Luz interjected.
“I mean you no harm,” Raine said, extending a hand, unafraid of the giant shadow. “Raine Whispers. I’m glad to finally meet you.”
“Ugh, go be formal to someone who actually cares,” The Collector said, rolling their eyes and shrinking back to their normal size, hanging upside-down in the air above them. “And you! And YOU! AND YOU!”
They pointed at Luz, Amity and Lilith, and then at Edric who shrunk back and tried to make himself scarce.
The Collector balled their hands into fists and shook them furiously.
“You all BETRAYED me!” they screamed.
They reached towards Eda, their hands growing into huge claws, which raked against her face harmlessly.
“You’re all a bunch of LIAR-LIARS and I HATE ALL OF YOU! Just WAIT until I get out of here! THEN you’ll be sorry!”
“Hey,” Amity said quietly to Luz. “Do you think it might help if…?”
“Amity, you’re a genius!” Luz said, grabbing her and kissing her cheek. “You’re absolutely right! That’s a great idea! Give me, like, two seconds!”
And she ran off towards the house, leaving a very red and slightly confused Amity standing in the yard.
“I didn’t even say…” Amity began. “I’ll…I’ll just wait here then.”
She turned back to look at The Collector, who was shifting forms between a shadowy silhouette of the Owl Beast, and Belos’ more monstrous shape, for some reason.
“YOU LYING FIBBERS ARE ALL THE SAME!” they were screaming.
Eda didn’t flinch, nor did she seem to feel that The Collector’s behavior was entirely uncalled-for.
It was fast becoming clear, however, that she had her work cut out for her.
“I understand if you feel that way,” Eda said. “But it’s not true. I…we actually care about you and we want to help you. I know you’re scared…”
“Scared?!? I’m not scared! You should be scared”
The Collector curled their hands back into vicious claws again.
“...but you’re safe now,” Eda continued. “You’re not alone anymore. See? You’re with us. We’re here for you.”
For a brief instant, The Collector dropped their gaze, as if considering this possibility. They withdrew their claws, which shrank back to normal hands.
Normal, that is, for a projected shadow of their true physical form.
“Wanna’ bet?! I’m not STUPID, Owl Lady! After the trouble you all went to, to lock me up?” They tapped their chin. “You must need me for something. Well, I’m not helping you. Never, never, never not ever.”
The Collector floated in the air directly in front of Eda, glaring daggers at her.
Despite being able to morph their shadow into practically any form imaginable, their more simple shape didn’t allow for much beyond basic, almost-cartoonish facial expressions.
And the expression they were currently giving Eda consisted of an over-exaggerated frown.
They put their hands on their hips.
“You listen real good, here, Owl Lady,” they said. “You better watch your back. ‘Cuz I’m gonna’ get outta’ here, aaaaaaaand theeeennnnnn…’
They deliberately raised a finger and tapped it at Eda’s nose.
“Bzzzzzzzzzzt!” The Collector said.
Their frown flashed to a wide grin and they held their sides, cackling loudly.
Raine rolled their eyes, but looked a bit worried.
Lilith just gave Eda a look that seemed to be asking ‘Are you out of your mind?’
Eda started to speak but, before she could get a word out, The Collector abruptly stopped laughing.
They were staring behind Eda and Lilith at something back in the direction of the house, their mouth hanging open.
“Oh,” Raine said, noticing.
“Oh?” Edric asked, and then, understanding, added “Oh.”
Eda turned to see Luz silhouetted in the warm light pouring out of the door of The Owl House, which Hooty was holding open.
But it wasn’t Luz, or even Hooty that The Collector had zeroed in on.
Rather, it was the small creature that Luz was holding in her arms.
“Uh…hi, Collector,” the creature in question said, a bit nervously. “Welcome…home?”
The Collector’s voice sounded completely broken as they spoke.
“....King?”
Chapter 13
Summary:
Being dropped into a lively household after months of solitary confinement can be incredibly disorienting for a kid.
Notes:
And we're back! Arc Two is officially underway.
This arc will have a little bit of a different tone than the first. While Arc One was more fast-paced and plot-driven, switching back and forth between the past and present to eventually build a clear picture of events, Arc Two is slower and more character-focused. Issues and plot are building in the background, but The Collector and their relationships with the inhabitants of the Owl House will be front and center. It's going to be a learning process for everyone.
I will have less free time as Fall progresses. Right now, I'll aim for a weekly update schedule. There might be occasional surprise mid-week updates, but I'm not going to plan on that being a regular thing.
Also, this isn't really relevant to anything in particular, but today is my 34th. I'm guessing this puts me significantly older than the average reader or TOH viewer, but just remember that you don't have to drop fandom or fanfic writing just because you're a semi-boring grown-up. Hah.
Anyway, as always, thank you everyone for your lovely thoughts, encouragement and for your patience!
Cheers!
Alice
Chapter Text
Mortality is, in general, a messy concept.
Just about anyone can tell you that there is a very clear line between something being alive, and something not.
However, when you get down to the process of going from one state to the other, that line tends to get a bit fuzzy.
What makes something dead? When breathing ceases? When the heart stops? When nerve signals stop? When electrical activity ceases? It doesn’t happen all at once.
When King had been hit by Bill’s bludgeon-javelin, he’d lost consciousness, stopped breathing, suffered severe external and internal injuries that should have ultimately killed him.
But the process had been interrupted.
The Collector had drained what little magic they had left into King, stopping the internal injuries from being fatal, and Camila had worked her own magic to fix the external ones and get him breathing again.
So it could easily be argued that, technically, King had never actually been dead.
And yet, as far as The Collector was concerned, King had been very dead.
The Collector had known loss before. Loss of those who claimed to be friends, loss of their freedom, loss of physical form.
But experiencing the death of someone they’d actually developed affection for was a different kind of loss. For all their inability to quite feel empathy, they had very much felt affection towards King. Even if it was affection of a rather selfish form, it was still affection.
And so it hadn’t mattered whether King was truly alive or dead. In that moment, The Collector had faced the reality of mortality in a way they never had, and experienced profound grief that shook them to their core.
And now, after being trapped in that state of grief in the liminal for two months that, realistically, felt like it could have been a much longer span of time, The Collector found themself confronted with King, very much alive.
It didn’t compute.
It also didn’t matter.
Their shadowy form shifted so something almost reminiscent of liquid, splashing to the ground and flowing to surround Luz, winding around her and up to King.
Luz eyed the shadow warily, King braced himself against her.
The Collector resumed their shape and looked at King from several angles, not speaking. They reached out a hand towards King’s skull and then jerked it back.
King blinked.
“You okay there, Collector?” he asked.
“King.”
“Yeah.”
“I…I… King,” The Collector said, seeming momentarily at a loss for words.
Although not for long.
They coiled themself around King as much as their current abilities would allow, brushing their hand over his skull, even if they couldn’t touch him.
“I thought you were… gone,” they said. “I thought…I thought…I thought…”
They let out a broken little wail that dipped down into a laugh that didn’t seem to fit the situation at all.
“Yeah, I’m alive and well,” King said warily, not quite sure how to react by being surrounded in this way.
The Collector continued to laugh uncontrollably.
“I thought I’d never see you again!” they managed to howl, curling tightly around King.
The statement, King knew, was true one two levels. First, in the sense that The Collector had believed King to be dead, second in the sense that they’d believed themselves to be trapped again forever.
“Hey, hey,” Luz said, feeling a little bit like a third wheel. “King’s all good now, see?”
“Yeah,” King said. “Though I don’t think I realized until Eda told me yesterday, just now close I was to being not all good. And you did help me, Collector. The little power you had left saved my guts. Literally.”
The Collector sniffed thickly as they tried to get a handle on their emotions and what was happening.
“Youuuuuu had a hand in bringing him back,” Hooty said to The Collector, emerging from his spot on the door. “Enough for Luz’s mom to save him the rest of the way.”
“Oh, uh,” King said. “This is Hooty. I told you about him.”
“Ooooooh?” Hooty said. “You did? I hope it was all good things.”
He twisted himself upside-down to get a better look at The Collector.
The Collector uncoiled themself from King and looked at Hooty curiously, changing form to mimic him, shape and all.
“Whoah,” Hooty said. “I’ve always wanted to meet my shadow self! How are you handling everything, you little chaos worm?”
“Chaos worm?” Luz asked, laughing.
“Wait!” The Collector cried, returning to their usual form and looking back at King, their voice suddenly sounding giddy, elated. “If you’re alive, you can let me out again! Go get that tablet away from the Head Witch and let me out! Pleasepleasepleaseplease!”
King looked away.
The Collector frowned suddenly.
“Waaaaaait a minute,” they said, expression rearranging into something resembling suspicion. “You weren’t just pretending to be dead to trick me, were you?”
“Of course I wasn’t!” King exclaimed.
“You saw how hard he got hit with that spear thingy!” Luz added.
“You were trying to trap me, though!” The Collector said, still suspicious.
“That was a mistake,” Luz said quickly.
“Boy, you people make a lot of mistakes.”
“I didn’t think I had a choice,” King admitted. “You were destroying the world.”
“I was not. I was just playing.”
“But your playing was what was destroying things,” Luz said. “When you play too rough, people get hurt. King almost died because you played too rough."
The Collector looked at her with what might have been a pout, but actually did seem to be considering her words.
There was the sound of quiet footsteps, and Amity was standing at Luz’s side, Edric in tow.
Edric didn’t look like he quite knew how to react to The Collector’s presence, and his expression was definitely one of concern as to how the situation might play out.
Amity, however, extended a hand to the odd, floating shadow.
“Hi Collector!” she said brightly. “I’m Amity - Luz’s girlfriend…”
“I remember you,” The Collector said, batting at Amity’s hand, catlike. “You said you wanted to play Owl House. Were you lying, too? It’s not even a real game, is it?”
“This is the Owl House,” Amity said, pointing at the house. “It might seem a bit off-putting at first, but it’s really cozy and homey once you get used to it.”
“What- ever,” The Collector said. “It’s just some dumb house, isn’t it? You made it sound like a game. I bet you don’t even like games because you’re boring.”
“Not everything is a game,” Amity said. “And I do like games! I’d love to play with you sometime, Collector! But Luz has a point - you can get really carried away when you’re playing, and forget that your other players might get hurt. Like what happened to King.”
The Collector grimaced.
Encouraged, Luz went on.
“You’re just a kid. Nobody’s explained any of this, have they? But you can learn. And Eda… we think you deserve another chance. You won’t be isolated, we can get to know who you actually are.”
“And you can learn who WE are!” Hooty added. “We’re here to help, hoot-hoot!”
“Oh no, you don’t,” Luz said. “Hooty, don’t forget you promised not to help everyone again?”
“And after I helped you get the girl, no less,” Hooty lamented, with a nod in Amity’s direction.
“You can help by making King let me out again!” The Collector shouted.
“No,” Luz said firmly. “We don’t make anyone do anything here. It’s a house rule.”
“As the physical embodiment of the house itself,” Hooty said. “I concur. And, as an appreciator of chaos myself, I would like to extend my personal invitation to you, Collector, to join this household.”
“Huh?” said The Collector.
They dropped to the ground, standing at about their normal height, a black shadow against the warmly-lit doorway.
The last time they had been here, the house had been dark and empty. Now, however, it was refurnished and lit by a number of lamps and cheerfully-flickering candles.
“So,” Luz said. “Truce?”
The Collector rolled their eyes.
“Ugh,” they said. “Whatever. It’s not like I can actually do anything like this.”
They flapped their arms, indicating their current state of being.
“You don’t have to do anything,” Raine’s voice said. “That’s kind of the point.”
They were approaching the house with Eda, who had been watching the interactions between the kids with great interest.
“What do you mean, that’s the point?” The Collector asked, a bit sullenly.
They eyed the mirror that Raine was carrying, darting into the air behind Luz in a flash and peering over her shoulder, glaring at it.
“Collector,” Eda said. “Would you like to go inside?”
“Doesn’t matter,” The Collector said, pointing at the mirror. “You already know that wherever you take that thing, I go with you.”
“That’s why we’re asking you,” Raine said. “Like Luz said, we don’t want to force each other to do things…”
“You’re forcing me to not be free!” The Collector retorted, voice loud and right in King’s ear.
“Weh!” King said, jumping down from Luz’s arms and scuttling into the house.
The Collector shot through the door after him, exploding into dozens of cackling shadow-bats, all calling out King’s name.
“Whaoh, whoah,” King said, ducking, claws over his skull. “You seriously gotta’ give me some space, here, Collector!”
“Let me out, King. Coooome onnnnnn!” the bats chorused. “Let me ouuuuuut already!”
“Hold up there, buddy,” King said. “You threatened my family. I’m willing to give you a second chance, but I’m not letting you out.”
“I don’t get it,” The Collector bats said, flapping their wings as they hovered in the air just above King, frowns on all their faces. “Are you my friend, or aren’t you?”
King hadn’t wanted it to come to this, and he’d hoped to avoid answering that question directly. But he had also resolved not to lie to The Collector anymore.
He sighed, looking up to face the quizzical shadows of bats.
“No,” he said simply.
“What?!?”
The Collector cried. “So Kikimora
was
right! You only freed me to stop the…the…the thingy-whatsit! You tricked me!”
“But I’d like to be your friend,” King continued hurriedly. “We could become friends.”
The bats coalesced back into a singular form, and for just a moment, King was certain he saw a couple of bright white tears slide down The Collector’s face.
“How?!” they demanded. “Tell me HOW! Tell me! Tell me now!”
“It’s not as simple as that, kid,” Eda said, having followed them into the house, along with Raine and Luz.
“WHY NOT! Why are you all being so MEAN to me? Stop it!”
“You’ve got plenty of time to make friends with King,” Luz said. “There’s no rush.”
“I’m TIRED of having plenty of time!” The Collector shouted. “I. WANT. OUT!”
“There are some house rules you need to learn to be able to follow,” Raine said, walking across the room and placing the mirror disc on the mantelpiece, next to a couple of low-burning candles. “Before we can even talk about letting you out. This is a compromise, okay?”
“Compromise?”
“I know it’s not ideal, but don’t you think this is better than being completely isolated and alone?”
The Collector froze. Their form spidered with shining white cracks, before shattering and then reconstituting.
Alone. Isolated.
Betrayed by everyone they ever trusted or considered a friend.
Thinking King was dead.
“That’s not a threat,” Raine said, realizing too late that their words could have been interpreted as such. “You’re welcome here, and you aren’t alone.”
The Collector found themself the center of attention, everyone suddenly speaking up at once and offering what, on their own, might have been words of encouragement. However, all together it was an overwhelming onslaught - especially for someone who had been in total isolation less than an hour ago.
“STOP!” they cried, putting their hands on their head, pulling at their hat, cartoonish lightning bolts and exploding stars shooting outwards like a halo. “Why are you doing that? Stop it! Stop it! STOP LOOKING AT ME!”
They shot to the ceiling, zig-zagging back and forth across it in an erratic fashion.
“You heard the kid!” Hooty said. “Everyone back off! It’s time for the expert to take over!”
“I’m not an expert…” Eda began.
“I meant me,” Hooty said. “Geez!”
“That’s debatable.”
Nonetheless, Hooty had a point.
Everyone began to disperse.
Amity and Edric said their goodnights and headed home.
Luz, Lilith and King excused themselves. The Collector tried to follow King into the hallway, but they were tied to the living room by the mirror now. The screeched in rage when they realized this fact.
There was much everyone needed and wanted to talk about but, right now, it seemed that would have to wait.
“Behold the bringer of your demiiiise!” The Collector wailed from the ceiling, glaring down at Eda and Raine, who were the only two members of the household left in the living room. “When I get freeeee, I won’t think twice!”
“Rhyming now?” Raine asked, not unkindly.
“Duh. It’s a spell.”
“Sounds to me like you just made it up.”
“Well where do you think spells come from, ding-dong?”
The Collector swooped in circles on the wall.
“Spells come from those who make them up,” Eda said, smiling to herself, which only seemed to annoy The Collector further.
“No!” they said. “They come from my thinky-thoughts! I say them, and then they exist!
“You made up every spell?” Eda asked, turning her smile to The Collector as she settled herself on the end of the sofa. “I don’t suppose that includes the spell I made up to repair your mirror?”
“Wellll,” Raine said with a smirk. “You did use the moon to help power something based on this little gremlin’s magic. So technically…?”
They shrugged their shoulders and grinned.
“Is this the new brain-stumper?” Eda laughed.
The Collector didn’t seem to find this as funny or interesting as the two witches did. If anything, they seemed upset that they were no longer the center of attention, despite having found all the attention earlier to be overwhelming.
“Where’d King go?!” they demanded loudly.
“King went to bed,” Raine said. “He’s tired.”
“Well go wake him up. I’m bored.”
“You just threatened to be our demise and now you want us to go wake King for you?” Raine said, raising an eyebrow.
“King isn’t your stuffed toy,” Eda said. “If you want to make friends with him, you need to realize that. He doesn’t always like the same things as you or want to do the same things you do. He has his own feelings.”
“I don’t want to make friends with King,” The Collector said. “I want to be friends with him!”
“But you have to befriend him on his terms in order to be friends. You’re going to have to be patient with him.”
“Ugh! No way. Don’ wanna’!”
“Gon’ hafta’,” Eda said, mimicking The Collector’s tone and inflections.
The Collector snorted, and maybe it was just wishful thinking, but Eda thought they almost sounded amused.
Raine wrapped a heavy blanket around Eda’s shoulders and they kissed her forehead.
“Want me to stay up with you?” they asked.
“No, you can crash out if you want,” Eda said. “I got this.”
“That’s what I thought you’d say,” Raine said.
They wanted to get to know their new kid as well, but they also knew that Eda badly needed some one-on-one time with The Collector, as much as The Collector needed not to be crowded this evening.
“Night, Eda,” they said. “And good night, Collector. I’ll see you in the morning, okay?”
The Collector blew a raspberry at them as they left.
Chapter 14
Summary:
The Collector finally learns some Owl House rules, but interrupts a frequently, and has a lot of different emotions.
Notes:
Hey! Remember when I said there *might* be occasional surprise mid-week updates?
SURPRISE!
Just so happened that my schedule allowed me some time this week.
I also feel like I need to inform everyone that the normally-quiet coffee shop where I do a lot of my work (I don't have reliable internet at home - that's a story in and of itself) has been HOPPING because one of the other coffee shops in town is closed for repairs. There is a lot happening in here and the large mannequin up front got knocked over by a patron a little while ago and the head fell off.
Anyway, not much to add except to say once again that I appreciate all of you who've been reading, commenting and following along. It's so much fun getting to share this story with you!
Alice
Chapter Text
A momentary silence had fallen through the Owl House. Even Hooty seemed to have retired for the night.
“How are you holding up, Collector?” Eda asked from her seat on the sofa.
The Collector hovered above her, their shadow filling out the image of the stylized owl creature painted on the ceiling.
“Quit trying to be nice, Owl Lady,” they said. “I’m onto your tricks. I know you need me for something. Is it that arm that you don’t have anymore? You think I can fix it, don’t you? You want me to give you a new arm, I bet! A better one!”
“No,” Eda said.
“Waaaait, then I bet you summoned me to heal your curse! Oh man, it’s gotta’ be sooooo annoying having that silly Beast in your head all the time, trying to get out! And you can’t even do magic anymore!”
They sounded quite delighted, laughing as they made a show of depicting Eda’s head exploding and the Owl Beast’s popping in to replace it.
“No, I’m not asking you to heal my curse,” Eda said. “Or fix my arm. In fact, I’m specifically asking you not to. That’s against house rules.”
“Uh-whatsa-whatsa?” The Collector asked. “Come onnnnn, I know you gotta’ want something from meeee! Just tellll me already! Whaddya’ waaaaaaaaaant?”
“I want,” Eda said slowly. “To be someone that you can trust.”
“Yeah riiiight,” The Collector said, rolling their eyes. “Seeing as how you’ve already proven yourself a liiii-aaaaaaarrrrr!”
“And,” Eda continued, despite the outburst. “And, in order to gain your trust, I decided that one of our rules should be that you are not allowed to heal my curse or my arm, or use your powers to solve any of our other problems. I want to prove to you that this family is not going to take advantage of you.”
The Collector was quiet, although only for a moment.
“Hmmmmm,” they said, turning into a long, squiggly line that scrambled itself together to resemble a brain, albeit a brain with two big, white eyes and a slight frown. “What’re the other rules?”
Finally, it seemed that Eda had The Collector’s attention in a non-antagonistic sense and maybe, just maybe, they might be receptive and actually listen.
“Well,” she said. “No forcing anyone to do things against their will. I think Luz told you that one already. No using magic in a way that might cause anyone harm. We don’t want another King situation.”
Eda hated to pull this card, but she knew it would absolutely have an impact, and getting this point through to The Collector was of utmost importance.
“When you do harm,” she said. “It makes others feel like you did when King was…hurt. And just fixing something afterwards isn’t a guarantee. You learned that the hard way.”
The Collector looked stricken, shifting back to their childlike shadow.
“But,” Eda continued. “That can be avoided if you follow the no harm rule. That’s why we have that rule.”
“What else?” The Collector asked, seeming to file away the information.
“Be respectful,” Eda told them. “If you want to play with someone, or do anything to them, you have to ask for their permission first. And no destroying big things like this house with your magic.”
“I can’t use magic at all like this!” The Collector protested, pointing at themself. “Not when I’m trapped in this prison! If you want me to follow your rules or whatever, you gotta’ let me oouuuuttt!”
“I’m not going to promise to let you out,” Eda said. “Because, at this point, I don’t know if I can trust you to follow the rules. And I’m not going to make any promises I can’t keep. But if we can learn to trust each other, and you swear to stay within the rules, I would like to free you. But, for now…”
“I’m not making any more pinky swears!” The Collector interrupted. “Never, never, never! I’m done with them! Nobody else ever kept them, so why should that mean anything??”
“Collector, I’m not…”
“I’M NEVER MAKING ANOTHER PINKY SWEAR EVER AGAIN IN THE WHOLE FUTURE HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSE!”
Shooting stars wearing faces of rage flew from The Collector in every direction and exploded into smaller stars wearing equally angry expressions, and so on.
“Well, we’ll just have to find something else, then,” Eda said.
“UUUUUUGGGHHHH!! This is boring. What’s the point of your dumb rules if I’m not freeeeeeee! This game sounds booooooorinnnng.”
The Collector glared at Eda.
“Just let me ooooouuuuuutt,” they said in a voice that might have been pleading, might have been teasing, might have been threatening. It was near-impossible to tell. “Come onnnn! It’s awful in here! I wanna’ be real. Come on, truuuuust meeeee! That’s what you’ve been going on and on and oooonnnnn about. I can’t play your game unless you let me ooouuut!”
“Why don’t we start small,” Eda said. “And you tell me something about yourself first. Doesn’t have to be a big thing. Just something that you like.”
“I like NOT BEING LOCKED UP IN HERE! LET ME OUT! LET ME OUT! I DARE YOU! COME ON! LET ME OUT! LET ME OUT! LETMEOUTLETMEOUTLETMEOUT!!!”
Eda sighed.
It was a pretty sure bet that nobody in the house was going to get to sleep anytime soon.
The candles on the mantelpiece were sputtering, close to burning out, and it wasn’t clear if Eda were making any progress at all with The Collector.
Not that she’d really expected to in just mere hours, but it had been a nice idea.
Outside, the moon was sinking low on the horizon.
“OUT! OUT! OUT!” The Collector screamed in a kind of chant. “LET! ME! OUT! LET ME OOOOUUUUT YOU BIG FEATHERY WITCH! IF YOU DON’T LET ME OUT, YOU’LL BE SORRRYYYY!! I’LL TURN YOU INTO A BIG PILE OF OOBLECK JUST LIKE PHILLIP! JUST WAIT! I WILL! I WILL! JUST LET ME OUT!”
The candles were nearly out.
Eda rose from the sofa and, as The Collector alternated between pleas and threats, she walked across the room and reached into her hair to retrieve fresh candles and a fire glyph.
“LET ME OUT! LET-NONONO! NO! STOP! OKAY, OKAY, OKAY! YOU WIN! I’LL BE GOOD, I’LL BE GOOD!”
Eda halted.
What?
“I’LL BE GOOD!” The Collector repeated. Then, quieter. “I’ll be good, I swear. I’ll obey your dumb rules! All of them! Just don’t! Stop! Stop!”
Stop?
Stop what?
Eda looked curiously at The Collector, who was now hovering on the wall above the mantelpiece, hands up, palms presumably outwards, and waving them in a motion that obviously meant stop.
It didn’t quite add up. What had triggered off this response?
Then she noticed The Collector’s eyes flicking between the mirror on the mantelpiece and Eda herself.
Specifically her arm.
When she’d gotten up from the sofa and reached for her hair, the blanket that Raine had placed across her shoulders had fallen down onto her arm.
Eda looked at the blanket and then back up at The Collector, who was practically hyperventilating with breath they didn’t even have in their current state.
What?
Their eyes were definitely fixed on the blanket itself, not Eda.
And then, the pieces began to click into place and understanding dawned.
The Collector could only project themself through the mirror if the surface was unobscured.
They looked fixedly at the blanket like it was terrifying, and then snuck a quick glance below them at the mirror.
“I won’t be a problem,” they whimpered. “Tell me what you want. I’ll do anything. Please.”
“Oh kid,” Eda whispered. “What did Belos do to you?”
The Collector began rapidly changing their form in a near-panicked state, not staying in one shape long enough for Eda to get a good look.
“Hey,” she said. “Easy. Easy, Collector. Collector.”
“Not. Gonna’. Don’t. Wanna’. Nonononono…” The Collector went on incoherently, swirling themself around on the wall.
They were not paying attention at all.
With a brief apology to the rest of the household (although The Collector had no doubt already interrupted everyone’s attempts at sleep), Eda let out a shrill whistle.
Thankfully, the abrupt noise was enough to make The Collector stop and look at her.
She met their eyes and very, very deliberately took a step back, away from the mirror.
The Collector watched her do so intently.
Then, being sure not to make any sudden movements, Eda grasped the blanket with her hand and extended her arm out to the side, dropping both the hand and the blanket onto the floor.
Then she raised her arms, one a stump, the other temporarily handless, for The Collector to see.
“Easy there, kid,” she said. “I was just going to light more candles. I wasn’t going to block your window. I’m never going to block your window. Nobody in this house is going to block it. You’re welcome here, even if you’re loud and unruly. You’re allowed to express yourself. You’re safe here, you got that?”
For once, The Collector didn’t seem to have anything to say.
They just stared.
“I’m going to put my hand back on now,” Eda said. “And I’m going to put fresh candles up on the mantle. But that’s all I’m going to do, I swear on King.”
The Collector still didn’t say anything.
“The candles keep it bright enough for you to see through the mirror,” Eda explained. “You know that, don’t you?”
“Just,” The Collector finally said. “Just don’t touch the tablet.”
Eda nodded, bending down to awkwardly jam her hand back onto her arm.
“You got it, kid,” she said. “Seems like a fair rule.”
“Thought you were the one that makes the rules.”
“You didn’t let me finish telling you the rules.”
Eda stepped forward a few paces and began replacing the melted candles with new ones. The Collector hovered close on the wall, watching like they fully expected her to break her word at any moment.
“You being confined like this is for our safety,” Eda continued, careful to not let her hand so much as brush the mirror disc. “But that also means we hold all the power. So it’s only fair that you get to make some rules for us to follow - just as long as they’re within reason and don’t go against any of the rules we’ve already set.”
“Then I hereby make it a RULE,” The Collector proclaimed. “That nobody, and I mean nobody is allowed to touch that thing!”
They pointed at the mirror with both hands.
“That’s well within reason,” Eda said. “So consider your first rule accepted. And you can think about what other ones you’d like to make. Stuff that helps you feel safe and not so powerless.”
The Collector stared blankly for a moment, as if they suddenly had no idea what to mandate.
Eda struggled one-handedly, dropping the candles a few times, and breaking one of them. This caused The Collector to snicker behind their hand, which she took to be a good sign, considering they were coming off a meltdown and a panic attack.
“Oh man, you sure are having trouble there,” The Collector said. “Without your other hand.”
Eda stuck out her tongue at them, which elicited an actual giggle.
“Well,” she said, finally getting the candles in place and lighted. “We’ve all been scarred by what Belos did, and one of my scars just happens to be really visible. But you know what? The invisible scars can be just as bad.”
“If you think that’s bad!” The Collector crowed, anything Eda might have been implying with her words going completely over their head. “You should’ve seen what I did to Phillip! Oh! Oh! It was hilarious! He exploded all over the door!”
“Hah!” Eda said, unable to stop a wicked smile that nearly matched The Collector’s, from forming on her face. “Served him right, the slime.”
“He’s not slime,” The Collector said. “He’s oobleck. Now get away from the tablet. The candles are on now, and you’re just hovering.”
Eda decided it wasn’t worth attempting to push any further at this point. She certainly wasn’t at all the witch to try to broach the topic of politeness.
In any case, she’d already made far, far more progress tonight than she realistically could have hoped, and had been hit with a couple of revelations already.
So she turned away and walked back to the couch, picking up the blanket along the way, shaking it, as it had managed to acquire a surprising amount of King’s hair during its stint on the floor.
She settled herself on the end of the sofa.
“I’m right here if you need anything, Collector,” she said.
“Whatever,” The Collector said.
Eda picked up the closest book, which for some inexplicable reason was a human realm book about the geology of South Dakota.
She found herself reading and re-reading the same paragraph and retaining nothing whatsoever about the Black Hills.
So, instead, she stared blankly at a photograph of a large vein of quartz and let her mind wander, sifting through and replaying the events of the day.
She’d succeeded.
She’d actually succeeded.
Well, technically her family had succeeded, and she was grateful beyond words for their help and support. She hoped they knew this.
And The Collector was here.
Maybe not out of their prison, but here nonetheless, and no longer alone and isolated.
And this time they weren’t being held by those who sought their power.
It was a good thing the kid had already taken care of Belos because, based on what Eda had just witnessed, she felt like marching right back up to the Skull and murdering him for a second time.
She’d already been having fantasies about personally destroying Belos after everything that he’d done to Luz and Lilith and Hunter, not to mention literally everyone else on the Boiling Isles, so she didn’t really need another reason to hate him, but it looked like she’d found one anyway.
She remembered Hunter’s face when she’d pulled him and Luz out of Belos’ mindscape.
Hoooo boy. That was another thing.
Explaining to Hunter that The Collector was now residing in the living room of the Owl House was not a conversation that Eda was looking forward to.
She really should have brought it up with him a long time ago.
At least it would be a few days before Hunter got back from his camping trip. She’d have some time to figure out exactly how to explain the situation, and maybe The Collector would be at least a bit more settled by then.
Eda needed Hunter to feel safe in the Owl House as well.
She glared at the quartz in the picture, as if willing it to provide her with an answer.
She’d been staring at the page for too long, and it was providing her with no insight.
She turned the page, and found the new text equally unhelpful. It felt like being back in school.
Out of the corner of her eye, Eda saw a shadow slip over the back of the sofa and come to rest on the side opposite her.
“What’re you doing, sneaky-peek?” she asked, acknowledging her visitor, but not quite looking up from the book for fear of chasing them away.
Her words, and the nickname in particular, caused some sort of reaction. The shadow silently moved across the cushions towards her.
“Whatcha’ reading?” The Collector asked.
“All about…mica, I guess?” Eda shrugged. “I don’t know.”
“You don’t know?” The Collector said. “Why’re you even reading it, then?”
Eda laughed quietly, turning to look at The Collector who was peering over her shoulder curiously.
Their form looked no different, but there was a quality to their voice that was odd, beyond just the echo.
Eda couldn’t be certain, but she thought they sounded lost, defeated, tired.
For a kid who’d been alone finally having some social contact, they were far more adrift than elated, desperately needing an anchor. They needed something, anything to hang onto, even if they couldn’t physically hold anything.
Eda put the book down.
“Do you want to talk?” she asked.
“Nope! I’m bored! I wanna’ play a game.”
Of course. Play was both a distraction and something familiar for The Collector.
But it was also the wee hours of the morning.
“It’s kinda’ late for playing,” Eda said. “That might have to wait until morning.”
“Nah. Wanna’ play now.”
“How about a story instead.”
“What kind of a story? Not the rock book.”
“Not the rock book. Something else.”
“Like what?”
“Well, let’s see,” Eda reached over to retrieve the only other nearby book which she realized was one of Luz’s Good Witch, Azura novels. “Oh, please no. I don’t know if I can handle the purple prose.”
The Collector laughed at her reaction.
“I like purple,” they said.
“But do you like sentences like,” Eda opened the novel to a random page. “‘How darest thou deceive me when in the employment of mine sworn enemy, Lord Alces.’ Actually, you know what? If past experience is anything to go by, whatever we read in this book is going to be weirdly meta and hit way too close to home. So whaddya’ say I just tell you a story instead?”
She made a show of swinging her hand over her hand over her shoulder.
“I’m not actually going to throw it,” she said. “It’s an important book to Luz.”
Eda might have disdain for the Good Witch, Azura books, but she wasn’t about to risk damaging one. Instead, she placed it gently on the coffee table.
“Hmmmmmmm,” The Collector said, tilting their head much further to the side than it should have been able to go. “Still wanna’ play.”
“No story?”
“Play.”
They seemed to have reached an impasse.
“Rock, Paper, Scissors, then?” Eda suggested. “You win, we play a game. I win, I tell you a story.”
The Collector perked up at this.
“Okay,” they said.
“Alright,” Eda said, holding out her fist, as The Collector did the same. “We go to three, okay?”
“Yep!”
“Good. Aaaaaand…”
“Rock! Paper! Scissors!” they both chanted, The Collector beat their fist on their palm with each word, Eda making do without the benefit of a palm.
On the last count, Eda kept her hand in a fist, while The Collector transformed theirs into a pair of scissors.
Eda pretended to tap the scissors with her rock.
“Looks like it’s storytime, huh,” she said, hoping The Collector wasn’t about to throw a fit over losing, or accuse her of somehow rigging the outcome.
Instead, they grinned widely.
“Joke’s on youuuuuuuuuu! Rock, Paper, Scissors is a game! I still got to play! I get a game AND a story!”
The Collector cackled and retreated to the far end of the couch, seating themself cross-legged and looking at Eda expectantly.
“Story?”
Eda laughed.
“Okay, okay,” she said. “I’ll tell you a story, now.”
“I’m still gonna’ turn you into oobleck when I get free,” The Collector said, apparently feeling the need to make that clear.
“Whatever, kid,” Eda said. “Right now I’m going to tell you the story about the time my sister and I got lost in the woods and had to defend ourselves against the horrifying Bisoncula…”
Chapter 15
Summary:
Unrest and chaos reign throughout the Owl House and the surrounding areas.
Notes:
I'm so glad everyone enjoyed the bit of respite with the last chapter! As always, it truly makes me happy to read all your comments and thoughts.
I'm excited to share this next chapter as we start to get into the themes of Arc Two. I hope all of you continue to enjoy and, as always, thanks for coming along on this journey with me!
Have a great weekend!
Alice
Chapter Text
King awoke earlier than normal.
It hadn’t been a nightmare exactly, but the dream that roused him was still disturbing in its own right.
King hadn’t actually seen what had happened to Belos on the Day Of Unity, having only arrived on the scene in the aftermath.
He’d been able to hurriedly put together the implications, just from the mere fact that Belos, whom his friends had barely been holding their own against, was nowhere in sight and the newly-freed Collector was facing them instead.
Whether The Collector had been about to harm the other kids was something King had wondered about ever since, and hadn’t ever been able to determine.
He had not asked The Collector about it.
Either way, he’d known the kid was a loose rocket, but just suggestible enough to convince to stop the Draining Spell.
All King had to do was lie and pretend to be their friend.
But, really, there had been no other way.
Through all of that, he hadn’t really given much thought as to what had become of Belos. If he’d seen the excess of green goop all over the place, it hadn’t really registered. Not until he was in The Collector’s clutches and they were gleefully squealing about it.
Later still, he had gotten the rundown from Luz on the particulars of Belos’ fate, and King shuddered to think what The Collector could have done to him or Eda or any of his other friends and allies, had circumstances been just a small bit different.
And he couldn’t help but picture Belos’ demise, imagining it even when he didn’t want to.
Belos had deserved it, no doubt. It wasn’t that.
It was more that King feared The Collector wouldn’t or couldn’t differentiate between being wronged by someone like Belos, and being mislead by someone like Eda or himself.
In King’s dream, there had been a bathtub full of a viscous green material, not quite solid, not quite liquid.
It hadn’t even been a feature of the dream, just something that was there and inconsequential to what was happening.
But, as he drifted out of his fitful sleep and into consciousness, the image of the tub and its gelatinous material stayed with him, along with a vaguely sick feeling in the pit of his stomach.
He had a bad feeling that both things were going to stick around with him all day.
As the sky outside his window grew brighter, King found himself pondering whose liquified remains were in the tub.
Logically, it would have been Belos - that was most likely where his subconscious had pulled the image.
On the other hand, the goop could have been the remains of a number of others, all much less deserving than Belos.
He remembered how the material had appeared to bubble and had been spilling and dripping over the sides of the tub.
Another wave of queasiness tightened itself around King’s stomach.
He also couldn’t help but remember the fact that he was pretty sure he’d really hurt The Collector the day before, dropping the bombshell that they weren’t truly friends.
It was true, but he still felt bad about hitting The Collector with that after they’d been gut-punched (both metaphorically and literally) at every turn already.
King had resolved to be truthful to The Collector from now on, but it sure felt like it would have been a lot kinder just to lie to them in that moment.
Because King really did feel for The Collector, almost as much as he feared them.
He didn’t care for them in the fierce way that Eda had come to, but he sympathized, and genuinely wanted to be able to forge a friendship with them - one that wasn’t built on false assumptions.
There was a part of King that wondered if it hadn’t been him in that bathtub.
“What do you think, Francois?” King asked, holding the floppy stuffed toy out in front of him.
Francois hung there, silently regarding him.
“Do I treat you the way The Collector treated me?” he wondered aloud.
Once again, Francois had nothing to add, but King’s mind was already racing with thoughts.
“All this time and I never even thought to ask you how you felt about being my second-in-command minion. I spared you when my other minions turned against me, I’d go to the ends of the demon and the human realms for you. But am I holding you against your will? Do you even like me at all?”
King narrowed his eyes.
“Wait, what in my own name am I saying?!? You’re just a stuffie!”
King imagined a look of devastation crossing Francois’ face.
“Oh no,” he said, hugging the toy close. “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean it. You’re so much more than that.”
For a while, he clung to Francois.
Inanimate object or not, it brought him inexplicable comfort.
“You’re right, though,” King said. “I was lost without you.”
It was common knowledge what role Francois played for King. And that, King was coming to realize, was the role he himself had played for The Collector.
The fact that he was a living being made it all the more complicated and intense.
King sighed, playing with Francois’ ears.
“Am I doing the wrong thing?” he pondered. “I don’t trust The Collector, but they have nothing, no one. Not even a stuffie. They can’t even hold a stuffie right now.”
Francois flopped to the side.
“Your counsel is enlightening as always, my faithful compatriot,” King said. “But today I must seek a second opinion.”
He stood up resolutely, tucked Francois under his arm, and made his way downstairs.
“You there!” he said loudly, pointing at Luz, who was standing just outside the doorway to the living room with Raine. “Your Titan demands…”
Luz shushed him with a finger to her lips, and motioned for him to come and look.
As quietly as he could, King hurried over.
Raine bent down and picked him up so he could better see the scene in the living room.
A very tried-looking Eda was seated on the end of the couch, legs drawn up to her chest under a blanket, while The Collector was casting their shadow across the back cushions, lying with their chin propped on their hands, legs swinging back and forth in the air over their back.
They were eyeing Eda with rapt attention.
“And then what happened?” they demanded. “Did King annihilate the Warden? Titans don’t like having things taken from them.”
“No, King did not annihilate the Warden,” Eda said tiredly. “He didn’t even know he was a Titan back then. I didn’t know he was a Titan. We all thought he was a baby demon.”
“Well I could tell he was a Titan,” The Collector said. “And I gave Phillip the spell for that force-field.”
The Collector said the name Phillip like it was something derogatory and disgusting.
“Huh…” Eda said thoughtfully. “You know…it never really occurred to me to wonder why the Conformatorium had a contraband vault that only a human could access.”
“Oh yeah. Phillip had all kinds of stuff in there that he didn’t want anyone to see, but couldn’t destroy.”
The Collector giggled and flipped over onto their back, pointing at Eda.
“And youuuuuuu,” they said. “Took a paper hat!”
“Well,” Eda said. “Wouldn’t you?”
“No. I like my own hat wayyyy better.”
“Where did you get your hat?”
“Ehhhhmmehh,” The Collector said, making an awkward shrug.
The sound of footsteps grabbed the attention of both Eda and The Collector.
They looked up to see Lilith bringing Eda a large cup of apple blood.
“Thank you, Lily,” Eda said, taking the mug and looking tired but content.
“I want one tooooooo,” The Collector said, making grabbing motions with their hands. “Gimme-gimme-gimme!”
“How would you drink it?” Lilith asked.
“Hmmph,” The Collector said, affronted.
They promptly turned themself into the shadow of a large, steaming mug with their face on it.
“Eda’s been telling you stories all night, Collector,” Lilith said. “She’s probably tired.”
“Nah, I’m alright,” Eda said. “Soon as I finish this apple blood, I’ll be good as new.”
She looked up and saw the three observers in the doorway, who looked at her rather sheepishly and entered the room.
“King!” the mug cried.
“Gooooood morning, Collector,” Luz said. “And can I just say, the coffee-cup look is on-point!”
The Collector snickered, cutting their eyes up towards her.
“I couldn’t help overhear…” Luz began.
“Bet you wanna’ go back to the Conformatorium now, huh?” The Collector interrupted, correctly guessing what she was about to say. “After you missed literally everything Phillip didn’t want seen.”
“You bet I do!” Luz said. “And I second what Eda was asking. I wanna’ know where you got your cool hat.”
“Oh,” Eda said. “While we’re all here, we have a new house rule."
“Yeah,” The Collector said. “Nobody’s allowed to touch the tablet.”
They resumed their normal shape and flashed across the room, to the mantlepiece.
“See it!” they said, pointing to the mirror. “Lookit! No touchie!”
“Got it,” Luz said. “Nooooo touchie the mirror.”
“Seems fair,” Raine said.
“What do you bet I’m exempt from that rule,” King muttered quietly.
“Wuzzat?” The Collector asked.
“Nothing,” King said.
“You know,” Raine said. “Lilith brought up a good point, Collector. It sounds like Eda’s been the one telling all the stories. Maybe it’s your turn to share some of your own daring exploits.”
“Uh,” King said. “That might not…”
“Ooooh, yeah!” Luz said. “I want me some Collector backstory.”
“Did someone say BACKSTORY?!?!” Hooty cried, bursting into the center of the room.
The Collector looked more surprised at being asked to talk about themself than they were by Hooty’s sudden appearance.
“Maybe you can start with something easy,” Raine said.
“Like what?” The Collector asked, crossing their arms.
“Like your name,” Raine said.
“Oh good point,” said Lilith. “What is your name?”
“Not telling!” The Collector said, and they loudly blew a raspberry.
“Well,” Luz said thoughtfully and almost to herself. “Names do have power in some lore. Like in Good Witch: Azura volume three…”
“Guess,” The Collector said.
“What?” Hooty said. “Guess your name?”
“Duh!” The Collector cried, and their voice turned sing-song. “Guess my naaaaame. But I bet you caaaaaaan’t! I bet you caaaaaaaaan’t guess it!”
They laughed, almost maniacally.
“Uhhhhhh,” Luz said. “Is it…Starry McStarface?”
“Starry McStarface?” King said incredulously.
“Really, Luz?” Hooty added.
The Collector laughed and turned a flip on the wall.
“Wrrrrrong!” they sang.
“How about,” Raine said. “Oh…I don’t know? Stevie? I’m not good guessing things under pressure.”
“Nope!” The Collector said, doing another flip. “Wrong answer! And you know what happens when you get the answer wrong! You’d get bzzzzzzzzt if I wasn’t in this prison. Stevie. Hah.”
“Hey now!” Raine said. “That’s a good name. I mentored with a talented bard named Stevie.”
“Two bzzzzzzts! ‘Cause you interrupted my game. Who’s next! Guess my name or get ZAPPED!”
“Skye,” Lilith guessed.
“Noooope! Bzzzzzzt!”
“Griffin,” Eda suggested.
“Bzzzzzzt!”
“Reaux,” said King.
“Cloudy!” Hooty cried. “Spooky! Casey!”
“Casey?”
“Nope!” The Collector cried gleefully, spinning in circles all over the wall. “Nope, nope, nope and nooooope!”
“Dizzy!” King said. “Because you should be dizzy by now. You’re making me dizzy just looking at you.”
“Not Dizzzyyyyyyyy!”
“Peter!” Luz said with a smirk.
“No. Bzzzzzzzzt!”
“But,” Luz said. “That’s…never mind.”
“Did Belos ever guess your name?” Lilith asked.
“Phillip?” The Collector said. “Pffft! Phillip didn’t ask.”
“What?” Eda said, rising from the sofa looking like she was about to fight someone, her fingers tightening around the handle of her mug of apple blood. “Four hundred years. You were with him for four hundred years and he never even asked what your name was?”
“You’re exaggerating,” The Collector said. “It was less than four hundred. I think. Hard to remember though. Especially since sometimes…sometimes…sometimes he…he…Wait! Stop it! This isn’t part of the game! You’re not playing the game anymore! Quit stalling and TELL ME WHAT MY NAME IS!!”
“Is it…” Eda said, trying to put herself back into a playful mindset with some difficulty since she was imagining stuffing Belos’ head into a meat grinder. “Minamur?”
“Minamur? That’s not even a name, Owl Lady. You just made that up. You’re not even trying to play the game right.”
“I’m trying to help you. If this isn’t helping…”
“Don’t talk to me like I’m your friend!” The Collector retorted. “And quit acting like I trust you! I don’t trust you! And you better not trust me. You still betrayed me and you’re still going to pay for it! I don’t care about your dumb stories! You lied to me and I haven’t forgotten it!”
Whatever rapport Eda had seemingly established with The Collector had vanished, and they flew across the ceiling, hands morphing into claws, screaming taunts and threats.
King exchanged a look with Eda as Raine moved to stand beside her.
“Guess it couldn’t have been that easy,” Raine said, eyes following The Collector as they darted around the room. “But at least you know that they can get there.”
“He never even asked, Raine,” Eda said. “Belos… Phillip never even asked their name. Not once. In Centuries.”
“He copied and murdered his brother like four dozen times,” King said. “This surprises you?”
“No,” Eda sighed. “I guess it shouldn’t.”
“So, expert,” Raine said as The Collector lashed out with another insult. “What should we do?”
“I’ve told you,” Eda said. “I’m not an expert. But I think the best approach would be…”
“COLLECTORRRRRRRR!” Hooty cried, chasing around the room after the shadow. “Let Uncle Hooty LISTEN TO YOUR TALES OF WOE!”
“Not that!” Eda, Raine and King chorused.
“HOOTY!” Luz shouted.
“Are you sure this is a good idea, Hootsifer?” Lilith asked.
“I’ve got this!” Hooty insisted. “My unorthodox approach works wonders!”
“You caaaaaaaaan’t caaaaaatch meeeeee!” The Collector shreaked, their form now a shadow of Hooty. “I’m just a shaaaaadowwww! Na-na-na-na-na-- naaaaaa!”
It wasn’t entirely clear who was chasing who at this point!
“Hooty!” Eda said. “Don’t chase them! They’re getting even more wound up.
“Hoot-HOOOOOOT!” Hooty cried, ignoring her.
“WoooooooooOOOOO!” shouted The Collector as they raced by.
From the kitchen, there came a sudden noise indicating an incoming call on a crystal ball.
“Luz?” Willow’s voice called. “Luz are you there?”
“Are you alive?” Gus’ voice added.
Luz glanced from the living room chaos, towards the direction of the kitchen.
“INCOMING!” Hooty called. “Raine!”
“What?” Raine said, moments before a crow flew through the nearest window at full speed and hit them square in the face.
“Agggh! What?”
“Weh!” King cried, leaping out of the way and onto the floor.
“It’s for you!” Hooty said to Raine.
Raine spat feathers out of their mouth as they tried to answer the crow phone.
“Raine! Are you okay?” Eda asked. Then, once she’d determined that they were, adding “Hah! Now you know what it’s like to be me.”
“And me,” Lilith added.
But Raine wasn’t paying attention. Instead, they were trying to talk on the phone.
“Terra?” they said, making no effort to hide the disdain in their voice. “I’m off-duty, why are you…There’s a what in Bonesborough? Well how is that my responsibility? Or any of our responsibilities…Wait, they’re what? ...You’re serious…Darius? Darius is on vacation, remember?...Yes, I know it’s noisy, you’re calling me at home…”
As much as Luz wanted to know what this was about, Willow and Gus’ voices were getting frantic, and she didn’t want to leave them hanging.
She ran for the kitchen.
“Paging Luz Nocedaaaa…” Gus was shouting worriedly. “Oh thank something, you’re okay.”
“Hey friends!” Luz said brightly.
“You weren’t answering your Pensta,” Willow said. “We were starting to worry.”
“Why is it so loud there?” Gus asked.
“Ohhh, you know how it is here in Owl House-land,” Luz said. “A crow just flew into Raine’s face. I think it’s from Terra Snapdragon or something. Raine sounds pissed.”
“Oh,” Willow said. “That makes sense. The riot…”
“Aaaaand,” Luz interrupted. “We mayyybe kinda-sorta’ summoned The Collector, and they’re also really pissed?”
“Wait,” Gus said. “You did what?”
“Oh don’t worry, they’re just here in shadow form. They can’t hurt anyone.”
“Uh, Luz?” Willow said. “Did I miss something huge? Wait, was this why you needed all the fire-sage?”
“Sure was! But that’s not important…” Luz began, brushing off the protests via the crystal ball indicating that yes, this was important, actually. “I hope you two have the rest of the day free, because we’re going to the Conformatorium!”
She punched her fists together to emphasize her point.
“Luz?” Willow said. “You, uh, haven’t seen the news, have you?”
“Nope,” Luz admitted. “Kinda busy with the whole summoning-The-Collector business.”
“There’s kiiiind of a riot happening in New Bonesborough,” Willow said.
“A good kind of riot?” Luz asked. “Orrr a bad kind of riot?”
“Try a Belos loyalist kind of riot,” Gus said. “According to my dad, they were standing on Bloodgut Street with signs and stuff and shouting that Belos was alive and testing us all or something. And then someone started throwing punches and it got ugly.”
“Yikes” Luz said. “What is with those creeps?”
“We’re basically on lockdown right now,” Willow said. “But we were worried you might be involved.”
From the living room, The Collector started screaming about playing the Stick Everyone’s Brains To The Ceiling Game.
“Nope, not involved!” Luz said, with a slightly-hysterical laugh. “Jusssst busy summoning The Collector! Nothing to see here!”
“I hope you all know what you’re doing,” Willow said. “I still don’t know what The Collector is but I don’t know if I’d trust them, even if they’re just a shadow.”
“Yeah,” Gus said. “Be careful. We went to a lot of trouble to banish them, remember.”
“Don’t worry,” Luz said. “Eda’s got this.”
“LUZ!” Eda called. “We have a situation!”
“Gotta’ go!” Luz said. “You two stay safe. I’ll be in touch.”
She tapped the crystal ball and the images of Gus and Willow faded, and ran back to the living room where chaos reigned supreme.
“I’m not gonna’ tear out your spine!” The Collector was shouting. “When I could just liquify it!”
“For the last time, Eda,” Raine said. “You don’t need to come with.”
“Like I’m letting you go face a bunch of Belos supporters by yourself,” Eda scoffed
“I won’t be by myself,” Raine attempted to assure her. “I’ll be…”
“You’ll be what? With Terra and Adrian and all those sick jerks? I rest my case.”
“Yeah, the other Coven Heads will get you,” The Collector added helpfully.
“I’ll come with you too,” Lilith said.
“Really,” Raine said. “I’m…”
“You’re going to need all the backup you can get,” Lilith insisted.
Raine sighed.
“I assume,” they said. “There’s no dissuading either of you?”
“Nope!” Eda and Lilith said in one voice.
“Fine.”
“Luz,” Eda said, knowing that she was about to volunteer to come along as well. “I need you to stay with The Collector and King.”
“I don’t need babysitting!” The Collector shouted.
“I also don’t need babysitting!” King added.
“Just…” Eda said. “Stay here, Luz? Keep them company?”
“And meeeeeeee!” Hooty said. “But I don’t need babysitting either. I’m my own babysitter!”
“Uuuugghhhhh,” Luz said. “Fine. But kick some Belos-supporter butt for me.”
“Sure thing, kid,” Eda said, ruffling her hair. “Hang tight. We’ll be back before you know it.”
The Collector glared at them, seemingly angry at the easy affection between Eda and Luz.
“Phillip’s goons are gonna’ kick your butts,” they said.
“They won’t,” Eda told The Collector.
“They wiiiiill,” The Collector retorted.
“No they wonnnn’t,” Eda said as she summoned Owlbert and turned to leave. “I won’t let them.”
And with that she left, flanked by Lilith and Raine.
Hooty closed the door behind them with a shout.
The Collector stared after them for a long moment, unmoving.
Then, eyes still fixed on the closed door, they reached out a hand plaintively.
“Come back.”
Chapter 16
Summary:
Concerning Belos' long-term impacts on the inhabitants of the Boiling Isles.
Notes:
Morning everybody!
Like so many times before, I've split what I assumed would be a single chapter into two. With length and content, it just made sense.
I'm so excited to continue to share this story with all of you, and it's been such a joy reading all of your thoughts and commentary. I'm honored to have a such a cool group of readers. It's been a while since I've been "in" a fandom for a show that's ongoing. It's been...interesting to say the least. I've been reminded of all the things I've missed about it, as well as all the things I haven't. Y'all are the good reminders. So thank you for that, and for coming along on this ride!
Alice
(Also, chapter warning for descriptions of crowd control)
Chapter Text
Luz had a sneaking suspicion that The Collector was worried.
They wouldn’t admit it, of course.
In fact, they flat-out denied it, projecting silhouettes of a weirdly-cliche crowd wielding torches and pitchforks, while they wailed loudly about how Eda, Raine and Lilith were all headed to a grisly demise.
“It’s okay,” Luz said. “They’ll be back.
“No they won’t!” The Collector said.
“Sure they will. And, in the meantime, you’ve got me, Luz The Human.”
“And MEEEEEEE!” cried Hooty.
The Collector flipped upside-down on the wall and seemed to be scrutinizing Luz.
“You’re that human,” they said. “I don’t get it, what’s your deal?”
“I trained in the ways of witchcraft under Eda…” Luz began.
“Yeah, yeah, whatever,” The Collector interrupted, waving their hand. “I heard all that from Phillip Mc- Liar.”
“Well if he was lying,” Luz pointed out. “How do you know what you heard was true?”
The Collector didn’t seem to have considered this.
“Huhhhhh,” they said, flipping back rightside up and scratching their head. “How do I know you’re not lying?”
“Uhh,” Luz said, holding out a hand, little finger extended. “Pinky swear?”
“NO!!” The Collector shouted, growing huge in size and frowning down angrily at Luz. “I already said NO. MORE. PINKY. SWEARS. You liar-liars don’t keep them, so I”m NEVER MAKING THEM AGAIN!”
“Okay, okay,” Luz said, dropping her hand. “I…I get that. What was it you wanted to ask me?”
As hoped, the question seemed to distract The Collector from their anger, and they shrank back down to size.
“I don’t remember.”
“You were asking what my deal was…”
“Oh, oh, right. I don’t know if you’re playing or conspiring against me with King and the Owl Lady and the Head Bard…”
“They are not conspiring against you!”
“That’s what you think! But maybe they’re all conspiring against you! Bet you never thought of that, huh?”
Luz sighed and smiled.
“Never needed to. Who are you, Collector? Didn’t you ever have a family? Or did you just, like, explode into existence in outer space or the firmament or whatever it is? Do you age? Or are you eternally a kid?”
“AGH! One question at a time, human! You’re so nosy! Mind your own beeswax!”
“I just want to get to know you.”
“Uuuugghhhhh, you people and your whole getting to know and making friends business. It’s just so boring.”
“You don’t…actually know how to make friends, do you?” Luz said.
“Oh shut up. Of course I do. I’ve had lots of friends.”
Luz wanted to point out that the fact that this kind of proved her point, since most all of these so-called friends had taken advantage of The Collector’s nature and used them for their power. Those who could have been good friends were mostly terrified of The Collector.
However, this would probably just continue to take the conversation in a circle.
“Okay, star-shadow,” she said instead. “I want to be your friend. How would Luz The Human go about making friends with The Collector in your world?”
“Hmmmmm,” The Collector said, tapping their chin. “Wanna’ play hide and seek?”
“I mean…” Luz said. “I suppose…”
“But you can’t ditch me while I’m counting. That’s a new rule.”
“I mean, I kind of have to hide…”
“You have to hide where I can find you.”
“Soooo…anywhere in this room, you mean?”
“Yeah, duh. No hiding in the human realm or running away or any other kind of cheating this time. Got it?”
Luz nodded seriously.
“Got it,” she said.
“Good! I’m it! I’ll count to ten. You go hide.”
The Collector covered their eyes and began to count.
For a moment, Luz wondered if they could still see her, but then she made a quick leap across the room to a window and pulled a curtain across her. It wasn’t a great hiding place, it wasn’t even a good hiding place, and she was fairly certain that she was clearly visible as a large, Luz-shaped blob behind the fabric.
“READY OR NOT, HERE I COME!” The Collector shouted at an entirely unnecessary volume. “I’M GONNA’ GET YOU!”
Their squeaky laughter filled the room and Luz shivered. In spite of her determination to give The Collector a chance, there was part of her that still associated that laugh with fear and despair.
‘They’re just a kid,’ she told herself. ‘They need you. You can help them.’
Still, she couldn’t quite shake the lingering fear that The Collector had instilled in her with their past words and actions.
“I SEE YOUR FEET!” The Collector shrieked.
Luz jumped.
She looked down to see dark shadows pooling around her shoes, and over them.
She halfway expected her feet to feel cold or tingly from the touch, but there was no sensation whatsoever as The Collector appeared to wrap their hands around her ankles.
“Youuuuu’re it!” they sang, mercifully at a lower decibel level than moments ago.
“Awww, you got me,” Luz said. “My turn to count.”
The Collector rushed up the curtain, grinning.
“I bet I can hide waayyyy better than you,” they said.
“Then go hide,” Luz said, covering her eyes. “One…two…”
She heard The Collector’s laugh once again, and then silence as she finished counting, the curtain brushing the back of her hands.
“Ten! Ready or not, here I come!”
Luz opened her eyes and looked around.
The room was quiet and the only movement seemed to be coming from her. If she didn’t know any better, she would have sworn there was no one there at all. The mirror on the mantelpiece was the only clue that The Collector was hiding somewhere in the room.
It might, she realized belatedly, be fairly challenging trying to locate a flat shadow in a room full of stuff.
“Hmmmm,” she said out loud. “Where would I be if I were a silly little shadow?”
She listened intently, halfway expecting to hear a snicker or some other indication of The Collector’s presence.
But no, they were taking their hiding very seriously.
And so, Luz began methodically searching the room, occasionally darting over to look in a corner or under the couch.
Even after most everything had been cleared out by the Coven Scouts, the inhabitants of the Owl House had managed not only to recover a surprising amount of the original furnishings, but they’d somehow seemed to acquire even more stuff.
Luz found herself tripping over a box of pots and pans that she knew for a fact had never been part of the household before, and definitely shouldn’t have been in the living room.
“Oh Collectorrrrr!” she sang. “Where areee youuuuu!”
“Are you actually playing hide-and-seek with them?” King asked, peering into the living room and spotting Luz on the floor, looking at the underside of the coffee table.
“Yep!” Luz said, turning awkwardly as she was still halfway under the table. “And they’re really good at hiding.”
And then she heard it. A quickly-stifled but definite laugh. If only she could figure out where it was coming from.
She backed out from under the coffee table, hitting her head on it as she tried to sit up too early, eliciting another laugh.
“Of course they’re good at it,” King said. “They’re a practically incorporeal shadow that can fit into the smallest space imaginable.”
“You wanna’ help look?” Luz asked.
“Uh, no thanks,” King said, sounding a little guilty. “I was just…on my way to the kitchen. To get a snack.”
Luz could tell that King’s thoughts were weighing heavy on his mind. The Collector might not be up for opening up and sharing just yet, but King looked like he wanted to talk - just not in front of The Collector.
“Hey, let me just finish this game,” she told him. “And then I’ll order us another pizza.”
“Really?” King said, his expression brightening.
“Yeah! Actually, grab my phone - you should be able to get an order going.”
“What’s a pizza?” The Collector’s voice called.
“I’ll leave you to it,” King said, hurrying towards the kitchen.
“Pizza,” Luz said loudly to the room. “Is a flat, cheesy food enjoyed by humans and teenage mutant ninja turtles alike.”
She grinned, imagining The Collector desperately wanting to ask what a teenage mutant ninja turtle was, but also not wanting to give away their hiding place.
Luz found her attention drawn towards the mirror, once again. She thought that was the direction of The Collector’s voice but, come to think of it, she wasn’t sure if their voice entirely followed their projection or if it was emanating from their prison itself.
Luz checked the mantlepiece, confirming that The Collector was not hiding behind any of the candles or plates up there. It was possible, of course, that they’d retreated back through the mirror, but Luz somehow didn’t think so. For one thing, The Collector seemed very opposed to spending any more time alone there. For another, that went against their stipulation that hiding spots had to be within the confines of the living room.
Luz stepped back and bit her lip, staring at the wall and thinking.
Her eyes fell below the mantlepiece to the fireplace itself.
“Ah-HAH!” she said, noting the dark soot covering the interior walls of the fireplace.
She dropped to a crouch and leaned into the little space.
“Boo!” she said, tapping the wall. “You’re it!”
A pair of white eyes popped open on the sooty back wall of the fireplace, followed by a wide grin.
“Fouuuuuund meeeeee!!”
“Gotta’ hand it to you,” Luz said. “This is a pretty ingenious hiding place. You were really well camouflaged.”
The Collector cackled.
“Hooo-OOOT!” Hooty’s voice called. “We’ve got incoming.”
“What?” Luz said, scrambling out of the fireplace with far more difficulty than The Collector. “Who?”
But all it took was a quick look out the window to see who was approaching.
“Oh! Oh!” The Collector said excitedly, darting around on the windowsill in a near frenzy. “I know what thaaaaaat is!”
“Oh,” Luz said, trying and failing to physically push The Collector away from the window. “Oh crap.”
***
While New Bonesborough could sometimes be difficult to navigate, it wasn’t at all hard to locate the riot from the air.
It was smaller than the crow phone call had made it sound, but the entire street was still trashed.
Some vendor operators were infuriated and shouting that they’d only just rebuilt after the destruction of old Bonesborough.
A few others, however, seemed to be in support of the small mob that crowded the street.
Lilith spotted the gathering of ex-Coven Heads a short distance away and motioned for Eda to follow with Raine.
They landed as inconspicuously as possible.
“You’re late,” Adrian said.
Eberwolf glared from where they were investigating a wagon full of apparently-venemous turtle-like creatures.
“Oh really now,” Terra Snapdragon said when she saw the newcomers. “You can’t just bring your riff-raff friends. It’s unbecoming.”
Eda bristled and gave a low growl.
“Riff-raff?” Lilith said. “Don’t forget, Snapdragon, I used to be your superior.”
Raine ignored the jab and cut to the chase.
“What’s the situation?” they asked.
Eberwolf muttered something from the wagon and pointed up the street to where a witch was loudly holding forth from atop an overturned object, his voice magically amplified by the odd-shaped shell that he was holding.
“...and who amongst you,” he was saying to the crowd which swarmed around him. “WHO AMONGST YOU can just stand there and LOOK ME IN ANY OF MY EYES and TRUTHFULLY say that we’re better off without Belos?!?”
A few in the crowd jeered and booed, but they were drowned out and pushed away by those cheering in agreement.
“Look AROUND you!” the witch continued, waving an arm widely and indicating the surroundings. “Look at this! Our entire society is CRUMBLING without our Titan-appointed leader’s rule! The Coven Heads are JOKES! They’re incompetent! What have they even DONE for ANY of us? They’re not FIT to govern!”
“What is WRONG with you!” a demon from the crowd shouted, fighting against the swarm. “For the love of Titan, do you not remember how BELOS TRIED TO MURDER US ALL?? With the Draining Spell?”
“BLASPHEMY!” the witch shouted. “You have fallen for the DECEPTION of the would-be usurpers! THERE WAS NO DRAINING SPELL! We were being PURIFIED. It was all part of Belos’ grand plan of unity! There is no purification without pain!”
The crowd screamed and shouted, growing more rowdy with each word.
Eda turned to look at Raine, who was pale with fury, their hands clenched in shaking fists.
“I didn’t know it was getting this bad, Raine,” she said.
“It’s getting progressively worse,” Raine managed to grit out.
“The rabble-rouser has a point, much as I hate to say it,” Adrian said. “We are atrocious at governing effectively.”
“Such rebellions should have been squashed at first sign,” Terra agreed. “I did propose we set an example back when the problem first cropped up.”
Eberwolf turned from the wagon and gave Terra an incredulous squawk.
“You proposed public executions by torture, Terra,” Raine said.
“And it would have been effective, Sprout,” Terra shot back. “We wouldn’t have this little uprising if it weren’t for you, Darius and Eber being all squeamish bleeding hearts.”
“As much as it makes my stomach turn,” Adrian said. “Such a clear, zero-tolerance policy would have kept the citizens in line.”
“Do NOT,” Raine said, stepping up to Terra and locking eyes aggressively. “Call. Me. That. Ever. Again. I have ethical standards, but I am not squeamish. If you keep this up, I will cut your chest open and see if your heart bleeds.”
Lilith’s jaw dropped.
“Daaaaang,” Eda said.
“You,” Terra hissed at Raine. “Had better watch your
back,
Head Bard.”
“Don’t worry,” Eda laughed humorlessly, stepping to Raine’s side. “I got you covered.”
If Raine blushed, it was impossible to tell, because their face was already splotchy from the long-pent-up anger that was seeping out.”
“As entertaining as this is,” Adrian said. “Can we at least agree that this is neither the time or place? Because any minute now, we’re going to draw attention from them.”
He pointed down the street at the crowd.
“Good point,” Terra said, stepping away from Raine. “Let’s move.”
She turned to stride down the street, motioning for the others to follow her.
They did so, although Raine was still shaking, and Eda was furious on their behalf. It was almost hard to focus on the Belos supporters at the end of the street.
“The Purification Spell was clearly derailed!” shouted another witch, who had climbed up beside the first. “Undoubtedly the work of Wild Magic!”
“Wait!” someone in the crowd shouted. “I thought The Collector stopped the spell.”
“I heard The Collector destroyed Belos!” said another voice, which Eda recognized as belonging to Morton.
“LIES!” the witch with the shell-megaphone shouted. “These are LIES that the criminals of the Boiling Isles have told you in order to blind you from the truth!”
“Belos hasn’t left us at all!” cried the witch beside him. “And he isn’t dead! He wouldn’t leave us like that! This is a test! Belos wants to know which of us are truly loyal! Who are worthy of him!”
Raine pulled out their violin, fury roiling behind their eyes.
“We’ll go ahead of you,” Lilith said, glancing at Eda, who nodded.
The sisters took flight on their staffs and rushed down the street, Lilith using a glyph combination to shoot a loud series of firecracker-like explosions in her wake.
At the same time, Raine brought bow to string and the air was filled with cracks of lightning which hit the street and a few abandoned vendor wagons, but were carefully targeted not to hit any witches or demons.
“AND!” the first witch cried, seeing the approaching band. “The loyal are NOT our false governing Coven Heads, who abandoned and renouched our Emperor the moment he stepped away.”
Another crack of lightning cut through the air and into the cavernous fissure at the edge of the street, making the witch look even more deranged.
They!” he cried. “Will be the first to face Belos’ wrath upon his glorious return!”
“This is ridiculous,” Terra said. “ENOUGH!”
She raised her hands and sent tendrils of plants into the crowd, which burst into bloom, each blossom shooting a flurry of barbed seeds dripping with a sickly-looking pink liquid, in all directions.
Rallying quickly turned to panic, cheers and boos turning to screams of pain and shouts of fear.
“Toxic Spearflower,” Terra said lazily. “Not the first time I’ve used it for crowd control.”
“TERRA!” Raine shouted angrily. “We voted AGAINST RESORTING TO VIOLENCE!”
“You voted against it,” Terra said. “I, on the other hand, voted in favor of it.”
The crowd screamed and ran about, witches and demons clawing at themselves where the barbs of the Spearflower had become lodged in their skin and were near-impossible to remove, due to their small size. Some even seemed to have been hit in the eyes, as they had hands and claws across their face, howling and screaming. A few stumbled blindly off the edge of the street and into the canyon.
“Painful and effective,” Terra said proudly, watching the panic in the street escalate as some of the other Coven Heads launched themselves into the crowd.
“I could have subdued them with MUSIC!” Raine shouted.
“This is OVERKILL!” Eda agreed.
Lilith swooped down to catch Morton, who had just tumbled off the street and was in the process of falling into the as-far-as-anyone-knew bottomless chasm below.
“We’re not here to subdue!” Adrian said, firing off horrific illusions in an attempt to block exits. “We’re teaching a lesson!”
“I’m an innocent bystander!” Morton shouted from where he was hanging onto Lilith.
Raine whipped their violin towards Terra and sent a sharp note flying in her direction, which she deflected with a swordplant, sending it towards Eda, who ducked, even before Raine screamed, nearly falling off her staff in the process.
Eberwolf leaped at Adrian as Raine attacked Terra’s plants.
And then, suddenly, up from the broken stones and slabs that composed the surface of the street, there rose a thick, purple goo that flowed and swam before forming itself into the shape of a very familiar (and very angry) witch.
“What,” Darius said. “The fuck?”
***
Hunter’s footsteps took him down the familiar path to the Owl House, and away from the action that he knew must be taking place in New Bonesborough. He wasn’t exactly sure how he felt about that.
It wasn’t that he didn’t appreciate Darius sending him home and wanting to keep him safe, but there was that nagging familiar feeling of being deemed inadequate and unfit to assist.
Hunter hated that feeling.
He knew he could be of help. The moment word of the happenings in Bonesborough had reached him and Darius, Hunter had immediately set his mind to the task of thinking up potential solutions and strategies.
While Darius had agreed that cutting the camping trip short and high-tailing it to the riot was the best course of action, and had listened to Hunter’s ideas, he had also made it clear in no uncertain terms that Hunter was not to be involved.
“Please go directly to Eda’s,” Darius had said. “I’ll join you there after all this nonsense has been taken care of.”
Hunter kicked a rock.
“I know Darius is concerned, logically,” he told Flapjack. “But it still feels like I must have let him down. Was it because of that tent pole incident? Agh! I can’t stop thinking about it.”
Flapjack twittered in sympathy.
“I know, I know,” Hunter said. “That’s just my uncle still getting to my head. I’m sure I’ll feel better after talking to Eda. I always do.”
He frowned as he walked into the yard.
“What,” he said, pausing. “What happened here.”
The acrid, yet strangely sweet smell of smoke lingered in the air, and much of the yard was surrounded by a large, scorched ring. It even looked to be quietly smoldering in a couple of spots.
Hunter crouched down and rubbed some of the ash between his fingers, sniffing it.
“Fire-sage,” he said. “What kind of ritual would need this much protection?”
Flapjack tweeted.
“Oh, good point. To stop Eda’s curse from interfering. But then, who did the spell? And why?”
Flapjack fluttered off towards the house, while Hunter stepped into the circle and began investigating the fire pit at its center.
There wasn’t much to be deduced, other than the fact that it was all a bit strange.
With no conclusions drawn, and only more questions raised, Hunter approached the house with a slight feeling of trepidation.
It was unusually quiet, unnervingly quiet even.
Was no one home?
Usually at least Hooty was all up in his face by this point.
Hunter began the brief worry that maybe everyone was involved in whatever riot was happening in town, but that thought was instantly derailed when the front door flew open and Luz practically exploded through it at him, trailed by Hooty.
“HUNTER!” Luz shouted, her voice at least an octave higher than normal. “You’re back early!”
Chapter 17
Summary:
Hunter didn't want ANY kind of surprise party, but this is the nightmare scenario.
Notes:
Hey all!
Been hard at work getting this chapter out to you today as I didn't have much time for editing this week! Apologies in advance if there are any errors I didn't catch.
I haven't had a chance to respond to all of your most recent comments yet but, as always, I love reading them (I've read them all over and over again and they make me very happy) and I appreciate every one of them. I'll get around to replies as I can.
Next chapter should be up midweek, rather than next Saturday. I figure everyone will be more interested in the new canonical Owl House episode next weekend, so I'll just get the next chapter out ahead of time.
Anyways, hope y'all enjoy this chapter in the meantime!
Cheers!
Alice
Chapter Text
Luz stood facing Hunter on the doorstep of the Owl House, almost as if she was purposefully trying to bar his way.
She laughed in a manner that sounded slightly forced.
“HOOTY! Shut the DOOR!”
“Youuuuuu got it!” Hooty cried from behind her. “Hoot-hoot!”
The front door slammed shut.
“We broke camp when we heard what was happening in New Bonesborough,” Hunter said. “What the in the Islands has been going on here?”
“Oh we just had a bonfire and roasted marshmallows!” Luz laughed. “Nothing suspicious or anything! Welcome back! Let’s go in through the kitchen for no reason whatsoever!”
“What?” Hunter yelped, but Luz had already grabbed him by the arm and was dragging him around the side of the house.
Flapjack rejoined him as Luz pulled him into the kitchen, perching on a dining table chair and offering little information other than the fact that King was apparently the only other resident at home.
“Luz!” Hunter said, wrenching his arm free. “What is wrong with you?!”
“Look at the kitchen!” Luz cried with far, far too much enthusiasm. “We remodeled.”
“It looks exactly the same as when I left!”
“But we got a new teapot,” Luz said, gesturing at the stove.
“Why are you acting so weird?”
“Whaaaat? I’m not acting weird. You’re acting weird.”
“Yes, because you’re acting weird! Seriously, what’s going on here? Where is everybody?”
“In Bonesborough dealing with the Belos loyalists. It’s just me here.”
“And me,” King said, poking his head into the room.
“And meeeeeeee!” Hooty called from the depths of the house.
Luz grimaced, and Hunter could have sworn she was bracing herself for…
For what?
Another voice perhaps?
But there was only silence, and Luz looked relieved.
“Aaaaanyway,” she said. “Hunter, you must be super tired after your camping expedition. Maybe you should head on up to the spare room and take a nap.”
“Yeah!” King said. “That sounds like a great idea!”
Luz grabbed Hunter's backpack.
“I’ll even help you unpack!” she said brightly.
“Not happening!” Hunter said, snatching the backpack from her. “I’m not letting you go through all my stuff.”
“Well then you can unpack it yourself while you tell me every single detail about camping with Darius. Raine did want a blow-by-blow story, remember!”
“Raine’s not here…” Hunter said, even as he allowed Luz to drag him into the hallway and towards the stairs. “And you’re acting suspicious.”
“I’m not acting suspicious!” Luz protested. “I’m acting enthusiastic and supportive!”
Flapjack chirped skeptically as he fluttered above Hunter’s head.
“Even the Titan can tell you’re acting suspicious!” Hunter retorted.
“Yeah!” King said. “Wait! No I can’t! Because there’s nothing to be suspicious of!”
Hunter looked down at King with a frown.
“You too, huh?” he said. “What is this, a conspiracy? It better not be that Surprise Party thing you two keep threatening me with.”
“Yes!” Luz cried, already halfway up the stairs, pulling confetti out of nowhere and throwing it into the air. “Surprise! It’s a party!”
Hunter gave her a stone-faced look.
“What are you hiding?’ he asked.
Something was very definitely not right.
Hunter took stock of Luz's tight, stressed expression underneath her feigned cheerfulness, the way that she was standing on the stairs, the way she was trying desperately to lead him up them.
King was a little more difficult to get a read on, but he definitely mirrored Luz’s worry and shared her desire for Hunter to go upstairs - as was evident by the fact that he was physically trying to push Hunter’s legs.
Hunter’s instincts, honed from years as the Golden Guard, screamed TRAP!
But, logically, that didn’t quite add up for this particular situation.
Unless…
New suspicions occurred to him.
“Luz,” he said, very quietly and very seriously. “Is there someone else here?”
The quickly-suppressed flash of alarm that crossed Luz’s face was all Hunter needed to confirm that his suspicions were correct.
“There is, huh?” he said. “Are you being threatened by them?”
Luz shook her head, but not in way Hunter felt was particularly convincing.
“Flapjack,” he said, holding out his hand.
Flapjack instantly manifested into Hunter’s staff.
Hunter spun on his heel and headed straight for the living room.
“Wait!” Luz cried, stumbling over herself as she ran down the stairs after him.
Staff held at the ready, Hunter stopped at the doorway, peering slowly around the corner.
The room looked empty. He thought he saw movement just around the corner, which made him nearly jump. However it was just on the wall so it was probably just a shadow or a trick of the light.
Gripping the staff defensively, Hunter leaped to the center of the room and spun in a circle, quickly taking in his surroundings and preparing himself to fight…
Nothing?
At first glance, there didn’t seem to be anything out of place and there was nobody visible in the room.
Of course, Hunter was well aware that illusions and invisibility magic could be in use, and he wasn’t about to let his guard down. There was a reason that Luz had wanted him away from this room and he was going to find it.
Hunter turned towards the fireplace but a sudden movement out of the corner of his eye captured his attention instead.
He could have sworn he’d seen something shadowy move behind a large curtain that hung over one of the windows.
“Gotcha’,” he said.
And then…
Luz leaped in front of him, holding up her palms and wearing that same panicked grin from earlier.
“Aaghh!” Hunter said.
“Okay, okay,” Luz said, walking backwards in front of him as he advanced on the window. “Hunter? Doooon’t freak out, okay?”
“You’re freaking me out by saying that!” Hunter cried.
“I have to explain…” Luz began.
Hunter tried to push Luz out of the way, only to have her try to push him aside, resulting in what, to an outside observer, probably looked like a couple of cats batting their arms at each other.
Someone snickered and both Luz and Hunter froze.
“What was that?” Hunter demanded.
“Probably King?” Luz said, glancing over to where a wide-eyed King was watching from the hallway door.
King shook his head, as if asking to be left out of whatever was happening.
Hunter took advantage of Luz’s momentary distraction and stepped around her, striding over to the window and yanking the curtain back to reveal…
Once again, nothing.
“What?”
A flicker of movement near his feet drew Hunter’s attention, but it was too quick for him to register what it was, before it vanished under the sofa.
“Oh no you don’t!” He shouted, practically pouncing on the floor in front of the sofa and peering underneath.
Yet again, there was nothing there.
Hunter had just about had enough.
“Okay, Luz The Human,” he said, climbing to his feet. “What is it you need to explain?”
Luz was facing Hunter with a slightly-horrified expression, but her focus appeared to be on the wall behind him, not on Hunter himself.
He spun around, seeing only the wall, which was decorated with a few pictures and artifacts.
He shivered, starting to feel thoroughly spooked.
There was movement on the wall to his left, but it was once again lifeless when Hunter turned to look.
“Stop!” Luz was saying.
Hunter glanced around wildly.
“Who’s there?” he shouted. “Show yourself!”
“ No!” Luz cried.
Was Hunter really just being paranoid? Had he finally snapped? Was he self-destructing?
A look at the mantelpiece and a quickly-stifled laugh from behind him immediately squashed that possibility.
Hunter felt his blood run cold, and he was fairly certain that Luz was watching his complexion grow even paler than it normally was.
He’d recognize that laugh anywhere.
He’d also recognize that mirror disc above the fireplace anywhere. After all, he’d carried it around for weeks.
But…
But it…
Here…?
Now…?
“It can’t be…” he said, voice shaking.
“Hunter…” Luz said.
Hunter took several steps backwards towards the hallway door, eyes still fixed on the mantelpiece.
“What,” he said, pointing at the mirror. “Is that doing there?”
“Just calm down,” Luz said.
“Calm down?” Hunter said. “ Calm down? You…you…have The Collector here!?!”
“BOO!” said The Collector from the doorway directly beside Hunter.
“YAAAGGHH!” Hunter yelped, jumping to the side and tripping over King, causing them both to topple to the floor.
The Collector held their sides, laughing in sheer mirth at the spectacle.
Hunter almost instinctively pulled King into his lap, holding an arm over him protectively.
“Collector!” Luz admonished. “I told you to stay hidden!”
“You what?” Hunter said from the floor.
“You said he couldn’t know I was here,” the Collector said, dropping down the doorframe and onto the floor. “But heeeee figured it ouuu-uuut! Game over!”
Hunter scrambled backwards as The Collector approached across the floor like a chaotic and vaguely threatening roomba.
“No!” Hunter said, pulling King close. “Get away from me!”
The Collector laughed, surrounding him and King in a circle of shadow on the floor.
“Can’t get away, this time, Grimwalker,” they taunted. “Caaaaan’t get awaaayyyy from meeeee! Caaan’t get awaaaayyyyyyyy!”
Hunter kicked out at the shadow which, of course, did nothing except cause The Collector to get even more worked up.
“Oooohhhhh you caaaan’t geet me!” they laughed.
“Stop it!” Hunter shouted, getting to his feet again, grasping King in one hand and his staff in the other, for all the good that it would do.
“What’s the matter?” The Collector asked, reaching an arm, snakelike, towards Hunter’s feet. “You scared of a shadow?”
“I’m not scared…” Hunter said, stepping backwards quickly.
“Yeah you aaaaarree! You’re sooooo scared right now! You’re totally freaking out! Scaredy-cat! Scaredy-cat! Scaredy-caaaaaaaat!”
“Shut up!” Hunter shouted.
The Collector rushed up the wall, morphing into a huge shape, reaching claws across the ceiling and making grabbing motions at Hunter, who flinched and ducked in spite of himself.
“Collector!” Luz shouted. “Stop it! This isn’t cool!”
She grabbed Hunter by the arm and began trying to pull him from the living room.
“You caaaan’t get meeeeee!” The Collector sang. “Na-na-na-na-na-naaaaaaaa!”
“You had better,” Hunter said to Luz. “Have a damn good explanation for this.”
“For what?” The Collector asked, now hanging upside-down on the wall. “Me being baaaaaack? I’m just the sneakiest and creepiest sneaky-peek and I just sneeeeaked and creeeeped right back, after youuuu thought I was gooo-ooone!”
“Darius told me the mirror disc was shattered,” Hunter said, taking a steadying breath. “Into, like, a million pieces.”
“Did he cooount all the pieces?” The Collector scoffed.
“Yeah, uh…” Luz said. “We might have…fixed it?”
“Why?” Hunter asked. “What would ever even make you think about doing that?”
“Because! They’re a kid! They deserve a second chance!”
“After they destroyed the world?!?” Hunter asked incredulously.
“KABOOM!” The Collector shouted unhelpfully, projecting themself as the Boiling Isles Titan exploding.
“After they,” Hunter continued. “Threw my un…threw Belos against a wall so hard he exploded into slime?!?”
“Uh, did you just arrive from Planet Stupidville?” The Collector said, reforming into their normal shadow. “It’s called oobleck!”
“That’s irrelevant!” Hunter said loudly. “Did everyone just forget that the Draining Spell was The Collector’s idea?!? Eda’s curse?! We’re way past second chances here!”
“Oh hey, I have another idea!” The Collector said, circling the room, eyes locked on Hunter. “We could play Hunt The Grimwalker!”
“Nobody’s hunting anyone!” Luz said, grabbing Hunter again as if worried he might leap at The Collector. “Hunter’s a member of the family. He lives here sometimes. No being mean to him.”
“You and your whole family thing,” The Collector said. “You just don’t want me to have any fun.”
“Give them a second chance, huh?” Hunter said with a pointed look at Luz.
“I literally just played hide and seek with you!” Luz said to The Collector, feeling something akin to anger bubbling up within her. “That was fun, right? But I’m not gonna’ let you bully Hunter in his own home! He’s been through enough! You could relate if you weren’t being such a brat!”
“What- ever,” The Collector said. “He’s just a Grimwalker, and kind of a boring one, too. You could make another one. A better one.”
“That’s IT!” Hunter yelled. “I am NOT putting up with this!”
“Hunter is his own person!” Luz added. “You two actually have a lot in common! You’re both kids that Belos exploited the crap out of! You should be best friends, not enemies!”
“Don’t,” Hunter said darkly. “Compare me to this… thing. I might have blindly followed Belos, but I didn’t murder him in cold blood and then laugh about it. I didn’t knowingly tell him how to wipe out all life on the Boiling Isles and then laugh about that, too.”
“Psshh,” The Collector said, waving their hand. “Phillip broke his promise, so I broke him. Fair’s fair. He was really bad at tag, anyway.”
Whatever Luz and Hunter were about to say was interrupted by a cry from Hooty, and the front door swinging open to let in a group of witches.
Hunter had the briefest of momentary panic before he recognized the newcomers as Eda, Raine, Lilith and Darius.
All four looked rather worse for wear.
“I had no idea, Raine,” Eda was saying. “I had no idea it was this bad.”
“Now you know why dealing with the other Coven Heads gives me a headache,” Raine said.
“I would hope,” Darius said, “That I am an exception to…”
His voice trailed off as he took in the scene in the room before him.
“Oh for the love of Titan.”
Everyone looked to see Hunter standing in a defensive position, holding King and his staff while the shadow of The Collector grinned menacingly down at him from the ceiling, looking for all the world like they were thumbing their nose at him.
Luz looked like she was attempting to referee whatever confrontation was happening.
“Oh dear,” Lilith said.
“Hunter…” Eda began.
Darius rounded on Raine.
“You could have told me,” he said. “That you’d already summoned that little twerp.”
“I was a little busy, Darius,” Raine said. “Trying to stop Terra from murdering everyone in that crowd.”
“Uh, what?” Luz asked.
“I sent Hunter here!” Darius said. “Because I thought he’d be safe!”
“No, no,” Eda said. “Hunter, are you alright?”
“Uhhhhh….” Hunter said.
“This one’s on me,” Eda said. “It’s my fault for not being more open about bringing The Collector back to begin with.”
“Well I probably should have brought it up, too,” Darius admitted.
“Were all of you in on this?” Hunter asked.
Eda started to say something, but the moment she stepped through the doorway, The Collector dropped down from the ceiling and pounced on her, rushing up around her from the floor in a tight spiral.
“Caauuugghht youuuuuuu!” they sang. “You’re it! Bzzzzzzt!”
They pointed their finger at Eda’s nose and laughed in a disconcerting manner that Hunter somehow recognized through his haze of disbelief, as being very different from the way they’d laughed at him.
There was a darker edge to it, and Hunter shivered hard.
“Told you I’d be back,” Eda said. “You haven’t been bothering Hunter, have you?”
“Wellll…” Luz began.
Eda sighed.
“You have, huh.”
Darius was already at Hunter’s side.
“I would not,” he said. “Have even suggested you come here if I’d realized…”
“But you knew,” Hunter said. “You knew they were bringing The Collector back, and…and…and you went along with it?”
“I can’t say I approve,” Darius said. “In fact, personally I think it’s a Titan-awful idea. But I do have faith in the Owl Lady. As long as The Collector is still in their…containment, they can’t harm anyone.”
“But why? Why even let them this far back into our realm?”
“Hooo boy,” King said.
“Hunter…” Eda began, reaching out her hand and trying to extricate herself from The Collector without stepping through their shadow.
“I’ve got this, Edalyn,” Darius said. “You’ve clearly got another kid demanding your attention right this minute.”
Eda frowned, unsure if there was a bitter and slightly sarcastic edge to his words, or if he was just tired and wanted to talk to Hunter on his own.
“Let’s talk outside,” Darius said. “King, do you mind if I ask for some space? I do so with the utmost of respect, of course.”
“Weh,” King said, hopping down and scurrying off towards the kitchen.
“I believe I can help with explanations as well,” Lilith said.
Darius gently steered Hunter out the door.
Lilith followed.
“I had hoped,” she said, once they were outside. “That Edalyn could explain all of this to you, from her perspective. But I don’t think now is the time to ask her to relive all that again.”
“Relive all what?” Hunter asked.
Darius sighed, as if recalling something he didn’t want to relive either.
“It’s time,” he said. “That you knew what really happened at the Looking Glass Graveyard when we trapped The Collector…”
Back inside, Eda and Raine were making little progress getting through to The Collector that they were not to torment Hunter.
To top it off, King had just discovered another issue.
“Uhhhhh,” he piped up from the hallway. “I think I messed up?”
“What?” Luz said, turning towards him. “Messed what up?”
“I tried to order pizza with your phone, but I think I did it wrong and they’re delivering it to the portal door.”
“Aaagghh!” Luz cried, bolting towards the kitchen. “Everybody stay calm! I’ll handle this.”
Meanwhile, The Collector seemed to be equally frustrated that they couldn’t get through to Eda and Raine.
“He’s just a Grimwalker,” they said, back on the wall and looking as annoyed as the limited features of their shadow allowed. “They’re not meant to last. They just do their thing and then ppppphtttt!”
The Collector made a thumbs-down gesture.
“Then you make a new one!” they added brightly.
“And you think that’s okay?” Raine asked. “Grimwalkers are sentient. Like you?”
The Collector just gave them a slightly blank look.
“Hunter is an individual,” Eda said.
“Like King,” Raine added. “Would you…discard King just because you could make a copy of him?”
The Collector frowned and looked down.
They didn’t say anything but Raine was fairly certain they were picturing the scenario and not enjoying it.
“It wouldn’t really be King,” Eda said. “It would be a stranger who looked just like him, but wasn’t.”
“Would…” The Collector said, still looking at the floor. “Would he play with me? The copy-King, I mean?”
“Does that really matter?” Eda asked. “If it’s King you want to play with?”
“If the copy-King did play with you,” Raine added. “Would it be as fun if he weren’t really King?”
“And he might not even want to try to be your friend at all,” Eda continued. “He wouldn’t be King. He’d be a completely different Titan.”
“Exactly,” Raine said. “A copy of King wouldn’t be any more our King than King is his own father.”
“You’re better off making friends with the real King,” Eda said. “If you can’t do that, do you really think you’d have any luck making friends with any of your so-called copy-Kings?”
“And that,” Raine added. “Is something Bel…I mean, Phillip never learned. If you can realize that, you’re already leagues ahead of Phillip.”
“I already know I’m better than Phillip,” The Collector said. “You don’t gotta’ tell me that.”
“Regardless,” Raine said. “Hunter lives here too, and there’s no need to harass him. “He’s processing what Phillip did to him as well.”
“Remember the House Rules,” Eda said. “Be respectful. I don’t expect you two to instantly be friends or anything - I’m not that delusional, despite what Darius says - but you could learn a lot from each other.”
“Yeah right,” The Collector laughed. “I already know waaaayyyyy more than that Hunter or any of the others! I bet he couldn’t even figure out how to power magic using a quasar!”
“Magical abilities aren’t what I was thinking of,” Eda said.
“That was Phillip’s currency,” Raine said. “Not ours. Hunter’s starting to realize that now. Eventually you will, too. But, for now, I think it’s fair to settle for just some basic tolerance.”
“Whatever,” The Collector said.
“We’ve got time,” Eda said. She yawned and Raine could see the barely-disguised tiredness. “Next to what just happened in New Bonesborough, I don’t think we’re dealing with anything insurmountable.”
“Ohhhh don’t remind me,” Raine muttered. “You’re right, I’d much rather be dealing with this.”
The Collector stretched themself along the wall, zig-zagging around the various things hanging on it.
“We should check on…” Eda began.
“Hey!” The Collector said sharply. “You never did guess my name.”
“Well,” Raine said. “You sort of threw a fit about it and said we weren’t playing the game right. I thought you didn’t want to play that game anymore.”
“But I wanna’ play it nowwwwwww,” The Collector whined. “Come oooon, guesssssss.”
“Is it…” Eda said, wracking her brain. “Roswell.”
“Nooooooo!” The Collector said.
“Angus,” Raine suggested.
“Noooo-ooooope!” The Collector said, stretching out the word into several syllables.
“Viper.”
“Nooo-OOOOOO!”
“Then I give up,” Raine said. “You’ll have to just tell us.”
“No I wooooon’t.”
“It’s like I just said,” Eda commented. “We’ve got lots of time.”
“That’s what you think!” The Collector said, coiling themself into a ball. “But you can’t even comprehend what lots of time even means! I’ve seen galaxies form and die. I’ve spent your Island’s entire history in this prison! If you saw what lots of time means to me, then your entire head would implode!”
The Collector laughed once again in the low manner they sometimes did, which Hunter had found so distressing.
“I…” Eda said, her eyes reflecting sympathy and pity. “I can’t even imagine, Collector. But you know I would have gone with you if I could. I tried…”
This was, apparently, the wrong thing to say to The Collector.
“LIAR!” they screamed. “You TRICKED me! You made me TRUST you and…and…and JYOU SAID I WOULDN’T GO BACK HERE! YOU SAID I WOULDN’T BE ALONE!”
“You’re not alone,” Eda said. “I’m here now, we all are. And right now, that’s what matters.”
“No it’s NOT! I was alone for MONTHS! You’ll pay for that! I’LL MAKE YOU PAY!”
“Eda spent those months trying to find a way to get you back,” Raine said. “She thought about you all the time. Every. Single Day. She told me all about you and then I wanted to be here for you too and I was so, so exited to meet you. I think you’re a really cool and really brave kid.”
“SHUT UP!” The Collector squeaked, grabbing the shadow edges of their hat, as if what Raine was saying was hurting them. “You made me GO TO SLEEP! YOU WANTED ME LOCKED UP! YOU BROKE MY TABLET!”
There was a sudden commotion from the kitchen where Luz was trying to get King’s pizza order through the portal door without the delivery person seeing what was on the other side.
The Collector was not pleased at this diversion of attention.
In a flash, they were on the hallway doorframe, hovering at face-level with Eda.
“You think you have lots of time, you say,” they told her. “You have even less than you think. I’ve told you once, I’ve told you twice. The first thing I’m going to do the moment I get free? I’m gonna’ hunt you down and find you. And thennnnn…”
They raised a finger and pointed it at Eda.
But Eda was ahead of them and raised her own finger to tap the extended shadowy one on the wall.
“Bzzzzzzzzzzzzzt!” they both said in unison.
The Collector’s shadow jumped back in surprise. They hadn’t expected that response.
“KING!” Luz’s voice came loudly from the kitchen. “How many pizzas did you order?”
“It’s hard to use a touch-screen with claws!” King cried.
Eda and Raine traded a look.
“Hold that thought,” Eda told The Collector. “We’ll be back.”
She and Raine both rushed to see what chaos was happening in the kitchen.
The moment they were out of sight, The Collector, who had been staring at their incorporeal finger, allowed their shadow to crumple to the floor in a heap.
And then, very quietly but uncontrollably, they laughed and laughed and laughed.
Chapter 18
Summary:
Eda has several conversations.
Notes:
New chapter up for everyone! I hope you enjoy this slightly-domestic slice-of-life chapter.
The next chapter will probably be up on the 22nd. Like I mentioned before, I'm skipping next Saturday as the fandom will probably be more focused on 'Thanks To Them'.
I should also note that the new episode won't affect the next couple of chapters, as they are already written. I don't know if I will end up incorporating any more of the upcoming canonical Owl House episodes into this fic, but there won't be spoilers for *at least* a couple of weeks - and I'll be sure to mention in the notes and the fic summary if there are spoilers in any future chapters.
Thanks again for reading!
Alice
Chapter Text
The following days were, mercifully, less eventful, for which the inhabitants of the Owl House were grateful.
There were, without a doubt, some individual tensions, but they took a backseat to getting into a new rhythm of life.
Hunter avoided the living room and, initially, didn’t say a whole lot, especially on the topic of The Collector.
“We can talk whenever you want, you know,” Eda told him, not wanting to push it, but feeling that it was important to make sure he realized that the option was there.
“I know,” Hunter replied, and left it at that.
The next day he abruptly announced that he was going to the human realm for a while.
This wasn’t completely unusual, as Hunter was still working on finding his place in both worlds, but Eda couldn’t help but suspect The Collector played a significant role in his departure.
“He’ll be okay,” Luz said, although it almost sounded like she was trying to convince herself as much as anyone. “He just needs some time to think.”
Luz herself was spending a little more time in the human realm as she prepared to go back to school in Gravesfield.
“Winter break’ll be over soon,” she said regretfully.
One one of her trips back and forth between realms, Luz brought with her a stack of books from the Gravesfield library. There were a couple of cookbooks, some historical volumes and a number of children’s books with bright pictures.
Amity visited as much as she could, determined to make the most of her time with Luz.
“Where’s the other one?” The Collector demanded on her first visit.
“Other one what?” Amity asked them.
“The other one,” The Collector repeated. “With the green hair?”
“My brother?” Amity said. “Edric.”
“Yeah. Where is he?”
“Helping my Dad and sister move into the new place.”
She didn’t add that Edric had admitted to being quite leery of The Collector, even if he was curious about them, rather sheepishly stating he was worried about making himself a “target” if they ever got loose.
On another of Amity’s visits, she took it upon herself to try to read the library books to The Collector.
At first, it didn’t go well as The Collector was disdainful of the picture books.
“Those are for babies,” they said. “I am not a baby.”
They blew a raspberry at Amity.
“Oh, well then,” Amity said. “I’m sorry to hear that, Collector. Luz was really looking forward to having me read these to the both of you.”
“I was?” Luz asked.
“She was?” echoed Hooty.
“Yes!” Amity said. “Don’t you remember just saying me how much you wanted me to read to you?”
“Ohhhhh,” Luz said, catching on. “Right! I did just say that.”
“Guess we’ll have to do something else then.”
“But I waaaaaaant you to read to us, Amity,” Luz said, well aware that she was sounding remarkably like The Collector at their most whiny.
Amity fought hard to keep a straight face as she spoke.
“Maybe The Collector won’t mind if I just read to you. They don’t have to listen.”
“That’s a great idea!”
And so Amity sat on the couch, reading out loud with Luz happily snuggled up next to her.
The Collector’s feigned indifference lasted all of a minute and a half before they couldn’t contain themself any longer and darted to the back of the sofa so they could see the pictures in the book.
Amity ended up reading every picture book in one sitting, which took longer than it would have normally because The Collector had a lot of questions and commentary on just about everything in each book.
Eda wished she had been able to concoct a daring plan so that Luz wouldn’t have to return to human school but, so far, she hadn’t come up with anything aside from just flat-out kidnapping Luz.
Fortunately Luz had been talking to Principal Bump about ways to continue her magic studies when not at Hexside full-time. It wasn’t ideal, but it was still something.
Still, it felt unfair.
“Luz is more at home at Hexside,” Eda vented to Raine. “That’s where all her friends are going to be. It just feels wrong to take her away from that.”
“I wish I had an answer,” Raine said. “But I can’t see a perfect solution either.”
It had taken Raine a couple of days to recover from what was becoming known as the New Bonesborough Riot. They too felt stuck, in their own way.
“I can’t handle trying to reason with Terra and the others anymore,” they said angrily, helping Eda clean out a junk closet in the hallway. “At first I thought maybe, just maybe we could all put our differences aside in the interest of the common good or whatever, but that was a load of bunk.”
“Then quit,” Eda said, tossing a broken vacuum cleaner into the hall. “I don’t like how stressed and upset you are half the time when you come back from one of those meetings. And after seeing what you’re up against first-hand? You gotta’ get outta’ there before it kills you.”
“I want to,” Raine admitted, picking up a number of coat hangers off the floor. “You have no idea how badly I just want to say screw it to the whole thing! Begone! Good riddance! Tell Terra to shove off right to her face!”
“Then do it! You told me you wanted to do something different. But here you are still in a gridlock with the scum of the Empire.”
“Don’t you get it, Eda?” Raine said, their voice pained. “I can’t just quit. I can’t abandon Darius and Eber like that! What’s going to happen if there’s no one to stand up against Terra and Adrian and the rest?”
“If you work yourself to death, it’s not gonna’ matter in the end, Rainestorm,” Eda muttered.
But, unfortunately, she understood Raine’s point.
“These barstools are in really good shape,” Raine said, obviously trying to change the subject. “We should use them.”
“Yeah, can’t remember why I threw them in here,” Eda said, picking one up and inspecting it. It was sturdy with a removable seat cushion. “You’re right, they ought to be in the kitchen, not hidden in this junk room.”
“Why the sudden drive to clear this little room out?”
“Wellll,” Eda said with a small and slightly mischievous grin. “I’m just thinking ahead, you know…”
***
While Hunter and Luz were visiting the human realm, King sought out Eda, who gladly carried him around for an entire day as he was finally able to express some of the thoughts that were bothering him.
He had confided in her about the icky feeling he’d been experiencing ever since the dream about the slime-filled bathtub.
“Oh I don’t like that,” Eda said, hugging King tight. “I don’t want you to be having nightmares. If you want, I can talk to Morton and see if he has any remedies…”
“It’s not that,” King said. “It’s not like I’m regularly having nightmares…Dreams I can deal with. I just can’t get the thoughts out of my head.”
“So this isn’t just about bad dreams…?”
“No,” King said. “More like bad thoughts I have when I’m awake. I don’t think there’s an elixir for that.”
Eda sighed, gently stroking King’s skull
“From what we’ve learned,” she said. “Trying to erase bad thoughts and memories can have some really nasty long-term side effects of its own.”
“Yeah, kinda’ suspected that.”
“Something else is bothering you though,” Eda went on. “I can tell.”
“Well,” King said. “Yeahhhhh. It’s the whole thing with The Collector.”
“You…think I made a mistake bringing them back here,” Eda said sadly. “Hunter would probably agree.”
“Wow, you’re way off,” King said. “I was going to say that I feel like maybe I did the wrong thing by telling The Collector we aren’t exactly friends yet.”
“Oh,” Eda said.
“The poor kid doesn’t have anything,” King continued. “For whatever reason they latched onto me and it’s gotta’ feel like I’m kicking them when they’re down if I…if I so much as try to stand up for myself.”
“Oh King…”
“I just feel responsible…”
Eda squeezed him again.
“King,” she said seriously. “You are not The Collector’s security blanket. You’re just a kid yourself and their happiness isn’t your responsibility. You need to look after yourself. This isn’t on you.”
“But The Collector doesn’t even have a security blanket.”
“Oh King,” Eda said. “I’m so proud of you.”
“Weh?”
“Wasn’t that long ago you wanted to annihilate some snotty kid ‘cause they pushed you down a slide at the playground. Now you’re all concerned about the mental state of an even snottier kid who turned the whole island into their personal playground.”
King looked up at Eda, whose eyes were glinting with the hint of a smile.
“Huh,” he said.
He really hadn’t thought of it that way.
“You’ve grown so much, King,” Eda continued. “You’re still a little guy - my little guy - but I can’t get over how much you’ve matured.”
“I don’t,” King said. “Feel mature?”
“Good,” Eda said fondly. “We don’t want you growing up too fast.”
She scratched the fur on the back of King’s neck and he snuggled in close, contentedly.
“Don’t worry yourself about The Collector,” she said. “They’ve got me and Raine to support them. They’re
our
responsibility. You can help however you like, but consider that weight
off
your shoulders.”
“Do you think,” King asked. “The Collector will ever trust you again?”
“I have to believe they will,” Eda said. “One day.”
“And one day,” King said. “Maybe they’ll actually be my friend. I…I think I’d like that.”
***
Hunter returned from the human realm in a much calmer state, bringing with him a plethora of groceries.
He stocked the cupboards and pantry of the Owl House with foods foreign to the Boiling Isles, and went right to work baking banana pecan muffins from scratch, using the recipe book Luz had brought.
He seemed happy in the kitchen, hands and mind occupied with the task at hand, creating something that he and his newfound family could enjoy.
Flapjack perched on his shoulder, chittering suggestions that weren’t in the recipe book.
Eda knew better than to suggest that Hunter use glyphs to expedite the process. For reasons entirely his own, Hunter preferred to cook the hard way.
Eda did, however, compliment him on the batter that he was methodically mixing together.
Hunter smiled a little but, when he spoke, he did not comment on the food.
“Darius told me what happened,” he said instead. “At the Looking Glass Graveyard. When he trapped The Collector.”
He glanced at Eda’s hand, which still bore the scars left by The Collector’s nails, and then quickly looked away.
“I should have told you myself,” Eda said. “It’s…not easy for me to talk about. Maybe that’s part of why I kept putting it off. That and I didn’t know how you’d react if I went ‘Hey, you remember that god kid who almost destroyed us all? I’m bringing them back to live here’.”
To her relief, Hunter gave an amused smile, though he didn’t look away from where he was rummaging through a cabinet.
“You got any muffin trays in this place?” he asked.
“I think there’s actually one in that box in the living room,” Eda said. “I’ll be right back.”
“Why do you have cooking stuff in a box in the living room?” Hunter asked, checking to see if the stove was properly preheated.
The Collector had presumably been hiding in the fireplace again because that was the direction they came from, streaking across the floor the moment Eda set foot in the living room, wailing something about “a comb and a brush and a bowl full of mush.”
Eda had no idea what this was supposed to mean but she thought it might have been something from one of the human books that Amity had read to them.
“You wanna’ help me find the baking tray Hunter’s looking for?” Eda asked, crouching behind the sofa and looking through the box of kitchen supplies.
“I wanna’ turn you into a bowl full of mush!” The Collector sneered, stalking her along the back of the sofa.
“So you’ve said, at least a dozen times,” Eda told them.
The Collector only laughed and stretched out their hand, a finger extended threateningly.
“Bzzzzzzt!” Eda said, tapping at their fingertip with her own.
“Bzzzzzzzt!” The Collector echoed, sounding remarkably cheerful.
They retracted their hand and peered over Eda’s shoulder as she dug through the pots and pans, making a lot of noise, and unearthing a large metal muffin tray.
“Ah-HAH!” she said triumphantly, pulling it from the box.
“That looks boring,” The Collector said. “Why’re you so excited about it?”
“Because now Hunter can use it to finish baking muffins. I could make cupcakes with it, too. King would like that.”
“What’re cupcakes?”
“What…?’ Eda turned to The Collector in surprise. “You’ve got to know what cupcakes are.”
The Collector just gave her a blank look.
It was a constant source of amazement to Eda, which things The Collector did and didn’t know about. They knew concepts ranging from simple childish things like pinky swears, to the complex workings of a black hole (which they had spent an entire evening shouting about at great length).
But there were significant gaps in their knowledge and understanding.
And apparently cupcakes were one of these gaps.
“You…know what a cake is, right?” Eda said.
“Yeah, duh,” The Collector said, although now it wasn’t entirely apparent whether they really did, or if they were just bluffing so Eda wouldn’t think they were completely stupid.
“Well, they’re like miniature cakes,” Eda said as she stood up, pointing to the indentations on the tray. “This size.”
“Little cakes,” The Collector said, scrutinizing the tray.
“Little cakes,” Eda repeated. “I’ll make some for King sometime soon. He really likes them, then you can see what they are.”
“I want one.”
Eda felt a wave of regret, having momentarily forgotten that The Collector was currently incorporeal and couldn’t eat a cupcake, or anything else for that matter.
It wasn’t clear how much, if anything, Hunter had overheard, but he was wearing a slight frown when Eda returned to the kitchen and presented him with the baking tray.
“They’ve never heard of cupcakes,” she said.
“I hadn’t heard of bananas until a few months ago,” Hunter said. “And now I’m cooking with them.”
He began scooping the batter into the cups, expression still troubled.
“How can you be so certain?” he said at last.
“Certain?” Eda asked. “About the cupcakes?”
“Yes!” Hunter cried. “I mean no! Not really? But why are you so sure that…that little whatever-it-is in there isn’t lying? About the cupcakes? About everything?”
“I…” Eda looked out the window, trying to come up with a good answer. “I had a bit of a career as a con artist. Takes one to know one, you know. And I don’t see that at all with The Collector. They’re far too distracted and gullible.”
“Or,” Hunter said, scraping the last of the batter out with a spatula. “Their act is just that good.”
“You been talking to Adrian?” Eda asked.
“Ugh, no,” Hunter said. “I can’t stand the guy, especially after what he tried to do to Gus. Doesn’t mean he’s not got a point, though. You’ve only seen The Collector as a silly little kid. But they would have happily seen all of us die from the Draining Spell without batting an eye, or giving it a second thought.
“I watched them kill Belos without hesitation - after they’d been allies for hundreds of years! Even if they say they’re your friend, there’s nothing to stop them turning on you on a whim. They hunted Titans, they’re responsible for your own curse! The Collector is insane! They’re dangerous, Owl Lady. And I’m terrified you can’t see it.”
“Well, I’m not oblivious,” Eda said. “I know they’re dangerous. That’s why they’re not here in physical form.”
“But I know you,” Hunter said. “Any day now I’m going to walk into this house and BAM! Collector’s just going to be running around in physical form and all of you will just be a puddle of goop all over the floor.”
“It’s oobleck!” The Collector called from the living room.
“STOP EAVESDROPPING!” Hunter shouted, far louder than was necessary, hurling the spatula in the general direction of The Collector’s voice.
The action was met only with a wicked cackle from The Collector.
“I know what they did,” Eda said. “And right after the Day Of Unity, when I thought you and Luz and King were dead, all I could think about was revenge. I was going to destroy The Collector. Make them pay. But when I actually came face-to-face with them…”
“They disarmed you,” Hunter said. “Because they look like a little kid.”
“And they act like one. You know the saying, if it looks like a duck and quacks like a duck and shoots fireballs from its eyes like a duck…The point is, I was expecting a mastermind evil trickster, not a bratty kid. I didn’t even know it was The Collector at first. I thought they were just some lost kid that needed a hug.
“When I realized who and what they were, that changed everything I thought I knew about them. Put it all in a different light.”
“But that’s what I’m saying,” Hunter argued. “If someone really was an evil mastermind, acting like a kid is the perfect guise to disarm victims and enemies. Especially if they play it really convincingly. And you…you take in every wayward kid like it’s your Titandamned job. You’d be the perfect target for an entity like that.”
“I’m not saying you don’t have a very good point,” Eda said. “I know it’s a risk, but I also just know in my very bing that The Collector really is a kid. A very messed-up kid, but a kid nonetheless. I wish…I wish you could have seen what I saw.”
“And I,” Hunter said darkly. “Wish you could have seen what I saw.”
Eda retrieved the spatula from the floor and took it to the sink.
Her eyes fell on the empty pizza boxes that had been stuffed under the counter.
“Luz is right,” she said. “These boxes are just going to sit here forever, aren’t they.”
“Yeah, you’d best burn them,” Hunter said. “The grease makes them extremely flammable.”
“Bet it wouldn’t smell as nice as fire-sage.”
“I guarantee it would smell several times worse than fire-sage.”
They both laughed.
“Listen,” Hunter said quietly. “It’s not that I don’t trust you. I do. And there are a very few people in either realm that I trust, so consider this high praise. But I do not trust The Collector. And I…I don’t want anything to happen to you, Eda. Or anyone. I can’t lose you. I can’t.”
He looked down and Eda put her hand on his shoulder, squeezing gently.
“You won’t,” she said firmly.
“I wish I could believe that.”
Chapter 19
Summary:
Alador Blight has a revelation but the bombshell implications are lost on everyone present.
Notes:
And we're back!
Thanks as always for the comments and encouragement. I know I've said it time and time again but the enthusiasm this fic has gotten has really helped keep up my drive to write! Y'all are amazing and I'm really happy to have such a cool reader base.
This is now offically a canon-divergent AU, but this chapter was written prior to Thanks To Them, so no real spoilers. There has been some spoilery discussion in the comments, though, so be warned if you're joining in on discussion and haven't seen the episode yet.
In any case, hope you all enjoy the new chapter! I'll probably be returning to a regular weekly update schedule for the time being.
Chapter Text
Life in the Owl House with The Collector present proved to be just as much of an experience as anyone could have imagined.
They did seem to have relaxed ever-so-slightly, in the sense that they acted less on edge and were less prone to panicky fits. But it was quickly becoming apparent that this didn’t temper their chaotic behavior in the slightest.
They quickly grew bored of playing hide-and-seek in the traditional manner, instead opting for a variation they dubbed Hide-And-Scare. As the name implied, the object of this game was for The Collector to hide somewhere for an unspecified amount of time and then pop out randomly with a loud, echoing screech to try to scare whoever was present.
“Hey GUESS WHAT!” they screamed, having failed to spook Eda after leaping from behind the couch.
“What?” Eda asked.
“You’re a LIAR and I’m going to DESTROY you!”
“You’re starting to sound like a broken record there, kid. I think you need some new material.”
“Material? Like oobleck? ‘Cause that’s what you’re gonna’ BE.”
Nights were the most difficult, as The Collector did NOT appreciate everyone going to bed and leaving them alone.
They were still adamant that no one touch or move the mirror, so they continued to be confined to the living room.
Eda had slept in there with them the first few nights or, rather, she’d tried sleeping. The Collector took great delight in raising a commotion every single time she started to drift off.
And so, out of necessity, and at Raine’s insistence, Eda had returned to sleeping in the nest.
Every evening she lit candles on the table and on the mantelpiece around the mirror, so it wouldn’t get dark.
She had hoped the cheerful light would make The Collector less lonely during the night, but she still felt bad about leaving them even for just a few hours.
They never protested or asked her to stay, which she found surprising, but also a relief. If The Collector had so much as suggested they didn’t want her to leave, she was pretty sure she wouldn’t be able to.
She had, rather foolishly, hoped they might calm down and use the candle-lit nighttime for some self-reflection.
Naturally, this was not the case.
As The Collector became accustomed to their new surroundings and to the rhythms and routines of the household, they took it upon themself to create some routines of their own.
Ordinarily, this would have been a welcome development.
However one of these routines was to spend the night swooping around on the walls of the living room, loudly making up ditties. Sometimes they rhymed, often they didn’t, usually they made no sense, and the subject matter nearly always seemed to center on increasingly bizarre and violent fates befalling Philip Wittebane.
This theme seemed especially present whenever Hunter was in the house.
So it was not completely surprising when Eda awoke one night to hear a little voice carrying on from downstairs.
“Philip’s on a ferris wheel
Flat as a gameboard
Take him off
Roll him up
Shove him in the oven
TURN IT EXTRA HIGH…!”
Next to Eda, Raine stirred and gave her a gentle nudge on the shoulder.
“I know, I know,” Eda mumbled sleepily. “I brought this on myself.”
“Actually,” Raine said quietly, a smile in their voice. “I was just going to say that it reminds me of the songs you used to make up about Principal Faust.”
Eda turned over to muffle her snorts of laughter into a pillow.
“I used to make?!” she finally managed. “You had a hand in those too, Raine Whispers.”
From downstairs, The Collector’s voice continued to echo, apparently having given up on trying for anything actually resembling a song in favor of just listing out all the things that Philip was having to endure.
“...then he’s in a sewer
Then he’s in a lake
Then he’s in a snorse’s eye
Then he’s in a leaf
Then he’s in a griffin’s mouth
AND THEN HE’S DEAD!”
The Collector screeched with laughter as they brought their latest masterpiece to a triumphant conclusion.
“Sucks to be Philip,” Raine said.
Eda thought she was going to suffocate from laughing into her pillow.
The rest of the household, excluding Hooty, who was actually starting to take part in The Collector’s midnight concerts, was less amused with the situation.”
“Isn’t there something we can do to shut them up?” Hunter said. “Can’t you just…have quiet hours as a House Rule or something?”
“I’m in support of our Collector Rehabilitation Program,” King said. “But I’m also in support of a King Gets Sleep At Night program. Because right now that’s not happening.”
“Yeah,” Luz yawned. “I slept with earplugs in last night.”
The Collector, unsurprisingly, was not in favor of any so-called quiet hours.
“You’re all a bunch of losers!” they said. “Just stay awake! You don’t need to sleep.”
“Actually we do,” Luz said. “It’s essential for human survival.”
“And Titan survival,” added King.
The Collector looked skeptical.
“We’re just asking for you to be a little quieter for a little while,” Luz said.
“You try being quiet after being trapped in a ball for a gazillion years! Actually…” The Collector tapped their head thoughtfully. “Hey! That’s an idea!”
In the end, nobody ended up coming to a definitive consensus, but Luz was able to create a noise-dampening spell by drawing glyph combinations.
Her first thought was to sound-proof the living room so that the rest of the house wouldn’t hear much of what was happening there.
The Collector watched her drawing and activating the glyphs on the walls and ceilings, a wary expression on their shadowy face.
“It won’t silence you,” Luz tried to assure them. “It’ll just make it quieter for the rest of us.”
However it didn’t take long to realize that the idea of not being heard was deeply upsetting to The Collector. They’d screamed for millions of years without being heard, and it wasn’t unreasonable to assume that Philip had exploited this fact. Now they wanted to be heard, needed to be heard.
Despite what seemed like almost a compulsion on their part to push the limits of everyone’s patience, they were still hyper-aware of the fact that they were completely at the mercy of those around them.
After a rough afternoon of trying to mediate everyone’s needs, some of which seemed diametrically opposed, Luz took down the living room glyphs and instead drew them on the individual doors to the rooms of those who didn’t want to have to listen to The Collector screeching out ditties at night.
“The best part is,” she said. “It only dampens sound when we activate it. It’s not permanent.”
While she was supportive of the others doing so, Eda refused to put a sound-proof glyph on the doors of the loft.
It really shouldn’t have come as a surprise that it was ultimately Hooty who managed to temper the severity of The Collector’s nighttime noise.
“We should get to knowwwwww each other more,” Hooty said, rolling around on the floor. “III’m a buuuuuuug-type demon. But I don’t knowwwwwww what youuuuuu are.”
“Uh, I’m The Collector. Duh.”
“But what does that meeaaaaan?” Hooty asked. “You’re not a demon, you’re not a witch, I don’t think you’re a Titan.”
He narrowed his eyes and scrutinzed The Collector.
“Collector doesn’t tell me aaaaaanything except that maybe you like to hoard stuff.”
“It’s cause I collected things,” The Collector said. “I wasn’t hoarding. It was just part of the game. I got stuff to help the other players so my team would win.”
“Sooooo,” Hooty said. “You collected for someone, not for yourself.”
“It was part of the game.”
“What was the game?”
The Collector looked down.
“It was…I don’t remember.”
“Sooo…kind of like your Grand Huntsman game with the Titan Trappers?”
“I don’t remember!”
“Okay, okay. Sheesh! Didn’t mean to get you upset about it.”
The Collector looked back up at Hooty, stretching out to mirror him, worming their way all over the wall into a whole network of shadow.
Hooty actually looked impressed.
“That’s a really flattering likeness,” he said. “You’d make a good me.”
“Reaaaallllyyyyyyy?” The Collector asked, dragging out the word in a taunting way.
“NO!” Hooty said, bristling. “There can be only ONE!”
He launched himself at The Collector, who just laughed and continued to snake around on the walls and across the ceiling as Hooty chased them.
“Maybe I’ll defeat you!” they said. “And then I’ll be the Only One!”
“You wish you could defeat me,” Hooty said. “I just happen to be un-defeatable!”
More laughter.
“You still didn’t tell me what you are, though,” Hooty said, trying to return to topic as he pounced on The Collector only to have their shadow slip away, cackling. “Collector was part of a game, I get that, but what kind of creature are you. Luz thinks you’re a fallen star. That close?”
“Maaaayyyyyybeeee,” The Collector said evasively, pulling their shadow into the form of what looked like a sun with their face on it. “I’ll neeeeeeever tellll.”
The shadow-sun exploded into tiny stars that shot in every direction, falling down the walls and then reconverging into The Collector’s normal form on the floor.
“I am,” they giggled. “An enigma! A mystery! Inside a bigger mystery! Inside an even bigger mystery that’s BIGGER THAN THE ENTIRE FIRMAMENT!”
“Really?” Hooty said. “‘Cause you look like an obnoxious little brat to me.”
Hunter, as it turned out, had a knack for baking, and his first batch of muffins had disappeared quite rapidly. He only put a little bit of effort into trying to hide just how much this pleased him.
“You should be Head Cook for the party,” Raine said.
“Did you say he should be Head Kick?” The Collector asked loudly.
“That’s not even a real thing,” Hunter said.
“Uh, is too,” The Collector retorted. “The Head Kick is a player in a game.”
“Oh yeah? What game would that be?” Hunter began, regretting asking even as he spoke.
“Hmmmmm,” The Collector said. “Don’t know yet. I just came up with it.”
“Aaaaggghhhh,” Hunter said, gritting his teeth. “That makes it not a thing!”
“But it makes you maaaaaaaad!” The Collector said happily.
“That’s enough, Collector,” Raine said patiently, but with the tone of someone who had been repeating themself a lot lately.
The party in question, to Hunter’s relief, was not the much-threatened surprise party but rather a small gathering that would include Camila Noceda, who had spent very little time at the Owl House.
Eda was working on making sure things were in order, wanting to make a good impression for Luz’s sake.
Luz herself was downright stressed. Camila had never visited the demon realm for anything remotely close to a social gathering, and although she’d handled everything quite well before, Luz knew the cultural norms of the Boiling Isles could be a bit much.
“No weird snacks, okay,” she said. “And Hooty, keep your skin on.”
“I will not be bullied into toning down my natural behavior!” Hooty protested.
“You’re been spending too much time with The Collector, Hooty,” Raine said.
“Nah,” said King. “He was always like that.”
Willow, Gus and the Blights were in attendance, but there were a number of others who were notably absent.
“I think Steve wonders why he wasn’t invited,” Lilith said. “I know our line is that this is just a small gathering but Steve’s been part of my circle for years.”
“I guess,” Raine said. “Tell him we’re trying to keep it toned down for Camila’s sake.”
“I suppose,” Lilith said, but she sounded somewhat dejected.
The real reason was, of course, that keeping The Collector’s presence at the Owl House on the down-low was of utmost importance. Only those who already knew there were there had been invited.
Hunter did end up doing a lot of the cooking, with Luz hovering nervously, making sure that everything was suitable for human consumption.
“I’ve spent months in the human realm,” Hunter said irritably. “I think I can be trusted not to poison everybody.”
“It’s not that, I just…”
“And I know what’s considered acceptable human food. I got this, Luz.”
Amity stuck close to Luz during the meal preparation, proving to be a good distraction.
“How’s the new place?” Luz inquired.
“Super nice,” Amity said. “You should come visit now that we’re all moved in. Dad’s even set up a little workshop.”
Alador and his children had acquired a small house on the outskirts of town. It was much more modest than Blight Manor had been, but nobody seemed to have any complaints.
“Have you,” Luz said carefully, and quietly so Alador and the twins wouldn’t hear. “Talked to your mom at all?”
Amity wrinkled her nose.
“No,” she said. “But I guess she’s trying to rebuild the brand. Dad’s trying to dispute her being able to use his name on any products, but it’s all caught up in legal drama.”
“How does the legal system here work now?” Luz asked.
“It doesn’t,” Amity said with a humorless laugh. “Most of our legal procedures were put in place by Belos. With him gone, no one knows whether we should follow those procedures anymore. It’s kind of up to the individual dispute-settlers.”
“That seems…like it would attract opportunists,” Luz said.
“Yeah,” Amity said darkly. “It does. And the Coven Heads aren’t on top of it at all - not that I blame them. The whole Coven system is breaking down. And with the Belos supporters rioting and everything? I just have a bad feeling it’s going to get a lot worse before it even starts to get better.”
Camila arrived a short while later. While there was still some tension between her and Eda, they were on friendly terms and making an effort not to make the visit awkward.
Luz’s concerns about her mother being put off by some of the grosser aspects of the demon realm quickly proved unfounded.
“This is really impressive,” Camila said, taking one of the owl-pellet-tizers that Hooty offered, despite Luz begging him not to. “I…uh, hope you won’t be offended if I don’t eat this. But I’d really like to take it back to work. Examine it in the lab a little closer, look at it under a microscope…”
“Oooooh-hooot-hoooooot! No offense taken, dear lady,” Hooty said enthusiastically. “It would bring me such joy to have my expulsions studied in the human realm.”
“If nothing else,” Camila said with a smirk. “I could tell my coworkers it was a foreign body from an after-hours exploratory and watch them lose their minds trying to figure out what it is.”
Hooty howled his approval.
“Oh!” Edric said, joining into the conversation. “Could I maybe join you, Mrs. Noceda? I’d love to see how you would study owl pellets in the human realm!”
Hooty looked completely delighted with the attention, even if it was as much directed towards the pellets as it was himself.
“You’re Amity’s brother?” Camila asked.
“Oh, yeah. Sorry. Edric. But you can call me Blight Brother if you want. Miss Eda does.”
“Well it’s nice to formally meet you,” Camila said. “In a less apocalypse-y situation. Amity speaks very highly of you.”
Edric beamed.
“You’re a…veterinarian, right?” he said. “In the human realm? I…uh, study beastkeeping here and…and I’d love to learn more about human realm beast care.”
“Oh,” Camila said, not quite sure how to respond to the level of intensity being directed at her profession. “I suppose we could have you shadow at the clinic for a day…”
Edric looked like all of his dreams were coming true all at once.
“Oooohhhhhh,” Hooty said. “Can I come tooooooooo?”
“No!” Luz cried from nearby, having overheard part of the conversation. “You’ll just eat the patients!”
“No eating the patients,” Camila said pointedly. Her eyes glinted. “But I have a few clients I could do without…”
“Oooooohhhhhhhh!” Hooty said agreeably.
Alador made his way over to say hello to Eda and Raine.
“Well you look healthier than I’ve seen you in years,” Eda told Alador.
“Uh, thanks, Edalyn,” he said. “I think I feel like an actual witch for the first time in years.”
“How’s the whole burnout recovery thing working out for you?”
“I…have been sleeping. A lot.”
Although she tried to hide it, it was fairly evident that Emira felt like the odd one out.
She hovered near Luz and Amity, not quite part of their conversation but unsure where else to go.
It was Raine who took it upon themself to engage her in conversation, and got a little more than they bargained for, as Emira suddenly started spilling out all of her worries and didn’t seem to be able to stop.
“I feel like I’m third-wheeling it with Amity and Luz,” she said. “And it used to always be me and Ed, never one without the other. I thought I felt trapped by it. But now Ed’s becoming more and more his own witch, and I feel like I’m being left behind…
“And I’m starting to realize I don’t really have friends outside my family, and how much Mom kept us isolated and…and…Why am I even telling you this? I don’t even really know you.”
“I think,” Raine said. “Sometimes it’s easier to talk to someone you’re not close with? Poor Steve used to get so many Coven members just dumping on him.”
Of course, there was the unspoken but generally understood fact that Emira, Alador and Camila wanted to meet the newest member of the household.
They approached them with equal parts fascination and apprehension.
“Hello, Collector,” Camila said with the same calm and steady tone she might use with a frightened animal. “I’ve heard a lot about you.”
“Another human, huh?” The Collector said from their perch on the mantelpiece, already more than a little wound up by the activity in the house. “Waaaiiiiit, you’re Luz’s real mom, aren’t you! Hah!”
“I am,” Camila said. “And I hear you are an unruly little agent of cosmic chaos.”
“Oh you have no ideaaaaaaaaa!” The Collector said. “I’m capable of chaos your little human mind couldn’t even begin to imagine! Your head would explode!”
“Oh, I don’t know,” Camila said with a good-natured smile. “I raised Luz.”
Eda burst out laughing from across the room. She caught Camila’s eye and suddenly they were both overcome with laughter.
The Collector glared at them both, clearly mad that they didn’t get the joke.
“Are you settling in?” Camila asked The Collector.
“Settling in?” The Collector asked, voice taking on an angry, almost mocking edge. “I’m stuck here, you know.”
“So still having a rough time, then,” Camila said.
“I want out! But I’m stuck here with all you goobers.”
“Is that so bad? I would think it’s better than isolation.”
“SHUT UP!” The Collector shouted.
“I’m sorry. I guess that is probably not something you want to think about.”
“I want to be out of this dumb prison! But no one will let me out ‘cause they say I’m too dangerous and I can’t be trusted.”
“And is that true?”
“I. Just. Want. To. PLAY!” The Collector said in a tone of voice more suited to expressing desire to destroy everything they could get their hands on.
Alador was quite intrigued by The Collector’s ability to morph their shadow into any shape imaginable, and was surprisingly unconcerned by their threats to turn him into oobleck.
“Oobleck,” he said thoughtfully. “I’ve heard of that substance. The properties are quite similar to that of abominations, yes?”
“Yeahhhhhh…?” The Collector said, slightly derailed that this was what Alador took from their threat.
“Both substances,” Alador continued. “Have the properties of both a solid and a liquid, and behave as such depending on the type of force being applied to them.”
“Ding-ding-ding!” The Collector cried.
“I feel like I’m in a school lecture,” Emira said.
“In the case of abominations,” Alador continued excitedly. “The substance is given synthetic intelligence and the force is applied from within by the intelligence itself. So, Collector, if you were to somehow turn me into this… oobleck, I could, theoretically, keep some semblance of my self and become…some sort of terrifying abomination-like oobleck creature…"
The Collector nodded furiously, their grin wide and deranged.
“Hmmmm…” Alador said.
“It’s like in that movie Luz showed us,” Gus said. “If you strike me down, I shall become more powerful than you can possibly imagine!”
“Did you memorize the entire script?” Willow asked. “I’m impressed.”
Something was tapping at the back of Eda’s mind, an odd thought that she couldn’t quite grab hold of. It felt important, really important, but she couldn’t quite pin it down.
“I wonder if that’s what Darius does,” Raine said from beside her.
“Huh?” Eda said, struggling as the thought slipped away. “What?”
“Darius can turn himself into an abomination,” Raine continued. “But I don’t dare bring that up with Alador right now. You have any idea what happened between those two?”
“You’d know better than me,” Eda said. “You’ve spent more time with Darius than I have. I thought you knew why he had that feud with Alador.”
They both turned to Emira.
“Don’t look at me,” she said. “I don’t keep up with who Dad is grumpy with, and why.”
Ironically, when everyone sat down to dinner, it was Camila who somehow steered the conversation to the subject of tapeworms within the first five minutes.
“Mom!” Luz cried, mortified.
Everybody else, however, seemed amused.
“You’re so worried about me being grossed out by this place, Luz,” Camila said, eyes alight with a hint of her daughter’s own mischief. “I work at a vet clinic, remember. I see things more disgusting than this before ten o’clock on a weekday. Abscesses, anal glands. Last Friday I had to surgically remove a chewed-up bathmat from the stomach of a Labrador Retriever.”
“Why would a Labrador Retriever eat a bathmat?” Willow asked.
“What is a Labrador Retriever,” Raine asked.
As Camila continued to share tales of her grossest foreign-body surgeries (which always seemed to occur on a Friday afternoon), Luz and Vee fell deep into conversation with Willow, Gus and Amity about their plan to prank Jacob again.
“I strung the pulley system across the road,” Vee said excitedly. “Way up high so no trucks’ll run into it or anything. It’ll look like the light-up deer runs out of the woods and flies through the air!”
“Oh man,” Gus said. “Jacob is gonna’ lose his mind!”
“Won’t he be able to tell that it’s plastic, though?” Willow asked.
“He didn’t when we ran it through his backyard,” Luz laughed.
“The pulley goes really fast,” Vee added. “It’s fully automated.”
“Yeah it is!” Luz said, high-fiving her.
Camila seemed lost in thought as she helped clear the table, drying the dishes as Raine washed them.
“Hey, you two!” Eda said, joining them, King on her shoulder. “Need a hand? Because I’ve got one!”
She gave a snorting cackle at her own joke and Raine laughed in spite of themself.
“Upper cabinet,” Eda said, seeing Camila standing awkwardly with a plate. “Uh…seriously, though. Thanks for helping. Drying dishes isn’t something I’m well-equipped to do anymore.
They continued the dish-washing in companionable silence, before Camila spoke again.
“So,” she said. “There’s this thing we see with animals at work sometimes.”
“Besides tapeworms?”
“Nothing to do with tapeworms. I…deal with a lot of scared pets at the clinic. Some of them are actually pretty friendly, but they don’t like feeling cornered. They can’t tell we’re actually trying to help them. To them, we’re just really scary captors. You put them in a kennel or a cage and they’re all walled in and, if they don’t trust you, they feel threatened. We call it cage aggression.”
“Okay,” Raine said, nodding. “I think I see where you’re going with this.”
“A lot of times,” Camila continued. “Not all the time, but a lot, they calm down and are a lot friendlier when you take them out of the cage. They don’t feel cornered anymore.”
“I see your point,” Raine said. “But we’ve seen the havoc The Collector caused when they were out of the cage.”
“Wait,” King said. “I thought we were talking about pets at a vet clinic.”
“The Collector can’t exactly be controlled,” Eda agreed with a sigh. “We have rules and structure in place, but trusting that they’ll actually follow those rules? They’ve sworn off pinky swears, probably forever. Building trust has been…slow.”
“Practically non-existent,” Raine admitted. “They threaten Eda about fourteen times a day.”
“Like a cage-aggressive dog?” Camila asked pointedly.
Neither Raine nor Eda said anything.
“I’m not going to try to tell you what to do,” Camila said, putting away the last of the cutlery. “All I’m saying is that keeping that kid caged up might not be the advantage you think it is.”
“What’s the alternative, then?” Raine asked. “Just let them out? Believe me, I want to. It kills me that they’re still imprisoned. But you know as well as anyone what happened last time. What’s to stop them this time if they decide not to follow House Rules?”
“You have something The Collector wants,” Camila said simply.
Eda and Raine turned to look at her.
“The kid is attention-starved,” Camila said. “It’s pretty obvious.”
“Yeah,” Eda said, looking away. “I know.”
“You might,” Camila said. “Have to give them your trust before they’ll give you theirs. It’s a leap of faith, I know, but you can’t keep them locked up forever, or you’ll risk losing them forever. I…made that mistake once.”
“Be that as it may,” Eda said, feeling King tense on her shoulder. “In this case it…isn’t my decision to make.”
“Not my place to tell you what to do,” Camila said again as Luz and Hunter approached, snickering about something. “But just…keep what I said in mind.”
Chapter 20
Summary:
History lessons with The Collector prove to be far less illuminating than one might guess.
Notes:
Morning everyone!
Here's a new chapter for you all! It was fun to write and I hope you enjoy it too.
I've mentioned a few times both here and on tumblr that my nieces have served as inspiration and influence for how I write and characterize The Collector. With minimal canon information to work with, drawing from my experience with real-life chaotic children has helped me flesh out certain aspects of my version of their character. And this chapter in particular has their fingerprints all over it. So shout-out to those two for giving me the direct inspiration for the "history class" portion of this chapter. XD
Thanks as always for your comments and feedback. I've had several comments from people telling me they've just discovered this fic! So welcome new readers, and welcome back to those of you who've been here since they beginning! I'm so happy to have all of you along!
Alice
Chapter Text
The weeks passed with everyone settling into a routine that began to feel more and more familiar.
Although her anxieties had by no means disappeared, Eda found herself plagued less often by the doubts and fears that Raine might inexplicably up and leave.
Raine was becoming a fixture in the house, more apt to leave things lying around and forgetting to immediately pick them up. So now it wasn’t uncommon for Eda to find the kitchen table scattered with papers scrawled with half-written music, and spellwork.
There would be objects left around - a pair of glasses here, a hat there, a coffee mug under the coffee table for some reason. Far from bothering Eda, these signs of Raine’s presence brought comfort, making it increasingly clear that they lived here now.
Eda did feel, she had to admit, a bit antsy now and then in a way that didn’t entirely make sense until she realized that it wasn’t entirely her own restlessness. What she was feeling was partially the Owl Beast, who had mostly been dormant up until now.
The Beast wasn’t trying to make an appearance just yet, and they still retreated whenever Eda tried to directly reach out to them, but it was clear they would be needing to stretch their wings and legs once they left their self-induced hibernation.
But, for now, it was still a sleepy and peaceful coexistence.
Raine was usually the first up in the morning, making them the first target of The Collector after they stumbled down the stairs.
The early-morning routine did give Raine the opportunity to spend time with The Collector on a one-on-one basis, something they had desperately been wanting.
The Collector, unsurprisingly, loudly made threats and demands the moment Raine set foot in the living room.
“I have to caffeinate myself,” they said as The Collector’s shadow bounced all around excitedly. “So I can catch up with you.”
“You can tryyyyyyyy!” The Collector laughed.
One morning, up earlier than usual, Eda walked downstairs to see The Collector projecting themself in the dim light and steam from a pourover coffee maker, so that they appeared to be sitting cross-legged on the coffee table.
They were looking intently at Raine, who was telling them about a particularly narrow escape from Principal Faust following an elaborate prank.
The Collector was clearly engrossed in the tale, and was looking at Raine with something close to admiration.
Despite finding peace and comfort at home, Raine was continuing to struggle with their position as a Coven Head, realizing more with each passing day that they had no control, and very little ability to protect the island as it descended into anarchy.
The Bonesborough Riot, it soon became apparent, was unfortunately not an isolated incident. All across the Boiling Isles, small but fanatical groups were gathering to loudly and obviously proclaim their support for Belos, harassing and threatening those who disagreed.
Sometimes - oftentimes - the gatherings did turn quite violent. No one could agree on how to address the situation, and so it wasn’t getting addressed at all.
“They can look right at all the evidence we have of Belos being a witch hunter,” Raine lamented. “And the fact that the Draining Spell would have killed them all! And they won’t believe it! Or they’ll come up with some Titan-awful excuse.”
Hunter, who happened to be present for the conversation, as he was helping Luz study marine biology, looked sheepish.
“I…get that,” he said. “I…used to think like that. You remember. It was…really hard to break out of. Still is, sometimes.”
“I believe it,” Raine said. “I was surrounded by that kind of zealous loyalty for years. But you were able to see past it when you were forced to face the evidence. I don’t see why everyone else can’t! Arghh! It’s so frustrating.”
Hunter was attending school in the human realm, at least for the semester, under the guise of being an exchange student.
It sounded to be an interesting experience so far, but Hunter genuinely seemed to be enjoying himself, just spending time being a teenager in a mundane environment.
However, he’d quickly realized that he desperately needed Luz’s help in certain areas of study.
There were a lot of things completely foreign to Hunter, that the inhabitants of the human realm took for granted that a highschool student would know.
“Agh!” he said, pointing to a picture in the textbook lying open between him and Luz. “What is that?”
“Oh. It’s a Beluga whale,” Luz said.
“It looks terrifying.”
“It’s really not. They only eat little sea creatures and stuff.”
“Do we have them in Gravesfield?”
Luz tried and failed to stifle her laugh.
“Noooooo,” she said. “They only live in the ocean.”
“What about those?” Hunter asked, pointing to another picture.
“Those? Those are sea lions.”
“They don’t look like lions.”
“Yeah, humans have some funny ways of naming things.”
“I’d like to see a sea lion.”
“Well those ones are in San Francisco. That’s where the picture was taken.
“Oh. Great! Let’s go there after school tomorrow!”
“To San Francisco?”
“Yes!”
“Aaaaaand we’re going to study geography next, my dude.”
The time that Hunter spent at the Owl House was unpredictable and never seemed to follow a set schedule. He arrived and left whenever it suited him.
Luz, however, was fairly consistent - studying at the Owl House every other night.
One evening Lilith joined her, having expressed interest in learning about the history of the human realm.
They settled into the living room with popcorn and textbooks, Luz pouring over an enormous world map, Lilith becoming engrossed in American History For Highschool Students, while The Collector lay flat on the floor wailing about how boring it was.
“Do you have any other volumes?” Lilith asked. “There doesn’t seem to be much about the history of the rest of the human realm in this one.”
“Yeahhhh,” Luz said, wrinkling her nose. “This curriculum is kinda’ lacking that way.”
Lilith glanced at Luz’s map.
“So…on this continent…? You live where exactly?”
“Right there,” Luz said, pointing to Connecticut.
“Right, right. And all of this is your America country…”
“Right.”
“But this isn’t?”
“No. That’s British Columbia. It’s part of Canada.”
“But that’s not the country of Colombia.”
“No, that’s in South America.”
“Which isn’t part of the country of America…?”
“Right.”
“Or the town of Columbia that’s on this practice test?”
“No, that’s the capital of South Carolina. There’s a lot of other towns with that name too.”
“Humans aren’t very original about naming things, are they?”
“Tell me about it. Hunter was just going on about the same thing.”
“But then this,” Lilith said, turning her attention back to the map. “Isn’t part of Canada?”
“No. That’s Alaska. It’s part of America. The flag looks like The Collector designed it.”
The Collector crawled over to the map to look.
“That’s not even close to the rest of America,” Lilith said.
“Wait’ll you hear about Hawaii…”
And so the evening wore on, discussions about volcanic islands were had, and the popcorn dwindled to a few hard kernels which Hooty ate excitedly.
It was a while later that Eda wandered in to see how things were going.
“Luz!” Lilith said excitedly. “I aced this practice test!”
“That’s great!” Luz said.
“I still don’t quite understand what a leap year is, though.”
Eda’s intention was to make some snarky comment about history nerds, but that was derailed before she could begin.
The Collector gave a shriek from where they had been staring narrow-eyed at the practice test and rushed across the floor to the doorframe.
“Hey guess what!” they cried.
“What?” Eda asked.
“YOU’RE A TRAITOR!” The Collector screeched.
“And you’re an angry little shadow,” Eda retorted. “But I’m not a traitor. If you’d just…”
The Collector blew a raspberry at her.
“Are you helping Luz with her homework?” Eda asked, changing the subject.
“More like hindering,” Luz said. “Hard to study fifteenth-century ocean voyages with them carrying on.”
“It’s sooooo booooooring,” The Collector said. “And it’s all wrong, too.”
“You know human history of the fifteenth century era?” Lilith asked skeptically, raising an eyebrow at The Collector.
“What’s it to you if I dooooooo? Why don’t you let me out of here and I’ll tell you.”
“They might, actually, you know,” Eda said, looking from The Collector, who had dissolved into giggles, to Lilith who didn’t seem at all impressed with the display.
“You’re right,” Luz said. “It would have been fairly recent history for Philip. The Collector might have picked up on some things! Maybe they know about stuff that’s otherwise lost to time!”
“I’m right here!” The Collector said irritably.
“I’m not sure whatever version of history anyone got from Belos would be remotely accurate,” Lilith said. “We already know he completely rewrote the history of the Boiling Isles and fabricated the Savage Ages.”
“Welllll,” Hooty said. “Why don’t we listen to what the little dude has to saaaayyy before we jump to any concluuuusions.”
Everyone turned to look at The Collector, who positively vibrated with excitement.
“You wanna’ help me with my history notes, Collector?” Luz asked. “I mean, is that within House Rules?”
“I’ll allow it,” Eda said, settling herself on the couch.
The Collector rushed to the ceiling with a wide grin.
While they hadn’t always reacted well to finding themself the center of attention, they had clearly become more comfortable with their new situation, and the good-natured banter between Luz and Lilith all evening had created more of a playful atmosphere in the living room.
“In the late fifteen hundreds,” The Collector said dramatically, watching carefully for their audience’s reaction. “The humans rode across the ocean…ON THEIR HORSES!!”
Lilith facepalmed.
“Yeah, okay,” Luz said dryly. “I should have seen that coming.”
Eda was full-on snorting in amusement.
“How?” Hooty asked. “I don’t know a lot about horses, but I do know they can’t swim that far.”
“And they’d probably get eaten by a shark or something,” Luz added.
“Uh, they didn’t swim,” The Collector said. “The people put water-repellent spray on their hooves so they wouldn’t sink.”
“Hah!” Eda cackled.
“Is that what Belos told you?” Lilith asked.
“Nope!” The Collector said. “I figured it out all by myself, silly.”
“And then what happened?” Hooty asked. “What did you figure out neeext?”
“They were attacked,” The Collector said, raising their hands in a creepy manner. “By a…Booga-Were!”
“A what?” Lilith asked.
“You mean a Beluga Whale?” Luz said.
“NO!” The Collector shouted, growing huge in size. “I MEAN A BOOGA-WERE!”
“What is going on in here?” King asked, peering through the doorway.
“History class,” Luz said.
She patted a spot on the floor beside her and King hurried over, giving the empty popcorn bowl a brief, mournful glance.
“What,” King asked. “Is a Booga-Were? Is it like a werewolf?”
“Yeah!” The Collector said, their shadow morphing to depict something that might have been a whale designed by someone who’d never actually seen one. It had huge fangs and a fluffy tail similar to King’s.
“Booga-Weres,” The Collector said. “Are Beluga Whales that TURN INTO WEREWOLVES on a leap year!”
“What?” King said.
“I’m so intrigued,” Hooty cried. “Did they fight off the Booga-Weres?”
“The humans fell off the horses and sank, but the horses lived ‘cause they were magical.”
“But what about the Booga-Weres?” Luz asked.
“They,” The Collector said. “Got eaten by a shark.”
Luz couldn’t help herself. She started laughing, which was all Eda needed to fully dissolve into cackles herself.
Even Lilith, in spite of herself, was finding the story far more amusing than it had any right to be.
“Go onnnn,” King encouraged The Collector, but they too seemed overcome by giggles and unable to get more than a few unintelligible words out.
And that was how Raine found them shortly thereafter, drawn to the room by the sound of hilarity.
The scene before them bordered on the absurd.
Luz, King and Lilith were all on the floor, howling with laughter while Hooty was laser-focused on The Collector, who was turning flips on the ceiling and holding forth about something completely nonsensical.
“Wait, wait,” Eda snorted, pulling out her Penstagram scroll. “I gotta’ record this. That okay, Collector?”
“What in the Islands…?” Raine said, joining Eda on the couch.
“It’s storytime-with-The-Collector-o-clock, hoot-hoot!” Hooty said excitedly.
“SHUT UP!” The Collector cried, sliding onto the wall and glaring at their audience, arms crossed sternly. “This is HISTORY CLASS! No bathroom breaks for you! And no falling asleep in class, or you’re getting in the box with you-know-who!”
“Who’s you-know-who??” Luz laughed.
“What box?” King added.
“And why is you-know-who in the box?” Lilith chimed in.
“SO. MANY. QUESTIONS!” Hooty screamed.
The Collector bounced all over the wall. They glanced at Eda, who was still hesitantly holding her Penstagram.
“Yeah, you better be recording this!” they said. “There’s gonna’ be a test at the end!”
“Titan have mercy,” Lilith said.
“Hmmmm,” King said. “I’ll think about it. Maybe if you make more popcorn…”
“HEY!” The Collector shouted. “Are you LISTENING OR NOT!”
“We’re listening,” Raine said.
“Oh yeah? Then where were we? Hmmmm?”
“They were stomping,” Luz said.
“Oh right. We were at the part where the horses sank and stomped on the shark that ate the Booga-Weres.”
As they spoke, The Collector danced back and forth on the wall, exaggeratedly stomping their slightly-ridiculous shadow legs in a dramatic manner.
Raine felt laughter of their own bubbling out.
“And then,” The Collector said. “The shark got knocked out and the Booga-Weres came out of its mouth. And THEN A GEYSER SHOT THEM ALL INTO SPACE!”
“What a twist!” Hooty exclaimed.
“And then,” The Collector said, raising their hands and growing to cover much of the wall ceiling. “The creepy alien spiders came and spun them all up in a web…”
“Uhhh…” Lilith began as shadow spiders crawled all over the ceiling.
“...and turned them into PUMPKINS!”
Objectively, it wasn’t that funny.
Objectively, it might not have even been funny at all.
However, in that moment in time, for those present, it was absolutely the funniest thing anyone had ever said.
The room exploded with uproarious laughter.
“And then!” The Collector said, racing wildly around and around the room. “They got shot back into the ocean! And sunk back to the bottom and got a bubble of air! And then they got eaten by a shark!”
“Again?” Luz asked.
“Again!” The Collector cried.
“The same shark?” Eda asked.
“Yep! And then the shark got eaten by a whale, which was weird because whales don’t usually eat things that big!”
“You were listening to me and Hunter,” Luz said between bouts of laughing.
“And then the whale went up and met some of the humans who’d sank on the horses, and they were still alive!”
“How?” King asked.
The Collector didn’t answer that.
“They flew into space again!” they said instead, throwing their arms wide as shadows of stars and moons flew above their head. “And they got caught by the same spider and turned into pumpkins again!”
All the shadows converged into the shape of a jack-o-lantern bearing The Collector’s face.
“Boy,” Hooty said. “I know they say history repeats itself, but this is next level.”
“AND THEN THEY EXPLODED!”
The jack-o-lantern burst, revealing the shape of The Collector inside, who floated there laughing their squeaky laugh.
Raine, like Eda, had come to recognize that The Collector had a number of very different laughs. They hadn’t discerned the meanings of all of them yet, but this one they had come to realize indicated genuine happiness and amusement.
The Collector looked down at their audience, flipping upside-down on the wall and grinning.
They noticed Eda still recording.
“Did you get it all?” they asked, flashing across the ceiling to hover above her.
“I did,” Eda said. “Was that the end?”
“NO!” The Collector said. “I didn’t tell you the part where they went to…to…” they looked at the map on the floor. “San Francisco!”
“They went to where?” Eda asked.
“They went to San Francisco!” The Collector said, dropping to the floor and onto the map, where they pointed at California. “And they had a happy life! But then there was another leap year and the Booga-Weres turned into werewolves and ATE THE ENTIRE SAN FRANCISCO AREA! And then they went to Alaska and had a great time!”
The Collector raced up the map and pointed to what was actually the Yukon territory with the Alaska state flag superimposed on it so that it wasn’t blocking the image of the state itself.
Luz started to try to point this out, but The Collector was having none of that.
“And then Alaska got eaten!” they said. “And then they went to Hawaii! And Hawaii got eaten! And then all the Booga-Weres exploded because of the volcanoes in Hawaii!”
“Not the Booga-Weres!” Hooty cried.
“And then everything exploded and everyone died!” The Collector shrieked excitedly.
Lilith grimaced and gave Eda a worried look.
“And all that was left,” The Collector finished. “Was a pile of rubble and water floating in space! AND THEN EVERYBODY TURNED INTO LITTLE BATS!”
“You have no idea what happened in the human realm, do you?” Lilith said.
“I like this version better,” Luz said. “It’s way more interesting.”
“Wait,” King said. “That was supposed to be the history of the human realm?”
“Well it’s the best history class I’ve ever had,” Eda said, shutting off her scroll.
“Definitely the most entertaining,” Raine added.
“Well you all better’ve been paying attention!” The Collector said. “‘Cause now I’m gonna’ test you on it!”
“Right,” King said.
“But I need oooone of you to write it down for me.”
“I’ll do it,” Luz volunteered, tearing a blank page out of her notebook.
“Don’t think this gets you out of taking the test,” The Collector said, sliding over to dictate what she was to write. “‘Cause I’m not giving you any answers.”
“No bathroom breaks, no falling asleep in class and no answers,” Luz said. “Got it.”
On the sofa, Raine reached over to squeeze Eda’s shoulder and give her a warm smile.
“Progress,” they said quietly.
“Wuzzat?” The Collector said, shadow suddenly appearing and draping themself upside-down on the couch between Raine and Eda.
“You’re pretty funny, sneaky-peek,” Eda said. “I don’t know when I’ve laughed so hard.”
The Collector grinned up at her and squirmed around on the cushions, kicking their feet.
“You’re also pretty smart,” Raine said. “And creative. All that stuff in your story? That’s all based on things you’ve overheard here isn’t it? You took little pieces of information you learned and put them together to make something new.”
“And,” Eda added. “You put them together in a way that I can guarantee you not many people would have thought of.”
The Collector didn’t seem to be able to contain themself. They laughed again, the squeaky one, and exploded into a flurry of activity, circling Raine and Eda in a wild figure-eight pattern.
“Hey guess what, guess what, guess what?” they said excitedly.
“What?” Eda asked.
“I really, really, really, really, reallllllly…”
“Really?” Raine asked.
On a whim, Eda reached out and grabbed at one of The Collector’s feet as they raced by on the arm of the couch.
The Collector stopped their circling, abandoning whatever they were going to say and doubling back to pounce on Eda’s hand instead.
“Hah! Gotcha!” they said, covering Eda’s hand with the shadows of their own. “You tried to caaaaatch me, but IIII caught youuuuuuuuuu!!! Finders keepers, finders keepers, finders keeeeeeee…”
Their voice trailed off as they stared through the shadows of their fingers at the long scars that ran down Eda’s hand.
They yanked their hands away as if they’d been burned, giving Eda an alarmed look.
“You okay, kid?” Eda asked.
“You…” The Collector began. “You’re tricking me.”
“What?”
“You are, aren’t you?” The Collector balled up their fists and held them close to their chest.
“I’m not.”
“You’re a liar! You’re trying to make me…make me…trick me…”
They didn’t seem to be able to articulate what they were trying to say.
“You’re afraid we’re going to hurt you if you let your guard down,” Raine said.
“Believe it or not, I can relate,” Eda said.
The Collector looked from her to Raine disbelievingly.
“I’m not going to hurt you,” Eda said. “We’re not going to hurt you. You let your guard down just now and nothing bad happened.”
The Collector considered this.
“You can trust me,” Raine said. “You can trust us.”
“Yeah,” The Collector said. “That’s what Philip told me.”
“Then I guess we’ve got to prove that we’re not Philip,” Raine said.
“How many hundred years ya’ got?” The Collector asked.
“I don’t even have a hundred years,” Eda said with a sigh. “But let me tell you, I spent more than twenty years pushing people away and it sucked. Then I met someone who turned everything I thought I knew upside-down.”
She smiled over at Luz, who had stopped writing to observe the conversation.
“And,” Eda continued. “I’ve lived more in the past few months than I ever did in those twenty years. So I can’t make up for all of your lost time, Collector, but we can make the most of the time we do have.”
Luz and Lilith traded an uncomfortable look that was missed by Eda and Raine.
“I’m…gonna’ go get a drink of water,” Luz said.
“I’ll help you,” Lilith added.
They got up and headed for the kitchen, trailed by a confused King.
“You…” The Collector said. “You couldn’t even guess my name.”
“There’s a lot of names out there,” Eda said. “In every language imaginable and unimaginable.”
“I think we just have to admit defeat on that one,” Raine added.
“No!” The Collector said. “I won’t let you! You have to guess my name! You have to!”
“Is it…” Eda said, trying to find her way back to the playfulness that had been present so recently. “Booga-Were?”
“No, silly!” The Collector said.
“Avi?” guessed Raine.
“Galaxy,” Eda said. “Wait, did we guess that already?”
“Jesterca?”
“Olaf?”
“No, no, no! Why are you so bad at this?”
The Collector was only sounding more and more upset.
“We don’t have to play this game,” Eda said.
“You don’t seem to enjoy it very much,” Raine added.
“I am enjoying it!” The Collector insisted in a tone of voice indicating anything but. “I’m having fun! We’re all having fun! We’re making up for your lost time! Now. Guess. My. Name.”
They gritted out the last words as if through clenched teeth.
Raine sighed.
“Nora, Lord Of The Warlocks?” they suggested.
“NO! Why would that be my name?”
“Moon?” Eda asked.
The Collector looked sharply at her, put their hands on their head and let loose an unexpected scream, kicking their feet across the sofa cushions.
“WHY?” they shouted to no one in particular. “WHYYYYYY?!?”
“Wait,” Eda said. “Was that right? Is your name Moon?”
“I don’t think…” Raine began.
“I don’t…” The Collector said, rolling back and forth, hands still on their head. “I DON’T…EUAARRRGHHHHH!!!”
They fled from the sofa and back into the fireplace, letting out a flurry of anguished noises.
Everyone stared after them for a moment.
It was, interestingly enough, Hooty who broke the silence.
“Uh, Eda,” he said. “I don’t think The Collector knows what their name was.”
There was a miserable wail from the fireplace.
“I think,” Eda said. “You may be right.”
She got up and approached the fireplace, rapping her knuckles on the mantelpiece.
“Knock-knock? Collector?”
“Go away!” The Collector said and, for a brief moment, Eda saw them barely silhouetted against the soot, their face streaked with white tears.
“Hey,” Eda said. “It’s okay there, kid. It’s okay if you don’t remember your name. You were locked up for a really long time.”
“It’s not okay!” The Collector said. “And I”m still locked up! ‘Cause you let me get locked up! You said you’d come with me and you didn’t! You lied! You lied! You’re still free and I’m in jail! You’re never gonna’ free me, are you? You’re just like Philip! I”m gonna’ be almost free foreeeeever and then you’ll betray me again!
“I bet you wouldn’t even free me if I promised to follow your stupid rules! If you free me, I prooooomise I’ll follow your House Rules. I proooooooomise! There, I said it! Am I free yet? NO!”
Eda sat down beside the fireplace, Raine at her side.
“I…can’t guarantee you freedom,” Eda said. “I wish I could. I want you out of wherever you are and if it were up to me, you would be! But that’s just it - it’s not up to me. You…hurt a lot of witches and demons and…and other creatures too. Letting you out is too much of a risk if we can’t trust each other.”
“Then what,” The Collector said, their voice turning into a choked sob. “What’s even the point of your House Rules.”
“Because,” Eda said. “I believe we can learn to trust each other. I’ve seen you for what you are, and I believe you can learn. And I believe in a future where you aren’t locked away anymore.”
The Collector didn’t respond, instead they hid themself in the soot at the back of the fireplace and whimpered and sobbed themself into exhaustion.
Chapter 21
Summary:
Luz inadvertently gets meta.
Notes:
New chapter for all of you!
I know it's redundant, but I'll say it again - thank you for all the support you've given this fic. It really blows my mind. It's been an unexpected project over the past few months, but it's been so fun telling this story and watching the little community that has grown up around it.
As we are entering the "busy season" of my non-fandom hobby, I can't guarantee my Saturday mornings will always be free (in fact, I can guarantee a lot of them will NOT be free). I'm still aiming for weekly updates, but they may be at more odd times on random days. So bear with me!
Not much to add except to say I'm excited about what I have in store for you in future chapters, and I've really enjoyed getting to "know" you all through the comments. Thanks for coming along on this journey.
Alice
Chapter Text
Lilith retrieved a jar from one of the kitchen cabinets, wearing a slight frown as she filled it with water and handed it to Luz.
“Alright, Luz,” she said. “I can tell something’s on your mind, and I think I know what it is.”
Luz leaned against the counter, seated on one of the barstools that Eda and Raine had unearthed during their recent cleaning project.
King tried scrambling onto another, only to have the seat cushion slide off and tumble to the floor with a thud.
“Weh!”
“Oh gosh, King!” Luz said, picking him up. “Are you okay?”
“Foiled by a Titan’s greatest weakness!” King said, spreading his arms wide. “Barstool covers!”
Luz and Lilith both laughed for a moment, before their expressions turned serious once again.
Luz gave Lilith a meaningful look, as if trying to express her thoughts without words.
“This is about the time travel thing again,” Lilith said. “Isn’t it?”
“Aunt Lilith, we were right there,” Luz said, voice sounding pained. “The Collector was right there and we just let Philip get away with them.”
“Well, technically we let Philip get away with a lot more than that,” Lilith said with a sigh. “We’ve been over and over this. And believe me, it haunts me as just much as it haunts you. But we didn’t know.”
“We knew that disc-tablet-mirror-thingy was important, though. I mean, we didn’t know there was a…a kid trapped in it, fair, but…it would have been so easy to just reach out and take it from Philip.”
Luz pressed the glass of water to her forehead with both hands.
“But we didn’t” Lilith said. “We didn’t, so we couldn’t. We can’t change that now, any more than I can change the fact that I cursed Edalyn, or blindly followed Belos for all those years. You understand the principle, don’t you?”
“What principle?” King and Luz asked in one voice.
“We can’t change the past,” Lilith said. “Even if we travel to it. We might influence past events, might become key players in those events, but we can’t change that any more than we can change our own past actions.”
Luz grimaced.
“If we had somehow prevented Belos’ rise to power,” Lilith continued. “We would have changed the events that lead us to go back in time in the first place.”
“I know, I know,” Luz said. “It’s a paradox. The universe would probably have just reset back or something. Or just blown up.”
“Yeesh,” King said. “Why would anyone time travel with that kind of risk?”
“Although,” Lilith said, stroking her chin. “It is possible that we did change some things, but we’ll never know because our memories and reality adjusted with them. Oh Titan! What if that’s true?! What if we did and we don’t know it!”
“Our whole timeline might have been altered,” Luz said. “And we never even realized!”
“You two are making my head hurt!” King cried.
“Yeah,” Luz said. “Probably best not to think about it too hard.”
“That’s why time travel is to be treated with extreme caution,” Lilith said. “I did tell you.”
“I know,” Luz admitted. “But even knowing all that stuff, I can’t help but wonder what might have happened if I’d done something different.”
“You don’t need time travel to wonder about that,” King pointed out.
“I mean, if you’d like to get technical about it,” Lilith said, mouth quirking into a half-smile. “We’re traveling through time every moment of every day.”
“This is blowing my mind,” King said. “And I just listened to human realm history as told by The Collector.”
“It’s just…” Luz said. “Philip getting hold of The Collector was just months ago for us. But they took the long way ‘round. They were trapped with Philip for four hundred years and now they’re in our living room having meltdowns every five minutes because of that, and they’re so afraid of trusting anyone they’re practically unconsolable.”
“It hurts me too,” Lilith said. “And it hurts me to see my sister trying so desperately to forge a connection. I…I can’t lie. I’ve also thought about what might have been if we’d taken The Collector away from Philip and brought them back with us.”
“Hah!” King said. “Imagine if you’d just brought that disc back and suddenly some shadow kid suddenly crawled out of it and just announced I was a Titan.”
Lilith snorted.
“Oh man,” Luz laughed. “The chaos!”
“Be that as it may,” Lilith said. “King’s father locked The Collector up for a reason. Not everything about them is Philip’s doing. I…think we’ve forgotten that a little too easily.”
“I know,” Luz admitted. “But maybe no one ever even gave them a chance before. There’s so much that is still a mystery, and The Collector’s not telling us much about themself.”
“Being trapped in a mirror does sound rather horrible,” Lilith said.
“They’re not,” King began. “Actually in the mirror. I’ve seen their actual prison - in dreams, visions, back when I had that weird head-connection with them from the Titan Trappers. The mirror’s more of a window.”
“King,” Luz said thoughtfully. “Where are they actually imprisoned?”
“I don’t actually know,” King said. “Nowhere I’ve seen when I’m awake, that’s for sure. I don’t think it’s anywhere on the Boiling Isles or the human realm. Maybe an in-between dimension or something?”
“In-between…?” Luz said. “What did it look like?”
“Uhhh…I don’t remember exactly, but…kind of a giant, dark echoey cave with watery stuff? And…green walls?”
“Were there lots of little cube things floating around?” Luz pressed.
“What?” Lilith asked.
“I mean, I wasn’t inspecting it that closely,” King said. “But, now that you mention it…? Yeah? I think so?”
“I think I know where that is!” Luz cried. “I’ve been there!”
“What? When?”
There was the sudden sound of the portal door opening elsewhere in the house, followed by running footsteps.
Moments later, Vee burst into the kitchen, holding a laptop with a video playing on the screen.
“Look at this!” Vee cried excitedly when she saw Luz.
“Oh yeah?” Luz said, immediately changing gears. “Look at this!”
She handed a sheet of paper to Vee, who read it with a frown.
On the paper were five handwritten questions.
- What turned into werewolves?
- What did the Booga-Weres eat first?
- What did the humans put on the horse hooves?
- What got them into space first?
- What got them into space second?
“Huh?” Vee said. “What is this?”
“Your history test,” Luz said. “You missed our super-accurate history class with The Collector.”
“Well you missed our light-up-reindeer-prank-worked-and-Jacob-made-a-whole-video-freaking-out-about-it class,” Vee said smugly, setting the computer down on the counter.
“Whaaaat!” Luz said, turning the screen towards her, the history test completely forgotten. “Oh we’ve got to watch this!”
“Uh-huh.”
“Right now!”
“Uh- huh.”
“Jacob?” Lilith asked. “The witch-hunter conspiracy guy? Do you think it’s really a good idea to keep antagonizing him like this?”
“As long as he doesn’t know we’re antagonizing him,” Vee said brightly.
“We’re golden,” Luz added.
Jacob’s panicked voice filled the room as he recounted his supposedly near-death experience with a not-deer.
King climbed onto Luz’s shoulder to get a better view of the video, and Lilith crowded in behind them.
“I was just driving home late at night,” Jacob said. “I have the exact coordinates here, but it was at that big hairpin curve coming down off the West side of Maple Ridge. The thing just came out of the trees onto the road ahead of me! It was not a normal deer! It was the same thing I saw back in the Fall! I thought I was going to hit it, but then it leaped onto its hind legs and into the air right over my car! I didn’t even have time to get a photo!
“I will be going back to collect evidence, but this is further proof of the conspiracy to COVER UP THE ALIEN INVASION IN GRAVESFIELD!”
Luz and Vee whooped in delight and high-fived each other.
“Oh yeah!” Luz said. “Nocedas for the win!”
“Wait,” Vee said, smile suddenly disappearing from her face. “That’s not right.”
“What?” Luz asked.
“Did he just say Maple Ridge?”
“Did he? Go back.”
The two jumped for the computer, playing the video back.
“...at that big hairpin curve coming down off the West side of Maple Ridge…” Jacob’s voice said again.
Luz’s eyes widened and she hit pause.
She and Vee turned to look at each other with silent twin expressions of confusion.
“Uh, what’s going on?” King asked. “Did I…miss something?”
“Maybe he was turned around or lost or something,” Vee said.
“What do you mean,” Lilith asked.
“We set up our prank off the main road coming into town,” Luz explained. “That isn’t anywhere near Maple Ridge.”
At that moment, raised voices with an edge of worry carried in from the living room.
Before Luz and Vee could further discuss or even really think about Jacob’s video, Raine peered into the kitchen.
“You got a minute?” they asked. “We…can’t find The Collector.”
“What?” Lilith asked.
“How did you lose The Collector?” King said.
Raine led them back to the living room, which was oddly quiet compared to how it had been earlier in the evening.
Eda and Hooty both appeared to be searching the room, much like they would if they were playing hide-and-seek, but in a much more concerned manner.
“They were in the fireplace,” Raine said. “Crying. And then they just got real quiet and now we can’t find them.”
“Colleeeeeeectorrrrrr!” Hooty called. “Come out, come out wherever you aaaaare!”
There was no answer.
“They were so upset,” Eda said worriedly. “I don’t think they’d be playing hide-and-seek right now. Collector! Where are you?”
More silence.
“Do you think,” Luz asked. “They fell asleep?”
“Maybe,” Eda said. “They’ve been so insistent about not sleeping, but…”
“They do sleep though,” King said. “That was…how we got the jump on them, remember? And if they were really tired, maybe…””
Raine looked down at the floor, wearing a guilty and slightly miserable expression.
“They cried themself to sleep,” they said, finishing King’s thought.
“Does this mean The Collector is still in the fireplace,” Eda asked, crawling back into it.
She scanned the walls and chimney as best she could, leaning in and trying to brush her hand around the space.
She promptly fell right into the soot because it wasn’t easy to investigate one-handedly.
“Oh, Edalyn,” Lilith said, pulling her out and brushing at her, which only made a bigger mess and meant Lilith also getting covered in soot.
“It’s not easy to find a sleeping shadow,” Eda said. “Probably even harder than an invisible needle in a bloodthirsty haystack.”
She cracked a laugh, but her eyes were anything but humored by the situation.
“You should take a shower,” Lilith said. “Before you track creosote all over the house. You kind of look like a demented shadow yourself.”
“Oooooh! You’re not wrong!” Hooty agreed.
“The Collector probably would find this look hilarious,” Eda said, striking a pose and glaring at her own soot-smudged face in the mirror.
Raine snapped a picture.
“I’ll be sure to show them what they missed when they wake up.”
***
The Collector did not reappear that night.
Raine continued to search while Eda cleaned all the soot off, and then the two of them sat up all night in the living room, waiting, occasionally calling for The Collector.
“You don’t think something happened, do you?” Eda said.
“Can’t have,” Raine tried to assure her. “They’re trapped. What could happen? There’s nowhere for them to go.”
By morning, both Eda and Raine were starting to worry in earnest.
Luz had gone back to the human realm with Vee, still pondering if The Collector were hiding or sleeping, distracting herself by trying to coordinate a day when all her friends would be free so they could go on their long-awaited expedition to the contraband vault of the Conformatorium.
Lilith was, apologetically, soon to follow. However she urged Eda to let her know the moment they found The Collector again.
And then, come morning, Raine received an urgent message from the Coven Heads regarding yet another riot in Palm Stings.
“You should go,” Eda told them. “The Boiling Isles are counting on you. No pressure or anything, you know.”
“Our kid is counting on me,” Raine said with a glance at the fireplace. “Even if they don’t realize it.”
But Eda, regardless of what she herself preferred, continued to encourage Raine to go to the emergency meeting of the Coven Heads, and they eventually headed out on their way.
The departures left the Owl House very quiet.
Even King and Hooty seemed a bit unnerved, somehow unable to fill up the silence that had settled into place.
“I miss the little gremlin,” Hooty said.
“I know what you mean,” said King.
As the day wore on, Eda found herself becoming more and more restless.
She paced the house, unable to focus, her steps repeatedly bringing her back to the living room and all the spots and corners she had already checked a dozen times over.
To the fireplace she went, to the mantelpiece above it.
The Collector’s mirror sat innocuously on the mantel, glinting in the warm light of the room and, like The Collector themself, offering no answers.
“Hey kid? Collector?”
“I can’t tell where they are,” Hooty said when Eda inquired. “They might not even be in the house anymore.”
Eda could summon them by touching the mirror. She was fairly certain that was how it worked.
But she had promised The Collector that she would never do so, and she wasn’t about to break that promise and lose the meager progress that had been made in gaining their trust.
If she lost that now, she wasn’t ever getting it back.
And so she continued to pace.
As the minutes ticked by into hours, Eda began to realize that her own restlessness was being evenly matched by that of the Owl Beast.
If Eda needed confirmation that The Collector wasn’t actually in the house, the Beast’s increased activity was it.
For reasons she still wasn’t clear on, the Owl Beast seemed to be able to sense The Collector’s presence.
And the Beast’s relief at their disappearance was palpable. Now they were ready to come out and do something after being cooped up the past few weeks.
And so, at sunset nearly a full day after The Collector had disappeared, Eda climbed to the top of the tower, the Beast about to explode with the anticipation of freedom.
Eda let her worries flow away, let the Owl Beast’s joy become her own as they shifted form, meeting somewhere in the middle.
“Oh yes, hello Harpy Eda,” she said, voice taking on he echoing, almost harmonious tone that accompanied the form. “It’s good to be back!”
She spread her wings and leaped into the air, gliding over the trees and towards the shoreline.
From the air, it was clear to see just how much The Collector had scarred the landscape with their antics, especially in Bonesborough and the immediate vicinity. The landscape and topography was forever changed.
The severed bridge to Titan Trapper Island still loomed, a monument to something no doubt, though exactly what that might be was still anybody’s guess.
The Owl Beast was overjoyed by the rush of the night air, diving in and out of the mist that was forming along the coast.
Perhaps they were remembering a time and place long passed, chasing the echo of whatever they had been before.
Eda shared in their gratitude and relief as they swooped and glided, comforted by the sound of the waves breaking on the shore below.
She let the Beast take the reins as they scanned for prey in the rocks near the water’s edge, eyes taking in all available light and watching for movement.
It was simple, surprisingly peaceful, grounding.
The Beast hunted, the Beast chased and pounced. They caught, they ate.
And in that, the creature found meaning and satisfaction. They didn’t need all those busy thoughts and complicated worries to be happy.
Happiness was the damp breeze off the Boiling Sea. Happiness was catching and devouring every vole they could, stretching wings, catching that breeze and riding the coastal wind high into the glittering, starlit night.
***
Within the murky, echoing walls of the Liminal, The Collector floated in the center of their spherical prison.
They’d been asleep for a long time, much longer than normal - and normally they refrained from sleeping at all.
Something about the stress of the past weeks and the breakdown from the night before had pushed them beyond the point of exhaustion and they’d fallen into a fitful slumber.
However it was anything but restful.
Sleep for The Collector was a subconscious torment of warped thoughts and dreams, real events bleeding into the imagined, seemingly inescapable.
They’d fallen asleep wracked with quiet sobs, and they awoke much the same.
“No…no…stop it…” The Collector muttered, white eyes blinking open, shadow of a hand brushing against their face to wipe away tears that weren’t actually there.
They reached out their other hand, grabbing at nothing, touching nothing, overcome by a horrible sinking feeling as their familiar surroundings finally registered.
“NO!”
The Collector sat up abruptly, looking around wildly at the walls surrounding them.
“Was it…was it a DREAM?!? NO!!”
Reality and dreams blended together here, sometimes it was near-impossible to know for sure which was which.
“Help!” The Collector screamed, flinging themself uselessly against the curved wall. “Help! HEEEELP! HELP ME! OWL LADY!”
Panic bubbled up into hysterical laughter.
“OWL LADY! OWL LADY! PHILIP! HELP! ANYBODY!”
They needed to calm down.
They couldn’t calm down.
Then they saw it.
There was still an intact tablet.
There was still an intact tablet.
If they had looked for a moment longer, The Collector would have seen that the tablet was reflecting warm candlelight.
But they didn’t look, they didn’t even think.
The Collector launched themself at the tablet, hoping against hope that it was still active, that they could still project through it.
They might have felt relief as their projection passed through the mirror and back out into the living room of the Owl House, but that feeling was quickly overwhelmed by an onslaught of others.
The Collector might have collapsed if they weren’t already a flat shadow on the floor.
Instead they flailed about aimlessly for a moment, before opening their mouth and letting out a blood-curdling scream.
“OWL LADYYYYYYYYYYY!!!”
Chapter 22
Summary:
A new player (re)enters the game.
Notes:
Hey all! Thanks so much, as always, for your support of the last chapter! I hope you enjoy reading this next one as much as I enjoyed writing it.
We will soon be entering the final stretch of what I am now calling Arc 2a (there's a LOT of ground to cover in Arc 2, so it made sense to split it like this).
Not a whole lot to add today, because it's taken a while to get this written and edited, but I hope you all enjoy what I have in store!
Alice
Chapter Text
Adrian was uncharacteristically late to the meeting.
To be fair, it was an unscheduled convening, but the other Coven Heads were irritable and on edge.
Hettie Cutburn had just arrived from the confrontation in Palm Stings, and was giving everybody the rundown on the events that had taken place. The situation, it seemed, was in fact far worse than initial reports had suggested.
“The uprisers are gaining followers,” she said. “And they are going to continue to do so if we don’t take executive action.”
There were the invariable murmurs of agreement from those present.
“I know how this discussion is going to go,” Darius said tiredly. “I’m going to say that I agree with that statement, and then Raine is going to point out that the reason the Belos loyalists are gaining supporters is because the citizens of the Isles are losing confidence in us, and things are pretty bad now. And they’re right. Why wouldn’t people follow those who promise something better than what we’re doing as a governing body.”
“Mmmmmmmm!” Eberwolf said, nodding in agreement.
“And then all of you,” Darius continued before Terra could interrupt. “Are just going to start saying that it’s because we haven’t been sufficiently violent or aggressive in our tactics, which isn’t altogether wrong either.”
“But it isn’t right,” Raine said. “And I will point out that we’re doing nothing to help those who are actually in need. Latissa has been begging us to help with repairs and housing, and we’ve not responded beyond acknowledging that they need help.”
“All well and good,” Terra said. “Except our resources are limited, and I think the extremists are a bit more of a priority right now. Wouldn’t you say, Whispers?”
“I would say,” Raine said coldly. “That as long as we ignore the real issues and refuse to get our boots in the mud and help out, we’re just going to be seen as inactive figureheads, and the radical factions will only continue to gain support.”
“Then why vote against taking action?” Terra asked, equally coldly. “We could be out there setting a precedent and making an example…”
“Yes, yes, we agree on that,” Darius said. “The disagreement lies in what that means.”
“Oppression is not the answer,” Raine insisted. “That was Belos’ tactic. We would gain far more sympathy and support by using our resources to help rebuild Latissa than we would if we kept ignoring them and attacking the uprisers instead.”
“But if this stalemate continues,” Darius said. “We do nothing and we gain nothing.”
“And we continue to lose everything,” Terra said.
Eberwolf made a grudging noise of agreement.
There was a sudden BANG! And the door to the room flew open.
The Coven Heads started, readying themselves for a fight, only to relax somewhat when they saw it was only Adrian.
The fact that he was disheveled, and not in an artful way, was still alarming however.
“You’re late,” Terra said flatly.
“It’s GONE!” Adrian shouted.
“Adrian, could you keep your voice down,” Darius said, pinching the bridge of his nose. “I have a headache as it is…And what’s gone? Your fashion sense?”
There were a few snorts of amusement from those gathered.
“Hah. Hah,” Adrian said sarcastically. “Very funny. But do you know what’s not funny? The Collector’s mirror is gone!”
Raine looked sharply at Adrian before they could help themself, a jolt of anxiety coursing through their body.
“The Collector’s mirror was pulverized,” Darius said, rolling his eyes. “Into harmless sand. You were there, remember?”
“Don’t talk to me with that condescending tone,” Adrian snapped. “I wasn’t born yesterday.”
“Could’ve fooled me,” Raine muttered, keeping their voice steadier than they felt.
Eberwolf shot Raine a look of amusement.
Adrian ignored them.
“I remember what happened at the Looking Glass Graveyard,” he said. “And I also remember personally gathering up the remains of that mirror and locking them up with our other confiscated crap.”
“That can’t have been the most secure place to leave it,” Terra pointed out. “Our storage facilities aren’t meant for magical relics.”
“You don’t say!” Adrian retorted. “That’s why I hid it there!”
“You probably lost track of it,” Darius said. “Now can we please get back to addressing the Palm Stings situation?”
“NO!” Adrian cried. “I didn’t lose track of it! I have checked several times since we defeated The Collector, and each time the mirror remains were exactly where I left them.”
Eberwolf groaned in frustration.
“But you,” Adrian narrowed his eyes at Darius. “You inquired about their whereabouts a few weeks back, didn’t you?”
“Ugh. Titan, Adrian,” Darius said. “Of course I did. And you assured me they were secure. This is on you. I am not responsible for keeping track of your shit.”
“There’s not a lot anyone could do with the mirror shattered like that,” Raine said carefully. “There’s no pieces to fit back together. I…I made sure of that. Plus I don’t think anyone would recognize it for what it was. What would anyone want with some random jar of sand?”
“Why are none of you freaking out!?” Adrian cried. “If The Collector comes back, we’re all dead five times over.”
“Which I think just about everyone on these blasted islands knows,” Darius said. “So if that’s what you’re worried about, who in their right mind would even want to summon that little monster again?”
Adrian turned to look Raine dead in the eye.
“The Owl Lady,” he said. “She would. She tried to keep them out of our trap. She’s insane enough to go to great lengths to save The Collector, or whatever delusion she’s got in her mind about them.”
“Watch it, Vernworth,” Raine said.
Adrian did not, in fact, watch it.
“Riiiiiight….and because you and the Owl Lady,” he made a lewd gesture. “You’d do anything she told you to, wouldn’t you? I saw that look you gave me when I first showed up. And funny thing, I never said I put that sand in a jar.”
Raine met Adrian’s glare, steadying themself, refusing to flinch or look away. They hadn’t spent years climbing through the ranks and becoming Head Witch of the Bard Coven by allowing weakness or emotion to show. Their earlier reaction to Adrian’s announcement was a slip-up and could have been a deadly misstep once upon a time.
They couldn’t let that happen again.
Raine felt the anger flow away and stared at Adrian as if from a great distance outside themself.
“My mistake, Adrian,” they said calmly. “I merely assumed. Perhaps you put it in a pizza box. I wouldn’t know.”
“You’re avoiding…” Adrian began.
“I did not take the Titandamed sand,” Raine said truthfully. “And neither Eda nor I have let The Collector out of their prison. I should think that’s fairly obvious. You’re just paranoid.”
***
King was alone in the house.
Well, as alone as anyone could be with Hooty present.
It was a very buggy night out, and Hooty was taking great delight in catching and eating the flying, insect-like creatures that had the misfortune to enter the yard.
He’d had King set out a lantern by the door, and it was a terrific success.
“It’s attracting bugs by the swarm!” he called into the house itself.
“That’s great, Hooty!” King called back, voice laced with only slight sarcasm. “Hey. Isn’t that cannibalism?”
“I woooon’t tell if you wooooon’t!” Hooty called back.
King busied himself retrieving a bedtime snack - which in this case meant snagging an entire box of crackers to take upstairs with him.
He’d just managed to scale one of the barstools and remove the cracker box from a kitchen cabinet, when he heard The Collector’s voice suddenly screaming from the living room.
“Right when I was gonna’ go to bed,” King muttered, hopping to the floor in a fairly ungraceful manner, but somehow managing to avoid spilling the crackers.
He scurried to the living room as fast as his little legs would carry him, and found The Collector in the shape of a screaming puddle of shadow on the floor.
“Hey, hey, buddy,” King said. “You okay there? You had us kinda’...”
“WHERE’S THE OWL LADY?!?” the puddle screamed. “I WANT THE OWL LADY! KIIIIING! GET HER! LET ME OUT! LET ME OUT!”
“Whoah there, whoah there,” King said as the puddle flooded around him, seeming to grab desperately but harmlessly at his feet.
“OWL LADY! NOW! WHERE IS SHE?? I NEED HER! WHERE IS SHE?”
“I think she went out for a while.”
“She LEFT ME?”
“Oh boy,” King said, more to himself than anything. “Calm down, Collector. She didn’t leave you. She’ll be back.”
“King, let me out,” The Collector pleaded. “I don’t wanna’ be trapped anymore. I hate it. I haaaaaate it! Where’s the Owl Lady? Where’s Raineyyyyyyyyyyy!”
The Collector’s voice, although still slightly panicked-sounding, was taking on a more pitiful edge somewhere between a laugh and a sob.
King reached out and ran his paw along the puddle’s edge.
“I’m here, Collector,” he said. “I…uh, don’t know if that counts for anything anymore.”
The Collector-puddle sniffed thickly and shifted to follow the movement, coalescing back into their more familiar form, hand wrapping around King’s paw.
“King,” they said, voice still shaking.
“Deep breath, there,” King said, trying to remember how Hunter calmed and grounded himself when he felt a panic attack coming on.
“I can’t breathe!” The Collector said, slightly hysterical. “I’m squashed down into two dimensions. I'm like a ghost. A flat ghost!”
King felt a cough of amusement escape from his throat, unbidden, at The Collector’s description of themself in their shadow state, even through the situation itself was far from amusing.
Indeed, The Collector glared at King, shadows of daggers shooting at him, although they made no move to pull their hand away.
“It’s not funny,” they said. “I don’t even feel real! When I woke up back in that stupid prison, I thought…I thought…”
The Collector shuddered hard, their form rippling.
“You thought what?” King asked.
The Collector gave a sharp laugh.
“I thought I’d been dreaming!” they howled. “I thought this was all a dream! I thought you were still dead! I thought it was all a dream!”
“Oh,” King said. “I…guess that used to happen to you a lot, huh?”
“What’dya mean?”
“Dreaming about being free and then waking up back in your trap.”
The Collector looked away.
“If you don’t want to talk about it…” King began.
“Sometimes,” The Collector said vaguely. “But mostly I just have bad dreams. Sleeping is stupid.”
“So what you’re saying,” King said slowly. “Is that this, being in the Owl House, is a good dream?”
“It’s…uh…better than being by myself. Or being hurt. Or betrayed.”
It was King’s turn to flinch.
He looked down at The Collector, who met his eyes again, and stared up at him expressionlessly.
King was tempted to defend himself, say that his deception hadn’t been malicious, that it had been necessary, that The Collector would have otherwise been left to rot for eternity, most who had now come to care for them left for dead.
He was tempted to say that The Collector was lucky King cared about his Owl family enough to free the creature who was responsible, directly or indirectly, for the death of his Titan family.
But that was a conversation for another day.
Right now, King couldn’t find it in himself to strike another blow to the miserable child on the floor before him.
“It’s okay,” he said instead. “You’re awake now. You’re safe here. We’re not going to hurt you or betray you anymore.”
“How do I know you’re not lying,” The Collector said.
King didn’t really have an answer.
“Just…you could try trusting me and Eda and Raine and Luz…”
“And meeeeeeee!” Hooty called.
“And Hooty. You could just try trusting us all and see what happens.”
“Don’t wanna’ get hurt again,” The Collector said.
“And you won’t.”
“I…can’t tell,” The Collector said, voice very small, as if admitting something they were ashamed of.
“Can’t tell what?”
“If someone’s lying to me. I thought everyone was telling the truth, but they were all just messing with me and fibbing about it! I don’t…I don’t know how to tell the difference.”
“So now you just assume everyone’s lying,” King said, nodding.
“Fair assumption when literally everyone who said they were my friend was just lying!”
“Could you maybe,” King said. “Give it one last try? Trusting, I mean.”
“Could you maybe let me out of this dumb cage?” The Collector shot back.
King looked away.
“That’s what I thought.”
“Listen. Collector. You’d have to follow the Owl House rules.”
“Oh you and your dumb rules, blah-blah-blah. Maybe you should give trust a try. Huh? Not so easy, is it?”
“You threaten to murder my mom!” King cried. “Like, every chance you get! That’s not much for a vote of confidence.”
“The Owl Lady,” The Collector said. “What’s her deal, anyway? She wants something from me, I’m sure of it.”
“Have you not been paying attention to anything?” King said. “She’s the fiercest, kindest witch on the Boiling Isles. She wants to give you a life and a home and a family! She wants to give you a clean slate! And not only won’t you give her a chance, you want to obliterate her from existence! And then you ask me to let you out?!?”
It wasn’t easy to tell, but it looked almost as if The Collector were pouting.
“Why do you trust the Owl Lady so much?” they asked.
“She’s always been there for me,” King said. “From the time I was really tiny. She stole me from my nursery and gave me a home! She cared for me and supported me and she’s always been there to catch me when I fall. And I’ve fallen a lot! She loves me.”
“Hmph,” The Collector said.
“She could be there for you, too,” King said.
“Hmph.”
“You’d like that, wouldn’t you.”
“HMPH!”
If King had been physically capable, he would have smiled.
“You know what I think?” he continued. “I think you don’t really want to obliterate Eda. I think there’s a reason she’s the first person you called for just now.”
The Collector’s form swelled in size as if they were getting ready to shout a denial but then, abruptly, they shrank back down, looking deflated.
“Wanna’ trust her,” they muttered.
“Then trust her! Make the leap! She’ll catch you, I promise.”
“Wanna’ trust you too,” The Collector glanced back to where their hand was still wrapped around King’s paw. “I don’t…I don’t want this all to be a dream. Was scared it was a dream.”
“So…good dream then?”
“Good dream.”
The initial panic having worn off, The Collector’s voice now sounded more tired than a child’s voice ever should.
“Would be better if you’d let me out,” they added, more than a little bitterly.
“And what? You’d fall in line just like that?”
“I would if you let me out.”
“HOOT-HOOT! INCOMING!”
The door flew open and through it exploded what appeared at first glance to be a massive feathery missile.
It hit the floor with a loud thud and unfolded huge wings, standing up to become instantly recognizable as Eda in harpy form.
“Oh thank myself,” King said. “I thought Hooty just let a really big bug inside.”
“Collector!” Eda said. “You’re okay! You disappeared and I was worried!”
The Collector let go of King and darted up the wall, attention fixed on Eda, eyes narrowed as they scrutinized her harpy form.
King made an encouraging gesture.
Hesitantly, The Collector reached out a hand.
“Bzzzzzzzt?” they said.
Eda grinned, reaching out her own clawed hand.
“Bzzzzzzzzt!” she replied, the sound somehow further amplified in her current state.
Then she frowned.
“Whoah, whoah. Easy there, eassssyyyyy. I’m not going to let them hurt you. They can’t hurt you. Look. You’re safe.”
There was someone else present, and The Collector zeroed in immediately.
“Oh you were worried about me, huh, Owl Lady,” they said. “So worried you let the Beast out to play.”
Eda was there, for sure, but the Beast was also staring back at them in a sense, transfixed and trying to pull away, wanting only to distance themself from the scary monster on the wall.
“I seeeeee youuuuuuu,” The Collector sang, grinning for the first time since they had awoken. “Not so scary now, are you, Beast! Hah! Now you’re just scared!”
“Uhhhhhh, Collector,” Hooty said. “Maybe this isn’t the time to antagonize the Owl Beast?”
Eda staggered back, jerking back and forth across the room as she tried to stand firm and the Beast tried to escape.
“Hey, hey!” she said soothingly. “I got you. They’re just a shadow, they can’t hurt you. You’re safe, you’re safe! Shhhhhh, it’s okay. It’s okaaaayyyyyy. Shhhhhhh.”
The Collector doubled, tripled in size, causing the Beast to flinch.
“BOO!” they shouted.
“Collector,” Eda said. “That is not helping. Eassssy there, Beast. You’re safe, okay. I got you. I’ll protect you. Safe, remember? Safe?”
Remarkably this actually seemed to be working and the Beast actually seemed to be relaxing and relinquishing control back to Eda, inexplicably trusting her promise of safety and protection.
For some reason, The Collector looked furious.
“What if I just caught that Beast again!” they said. “Grabbed hold of it and ripped it right out of you! Could you even survive that?”
“Against the rules, remember,” Eda said. “And the Beast is my friend. I’m not going to let them get hurt.”
“WHY DO YOU LOVE THAT BEAST SO MUCH??” The Collector screamed. “It’s caused you nothing but trouble and it took away all your magic! You should want it destroyed! You should be taking revenge on it, not…not protecting it!”
“Collector!” King shouted. “Would you SHUT UP! I thought we were making some progress but…wait. Are you… jealous?”
“Jealous?” The Collector said incredulously. “JEALOUS?! Jealous of what? Of some freaky-deeky Owl Beast? Why would I be jealous?”
Eda moved to the center of the room, blocking the light and casting her own shadow on the wall, spreading her wings so that the shadow of The Collector was sheltered beneath them.
They made a surprised noise as the shadows of feathers wrapped around them, but made no move to dart away. In fact, when Eda pulled her wings in, they moved with them, essentially letting themself be pulled close to the much larger shadow.
Almost instinctively, they wound their fingers into the equally-intangible feathers, clinging to them, sniffling, burying their face in them, for once, giving in to the desire to be protected and comforted.
“You don’t have to be jealous, Sneaky-Peek,” Eda said. “I got you too. It’s gonna’ be okay.”
Chapter 23
Summary:
Edric takes a field trip.
Notes:
Wow, looks like y'all get another Saturday update!
I'm sorry I haven't had time to respond to your comments recently. I've enjoyed reading every one of them and will try to get around to answering them sometime this weekend. You have so many interesting thoughts and observations and it really means a lot to me to see comments from both new readers and those of you who have been here since the beginning.
Also, I finally did it. I put a self-insert cameo in this fic. Hah.
***ONE WORD OF WARNING ABOUT THIS CHAPTER*** - there is description of a pretty gruesome animal death involving a dog. Nothing too explicitly graphic but I'm also aware that I may not be the best barometer of what constitutes disturbing for some readers. So keep that in mind when proceeding. It is in the third section following Edric.
Thanks again for following along. Things are about to get wild.
Alice
Chapter Text
At first King was a little annoyed that Eda wouldn’t let him bring his box of crackers into the nest.
“You’ll get crumbs everywhere,” she told him. “I’ve seen you eat.”
“You should talk,” King retorted. “You glurp up rat skeletons in here like four times a week.”
But Eda was firm on the cracker box ban.
Despite the banter, King happily curled up on Eda’s chest and settled in for the night, conversation becoming sleepier, even when it veered onto topics more serious than cracker crumbs.
Although Eda had inferred a few things already, it was King who explained in more detail what had happened to The Collector when they fell asleep, and the panic attack that had followed.
“That’s horrible,” Eda said. “They thought they were still alone in their cage. Is that…? That’s going to happen every time they fall asleep, isn’t it?”
King didn’t have an answer but, in truth, Eda neither needed or expected one. The implications were clear.
“It kills me that they’re trapped here,” she said with a sigh. “At least they aren’t alone anymore.”
“They were calling and calling for you,” King said.
“What?”
“When they came back through the mirror. They were calling for you.”
“Oh no. And I wasn’t here.”
“You do offer The Collector some comfort. They want to trust you, Eda. They flat out told me. But they’ve been burnt so much, they’re afraid you’re going to go all ‘Psych! Tricked you!’ the instant they do.”
“Well that’s something,” Eda said thoughtfully. “Maybe…we need to start a little smaller until we can actually earn trust.”
King gave a heavy sigh. He didn’t have much else to say and he contentedly let himself be lulled to sleep, Eda keeping his darker and more frightening thoughts at bay by her mere presence.
A short while later, there was the muffled sound of Hooty’s voice from downstairs, followed by The Collector’s.
King didn’t stir, but it was enough to rouse Eda. She considered getting up, but to do so she would have had to dislodge King, and that wasn’t something she had any desire to do right now.
A while later there came the sound of familiar approaching footsteps.
Eda didn’t worry. She knew it was Raine even before they opened the loft doors with a creak.
“You’re back,” Eda said. “I thought you were headed to Palm Stings.”
“Nuhhhhhh,” Raine said.
They walked across the room and, very deliberately, faceplanted into the nest.
“Meeting went that well, huh,” Eda said.
“I see The Collector woke up,” Raine said, propping their head on their arms and turning to look at Eda.
“Sounds like they had a rough time. King says they woke up back in that in-between space and freaked out.”
“Yeah, I gathered as much. I tried to talk to them but they seem to think my having left the house is a punishable offense. Hooty’s trying to convince them otherwise.”
“Hooty’s keeping them company.”
“Yeah. He’s a good bird-tube-worm-thing.”
King gave a loud snore.
“Awwww,” Raine said, reaching over and patting his skull. “Sleepy Titan.”
“Seriously, though, Raine,” Eda said. “I didn’t expect you back for a while. Not that I’m complaining in any form or fashion.”
Raine looked away.
“Okay, what is it?” Eda pressed, focusing in on their reaction. “Something’s bothering you. I can tell.”
“It’s nothing.”
“Uh, no, it’s not, Rainestorm. You don’t look like that over nothing.”
“I…didn’t want to worry you…”
“Well now I am worried.”
Raine didn’t speak for a long moment.
Then.
“I think the others are catching on,” they said at last. “Adrian knows someone took the remnants of The Collector’s mirror. And, unfortunately, you’re the most obvious suspect. And, since we’re a…a thing, I’m the second most obvious suspect.”
“Nah, they can’t prove anything,” Eda said. “I was a wanted criminal for decades. I got this. Let them suspect.”
“I…thought you’d say something like that.”
Eda and Raine both laughed.
“It’s not you I’m worried about though,” Raine said.
“Oh, well,” Eda teased. “Just cut off my arm next time. Oh wait, you already did.”
“Edaa,” Raine said. “You know that’s not what I meant. We have a kid downstairs who’d be completely defenseless if somebody came in here and took that mirror. Or destroyed it. Or…or…”
“Relax, Rainestorm,” Eda said. “Like I said, I stayed safe here with half the empire on my tail. Ain’t nothing or no one getting past Hooty. As long as he’s guarding the house, I’m not worried.”
***
Luz was chattering away about her plans for a heist.
Normally Edric would have been hanging onto her every word, and wanting to get in on the action, but this particular morning he was stepping through Luz’s portal door and into the human realm.
For some reason, entering a whole new realm was making it difficult to focus on what she was saying.
“I just need some intel on the current state of the Conformatorium,” Luz said. “Like, I’m not even sure if we have prisoners there anymore. Or if we even have prisoners at all. I know The Collector damaged part of the complex, so I should probably figure out what the building’s actually being used for right now. Raine would know.”
“Storage, I bet,” Edric said absently, staring at the forest that Luz was leading him through. “What are these trees? I’ve never seen trees like this.”
“Oh…I…uh, think they’re maples.”
“Are they dead? They don’t have any leaves.”
“No, they’re deciduous. They lose their leaves in the Wintertime.”
“So it’s not always snowing like this?”
“Hardly! Least the days are getting long enough to notice they’re getting longer now, though.”
“Wait, the length of the day changes in the human realm?”
“Well, depending on the season and where you are. But yeah. Most places it does.”
“Weird! Hey what kind of beast is that?”
Edric pointed to an animal with large ears and large eyes that was staring at them through the trees from a short distance away, looking alarmed.
“That’s a deer!” Luz said. “They’re really common here. Oh look at her! She’s so cuuuute! Hi there!”
She waved, and the deer snorted and stomped her hoof.
Edric was fascinated.
“Hi deer!” he waved too. “Wait, I thought you said that deer had those horn-things on their heads.”
“The bucks do, but not all year round. And that one’s a doe. She doesn’t have antlers at all.”
Luz’s eyes glinted mischievously, and she opened her mouth and sang at the top of her lungs.
“DOE, A DEER
A FEMALE DEER
RAY
A DROP OF GOLDEN SUUUNNNNNNN!”
The deer’s eyes got even bigger and she turned and fled.
“Wow,” Luz said. “She must really not like my singing.”
“Luz, are you scaring the wildlife again?” called a new voice that was instantly recognizable as belonging to Hunter.
Edric and Luz turned to see him approaching alongside Camila.
“Good morning, Edric,” Camila said. “Are you ready? We should get going so we aren’t late.”
“I’m so ready,” Edric said excitedly. “And Luz was right. This hat is super warm. I mean, I could just use a concealment stone to hide my ears, but I like this too.”
Camila laughed.
“It’s so fun getting to show Luz’s friends the wonders of the human realm,” she said. “I’m guessing you’ve never ridden in a car before?”
“I don’t even know what a car is.”
“Well today’s your lucky day. Come on!”
***
The Collector’s shadow split down the middle and the two halves faced each other on the wall.
“Why is The Owl Lady so difficult to get a handle on?” The Collector on the left growled.
“She needs me for something, obviously,” replied The Collector on the right.
“But for what?” both halves pondered, speaking simultaneously and adding to the echo that was already present, just from being a projected shadow.
“She’s my ticket out of this prison, though,” The Collector on the right said. “If I can get her what she wants, maybe she’ll make King let me out.”
“But that didn’t work so well with Philip,” The Collector on the left pointed out. “I gave him everything he asked for and then some, and he still betrayed me.”
“I can’t let that happen with the Owl Lady,” The Collector on the right said, nodding fervently in agreement.
The two halves crossed shadows and switched places on the wall.
“I have to keep her attention. Or else she’s gonna’ get bored and start ignoring me.”
“Ugh. If I could just figure out what she wants.”
“I gotta’ do something. Something big. Big enough she can’t ignore me.”
“I could teach her to wield magic that isn’t corrupted by the Beast. Magic that’s powered by it.”
“But what if she just takes it and runs, just like Philip.”
“And it would go against Owl House rules anyway.”
“That’s a stupid rule. This game doesn’t make any sense.”
The two halves of The Collector twisted together tightly until it was near-impossible to tell which. Fitting, in a way, since they were really only one entity.
“The Owl Lady has to need me for something. Else she wouldn’t be paying attention to me at all,” one half said.
“Maybe…she really does want to play with me…?” suggested the other half.
“NO! That’s what I thought about Philip. And King! And Kiki! And everybody! I’m smarter than that now! I just need to hang in here long enough to get out.”
“And then what?”
“Then I ditch this dumb house and everyone in it.”
“They figured out the repair spell. They could still fix the tablet and trap me again.”
“Then I won’t leave them in any state to be able to.”
“But then…but then…who’s gonna’ play with me? Who’s gonna’ tell me stories?”
“Who cares! I’ll find new friends. Or maybe just play by myself. I’m really good at that. I don’t even need friends.”
“But then…what’s the point of even being free?”
“Duh! Touching stuff! Breaking things! Feeling things! Using magic! That’s way funner than having the Owl Lady pay attention to me.”
The other half of The Collector separated themself and slumped their shoulders.
“I like the attention,” they said, with the defeated resignation of someone admitting to a crime.
“More like dependent on it!” the other half snarled. “Afraid of losing it. Might as well just hand over all my power to the Owl Lady. Seeing as how I'm already letting her control me. Agh! Stupid!”
And then…
“Talking to ourself, are we?” Eda asked.
The Collector had become so engrossed in the projection of their own internal debate that they hadn’t noticed Eda leaning against the doorframe in a manner far too casual to actually be casual.
In a flash, the two Collector halves snapped back together and they glared daggers at Eda. Quite literally - shadowy knives shot across the wall at her, vanishing harmlessly as shadows are wont to do.
“How long have you been standing there?” The Collector demanded, the implied ‘what did you hear?’ left off on the end. “Have you been SPYING ON ME???”
“You were shouting in my living room,” Eda said, removing herself from the doorway to sit cross-legged in front of the fireplace. She patted the floor beside her.
The Collector dropped to the lower part of the wall next to the fireplace, but didn’t come any closer. They sat in a crouch, knees drawn up to their chest, hugging themself.
“I did hear what you were saying,” Eda said.
The Collector winced, like they were afraid of being slapped, squeezing their eyes shut even though physical attacks couldn’t touch or harm them in this state.
“You don’t have to do some big production to make me pay attention to you,” Eda said. “You have my attention, and I’m not going to just take it away from you.”
“SHUT UP!” The Collector shouted. “You’re LYING! It doesn’t WORK LIKE THAT!”
“You’re part of this family as long as you want to be,” Eda said. “So yes, it does work like that.”
“Hmph!”
“Hey, sneaky-peek. Guess what?”
The Collector opened one eye, then the other, still looking like they expected the hammer to drop at any moment.
“What?” they asked suspiciously.
“I love you,” Eda said. “Unconditionally.”
The Collector blinked. Once. Twice.
“Huh?” they said.
“You…you do understand what that means, don’t you? You don’t have to do anything for me to care about you. I just do.”
“Yeah, duh. I’m not stupid. You..you…? You’re only saying that to try to trick me!”
The walls were going back up.
“I’m not,” Eda said.
“Why won’t you just tell me what you waaaaaaaant?!” The Collector wailed, sounding dangerously close to tears.
“I would have you here as one of my kids if you’d just let me.”
“I…don’t know how to,” The Collector admitted.
“You do know that you’re a kid, though, right?”
“I guess.”
“Kids don’t have to do some grand gesture to be in this family. That’s not your responsibility. You can just be yourself.”
The Collector slipped to the floor and crept closer.
“Maybe asking for blind trust is a bit much” Eda said. “So how about a truce. No demanding trust or threatening to turn anyone into oobleck. I’ll give you as much attention as you want. And, if you want, you can try just being a kid.”
By now, The Collector was right next to Eda.
They cautiously circled her hand, finally reaching out to cover it, their shadow narrowing to fill in the scars so they stood out in long, dark lines.
“Were you really going to come with me?” they asked, staring at the lines.
“I was. I would have if I could. I couldn’t cross the barrier or I would be with you in there right now.”
“I…wanted you to come with me,” The Collector said. “I don’t like being alone.”
“You’re not alone anymore.”
The Collector removed their shadowy hand from Eda’s and continued to circle her on the floor.
“Okay,” they said brightly. “Truce. But now you have to play with me.”
“We’ve got all day. What do you want to play first?”
Neither of them noticed King watching from the hallway door, uncharacteristically quiet and thoughtful.
***
The veterinary clinic was a busy place and a number of strange sights, sounds and smells hit Edric the moment he set foot inside with Camila through the side door.
There was lively conversation, animals he’d seen only in pictures, animals he didn’t know at all, bright lighting, the whirs and beeps of machinery and an olfactory collage of organic smells mingling with heavy-duty cleaning supplies.
“That’s our front desk and waiting area,” Camila said, gesturing up front. “We have our exam rooms over there, our lab right here, the surgical suite right there, and this is our treatment area.”
The so-called treatment area seemed to be the heart of all the activity, with a number of people hurrying to and from - or with animals, navigating an obstacle course of huge sinks with wire grate covers, IV poles, anesthesia machines and a random telephone that was lying in the middle of the floor for some reason.
“Morning everyone,” Camila said. “This is Edric. He’s shadowing today.”
There was a murmur of acknowledgement from the people present, and a sharp bark from a dog that was situated in a small cubicle against the wall.
It was hard to tell if the greeting was a positive one.
At one of the grate-topped tables, two women were doing something to a cat and having a very confusing conversation that didn’t seem to have anything to do with the task at hand.
“Slice,” the shorter woman was saying in a deadpan voice. “I watched Celery Man eight times before I came to work this morning.”
“Really?” exclaimed the taller woman, who had neon red and blue hair.
“NO!” the first one said. “Why would I even…? Who would even? Why did you even show me that video?”
“This is Slice and Amy,” Camila said. “They’re two of our techs.”
“We’re playing Place The Catheter In The Extremely Dehydrated Cat,” Amy explained. “It’s really fun. You should try it. Nice hat, by the way, dude.”
“Uh, thanks,” Edric said, reaching up to touch the fuzzy bomber hat that Luz had given him.
The catheter finally placed in the cat’s leg, Amy began wrapping excessive amounts of white tape around it.
“Slice, you’ve got competition in the colored hair department, today,” she said.
“Ooooh, I should’ve brought my CD of the Hair soundtrack,” Slice said.
“Stop.”
“And I think you need to use more tape. I don’t think you’ve made this catheter as difficult to remove as you could.”
“You mind your own beeswax, Slice.”
“Your name is really Slice?” Edric asked.
“Just a nickname,” Slice said. “It was a typo in a group chat, and it kind of stuck.”
“And you’re Amy? Kind of reminds me of one of my sisters’ names.”
“Your sister’s named Amy too?” Amy asked.
“No. Amity.”
“Like the Amityville Horror?”
“No…I don’t think so?”
“Dude,” Slice said. “I was just listening to a podcast about the Amityville Horror. Did you know…”
But what everyone might or might not know was interrupted by a loud and rather sad-sounding meow from the cat on the table.
“So what’s the story on our feline friend?” Camila asked.
“It’s Jeff’s case,” Slice said. “ADR. Got full chem, lytes and CBC running and we’re just about to start an LRS drip.”
“Uh?”
Edric turned to Camila for translation.
“ADR stands for Ain’t Doin’ Right,” Camila said with a conspiratorial smile that was remarkably similar to that of her daughter. “That’s a little industry secret for you. Something’s wrong with this kitty…”
“Noodles,” Amy suppled.
“They don’t know what’s wrong yet, so they’re running bloodwork to see if anything shows up as abnormal.”
“And we’ll run IV fluids through this,” Amy said, pointing to the catheter. “Help boost his hydration. I bet he’ll feel a lot better in the next hour or so just from that.”
“Hi Noodles,” Edric said, crouching down so he was at eye level with the cat.
Noodles did look rather miserable.
Slice gently lifted the cat off the table and took him to a nearby cage with a fluid bag hanging next to it, ready to go.
“We drew blood before we started fluids,” Amy told Edric. “Would’ve been nice to have Camila for that one. She’s pretty much Queen Of The Blood Draws. Legit a vampire.”
Edric frowned. He’d been taught from a young age to recognize vampires, and Camila was definitely not one.
“Well, call me if you have more need of my vampire skills,” Camila said, wiggling her fingers in a slightly spooky manner. “I’m seeing rooms today. Edric, do you want to see some routines with me? I’ll mostly be doing annual exams and vaccines.”
“Sure!” Edric said enthusiastically.
“Five bucks says every patient is a Doodle!” Slice called over her shoulder from where she was still trying to get Noodles situated. “On a retractable leash!”
“Five more bucks and a coffee says at least three of those routines are gonna’ turn into ADRs!” Amy added as Camila and Edric headed for the exam rooms.
***
Luz and Hunter fell into step in the school hallway on their way eat lunch.
“Still planning your great invasion of the Conformatorium, huh?” Hunter asked.
“It’s a heist,” Luz said. “And it’s all coming together. Gus, Willow and Amity have some time off this weekend and we’re gonna’ go for it! You still sure you don’t want in?”
“I mean,” Hunter said. “I’m as curious as you to know what Belos might have been hiding but…I don’t know. I’m…enjoying my days not being filled with danger and peril.”
“Yeah, I get that,” Luz said. “Fair enough.”
“But,” Hunter went on. “If you’re taking constructive criticism…”
“Not a chance.”
“...then say you do manage to get into Belos’ humans-only vault again. You’re not planning to just sit there and go through everything on the spot, right? Heist implies you’ll be taking it with you. How are you going to carry all that stuff out? You told me there was a mountain of contraband in there.”
“Oh don’t worry,” Luz said with a grin. “I’ve got a plan for that, too.”
***
Edric found himself quite enjoying his day at the clinic.
One of the alleged “routines” had indeed turned more complicated when the owner of the dog (which was, in fact, a Doodle) mentioned offhand that she had been vomiting and losing weight over the past month.
“That’s one routine-turned-ADR,” Camila said, proceeding to bring the dog to the treatment area to take xrays and run bloodwork. “Hopefully it’s the only one.”
“Yeah, or you’re gonna’ owe us coffee,” Amy said.
Noodles the cat was starting to look a lot brighter with his IV fluids, which Edric was happy to see.
Jeff, one of the other doctors, did some dental work on another dog, having determined that his patient’s bad breath was due to an extremely abscessed tooth.
Edric watched Jeff extract the offending tooth while Slice monitored the dog’s anesthesia and Amy tried to get her cell phone off the ceiling where someone had taped it.
“Carnassial tooth like this should not come out this easy,” Jeff told Edric. “Shows you how compromised it was. You’re…not grossed out by much, are you?”
“No,” Edric said, examining the extremely disgusting-looking tooth. “Gross is just normal where I come from.”
Jeff looked like he was about to ask where on earth Edric was from when Camila called for help.
“We’ve got a DOA!” she called. “I could use a hand bringing it in.”
“Dead On Arrival,” Jeff said, when Edric looked confused.
Amy abandoned her attempts to get the phone off the ceiling and ran to assist.
Moments later, she and Camila returned to the treatment area carrying something huge and blood-soaked on a stretcher.
“Oh shit,” Jeff said. “What…oh my god. The smell. How long has it been dead?”
“Yeah, has to have been dead for a while,” Slice said, pulling her mask tighter over her face.
“No, this is fresh,” Camila said. “Really fresh.”
Edric could now see that the animal was a dog, or had been at one point. It was covered in gashes an chunks of skin and muscle had been torn away.
“But it smells necrotic,” Jeff said.
Camila and Slice traded a look.
“You don’t think it’s another one, do you?” Slice said, looking pale and glancing back to the dental dog’s anesthesia monitor to make sure the readings were still stable.
“Oh no,” Amy said. “Not like that one you told me about.”
“That’s what I was thinking,” Camila said, retrieving a pair of gloves.
Amy did the same and the two of them examined the cadaver more closely.
“What the fuck?” Amy shouted.
“What?” Jeff asked.
“It is, isn’t it,” Slice said.
“Cut right on midline,” Camila said. “Just like the other one. All the internal organs are gone.”
Edric moved to get a better view. Sure enough, the abdominal and chest cavities had been scraped clean.
“That looks like something…purposefully gutted it,” he observed.
“This wasn’t a wild animal attack,” Camila said, looking sick. “This is too deliberate.”
“Oh god,” Amy said. “A person did this.”
“This is sick!” Camila said, pulling off her gloves and throwing them furiously onto the table.
“It’s weirdly like what happened to my chickens,” Slice said. “I’m starting to think we do have a legit sicko living in Gravesfield.”
***
The Bonesborough Night Market, like everything, was a bit different than it had once been.
It still existed, but in a sort of confused muddle, as no one really knew what was or wasn’t illegal anymore.
Not to mention the value of a snail was all over the place. There was no real consensus on what it should be, so price gouging was even more of a problem than it had been prior to the Day Of Unity.
The Night Market was, however, still the place for covert meetings and deals. And, under the dark of the moon, deep in one of the ravines between streetsides, such a meeting was taking place.
“Word on the street,” one of several hooded figure said in a gruff voice. “Is ya’ got a job for us, Grimm Hammer.”
“Well, I don’t have a job per se,” Tibbles said. “But I’ve been tasked with assembling an elite team for…well, we’ll just say he’s a client. Someone who can make this mission worthwhile for you, if you catch my drift.”
“So the pay is good?” another of the hooded figures asked. “We all know snails ain’t worth anything these days.”
“Compensation will be on an individual basis, according to your specific needs,” Tibbles said. “So if you would please specify on your resume in what way you wish to be compensated, should you be chosen for the mission. For instance, a portion of my compensation is the fact that this job offers me an excellent opportunity for revenge. Which is why I agreed to it so quickly in the first place.”
“Okay, okay, Grimm Hammer. It’s a good job. We get it. Would sure help if you could tell us what it actually entails, you know.”
“Ah yes,” Tibbles said. “We’re going to pull off a heist.”
“A heist? Can’t be that difficult. I’m in.”
“Don’t be so sure. This location is known to be virtually un-heistable.”
“Oh. And what location would that be?”
“Esteemed colleagues,” Tibbles said. “We’re going to the Owl House.”
Chapter 24
Summary:
The best-laid plans of witches and demons and one human are set into motion.
Notes:
Well, I'm barely getting this chapter out to you all on schedule. I can pretty much guarantee next chapter won't be on time, but hopefully it will be up *close* to schedule, give or take a few days. Busy times are proving challenging.
We are now in the last three chapters of Arc 2A, and things are going to get wild. Things might very well not go according to anybody's plans.
As always, thanks for reading, and I'll get back to you as I have time!
Alice
Chapter Text
In the human realm, the day began with a promising sunrise that all-too-quickly disappeared into approaching grey clouds that soon obscured the entire sky. A strange ice fog from the evening before had settled into heavy hoar frost overnight.
It had been a colder-than-average Winter in Gravesfield. Everyone said so. The previous, somewhat-warm day that had created the fog, was an anomaly.
It was odd, meteorologists reported. Connecticut as a whole was actually experiencing a milder season than usual - something attributed to climate change. They were stumped by the pocket of cold air surrounding Gravesfield, assuming it must be some new weather pattern, but unable to offer any explanation.
“One theory,” a television meteorologist was saying. “Is that the hills and topography here and here are funneling moisture from the coast and cold air from the North into the Gravesfield area, resulting in the Wintery conditions we’re seeing. However, right now the actual data doesn’t seem to support this.”
Camila frowned at the TV.
“It is gloomy out,” she said, glancing at the now-overcast sky out the window. “I don’t blame you for wanting to spend the weekend in the demon realm.”
“I think this weather is cozy,” Hunter said.
“You could come with me, Mama,” Luz suggested from where she was scarfing down a bowl of instant oatmeal. “We’re going to the Conformatorium to steal a bunch of contraband.”
Vee and Hunter traded a look, their faces both reflecting amusement.
“No offense, Luz,” Vee said. “But breaking into a prison to steal human garbage locked up by a genocidal maniac is not how most people want to spend their weekend.”
“Breaking into the Conformatorium was the first thing I ever did in the Boiling Isles,” Luz said, her eyes shining bright. “The symmetry! It’ll be so nostalgic!”
“I’m going to just pretend I didn’t hear any of that,” Camila said.
“Don’t worry,” Luz said. “The Conformatorium isn’t actually a prison anymore. Aunt Lilith told me that Flora D’splora claimed ownership of it and is doing some kind of… Wild Historical Adventure Tours there. Kind of like an escape room thing except with real danger. Lilith sounded kind of miffed about it.”
“That’s supposed to make me feel better?!?” Camila said. “Wait, did you just say…?”
“Flora D’splora,” Luz said. “I know.”
“Huh. When you said all our myths and stories were caused by leaks from the demon realm, that is not what I imagined.”
Vee looked at Hunter, who shrugged.
“I don’t get it either,” he said.
***
It was, ironically, a foggy morning in Bonesborough as well, although nothing was in danger of freezing.
Quite the opposite, in fact.
Winds blowing off the Boiling Sea had created a fog so steamy it made the entire region feel like a sauna.
Fortunately it wasn’t hot enough to cause burns on this particular day.
Flora D’splora herself was playing host to a group of witches and demons gathering in the Conformatorium, but this group was not here for one of her High-Stakes Historical Adventure Escape Tours.
They had all crowded into one of the many now-empty cells, the walls of which were covered in a number of complicated diagrams with x-marks and arrows.
“This is not the meeting place I would have chosen,” Tibbles said.
Standing menacingly in front of the diagrams was a thin figure in long robes, face obscured.
“A -hem,” the figure said. “I chose it for the aesthetic? Please don’t make me have to explain to you exactly why that is.”
“You can take the hood off, Adrian,” Flora said with an eyeroll. “It’s not like it isn’t blatantly obvious it’s you.”
“I’m being mysterious, Flora. It’s all about the suspense.”
“Just get on with it.”
“Right, now that we’re all assembled,” Adrian said, dramatically lowering his hood. “You’re probably wondering why I’ve gathered you all here today.”
“No, we already know, Head Witch,” a massive figure recognizable as Warden Wrath said. “Tibbles told us. We’re pulling off the heist of the century.”
“Would you let me finish?” Adrian said. “I’m trying to do a dramatic scene here.”
“What’s so valuable about some random jar of sand anyway?” a bipedal, fish-like demon said from Wrath’s shadow.
“That’s…not important,” Adrian said. “It’s a matter adjacent to Coven business. Your task, simply put, is to retrieve the jar and its contents and bring it to me, no questions asked. Payment upon receipt.”
“The problem is,” Tibbles said. “We don’t know where in the house this jar is hidden.”
“Well that sounds like a you problem,” Adrian said. “Figure it out when you get into the house. Do whatever method of search you want. I don’t care. But Flora should be able to assist you, as she’s actually been in the Owl House and has at least some idea of the layout.”
“My knowledge is minimal,” Flora admitted. “I didn’t do much exploring while I was there.”
“Well you still have more knowledge than the rest of us.”
“I won’t deny that.”
“Our objective,” Adrian continued. “Is to get in, retrieve the item, and get out as fast as possible. Now the Owl House is known to be well-protected, so our first order of business will be to remove the protections.”
Adrian gestured to one of the detailed diagrams on the wall.
“I will orchestrate a disturbance in Bonesborough and send word to Raine Whispers that there is another uprising that needs to be neutralized. They will rush to the scene, fearing that some of us might be using violent tactics to quell the riot.
“And that’s where you come in, Wrath. While we have them occupied, you will call the Owl House, claiming to have captured Whispers and be holding them hostage.”
“What are my demands?” Warden Wrath asked.
“I don’t know. Make something up. Choose a meeting location far away from the Owl House. The Owl Lady will undoubtedly go ballistic if she thinks Whispers is in danger, and the human brat and the Titan child will undoubtedly follow along to help.
“This will leave our last and most difficult obstacle to deal with. That damn house demon that guards the Owl House. No one knows what it is, or how to defeat it. Efforts to get past it have been largely unsuccessful up until now. Fortunately, our dear Flora has some insight.”
“The house demon is vain,” Flora said. “And surprisingly social. I believe that persuasive distraction rather than something that might put it on the defensive is our ticket here. If the demon is properly occupied, it will allow myself and some of you intrepid swashbucklers to scale the tower unseen and enter the house.”
“We’re with you, Flora!” a small, bedraggled demon cried.
“Thank you, Bak.”
“And me!” added an even smaller, even more bedgraggled demon who was perched on the shoulders of the first.
“And you too, Pak.”
“Tibbles has taken up the task of distracting the house demon,” Adrian said.
“Theatrics are a specialty of mine,” Tibbles said. “That’s how the Head Witch and I met. I can put on a show to distract, entertain and scam. Doubly so if I can get revenge out of the deal. Stealing something precious from someone who twice destroyed my life falls into that slot quite nicely.”
“Right,” Adrian said. “So that’s the plan. Any questions?”
Wrath raised his hand.
“Uh, I was being rhetorical?” Adrian said.
“I do have a question, though,” Wrath said. “Shouldn’t you be a little too busy with governing the Island to be planning random heists? Especially against one of your coworkers? We’re all wondering about the nature of this sand jar.”
“That’s not your business. I’m the director. You work for me now and you do not question me. Now if we are very much clear on our plan and your individual roles?”
“It seems foolproof,” Tibbles said. “Let’s do this! I mean, it’s not like there’s any wild card or variable that we haven’t taken into account or anything.”
***
There was a horrific noise coming from the living room but, for once, it didn’t seem to be the result of The Collector being upset.
To the contrary, when King poked his head into the room to investigate, he discovered that while Eda and Raine were working on the upstairs storage closet, they had left a CD player that was blaring a high-energy techno song about a magic fountain.
The Collector was racing around and around the walls of the room, trying to sing along and doing a very bad job of carrying a tune or remembering the words.
“King!” they cried, noticing him. “Wanna’ play? Wanna’ play? Wanna’ play?”
The Collector bounced back and forth across the room like a ping-pong ball might, if ping-pong balls were actually loud, grinning shadows.
“Well someone’s in a good mood,” King said.
“It’s meeeeee!” The Collector cried, continuing to bounce off the walls. “I’m the someone. So wanna’ play? I have an idea for a game.”
“Maybe later,” King said, turning off the CD player.
“Maybe now,” The Collector retorted, finally holding still and sitting on the back of the couch. They narrowed their eyes at King. “You’re not very much fun anymore, you know. You just mope around.”
King took a breath, preparing himself to remind The Collector that he’d only played along with their games as an act, out of self-preservation and the desire to protect his friends.
However, at the last second, he thought better of it.
“I just have a lot on my mind,” he said instead.
“Booooooring!” sang The Collector.
“Look, just because you refuse to take responsibility for anything, doesn’t mean the rest of us have that luxury,” King snapped.
“Ugh. Sounds like you need to lighten up,” The Collector said. “And playyyyyyy with meeeeeee.”
They slipped from the sofa and crept towards King, slowly but deliberately.
“At least you seem happier,” King muttered.
Eda had filled him in on the so-called truce with The Collector. So far it seemed to be going well, although there was clearly a lot that was going unaddressed.
But, at least for now, The Collector seemed to have mostly accepted their current situation and were trying to make the best of it.
“The Grand Huntsman stalks their prey,” The Collector narrated with a snicker, shadow darting behind the box of kitchen supplies, which had somehow migrated to the middle of the floor, then flitting behind a large flower pot. “Their target? The last Titan in existence.”
“I don’t like this game,” King said.
“Aw, c’mon.”
“Remember what happened last time you played? I DIED!”
The Collector froze, clawed hand extended in front of them.
“You forgot, didn’t you,” King said. “Well I didn’t.”
“Not gonna’...” The Collector said, looking stricken. “Don’t want…Didn’t mean…It’s against the Owl House Rules anyway. Can’t hurt anyone for realsies.”
They looked almost relieved to realize this was a rule.
“And you’re actually bound by that?” King asked skeptically. “You’re just going to remember to play by the rules?”
“Hey! I always play by the rules! It’s all you boogers who lie and break ‘em.”
“And you… wouldn’t break them?” King didn’t sound convinced. “Even if you knew nobody was bound by them?”
“Yeah, duh. Waiiiit. You don’t believe me, do you? That’s your problem - you’re so used to lying that you think I’m lying too.”
“That’s not…” King began. “Look, Collector. I’m tired of going around and around and around about this.”
“And that’s your other problem. You’re so serious all the time, now. You forgot how to have fun, didn’t you.”
“I just found out I was the last Titan!” King exploded. “Up until a few months ago I just thought I was the King Of Demons! Except that wasn’t really real! It was just an idea, a fantasy! I DON’T WANT TO BE A TITAN! I don’t WANT that future! I don’t WANT that legacy! But I don’t have a CHOICE!”
“And you think Titans are all boring and serious all the time? You don’t have to be, you know. And what’s this about the King Of Demons? That sounds fun.”
King stared at The Collector.
They had a point.
King hadn’t felt like himself for months. He was still trying to figure out who “himself” even was anymore.
Eda and Raine had tried so hard to be supportive, assuring King that he was still just a kid and that nothing needed to change for now.
King tried, he really did. But it was hard to be just a kid anymore with the burden he now carried. The knowledge had settled in, lurking in the back of his mind, at the edge of every thought at every waking moment.
“The King Of Demons,” he said slowly. “Was…naive. He was loud and obnoxious and destructive. He didn’t think about the consequences of his actions. He only cared about being worshipped and feared. He wouldn’t have spared you a single sympathetic thought, Collector. The King Of Demons would destroy the Grand Huntsman.”
“Yeah riiiiight,” The Collector said. “I bet the Grand Huntsman could defeat the King Of Demons in, like, three and a half seconds.”
“Oh you did not just insult the King Of Demons.”
“I just diiiiiid. Whatcha’ gonna’ do about it, huh?”
It occurred to King that The Collector hadn’t been themself for a long time either. Not since Kikimora had found them. Perhaps not for a long time before that.
But right now, it seemed like their aggressively playful personality was shining through in all its annoying glory, their usual distress hidden away for the moment.
Well then. If The Collector could indulge themself this morning, so could King.
“Okay, Grand Huntsman,” he said, standing tall and holding his head high. “You’ll regret having invoked the wrath of the King Of Demons when I utterly annihilate you!”
“But you have to caaaaaatch me fiiiiirst!”
“Your fate is sealed!” King screeched, leaping at the smug shadow, which darted away, giggling wildly.
“Catch me if you caaaaaaan! Nah-nah-nah-nah-naaaaaah-nah!”
King gave chase, scurrying in a zig-zag pattern all over the living room after The Collector’s shadow.
“When I catch you, I’m going to hang you by your toes from the ceiling until you swear fealty to me!”
“Neverrrrrrr!” The Collector squealed delightedly.
They raced over the back of the sofa, King’s claws mere inches behind the shadow.
Then onto the floor, The Collector making a break for the box of kitchen supplies.
“Oh no you don’t!” King said. “You’re not getting away this time.”
He leaped, covering a surprising amount of distance, his paws landing on one of The Collector’s shadowy legs.
“Gotacha’!” he cried. “You can’t get away from me now!”
As if it were true. As if he could hold onto an intangible projection.
But, to his surprise, The Collector stopped, letting out another delighted squeal and making a show of tripping, as if King had actually caught them.
“Oh, what’s this?” King said, dragging his claws back towards him.
The Collector laughed, sliding back along with King’s claws, as if they were being dragged across the floor.
“Grand Huntsman?” King scoffed. “More like Grand Captured Huntsman At The Mercy Of The Most Fearsome Demonic Overlord! You are now under my command!”
The Collector squirmed around, acting as if they couldn’t escape.
“You’ll never take me aliiiiiive!” they howled, sounding remarkably happy about it.
“Oh, I believe I just did,” King said. “Deal with it.”
And that was the scene that greeted Luz when the portal door opened and she walked through it.
King appeared for all the world to have The Collector’s shadow pinned to the floor and was demanding they give up.
The Collector was laughing and, although they refused to admit defeat, they certainly didn’t have to be staying in place.
“Collector!” Luz cried, a smile audible in her voice. “I shall save you!”
She walked over and picked King up.
“Weh?!” King said in surprise.
The Collector immediately shot across the floor and up the wall, blowing a loud raspberry.
“Hooooot- hoooooot!” Hooty called. “Great timing, Luz. The rest of your nefarious party of bandits has arrived!”
“LUZ!”
The front door burst open and through it crowded Willow, Gus and Amity.
“Hello fellow sneaksters!” Luz cried. “Are you ready for today?”
“We need a name for our group,” Gus said. “Something catchy.”
“Well the Emerald Entrails is already taken,” Willow said. “But we could be the Mayhem Squad.”
“How about the Bonesborough Four,” Amity suggested.
“Ooohhhh I like it,” Luz said. “But there’s going to be more than four of us on this heist.”
“And it’s not nearly threatening enough,” King said, still feeling on a roll after chasing down The Collector. “We need to have a name that will strike fear in the hearts of those who care stand in our way.”
“How about the Owl House Fear-Inflictors then?” Willow said with a grin.
“That’s more like it,” King said.
“Why don’t you let me out,” The Collector said, trying to get in on the action, seemingly annoyed that there was a lot of activity happening that wasn’t centered on them. “And I”ll show you how to inflict some fear.”
“IIII strike fear,” Hooty said. “We should call our gang Hooty’s Heisters.”
“I hate that I kind of like that,” Gus said.
“Hooty is an integral part of this plan,” Luz said.
“Ooooooohhhh,” Hooty said happily.
“Someone has to haul our loot back,” Luz explained. “And there’s only so much we can put in a backpack.”
“Fortunately,” Hooty said. “I have the capacity to consume, carry and contain multitudes.”
“So we’re brining Hooty with us?” Willow asked. “Howwww exactly does he leave the house?”
“You do not want to know,” Luz and King said in unison.
“Yes you doooooooooo!” Hooty cried. “Allow me to demonstrate.”
“Yeah, I'm gonna’ be sick,” Luz said.
The Collector watched in fascination, enjoying the looks of shock and horror from those present, as much as the spectacle itself.
“Oh my Titan, I regret everything,” Gus wailed.
There was another flurry of activity and then everyone hurried out the door.
“You’re in charge of guarding the house while we’re gone, Collector!” Luz called over her shoulder.
The Collector stared at the closed door.
And then there was silence. An oppressive, thick silence. The kind that The Collector could barely stand.
“Owl Lady?” they called hesitantly. “Rainey? HELLO?”
Seconds stretched into eternities and The Collector felt an irrational panic swelling within them, threatening to become all-consuming.
Fortunately, there was the sound of familiar footsteps and Eda appeared in the doorway.
The Collector couldn’t help the flood of relief they experienced when they saw her.
“Everything okay?” Eda asked.
“Everyone left,” The Collector said.
“Oh,” Eda said. “They’ll be back.”
“Uh, stay with me?” The Collector said. “Don’t wanna’ be alone.”
Eda sat down against the wall and patted the space next to her.
In an instant, The Collector was at her side, appearing to lean up against her.
“Don’t leave me,” they said, trying to force down the dregs of the panic that had risen within them.
They settled in, wrapping their hands around the stump of Eda’s missing arm, hesitantly at first, then clutching more tightly when it became clear that she didn’t mind.
Not like Philip.
“Don’t leave me,” The Collector repeated.
“Not leaving you,” Eda assured them.
“Tell me a story?"
“I think I’ve told you a lot of my stories already…”
“You could tell me one again?”
“Sure, I guess. You liked the story of how I met King…”
The Collector leaned in. They couldn’t feel anything, and Eda couldn’t feel them. But it was still nice when she reached over with her other hand and patted the space where their shoulder was.
They listened to her voice, the odd panic ebbing away. They weren’t even listening to the story, just relaxing, focusing on the feeling of safety.
The past weeks had been so tiring, draining even. The Collector wouldn’t admit it, but they were worn out.
They still didn’t trust Eda, but they allowed themself to pretend they did.
And so they didn’t fight it when they felt themself relaxing, hanging onto the sound of Eda talking to them, wishing they could somehow be more present, but slipping deeper into their exhaustion.
Eda noticed too late that the shadow beside her had closed their eyes and was flickering in and out like a badly-connected television.
“Hey, don’t go to sleep…” she began.
But then they were gone, leaving only empty space beside Eda.
They had fallen asleep.
“Oh no.”
Chapter 25
Summary:
Two simultaneous heists begin, with varying degrees of success.
Notes:
Wonder of wonders - I'm actually getting this chapter out on time again! Going to keep telling y'all not to expect that, though. My other all-consuming hobby is (of all things) distance sled dog racing, and this time of year, much of my free time is taken up by training and conditioning runs of steadily increasing distance. It's tiring, but my dogs are happy and full of personality, so spending so much time with them is truly a joy.
But, back to my fic, before I really get rolling on talking about my dogs. Once again, I find myself splitting a chapter as it was just getting long and it felt right to turn it into two chapters instead of one. You'll get the conclusion (and penultimate chapter of Arc 2A) next week!
As always, thank you for reading and supporting this fic. I'm finally getting caught up on responding to comments. I can't wait to share what I have in store!
Alice
Chapter Text
The Conformatorium would look imposing on any day, but the heavy and shifting mist served to make it appear even more threatening than usual.
“It’s not that I’m not with you on this mission one hundred percent, Luz,” Amity was saying. “But did you ever think of just asking Flora if we could go into the vault? There’s literally no one else here who could break into it. Someone like her would probably be just as curious about what’s in there as the next witch.”
“I figured best not bring attention to it,” Luz replied. “On the off-chance she might say no.”
“Okay, that’s a fair point.”
“As far as we know,” Willow added. “There’s no one guarding the vault. Although, if there were, I’m pretty sure I could take them out single-handedly.”
“So let me get this straight,” Gus said. “Our plan is to fly up and sneak through a window? Isn’t that a bit…obvious?”
“That’s how we snuck in the first time,” King said. “It worked perfectly.”
“Plus, with your illusions, Gus,” Luz said. “I don’t think anybody will notice.”
“And if they do, they’ll have meeeeeee to deal with!” Hooty chimed in from the backpack that Amity was carrying.
“Alright,” Luz said. “Staffs, everyone! Now let’s heist this heist like its never been heisted before.”
***
“Raine. Raine!”
Eda and Raine nearly collided on the stairs, both wearing equally distressed expressions.
“The Collector fell asleep,” Eda said.
“I just got a weird call from Adrian,” Raine said at the same time.
“What?”
“What?”
“The Collector fell asleep? So their…consciousness snapped back into their prison thing?”
“I think that’s how it works,” Eda said. “And now they’re going to wake up back there again and have another panic attack. Again.”
“Shit.”
“What were you saying about Adrian?”
“Oh. That,” Raine made a face. “He’s just….I don’t know. Apparently there’s another riot in Bonesborough?”
“Oh come on. What’s wrong with everyone in Bonesborough these days?”
“Same things as ever. But I don’t know…something about this feels like a setup.”
“A setup? For what?” Eda looked worried.
“I think Adrian wants to try to get information out of me about The Collector’s mirror. He’s convinced I took it.”
“Well, technically…”
“Technically Darius and Eber took it. We only have it.”
Eda burst out laughing.
“And this is why I chose you as my partner in crime, Rainestorm.”
Raine blushed.
“So,” Eda said. “Adrian’s fishing for info, huh. You gonna’ take the bait?”
“Doesn’t seem like the time,” Raine said. “Especially if we need to wait for The Collector to wake up and deal with whatever that brings. It’s just…”
“Just what?”
“What if I’m being paranoid because it’s Adrian. If there really is another riot happening…”
“Then you need to keep the others from turning it into an even bigger riot,” Eda said. “Oh I want you to stay here, but it’s not like either of us can actually do anything. And last time, The Collector slept for hours.”
“They must be so sleep-deprived,” Raine said. “I mean, I’m not sure how needing sleep works for gods, exactly, but you know what I mean.”
“I can’t stand this. The Collector is miserable and I can’t get to them. I can’t even touch them or offer any comfort when they are here.”
“This Coven Head responsibility business is really getting in my way,” Raine muttered. “Seems like it’s always pulling me away when I need to be here.”
“I’m not stopping you, Raine. Go, if you need to. I can handle this.”
“It’s…Eda, I want to be here for The Collector. I want to be here for you, too. This shouldn’t all be on you. I’m getting called away every five minutes and I feel like I barely know the kid. And you know darn well I feel guilty about what I did to them…”
“Raine…”
“I put a sleep spell on them to trap them. I didn’t stand my ground when you took them to the Looking Glass Graveyard. I shattered the mirror. And I’m not sure that’s something I can ever make up for. But I’m damn well going to try.”
“I’m sure you can find a way to do something meaningful for The Collector,” Eda said with a sigh. “But right now there’s not a lot either of us can do.”
“I can be here for you,” Raine said, wrapping an arm around Eda’s shoulders.
“You…you’ve got to be there for Bonesborough too, though,” Eda said, looking away. “The rest of the Boiling Isles needs you.”
“Ugh,” Raine muttered. “Fine. I still think there’s something off about this, but I should go check it out and make sure it’s not an actual issue. And I’ll be right back.”
“Okay,” Eda said, still not looking at them, not wanting to influence them when what she really selfishly wanted was for Raine to ignore the message and stay with her.
***
“The Songbird has flown the coop,” Tibbles hissed into a crow phone, using his other hand to hold up a pair of large binoculars. “I repeat, the Songbird has flown the coop. Over.”
“ Copy that,” Adrian’s voice said from the other end. “Right on schedule. The welcoming committee is in place. I’ll notify our next puzzle piece.”
“These silly little idiots are so predictable,” Tibbles said.
“And so easy to manipulate,” Adrian said. “It’s rather ridiculous, actually. Over and out.”
“Awaiting further instructions. Over and out.”
***
The fog was starting to burn off but, as predicted, there didn’t seem to be anyone guarding the Conformatorium.
Still, the party used invisibility glyphs and illusions to hide themselves from view as they approached and flew through a window.
Luz took a gasping breath once inside, becoming visible once more.
“Ah, the memories,” she said.
“Tell me about it,” said King. “Doesn’t seem like that long ago you crawled through that window and fell flat on your face.”
“Actually it feels really long ago to me.”
“I’m sorry I missed that,” Hooty said. “You grew up so fast. Now you’re a witch, and King’s a Titan.”
“And you have friends,” Willow said, slapping her on the back.
“And a girlfriend,” Amity said.
“And trauma!” Gus cried.
“More trauma incoming!” Hooty warned.
Sure enough, two massive monsters resembling rhinos with extra horns and eyes were thundering down a hallway towards them.
“Oh. Right,” Amity said, summoning an abomination.
“Escape room thing,” Willow added, manifesting thick vines and preparing to do battle.
“Nah,” Gus said. “I got this.”
He raised his hands and the demon rhinos disappeared in a puff of smoke.
“Illusions,” he said. “Really good ones. But still, if you know what to look for…”
Amity and Willow relaxed, their respective manifestations vanishing.
Luz pocketed her glyphs.
“Flora really went all out, huh,” she said.
Willow pushed forward.
“Alright,” she said brightly. “Let’s see what else this place has got for us.”
“Those illusions had the same kind of signature the Head Witch of the Illusionist Coven uses,” Gus said.
“Adrain?” Luz asked.
“Yeah. I wonder if they were his creations.”
“That kind of makes sense,” Amity said. “Flora and Adrian both worked at the Emperor’s Castle.”
“But why would a Head Witch be doing something like this?” Gus asked. “When there’s a ton of civil unrest to deal with.”
“I see your point,” Willow said. “But if I were a Head Witch, I’d want to do something fun in my free time.”
“Okay, yeah. Point taken.”
“GWAUWWRRRRRRGHHHHHH!!!”
A huge bipedal creature appeared in the hallway, dual heads swinging to look at the intruders with. They gnashed rows of sharp teeth from multiple mouths.
“Another illusion?” Amity asked.
Gus squinted.
“Nope,” he said. “This one’s the real deal.”
“Oh thank goodness,” Willow said, cracking her knuckles. “I was hoping you’d say that. Because I feel like beating the crap out of something today.”
***
A ringing phone interrupted Eda’s pacing.
She glared at it, not in the mood to answer, yet hopeful for some sort of distraction.
She picked up the crow in question.
“Mmmm?” she said.
“Owl Lady,” a deep, crackly voice said. “Ahem. Edalyn Clawthorne. Listen good and listen close…”
“Who is this? I know your voice…”
“What? No you don’t. I’m disguising it. Listen. We have your Bard captured and if you ever want to see them again, you’re going to do exactly as I say.”
“Wait a minute. Is this Warden Wrath?”
“No. It’s some other…”
“What are you doing, Wrath? Did someone put you up to this?”
“I HAVE THE HEAD BARD CAPTURED? What part of the fact that their continued existence is at stake here are you not getting?”
“I find that hard to believe. For several reasons.”
“You know what. I don’t have time for this. Either you meet me at the location I’m about to say, and tell no one, or I chop their head off. And unlike you, that would kill them. Probably.”
“And I’m just supposed to believe that without a shred of evidence, Wrath? I’m not going to some random, undisclosed location on your word alone.”
Eda glanced at The Collector’s mirror, shining peacefully on the mantelpiece.
Then she walked to the window and peered outside.
The fog was clearing and she could have sworn she saw some vegetation move at the edge of the forest.
“You’re really going to let your Bard die because you can’t be bothered to come to their rescue?” Wrath continued over the phone. “I guess I dodged a bullet when you rejected my courting, huh?”
“You chopped my head off,” Eda said. “And you just admitted you’re Warden Wrath, so quit denying it. What’re you up to?”
“Bard-ricide.”
“Uh huh. Sure. Raine was lured out suspiciously, too, but I doubt they got themself captured that fast.”
There was definitely something moving at the edge of the woods.
“They did!” Wrath insisted.
Eda bit her lip and squinted at the trees.
“Oh wow,” she said dryly. “I suddenly believe you. Please tell me your location. I’ll be right there to save my poor, helpless Bard.”
Moments later, the front door burst open and Tibbles watched Eda run out at top speed, sprinting towards town and quickly disappearing.
“Geez. Finally,” Tibbles said.
He picked up his phone.
“Hammer to Smoke And Mirrors,” he said. “Hammer to Smoke And Mirrors. Over.”
“This is Smoke And Mirrors,” Adrian’s voice said. “I read you loud and clear, Hammer. Over.”
“The Owl has flown the coop.”
“Excellent. All according to plan. This is almost too easy.”
***
Unbeknownst to Adrian, the words “This is almost too easy” were also being spoken by Willow, not too far away, in the Conformatorium.
Challenge upon challenge had fallen before Willow and her friends, and now they found themselves standing in the Contraband Vault.
It had been locked up, Flora having no use for it in her new business, but unable to get rid of it.
The lock hadn’t been that high quality, however, and it hadn’t taken much effort to break the door down, and it now lay in multiple pieces on the floor.
“Thinking about it,” Willow said, picking up a sliver of wood. “We miiiight have gotten a little carried away there.”
“I’m not sure we got carried away enough,” Amity said. “I’d kind of like to level this place. It stands for some pretty bad stuff.”
“It’s a historical building, though.”
Before the intrepid group stood a glowing force field, impressive and opaque.
“I wonder if anyone ever noticed Belos going in and out of that thing and realized he was human,” Hooty said.
“Three guesses what happened to them if they did,” King replied.
“So what’s the plan,” Hooty continued. “I don’t think IIIII can cross that force field. You just gonna’ go through there and chuck stuff at me?”
“Yeah, that’s kind of the idea,” Luz said. “Although maybe less chucking and more carrying. This might…take a while. Since I’m the only one who can actually carry anything out of there.”
“But we’re here for you,” Amity said.
“Emotionally,” Hooty added.
“Well,” Luz said. “Here goes.”
And, for the second time, but with a whole different mindset than before, and with far different expectations as to what she might find, Luz walked through the force field and met no resistance whatsoever.
***
There was no guidebook on how best to distract a house demon, but Tibbles knew himself to be distracting in general, and he was pretty sure he had it in the bag.
He’d decked himself out with sunglasses, a wig and a fake beard. On top of that, he was sporting a ball cap with a musical propeller on top.
Hooty probably wouldn’t have recognized him anyway, but Tibbles wasn’t about to take any chances.
And so, playing a trumpet that shot jellybeans, he marched out of the forest.
“Long have I journeyed!” Tibbles cried, waving the trumpet over his head. “Me, the lowly peasant of the Humility Coven. I seek an audience with the illustrious demon of the Owl House! Whose legend is known far beyond the Boiling Isles.”
Tibbles danced back and forth.
“I seek!” he continued. “That I may be noticed and bestow upon you a modest performance. I only ask for a portion of your time in return, nothing more.”
More horrific trumpet noises filled the air and Flora recognized them as her cue.
She dismounted her griffin, leaving it in the care of the bipedal fish demon, who looked dismayed at being left out of the action.
They watched sullenly as the griffin began happily digging enormous holes in the yard.
Flora approached the tower with Bak and Pak at her side.
Effortlessly, she swung a grappling hook, which caught on the battlement. She pulled the line tight and then the three of them speedily ascended the rope up to the top.
“Well that was a breeze,” Flora said, dusting herself off.
“I wonder if we have to solve any puzzles to get inside,” Pak said.
“Hmmm, maybe,” Flora said, turning to face Pak and tapping her chin. “Are you good at puzzles?”
There was the sound of someone clearing their throat, accompanied by a sharp gasp indicating the someone in question had been holding their breath for a while.
Bak pointed behind Flora and screamed something unintelligible.
Flora blinked.
“Ah-HAH!” Eda said, from where she had just appeared out of thin air. “I thought so.”
Flora slapped her own forehead and looked at Bak and Pak.
“She’s right behind me, isn’t she.”
Chapter 26
Summary:
The conclusion and results of two heists have some lasting impacts.
Notes:
Alright folks! Here we go! This is the penultimate chapter of Arc 2A. Not sure if you've already guessed where this is going, but it's quite the ride if I do say so myself!
Some parts of this chapter and arc have been planned since the beginning, some became incorporated into the story later and more unexpectedly because the plot demanded it. That's the fun thing about the process of crafting and writing a story, it's often in flux.
I am, however, VERY excited to finally be getting to some more scenes I've had in my head since the beginning. I can't wait to share them with you.
So hold on, keep your hands and feet inside of the fanfic mobile at all times, and enjoy the ride!
Alice
Chapter Text
Raine was distressed and disappointed to see that there really was some sort of disruption happening in Bonesborough.
Adrian was right in the middle of it, face splotchy, as he was apparently engaged in a shouting match with a merchant who was proudly displaying a sign that read ‘BELOS LIVES! REPENT!’ on their stand.
All around, other witches and demons were throwing things, screaming at each other and trading blows.
“Whispers!” Adrian called, noticing Raine. “Finally! A little help here, maybe?”
He sounded relieved to see them, which in and of itself was a bit odd.
“What’s going on here?” Raine demanded.
“Same shit, different day,” Adrian said.
Something felt off.
There was a large brawl happening, that was for sure, but it wasn’t like the others. There didn’t seem to be any clear instigators this time. And the other Coven Heads weren’t involved.
“He punched my wife and threw all my goremelons into the street!” the merchant with the Belos sign shouted, pointing at Adrian accusingly. “That’s my livelihood!”
“You wouldn’t have a livelihood if Belos had anything to say about it!” another witch screamed.
“Blasphemy!” the merchant shouted back. “It’s by the grace of Emperor Belos that I have a livelihood! It’s the Head Witches who are trying to sabotage me for my faith by destroying my goremelons!”
“For the last time, I just got here!” Adrian cried.
“You may have been wearing a hood but I saw your tail and heard your voice!”
“I’m Head Illusionist. Don’t you think I would do a better job of disguising myself if that were me?”
“When Belos returns!” the witch shouted darkly. “I don’t envy your fate.”
“Belos is dead!” a demon yelled from down the street. “When will you let it go!”
“Belos will return in our hour of greatest need!” someone else shouted.
“Have faith!”
“Shut up!”
“You’re delusional!”
“He tried to kill us!”
“He’s testing us!”
“Only the truly loyal will be rewarded upon his glorious return!”
Adrian gave Raine a dramatic shrug.
“See what I’m dealing with?” he said.
***
“Flora D’splora, isn’t it?” Eda said. “Can’t say I expected to see you here.”
“Edalyn,” Flora said. “I didn’t expect to see you either.”
“We thought you left!” Bak squeaked.
“We saw you leave!” Pak added.
“I wanted you to,” Eda said. “You and your cohorts couldn’t have made it more blatantly obvious you wanted me out of the house if you’d tried. I’m a con artist, remember? I’m not so easily fooled. I doubled back invisible and sure enough, Tibbles is making a fool out of himself in my yard.”
“We’re innocent!” Bak screamed.
“There’s one thing I don’t get, though,” Eda said. “Since when are you a common burglar, D’splora?”
“I deal in historical relics and artifacts,” Flora said. “Sometimes one needs certain, shall we say, skills, to acquire them. And sometimes those skills get you odd side jobs.”
“You, Warden Wrath, Tibbles. Whatever those things are,” Eda pointed at Bak and Pak. “Adrian hired you, didn’t he.”
“I owed him a favor after he provided the illusions for my business. Problem is, business isn’t great in the current political state and my new endeavor hasn’t taken off yet. So I take what jobs I can get. This…isn’t personal, Edalyn, I assure you.”
“Yeah? Well you’re breaking into my house and threatening my family,” Eda said, taking a formidable stance. “I’m making it personal.”
“I’m not threatening your family,” Flora said. “Geez, you’re dramatic. Now we could duel this out, or we could make an exchange.”
“An exchange?”
“Adrian is weirdly obsessed with acquiring something from your house. A jar full of some sandlike substance…”
“Yeah, I suspected as much,” Eda bared her teeth and snarled.
“Ah, I see you know what I’m speaking of. Now, I’ve never heard of this artifact but I’m sure it must have immense historical value.”
“Your loss. No swiping my stuff.”
“Have you not been listening to me? No swiping! I’m offering to buy it off of you. Make it worth your while.”
“You’re not planning to take it to Adrian at all, are you?”
“I’d like to learn what it is and why he wants it so bad.”
“Uh, how about no.”
“Well, see now I’m really curious.”
“Too bad. Not your business.”
“If it’s historical, that’s literally my business. And while we’re on the topic, you’ve been keeping that Titan from me, too. That’s obstruction of a historian, and would have been punishable under Belos’ rule.”
“Would you leave my kids alone and get off my roof already?”
Flora sighed.
“This isn’t about you,” she said. “This is about getting an accurate historical picture. Now how’s about you just stand aside. Or just show me the damned artifact and save us both a lot of trouble.”
“Well you obviously don’t know me,” Eda said, taking a step forward and retrieving a glyph from her hair. “I’m notorious for choosing the hard way.”
Flora held out her hand, her monkey palisman transforming into a whip.
“Okay,” she said. “So be it.”
***
Before Luz towered an enormous (and not a little precarious-looking) pile of relics, remains and objects that could have been any number of things.
It was hard for her not to stop and spend time looking through it all on the spot.
A lot of the contraband, especially the most obvious, was puzzling to say the least. There were weapons and skulls that definitely seemed to be fairly mundane, at least for the Boiling Isles. They weren’t that different from something one might find for sale at the Night Market.
To be fair, this fact alone was enough to make Luz suspicious of them. Judging a book by its cover could very well be a grave mistake in this place.
There were other items that, while they were impressive and weird, there was no clear reason why Belos would have wanted them hidden away so bad.
Perhaps they were items that others had wanted hidden or confiscated, and Belos had gone along with it for some reason.
Like King’s crown.
She hadn’t voiced it to anyone, but Luz had begun to suspect that it was Belos who had orchestrated the theft of King’s crown in the first place.
On the surface, the idea was kind of amusing. The thought of Belos manipulating the Warden in order to steal a paper Burger Queen crown was objectively hilarious.
But, on a deeper level, Belos would have wanted to make damn sure that Luz was in a position to connect with Eda and King and stay on the Boiling Isles. She needed to be in place so that she would travel back in time with Lilith and help him acquire The Collector’s mirror, thus ensuring Belos’ position as Emperor.
The thoughts weighed heavy on Luz as she carried armful after armful of mysterious artifacts out of the vault.
Of course Belos would have made it known that the vault could only be accessed by a human and then placed the crown within it, under the guise of helping Warden Wrath get a date.
That way, when Luz arrived on the Boiling Isles, everything was in place for her skills as a human to be needed.
This begged an even more worrisome question, however.
What other courses of Luz’s journey had been orchestrated by Belos, purposefully working to guide her behind the scenes, manipulating others to keep her on her path, and oblivious to his influence.
That was exactly what had played out when Luz had fallen victim to the Puppeteer during her first days on the Isles. She’d never imagined something similar might have also been playing out on a much bigger, much higher-stakes level.
Luz shook herself as Hooty gobbled up the latest pile of contraband with just as much enthusiasm as he had the first.
Owlbert hooted from where he was perched on one of King’s horns, watching curiously.
It was, Luz silently admitted to herself, probably best not to think too hard about the implications of Belos influencing her movements during her first months in the demon realm.
It probably wasn’t true anyway, right?
Belos probably had far better things to do. After all, the past had already happened, so all he really would have needed to do was sit back and let Luz do her own thing.
Right?
Right?
“You uh, okay there Luz?” Hooty asked.
“Doing great, Hooty!”
Owlbert hooted again.
She really needed to stop thinking about this. Like, right now.
The middle of a heist was not the time.
Speaking of which…
An ornate piece of what looked like wrought iron fashioned in the shape of flames caught Luz’s attention from under a pile.
She reached for it, unearthing what turned out to be a beautifully-crafted wall hanging depicting the sun, encircled with flame-like rays.
The sun, with a split face in the center.
“Well you look familiar,” Luz said, holding the artifact at arm’s length.
It was stylized, but it very clearly was meant to depict The Collector in some form or fashion.
From the same location, Luz retrieved several candlesticks with celestial imagery, two of which had very clear references to The Collector carved into them.
“So the Boiling Isles did used to know about The Collector,” Luz said as she uncovered a scroll with the image of both the Titan and a comet with The Collector’s face in the sky above. “Belos just got rid of all the evidence.”
Something about the idea made Luz feel inexplicably sad, so she quickly gathered as much as she could carry in one trip and stepped out of the vault.
“Behold!” she cried, presenting the armload to Hooty.
“Hey, is that supposed to be The Collector?” Gus asked, getting a brief glimpse of the pile before Hooty consumed it.
“I think Belos is the reason nobody on the Boiling Isles had ever heard of them,” Luz said. “There’s a lot of Collector stuff in there.”
“Belos must have erased everything referencing them,” Willow said, echoing Luz’s own thoughts.
“And then the world forgot,” Amity said.
“Seems like a lot of trouble to go to,” said King.
“What were they on the Boiling Isles, though?” Gus went on. “Is it like a Titan Trapper situation? We all thought they were some wise deity from the stars? Or did we know they were actually…?”
“A kid?” Luz finished. “I have the same questions. But we don’t have time for investigating in the middle of a heist.”
“Fair point,” Amity said.
It turned out, the first armful of Collector artifacts was just the tip of the iceberg.
Fortunately, Hooty had been on-point with his proclamations of being able to contain multitudes, but Luz’s arms were starting to get very tired by the time she reached the bottom of the pile.
One of the last items she brought out was…
“That’s a staff,” Amity said.
“Yeah, there were a few of them earlier,” Luz said.
“Not like a normal staff, though,” Willow said.
“Let me see that,” said Gus.
Luz handed him the staff.
At first glance it didn’t seem that interesting. It was just a busted-up staff.
But, upon closer inspection, the top of the staff was filled with wires and some gears.
“Ohhhhh,” Luz said. “This must’ve been a prototype for Belos’ staff. It’s…similar to one I saw…in a memory. Maybe a little more advanced.”
“It’s in really bad shape,” Willow said.
“How does it work?” Gus asked, waving it around.
“I don’t know,” Luz admitted. “But I bet Hunter would. He used to use one…”
She didn’t finish because at that moment, the wires atop the staff sparked and crackled.
“Agh!” Gus yelped, tossing the staff away from himself.
“DUCK!”
The party ducked, Hooty wrapping himself protectively around all of them, as a blast of fiery red energy shot out of the staff and practically vaporized a nearby wall.
***
“Huh,” Flora said, pausing to look in the direction of the loud noise. “That sounded like it came from my place of business.”
Eda slammed a fire glyph onto the floor, causing a fiery explosion of her own.
***
The explosion from the Conformatorium was enough to also halt the fighting and bickering in Bonesborough.
“What?” a demon cried.
“It’s a sign!” cried another.
Everyone looked towards the direction the sound had come from.
“Should we…check that out?” Raine asked worriedly.
“Aaaghhh!” Adrian said, because a crow phone had just descended on him.
“Hammer to Smoke and Mirrors! Hammer to Smoke And Mirrors!” a voice that Raine didn’t recognize cried through the phone. “We have a situation! I repeat, we have a situation!”
“Oh for…” Adrian began. “Hang tight, I’ll be right there.”
“Who…?” Raine began, looking from Adrian to the column of smoke rising from the Conformatorium, and back again.
“You,” Adrian said to them. “Go investigate that explosion. I’ll join you in, like, five minutes. I just have to go check up on…my latest theater production.”
“Since when are you still doing theater productions?” Raine began.
“Five minutes!” Adrian said.
He burst into multiple illusions, which all ran off in different directions so it was impossible to tell who the real one was.
“Oh come on,” Raine said.
They had a nagging worry that letting Adrian out of their sight was a bad thing. The whole situation still felt off.
But they also felt it was their duty to further look into what was happening at the Conformatorium.
Bonesborough seemed shaken enough that the fighting had apparently resolved itself, so Raine turned and ran in the direction of the Conformatorium as fast as their legs would carry them.
***
Bak and Pak screeched as Flora expertly dove out of the way of Eda’s latest blast of fire, and cracked her whip.
Eda dodged out of the way of the whip, but just barely. She hastily drew another glyph with her foot and stomped on it.
Flora just pulled an ice pick out of nowhere and smashed the advancing ice into shards.
“It’s ashame you’re so bent on fighting me,” she said. “I’d love to know more about this sigil magic you’re using.”
She ascended a roiling vine-like creation that Eda sent her way.
“I mean,” Flora continued. “There was a lot of knowledge that was restricted under Belos’ rule…”
“I’m not interested in your history lectures, Flora. I want you off my property!”
“Not until you tell me about this thing you’re hiding!”
***
“Hoot-HOOOT! Are you all okay? That was quite the display. Wow! I bet they saw that all over Bonesborough.”
Luz and Amity were the first to cautiously peer out of Hooty’s coils and take in the scene before them.
“Gus, what did you do?” King asked.
“Thanks, Hooty,” Amity said.
“Aaaanyyything for my friends.”
They all got to their feet, carefully dusting themselves off.
“Well,” Willow said. “You did say you were in favor of leveling this place, Amity.”
“I…um…yeah,” Amity said, taking in the damage.
Two walls had been blasted away, leaving piles of smoldering dust.
Gus gingerly picked up the staff.
“Note to self,” he said. “Handle with extreme caution.”
“Got it,” Hooty said, and ate it. “Hey! I didn’t explode!”
“Hmmm,” Luz said. “I’m not sure what that blast might have done to the structural integrity of this place, but I’m not sure I want to wait around to find out.”
“How much is left in the vault?” Willow asked.
“Not much,” Luz said. “I could probably get it out in just another trip or two if I really loaded up.”
“Then let’s get it and go,” Amity said. “Before the whole ceiling comes down.”
It actually took three trips for Luz to fully empty the vault.
“And I don’t even feel full!” Hooty said happily as he swallowed the last load.
“Now let’s move,” Luz said.
The group hurried through the now-destroyed corridors and past row after row of empty cells.
Luz eyed the bars grimly, her none-too-happy thoughts from earlier still close to the surface.
“Oh hey look!” Hooty said. “Someone drew meeeee on the wall! What a likeness!”
“What?” Gus said.
“Waiiiit a minute,” King said, running into the cell and looking at the drawings. “That’s a diagram of the whole Owl House.”
The party exchanged looks and crowded into the cell.
“That…looks like a really bad grudgeby strategy,” Willow observed, narrowing her eyes and giving the walls a very judgemental look.
“Looks more like a battle plan,” Gus said.
“Wait,” Luz said. “This is a strategy to rob the Owl House.”
“What?” Amity said. “But…from a long time ago, right?”
“No,” Luz said. “This looks recent. Like, really recent.”
“Oh no…”
The sound of rapidly-approaching footsteps startled everyone and they turned, ready to defend themselves.
“Who goes there?!” Gus demanded. “Oh.”
“Raine?” Luz said.
“Luz?” Raine said, returning their violin to its holster. “What are you doing here. Wait, did you cause that explosion?”
If there was any doubt, the sheepish looks Raine received in response to the question were enough to dispel them.
“We were raiding Belos’ old human’s-only clubhouse thing,” Luz said. “This is a heist. We’re heisting.”
Raine stifled a chuckle.
“I should have known,” they said.
“But…we may have a problem,” Luz said, pointing to the writing on the wall. “I think there’s a plot to steal something from the Owl House.”
A look of horror crossed Raine’s face, but they weren’t looking at the diagram in the cell.
“Why,” they asked. “Is Hooty here?”
“My insatiable appetite for inedible objects!” Hooty cried.
“But then…” Raine sputtered. “But that…that means the house is unprotected right now!”
“So if the raid from the wall is happening…?” Willow began.
“But who’s raiding?” Luz asked. “And what could they possibly want?”
“Adrian,” Raine said. “He knows about The Collector.”
Luz gasped.
“Well he suspects,” Raine corrected. “He thinks we just have the remains of The Collector’s mirror and he’s trying to get us out of the house so he can steal them!”
“Oh no,” Gus said. “Without Hooty there…”
Luz’s eyes widened.
“Oh no,” she said. “Oh no, oh no. We have to get home.”
Amity removed her Hooty backpack and handed it to Luz.
“Go,” she said. “We’ll follow behind, but you need to get home fast.”
“Thanks, Amity,” Luz said. “Owlbert!”
Owlbert manifested into a staff and Luz climbed on, King and Raine along with her, Hooty draped over her shoulder.
“Sorry about the extra passengers, Owlbert,” Luz said. “But we gotta’ get home, and fast.”
***
It didn’t take Adrian long to spot the “situation” that Tibbles had spoken of.
Eda and Flora were engaged in a remarkably evenly-matched duel atop the tower.
“I expected a more convincing performance from Warden Wrath,” Adrian said. “He was supposed to lure the Owl Lady away. Remind me never to cast…I mean hire him again.”
“She left , though,” Tibbles said. “I saw her leave.”
“An illusion? No, can’t be…she doesn’t have magic anymore.”
“She’s using some kind of magic cards, though,” Tibbles said.
“She must have come back when you weren’t looking. And come to think of it, Grimm Hammer The Third, what happened to your part of the plan?”
“Oh,” Tibbles said. “I don’t think the House Demon is home right now. So my part in this heist has been rendered unneeded until further notice.”
Adrian’s expression completely changed.
“The owl tube is gone?!?” he cried. “Bury the lede, much? That should have been the first thing you told me! Remind me never to hire you again, either.”
Adrian positively sprinted for the house, nearly ripping the door off as he pulled it open.
Tibbles had been right, the house’s primary security was gone.
“Wow,” he said. “This place is a tasteless dump. No wonder Raine likes it.”
He looked around the living room, immediately finding himself personally offended by the box of dishes and kitchen utensils sitting on the floor by the sofa, which had obviously been there for quite some time.
“Who does that?”
Adrian continued to observe his surroundings, becoming more and more incensed by each sight that greeted him until…
His eyes fell on the mantle above the fireplace, and all the color drained from his face.
“Oh you have got to be fucking kidding me!!”
***
Eda had to admit that she was feeling a little winded.
She could have also admitted, but wouldn’t, that having only one arm was making the duel significantly harder.
She went to slam her palm onto a glyph but found her remaining wrist caught by Flora’s whip.
Somehow, that was the last straw.
“I was trying to be nice,” Eda snarled, her voice changing to an echoey growl. “But this. Is. ENOUGH!”
The Beast was more than willing to come to the surface and aid her, and Flora stared in fascination as Eda shifted into harpy mode.
“Magnificent,” was all she managed to say before Eda used the whip wrapped around her wrist to fling her against the battlements.
“Do you know,” Eda said, towering above Flora and raising her hand, claws at the ready. “What happened to the Titan Trappers?”
“They went back to their own island. But…uh, rumor has it you slaughtered a bunch of them in cold blood.”
“I did. And unless you want a personal demonstration of what happens when you threaten my kids, I suggest you retreat. I’m giving you one last chance.”
“What does some ancient artifact have to do with your Titandamned kids?” Flora said, but it looked like she was seriously considering taking Eda’s advice and making a hasty retreat.
Eda bared her fangs, but suddenly her ears caught a new sound.
Footsteps, a familiar voice.
Adrian’s voice.
He was in her house.
He was in her house.
“Hold that thought,” Eda said.
She spun away from Flora and dove off the tower, wings spreading wide.
“Well that was exciting,” Flora said as Bak and Pak rushed to her side and her whip returned to palisman form, chittering attentively. “I’m not sure what we were trying to do exactly, but I don't think we did it.”
***
“And on top of all of that,” Raine was saying as Owlbert carried them towards home, along with Luz, King and Hooty. “The Collector fell asleep again.”
“Oh crap,” Luz said. “So they’re back in their holding cell?”
“They freaked out last time they woke up in there,” King said. “It was awful. What if they wake up and find they’ve been stolen?”
“If Adrian gets hold of that mirror he’s not going to take any chances on us being able to get it back,” Raine said darkly.
“Come on, Owlbert, come on!” Luz gritted out, leaning forward, willing the staff to fly faster.
“Uh, what if…” King began nervously, tapping his claws together as if he was afraid to voice his thought. “What if…uh…?”
“What if what?” Raine asked.
“Spill it, little buddy,” Luz said.
King seemed to be thinking hard.
“There!” Raine cried. “Shitshitshit!”
Adrian was fleeing the house, heavy gloves on his hands, The Collector’s mirror tucked under his arm.
Eda, in harpy form, was swooping towards him, giving chase.
“I’m on it,” Luz said, concentrating hard and guiding Owlbert into a dive.
Too late.
The end of the whip that Flora had been aiming at Eda caught the staff instead, wrapping around it and sending the riders crashing to the ground.
Luz barely had time to cast a safety-hover glyph on herself and King, but she missed Raine who hit the ground hard.
Dazed, and momentarily stunned, Raine could only watch as Adrain kicked aside a fish-like demon and mounted a griffin, kicking it in the sides.
The griffin screeched and took flight, heading out towards the ocean.
Eda followed, screaming furiously.
“We have…” Luz said, climbing to her feet and regaining her breath. “We have to follow them.”
She walked over and shook Raine roughly.
“Raine! Are you okay? We gotta’ go help Eda.”
“I know,” Raine said, getting shakily to their feet. “The Collector needs us. Eda needs us.”
“Hey,” King said. “I was thinking…”
“Owlbert? Are you okay?” Luz asked.
Owlbert, unfortunately, seemed a little stunned too.
“Come on buddy. You gonna’ make it? We need to fly.”
Owlbert hooted a tired but affirmative reply.
“Good,” Luz said, climbing back aboard.
“Wait,” King said.
Raine climbed on behind Luz.
“GO!” they cried.
Owlbert wavered, trying to regain his balance and prepare to fly again.
“Wait!” King repeated.
“We’re coming to help, Eda,” Raine said.
Owlbert wasn’t nearly as coordinated as usual as he flapped his wings.
King took a deep breath.
“WAIT!!!!!!!...!!!!!!...!!!!!”
The shock wave from King’s voice knocked Luz, Raine, Hooty and Owlbert back to the ground.
“King!” Luz cried. “What…?”
“I think I’ve gone deaf!” Hooty howled.
“We have to get The Collector back!” Raine said, looking desperately at the rapidly-vanishing figures in the sky.
King was still small, still dwarfed by the house behind him, but his hesitation from a short while ago was gone, replaced by a look of decisive resolve.
“I know,” he said.
***
“I knew you were insane, Owl Lady!” Adrian cried. “But this really takes the cake! What in this blasted world were you thinking fixing that thing!”
Eda screeched in reply and launched herself at Adrian.
The griffin flapped nervously as it hovered high above the Boiling Sea, spitting spiders at Eda every time she tried to approach.
“Give it up!” Adrian shouted. “This ends now!”
“YOU give it up!” Eda cried, her wings taking her higher, out of reach of the spiders. “You’re so far out of line you can’t even see the line!”
“Funny, I could say the same thing about you!”
Eda gave another screech.
“Edalyn,” Adrian said with a dramatic sigh. “I know we’re not exactly friends…”
“Not exactly friends?!?” Eda shouted incredulously.
“But I’m actually doing you a favor! Can’t you see? You’re being played by a bloodthirsty criminal mastermind!”
“They’re a child, Vernworth. Give them back!”
“They’re not a child, they’re not innocent, and they’re not yours! They’re using you! Taking advantage of your motherly weakness! If I don’t put a stop to this, you’re going to endanger the entire realm!”
Eda dove past the latest flurry of spiders and Adrian pulled the griffin out of the way just in time.
“They’re my responsibility! They’re still trapped and they can’t harm anyone!”
“That’s what they want you to think! They’re going to trick you into letting them out and then they’re going to hunt us all for sport and destroy the world for fun!”
“That’s a load!”
“They’re not your kid! The sooner you realize that, the better off we’ll all be. The Collector was locked up for a reason!”
“They are,” Eda said slowly, voice a low and deadly growl. “My. Kid.”
“They have you under a thrall,” Adrian said. “But you don’t really know anything about them, do you. Tell me this. If they’re really your kid, I’m sure you’ll have no problem picking them out in a crowd. Catch!”
Adrian tossed the mirror disc into the air.
But it wasn’t the only one.
Suddenly there were dozens upon dozens of identical discs flying into the air, only to succumb to what passed for gravity in the demon realm.
Gloves removed, Adrian was casting illusionary mirrors all around.
“Should be obvious which one’s the real one,” he said. “Right?”
Eda stared for one horrified moment, the discs reflected in her eyes.
It had all happened too fast for her to zero in on the real one.
But there wasn’t time, and they were all falling fast.
Eda dove, hand outstretched, suddenly furious she didn’t have her other.
“Nonono, hang on!”
Her hand reached a disc, which disappeared into a puff of smoke, as did the next she reached for.
There were too many, there wasn’t enough time and they were too far apart, all hurtling towards the Boiling Sea.
She had one last chance.
She couldn’t get this wrong.
Using her wings to put on an extra burst of speed, Eda launched herself at the closest disc.
She could see her face reflected in the mirrored surface. It had to be the real one.
Her hand reached out and closed on…
Nothing.
An illusion.
The rest of the mirrors hit the water and disappeared into smoke, all except for one, which splashed into the sea a short distance away.
“NO!”
“This is for your own good, Owl Lady! I’m sorry it had to be this way!” Adrian called from above, guiding the griffin back towards land.
Eda screamed in frustration and grief.
She flapped to the location of the splash and, below the surface, she could barely see the occasional glint of the real mirror disc sinking rapidly into the depths.
She watched helplessly as it disappeared from sight entirely, her last connection to The Collector gone.
“No, no, NO!”
Eda couldn’t touch the water without getting seriously burned, much less dive below the surface. She’d be dead before she could even think of reaching the mirror.
Still, she swooped above the seawater, almost diving and then retreating at the last minute.
Over and over and over again, as if she could somehow make the situation different.
“Come back, come back. I’m so sorry. I’m so sorry, kid.”
Any minute now The Collector was going to wake up again, isolated with no idea what had happened, one one to hear them call for help, no one to find them.
The sun sank lower and lower in the sky but Eda couldn’t bring herself to leave the spot until her wings ached from exhaustion.
She barely made it back to shore, collapsing in a feathery heap on the beach, sobbing uncontrollably into the sand.
There was a trill from next to her.
Eda looked over to see Owlbert peering at her with significant concern.
He trilled again.
“Thanks Owlbert,” Eda said hollowly. “But it’s not okay. I just lost The Collector. I lost my kid.”
Owlbert shook his head and hooted something else.
“Come home?” Eda said. “I don’t think…I can’t face anyone right now.”
But Owlbert kept repeating the same things.
It’s okay.
Come home.
He was adamant, and so Eda finally got up, letting herself shift out of her harpy form, distantly grateful that the Owl Beast hadn’t fought against her attempts to retrieve The Collector’s mirror.
She brushed tears and sand off of her face.
And, as the sunset painted the sky in bloody hues, Eda put one foot in front of the other in the direction of the Owl House.
It was like the Looking Glass Graveyard all over again. She felt like a helpless shell of a witch.
Maybe nobody would be home.
Maybe she could just go up to her nest, down an entire bottle of apple blood and pass out and not have to think for the next few hours.
“EDAAAAAAA! YOU’RE BACK! GUESS WHAT! WE…”
“Not now, Hooty,” Eda said, raising her hand. “I can’t…”
“Wow,” Hooty said. “You look AWFUL!”
He was back in place in the door.
Eda wanted to be angry, to scream that The Collector would still be here if Hooty hadn’t left.
But she loved Hooty too, and could find neither the heart nor the energy to cast blame.
He swung the door open and Eda stepped into the house to find her worst fears realized when she saw Luz, King and Raine all standing there, looking at her wordlessly.
“I…” Eda couldn’t get any more words out.
Her family was all rather soggy-looking, as if they’d been crawling through mud or dirt. Luz had been in the process of toweling herself off and was looking expectantly at Eda. Raine was holding an an entire armful of colorful blankets and not looking nearly as upset as they should have been.
They didn’t know…
Eda dropped her gaze, legs threatening to give out. Vision swimming, she gripped the doorframe so hard it hurt in order to keep herself upright.
“Eda!” Luz cried, at her side in an instant.
And it was only then that what Eda had just seen upon entering the house finally registered.
She scarcely dared to breathe as she raised her head and looked again, fearing for an agonizingly long split second that she was wrong and hadn’t actually seen what she thought she had.
“Eda…?” Raine began.
It wasn’t a pile of blankets that Raine was holding.
Instead, the bundle was a small, sleeping figure wrapped in such overlarge celestial-patterned robes that it was only the tuft of bright white hair sticking out that made it clear there was actually someone within the sea of fabric.
Raine cradled the little form in their arms with the same gentleness and care they might use when holding an especially precious musical instrument.
“Oh…” Eda said, rushing forward even as she was still unsteady on her feet.
“Easy there, Eda,” Raine said as Eda grasped their shoulder. “They’re okay.”
“That kid is a sound sleeper,” Luz commented.
“How…” was all Eda could say, leaning against Raine and reaching out almost hesitantly to brush a finger against The Collector’s hair and confirm for herself that they were real and not some illusion or hallucination. “How?”
“Here you go, Momma Owl,” Raine said with a smile, a few tears leaking out of their own eyes as they made to hand the child to Eda.
“Nuh…no…” Eda said. “I don’ wanna’ drop them…”
“Here, just come over here and sit down.”
Eda had her arm around The Collector already as Raine helped guide her, staggering backwards until she almost fell onto the couch.
The Collector mumbled something and gripped her sleeve, but still did not wake.
“Oh,” Eda said. “No, it’s okay, it’s okay. You’re safe now.”
She looked up at Raine, who was sprawled awkwardly over the arm of the sofa, leaning against Eda’s shoulder and still looking at The Collector intently.
“Should I wake them?”
“Let them rest,” Raine said. “If they’re still this deep asleep, my guess is they need it.”
Eda held The Collector for a long moment, trying to quell the sobs that kept forcing their way out of her.
It had been a horrendous day, but The Collector was safe. The Collector was here. Eda wanted to just continue holding them tightly for as long as she could.
Except…
Maybe The Collector didn’t want to be held.
“Here, baby,” Eda said, gently but reluctantly laying them down on the couch next to her and pulling a blanket over them up to their shoulders, careful not to let it obscure their face in any way. “There you go.”
They wiggled slightly, readjusting themself.
“Shhhhh,” Eda said. “Just sleep. You’re safe now. You’re safe.”
The Collector hummed something unintelligible and nestled into the blanket.
“Awww, they’re so sleepy,” Luz said, leaning over the back of the couch for a closer look.
Eda tore her gaze away from The Collector and looked at Raine in disbelief.
“How…?” she repeated.
“Wellll,” King said. “That’s, uh, kind of an interesting story…”
Chapter 27
Summary:
Neither the Conformatorium heist nor the Owl House heist, but a third, secret heist.
Notes:
Greetings everyone! Thanks for bearing with me. I apologize for the break in posting last week. Hopefully this chapter is worth the wait! Winter has hit in a big way here.
I am on fairly friendly terms with this kind of brutal Winter weather due to my location and lifestyle, but I hope all of you who aren't used to it are staying safe and warm. Keep your wrists protected from the cold, layer your clothes and bring cold weather gear with you if you have to drive anywhere.
I also wish all of you who are celebrating the Winter holidays a warm and meaningful season. For those who are struggling through the season, I see you and wish you all the best. I have a...complicated relationship with this time of year. I don't want to dwell on it but this will mark the tenth anniversary of my Mom's untimely death, and I know there are so many others who are also grieving loss at this time.
I hope this chapter can bring all of you some joy. I certainly enjoyed writing it and I think we all deserve a somewhat happier chapter after all these characters have been through.
Hopefully next chapter will be up on schedule, but that will depend entirely on my internet situation and how much work I am able to get done in the meantime.
So, all the best and thank you as always for reading and supporting this fic! You all mean the world to me!
Alice
Chapter Text
“WAIT!!!!!!!...!!!!!!!...!!!!!”
Owlbert hooted in distress as, still rattled from his first crash, he found himself hit by the force of King’s voice.
“King!” Luz cried “What…?”
“I think I’ve gone deaf!” Hooty wailed.
“We have to get the Collector back,” Raine said.
“I know,” King said. “I…I have an idea.”
“But…” Raine turned back to stare at the sky where Eda and Adrian were rapidly disappearing.
“Luz,” King said. “You told me you’d been to the place where The Collector’s prison is. Where they’re physically trapped. It’s the space between realms, isn’t it.”
“Yeahhh,” Luz said. “I…think so. It sounds like what you described.”
“And you have your door.”
“Of course.”
“Then why don’t we just bypass the whole mirror business and go get The Collector that way.”
Raine turned sharply.
“You’re talking about releasing them?” they asked.
“That’s the idea.”
“Do…you think that’s a… good idea?” Luz asked.
“I don’t think it’s a good idea or a bad idea. But Adrian has that mirror and I’m not sure any of us can get it back. And any minute now The Collector is going to wake up and go berserk. So let’s just go get them. Right now.”
“Are you sure, King,” Luz said. “We don’t really have any assurances…”
“The Collector let me catch their shadow and drag them around on the floor just because I told them that was the way it was. The House Rules…they’ll follow them.”
“You’re really,” Raine said slowly. “Willing to stake the entire Boiling Isles on that?”
“Sure am. This whole island sure has put their faith in the ‘Titan’s Will’,” King made air quotes. “And right now my will is that this has gone on long enough. I’m going to go get that kid. You…you’re with me, right?”
“With you all the way, buddy,” Luz said.
“Definitely,” Raine said without hesitation.
“Good. Then let’s get the door.”
“I ammmm the door,” Hooty began.
“And I don’t mean Hooty!”
Hooty reinstalled himself into the house while Luz ran to the kitchen where she had left the portal door.
There was a commotion as Hooty apparently had to run Flora D’Splora off the roof, who was not happy that the fish demon had let Adrian steal her griffin.
“Sucks to be that troll salmon,” Raine said, listening to Flora berate the demon.
Hooty tossed them Flora’s backpack, which was full of exploring equipment, and they headed inside with King.
Owlbert fluttered over to perch on a windowsill, giving a tired hoot and hunching down to rest and recover.
Luz already had her portal door open in the kitchen, rows of leafless Winter trees visible on the other side.
This door was a bit different than Eda’s had been. It was carved with brightly-painted and surprisingly-happy-loooking ouroboros, as well as various familiar-looking characters from the Boiling Isles.
The key was filled with a small amount of blood donated by King, expertly drawn by Camila.
“There’s only one problem,” Luz said, looking at the open door in front of her. “That’s Connecticut. The door that took me to that in-between place was glitchy and unstable. I’m not…sure how to make this one glitch.”
“Leave that to me,” King said confidently, walking up to the portal and running his claws along the frame.
“You know how to open other dimensions, though?” Luz asked.
“Nope,” King said. “But I know I can …I just need to…”
He tapped his claws on the threshold of the door.
Nothing happened.
He did it again.
“Come on, door. This is your Titan, speaking.”
Still nothing.
He reached out his paws.
“I have the freshest supply of Titan Blood in this whole place! This should be easy!”
He squinted his eyes and concentrated, not sure what he was doing.
“Eurrghhhh! What’s the use of being the most powerful creature in the realm right now if I can’t even use my own powers!”
A memory.
A mischievous, taunting voice.
‘Just…follow my lead…’
The Collector would know. The Collector knew a lot more about King’s species than King himself did.
But they weren’t here now, there was no lead to follow.
Letting The Collector out before had been so easy, effortless.
If the stakes weren’t so high at the time, he would have said that it had almost felt…playful.
King let his focus drift, envisioning what he could remember about the space between worlds, picturing The Collector just on the other side.
“Okay, door. Just follow my lead.”
A heavy shiver rushed up King’s spine and out through his arms.
And, for just the briefest of moments, he saw the hitherto invisible barrier in the doorway separating the human realm from the demon realm.
It was a thin sheen that could have been made from the fabric of time and space itself.
“There you go,” King said, knowing distantly that talking to the door or the space-time fabric probably looked a bit silly. “Now take me where we need to go.”
He tapped the near-invisible barrier and it rippled, the view through the door instantly changing.
“It worked! I did something!” King cried, looking at his paws.
“Yeah, you did!” Luz said.
“That’s different,” Raine commented, looking at the scene on the far side of the portal.
“But it’s still not right,” King said.
The door now opened onto a wide, moonlit beach and the smell of salt wafted through. Waves crashed over a sandbar and two distant figures were running along near the waves, their shouts drowned out by the sound of the surf.
“That’s still the human realm,” Luz said. “I mean, I think it is. But I’m not sure it’s Connecticut.”
“We’ll try again,” King said.
He had a little bit of an idea what he was doing now, though. He put his paws back up against the invisible barrier and gently pushed with his mind.
The beach was still there.
He mentally brushed it away, and it shimmered and rippled and then the familiar trees of Gravesfield appeared again.
“Hey!” he said, giving the barrier a frustrated nudge with his horns.
To his shock, it ripped.
“Nyahhggh! Oh no! I didn’t mean to do that!”
“Did you just tear a hole in reality?” Hooty cried. “We’re all dooooomed!”
“Wait!” Luz said. “That’s it! That’s the place!”
Connecticut was still visible, but in the middle of it was a sort of rift, through which a strange, cavern-like space could be seen.
Luz reached her hand through it.
“You’ll have to open it the rest of the way,” she told King.
“But what if I rip it so much it breaks your door?”
“I’m sure I can fix it,” Luz said quickly. “Right now, we need to go save The Collector. So rip away.”
King reached out again and, with something visual to go by this time, he grasped the edges of the rift. It was a strange sensation, not quite like holding something physical.
He took the edges of the material and tore, the small rip becoming a massive gash in the doorway.
The way was open.
“We’re gonna’ need this,” Raine said, securing one of Flora’s several grappling hooks and tying an extra length of rope to it. “Eda told me about last time. Hooty, you’re on lookout duty.”
“Youuuuuu got it!” Hooty cried.
Luz took hold of the rope.
“I think I can get us back,” King began.
“Not taking chances,” Raine said.
They reached down, wrapping a hand around King’s paw.
Luz shouldered Flora’s backpack and took his other paw.
“Ready?” she asked.
“Yep,” King said resolutely. “Let’s do this.”
The three stepped forward together through the tear and into the strange realm between worlds.
Instantly gravity shifted and they fell face-first into a puddle of thick, dark liquid.
After a moment of sputtering and regaining their bearings, they took in their surroundings.
Sound was distorted, the light was dim and green and the air (if there truly was air) had a dank, earthy quality to it.
“Ugh, I hate this place already,” King said, coughing and climbing onto Luz’s shoulders.
Raine peered in fascination at the thick, gelatinous green walls and pools of unknown substance that seemed to defy physics.
A few small passageways wound off, twisting in all manner of directions, strange chirping echoes emanating from them like drips of water that had forgotten what they were supposed to sound like.
“This…” Raine said, looking at the gloom. “This is where The Collector has been imprisoned. For…for centuries? Millennia?”
More time than Raine could even begin to wrap their head around.
“Yeah,” King said.
Luz shivered.
“I never saw them when I was here though. I don’t even know where to look.”
“Up, I think,” King said.
But upwards just looked like a confusing optical illusion, a strange and warped reflection of where they were all currently standing.
“Direction isn’t really a thing in this place,” Luz said, holding tightly to the rope tethering her to the demon realm and leading the way, wading through the watery substance lapping at her knees.
“I was only here in my mind,” King admitted. “So yeah. I guess it was easier when I was just floating. AAAGH! Weh!”
He yelped as Luz briefly lost her footing on the squishy, uneven ground below the water and the pull of what passed for gravity suddenly changed.
“You said you were psychically linked to The Collector,” Luz said as she and Raine found themselves rappelling instead of walking.
“I was,” King said. “Something the Titan Trappers did when they tried to sacrifice me. It made a sort of connection. But that disappeared.”
“Do you think you could reconnect? I mean, not that you’d want to…”
“I wouldn’t even know how. I don’t even know how my own powers work.”
“Maybe we could find out! Maybe there’s info about you in the contraband, too,” Luz said enthusiastically. “If he hid all the information about The Collector, maybe he hid some things about Titans, too.”
“Who?”
“Belos.”
Raine, floundering along behind Luz and King and grasping at a slimy wall to try and steady themself, watched in fascination as a cube rose up from the liquid and floated through the air in front of them. It wasn’t the first they had seen since arriving in the liminal, but it was definitely the closest.
Close enough to touch.
The thought of that perhaps not being the best idea occurred far too late. Raine had already pressed a hand against one of the cube’s sides.
To their amazement, an image appeared in the cube, and Raine found themself looking through it into a thick, snowy forest. From their perspective, they must have been looking through a series of icicles that lined an overhang.
Out in the trees, which greatly resembled those from the human realm, that Raine had seen through Luz’s portal door, a strange and gangly creature with a thick golden mane was hunched over in the snow, apparently devouring prey in the desperate manner of a starved animal.
Raine didn’t know much about the monsters than inhabited the human realm (aside from what Luz had told them about Beluga whales), but this beast did very much look gaunt, emaciated even, undulating as if barely able to hold its shape together, and dripping with some sort of viscous green material.
While the monster itself was unfamiliar, something about that green material ticked at their subconscious. They’d seen it before, somewhere…
“What’s with these floating cubes?” Raine asked Luz.
The creature jerked its head up as if it had heard them, and Raine felt another flick of recognition when they saw its two-pronged horns.
“Oh those are like little window-things into other realms,” Luz said. “You can see through reflections. And if you name whoever you want to find, sometimes you can summon the right cube.”
“Wait, what?” King asked, clearly not having realized the nature of the cubes.
There was an unearthly screech from the creature in the forest and it launched itself directly at Raine, or rather at the icicles from which they were viewing.
The icicles shattered and the cube disintegrated.
“What the…?” Raine began. “It’s gone.”
“Oh. Yeah. They do that if your window gets broken.”
“Huh.”
“What did you see.”
“Some predator in the human realm, I think?” Raine said, still frowning as they tried to put together what they’d just seen and not quite getting there.
King, who was thinking about other things, had just had an idea.
“Wait, Luz,” he said. “You say you can find someone in here by saying their name?”
“Yeah?”
“Alright. Then I want to find The Collector!”
The entire space seemed to shudder and Raine forgot all about the monster from the cube, their focus brought instantly back to the present and the task at hand.
“Oh great,” King said, as a surreal sensation overtook him and his companions. “We’ve collapsed the universe.”
But the universe did not, in fact, collapse.
Instead, gravity and perspective shifted yet again.
Still grabbing tightly to the rope, Luz fell with Raine and King out of the passageway and into the base of an utterly massive cavern that stretched up above them.
“I recognize this,” King cried. “There!”
He pointed up.
There, in the eerie, slightly-glowing light near the top of the cavern was a floating sphere ringed by the debris of broken and shattered mirror remnants.
And, floating limply at the center of the sphere, was a very familiar shadow.
Raine felt something clench painfully in their chest.
“That’s…that’s The Collector’s prison?” they said. “It’s tiny! There’s barely enough room for them to stretch out.”
“It looks pretty awful,” Luz agreed.
“It’s a prison cell,” King said. “What’d you expect? Luxury? I mean, at least they can change size and shape in there.”
“I…helped put them in there,” was all Raine could say, unable to look away from the sight above. “I broke their mirror and trapped them alone in there for months.”
They set their jaw and pulled out their violin.
“I’m going to make it up to them.”
They drew the bow across the strings, and the inky liquid at their feet swirled and rose, spiraling up and congealing, but then losing form and collapsing.
“Dammit!”
“Raine!” Luz said. “What about the other stuff in Flora’s pack? Weren’t there more grappling hooks?”
“Check and see.”
King rummaged through the stolen pack, scarfing down a couple of energy snacks as he searched.
“Hah!” he said. “I bet this’ll do the trick.”
He handed a second rope and grappling hook to Raine, who tossed it into the air and, with a bolt of energy from their violin, sent it rushing high into the wall next to The Collector’s prison.
At first it didn’t quite catch, the material of the walls being a little too friable.
On the third try, however, it held - although it admittedly felt only marginally secure.
“Raine,” Luz said. “The rope back home won’t reach any further.”
“I got this,” Raine said.
“And me!” King said, leaping to their shoulders.
“I’ll wait here then,” Luz said, although she didn’t sound particularly happy about it. “I don’t want to lose this.”
She held up the end of the rope.
“Okay.”
Raine pulled their own rope taut and hoisted themself up, bracing their feet against the wall of the cavern.
King, not wanting to weigh them down any more, began scuttling up the rope himself ahead of them, grunting with exertion, as it wasn’t something he was used to doing.
“Be careful, King,” Raine said, echoing Luz’s look of concern from below.
King glanced down at them.
“You too,” he said seriously.
Hand over hand, braced against a substance that didn’t feel remotely stable, Raine climbed, eyes fixed on the sphere above, and the shape within.
“Hold on there, Collector. Almost got you, almost got you.”
The ascent was accompanied by an increased feeling of weightlessness.
By the time Raine and King were level with the sphere, they were mainly holding onto the rope to keep from floating away.
“Alright, kiddo,” Raine said, leaning out to grab at the prison wall. “Come here, come here, I got you.”
Their hand met inexplicable resistance, stopping at the surface, unable to reach through.
“Oh come on!”
“Looks like I’m up,” King said.
He hopped to Raine’s arm and reached out with bated breath.
His claws breached the surface of the sphere like it was water, but he was far from reaching his target.
“Collector?” he called. “Collector?”
The shadow stirred, moving slightly, but then went still again.
King considered using the power of his voice to shout loudly, but wasn’t sure about the implications of doing that in this place. It was worrisome enough that Raine had buried a grappling hook in the walls of reality (and King had technically already ripped a hole in it at the portal door).
“Fine,” King said. “Here goes nothing.”
He pushed off of Raine and leaped into The Collector’s prison.
“King, no!” Raine cried.
“King!” Luz’s voice carried up from below.
The interior of the sphere was decorated with colorful, glowing shapes of stars and planets, but that did little to alleviate the gloom. The prison space was just about as drab as drab could be.
There was also an uncomfortable feeling of pressure from every direction. King felt almost as if he was being compressed and could barely breathe. He had a gut feeling that whatever force this was, it was what kept The Collector in their shadow form and unable to escape. Why it wasn’t also flattening King into a shadow must have had something to do with him being a Titan.
The Collector themself was curled up, suspended in the center of the bubble that was their prison.
King swam the short distance to them, not sure what he was trying to do, since The Collector still appeared to be incorporeal.
But, when King reached them, for the first time he found he could feel their shadow, the same way he had been able to feel the barrier between worlds in the portal doorway.
The Collector’s containment had compressed them into a harmless shadow, but they were still physically here.
“Gotcha,” King said, grasping the shadow and wrestling his way back to the edge of the prison.
“Eyeh!”
He dragged himself and The Collector back through the barrier, halfway afraid he might not succeed.
But it seemed King’s own mysterious magic was the key it took to pull The Collector past their prison walls.
“King!” came Raine’s voice.
Raine’s arms wrapped around him, and around The Collector, who had returned to their physical form the instant they were free of the sphere’s compression.
“Collector!” Raine cried.
They had hooked their legs around the rope and were tightly holding onto the two kids with all their might.
“I got you,” Raine assured them both. “I got you.”
“How is that gremlin still asleep?” King asked, once Raine had successfully pulled themself back closer to the rope, and had shifted to holding The Collector with one arm and holding onto the rope with the other.
King perched on Raine’s shoulders once again, peering down at The Collector.
“They must be exhausted,” Raine said.
“Now we just gotta’ figure out how to get down from here,” King said.
“Mmmm,” said Raine. “I have an idea.”
And so, moments later, Luz watched Raine, King and The Collector rappel down the rope, Raine moderating their speed with their violin bow.
They hit the pool next to Luz with an enormous splash.
“Let’s never do that again!” King said.
“That was epic!” Luz said. “I think you ruined your bow, though.”
“Worth it,” Raine said, finally taking a good look at the little form in their arms and finding it near-impossible to take their eyes off them. “I can replace a bow. I can’t replace…”
Raine found themself smiling and sniffing back tears that were threatening to escape.
“They’re so small,” they said. “They’re so small. I never realized…”
“Hey!” King said teasingly. “I’m small too.”
Luz picked King up and squeezed.
“Aw, c’mere you small, brave doodlebug!” she cooed.
“Aaagh!” King cried. “I don’t know what a doodlebug is!”
“Let’s get moving,” Luz said. “I’m not gonna’ consider this mission a success until we’re all back safely at the Owl House.”
***
For the first time in weeks, Eda had allowed the candles on the mantelpiece to burn out.
“I can’t believe they’re here, Raine,” she murmured for perhaps the third or fourth time. “You brought them home.”
The Collector lay in the dim but warm light of the living room, stretched out on the sofa beside Eda and Raine, still fast asleep and oblivious to their surroundings.
“Least I could do,” Raine said sleepily, in the process of drifting off themself, even as they tried hard not to.
They glanced over at The Collector and sighed, leaning contentedly into Eda and letting their eyelids droop closed.
“My hero,” Eda said good-naturedly. “Sounds like you deserve some rest, too.”
“Mmmmm,” was all Raine said.
Eda stretched and sighed, tired herself but unwilling to succumb to sleep for fear of breaking the moment.
She couldn’t help but be afraid that if she fell asleep herself, The Collector might disappear, might not really be there.
Around the room, candles continued to sputter and burn low, but Eda made no move to get up and replace them.
There was a small hiccup from beside her, and Eda turned sharply towards the sound.
The Collector was stirring, looking anything but happy, their breathing turning shaky.
“Hey, hey. It’s okay. You’re safe.”
Eda reached over, putting her hand on The Collector’s shoulder, giving them a firm squeeze.
“Nuh-uh. Nononono,” The Collector murmured. “Don’t go. Don’t go!”
They reached out, hands closing tightly on the blanket.
Suddenly they froze, fingers crumpling the fabric as if to confirm they could physically feel it.
The Collector’s eyes flew open and they sat up with a start, staring in disbelief at their hands, which were now clenching the blanket.
“Morning, sunshine,” Eda said.
“I’m free? I’m free! I’M FREE! I’M FREEEEEEE! I’M FREEI’MFREEI’MFREEI’MFREEI’MFREEI I’M FREE! NOW YOU’RE ALL GONNA’ PAY!”
The Collector bounced from the sofa to the ceiling to the walls, cackling and shouting.
“I’m free! I’M FREEEEEEEEEE!! AHAHAHAHAHAAH!”
They hovered a few inches above the living room floor, eyes blazing, grinning maniacally.
The house shook.
“Hooooo boy!” Hooty called. “Here we go.”
There were sounds of concern and worry from Luz and King upstairs.
“Now what…” Raine muttered, unwilling to let themself be roused.
Laughter bubbled out of The Collector, red sparks playing at their fingertips as they floated, taking in the scene before them, reveling in being physically present at last.
And then, quite abruptly and to their own surprise, their cackle broke and turned into a sob.
They promptly burst into tears, dropping to the floor and looking wildly alarmed by their own reaction.
“Ooookay, kid.”
Eda stood, reaching The Collector in two strides and reaching down to scoop them up from the floor.
“Wha…wha…why…?”
“Just breathe, Collector. Breathe.”
Eda felt a static shock shoot through her body as The Collector instantly pressed close to her, but the visible sparks had vanished.
The Collector’s breathing steadied, evening out as Eda sank back onto the sofa and hugged them as tightly as her arm would allow.
“Calm down, kid. You’re okay.”
She hugged them like she had been yearning to do for the past months.
“You’re squishing me.”
“Oh…sorry.”
Eda loosened her grip.
“NO! More squish!”
The Collector kicked their feet as if trying to push closer.
Raine snorted, and Eda tightened her grip.
The Collector went boneless against her, burying their face in her shirt.
“You okay, Collector?” Raine asked.
No answer.
“So what happened to the whole bzzzzzt business?” Eda teased. “I thought you said you were going to turn me into oobleck the second you got free?”
“Eda…” Raine began.
“Ooobleck later,” came The Collector’s muffled voice. “Squish first.”
“You know,” Eda said, as if expressing an idea that had just occurred to her. “You could leave me alive and then I could squish you any time you like.”
The Collector turned their head to look up at her, frowning slightly as they appeared to consider this.
“Hmmmmmmmmm… Okay. But you gotta’ make good on that. No take-backsies.”
“I don’t think that’ll be a problem.”
“Better not be. Else I’ll squish you into oblivion.”
“Whatever, kid.”
The Collector wiggled closer, pulling Eda’s arm tighter.
“Eheheheh! Got- chaaaa !” they sang. “Hurting you’s against your own House Rules, silly! But now you gotta’ squish me anyway ‘cause youuuuuu promised.”
Raine burst out laughing, both with relief at the resolution of a slightly tense situation, and with amusement.
“Oh Eda,” they said. “The resemblance is uncanny.”
“What’d’ya mean?” The Collector asked.
“I mean that you’re in the best company you could ask for right now,” Raine replied, reaching over and patting The Collector’s arm.
From the doorway to the hall, Luz, King and Hooty quietly watched the scene unfold.
“I’m going to just pretend I wasn’t scared we’d just killed everyone,” Luz said.
King breathed a huge sigh of relief.
“I knew they could practice restraint if the rules called for it,” he said.
“But you were worried,” Hooty said.
“Well, yeah,” King said. “It was a huge risk. It still is.”
“Well I think you did the right thing,” Hooty assured him.
“Me too,” Luz said, picking up King and kissing the top of his skull.
They watched for a while longer before retreating to continue their work of repairing the portal door.
Eda glanced up as they left. She’d known they were there, and had wanted to bring them into the moment as well, but also realized that the newest addition to her family probably needed some quiet one-on-one time.
“Here,” she said. “C’mon.”
Eda made to stand up, but The Collector’s eyes went wide and they pushed her back onto the sofa, exerting more than enough force to keep her firmly seated.
“Noooo!” they said. “Stay.”
“Easy there,” Eda said. “Gentle, remember? No forcing…”
The Collector glared, but they eased up on their painful grip.
“Stayyyyyyy…” they almost whined.
“Well, see,” Eda said, getting her arm back around The Collector and climbing to her feet with some difficulty since she was holding them. “I was planning to take you with me.”
“Oh,” The Collector said, snuggling close again. “Where’re we going?”
“To the kitchen!” Eda cried.
Raine laughed.
“To the kitchen?” The Collector asked, sounding a little bit disappointed that they weren’t going anywhere more exciting, but also intrigued since they’d as of yet been unable to explore the Owl House beyond the living room. “What’s so great about the kitchen?”
“Oh I don’t know,” Eda said, giving them a fanged smirk. “But I seem to remember you saying you wanted cupcakes when you got free.”
Chapter 28
Summary:
The Collector's newfound freedom means some big adjustments for everyone.
Notes:
Evening everyone and happy (soon-to-be) 2023! As I look back on the past year, there's hardly any aspect of it that completely went the way I anticipated. Some of that is good, some of it less so.
But MoonShadow is one of the good surprises to come out of 2022, and even with as much time and energy it has taken to work on it, I'm happy that I've been driven to tell this story and share it with all of you, and that it has been so well received. I'm still behind on responding to comments but thank you so much to all of you who have taken the time to share your thoughts on the story so far.
There really isn't another Collector-centric longfic that I know of, which I find surprising. But that only makes me more glad that I chose to go forward with MoonShadow. It's been a ride and we have a ways more to go.
We are moving from Arc 2A to Arc 2B now, and I am so, so excited to share what is to come!
Thanks again and onwards into whatever the new year brings!
Alice
Chapter Text
The Collector, arguably, hadn’t truly realized just how desperate they were for connection and affection until they started receiving it.
Similarly, they hadn’t eaten in a long, long time, even after being freed on the Day Of Unity.
They didn’t need to do so in order to survive.
But when Raine and Eda first offered them food, it was as if a switch flipped and they started scarfing down bowl after bowl of scrambled griffin eggs.
“Slow down there, Collector,” Raine said. “You need to save room for the cupcakes.”
The Collector stared at their empty dish with a frown.
There was a wild look in their eyes. As if they had just realized they were starving and feared they might not get any more to eat.
When Eda removed the cupcakes from the oven, The Collector followed the movement of the tray ravenously.
Eda handed them a pack of crackers she just happened to have in her hair.
“Wait for them to cool down, or the frosting won’t stick.”
The Collector didn’t seem to like the crackers that much, but gobbled them down nonetheless.
The cupcakes, as it turned out, were every bit as much of a hit as expected.
The Collector made an enormous mess all over the counter and floor as they pulled them apart and ate them. Their hands and face quickly became sticky and covered with crumbs and bits of frosting.
Remarkably, their robes managed to escape the culinary onslaught and remained clean.
The existence of the cupcakes did ultimately attract another member of the household, who padded as quietly as he could into the kitchen, despite some misgivings.
“King!” The Collector cried delightedly from their seat on one of the barstools.
“Hi, Collector,” King said, climbing up two stools over and giving them an awkward look, before snagging a cupcake.
“That’s mine!” The Collector said.
“Hey, I’m allowed to eat, too,” King shot back.
“There’s plenty for everybody,” Raine said. “And I think you would explode if you ate many more, Collector.”
“King, you…you let me out!” The Collector said, apparently only now considering how their newfound freedom might have come about.
“I…had help,” King said.
“You’re a Titan. You’re the only one who could free me.”
“Luz and Raine helped a lot,” King said. “You owe them a big thank you, you know.”
“Raine carried you out of the Liminal,” Eda said. “Where you were trapped.”
The Collector turned to them, but said nothing.
“I…I can’t undo what I did at the Looking Glass Graveyard,” Raine said quietly. “And I know this doesn’t make up for that. But I’m here for you now.”
They held out another cupcake.
The Collector did not offer them any sort of thanks, but they did take the cupcake, albeit with a bit more force than was necessary.
***
Having The Collector in the Owl House as a loud but benign shadow had been one thing.
Having The Collector living in the house in physical form was another matter entirely.
Despite getting to know them over the past few weeks, nobody aside from King had ever spent much time in close proximity with them outside of their mirror prison.
There was, it had to be said, something a little unnerving about The Collector in a way that was difficult to pinpoint.
Beyond their attitude, beyond their power and their sense of humor, there was just something unsettling.
Their appearance was cute - absurdly so, in fact. At the same time, sometimes it seemed like their eyes were just a bit too big. They stared, they rarely blinked, and getting caught by that stare was enough to make the subject feel more than a little creeped out.
Sometimes The Collector’s movements seemed too fast, too jerky, their limbs flopping around as they wallowed about on the closest available piece of furniture, their grin slightly too wide.
Luz described it as the “uncanny valley effect”, but found it hard to explain to her Boiling Isles friends what that meant, since a large population of the demon realm also fell into that category.
In a lot of ways, The Collector seemed like something inanimate come to life, as if they should have been a figurine, not a (presumably) flesh-and-blood child staring unblinkingly and demanding to play right now or they would explode the sun.
So far they hadn’t exploded the sun, or followed through with any of their other, similar threats, and nobody in the house really thought they would do so, but it was easier to think that when not being directly confronted with the full force of The Collector’s attitude.
They had a tendency to appear in front of someone, seemingly out of nowhere, stare at them wide-eyed and grin.
This was usually more than enough to put anybody on edge, and The Collector would watch with rapt attention and respond to the slightest hint of fear or wariness by suddenly jumping forward and shouting “BOO!”
“Edaaaaaa! They’re doing it again!”
“Eheheheheh!” The Collector snickered. “I scaaaared you! You’re scaaaaaared!”
“I am not!”
“Yeah you are! You’re scared! Admit it!”
Defusing the situation became a regular occurrence for Eda and Raine, and they were constantly reminding The Collector of the House Rules, although they technically weren’t hurting anyone.
“I don’t think they’re being malicious,” Raine said.
“No,” Eda agreed. “But when they get like that, it’s kind of hard to tell.”
On more than one occasion, Eda had been the one cornered and pounced on by The Collector, and even she had to admit that it wasn’t easy to guess what was going on in their head behind that devious expression.
“Hi,” she said.
The Collector smirked.
She smirked back.
They made a sudden jump at her.
She flinched and recovered herself in a split second, grabbing The Collector as they darted close around her and pulling them off their feet and into a tight hug.
And it was here that their demeanor changed.
They would squeal delightedly and then completely melt, their desire for physical contact momentarily overcoming whatever hunt-and-chase game they might have been engaged in.
“And you were going to obliterate me,” Eda teased.
“Still could,” The Collector snickered, looking up, slowly and very deliberately raising a finger towards her face.
Eda made a show of growling and feigned snapping at it.
The Collector pulled their hand back just slightly and laughed delightedly, still snuggled close, for once not darting around trying to be in five places at once trying to do seventeen different things.
Touch seemed to calm The Collector in a way that had been impossible during their time as a shadow.
Once, Luz walked by where they were perched on one of the barstools in the kitchen and, on a whim, reached over to ruffle their hair as she passed by.
The Collector froze.
“Oh, I didn’t mean…” Luz began apologetically. “Was that crossing a line? I didn’t even think…”
But, a short while later, as she was standing in the living room, The Collector appeared silently and abruptly at her side and pushed their head into her hand rather like a demanding dog or cat.
And then, just a little later after that, Eda entered the room to see The Collector positively leaning into Luz’s head-scratches, relaxed, eyelids drooping.
“Hey Eda,” Luz said. “I think I found the chill switch.”
“Wuzza’ chill switch?” The Collector asked.
Luz, despite finding herself intimidated by The Collector’s antics, made a great effort to be supportive and to play with them during her visits.
Still, when they dropped off the ceiling to hang upside-down in the air in front of her with absolutely no warning, she couldn’t help but let out a scream.
“Collector! I’m barely used to Hooty doing that! Not you, too!”
“Ooooohhh, a kindred spirit!” Hooty called.
“Don’t encourage them!”
Somehow, Hooty consistently managed to get The Collector even more wound up than they already were. They had chased each other around the house for hours the first couple of days, causing the entire place to rattle and shake.
By the end of it all, Hooty was worn out and The Collector barely seemed winded. They were still bright-eyed and ready to play.
Hooty was still presumably carrying an incredible amount of Belos’ contraband from the Conformatorium, but going through that had been put on the back burner so to speak. There were some more pressing matters to deal with, not the least of which was walking into any given dark room or hallway and coming face-to-face with a pair of glowing red eyes and shrieking laughter.
Luz and King had gotten the portal door back to normal again, and King somehow (although he still wasn’t entirely sure how) had managed to seal the tear he’d ripped into the Liminal. As far as anyone could tell, the door was now working properly.
From their work, they knew that the portal could be manipulated to lead to places other than the old abandoned house in Gravesfield, and the possibilities were intriguing.
However, this also wasn’t the biggest priority at the moment. Luz needed to get back to Gravesfield, and she was starting to stress because she realized that Hunter had no idea that The Collector was free again.
“Ohhhhh how am I even gonna’ tell him!” she said, hands on her head. “He’s gonna’ freak out!”
With Luz back in the human realm, The Collector had one less person to harass and, unfortunately, that also meant there was one less person to distract him from King.
The hardest part was that The Collector desperately wanted to play with King who, out of everyone currently in the house, was the least enthusiastic about being jumped on by them.
After King had released The Collector on the Day Of Unity, they’d barely been able to keep their hands off him. It made a lot more sense now, knowing that The Collector was desperately touch-starved after being imprisoned. Even so, King had no desire to be treated like a teddy bear, and this was the cause of The Collector’s first real temper tantrum since being released this time.
They had swooped down on King and grabbed him off the floor, squeezing him close, cheek pressed against his skull and squealing in a high-pitched manner that King found very annoying.
“AAAAGHHH! NO!” King cried. “Put me down! EDAAAAAAAAAA!!!”
When Eda appeared and told them firmly to “Put King down now”, The Collector only hugged him tighter and stomped their feet in protest (or, rather, kicked their feet since they were currently floating a short distance off the ground).
“Collector,” Eda said again. “Put. King. Down. Now.”
“Noooooo, don’ wannaaaaaa’. Wanna’ playyyyyyyy with him!”
“I don’t want to play!” King cried.
“King’s not your toy,” Eda said. “He went to a lot of trouble to let you out, remember. The least you could do is treat him with some respect. If he doesn’t want to be picked up, you don’t get to pick him up.”
“YOU DON’T GET TO TELL ME WHAT TO DO! YOU JUST WANT TO TAKE KING AWAY FROM ME AGAIN!”
The Collector looked angry, furious even, but also genuinely shocked by their own reaction.
“King is not yours,” Eda said, stepping forward and reaching to put her hand on The Collector’s arm. “And you need to be a bit more gentle or he won’t ever want to let you hold him again.”
“I AM BEING GENTLE!” The Collector shouted.
“I beg to differ!” King squeaked.
He managed to squirm free and Eda quickly pulled him away from The Collector.
“You okay there, King?” she asked.
“Yeah,” King said, breathing a sigh of relief. “Guess I should’ve expected that, but still!”
The Collector looked at Eda holding King, balled their hands into fists, and began to scream!
“NO FAIR! GIVE HIM BACK! NO FAIR! NO FAIR! NO FAIR! GIVE HIM BACK! GIVE HIM BACK! GIVE HIM BACK RIGHT NOW OR I’M GOING TO TURN THE OVEN INTO A BLACK HOLE AND YOU’LL ALL GET SUCKED INTO IT AND CRUSHED!”
All the light in the house seemed to dim, as if The Collector were something of a black hole themself and just absorbing it all.
“If you destroy the oven, there won’t be any more food, or any one to cook it for you,” Eda said, far more calmly than the situation warranted.
“I DON’T CARE! YOU’RE A MEANIE PANTS! GIMME’ BACK KING! GIMME-GIMME-GIMME!”
The Collector launched themself at Eda with considerable force, knocking both her and King over.
King gave a pained yelp as he hit the floor and The Collector suddenly stilled, expression going slack as they watched him go sprawling.
“Careful, you star-twerp!” King cried.
“I…” The Collector said, expression still distant, as if they weren’t really seeing King in the present moment.
“What, now you’re worried?” King said. “Maybe, I don’t know, don’t bodyslam us next time?!?”
If he expected an apology from The Collector, he did not get one. They did, however, look like they were reliving something extremely upsetting.
“He’s okay, Collector,” Eda said. “King’s right there, he’s okay. See?”
She reached up, returning her hand to The Collector’s arm and gently pulling them out of the air to sit on the floor beside her.
As unnerving as it was to be the subject of The Collector’s scrutinizing stare, sometimes it was worse when their gaze was unfocused and directed elsewhere.
“Hey. You okay there, kid? Can you look at me?”
The Collector glanced up at her.
“Breathe, kid,” she told them. “You’re right here, right now with me and King. And King is okay. He’s alive, see? You knocked him over, but he’s okay. You need to be more careful.”
The Collector leaned towards King, trying to snatch him again, but missing as King darted out of reach.
“No, come back.”
The Collector gestured and King squeaked in alarm as he found himself pulled across the floor by an invisible force.
“No,” Eda said firmly, shaking her head and taking The Collector’s wrist, lowering their hand.
The Collector whined in frustration, sounding almost pained, as if not being able to hold King was a great, torturous punishment.
“If you want to hold King, you have to learn to be gentle with him,” Eda said. “Let him come to you and don’t just grab him.”
She looked at King, who nodded.
“That…that’s right,” he said. “I’m your friend, not your stuffie.”
“You sit on the floor like this, okay,” Eda went on, demonstrating. “Calm… calm. There you go. If you accidentally dropped King from way up high, you could hurt him. He’s just a little guy, remember.”
“Uh, he’s a Titan.”
“He’s a very small Titan. He’s breakable. You don’t want to break him, remember. You need to sit down on the floor if you’re going to hold him.”
“I ammm sitting on the floor.”
“Yes, very good. Now let King come to you.”
Slightly cautiously, King approached The Collector, caught in their stare.
“No sudden moves,” Eda said. “You’re not going to grab him, okay?”
Even so, it was obvious that it took every bit of self-control The Collector usually lacked, to keep themself from grabbing hold of King when he crawled into their lap and looked up at them.
“Now, gentle,” Eda repeated, taking The Collector’s hand with her own and guiding them to stroke King’s fur. “There you go, there you go. Niiiice and easy. Gentle. Like that. Go with the fur.”
After a couple of minutes, Eda let go and The Collector continued to pet King steadily and carefully, reaching their other hand up to stroke his skull in much the same fashion.
It was nice, King had to admit, and he felt himself relaxing in spite of himself.
Eda watched them warmly, proudly.
She was still tired from the recent events. In the span of a few hours she had lost a child she loved but could not touch, could barely comfort and then had them returned to her in tangible form. But this tangible form had caused another child she loved some significant discomfort.
To see them both at peace, if only for a moment, brought her joy and relief, along with the hope that maybe, just maybe, things were starting to work out.
Eda wanted King to feel safe.
And she wanted to offer The Collector everything she’d previously been unable to, but didn’t want to crowd or overwhelm them.
As it was, it seemed The Collector wanted to be crowded.
Despite this, there was still a level of wariness from them. Distrust still lurked in the background.
They accepted Eda’s affection, played along with it, reveled in it, but still they did not trust her.
No time was this more apparent than when The Collector discovered their mirror was missing from the mantelpiece.
“Where is it?” they demanded. “WHERE IS IT?”
Nobody had been quite sure how to explain to The Collector about the particulars of their release.
Like it or not, the fact remained that they would have still been imprisoned if it weren’t for Adrian’s interference. And there was an unspoken but general consensus that The Collector would probably not respond well to learning that fact.
“That was MY RULE! THAT WAS MY ONLY RULE!” they screamed, hovering level with the mantelpiece and glaring furiously at those standing before them. “NOBODY IS ALLOWED TO TOUCH MY TABLET! THAT’S THE RULE! THAT’S THE RULE AND YOU BROKE IT! WHY CAN’T ANY OF YOU PLAY BY THE RULES?!”
Several candle-holders exploded.
“We didn’t touch it!” King cried truthfully.
“IT’S GONE! ” The Collector shouted.
“Collector, it was stolen,” Eda said. “By the Head Witch of the Illusion Coven.”
“You’re LYING! That’s a LIE! You’re just a LIAR! I knew it all along! LIAR! LIAR! PANTS ON FIRE!”
The Collector’s fingertips were sparking again.
“Collector,” Raine said, stepping forward. “That’s not a lie. If we hadn’t journeyed to the Liminal to rescue you, you would have awakened back in your cell and been cut off from everyone.”
The Collector fixed them with a furious look.
Raine took another step forward, their skin tingling with the crackling energy that was radiating off of The Collector.
“Graye is terrified of you,” Raine went on. “He figured out that we had your mirror… tablet, and stole it.”
“LIAR!” The Collector shouted again, but with perhaps less conviction than before.
“I chased him down to try and get you back,” Eda said, stepping to Raine’s side.
The Collector crawled backwards up the wall to where it met the ceiling, settling into the corner in a manner reminiscent of their shadow form.
“He threw your tablet into the Boiling Sea,” Eda said, finding it surprisingly difficult to speak of what had happened, and also realizing she’d yet to disclose it to Raine.
Raine turned to give her a look of surprise and sympathy.
“So that was his plan,” they said.
“I couldn’t get it back,” Eda said, her voice breaking slightly. “I thought I’d lost you all over again, Collector. If Raine and King and Luz hadn’t been able to get to you…”
The Collector sat on the ceiling. They were pouting but their silence indicated they were pondering the new information.
“You’re free now,” Raine said. “You have a place, a family here now.”
“You…you’re tricking me, aren’t you? You have to be. You…you just need me to do all your chores and…and then you’re going to trap me again.”
“No tricks,” Raine said. “No traps. We wouldn’t send you back, even if we still had the tablet.”
“And magically fixing our problems is against the Rules, remember?” Eda chimed in.
“I remember,” The Collector said slowly. “I also remember there being a No Touching The Tablet Rule, too.”
“Collector,” Eda said. “I swear on King that none of us broke your rule. Your tablet is at the bottom of the Boiling Sea and nobody can get to it to use it against you. You’re safe. We love you. Now please come down from there.”
The Collector peered down at them with what was becoming their trademark inscrutable glare.
Raine stepped directly below them and held out their arms.
“Come on,” they said. “I’ll catch you.”
The Collector hesitated for just a moment, but this new game seemed promising.
With a little “huh”, they dropped from the ceiling and, true to their word, Raine caught them, stumbling briefly to keep their balance and then wrapping their arms firmly around The Collector.
Almost involuntarily, The Collector huffed out a sigh, giving in to comfort despite their lingering distrust.
The challenges were just beginning, everyone knew this. The road ahead would not be an easy one.
But, right now, The Collector was smiling, arms hidden in their enormous sleeves as they leaned into Raine’s embrace, and everything stilled, the world seeming to slow.
There was a kind of peace in moments like that, a calm surface above roiling, unbridled chaos.
Chapter 29
Summary:
The art of trolling, as portrayed by Raine Whispers.
Notes:
Evening (or whichever time of day this chapter finds you) and greetings from the moonlit Northwoods! I've been working to get this new chapter up today and, as always, I'm very excited to share it with all of you!
A few notes on posting scheduling. I'm hoping to have Chapter 30 up next weekend and Chapter 31 up sometime midweek after that (around the 18th, ideally). After that, I'm going to take a bit of a hiatus, at least through the end of January. This is for two reasons. The first one being the obvious that 'For The Future' airs on the 21st and I'm sure people will probably be more interested in that and all the invariable discussion!
The second reason is, I am running a 120-mile sled dog race the following weekend, and that will be taking up most of my time and attention (I was going to make my third attempt at the 300-mile race, but this just doesn't seem to be the year for that, for a whole laundry list of reasons).
One last thing: I am aware that 'For The Future' was leaked, but I humbly request that my readers not post any spoilery comments, at least until after the episode airs. This fic has been an AU ever since 'Thanks To Them', and while it's always possible I may choose to incorporate some canonical aspects at some point in the future, my first drafts of the next few chapters have been written a while in advance, so it will be a while before anything like that happens, if it does.
Anyways, sorry for the long note here. Let's get into the chapter itself!
Enjoy!
Alice
Chapter Text
Sometimes it was difficult to say what progress was being made with The Collector.
Eda was beginning to realize that by insisting that The Collector not pick up King on her watch, she’d inadvertently issued a challenge.
Quite by accident, she had turned picking up King into a game.
She’d impressed upon The Collector how to interact with him, sitting on the floor, letting King approach and petting him carefully.
And The Collector would do that.
As long as Eda was watching.
If she turned her back, all bets were off.
The minute Eda looked away, The Collector would scoop King up and swing him around.
“AAAAAGGGHHH! PUT ME DOWN!”
Reminding The Collector of King’s mortality was not something Eda wanted to keep doing repeatedly, but it kept being necessary in order for them to relinquish their hold without a complete meltdown.
When they couldn’t play with King, The Collector tended to get into other things, causing bouts of mayhem throughout the house.
Fortunately, at least so far, the destruction they caused had been infinitesimally minor in light of what they were actually capable of.
A few pieces of furniture had been smashed to particles, the contents of a cupboard completely annihilated (allegedly because The Collector couldn’t find the artichoke dip they wanted), a small crater had appeared in the floor, and one night they filled the entire lower part of the house with tiny bright stars that stung and burned if anyone touched them.
Keeping The Collector occupied amounted to a full-time job.
If they could be engaged in something, usually a game, that was a huge help, but whatever it was had to both hold their interest and allow them to expend some energy.
The problem was, this itself sometimes got them even more wound up.
And there was also the problem of nights, and the rest of the household needing sleep.
The Collector would not sleep.
They were active and ready for fun at all hours of the day and night.
Ideally someone would stay up with them at all times, but that wasn’t always possible.
Eda kept King by her side in the nest at night, so there would be no chance of The Collector harassing him unbeknownst to her.
Most nights Raine was exhausted too, and all three fell asleep in the center of the nest, leaving The Collector to roam the house, chasing after Hooty.
But Hooty fell asleep sometimes too, more often now that The Collector was running him ragged.
It was times when the rest of the inhabitants were all sleeping that The Collector caused most of their chaos.
They did not like feeling alone, and resorted to throwing things about, slamming doors for fun, occasionally removing those same doors from their hinges, flying about and singing at the top of their lungs and quite literally bouncing off the walls.
“THIS IS THE SIZE OF A TITAN COMPARED TO THE MOOOOOOOON!!!” The Collector sang nonsensically. “THIS IS THE SIZE OF THE MOON COMPARED TO THE SUUUUNNNNNNN!! THIS THE SIZE OF THE SUN COMAPARED TO A TITANNNNNN!! THIS IS THE SIZE OF A TITAN COMPARED TO THE SKYYYYYY…”
And so on and so forth, punctuating each comparison by bouncing into a wall or ceiling, with no concrete examples of what the comparison actually was.
“That doesn’t even make sense,” Hooty said. “And that’s coming from meeee.”
It wasn’t unusual for The Collector’s midnight rounds to bring them to the loft, and it wasn’t uncommon for Eda or Raine to wake to the eerie feeling of being watched.
Eda awoke one night to find The Collector positively glaring at how she was snuggled up to Raine, her arm curled protectively around King.
“You’re welcome to join us, Sneaky-Peek,” she told them sleepily.
“I don’t sleep,” The Collector said, wrinkling their nose. “I’m never tired.”
Eda knew this was very much not the case, even though it was true that, just as they didn’t technically need to eat to survive, The Collector didn’t require sleep in the same way that most creatures did.
“You don’t have to sleep,” Eda said. “You could just rest here with us for the night.”
The Collector looked at the coziness of the nest and the soft blankets within.
They looked at how relaxed Eda and Raine were.
They looked at King, fast asleep with Eda’s arm around him.
For a second, it looked as though The Collector might just drop into the nest and crawl into the pile.
Instead, they rolled their eyes and frowned.
“Ugh! Lame! That sounds so boooorrrring! How can you lie still that long! Blegh!”
“Suid yourself, kid,” Eda said, turning over and going back to sleep, hand on Raine’s shoulder, King tucked firmly under her arm.
The Collector made a terrible screeching noise and flew out the window, waving their hands at the tower and making punching motions at it, which rattled and cracked the stones.
It was only because an exhausted Hooty redirected their attention to some nearby trees that the tower remained intact.
The trees, however, were pulverized, leaving only piles of impossibly fine sawdust.
On some occasions, The Collector would bounce into the nest and try to wake the sleepers by physically lifting their eyelids with their fingers.
“Opie-eyes, opie-eeeeyes…”
This tended to elicit some very annoyed reactions, at which The Collector took great glee.
However, one night they pulled Eda’s eyelids open only to find that it wasn’t Eda staring back at them, but rather the Owl Beast, who had risen to the surface while she was unconscious.
The Beast let out a blood-curdling shriek, sitting up and flinging themself against the edge of the nest, waking King and Raine with a start.
“Weh! What?” King cried incoherently.
“What the what?” Raine echoed, equally incoherently.
The commotion also pulled Eda back to consciousness, and she sat panting and gasping as she regained control.
The Collector sat on the edge of the nest laughing and laughing.
“It’s not funny!” King said.
King didn’t exactly regret freeing The Collector again, but he had to admit that having them in his life and home was extremely disruptive and he was getting a bit tired of it.
Especially being picked up off his feet like he was nothing but a stuffed toy. That was getting old.
One afternoon, while Raine had gone to the first meeting of the Coven Heads since Adrian’s heist, Eda tried a different tactic.
“What if I did that to you?” she asked, having just rescued King for the umpteenth time. “Would you like it if I just grabbed you up and flung you around?"
“Really?” The Collector said hopefully.
That wasn’t exactly the reaction she’d been going for, but…
Eda reached down, wrapped her arm around The Collector’s chest, lifting them off their feet.
The Collector went limp as they nearly always did when picked up, laughing delightedly as Eda swung them around, their limbs flopping like a ragdoll.
“Well this wasn’t the point I was trying to make,” Eda said.
“At least they’re distracted,” said King.
“Nononono,” The Collector cried when Eda spun to a halt. “Swing me! Swing me!”
“I’m gonna’ get dizzy, kid.”
“Swiiiiiing meeeeeeeeeeee…”
The Collector started kicking their feet to try to facilitate movement.
“Swing meeeeeeee! Swing me nowwwwwwww…”
“Yeeesh,” King said from the sidelines. “You do not stop whining, do you?”
“If you keep kicking, I’m going to drop you,” Eda warned, trying to maintain her grip and adding. “By accident.”
The Collector tilted their head back so they could look up at Eda.
“I wouldn’t drop you on purpose,” she assured them, tightening her hold.
The ghost of a different expression crossed The Collector’s face. It wasn’t quite trusting, but it was something like it.
“Oooooh! Drop me! Drop me! Drop me!”
“I don’t want to hurt you…” Eda began.
“Pleeeeaaaaase drop me!”
Suddenly The Collector’s face lit up.
“Swing meeee! Throw me! Throw me!”
“What?!?”
“Throwwww meeeeeee!”
“Why would you want that?” King cried.
“Hang on,” Eda said.
“Throw me! Throw me! Throw me! Throw meeeeeee…”
***
“At least it’s still standing.”
The yard of the Owl House swam into view through the barrier, at first hazy as if seen through a heat mirage, and then growing clear.
While King had fixed whatever rip he’d made in the barrier between realms, it now took a moment longer for the destination to appear through the portal door.
Luz shouldered her backpack and prepared to step back into the Boiling Isles, looking forward to the feeling of going home.
“You don’t have to come with if you don’t want to, you know,” she said, not for the first time.
“Oh believe me,” Hunter said. “I don’t want to.”
But he stepped through the portal with Luz anyway.
He braced himself as they approached the front door of the Owl House.
Hunter had been bracing himself ever since Luz had told him, in a very stressed and somewhat sheepish explosion of words, that The Collector was once again free.
“Why am I not at all surprised to hear you say that?” he’d cried, only slightly hysterical. “Why would it be more surprising to me if you’d said they were still safely contained? Why do I even bother? I knew this was going to happen!”
Now, however, he was silent, internally ready to turn and run, but not allowing himself to do so.
Flapjack chirped comfortingly, and gripped Hunter’s shoulder as hard as his tiny feet would allow.
“Luz!” Hooty cried when he saw his visitors approaching. “I still have that stuff you wanted me to keep.”
“From the Conformatorium?” Luz said. “I know, we need to start going through that contra…”
“HUNTERRRRRRRRRR!” Hooty screeched, as if he had only just noticed him.
“Hi, Hooty,” Hunter said. “Maybe… don’t announce to The Collector that I’m here?”
“Oh you don’t have to worry about thaaaat,” Hooty said. “They’re preoccupied with getting repeatedly tossed across the room.”
“Wait,” Luz said. “What?”
***
Adrian Graye Vernworth was wearing a particularly smug look.
He was rather proud of this one, and had spent the better part of the previous day practicing it in front of a mirror until he felt he had perfected the look.
“Ah, Whispers. I think you have something to share with the class, no?”
At the far side of the table, Darius sighed and put a hand to his forehead.
Beside him, Mason rolled his eyes.
“Great,” he said. “Do we finally get to find out what Adrian’s big reveal is? Because he’s been even more unbearable than normal today.”
“You’re late,” Terra told Raine, the standard greeting between the two.
Raine ignored her and instead flashed Adrian a bright smile.
“I have just one word to say to you, Adrian,” they said. “And that word is… gotcha!”
They sat down.
“Now, if we could start this meeting, I would like to bring to your attention, again, the situation in Latissa…”
“Wait, wait, wait,” Adrian said. “Stop deflecting. I would like to bring to everyone’s attention that Head Witch Whispers has been conspiring against the continued well-being and existence of the Boiling Isles by attempting to summon The Collector.”
There were murmurs of annoyance from around the table.
“Give it a rest, Adrian,” Hettie said.
“No, not until you hear the truth! I’ll have you know that last week I personally confiscated the intact Collector’s mirror from the Owl House. I wish to make a formal motion to have Raine Whispers removed from their position on the grounds of them being a traitor.”
“That’s funny,” Raine said, giving Adrian a grin. “Because I was just going to make a formal motion to have Adrian Graye Vernworth relieved of his position due to incompetence.”
“Incompetence?”
“Graye,” Raine said, still smiling. “You are supposed to be a master of illusions and yet you still fell for our ruse and showed your true colors by conspiring against a fellow Coven Head and robbing a fellow Coven Head.”
Eberwolf muttered something that seemed to suggest that this wasn’t particularly abnormal behavior among the Coven Heads.
“Okay, is anyone,” Darius said. “Going to explain what this is about?”
“My true colors?!” Adrian shouted. “I think you know…Wait, what ruse?”
“Well, see,” Raine said. “After your recent temper tantrum about your losing track of the remains of The Collector’s mirror, and your accusations towards me and Eda, I had a feeling you might try something, and I was curious just how far you might take your delusions.”
“What. Do you. Mean?”
“So Eda and I devised a plan just to see if you were the kind of witch who would cross the line and conspire to break into our house. The kind of witch who wouldn’t hesitate to kidnap a child from under our roof.”
“Raine,” Darius said. “What are you going on about? Kidnapping? Can we please get back on track?”
“No,” Mason said. “I wanna’ hear this. I’m invested now.”
“So we painted a mirror,” Raine said. “A perfectly arbitrary and nonmagical mirror. And we put it in the most obvious location in the house and waited to see if you would do anything. And, Adrian, I think you made it pitch-perfectly clear exactly what kind of witch you are.”
“Now hold up just a teensy little bit,” Adrian said, giving Raine the sourest look he could muster. “I did not get tricked by some…some fake…”
“Oh didn’t you? You know as well as I do that tablet was shattered into dust. You can’t repair shattered glass back into its exact original shape very easily, you know.”
“Could the two of you please…” Darius began.
“I was not tricked!” Adrian interrupted loudly. “Osran! Confirm!”
“I am not using my powers to get involved in your petty spat,” Osran said.
“What? That’s, like, ninety-three and two thirds percent of the kind of thing you do with your powers!”
“Joke’s on you,” Raine said, giving Adrian a smug look of their own and crossing their arms. “You’ve been had. Deal with it.”
“As entertaining as this is,” Terra interjected. “Can the personal discussions wait until after I’ve told everyone about my proposal to mulch the uprisers? It’s a win-win situation! The riots go away and we can facilitate the growth of new palistrom trees.”
“I can’t believe I’m saying this,” Darius said. “But I second Terra. Not about the mulch - although I”m not entirely opposed. But this whole thing between Raine and Adrian is clearly personal. Can we please not.”
And that was the end of it.
Raine and Adrian continued to take potshots at each other throughout the rest of the meeting, but everything moved forward through the same circular discussions among the Coven Heads that ultimately led nowhere as there was no unanimous agreement on anything.
It was clear that Adrian was having a little bit of a crisis, as the evidence really did seem to suggest the whole business with The Collector’s mirror had been an elaborate (and, in Adrian’s opinion, incredibly mean-spirited) ruse.
Granted, Raine did have surprising talent in the acting department - even Adrian had to grudgingly admit it. After all, they’d been a double agent in the Emperor’s closest circle.
But, as far as Adrian could tell, their amusement seemed genuine.
They certainly weren’t acting like they’d had something stolen from them and the Owl Lady.
Adrian wasn't sure what to think of it, but he was pretty pissed about the prospect of having been tricked.
It was shortly after the unsatisfactory conclusion of the meeting that Darius and Eberwolf confronted Raine.
“I covered for you back there,” Darius said. “Again. But what. Did. You. Do?”
Eberwolf said something slightly accusatory, punctuating it was an exaggerated shrug.
“Anything I might have done is a direct result of Adrian breaking into my house and attempting to kidnap my kid,” Raine said.
“Oh dear Titan, now you’re calling them your kid? You say attempted, I notice. I assume Adrian didn’t actually succeed, or you wouldn’t be acting so insufferable about the whole thing.”
Raine smiled and gave a snort of amusement, a sentiment which seemed to be echoed by Eberwolf.
“Oh no,” they said. “That scumbag succeeded.”
“I was afraid of that,” Darius said. “So your whole ruse talk back there was as big a pile of ratworm dung as it sounded. Which means there’s something you aren’t telling me, and I. Don’t. Like. Not. Knowing. Things.”
“The situation has been rectified,” Raine said. “But there’s no way I’m letting Adrian know that.”
“Rectified how, Raine?!? Look, if I were to barge in unannounced at your place of residence, why do I get the feeling that there is a much- greater-than-zero chance that I would find an all-powerful chaos gremlin running around unchecked in the physical plane?!?”
Eberwolf burst out laughing as Raine grinned.
“Eber, it's not funny!” Darius protested.
“I don’t know, Darius,” Raine said. “Why do you think that might be the case?”
“Oh for the love of…Actually, you know what?” Darius threw his arms into the air. “I don’t want to know. I want to keep some sort of hope that our efforts to keep the Boiling Isles from falling apart aren't’ all for naught.”
“Well they haven’t exploded yet,” Raine pointed out.
“For which I am eternally grateful. But Raine?”
“Yes?” “
Please don’t forget who The Collector spent the last four hundred years in the company of.”
Chapter 30
Summary:
The Collector continues to make a bad impression on Hunter.
Notes:
Morning everyone! New chapter update is here!
Not a lot to add, other than thank you as always for the support you have shown this fic. I'm trying to get to replying to comments as I can. Time tends to be fairly short now, so just know I deeply appreciate all of them, even though I can't always respond right away.
Otherwise, y'all know the drill: MoonShadow is an AU and the next few chapters have been written prior to any knowledge of the contents of For The Future, so potential spoilers, if there are any, will be entirely coincidental. And once again, since I know some of you have seen the episode already, I ask that there not be any spoilery discussion in the comments, at least until the episode officially airs. I really appreciate everyone keeping with this, especially since I imagine you are about to EXPLODE to talk about it.
Thanks again, and onwards to the next chapter!
Alice
Chapter Text
“Throw me! Throw me! Throw me!”
Hooty hadn’t been exaggerating.
The Collector’s new favorite activity was apparently to be picked up and hurled across the room.
Eda would swing them around to get some momentum going and then send them flying.
They never actually hit the ground, but instead bounced a few inches above it in a manner reminiscent of Luz’s safety hover, flailing about as they regained their bearings, and then scrambling through the air and back to Eda, shrieking to be thrown again.
“Well, uh,” Luz said. “This looks like fun.”
“Luz! Hunter!”
King rushed to greet them.
“You’re just in time,” Eda added. “My arm is getting tired.”
“I’m not tired,” The Collector began.
“Yes, I get it, you say you’re never tired,” Eda said.
But The Collector had spotted Hunter.
In a flash, their new game was forgotten and they were across the room by their own power, almost nose-to-nose with Hunter, eyes wide and blazing, their grin bordering on unhinged.
“Uhhhhh… hi?” Hunter said.
The Collector tilted their head, first to one side, then the other, like they were trying to get a better look at a really interesting bug.
“Wanna’ play?”
“Collector,” Luz said. “No terrorizing Hunter.”
Flapjack squawked in agreement.
“I’m not terrorized!” Hunter said. “Who said I was terrorized?! Get this thing out of my face!”
“Hold still,” The Collector said, even though Hunter wasn’t moving a muscle. “I’ve never seen one up close before.”
Suddenly their hands were grasping Hunter’s head and that was the last straw.
“GET OFF ME!” he shouted, scrambling back and pushing The Collector away, for all the good it would do.
The Collector, to their credit, did let go.
However they also were cackling with glee, hovering in midair and holding their stomach.
Flapjack fluttered around berating them, but The Collector’s attention was entirely devoted to Hunter.
“What’s the matterrr?!” they howled. “Think I’m gonna’ getcha’?”
“Aaaaaand, that’s enough of that,” Eda said.
The Collector ignored her, instead dancing aerial circles around and around Hunter, chanting.
“I’m gonna get- chaaa! I’m gonna’ get- chaaa! I’m gonna’ geeettt yaaaaa…”
“SHUT UP!” Hunter shouted, which only served to encourage The Collector.
Fortunately, Eda’s arm wasn’t yet so tired that she couldn’t stomp over to wrap it around The Collector, lifting them up and removing them from the situation.
“I said that’s enough, kid.”
“Uh, thanks Eda,” Hunter said shakily.
“No problem. Sorry about the little celestial menace.”
“Luz…did warn me. And this is pretty much exactly what I expected to happen.”
Hunter had to admit, the sight of Eda holding The Collector while they hung rather limply where they were tucked under her arm was downright ridiculous.
“I’m sorry, Hunter,” Luz said.
“No, no,” Hunter said, recovering himself. “It’s okay. I just need that little monster kept far away from me.”
The Collector followed him with their eyes, but made no move to extricate themself from Eda’s hold.
“The kid has it out for me,” Hunter added, looking at them warily.
“I wanna’ plaaaaay with iit,” The Collector whined, starting to squirm. “Philip was all selfish and never let me play with anyyyyyyy of them. He’d get all braaaauwwwrrrr and break them if I tried.”
Hunter grimaced at the word ‘break.’
“You don’t see me as anything but a toy, do you?” he snapped.
The Collector grinned wickedly, still not taking their eyes off him.
“I’m going to play with you,’ they said firmly. “And we’re going to have fun.”
“Nope,” Eda said, giving them a little shake. “You are not playing with Hunter if he doesn’t want to play.”
She set The Collector down on the sofa, so they were facing her.
“You got that?”
“But I waaaaaaant to. He’s a Grimwalkerrrrrrr,” The Collector said, as if Eda was the one who wasn’t getting it. “He’s supposed to do what we want! What I want. And if he doesn’t, you just make a better one that does.”
“NO!” everyone shouted.
“No, we do not!” Luz said, stepping protectively in front of Hunter. “There is only one Hunter and he is his own person, and he is not replaceable.”
“You guys really don’t know anything, do you,” The Collector said with a pout.
“Only one King, only one Hunter, we’ve had this conversation before, remember,” Eda said, tapping them on the chin. “And we treat both of them kindly, okay?”
The Collector stuck out their tongue at her.
“Can you do that, Collector?” Eda asked.
“But whyyyyyyy…”
“Because it’s the House Rules. You’re not allowed to hurt anyone. And that anyone applies to…to Grimwalkers as well as any other humans and witches and demons.”
“And Titans,” King added.
“And Titans.”
“Uuuurghhhhh!!!! You’re so boring! You never let me have aaaaaanyyyy funnnnn everrrrrrrr…”
Eda raised an eyebrow at the small child who was now kicking their way backwards off the couch and puddling onto the floor.
“Well that’s funny,” she said. “Because some little creature I know just spent the better part of the last hour getting tossed around and saying they were having a great time. I thought it was you, but I guess it must not have been, since I never let you have any fun.”
The Collector glared up at her, a completely ridiculous sight draped upside-down, halfway off the couch.
“You were just trying to trick me again!” they said angrily. “You weren’t really being nice! Youuuuu just proved it! You say I’m still not allowed to play with the Grimwalkers! No fair! NO FAIR! NO FAIR! NO FAIR!”
“You’re seriously having a temper tantrum about that?” King asked.
“You won’t let me play with King either!” The Collector shouted. “You’re just being mean to me! Well guess what! I’m going to destroy this stupid house, because I’m stronger than you! I’m going to turn it into nothing! There won’t be any particles left! There won’t even be any molecules!”
A shudder ran through the house, and Hunter found himself backing behind Luz, wondering if they were going to have to make a break for the portal door in a bizarre repeat of the Day Of Unity.
“You’re going to be SO SORRY YOU EVER MET ME!” The Collector screamed, kicking the couch and sending it crashing into the far wall. “YOU’LL WISH YOU NEVER DID THIS EXCEPT YOU WON’T BECAUSE THERE WON’T BE ANYTHING LEFT OF YOU IN EXISTENCE!”
All the lights in the house hissed and dimmed, and the air began to crackle with electricity.
“You uh…really thinking about what you’re saying there?” King asked.
But for once, The Collector didn’t seem to notice him. They just continued to lie on the floor and scream.
Hunter backed away further, clutching Flapjack, eyes wide.
Luz looked at Eda, who approached The Collector, only to be thrown backwards after the couch by an invisible force.
“Collector, you need to stop!” she said loudly, picking herself up.
Wind began to pick up inside the house itself.
“Collector!”
“I don’t think that’s going to work, Eda!” Luz cried.
“NOT GONNA’ STOP!” The Collector screamed, beating their fists on the floor. “I’M GONNA’ LEVEL THIS DUMB HOUSE AND FLY FAR, FAR AWAY AND THEN I CAN DO WHAT I WANT AND PLAY WHAT I WANT, AND YOU CAN’T STOP ME!”
The Collector laughed, a low haunting sound that was very different from their usual, joyful cackle.
“Yeah, I think the house’ll have something to say about that,” Eda said. “Hooty!?”
“Ma’am!” Hooty cried, snaking into the living room. “I’m on it! Stand back! BLLLAAAUUUAUUURRRGHHHHHHHH!!!!!”
“What?” Hunter yelped as Hooty proceeded to projectile vomit a seemingly endless stream of what looked like the contents of at least seven large antique stores and a couple of historical museums.
“Weh!” King squeaked, darting out of the way of what looked like a large chunk of wall, and then finding himself scooped into Luz’s arms.
For a long moment, there was complete silence, the living room now filled with a sea of strange objects and artifacts.
Eda, Hunter, Luz and King were backed against the walls, having narrowly avoided the onslaught, but The Collector had been not so lucky.
On the upside, the house was no longer rattling. Apparently being buried by an avalanche of contraband was enough to jar them out of their temper tantrum, at least for the moment.
“Collector?” Eda called. “Collector are you okay?”
“That’s what you’re worried about?!” Hunter cried. “And what is all of this? Is…this the human treasure day thing you told me about?”
“Nah,” Luz said. “Well…actually…yeah… kinda’. I mean, not the ones I told you about. This is Belos’ treasure vault.”
“From the Conformatorium?”
There was rattling noise from the center of the room, and everyone looked to see movement from underneath a pile of artifacts with moon and star designs, most of it also depicting a figure with a very familiar celestial motif.
“Wait,” Eda said. “Half of this is Collector stuff.”
With the jingle of what resembled a set of moon-and-sun windchimes, the Collector appeared, crawling out from underneath a multitude of relics dedicated to them.
Hunter tensed, but The Collector appeared to have forgotten he was there and was now looking at the mess around them with great interest.
“I am so glad that worked,” Luz said, with a breath of relief. “Thanks, Hooty.”
“Noooo problem!” Hooty cried.
On Luz’s shoulder, King was practically buzzing with anger.
“That little brat!” he growled. “That ungrateful little… uuuurrrggghhh!! We go to all that trouble to be nice to them and save them from their awful fate, and how do they repay us? They nearly kill ALL of us without a second thought!”
Now that The Collector seemed occupied, Hunter turned his attention to the vault contents at his feet.
“I’ve never seen any of this,” he said, looking through the artifacts with fascination. “Hmmm…”
He picked up a tapestry that seemed undamaged, despite the fact that a large, spiky chandelier had fallen on top of it and should have destroyed it.
He held it up for Eda to see.
The image upon it, showed a cloaked, floating figure, obviously meant to be The Collector, although the depiction had more in common with their shadow form than with their physical form.
Their hands were raised, the sun above one, the moon above the other, channeling lightning bolts from both, directed down onto a group of creatures below, some of which had features that resembled King.
“Maybe should’ve done your research before freeing them again,” Hunter said.
“Hunter…” Luz began.
King stared at the tapestry, transfixed.
“Wha…what does it say?” he asked in a small voice, pointing to a series of unfamiliar symbols.
“I’m not sure,” Eda said. “I don’t recognize that language.”
Hunter turned the tapestry back towards him and squinted at the writing.
“I…I’ve never seen it before either,” he said. “It looks old, though. Like, way, way before the Savage Ages, even. I didn’t know anything from this time period even existed anymore.”
“Lily might know something,” Eda said. “Oh, she would have a field day with all of this.”
“At least The Collector is distracted,” Luz said, with a wary glance from The Collector, to the tapestry, and then back again.
“Belos kept rubble in his vault?” Hunter asked, turning his attention to the piece of wall plaster.
“Oh no,” Hooty said. “Thaaaaaat’s from when I was helping Eda and Raine put in a new window.”
King hopped down and began looking through the artifacts that now covered the floor. He reached out to gingerly pick up the celestial-themed windchimes.
“That’s mine!” The Collector cried, suddenly motioning with their hand and snatching the chimes away from King.
“Hey!” King cried.
“I saw it first!”
“Yeah? Ever heard of sharing?”
“MINE!”
“You know what? Fine! I’m done trying to deal with you. You act like you care what happens to me, but you would’ve just destroyed me a minute ago and flown away to have fun if Hooty hadn’t intervened! I gave you the benefit of the doubt and you just threw it in my face!”
The Collector gave him a sour look, but didn’t answer.
“You’d have flown away and forgotten all about me,” King continued. “What’s one more dead Titan to you, anyway, huh? Nothing! I’m sorry I cared.”
He stormed out of the room, well aware that he was still small and looked ridiculous.
But this time no one laughed.
“King,” Eda said, following after him, trailed by Hunter.
The Collector watched them go with a distressed expression, but then turned their attention back to the pile of items surrounding them.
Luz sighed and approached them, tripping and stumbling through the debris.
The Collector was picking up object after object, examining them, scrutinizing them.
“Why’d Philip have this in his secret vault thing?” they demanded loudly.
“Do you know what it is?” Luz asked.
“It’s mine! See? It’s got me on it.”
It wasn’t the greatest likeness, but it was still recognizable.
“Yes, I see,” Luz said. “That’s why I was asking. You know what this is supposed to be, then?”
The Collector shrugged.
“My friends made me lots of stuff, I don’t know. Duh… Actually…” they frowned. “I bet they weren’t my friends, either. I bet they just wanted me to do stuff for ‘em. Like everyone else!”
They sounded angry again.
Luz wasn’t quite sure how to respond, as what The Collector was saying was most likely correct.
“My stuff was in Philip’s vault?” they asked again. “Why?”
Luz didn’t say anything.
The Collector glared at her.
“WHY?” they repeated, eyes blazing. “I know you know, and you’re not telling me!”
“I don’t know, actually,” Luz said, trying to tread carefully and realizing too late that it probably wasn’t possible. “But…I…suspect he was trying to get rid of any evidence that you existed.”
“Wha…what do you mean?”
“We’d never heard of you before Philip mentioned you in his diary,” Luz said. “No one on the Boiling Isles knew anything about you. But these artifacts make it look like there were legends and stories about you sometime in the past.”
“Uh, yeah,” The Collector said. “There were!”
“But all of the legends, all of the knowledge disappeared. We kind of suspected Philip destroyed all of that evidence on purpose so no one would seek you out or find you. And what he couldn’t destroy, he locked up in his private, humans-only stash that you helped him make.”
The Collector looked stricken, like they’d never even considered this.
“He always kept you a secret, didn’t he,” Luz said.
“He said it was a game,” The Collector said through gritted teeth. “It was fun.”
“Was it?”
“It WAS!”
The Collector was angry, upset. They were upset to begin with after being told they couldn’t torment Hunter, and now the knowledge of what Belos had been hiding from the world was being thrown on top.
They might no longer be directing their anger at their new family or trying to destroy the house, but the new information was doing nothing to calm them down.
“Incoming!” Hooty cried.
For a fraction of a second, Luz had the wild thought that Hooty was predicting The Collector exploding, but then the front door swung open, and Raine walked through.
They stopped short, the smug and triumphant expression falling from their face at the sight that greeted them.
They lifted their glasses momentarily, and then returned them to their face.
“Do I even want to know?”
Chapter 31
Summary:
Hunter didn't need another earth-shattering revelation about himself, but he has the realization anyway.
Notes:
Aaaaaaaaand we're back! We've made it to February, everyone! I don't know about y'all, but I'm experiencing a massive amount of relief at being past the darkest part of Winter. We successfully completed our first sled dog race of the season - a 120-mile, two-day trek during one heck of a deep freeze. Footage of my dog team even made a...BBC report (still confused as to why BBC decided to cover that race, but okay).
ANYways...I'm excited to get back to posting MoonShadow updates, as I've got some cool stuff in store for the rest of this arc. I want to stress that this, and the next couple of chapters were written before I'd even seen the trailer for For The Future, much less the episode itself. So there won't be any intentional spoilers. I loved the new episode, but I'm not sure how much, if anything I'll be drawing from later on for this AU. Most likely it's just going to get more and more canon-divergent.
Also...welcome new readers! This fic has gotten a lot more hits with the release of For The Future! Hope you are all enjoying this fic and continue to do so as the story progresses.
As always, thanks for reading and thanks for your support! I feel like I've lucked out to have a very chill fandom niche as my reader base. Y'all are the coolest!
Stay tuned and enjoy!
Alice
Chapter Text
“King…”
“Leave me alone, Eda.”
Eda halted, hand in the air from where she was reaching out in an attempt to offer…something? Comfort perhaps?
King was sitting in a window, back to her, staring out into the world beyond.
“I’m…sorry, King,” she said, feeling as though her heart were about to break.
“Are you?”
Eda wasn’t sure what else to say.
“I tried,” King said. “I really did. I gave that kid more chances than they deserve. I actually felt sorry for them! And I thought…I thought maybe they’d get it. But I am so sick of looking over my shoulder all the time because any moment they’re just gonna’ pop up and jump on me. I can’t do this! It’s driving me out of my own skull!”
“Hey,” Hunter said awkwardly as he walked up on the exchange, having followed Eda out of the living room. “You okay, King?”
“NO!” King shouted, his own voice now rattling the house, even though it was significantly toned down from its full destructive potential “I am NOT okay! I have HAD IT with The Collector!”
“I thought you were the one who let them out again,” Hunter said.
“Ugh. Don’t remind me.”
Eda sighed.
“I’m glad you’re here, Hunter,” she said. “I’m sorry about the welcome.”
“You…” Hunter said. “You already know my thoughts on the subject. But I think…I hope after this, that you can see my point?”
“The Collector’s behavior just now was inappropriate,” Eda said. “We’re…I thought we were making progress, but we’re going to have to work on that…somehow. I don’t know. I’m kind of flying blind here.”
“You trust The Collector too much,” Hunter said. “I wouldn’t trust them any further than I could throw them.”
“Hey. I’m a bit of an authority on that. You saw. You can throw them, easy, but how far they go is entirely up to them.”
“Exactly. That’s my point. Your control over them is entirely up to their whims.”
“I’m not trying to control them, I’m trying to guide them.”
“Oh yeah? And how’s that working out for you??” Hunter’s eyes went wide the moment the words were out of his mouth. “My…my apologies. I didn’t mean to speak…”
“Don’t apologize, Hunter!” King snapped. “We’ve all been pushed to the side because Eda’s just gone all goo-goo-ga-ga over the new baby that’s only trying to kill us every time things don’t go their way.”
King’s words hit Eda like a punch to the gut. For a moment she was too stunned to speak.
“I didn’t want it to be like this,” she said finally. “I want you to feel safe, King. I…I…oh I had some hairbrained idea that maybe the two of you could be friends. That maybe you’d have someone who could be with you when you got older and…and…the rest of us…weren’t around anymore. But now…I don’t even know…”
“I don’t NEED your help with figuring out my future!” King shouted. “I’ll figure it out MYSELF!”
“King…”
“SERIOUSLY! Stop BABYING me! Go coddle your new favorite COSMIC HORROR or something!”
“I…”
Eda turned on her heel and rushed away, footsteps rapidly retreating.
“Oh no,” King said, putting his face into his hands. “Why did I just say that? I didn’t mean…”
“What’s going on?” Luz asked, peering around the corner.
“Oh I messed up,” King said, turning around in the window. “I can’t believe I just…I didn’t mean to upset her that much.”
“Luz,” Hunter said quietly. “You see we’ve got a problem, right? The Owl Lady can’t see it, but please tell me you can.”
“Ummmm…?” Luz said, rushing to King’s side.
“King knows,” Hunter continued. “He can tell.”
“Weh?” King said, still preoccupied with being horrified at his own harsh words. “Tell what?”
“That thing in there?” Hunter jerked his head towards the living room. “That is not a kid.”
“I…I’m not sure I follow,” King said.
“They’re thousands of years old! You told me yourself!”
“Well…well…I mean,” Luz said. “Maybe they were in a…a stasis in that prison cell.”
“Or maybe ,” Hunter countered. “They are a sadistic god taking on a childlike form!”
“We don’t know how aging works for their species,” Luz began. “Maybe…”
“And what do you know about their species?”
Luz was silent.
“That’s what I thought,” Hunter said. “You don’t know what they are. But you can’t just stand there and tell me that what they did in the living room just now - rolling around and screaming and threatening mayhem and murder because…because someone said they couldn’t… play with me? You can’t tell me those are the actions of a child!”
Both King and Luz gave Hunter remarkably similar looks.
“Hunter, that’s like, the classic kid behavior,” Luz said. “I mean, minus the destructive cosmic powers and everything.”
“Yeah,” King admitted, looking more dejected by the second. “I’m pretty sure I used to act like that. Not…not so long ago. If I’d had The Collector’s powers…”
“Like that?” Hunter asked, returning the incredulous looks he was receiving. “You acted like that?”
“Yeah,” Luz said. “I remember lying on the floor of Wal-Box back when I was little and screaming and crying and threatening my Dad because he said we weren’t going to buy the more expensive dinosaur-shaped macaroni.”
“What?”
“And one time,” King added. “I threatened to throw Eda into a volcano because she took down my pillow fort.”
“What?”
“That’s why The Collector is so dangerous,” Luz went on. “Can you imagine if King or I had the kind of power they do when we were younger? The time when I screamed for an hour because I saw someone riding a pony and I wasn’t riding it?”
“You can’t be serious.”
“Didn’t you ever…” Luz began, but then stopped as a new thought occurred to her. “Hunter…were you ever a kid?”
“I don’t know,” Hunter said, voice rising slightly.
“You don’t have… any childhood memories?”
“No…it…it…it’s just blank! Nothing! I thought that was normal!”
“I mean, a lot of it fades,” Luz said. “But there’s usually something. A few stray memories of memories, at least.”
Hunter just looked desperately at Flapjack.
“But you…don’t have that?” Luz pressed. “You don’t know what age Belos made you?”
Hunter put his hands to his head, as Flapjack chirped sympathetically.
“Oh Titan! I didn’t have a childhood, did I? Everyone else got one and I never did! I never was little! I was just…I was just…”
“Hunter…” Luz began.
“I was just made!” Hunter said, sitting down hard, face in his hands. “I’m barely even real! I’m still just a…a copy of someone else.”
Hunter felt a warm weight crawl up on him, and moved his hands to see King sitting in his lap, looking up at him imploringly.
“You called?” King said.
“I called…what? I didn’t…Oh…I…I said Titan, didn’t I.”
“Boop,” King said, tapping Hunter’s cheek with his paw.
“What, are you Beetlejuice now?” Luz asked. “We say Titan three times and you appear…?”
“I don’t know what beetlejuice is,” King said. “But I bet Hooty would drink it. Anyway, Hunter. As your Titan, it is my duty to inform you that you are your own person, regardless of anything Belos or his twerpy little shadow minion ever said.”
“Yeah,” Luz said, sitting down beside him. “So what if you’re weird and different. We’re all weird and different here. And us weirdos have to stick together.
King sighed.
“I…think I need to patch things up,” he said. “I… really went off there.”
***
Raine’s attempts to have any kind of reasonable discussion with The Collector were not being met with much success.
The Collector sat sullenly in the center of the living room, gathering together a messy pile of their artifacts, and shooting Raine a wide-eyed warning glare any time they dared approach.
If they didn’t heed the warning, they found that The Collector seemed to have generated an invisible force field around themself that, while not impenetrable, was extremely unpleasant and staticky.
“You can’t do anything!” they said, almost taunting. “You don’t have the tablet anymore, you can’t lock me up! You aren’t strong enough! You can’t get me! Just try to hit me! Try! I dare you! YOU CAN’T!”
When Raine still tried to press forward, The Collector just lifted a finger and threw them backwards a few feet.
“Youuuuuu can’t trap me again!” they cried, almost hysterically. “You don’t have the tablet! And I won’t let you get close enough anyway!”
“I’m not trying to trap you,” Raine said. “Or…or hit you. Or anything.”
“Everyone’s mad and I’m in trouble. The Owl Lady’s mad at me! She’s going to try to punish me, I know it! She’s going to try to get rid of me! But she CAN’T! I won’t let her! Or you! Or anyone! You won’t get rid of me!”
“I assure you she’s not going to try to get rid of you, Collector.”
“LIAR! You’re just trying to trick me! Go away!”
There was no reasoning, and Raine’s attempts to calm The Collector down were only met with more screaming, which was taking on a more panicked edge with each word.
Hunter, Luz and a dejected-looking King returned to the living room and, for the next while, they proceeded to help Raine tidy the room and get a portion of the artifacts and contraband out of the way so there was at least room to move around.
The Collector lay in the middle of the room, hoarding their pile like a small dragon, and did not help at all.
There was so much activity that it was a while before Eda’s absence, which should have been immediately noticeable, truly registered with Raine.
While Hunter and Luz debated what to do with the prototype of Belos’ staff, Raine snuck away in search of their missing partner.
They found her sitting on the floor of a hallway, face in her hand, shaking with quiet sobs.
“Oh Eda”
Eda looked up at them, face tear-streaked.
“My kids hate each other, Rainestorm.”
“I highly doubt that,” Raine said, joining her on the floor.
Eda sniffed and wiped at her face.
“Luz told me what happened,” Raine went on.
“I’m so sorry. You didn’t sign up for this. For any of this. You just wanted to get back together with me, and now you’re having to deal with my whole menagerie of kids. There’s at least one of them in our nest every night! And not even regular kids - a human, a grimwalker, a Titan and a chaos god who nearly destroyed the whole house this afternoon.”
“But didn’t,” Raine pointed out. “House looks like it’s still standing strong.”
“That’s just because Hooty puked up a vault. You still didn’t ask for this.”
“Actually, I did,”
Eda shot them a disbelieving look.
“I did,” Raine said with a grin. “I had a severe lack of humans and grimwalkers and Titans and chaos gods in my life. The fact that I get you along with them is just an added bonus.”
Eda snorted out a laugh through her tears.
“Shut up,” she said.
“Not a chance. Look, Eda. I told you at the beginning - I knew what I was getting into this time.”
“We…we’d just survived a double apocalypse,” Eda said. “I don’t think either of us were thinking with our heads…”
“I knew there would be rough days, okay? I didn’t want some unattainable fantasy. I wanted to be a part of your life, and I want the kids in that life just as much as I want you. I love them too, remember. I crossed worlds into the Liminal to retrieve our chaos god.”
Eda leaned back, head hitting the wall with a thump. She didn’t seem to be able to speak.
Raine reached over and took her hand between both of theirs.
“I know you’re still scared that I’m going to call it quits and bolt if things go sideways, but I’m not. I’m not, Eda. I love you. And that’s not conditional on how many kids are having temper tantrums.”
Eda just leaned over against Raine, head resting on their shoulder as their fingers played in her hair.
“King’s pissed at me,” she said at last. “I think he wishes he hadn’t freed The Collector. And Hunter’s right. I don’t have any control over them. They’re too powerful. There’s no consequences if they don’t follow the rules. We…I think we let them out too early. Or too late. Give or take a few hundred years. Or a few thousand.”
“Well we didn’t exactly have a choice,” Raine said. “And anyway, being locked up wasn’t doing them any favors. It was time for a change. And King…I’m not saying he and The Collector don’t have a whole mountain of shit to work through, but King made the call to free them again.”
“But The Collector won’t stop bothering him, and it’s taking a toll.”
“Yeah, it’s not easy for any of us. But I’m not giving up. Not after I just spent the morning trying to get Adrian off our asses.”
“Oh?”
Eda’s interest was suddenly piqued.
Raine related how they had attempted to derail Adrian, as well as their conversation with Darius.
While Eda laughed at Raine’s descriptions of trolling Adrian, she turned serious again when they told her of Darius’ warning.
“He’s right,” she said.
“What?” Raine said.
“How can we hope to make a change in The Collector in just a tiny fraction of the time they were with Belos. Like it or not, they had some sort of relationship with him. For hundreds of years. We’re just some newcomers who’ll be out of the picture soon. Neither of us is going to live four hundred years. Not even one hundred. We’ll be lucky if we're still kicking around two, three decades from now. That’s nothing to The Collector. And compared to how long Belos was…influencing them? I can’t compete with that.”
“Then don’t,” Raine said. “It isn’t a competition. And you have something Belos didn’t.”
“So help me, if you’re about to say something mushy…”
“Frizzier hair. Belos could only dream of that amount of frizz.”
Eda burst out laughing.
“Yes I’m saying something mushy,” Raine said. “You love that kid, and that counts for something. Too soon, or too late or limited time or not, they’re in this realm. Belos never had that. You can pick them up and hug them."
“And throw them.”
“Throw them?”
“Oh. Yeah, that happened today too. They really like it. I think I have gladiator elbow now.”
“Eda… what?”
“What? They wanted me to throw them. It doesn’t hurt them. They just bounce around in the air.”
It was Raine’s turn to laugh.
“I thought I was making progress, Rainestorm. The Collector was so happy this afternoon. And then they had a tantrum and lost control of themself.”
Raine raised an eyebrow.
“You think so?”
“Think so? Think so what?”
“Luz tells me The Collector flung you into a wall.”
“Yeah. Not my finest moment.”
“You know what happened when they flung Belos into a wall.”
“Uh huh…”
“But you’re sitting here unharmed.”
“Well, a little bruised up…”
“But not…what was it? Oobleck? You’re still alive. That tells me what I need to know.”
“Huh. You know, you have a good point there.”
“Yeah, I’m on fire today. But you see what I’m getting at, right? We both know the damage they could have done. I don’t know if The Collector even realizes it yet, but they did manage to control themself. While having a full-on tantrum, no less. Maybe not to the extent any of us would like, but it’s something, Eda. It’s a start.”
“I wasn’t…even thinking of it like that.”
“I mean, I wasn’t there. Probably not something you think of in the moment.”
“Oh I don’t know what to do, Raine. I don’t want to reward The Collector for how they behaved, or for their threats or anything. But if that was restraint on their part, that…that’s something.”
“Quite a feat, I’d say,” Raine agreed. “Doesn’t change the fact that The Collector needs to learn some respect for Hunter and King. But they also…they know we’re upset with them and I’m pretty sure they think we’d try to hit them or get rid of them if they weren’t more powerful than we are.”
There was the familiar click of claws across the floor and both Eda and Raine turned to see King at the end of the hallway, looking incredibly sheepish.
“Hey…um, Eda?” King said. “You…uh, doing okay? Look, I’m…uh, sorry about how I acted. I…I shouldn’t’ve taken that out on you.”
“Oh, King,” Eda said, reaching out her arm. “Come here.”
In a flash, King sprinted down the hallway and leaped into the waiting hug, snuggling in and letting himself be held tightly.
“M’sorry about all this, King,” Eda murmured.
“See?” Raine said, still holding and supporting Eda. “King doesn’t hate you.”
“Course I don’t hate you,” King said.
“And you know The Collector isn’t..isn’t replacing you, or anything like that,” Eda went on. “They can’t replace you any more than Luz ever could.”
And, speaking of Luz.
“Edaaaaaaa?! Oh, there you are.”
Luz paused in the hallway for only the briefest of seconds, just long enough to take in the scene. Then she bounded over and stumbled to the ground, trying to throw her arms around Eda, King and Raine all at once.
“I didn’t get to say ‘hi’ right earlier,” she said.
“Hi,” Eda said, feeling a smile start to creep across her face.
“I’ve missed you.”
“Me too, kid.”
They hadn’t been apart that long.
It didn’t matter.
“Sorry it’s been a rough afternoon,” Luz said.
“Eh. It is what it is.”
“Mmmmm,” Luz said, settling in.
“What is this?” a new voice asked.
“Hunter!” Luz cried. “Group hug! Get in on it!”
“On the floor?”
Even so, Hunter approached and sat down on Eda’s other side, draping his own arm across her shoulder, gingerly at first, and not without a hint of awkwardness, then with a bit more confidence.
“Eda,” he began. “I…”
“No, it’s okay,” Eda said. “I know how you feel about the whole Collector thing, and King’s right. You…don’t need to apologize for that.”
“Uh…thanks?”
“I’m still going to prove you wrong, though. Eventually.”
The cheerful humor in Eda’s voice was a bit forced this time, but it brought a good-natured smile to Hunter’s face nonetheless. He didn’t say anything, he just sat there, grounding himself in the moment, in the now with those who cared about him.
Those he had come to care about a great deal himself.
Hunter felt himself relax, Raine and Luz’s arms shifting ever so slightly next to his own. There had never been anything like this in the Emperor’s Coven. Perhaps it felt strange not only because of that, but because he’d never had the chance to be a kid. Everyone else here had been little once, and grown up.
That was something Hunter would never experience.
Next to him, Eda sat, surrounded and supported on all sides, allowing herself to give in and let the others hold her up for a while.
“Well aren’t we just one big ridiculous mess,” she said.
There was an odd jangling sound from the other end of the hallway and everyone looked to see The Collector standing there, still holding the windchimes that bore their likeness. They were staring at the group on the floor with a perplexed expression.
Eda quickly glanced at King.
He rolled his eyes and shrugged.
“Whatcha’ doing?” The Collector asked loudly, almost accusingly.
“Group hug,” Luz said. “There’s…room for one more.”
“There is?” Hunter asked doubtfully.
Dragging the windchimes, The Collector approached, tilting their head to the side.
They furrowed their brow, stopping just in front of Eda.
“Why’re you on the floor, Owl Lady?”
“Oh, well it seemed as good a place as any. And you heard Luz, we’ve got just enough room for you in…in whatever this is.”
“I… I don’t want to be in trouble!” The Collector said, voice almost a wail.
“Come here, kid. Just calm down, it’s okay.”
“You don’t want to lock me back up?”
“Nope.”
“You’re not sending me away?”
“Kid… no. I’m not mad at you. No one is going to send you away, or lock you up or…or hit you. I know you held back your powers, and I know you can learn to control yourself and hold them back more. Okay? Can you try?”
“I…don’t,” The Collector said. “I don’t wanna’ blow up the house and leave. I don’t wanna’ be aloooone!”
“Then quit standing there whining!” King snapped. “There’s a whole pile of us literally right here. Does this look like alone to you? Get over here! Before I change my mind!”
There was a loud clank as The Collector dropped the chimes and crawled into the pile, tension leaving their little body as they wormed themself into a comfortable spot against Eda and next to King.
Raine reached over and ruffled their hair with their fingertips.
Eda felt an overpowering contentedness threatening to overtake her. It wasn’t every day she had her chosen family snuggled all together like this, and this day had been particularly tough.
The Collector’s chosen spot did, however, also squeeze them in next to Hunter, who wasn’t thrilled with their proximity.
The Collector tilted their head back to look at him, but he wouldn’t meet their eye.
They blew a loud rasberry at him, and then dropped their head, trying to somehow tuck themself under the stub of Eda’s missing arm.
They turned their eyes towards King, who did meet their gaze, expression hard and offering very little in the way of sympathy or encouragement.
He seemed to be waiting for something, expectantly.
But if King was expecting an apology, it didn’t come. Perhaps The Collector didn’t think it necessary, perhaps they didn’t know it was wanted, or why.
The extreme tensions and emotions from earlier had died down but, as calm and peaceful as the moment seemed, it was at best respite, and not resolution.
Chapter 32
Summary:
The Collector doesn't have a starfish and they're about to make it everyone's problem
Notes:
Good afternoon from the rapidly-melting North! Boy climate change sure is a thing.
That aside, if this chapter seems familiar to any of you, that's because it is. This chapter is an expanded version of a short fic I wrote and posted on tumblr last Summer. I wasn't sure at the time if it was something I would ever work into MoonShadow but it was in my head and I had to write it down. As I continued to draft and plot out the latter half of Arc 2, however, I realized that my short fic was ABSOLUTELY going to be incorporated into the larger story of MoonShadow.
I won't say anything more here, but suffice to say I am VERY excited to share with you where this all is going.
Hope everyone is having a good weekend! As always, thank you for reading and supporting this project. It really is a labor of love and I'm so happy to see my readers enjoying what I've created.
Alice
Chapter Text
There were deities, of a sort, in the Good Witch Azura books.
These were gods of wisdom and balance that governed all that was good and light, gods that stayed mostly apart, above the action. But, on occasion, in the darkest hour and in the time of greatest need, they appeared.
The gods of Azura’s world offered sage advice and, once or twice, swooped in as a deus ex machina, when all hope was lost.
Luz knew perfectly well by now that, as much as the stories meant to her, the Azura books were not an accurate depiction of the magical reality.
Still, she was constantly having to adjust her perception and, now that she was spending time in the company of what amounted to two gods, she was finding yet another thing she’d been wrong about.
Granted, King didn’t come across as a deity of any sort. For the most part, Luz often forgot that her little brother-by-choice was anything more than a small creature who’d grown past his dreams of tyranny.
But the other god? Oh no…
The other god in the household didn’t let anyone forget what they were.
They were the one who was forcing Luz to reevaluate her assumptions about gods the most.
The Collector was completely unlike any deity or godlike creature in the Azura books.
To be fair, they had technically come in as a deus ex machina on the Day Of Unity, but that was about where the similarities ended.
This god did not offer remotely anything in the way of sage advice.
Once, while Luz was trying to unfreeze the smartphone that Hunter had acquired in the human realm, The Collector popped up over her shoulder.
“Hmmmmmmmm,” they said, eyeing the object.
“Do you have any idea how to fix this?” Luz asked, after letting out an initial surprised yelp. “Hunter dropped it in Amity’s abomination, and now it’s all gummed up or something.”
“You could tryyyyyy reversing a black hole,” The Collector suggested with a snicker, reaching an outstretched finger towards the phone screen. “Riiiiight there…”
“No, what?” Luz said, yanking the phone out of reach. “Wait, would that actually work?”
“Noo-ooo-ooo-ooo!” The Collector sang. “But it would be really funny! The whole chain reaction of chaos that would cause?!?”
“You are a chain reaction of chaos,” Luz said, pocketing the phone so as to keep it well out of the hands of The Collector or any other interested party.
Hunter, to his credit, had been putting up with his unruly new housemate remarkably well, considering.
He had, however, forgone his usual spot in the so-called “guest room” and moved his cot to the corner of Luz’s room in the hopes that her presence might somehow deter any nighttime harassment from The Collector.
It wasn’t entirely successful.
The first morning, Hunter awoke to the extremely disconcerting sensation of small fingers tapping their way across his face, each one delivering a mild but still unpleasant electrical shock.
This was accompanied by a small voice right in his ear.
“The itsyyyyyyy bitsyyyyyy spiiiiider crawled up the water spouuuuut…”
“AAAAAGGGHHHHH!!” Hunter shouted, swatting at his face and leaping to his feet.
“ Downnnnn came the raiiiin!” The Collector continued, flying after Hunter as he stormed out of the room. “Aaaaaaand VAPORIZED THE SPIDER BECAUSE IT WAS ACID RAIN BUT THE SPIDER WAS ALSO ACIDIC SO IT JUST MADE MORE ACID!”
“SHUT UP, COLLECTOR!”
Luz, who had sat up momentarily, having been awoken by the commotion, flopped back down onto her own newly-acquired mattress and traded a look with King.
“Least it wasn’t me this time,” King said.
It was worth noting that, since their tantrum, The Collector had been leaving King alone a bit more. However, it seemed like that was probably due to a lingering fear of getting in trouble and being kicked out or trapped again, rather than them actually starting to respect King’s wishes.
As comfortable as The Collector acted in The Owl House, their wary distrust was still apparent.
They did, however, continue to test the household in other ways.
No god that Mildred Featherwhyle had ever penned needed to be deterred from rearranging the cosmos on the daily.
This task proved to be quite a challenge, since The Collector could move the planets and the stars with just a few quick finger movements.
“We don’t want to attract attention,” Raine sighed, well aware that they were stating the obvious. “Adrian is off our ass for now, but I very much doubt the new position of the planets will go unnoticed.”
It didn’t.
For the next week, Bonesborough and the rest of the Isles were abuzz with panic and talk of doomsday.
The Belos loyalists insisted it was a sign of their leader’s return, although how or why that might be was something they never clearly explained to anyone.
More concerning, however, were the rumblings through the rumor mill that suggested other citizens were questioning if The Collector was still locked away, or whether they’d actually been locked up in the first place.
“People are going to figure it out,” Amity said. “The planets have suddenly moved? The Collector was the one who moved the moon on the Day Of Unity? They’re going to put two and two together.”
Amity had come to visit partially to meet The Collector in the flesh, and partly because she knew that Luz was trying to ask her out on a big date.
“Something about some important dating holiday in the human realm,” Amity had told Edric and Emira, who both roared with laughter.
“Humans have a dating holiday?” Emira had cackled.
“Why don’t we have one of those?” Edric had added with only slightly less mirth.
“Probably because Belos outlawed it,” Amity said. “Along with all the other holidays that,” she made finger quotes. “Angered The Titan.”
She hadn’t dwelled on the thought, however, and she had scarcely crossed the threshold into the Owl House when her field of vision was suddenly filled by bright red eyes and freckles.
“I know youuuuuuuuu!” The Collector shouted in her face.
“Amityyyyyyy!” Hooty cried, suddenly appearing at her side.
“GwaaAGH!” went Amity, momentarily alarmed. “Does everyone here say hello like this now?”
“Sweet Potato!” Luz cried, also appearing seemingly out of nowhere, glomping her and kissing her cheek.
“Apparently so,” Amity said, unable to keep herself from blushing and smiling.
“You two are so adorrraaaable!!” Hooty wailed.
Real-life gods, Luz quickly learned, did not offer their blessings to budding relationships.
Instead, they buzzed around like an annoying purple-clad hummingbird while chanting in a singsong voice.
“Luz and Amityyyyyyy sitting in a treeeeeee…”
“Collector…” Luz began in what she tried and failed to make into a warning tone.
“K-I-S-S-I-N-G!” The Collector screeched.
“Collector, could you PLEASE. SHUT. UP!” Hunter called from his seat on the couch where he was trying to complete his algebra homework with King’s (minimal) assistance.
The Collector blew a raspberry at him.
“Hey,” King hissed at Hunter. “Don’t remind them we’re here.”
Both Luz and Amity had gone beet red, which The Collector seemed to find both fascinating and hilarious.
“And you thought having older siblings was embarrassing, Amity,” Luz said.
Amity however, despite being caught off-guard at first, took it all in stride.
“Somehow I don’t think a tree is the ideal place for a date,” she said. “Although Hunter might disagree…”
“What?” Hunter said sharply, looking up.
“Nothing,” Amity said with a smirk, and then turning back to The Collector. “But Luz and I did create a tree when we fought Grom and that kind of counts as a date, right?”
“Mmmm,” Luz said, still looking embarrassed.
“What- eeeeever,” The Collector said, looking almost offended by the idea of anyone creating a tree. “What’s Grom?”
“You don’t want to know,” Luz said.
Amity shot her a glance.
Sure enough, The Collector had laser-focused in with an expression that made it clear that they did actually want to know, and would proceed to be insufferable until they found out.
At this point, any suggestions that the topic wasn’t interesting would only make it more interesting.
“Mystery creates intrigue,” Amity said. “Collector, why don’t you sit down and I’ll tell you all about Grom.”
The Collector, who had been gearing up to battle some resistance, abruptly stopped their mid-air cartwheel and stared at Amity.
“You will? ” they asked suspiciously.
“Yeah,” Amity laughed, taking a seat herself and gesturing at the floor in front of her. “Come here, sit down.”
“Hmmmmmm,” The Collector said, tapping their chin.
Suddenly they grinned and shot upwards to sit cross-legged, upside-down on the ceiling.
They smirked down at Amity.
“Okayyyyyyyy. I’m sittiiiiing! Tell me about Grommmmm!”
“On the floor,” Amity said with a patient smile.
“Awwww, come onnnn. You’re no fun.”
“Hear that, Luz?” Amity said. “I’m not any fun. Guess The Collector doesn’t want to hear about Grom after all.”
“Nononono!” The Collector cried, dropping from the ceiling and crash-landing on the coffee table. “Tell me! Tellmetellmetellme!”
“Amity!” Hunter said, trying to save his algebra worksheets before they were torn and crumpled by The Collector’s flailing.
“Could you do storytime literally anywhere else!?!” King added.
The Collector splayed themself across the coffee table, and Luz was pretty sure they were intentionally trying to cover Hunter’s homework.
Amity did eventually get them off the coffee table and onto the floor, but not before they tried to crawl into the box of kitchen utensils instead, onto a pile of Belos’ contraband and even onto Amity’s lap and everywhere but the designated spot on the floor.
This just wasn’t something that Azura or Hecate ever had to deal with when encountering the deities of their world.
Nor had said deities they’d encountered ever been this loud.
King could be loud himself, although he’d gotten ever-so-slightly less so as he’d grown and matured. Even given the fact that his seemingly-only godlike power was his voice, it was something he rarely used, as if he didn’t want to bring attention to its existence anymore.
The Collector, of course, was a whole different story. They brought attention to their existence at every opportunity, oftentimes announcing their presence in the most obnoxious manner possible.
“RAINYYYYYYYYYYY!” they screeched one evening, despite the fact that they were in the same room and well within normal talking range.
Even Raine grimaced a bit at the decibel level, but tried not to let it show.
They attempted to inquire what it was The Collector wanted this time, but were barely able to get a word in because the shouting just continued in an extended auditory assault.
From what Luz could tell, it all centered around some sort of rare fungus that looked particularly slimy and gross, but was considered a delicacy on the Boiling Isles. It sounded like The Collector wanted some, but the word “cupcake” was also discernible in their rant.
Luz made a mental note not to eat any more cupcakes unless she had personally witnessed the entire baking process.
One morning, on a rare occasion that Eda was awake early enough to tag-team cooking breakfast with Raine, The Collector exploded into the kitchen, running up to Eda and hovering beside her.
They took in a huge lungful of air that they probably didn’t actually need, presumably to scream out a demand as loudly as possible, and Luz and Hunter both braced themselves for an onslaught.
Lilith, who had swung by for a weekend visit, did the same.
However, before The Collector could get a word out, Eda had already grabbed them by the feet and swung them upside down.
Suddenly hanging from their feet, whatever demand or protest The Collector had planned instead came out as unexpected and joyful laughter that even surprised themself.
Eda grinned.
“And good morning to you too, Sneaky-Peek,” she said.
She flipped The Collector back rightside up and hugged them tight, growling affectionately into their hair.
Then she set them down on one of the barstools and placed a kiss on their forehead, while Raine served them an omelet containing chunks of the fungus they’d been carrying on about.
For a moment, The Collector was at an uncharacteristic loss for words. They didn’t even seem to know how to react, as if getting this kind of morning greeting without yelling at the top of their lungs was incomprehensible.
Even Hunter, in spite of himself, burst out laughing at the sudden dumbfounded expression on their face, alongside Luz.
“Collector dot e-x-e,” Luz said, reaching over to take a swig out of Hunter’s coffee mug. “Has stopped working.”
“What does that mean?” Hunter asked.
“I’ve really got to give you a crash course on human memes,” Luz said. “Blegh! Hunter. This coffee is disgusting. At least put some flavoring in it or something.”
“I will not, thank you,” Hunter said, grabbing the mug back and taking a sip. “Mmmmmmm. Delicious coffee.”
The Collector’s momentary silence didn’t last and, moments later, they were making some sort of proclamation, although nobody could tell what it was because they were trying to speak around mouthfuls of fungus omelet.
“Edalyn,” Lilith asked. “Have you not made a rule about talking with food in your mouth?”
Eda took a huge bite out of some unidentifiable fruit.
“Wha’-ah?” she said.
Lilith rolled her eyes while Raine snorted so hard that apple blood came out their nose.
“You deserve an award for putting up with this, Hootsifer,” Lilith said.
“I deserve lots of awards,” Hooty said. “Especially for my culinary expertise. Next time you visit, IIIII’m cooking breakfast. I’ll make creeps.”
“Creeps? What are creeps?”
“Don’t ask,” Eda and King said in unison.
“They weren’t that bad,” Raine said. “But you won’t want any sugar for about a month after.”
The Collector, having cleaned their plate, looked intrigued.
Lilith, like so many others, found herself intimidated by The Collector’s physical form, their presence immediately setting her on edge.
Yet she was determined to make an effort, at least for her sister’s sake.
“Errrr…Collector,” she said, trying to ignore the intense, unblinking stare she brought upon herself. “Perhaps you could…regale us with another history lecture?”
“Regale us with a what?” Hunter asked.
“Oh heck yes!” Luz cried. “Hunter’s never experienced The Collector’s history class!”
“That is not something I’ve ever wanted,” Hunter began.
The Collector shot him one of their more deranged-looking grins.
“Okay!” they said, rising off the barstool to hover in the air. “Everyone sit down and listen!”
“We’re already sitting down,” King pointed out.
“Now,” The Collector said. “Where were we?”
“Uhhhh everything exploded, I think,” Luz said.
“Oh right. Well everyone was fighting over how much water each one got with the…the…uh…what were those things called?”
“Booga-Weres?” Eda said.
“Yeah! The Booga-Weres!”
“You made those creatures up!” King cried. “You should remember what they’re called.”
“I forgot. Anyway, the mere-people were fighting with the Booga-Weres over how much water they each had…”
“Wait,” Lilith said. “What mere-people? Where did they come from?”
“That’s your question,” Hunter said, turning to her with an incredulous look.
“Oh they used to be horses,” The Collector said. “But then they grew mere-tails and charged into battle with their spears.”
“Spears?” King asked. “Horses have spears now?”
“That sounds scary,” said Luz.
“How did they hold them?” Raine asked.
“Then,” The Collector said, ignoring the questions. “After CENTURIES OF WAR…”
They waved their hands dramatically and Hunter flinched at the gesture, his own hand tightening around the coffee mug.
“The mere-horses were poisoned!” The Collector continued. “By plants that made BATS FLY OUT OF THEIR NOSTRILS!”
“Bats fly out of myyyyy nostrils on a regular basis,” Hooty interjected.
“And then,” The Collector continued. “There was an ART TEACHER who…who…who…”
“Hoot?” Hooty suggested.
As if struck by sudden inspiration, The Collector practically ripped the cap from their head and tossed it to the side, swooping down to replace it with a seat cushion from one of the barstools.
They wrinkled their nose.
“There was an art teacher who wore a disgusting hat and started making paintings of…KITTENS! And that was AGAINST THE LAW in that world!”
Luz and Hooty looked amused, and Raine and Eda were both cackling, but everyone else present was staring in a kind of quiet confusion.
“And he went to JAIL!” The Collector continued. “But then he exploded out of it, and he EXPLODED THE ENTIRE OCEAN and everybody went up to space and had a war there…”
“They sure are having a lot of wars,” Luz commented.
“Yeah,” Hooty said. “Wars must be common.”
“Hang on!” The Collector said, suddenly snatching away Hunter’s notebook and a mechanical pencil that had a fancy rubber grip on it. “I gotta’ write this down.”
“Hey!” Hunter cried, trying to grab the notebook back.
The strange thought occurred to Hunter that finding himself engaged in a tug-of-war with an overpowered floating child who had a barstool cover on their head was not a situation he’d ever expected to be in.
“Collector!” King barked. “Back off. That’s Hunter’s book.”
Maybe it was King’s admonishment, but more likely it was the barstool cover falling off The Collector’s head that distracted them long enough to let go of the notebook.
“You really need to learn about sharing,” Lilith said.
“Hey Collector?” King said. “Why can’t we learn more about Booga-Weres? That was actually funny.”
But The Collector was now searching the kitchen trying to find their real hat.
“Collector!” King said, a bit louder this time.
Again, The Collector ignored him.
“COLLECTOR!”
The Collector, having finally spotted their hat where they had thrown it, held out a hand and summoned it back to them.
They jammed it roughly back onto their head and turned to face King, making a show of clearing their throat.
“And then,” they said, slamming their palms onto the kitchen table and bringing their face nose-to-nose with King. “The Booga-Weres ate everything. DUN-DUN-DUNNNNN! To be continued!”
This particular history class ended with The Collector much happier than the last.
In fact, Luz observed, The Collector was overall much happier now that they were physically present and no longer projecting a shadow of themself from a tiny prison cell.
True, they were still prone to mood swings and their tantrums could now cause actual damage to the world around them, but they were no longer frustrated by confinement and obsessed with getting free.
In a lot of ways, The Collector was still reveling in their new freedom.
They were very tactile and, on numerous occasions, Luz found them rubbing their hands or even their face on different textures around the house, be it walls or furniture or other random objects.
She even caught them chewing on Hunter’s brightly-colored mechanical pencil.
“No!” Luz cried, trying to take it away. “You can’t eat pencils!”
“I hope you’re not talking to me,” Hooty called. “Because I can eat any kind of writing implement!”
“‘M not eating it, silly,” The Collector protested. “I’m just biting it!”
Luz managed to rescue the pencil, but her hopes that Hunter wouldn’t notice all the toothmarks, especially on the soft grip, were quickly dashed.
“What HAPPENED TO MY MECHANICAL PENCIL?!?” he shouted later that night, while The Collector laughed gleefully.
After a long day of trying to rearrange the cosmos for the fifth time in as many days, bouncing off the walls, shouting about Booga-Weres and gnawing on pencils, The Collector liked to find an available surface (or sometimes a person if they were in the way) and drape themself across it, limbs sprawled in every direction in an attempt to take up as much space as their small form allowed.
And this was where Luz learned the most important lesson that the Good Witch Azura could never have prepared her for.
And that was to never, under any circumstances, no matter how funny the wordplay, refer to a small deity sprawled across a sofa with outstretched limbs, as a starfish.
“Wuzza’ starfish?”
The Collector, who possessed knowledge and magic beyond what even the most powerful witch could ever dream, who knew more about quasars than any astronomer could ever hope, had apparently never heard of a starfish.
They immediately insisted that Luz tell them more about the strange sea creatures of the human realm.
Despite their already vast knowledge, The Collector’s hunger to learn more was insatiable, and they spent the next while obsessively grilling Luz for every shred of information she could give them.
“I mean, I think they’re technically called sea stars,” she told them. “They’re not an actual fish.”
One thing was for sure. No fictional god Luz had read about had ever thrown a destructive, wailing temper tantrum that most likely destroyed at least two local pocket dimensions because they DIDN’T HAVE A STARFISH!
“Luuuuz!” Hooty cried. “What’s GOING ON?”
“What if I brought you a book about starfish?” Luz suggested desperately to The Collector.
“NO! WANNA’ STARFISH! WANNA’ STARFISH! GIMMIE! GIMMIE! GIMMIE!”
“Collector, I can’t get you a starfish right now! There aren’t any in the demon realm!”
“GIMMIE A STARFISH RIGHT NOW OR I’LL BLOW UP YOUR HEAD!”
“I CAN’T GET YOU ANYTHING IF YOU BLOW UP MY HEAD!”
“LUZ!” Hooty yelled as the house rattled and shook. “GET THE COLLECTOR WHATEVER KIND OF FISH THEY WANT!”
It took some quick bribery and promises to placate The Collector and avert cosmic devastation, but it was clear they were now fixated for some bizarre reason, and had something they wanted and were not going to forget about it.
This left Luz with a dilemma.
On the one hand, small chaos gods should never be allowed near innocent sea creatures, because they would invariably pull the poor things apart to see if they really regenerated limbs the way Luz had said they could.
On the other hand, since this was a small chaos god, there was the very real possibility that people would legitimately die if Luz didn’t get the kid a Titandamn starfish.
Chapter 33
Summary:
Eda pushes perhaps a little too hard in her attempts to connect with The Collector.
Notes:
Morning everybody!
As per usual, what I once envisioned as a single chapter is going to be split into two. Most of this chapter was written well before For The Future aired, so I've been excited about sharing it for a while now.
And as always, thank you for reading. It's been kind of a rough Winter for me, but you all have kept my motivation for this fic alive and writing and sharing it has been such a bright point!
Hope you enjoy this chapter and stay tuned for more.
Have a great weekend!
Alice
Chapter Text
It was raining in Gravesfield.
The cold snap that had held the town and surrounding area in its frozen grip seemed to have abated, at least temporarily, but the change wasn’t necessarily improving anything.
“The TV reporter says roads are bad,” Vee said over breakfast.
Both Hunter and Luz were back at their home in the human realm, and this morning Luz was joined by Amity and King.
“I nearly fell going out to the mailbox just now,” Hunter said. “If the sidewalk’s that treacherous…”
“Everything’s either ice or slush,” Vee said. “It’s a real mess out there.”
“Well,” Luz said. “At least it’s not colder than the knee anymore?”
Beside her, Amity laughed.
“Which would you rather, Luz? Freezing cold blizzards or freezing cold torrential downpour on ice.”
Luz roared with laughter.
“Amity, if there was a book or a movie or a show called Torrential Downpour On Ice, I’d be first in line.”
“You did say something about going to see a movie,” King said, scarfing down waffles.
“I don’t know,” Camila said worriedly, staring out the window as slush dripped off the roof and splattered onto the ground below. “I don’t want to burst your Valentine’s Day bubble, but…”
“It’s okay, Mom,” Luz said quickly. “I know the roads are awful. Amity and I already talked about it. We decided to save movies and the sushi place for another time even before the weather got bad. Today we’ll stay in town.”
“It’s not that,” Camila said. “It’s…I’m not even sure I’m comfortable with you wandering around close to home. Especially not with King.”
“Weh?” King said.
“Yesterday we had our fifth - fifth - necropsy on a mutilated pet,” Camila continued. “And I talked to Logan at the DNR. They’ve been finding dead wildlife with the same mutilations."
“Oh yeah,” Vee said, holding up her phone. “Jacob’s about to have an aneurysm about it.”
“Well everyone at my practice knows not to talk to him,” Camila said. “Although I suspect it might have been Slice who called his tip line and filled up the voicemail box with Baby Shark. But that’s not the point.”
Amity and King both looked like they wanted to ask what Baby Shark was, but before either of them could ask, Camila was speaking again.
“I don’t care what Jacob says, this isn’t the work of…of Bigfoot or No-Deers or whatever he’s calling them. Whoever’s killing animals is human. And Logan agrees with me.”
“We definitely won’t let King out of our sight,” Amity said.
“And my voice powers still work here,” King said, as Luz grabbed him protectively. “I…might have tested it out.”
“Our garbage can is in the neighbor’s tree now,” Luz said. “We’ll have to get it down at some point.”
“I don’t feel safe letting any of you venture out by yourselves,” Camila said. “I don’t think someone who would do things like this is going to stop with animals.”
“Aren’t there any suspects?” Luz asked.
“What if it is Jacob?” King suggested.
“The thought did cross my mind,” said Vee, but it didn’t sound like she was convinced.
“Well King can stay here with you,” Luz said, noting her mother’s delighted look at the suggestion. “While Amity and I go to the pet store.”
“The pet store?” Hunter asked.
“I thought you were going on a date,” Vee said.
“We are!” Luz insisted.
“But we’re also kind of on a mission,” Amity said.
“To avert disaster,” Luz added.
“And your disaster involves…guinea pigs? Hamsters?” Camila asked, a hint of amusement in her voice.
“A starfish, actually,” Luz said.
“They’re not starfish, they’re sea stars!” Hunter said, gesturing in the direction of his biology textbook. “They’re called sea stars! Wait, why…?”
“Not for me,” Luz said. “For The Collector.”
“They want one,” Amity added. “Like, really want one.”
***
“Bzzzzzzzzzzzzzz…”
The Collector sat cross-legged on the kitchen table, leaning across a scattering of vials, beakers and jars, eyes blazing, a single finger outstretched as they reached towards Eda’s face.
“Uh- uhhhh,” Eda said almost playfully, pushing their hand away.
“Uh- huhhhhh,” The Collector countered, reaching out with their finger again. “Bzzzzzzzzzzz….”
Eda gently grasped their wrist, pushing their hand aside from where it had been inching towards her face.
“Nooooooo,” she said in a patient, and oddly amused voice.
The Collector giggled, wrenching their hand free and returning to their previous course.
"Get me a starfish then. Bzzzzzzzzz….”
“Aaaaand, no,”
Back and forth they went, The Collector buzzing and pointing and Eda easily averting the threat that (probably) wasn’t actually real.
Despite it oftentimes being hard to tell what The Collector was thinking, Eda had a pretty good idea that if they really wanted to obliterate her, she would not have been able to push their hand away at all.
“What’s all this stuff anyway?” The Collector asked in a bored tone, looking down at the jars and objects on the table as Eda momentarily returned to her work.
The jars and vials were filled with all manner of contents, ranging from herbs to rocks, to sickly-looking liquids.
“Potions,” Eda said. “Or they will be, once I make them.”
“Hmmmmmmm. Why do you need so many potions?”
“They’re not all for me. I run a potion-selling business, remember?”
“No. I don’t.”
“And I am way behind on inventory,” Eda went on. “I may not be the most powerful witch on the Boiling Isles anymore, but you know what I’m still number one at?”
“Potions?” The Collector said.
“Procrastination!” Eda cried triumphantly, raising her wooden spoon high into the air.
The Collector lowered their eyebrows, trying to interpret this.
“Why is that something to be proud of?”
“If you’re going to be number one at something, might as well be number one at something you’re already good at.”
The Collector was still confused by this, eyebrows knitting even lower as they tilted their head.
“You’re weird,” they said.
“Says the kid who tried to speed up the sun this morning because I told you it was too early to get up and make breakfast.”
“Waaaaaiiiiit a minute,” The Collector said. “Was that you procrastinating?”
“That was me sleeping! It was three hours before sunrise.”
“I was hungryyyyyyyyyy.”
“You’re lucky I was awake enough to realize what you were about to do before you made the sun rise three hours early and sent the entire Island into a panic.”
The Collector just laughed.
“And you’re welcome, by the way,” Eda continued. “For the midnight snack.”
Another laugh.
“And that’s why I’m making these potions. So I can afford to buy more of those pox-stickers you like so much. Because you ate the last of them this morning.”
The Collector looked down at the table again.
“Makes sense you’d make potions,” they said, voice almost disdainful. “Seeing as how you can’t use your own magic ‘cause of the Beast.”
“Well yeah. The ingredients have magical properties of their own, and I can combine and magnify those properties depending on when I make the potions.”
“Yeah duhhhhhhhh,” The Collector said, pushing a jar of eyeballs across the table. “I know that.”
Eda managed to catch the jar before it fell.
“Careful!” she said. “I need those.”
“You’re making a clarity potion, aren’t you.”
“Yes, actually,” Eda said, unable to hide that she was impressed how quickly The Collector had picked up on this.
“Banish-weed, Phlegm-tree bark, eyeballs,” The Collector said, peering over the ingredients.
“That’s right! The Banish-weed eliminates excess thoughts, the Phlegm-tree bark calms the mind and the eyeballs are for seeing the bigger picture. And, little known fact, you can use the moon phases and position of the stars to tweak the potion. But you already know that, don’t you. Celestial magic is your whole thing, isn’t it?”
“Mmmmm,” The Collector said vaguely.
“You’re from up there, aren’t you?”
“Mmmmmm.”
“Belos always discouraged utilizing and studying Celestial magic. Said it went against the Titan’s will and lumped it into the whole Wild Magic thing. But he didn’t get rid of all knowledge of it. There’s still old references. I studied it as much as I could. Wonder if that’s leftover from knowledge of you, you know?”
“I could supercharge that potion.”
Eda and The Collector regarded each other for a moment, an unspoken acknowledgement passing between them.
The Collector had magic that could forever change Eda’s craft and potion-making. But Eda also had a rule in place that prohibited it.
“Owl House Rules,” she said.
“Your potions are stupid, anyway,” The Collector muttered.
“Hey! Sour gall-grapes, much?”
The Collector just looked confused again.
Eda took advantage of the momentary silence to add the Banish-weed and eyeballs into an oily liquid mixture to which she’d also added some ghoul-aid in a most-likely-pointless attempt to improve the flavor.
“Philip made potions sometimes,” The Collector said. “I used to help him.”
“I…imagine he would have,” Eda said, voice oddly flat. “It’s a useful skill for a human to have here. I think that’s part of why Bump originally tried to put Luz in the Potions track.”
“Philip didn’t like procrastination, though,” The Collector continued. “Though sometimes he dragged things out way too long. But he destroyed sooooo many Coven Scouts that weren’t efficient enough. And the Grimwalkers! Like, this one time…”
“Collector,” Eda said. “I don’t like that you still think that’s funny.”
“What?” The Collector retorted, quite obviously unhappy that their hilarious anecdote was being derailed and not well-received before they could even tell it. “They were just Coven Scouts.”
Eda sighed.
“Look, kid. My respect for Coven Scouts is in the toilet on principle. But you were supposed to be on the same side.”
The Collector shrugged.
“And…they were also people,” Eda went on. “The Coven Scouts, the Grimwalkers. They were all individuals like me and King and Luz. Like you.”
“I am not like them.”
“They might be sick and cruel and deluded, but you have got to stop seeing them as things.”
“Uhhhhh, whadd’ya mean?”
Eda was silent, methodically stirring the clarity potion, mesmerized by the way the mixture moved and glinted in a beam of sunlight that was shining through the window.
“When you were with Belos,” she said at last. “How aware were you of what was happening outside the Castle?”
“Oh I knew everything,” The Collector said. “Philip told me. And I saw a lot. I just had to keep out of sight, for the game.”
“And do you remember the Petrification Ceremony?”
“Which one? There were like a bazillion…”
“Mine.”
The Collector stopped fidgeting with the vole skull they’d surreptitiously plucked from one of the jars on the table.
“Well?” Eda pressed. “Do you remember?”
“Yeahhhhh?” The Collector said, not exactly liking the direction the conversation was going, although unsure why it was making them so uncomfortable.
“That wasn’t a game,” Eda said. “That was an execution. Would you have laughed at that? Would you have thought my public execution was funny, Collector?”
“You…you…didn’t get executed,” The Collector said, voice growing high, hand clenching the vole skull so hard they crushed it, the resulting crunching sounding loud in the quiet kitchen. “Philip let you go.”
“But if he hadn’t?”
Eda felt bad about pushing the issue, but she also felt it needed to be addressed for everyone’s sake.
“I wasn’t,” she said. “Anything to you back then.”
“YOU’RE NOT ANYTHING TO ME NOW!” The Collector cried.
“If I’d been petrified, there’s no reversing it. You know that. I’d have been just another witch you didn’t care about. You would have laughed and thought it was the funniest thing your friend Philip ever did. And he would have still betrayed you, and then there would have been no one to advocate for you not being trapped forever.”
“STOP IT! I DON’T LIKE THIS GAME!”
“There would be no cupcakes, no squishes, no throwing you across the living room five hundred times. Why would I have been any different than any other Coven Scout or Grimwalker or disposable minion.”
“I SAID STOP IT!”
A crack of lightning exploded above the house, even though the sky was completely clear.
“WOW!” Hooty shouted. “Whoever’s pissing off The Collector…maybe doooooon’t?”
“Hey,” Eda said, putting down her wooden spoon. “It’s okay. I didn’t get petrified, remember? I’m right here.”
“I don’t care!” The Collector cried. “You’re not my friend! You’re just messing with me like Philip!”
Once again, they seemed to be absorbing all the light from the room.
“I’m not messing with you,” Eda said, reaching over and adjusting The Collector’s hat, which had fallen slightly askew.
“You are! You are! You’re lying!”
“Collector? Can I ask you a question?”
“Whatever it is, I’m not doing it! Not for you! Not for anybody!”
“Not asking for you to do anything for me, okay? You need to get that thought out of your head.”
“Then whaddya’ want?”
“In all the time you were with Bel… Philip, you say you knew everything he was up to. Did you not see him lying and manipulating and betraying everyone?”
“Well, yeah,” The Collector said, pointedly not saying how funny they’d found it, but the sentiment came through just the same.
“You saw that over and over and over,” Eda said. “Didn’t you ever suspect he was doing the same thing to you?”
“He said he was my friend! He promised!”
“Isn’t that what he said to everyone else?”
“We pinky swore!”
“Oh, kid…”
Eda moved towards The Collector, but they jumped from the table and darted out of reach.
“We pinky swore,” they repeated, voice sounding more broken than anything now.
“Collector,” Eda said. “You saw Belos tricking and betraying everyone he pretended to be friends with…”
“Stopppp…”
“Well, what do you see here?”
The Collector paused and looked at Eda, their expression unreadable.
“What do you see in this house?” Eda continued. “What do you see around you? How do we treat each other here? Think on that, Collector.”
The Collector looked away, considering this.
For a moment, they were silent.
“We’re a little rough around the edges, I know,” Eda said. “But who isn’t. And we don’t always know what we’re doing, and sometimes we make mistakes. But we still care about each other, and we forgive each other.”
The Collector blinked.
“And I forgive you for losing your temper the other day,” Eda said, holding out her hand.
The Collector stared at it warily.
“Phi…Philip didn’t forgive,” The Collector said at last.
Eda beckoned with her hand.
“I’ve…got something I want to show you,” she said. “C’mon.”
The Collector finally approached, staring at the floor and balling up their fists, taking deep breaths as if they were about to speak, but then not getting a word out.
“Okay,” Eda said. “What is it?”
“Squish me?” The Collector said in a tiny, hesitant voice.
“Whatever you say, Sneaky-Peek.”
Eda hoisted The Collector up and they settled against her, letting out the breath they’d been holding.
“Why you call me Sneaky-Peek?” they asked as Eda carried them upstairs.
“You know,” Eda said. “I’m honestly not sure. I didn’t make it up myself. I think…I think it might have been something my mom called me when I was very small. I don’t know. It’s been in my head since I was a kid and when I saw you, I guess I thought ‘You know what? That looks like a Sneaky-Peek’ and it just sort of came out.”
“Huh.”
“You don’t like it? I can stop…”
“Nononono! Call me Sneaky-Peek! I…I…” The Collector looked a little sheepish, similar to when they had asked to be picked up and hugged. “I like that one.”
“That one?”
“Yeah. People call me a lot of things. The Collector. The Grand Huntsman. Nobody ever called me Sneaky-Peek before.”
Eda looked like she wanted to ask something but then thought better of it.
Instead, she gave a sad-sounding sigh and hugged The Collector a little closer.
In any case, they’d reached the destination. She probably should have waited until Raine was back home, but the time just seemed right.
“Here,” Eda said. “This is what I wanted to show you.”
She reached for a door, opening it to reveal…
“The hall closet,” The Collector said, not without a little disdain. “What’s so great about that? I already snooped around in here like five times. It’s really boooooring. There’s nothing in it.”
Eda snorted and gently set The Collector on their feet in the middle of the room.
“Well now there’s a Sneaky-Peek in it,” she said.
The Collector immediately levitated off the floor.
The room wasn’t huge by any means, but it was significantly bigger than the average closet. It had been emptied of all its contents and was nearly bare.
“That’s new,” The Collector said, pointing to one of the walls or, rather, what was left of it.
The entire upper two thirds of the wall had been removed, creating an enormous window opening to the outside air.
Hanging along the top of the window was a string of twinkling lights, obviously from the human realm, in the shapes of stars and crescent moons.
The Collector looked at them curiously, and then back at Eda.
“We were going to wait until we got some furniture and stuff for you,” Eda said. “But you know, maybe you want to help pick all that out yourself anyway. Sorry it’s not any bigger than it is. Luz claimed her room long ago and Hunter took over the guest room, so I had to make do with what I had.”
“Uhhhh, whaddya’ mean?” The Collector asked.
“This is your room. I mean, that’s…if you want it.”
The Collector furrowed their brow and looked around the room again.
“We wanted to have somewhere ready for you if… when you got freed,” Eda continued, not sure whether she should take The Collector’s reaction as encouraging or not. “I…we want you to stay here as part of the family and it…it’s good to have your very own space.”
The Collector just stared at her.
“I mean,” Eda went on. “Obviously we can’t force you to stay here against your will. But you are wanted here. And you have a family here now.”
The Collector looked back over at the lights in the window.
“Luz brought you those,” Eda said. “She thought you might like them. We can find you more things, so it’s not quite so barren in here.”
"Like a starfish?!"
"Like a starfish."
"A hundred starfish?!"
"We'll see."
The Collector looked at the sky out the window.
“Okay, Owl Lady. What’s the catch? You aren’t…you aren’t still trying to trick me, are you?”
“For the hundredth time, I’m not. This is your room. Not asking for anything in return.”
“Better not be,” The Collector said, zipping to the nearest wall and running their hands over it. “‘Cause this is ‘bout to be mine.”
They began tracing patterns on the wall, which burned bright purple before fading and disappearing.
Eda didn’t recognize the symbols, but they were clearly some sort of glyphs or sigils. And whatever magic The Collector was using radiated in their wake. Eda could feel her skin tingling from it.
“What are you doing?” she asked.
“Spells,” The Collector said, rolling their eyes. “Duhhhhh.”
“What kind of spells?”
“Not telling.”
“Well, as long as they aren’t hurting anyone. Or anything.”
“Yeah, I know. House Rules. Blah blah blah.”
The Owl Beast was on edge, sensing the magic, but Eda couldn’t feel anything particularly malicious or even dangerous from it.
She tried to comfort the Beast, and stared at the blank wall that, visually, gave no indication of being infused with anything.
“Hmmmmmm,” The Collector said, turning to look suspiciously at the door to the room.
They raised a finger and pointed.
“Bzzzzzzzzt!”
The door flew off its hinges and smashed into the far side of the hallway, splintering.
“That’s better.”
“Kid, you know you could’ve just asked me to take the door down,” Eda said.
The Collector gave her a look that suggested that they did not, in fact, know this. A look that suggested it hadn’t even occurred to them to ask.
“You…might want a door,” Eda said. “One day.”
“Nope,” The Collector said. “Never, not eeee-verrr.”
They took a seat on the windowsill and Eda walked over to join them.
“The truth is,” she said. “I really don’t know anything about you, where you come from. Maybe you have an actual family out there somewhere and I…I don’t want to keep you from returning to them.”
Eda felt a flash of sadness at the thought, and hoped it didn’t show.
The Collector frowned, looking out the window, hair falling into their eyes.
“I don’t even know what you are, really,” Eda said, reaching over to brush their bangs out of the way.
The Collector just looked as perplexed as they always did by such gestures.
“I’m a Sneaky-Peek,” they said with a shrug. “You said that yourself.”
“Well, you’re more than some random nickname,” Eda said. “If you want to go back to the…to the stars or wherever you’re from, I won’t try and stop you. But you do have a family here, weird as we all are, for as long as you’d like to stay.”
The Collector peered over at her, eyes as wide and unnerving as always.
On a whim, Eda held out her hand, little finger extended.
“Pinky swear.”
This was absolutely the wrong thing to say. In an instant, the moment was shattered.
The Collector’s eyes flashed fire.
“NO!” They shouted, already on the other side of the room, as far away from Eda as they could get, staring at her hand like it was a weapon. “GET AWAY FROM ME!”
“Wait,” Eda said, pulling her hand back. “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean…”
“I knew it! You are tricking me! You thought you could pretend to give me something and it’d make me trust you! It won’t work! You’re lying! I’M DONE WITH PINKY SWEARS!”
“The room is yours,” Eda began.
“THEN GET OUT OF MY ROOM!”
Was it worth pushing the issue? Worth another full-blown tantrum?
Eda was, she realized, still flying blind.
And although she had the feeling that perhaps she ought not be backing down, she chose to respect The Collector’s wishes (and hopefully keep the house intact).
“Whatever you say, Sneaky-Peek,” she said, turning and walking out the now-perpetually-open door. “But I’m still here if you need anything. No pinky swears, I got it, okay?”
“I NEED…I NEED… I DON’T NEED ANYTHING! OR ANYONE! GO AWAY!”
Eda sighed, mentally kicking herself, and walked away.
The Collector listened to her retreating footsteps, tears starting to leak out of the corners of their eyes.
They sank to the floor, curling into a ball, hugging themself and shaking, not for the first time breaking down in the center of an empty space.
***
Luz related the story of accidentally informing The Collector about the existence of starfish, and their subsequent meltdown.
Nobody else seemed particularly enthusiastic about The Collector actually getting their hands on a starfish though.
“That doesn’t seem…very ethical,” Vee said. “So you’re basically sentencing this innocent starfish…sea star…whatever it is…to being tortured for no reason. Probably to death.”
“I’m with Vee on this,” Camila said. “Getting a kid a pet to try to teach them about responsibility can be pretty bad for the animal. I’ve seen it too many times. Maybe get our little space friend some legos. Do they even have any toys?”
“Just us,” King muttered.
“Maybe if you give them something else to play with,” Camila suggested. “They’ll forget about wanting a starfish in a few days.”
“Like I forgot about the things I was obsessed with?” Luz said with a grin.
“Okay,” Camila said. “Point taken. If The Collector is anything like you, Luz…”
“They’ve been demanding a starfish about once every five minutes since I promised them one.”
“I still don’t like it.”
“Yeah, the whole idea just makes me really iiiyyyyeeeekkkk,” Vee said. “A sacrificial starfish?”
“Okay, okay, fair point,” Hunter said. “But if we’re talking about keeping the entire world safe from a maniacal kid from space? I’d say a sacrificial starfish - dammit, now I’m saying it! A sacrificial sea star is a small price to pay. In fact, I’d go so far as to say a sea star is the best case scenario. They don’t even have brains!”
“Hunter!” Vee said, horrified.
“They don’t, though! Here! I’ll show you!”
Hunter began flipping through the biology textbook.
“But they’re still living creatures!” Vee cried.
“Look, I’m not saying I love the idea,” Hunter said with a heavy sigh. “In fact, I hate it. But if it placates the brat, I’m for it. I don’t like the fact that The Collector is in the Boiling Isles at all, but I’m willing to admit I’m the minority with that opinion. So if they focus on some sea star and not me? For the love of Titan, get them a sea star.”
“I’m still getting them legos,” Camila said.
“They’re a god, Mom,” Luz said. “The whole universe is their lego set.”
“What are legos?” King asked.
“I’ll show you,” Camila said, picking up her phone.
While she was distracted, Hunter gave Vee and pointed look and they both turned to Luz.
“We weren’t going to say anything to make Camila worry,” Vee said quietly. “But Hunter and I are starting to suspect that whatever is killing the dogs and the deer and stuff might have come from the demon realm.”
“But then how did it get here?” Amity asked.
“Yeah,” Luz agreed. “I’m pretty careful with my portal.”
“Same way I got here,” Vee said. “All it takes is one distraction and something can sneak through.”
“There’ve been leaks between realms for eons,” Hunter added. “A little Titan blood seeps into the water and something can cross through. That’s how we got back to the Boiling Isles on Halloween, remember?”
“So you think the killings are the work of a demon?” Luz said.
“It makes sense,” Vee said. “Camila is right that they’re too methodical to be a wild animal, but I don’t think human is our only other option.”
From the other side of the room there was a loud exclamation from King, who was apparently very impressed with the videos of a lego competition that Camila was showing him.
“I somehow feel like The Collector would find ways to use legos as a weapon,” Luz said. “They’d turn them into projectiles or deliberately put them where we’d step on them.”
“That’s what I’ve been saying,” Hunter said. “I know none of you want to hear this, but The Collector is taking advantage of you.”
“They’re a kid,” Amity said.
“Be that as it may,” Hunter said. “They’re still using you.”
“They’ve been starved of attention for thousands of years, Hunter. Haven’t you seen how they soak up any dregs of affection?”
“And have you ever seen them return that affection?” Hunter said. “Think about it. They’re always demanding attention and hugs and…and sea stars, but have you ever seen them hug anyone? Not attacking King. Like, genuinely returning a hug?”
Luz frowned.
“What do you mean?” she said. “They hug all the time?”
“No they don’t. Everyone hugs them and they just go limp and sit there.”
“Hunter, I don’t think that’s true,” Luz said.
But nevertheless she was replaying as many interactions with The Collector as she could remember, and not finding anything that directly contradicted Hunter’s observations.
“How about we not have this argument right now,” Amity said. “Luz promised me a human realm pet store, so I would like to see a human realm pet store.”
***
“I think I blew it, Hooty. I shouldn’t have offered them the pinky swear. We were doing so well. It was like I flipped a switch.”
“I’m not an expert on pinky swears,” Hooty said. “I don’t even have hands.”
“Well I only have the one now.”
“Buuuuut,” Hooty continued. “Regardless of how not-binding they are for witches and demons, they are the most binding of binding for The Collector. And they’ve had that weaponized against them.”
“I know that,” Eda said. “I shouldn’t have even brought it up.”
“Yeahhhhh,” Hooty said. “Probably not the right move for you.”
“Uh…by the way. Those sigils or whatever they drew on the walls?”
Hooty squinted.
“Mostly protections, from what I can tell,” he said. “A lot of protections. Kind of overkill on protection. Wow. And at least one spell binding that room to them. Kid didn’t waste any time claiming their space.”
“One step forward, two steps back,” Eda said. “They’re so scared of getting betrayed again.”
“Well,” Hooty said. “Wouldn’t you be? After being used for all those years?”
“I can’t even imagine.”
“Aaaaaaand equally,” Hooty pointed out. “They’re frightened of being alone. They’ve got two major fears that are kiiiiind of conflicting. How they act is entirely dependent on which fear is bigger at the moment.”
“That’s… huh . When you put it that way, Hooty…”
“What? Don’t you act surprised like everyone else does whenever I say something profound. Geez.”
“Well, what do I do to get through to them? I keep messing up. I can’t even hope to recreate whatever Belos…”
“Ew, no Eda. You’re not recreating anything. You’re being you, and you are what The Collector needs right now.”
“They don’t seem to think that.”
“They’re trying not to think. That kid’s entire reality just shattered and that’s gonna’ catch up with them one of these days.”
“I suppose you’re right.”
“Of course I am. And Eda? When that levee breaks? The Collector’s going to need someone to keep their head above water.”
“Since when are you good at metaphors?”
“ That’s not important! Did you hear anything I just said?”
“Yeah, Hooty. I did. I gotta’ be there for The Collector. And I am. It’d just be a lot easier if they knew that.”
Chapter 34
Summary:
Beach visits are in order, since the Connecticut River Starfish isn't a thing that actually exists.
Notes:
Morning all! Sorry this chapter took so long to get out! I had another sled dog race last weekend. Only fifty miles, but still something that takes time, especially with all the preliminary stuff like vet checks, meetings etc. that go along with running a race.
I'm happy to share this chapter! This is also the last chapter that contains sections written before For The Future aired. However, there's not a lot from season three that I plan to incorporate into this fic, so I hope everyone continues to enjoy MoonShadow as an AU.
There is much more to come!
Alice
Chapter Text
The pet store in Gravesfield wasn’t very big and, aside from fish and a few pocket pets, mostly sold food and supplies.
Luz couldn’t help but feel a wave of something akin to nostalgia wash over her as she walked through the door with Amity.
“I used to come here all the time when I was a kid,” she explained. “It felt…well, you’re totally going to laugh at me, but it felt magical.”
“I’m not going to laugh at you for that,” Amity said, giving Luz’s hand a squeeze. “Oh! But I am going to laugh at those!”
She pulled Luz to a large, glass-sided enclosure filled with a number of small furry creatures who were munching on lettuce and making ‘weep-wheek-weeEEP’ noises.
“What are those?” Amity said, staring at the creatures in fascination.
“Guinea pigs!” Luz said. “I always wanted one. Mom sees them at work sometimes. They’re really fun.”
“And they’re pets?” Amity tried to confirm. “You don’t…eat them?”
“Well, people eat them in some places,” Luz said. “But here they’re mostly pets.”
Next to the guinea pig cage were several other boxes and cages containing even smaller furry animals.
Many of them were curled up in nests made of shavings and shredded paper, fast asleep and oblivious to visitors. A few, however, were up and about, scuttling around and running endless laps on exercise wheels.
“Fancy mice,” Amity read off the tag on one such cage.
“Gotta’ have fancy mice,” Luz said. “You don’t want plain old boring mice with no fashion sense.”
“I still prefer echo mice,” Amity admitted.
“I love my echo mouse,” Luz said. “But my echo mouse isn’t fancy.”
“Who are you to judge mouse fashion, Luz.”
“I,” Luz said dramatically. “Am the host of the new hit show on the HGTV-Animal Planet Crossover Channel. Rodent Fashion Police! We stop mice on the street who we don’t think are fancy enough and publicly shame them for their fashion choices and demand that they dress to our standards, which are even worse!”
“I feeeeeel like there’s a reference I’m not getting here,” Amity said.
“Only to what was always on television in every hospital waiting room. It was either Hostile Makeover or that one kid’s show I told you about.”
One of the fancy mice gave an indignant squeak as another climbed aboard the exercise wheel, pushing them out of the way.
“Reminds me of The Collector when Eda was trying to get them to share the sofa the other day,” Luz said.
She and Amity traded a look and both fought not to burst out laughing, as the proprietor of the pet store (who somehow didn’t appear in the mood to play host to giggly teenage girls) was giving them both a stern look from behind the cash register.
“Come along, Amity,” Luz said with an air of exaggerated formality. “This is what I really wanted to show you.”
Amity happily let herself be pulled through a door behind the rodent cages and into a dark room lit only by wall-to-wall aquariums.
From all directions emanated the not-unpleasant sound of filters bubbling.
“This is,” Amity began, turning slowly on the spot, mouth agape. “Really impressive.”
“Right?” Luz said. “I’d spend hours in here when I was little.”
The walls of tanks were filled with fish of every shape and color, many of which seemed to glow and shine as they swam.
“I checked out about five hundred books from the library about aquarium keeping,” Luz went on. “Repeatedly. But we were always too busy for me to actually have an aquarium, especially when Dad was sick.”
“Well maybe you could still get one.”
“Don’t tempt me, Blight.”
“Isn’t that what I’m supposed to do?” Amity said with a grin, her blush going unnoticed in the dark room. “As your girlfriend?”
“What? Get me an aquarium?”
“If it makes you happy, I’ll get you ten aquariums.”
This time Luz didn’t even try to stifle her laughter. She took hold of Amity’s arms and pulled her into a kiss in the dim light of several dozen bubbling fish tanks.
***
The Collector lay on the floorboards, staring fixedly at the moon and star lights hanging in the window.
Everything around them felt strange and unfamiliar. It had for a while. Ever since…Ever since they had been freed?
It didn’t make sense, but since they had been freed, everything had been bright and overwhelming, nearly overloading their senses. It was exhausting, but they refused to sleep.
There were moments of relaxation, but The Collector couldn’t deny that they were still on hyper alert, waiting for the hammer to drop. They’d wanted nothing more than to be free for so long, but now that they were free, they couldn’t seem to squash the rising panic that their freedom might be taken away at any moment.
Ear to the floor, they listened. They could hear Hooty softly snoring. They could hear Eda’s faint footsteps from downstairs. Occasionally they sounded like they might be getting closer, but perhaps that was just wishful thinking on The Collector’s part, as Eda never actually returned.
“You told her to go away,” they reminded themself.
“Yes, because she was trying to trick me.”
“What if she wasn’t?”
“NO! Stop it!”
“It doesn’t matter, though. You already pinky-swore to trust her.”
“NO!”
“But you did.”
“SHUT UP! She broke her swear! She BROKE it! She let me get trapped again!”
“So now you’re just going to break your swear? You know you can’t do that.”
“But…but…The Owl Lady doesn’t know that.”
“And she better not find out!”
“What if she still has the tablet?”
“She said it fell into the Boiling Sea.”
“What if she lied? She lied before.”
“Did she?”
The Collector grabbed the edges of their hat, pulling it tight to their head, and letting out a frustrated snarl, hating that they were alone in the room, hating that they were still talking to themself, hating that they wanted nothing more than for the Owl Lady to come back into the room and pick them up and squish them.
Hating that nagging fear that their tablet might show up again, in the hands of someone intent on trapping them.
Hating the worst-case-scenario that kept playing in their head, wherein that someone was the Owl Lady.
They sat up, looking around the room.
It was theirs. That’s what the Owl Lady said. They’d put safety wards up in the walls.
It didn’t feel like theirs. It felt like an alien space and they didn’t really belong there.
It was only slightly better than their prison.
The Collector stood up and approached the window.
Their prison hadn’t had anything like this, though. They could leave if they wanted to.
They hadn’t pinky sworn not to leave. In fact, the Owl Lady had explicitly said they could leave.
They climbed onto the windowsill and looked out to where the Boiling Sea was sparkling.
More than anything, The Collector wanted to feel safe.
***
The pet store proprietor, as it turned out, did not take kindly to teenagers making out in the fish tank section of her store.
“This is why I had to buy security cameras,” she said, moments after bursting in on Luz and Amity. “If I’ve said it once, I’ve said it a hundred times! This is a public business, not a kissing booth!”
“You mean,” Amity said, still bright red after having been interrupted. “This is a regular occurrence?”
“Unfortunately,” the proprietor said, rolling her eyes. “This is the fifth time this week. So unless you’re going to buy something, I’m going to have to ask you to leave.”
“Actually,” Luz spoke up. “We were looking to buy a starfish.”
“A starfish?” the proprietor asked suspiciously.
“Yeah. Oh, sorry. Sea star.”
“Well I’m afraid what we have on display here is all we have in stock. We don’t carry much saltwater anymore. We uh…have hermit crabs though.”
“Yeah, no,” Luz said. “This is a very starfish exclusive mission. The world might end very badly if we return with the wrong kind of sea creature.”
“The world might end…?” the proprietor began, her voice becoming increasingly confused and annoyed with each syllable. “Look, I don’t have time for this…”
Beside her, Luz could tell that Amity was fighting back a torrent of laughter.
“Thank you for your time, Pet Store Aquarium Person,” Luz said, grasping Amity’s hand once more and leading her hurriedly towards the front of the store.
Once they were safely back outside and out of earshot of anyone in the pet store, their suppressed laughter exploded.
For a good five minutes, neither Luz nor Amity could get more than a word or two out at a time.
“Why is…this so… funny?!” Luz finally managed to wheeze.
“I don’t…I don’t know,” Amity cackled. “It isn’t funny but…”
This only made the two of them laugh harder.
It was probably the mid-Winter rain that eventually brought them back to reality.
“Ugh, we really need to get out of this mess,” Amity said, kicking at the slush on the sidewalk. “And this is coming from someone who loves abomination goo.”
For the next while, Luz and Amity holed up in a cafe across the street, talking and laughing and coming up with increasingly implausible ideas for what the local (and, in reality, most-likely-overworked) snow removal crews were actually up to.
“Well it can’t be snow removal,” Amity said. “What’s out there on the ground right now barely counts as snow.”
“Maybe,” Luz said. “They did some crimes and they’re using the snow and slush to bury the crimes!”
“Hiding the evidence!” Amity laughed.
“Hiding the crimes! Oh no…”
“Ugh. Speaking of crimes…”
They’d suddenly spotted Jacob, hurrying furtively down the street, his entire focus on some small contraption in his hands covered with knobs, dials and antennas.
“Maybe the snow removal crews’ll remove him,” Amity said. “What is he up to?”
“Oh, he’s definitely up to some crimes,” Luz said.
“Maybe we should just turn him into a starfish,” Amity muttered.
Luz’s eyes lit up.
“Yeah! And give him to The Collector! It’s a win-win!”
They once again dissolved into a fit of giggles.
“Wait,” Luz said. “Were you being serious? Is that something we could actually do?”
“I wish,” Amity said. “But if I had that power available to me, I probably would have turned Mom into a starfish a long time ago.”
“The Collector might have that power,” Luz said. “Though let’s never suggest it to them, or we might all wake up as starfish one morning.”
“Where else could we look for a starfish,” Amity said. “They aren’t naturally occurring around here, I take it?”
“Well not in Gravesfield,” Luz said. “They only live in the ocean. Unless the magic leaking in from the demon realm made some sort of Connecticut River Starfish.
“Even a Connecticut River Starfish would be hard to find right now,” Amity pointed out. “Since most of the water is frozen. Unless there’s one in that slush puddle out there.”
“You don’t think,” Luz began, looking at the little pool of standing water on the sidewalk outside. “You want me to go check?”
Neither Luz nor Amity truly believed they would find anything in the puddle, but the idea suddenly seemed funnier than anything else that day.
There was more laughter and a quick race back outside to the puddle to confirm that although it did contain a semi-frozen candy wrapper, it did not, in fact, contain the elusive Connecticut River Starfish.
Then there was a hurried dash back inside to the relative warmth of the cafe.
The barista raised their eyebrows.
“That’s the same look the pet store lady gave us,” Luz said. “Wanna’ go two for two and try to get kicked out of here, too?”
“You sound frighteningly like Eda.”
“Well, she is my mentor.”
Luz took out her phone and began tapping on the screen.
“Wow,” she said. “Here’s an article about a sea star die-off on the Connecticut coast a few years ago. That’s not good. But I guess we do have them in the state, then. But yeahhhhh…not sure if we could find one very easily.”
“I wouldn’t mind visiting the human realm sea,” Amity said. “Ever since I learned it isn’t boiling…”
Luz abruptly let out a shout of laughter, but it wasn’t directed at Amity. Instead it was at something that had just appeared on her phone screen.
“Why,” she said, voice full of humor. “Is this, like, one of the first results when I searched for Connecticut Starfish?”
She turned her phone so that Amity could see the the screen. It showed a flag bearing the word ‘Connecticut’ in fancy cursive font, superimposed over a large purple starfish.
“It’s the Connecticut River Starfish!” Amity cried, nearly falling out of her seat laughing.
Across the table, Luz followed suit.
Moments later, however, she suddenly sat up.
“Wait! I just thought of something!”
***
“Weh?” King said.
“When you opened the portal into the Liminal realm,” Luz said, speaking quickly and excitedly. “Before you did that, there was a beach!”
“Weh?” King repeated.
After a bit of searching, Amity and Luz had found King at the vet clinic, tending to a litter of puppies while the slightly-confused mother dog recovered from anesthesia from her C-section.
Camila had set them up in her office where it was quiet, and unlikely that King would be spotted by the rest of the staff.
It was a good thing, too. Apparently there was another, older puppy in the building that had tested positive for parvovirus, and the brand new, state-of the-art, multi-thousand-dollar auto-clave had stopped working within its first week of use. While these two things seemed unrelated af first, the loud conversation happening outside the office was about to reveal otherwise.
“I just bleached the shit out of room one,” Amy was saying. “But we still need to clean the carrier.”
“Speaking of shit,” Slice said. “It’s covered in it.”
“Take it into the big isolation kennel,” Camila said. “It’s got that big drain in the floor, you can hose it down and then we can just bleach iso.”
“No we can’t,” Slice said. “The autoclave is in iso.”
“Why the fuck…?” Amy began. “Is the autoclave in isolation.”
“For bad behavior,” Slice said. “But seriously, it’s still full of water. It’ll freeze if we put it in the storage shed, and then we’ll never get compensated by the manufacturer.”
“Can’t you empty the water out?” Camila asked.
“The port to drain the water is on the inside of the door,” Slice said irritably. “And the door is locked and it won’t open. It just gives that error message.”
“No one should have ever made an autoclave with AI,” Camila muttered.
Luz turned to look at Amity and King.
“Let’s not bother my mom right now,” she said.
“So what were you saying?” King asked, situating the puppies.
“You got the portal to change its whole location destination deal,” Luz said. “Instead of leading to Gravesfield, it looked like it led to a beach.”
“Oh yeah,” King said, gently setting the last one of the puppies down into a warm blanket nest, where it grunted and slow-motion blundered into its littermates. “I did do that, didn’t I?”
Luz took out her key and summoned the portal door.
“Do you think you could do it again?” she asked.
“I could try…” King said, approaching the door.
It took significantly less time than he expected to remember how he had shifted the portal from location to location. He was actually surprised how quickly he was able to find the random beach he’d happened upon before.
Just to be sure, he switched the destination between the Owl House and the unknown beach a few times before he was confident.
“Ooooh it looks sunny there,” Luz said.
“Your Titan powers are growing,” Amity said, impressed.
“Yeah, powers,” King muttered dryly, as if he didn’t really think he had much for powers.
“Thank you, King,” Luz said. “You coming with us?”
“Nah,” King said. “You go ahead.”
Luz tapped him on the nose.
“Don’t worry,” she said. “We’ll be back in a bit.”
She took Amity by the hand and together they walked through the open doorway from Camila’s office and out onto a wide, rock-framed beach.
“Be safe,” King said after them.
After Luz and Amity became small figures silhouetted against the water’s edge, King tapped the barrier. It shimmered and the interior of the Owl House once again became visible on the far side.
It was a power, he supposed.
Through the portal, he saw Eda. She was pacing, deep in thought, expression worried.
King took a quick look at the puppies, determining that they were safe and settled, and then leaped through the doorway to join Eda.
The relief on her face when she saw him was more than enough to encourage King to jump into her arms.
“I think I messed up with The Collector,” she said. “Again.”
“Eda, you gotta’ stop beating yourself up every time you piss them off.”
“I wish Raine was here. But I don’t want to call them if they’re in the middle of something.”
She filled King in on what had happened.
“And now they’re upstairs talking and shouting to themself, and I don’t know if I should try to intervene or if that would be overstepping my bounds again…”
“I don’t hear anything,” King pointed out.
It was true. A silence had fallen across the house. Even Hooty was zonked out.
On another day, Eda might have assumed that The Collector had started up a game of hide and seek but, considering the events of the day and also the fact that when they did try to play, they did so while loudly and obnoxiously bringing attention to the fact, the silence was cause for alarm.
Eda rushed upstairs, her fears confirmed when she found The Collector’s room empty.
After further searching and calling turned up nothing, Eda began to panic in earnest.
“Maybe they went to sleep,” King suggested. “Finally.”
“But they wouldn’t just disappear anymore,” Eda pointed out. “We’d still be able to find them.”
“Well, you didn’t, uh, make any clear rules about not leaving the house.”
It was true. She hadn’t wanted them to feel trapped. It might have been a glaring oversight, not to mention she’d just told The Collector not an hour ago that she wouldn’t try to stop them should they want to return to the stars or whatever celestial realm they were from.
“Dammit!”
“I’ll get Owlbert,” King said.
After what felt like several eternities but was, in terms of actual time, a relative few minutes, they found The Collector on the beach, wandering the tide line, setting seaweed and debris alight with tiny sparkling flames. Their shoes had been left carelessly further up by some rocks.
If Eda had been paying attention, she would have noticed how quickly the waves were overtaking the beach. But her focus right now was only on one thing.
“Collector!” Eda and King both called.
The Collector looked up, surprised.
“What are you doing out here?” Eda asked, stepping over rivulets of flame that seemed to defy physics as they flowed down to the sea.
“I swear if they’re searching for starfish…” King muttered, hanging back and letting Eda approach The Collector.
“I’m just looking,” The Collector said defensively.
“For anything in particular?” Eda asked, although she had a pretty good idea already, and it wasn’t starfish.
“Nothin’. Just looking.”
“Did you find anything?”
The Collector looked down at where they were clutching a handful of rocks, shells and boiling coral.
“Mine!” they said. “Finders keepers, losers weepers!”
“Collector, we talked about sharing the other day, remember?”
“MINE!” The Collector repeated, louder this time.
They darted away a few paces and clutching their handful of sea treasures to their chest.
“I’m not going to take it away,” Eda said.
She realized, albeit belatedly, that this probably wasn’t the time to try to address sharing again. She just didn’t have it together today. All she seemed to do was mess up over and over with The Collector.
The Collector looked at her suspiciously.
Well, the kid deserved honesty and maybe it was best that Eda owned up to her mistakes, and hope that didn’t drive them further away.
“Collector, I know I messed up earlier,” she said. “I shouldn’t have brought up pinky swears. I know you don’t trust me enough for that and…and that’s okay. I crossed a line and I’m sorry.”
Maybe it was just Eda’s imagination, but it did seem like The Collector relaxed a little bit.
They returned their gaze to the tide line and began walking along it again, dragging lines in the sand with their toes.
They allowed Eda to fall into step beside them.
“You know,” Eda said. “I used to scavenge the beaches here. There’s a lot of geyser agate that washes up along this stretch. Most witches don’t give it the time of day, but you can use it in a lot of things. Potions, grounding rituals…”
“I KNOW what geyser agate is,” The Collector said.
“...throwing it at someone if they’re getting on your last nerve. You have to find a really big piece for that.”
The Collector laughed, a bit more tension leaving.
“The currents offshore are going to take most things out into the Intravenous Trench,” Eda said finally. “I don’t think your tablet is going to wash up here.”
“It might,” The Collector said. They pointed at the ocean. “The tide’s coming in.”
“High tide isn’t until…” Eda began. “Oh. Right. You’re an overpowered magic kid. Should’ve known. You’re bringing the tide in.”
The Collector smirked.
“And how far did you move the moon this time?”
Another smirk, accompanied by nearly silent but gleeful laughter.
“Aha!” Eda cried triumphantly, bending down to pluck a small stone out of the sand. “Prime geyser agate! Not too hefty, but not too small either. This is a nice one.”
The Collector eyed the little rock with interest.
A wave suddenly rushed up the beach and, almost instinctively, Eda grabbed The Collector and pulled them out of the way just in time before it reached their ankles.
“Careful!” she said. “That water is scalding.”
The Collector gave her a look as she set them back down on the sand.
“Maybe for you,” they said.
And then they turned and ran straight into the surf, diving beneath the surface.
“Collector!” Eda screamed.
Alarmed, King scampered across the beach as fast as he could.
The Collector popped their head out of the water a short distance offshore.
To Eda and King’s utter relief, they appeared unharmed although, by the look on their face, they weren’t exactly having a good time.
They swam and waded back to shore, pouting.
“Ow,” they said, stomping back up the beach. “That really HURTS!”
Assured they were okay, King burst out laughing.
The Collector was a sopping wet, bedraggled sight.
Their slightly overlarge robes were waterlogged and their hat was plastered over their head, nearly covering their eyes.
King howled with mirth.
“You look like a kitten wearing a wet circus tent!” he cried.
Eda, consumed with relief, felt an amused snort escape unbidden from her throat.
The Collector glared at her, and suddenly she was unable to keep herself from laughing harder.
She reached out and put her arm around them, drawing them to her side.
“I’m so glad you’re okay. You really scared me there.”
“Hmph,” The Collector said, but they didn’t try to pull away. “Don’t need to breathe underwater and stuff.”
“But it’s boiling,” King pointed out.
The Collector shrugged.
“It only hurts,” they said. “Else I could just go down in the trench and look for the tablet.”
“That’s what this is about?” King said. “I thought you were looking for starfish.”
“But seriously, kid,” Eda said, even though she was glad to have The Collector back at her side. “You are saturated. Is that onesie super-absorbent or something? I’m pretty sure you’re carrying about half the Boiling Sea right now.”
She raised her arm, her own sleeve now full of seawater.
“And now I’m getting soaked, too. Gross.”
“Hah- hah!” King laughed, pointing at her.
A sudden grin split The Collector’s face and they cut their eyes back at Eda with a look full of mischief.
“Ohhhh don’t you dare…” Eda began.
“Eheheheheh!”
The Collector leaped, knocking her backwards onto the sand and flopping down on top of her.
“Aaaaaghhhh! I surrender!” Eda cried, but the seawater was already seeping into her own clothes.
“That’s why they’re called The Collector!” King laughed. “They collect ocean water with their stupid robes!”
“I’m sharing it!” The Collector shrieked. “See! See! I’m not being greedy and keeping it all to myself! Just like you told me.”
“King,” Eda said, as the Collector tried to wring their sleeves out at her. “A little help?”
“Nah,” King said. “You brought this one on yourself.”
Chapter 35
Summary:
The beach day continues in two entirely separate dimensions.
Notes:
Good morning everybody!
First off - apologies for the unplanned hiatus these past couple of weeks. I had a number of things come up, not the least of which was getting hit by not one, not two, but *three* back-to-back snowstorms in the span of a week. I would have liked nothing more than to sit down and work on some MoonShadow editing but I had to repeatedly clear snow before the next storm hit.
But we're back now, and get ready because if all goes as planned, you get TWO new chapters today! I ended up splitting this chapter since it was pretty long otherwise, and it seemed to flow better if split. So look for Chapter 36 to be up as well a little later today.
Enjoy, and thanks for your patience!
Alice
Chapter Text
Raine had a lot on their mind upon returning to the Owl House and, as seemed to have become the norm recently, was not in a great mood about it.
Finding the house suspiciously empty, didn’t particularly help things but, at Hooty’s suggestion, they ventured down towards the beach, all manner of scenarios running through their mind.
However, the actual scene they happened upon wasn’t any of those scenarios.
At first it looked like The Collector was attacking Eda, and a jolt shot through Raine’s body.
They were already running, reaching for their violin before they realized that Eda wasn’t in any real danger.
She was trying to push The Collector off of her, but all they were doing was trying to wring their waterlogged sleeves on her while King watched, offering no assistance whatsoever.
“Raine,” Eda said dryly, noticing their approach. “Help me out, will you. I think I’ve met my match.”
“I see that,” Raine said. “Can I get you anything? A towel maybe?”
“Very funny. Maybe you know a drying-off composition?”
Raine laughed, but they were starting to feel ashamed that they had jumped to the conclusion that The Collector was endangering Eda. What had they even been planning to do when they had rushed towards the two of them? Attack their own kid?
Everything was okay. Nobody had actually attacked anyone, but it still left Raine with an icky feeling in addition to already being upset.
They sat down next to Eda, patting King on the head and taking a deep breath, trying to turn their focus to their little family, and the in-the-moment distraction it provided them.
How had they survived so long working undercover alone?
The Collector, having finally allowed Eda to push them over, sat up and raised a hand. They flicked their fingers, sending all the water from their clothing away to the side, where it splattered onto the sand.
“Oh that’s…” Eda began. “Wait, my clothes are still wet.”
The Collector grinned.
“That’s ‘cause youuuuuuuu said I can’t use my magic to fix your problems,” they laughed. “Even if I caused the problem. Remember? It’s the rules.”
Raine gave Eda a look.
“That,” Eda said to The Collector. “Wasn’t an invitation for you to cause more problems.”
The Collector giggled, digging their bare feet into the sand.
“Why are you out here anyway?” Raine asked. “Anyone could see you. This isn’t because of the whole starfish debacle, is it?”
“Starfish?” The Collector asked hopefully.
“No,” Eda said. “The Collector is…looking for their tablet.”
“The mirror disc?” Raine said. “I would think you’d want that far, far away from you, Collector.”
“It’s because,” The Collector looked away. “I wanna’ hide it myself. So only I know where it is. And not you, not anybody else can trap me ever again.”
“Fair enough,” Raine said, the implication that The Collector thought they might attempt to trap them again hitting too close to their own thoughts from earlier. “But what’s your plan? Just sit here forever on the off-chance it washes up?”
“We’re having a freak ultra-high tide,” King said.
“Wait, really? I didn’t see anything about that on the tables… oh.”
Raine’s eyes fell on The Collector, who gave them a devious look.
“I’m going to hazard a guess the moon is even more out of place than it already was.”
“Mayyyyyyybe,” The Collector said.
“Collector,” Raine said, even though they were clearly amused. “That’s going to draw attention. People are already noticing your handiwork in the stars.”
“Oh yeah? Whatcha’ gonna’ do about it?”
“They’re going to figure out it’s you.”
“So?”
“Well…uh, there’s a lot of witches and demons who aren’t exactly your uh… biggest fans.”
“What’you mean?”
“Well you did kind of trash the islands and hurt a bunch of people?” King pointed out.
“So? It wasn’t against the rules.”
“I literally told you to tone it down!”
“Whatever. Sounds like a bunch of fun-suckers to me. That’s their problem.”
“No, it’s very much your problem,” King said. “You’re the one who blew everything up.”
“Did not.”
“Did not? What do you mean, did not? I was with you! You flattened like eight towns just by waving your fingers around.”
“I was just playyyyyying!”
“Of all the… ugh! Talking to you is impossible! You’re almost as bad as that baby trash slug I tried to raise.”
“Am not.”
“Are too.”
“Am not!”
“Are too!”
“Well you’re just a stuck-up goody-two-shoes,” The Collector said. “Just like your old man!”
“That’s enough,” Raine said. “From both of you.”
The Collector and King both let out a huff.
“Too much like the average Coven Head meeting?” Eda said, raising an eyebrow.
“A bit,” Raine said. “Except this little tiff actually has nuance and maturity.”
Eda laughed and, on either side of her, King and The Collector frowned, trying to parse out what Raine had meant.
“The others,” The Collector said suddenly, and surprisingly quietly. “The other witches and demons, they’d want to trap me again, wouldn’t they.”
“Well…” Eda said awkwardly. “We wouldn’t let them if they did.”
“You wouldn’t let them?” The Collector said, voice once again turning to their usual laugh. “You don’t have power.”
“We have some power,” Raine said.
The Collector stuck out their tongue at them.
Raine grinned and returned the gesture.
“Whatever,” The Collector said. “I still have way more power and stronger magic than you could ever imagine.”
“Can’t argue with that,” Eda said.
“No,” Raine said. “But it doesn’t matter how powerful you are, Collector. You can’t carry every responsibility by yourself. Sometimes you have to let other people be there for you.”
They looked at Eda, who was pointedly staring out at the ocean, her expression neutral as she pretended not to be listening.
They looked back down at The Collector.
“And that goes doubly for you. No kid should be worrying constantly about strangers wanting to hurt them or lock them away.”
The Collector shrugged.
“I’ll just blow them up so they can’t,” they said.
“Nobody’s blowing anyone up,” Raine said.
“Speak for yourself, Rainestorm,” Eda said.
For a long time they sat at the edge of the dunes, watching the tide rush in.
Raine retrieved their violin with intent to play, but The Collector became so distressed with memories and the prospect of music putting them to sleep, that the attempt was quickly abandoned.
Instead, Raine drew a series of abstract designs in the sand with their bow.
“That’s not magic,” The Collector said condescendingly, floating above the sand and glaring down at the designs. “Those aren’t glyphs. They aren’t even anything.”
“It’s art,” Eda said.
Raine blushed. As far as they were concerned, the lines and swirls were far from art, and it felt strange to hear them referred to as such.
Eda snickered at their reaction, so Raine grinned and proceeded to trace a huge, loopy heart on the sand.
“Oh come on now,” Eda said, now blushing as well. “Can you can it with that mushy crap already.”
The Collector inspected the heart design with far more scrutiny than it warranted, following the pattern with their finger and committing it to memory. Obviously it meant something important if it elicited the kind of reaction it did from Eda.
Before long, the waves had surpassed the high tide line and the beach itself was nearly covered.
Perhaps it was Eda’s imagination, but she could have sworn that she heard some sort of rumblings of concern from the direction of Bonesborough, even this far away. As if the unexpected tide was causing commotion and dismay.
Here, at least, sitting on the dunes that were (hopefully!) safely out of reach of the tide, it was quiet and peaceful.
The Collector stared at the water, occasionally making a subtle but deliberate motion with their hand, gesturing towards the sea.
“What happened to your stuff?” Eda suddenly asked, voice sounding almost out-of-place in the quiet that had fallen.
The Collector looked up at her, as did King, neither certain who she was addressing.
“All your little things, Collector,” Eda said. “That you picked up off the beach?”
The Collector looked down at their hands, seeming to notice for the first time that they were empty.
A distressed look crossed their face.
“I lost them,” they said, voice rising slightly. “I must have dropped them somewhere.”
Eda was on the verge of asking if she could help look for them, but realized before she had even opened her mouth to speak that she couldn’t set foot in the boiling surf and would be of no help.
“Can you summon them back?” she asked instead.
“I don’t know which ones they were,” The Collector said. “I didn’t look at them enough.”
Eda reached into her hair and retrieved the large piece of geyser agate she had picked up a short while ago.
“Was gonna’ give you this when I found it,” she said, holding it out to The Collector. “But then you went and jumped in the boiling water and nearly gave me a heart attack and I got distracted.”
The Collector’s eyes flashed, zeroing in on the agate.
They motioned to summon it into their own hand, but Eda didn’t let go of the rock even though the pull was quite strong.
“Don’t grab it. Hold out your hand.”
The Collector pouted.
“You can’t tell me what to do,” they said, but held out an open hand anyway.
“I’m sure,” Eda said.
She placed the agate in The Collector’s palm and, to her surprise, it began to glow with a glittering light, The Collector’s power rushing through the stone as they closed their fingers around it.
“Well I’ve never seen a geyser agate do that,” Eda said.
“It’s beautiful,” Raine commented.
The Collector didn’t respond.
Instead they held the rock tightly, attention fixed on the warm light filtering between their fingers.
In some ways, it was similar to the light that played on the surface of the water, as the tide crept higher and higher.
***
On another beach, in another world, light from a different sun shone in streaks through the clouds, reflecting upon the surface of a sea that didn’t boil.
Shoes removed, leggings rolled up to her knees, Amity took a hesitant step into the ocean of the human realm.
At first, she just dipped a toe in, jumping back slightly, hand tightening around Luz’s.
Then, having confirmed that her toe hadn’t been burned, she stepped into the water proper, looking on in awe and fascination as it swirled harmlessly around her ankles.
Then, it retreated for a moment before returning with the next small wave.
Amity laughed, and Luz beamed at her, hand still grasped in her own.
In truth, Amity supposed, the fact that Luz had walked right into the surf should have been confirmation enough that the ocean here was safe. Humans were no more immune to scalding water than witches, but old habits die hard, and a lifetime of having it impressed upon her that ocean water was dangerous had ingrained that thought.
An ocean that didn’t burn was surreal, incredible.
Luz led Amity just a little further out, until the water was lapping just below their knees.
“So much for my clothes staying dry,” Luz said as another wave rolled by.
The water, far from boiling, was fairly cold, even though the air temperature was far warmer than it had been in Gravesfield.
It was also remarkably clear.
“Are those fish?” Amity exclaimed, peering down through the surface. “Little tiny fish?”
“Minnows!” Luz cried.
Sure enough, a small school of fish were swarming curiously around their feet.
“Hello,” Amity said to them.
“They can’t talk, Amity,” Luz said.
“Well I can still say hello.”
There was no telling if the beach was anywhere near Connecticut, but the warmer weather and towering cliffs suggested otherwise.
There were a few vacation homes built into the surrounding hillsides, but they were vacant.
Although the weather wasn’t unpleasant, it was clearly the off-season here as well.
“We’ve found little swimmy fish -fish,” Luz said. “Now we just need to find a star fish.”
“Do they just swim around too?” Amity asked.
“Not sure. I think they just tend to sit around on the bottom.”
“In water this shallow?”
“Yeah, I don’t know,” Luz said, considering that she should perhaps have done more research on sea stars before going to look for one. “They might be further out. Wanna’ go swimming?”
“I mean, we could,” Amity said with a hesitant lack of enthusiasm. “I’m a strong swimmer. But I’d be a little more comfortable if I knew the area more. Even at Lake Lacuna there were dangerous areas. And I’m guessing human oceans have offshore currents.”
“Yeah,” Luz admitted, her excited expression turning resigned. “I don’t even know if the tide is coming in or out right now.”
Amity looked up and down the beach.
A heavy fog seemed to be rolling in over the water in the distance, beginning to shroud some of the mountains further down.
Closer in, she noted the beach was scattered with boulders of various sizes, most of which seemed to be encrusted with barnacles.
Luz followed her observations.
“It’s low tide,” she and Amity said in unison.
“Which means,” Luz said, excitement returning. “There might be tide pools in those rocks.”
“And some sea creatures might’ve gotten caught in them!” Amity said, following her train of thought.
“Just as long as they aren’t time pools,” Luz said, as the two of them rushed out of the waves and up the beach towards the rocks. “Those were nothing but trouble.”
Chapter 36
Summary:
The Collector collects a big box, even bigger emotions, and something else they've been wanting.
Notes:
Alright lucky ducks! Your second chapter of the day!
I had thought about staggering the posting and trying to get some of this out during the week, but I'm glad I waited and did some catching up instead.
Not certain when the next chapter will be up. It might not be until next weekend, but I'd like to get some rapid-fire chapters out before the TOH finale airs, if life and time allows.
Stay tuned and thanks for bearing with me!
Alice
Chapter Text
“And you proooooooomise? You promise you’ll let me out?”
“Of course. This is a mutually beneficial partnership, Collector.”
“Ugh. You talk like a boring person. Booooooo! Partnership? Mutually beneficial? You’re boring.”
Philip took a breath, but then released it, as if letting go of whatever it was he really wanted to say.
“I hardly think you’re in any position to say that if you’ve been locked up for as long as you’ve told me,” he said. “Perhaps if I’m so boring, I should’ve just left you where I found you and sought help from someone else.”
“What?” cried the shadow on the wall of the cave. “Nononono! That’s not what I meant!”
“Calm down,” Philip said, as the shadow flailed around, twisting in on itself, unable to do anything else. “I’m not threatening you. Nor will I ever threaten you. You can trust me. I’m your friend, Collector.”
He put a hand over his heart.
“Hmmmmmm,” The Collector said. “Okay. But you gotta’ pinky swear.”
“Pinky swear?”
“Yeah. So it’s binding. And then we’ll be best friends! And we can play together forever!”
The Collector flew in wide, gleeful loops across the wall.
“I’ll admit,” Philip said. “You’re not what I expected.”
“Well what did you expect?” The Collector scoffed. “Some boring old guy?”
“Based on the legends,” Philip said. “I had assumed you were more…perhaps Biblical is the word I’m looking for. Righteous? An agent of divine justice?”
The Collector frowned.
“Huh?”
“But,” Philip said quickly. “There’s so much of legend that gets lost and embellished with countless retellings over the generations. What people might believe is true can become completely removed from the actual truth in a surprisingly short amount of time. I’ve even…seen it happen with my own eyes.”
For a moment, Philip looked deeply sad.
“So you’ll let me out?” The Collector asked again. “And play with me? You pinky swear it, right?”
“I promise, Collector,” Philip said. “I promise you on your pinky swear.”
“Okay, but you gotta’ do the thing, silly!” The Collector giggled. “You can’t just say it. C’mere. I’ll show you.”
The Collector stretched out their shadow of an arm across the wall, little finger extended.
They looked at Philip expectantly and he copied the gesture.
“Now you gotta’ come over here. We link pinkies. Else it’s not a real pinky swear.”
Philip chuckled, a brief smile crossing his face.
“What?” The Collector demanded.
“Oh it’s nothing really. You just…remind me of someone.”
“Who?”
“Well,” Philip said, approaching the wall where The Collector’s shadow was waiting, finger still held out. “I was going to say you remind me of myself when I was a little boy.”
“You were a little boy?” The Collector laughed, as if they did not believe this.
“Of course. Many years ago, of course. But I can still recall that time. I know what it’s like to want to play, and to be hurt and betrayed. You’ve told me your story, Collector, and…our stories aren’t so different, yours and mine. We’re both alone, we were both betrayed. But we have each other now, so we can be a little less alone.”
He had The Collector’s attention now, and they were no longer laughing. Instead, they were watching him, white eyes blazing, their shadow stock still even in the darkened cave.
“We can’t trust anyone else,” Philip continued. “But we can trust each other. Nobody else on these godforsaken islands could possibly understand what we’ve been through. But we can be friends, we can help each other. We can play forever.”
The Collector looked intrigued, but when they spoke, it was with the same obnoxious tone they’d been using since Philip had summoned them not an hour ago.
“Ugh! Are you gonna’ pinky swear or not?”
“Patience, Collector. There’s no great rush. We have a lot of work to do together. It’ll be nice to have some company. Now, I’m not sure how this works since you’re not actually corporeal, just animate darkness…”
Philip placed his little finger against The Collector’s and watched in fascination as the shadow immediately crossed it, his hand feeling no sensation from the movement.
“Now we gotta’ make the swear,” The Collector said. “I’ll go first. I promise to teach you the ways of powerful magic so you can destroy your enemies, blah blah blah.”
“You will be bound by my word,” Philip said. “You will be loyal to me and do as I tell you. As my friend, you will provide me the information and knowledge I seek, and play what I choose to play. In return, I will free you. Are we in agreement.”
“I promise,” The Collector said happily.
“Then I promise as well,” said Philip.
There was a brief suspended moment, and then suddenly The Collector let out a gleeful screech and shot up the wall.
“Finally!” they cackled. “Finally I’m gonna’ be free of this prison! Ooohhhh we’re gonna’ have so much fun! This is the best day ever!”
“Well then, in that case,” Philip said. “Let’s play.”
“What’re we gonna’ play? What are we gonna’ play?”
“Oh,” Philip said. “I have a very exciting game in mind…”
***
The echoes of words long ago spoken played through The Collector’s mind as they turned the piece of geyser agate over and over in their hands. They stared at the way the light they imbued it with refracted through the flaws and patterns in the stone.
The Collector ran their fingers over the surprisingly smooth texture of the agate, digging their fingernails into the small indentations on its surface.
Beside them, Raine was speaking. Something about a development with the other Coven Heads that was causing them distress.
Eda was responding, pressing Raine for more details, but they seemed a bit evasive.
“We’ll talk more later,” they said. “When we’re not…you know.”
“I don’t know,” King said loudly.
“Ah,” Eda said, voice taking on a worried edge. “Got it.”
“Got it?” King asked. “Got what? I don’t get it.”
The Collector continued their contemplation of the geyser agate, even as the light within it began to fade.
They felt something. A tightness, almost akin to desperation.
Eda’s kind words and promises were so similar to Philip’s that it felt like some sort of distorted reflection.
The similarities, King keeping The Collector at arm’s length, the gifted geyser agate, the heart drawn in the sand, it all meant something. But examining it all too closely only increased the feeling of desperation and tightness.
So The Collector pushed it away, retreating from the thoughts as if they burned and hurt, choosing to focus on the agate instead.
They weren’t sure how long they’d been sitting here at the far edge of the beach, but the sun was getting much lower on the horizon.
The realization that The Collector had lost time, had lost track of the conversation, hit them hard. It rushed in to fuel another fear that had been smoldering for a while.
A fear that had abruptly resurfaced earlier when Raine had attempted to play music.
The Collector didn’t need to breathe, didn’t need to eat. They didn’t need to sleep.
But they were so tired.
They didn’t sleep for fear of the nightmares that accompanied it, for fear of the vulnerable state of unconsciousness. But there was another reason as well.
They still lived in fear of something else…
“What if it’s not real.”
They could not shake the creeping terror that they were somehow dreaming right now and if they closed their eyes and drifted off for even a second, they would awake back in their prison, trapped and alone forevermore.
“What’s that?” Raine asked.
The Collector shot them an alarmed look, not realizing they’d spoken out loud. They were squeezing the geyser agate so hard that it dug into their palms and they could feel a tiny crack begin to form within it.
“What if what’s not real?” Eda said.
“NOTHING!” The Collector shouted.
“I don’t see your tablet anywhere,” Eda said, quickly changing the subject as she recognized the signs that a meltdown would imminent if she questioned The Collector any further about what they meant.
The water was high, covering the beach in choppy, roiling waves so that it was near-impossible to see anything below the surface.
The Collector, however, looked intently at the water as if they could see beneath the murky froth.
“What say you we head back to the house,” Eda went on. “It’s getting late. I’ll make grub worm soup. And maybe put on some clothes that aren’t soaking wet.”
The Collector perked up at the mention of soup, and perhaps it was just their imagination, but Raine could have sworn the sea grew slightly calmer.
“Okay!” The Collector said, almost too quickly.
To everyone’s surprise, they leaped up and took off for the Owl House at a sprint, which they quickly abandoned in favor of zooming through the air.
“They’re going to attract attention,” Raine said, picking up The Collector’s shoes as they began walking up the way towards the house with Eda.
“Yeah,” King said. “We won’t be able to keep The Collector a secret much longer at this rate.”
“It feels wrong,” Eda said. “Keeping them a secret in the first place. I don’t like it.”
“We’re keeping them safe,” Raine said. “I don’t like it either, Eda. But you know the political climate as well as I do. And the other Heads are starting to get… worrisome about the things that they do know.”
Eda raised an eyebrow but Raine tilted their head briefly towards King and did not elaborate.
***
The water in the rocky tidal pools onshore in the human realm was slightly warmer than the sea, and full of life. They were filled with barnacles, seaweed and a few anemones.
Luz and Amity both found themselves fascinated.
“Forget an aquarium,” Luz said. “I want a whole entire tide pool in my room.”
“That would be pretty cool,” Amity admitted.
The two ventured from pool to pool, checking every dip and cranny that held water.
The first conglomerate of rocks, while a fascinating showcase of marine biology, did not contain the specific creature that Luz and Amity were searching for.
Although striking out so far had been a bit of a bummer, it was hard to be disappointed when faced with such an incredible display of seaside life.
It was pretty well a crapshoot, Luz knew, but she just had a gut feeling that she was on the right track. Not to mention a hefty dose of stubborn determination.
And so she enthusiastically moved on to another jumble of rocks, leaning over to peer into the water caught between them.
And there, in a tiny pool that was scarcely big enough for it, was the puzzling five-armed creature that Luz had been seeking.
“Hah!” she cried triumphantly. “Look at that, Amity! Now that is a starfish!”
“I kind of feel bad for it,” Amity said.
She didn’t specify exactly what she meant by this, but it could have been the fact that the little sea star was trapped in a tiny puddle of water, perhaps flung there by the forces of the indifferent surf, caught here when the tide went out, with nowhere to go.
Or it could have been the implication that this course of events had condemned the sea star to become the sacrificial plaything at the mercy of a merciless cosmic child.
Luz couldn’t deny that these thoughts went through her own mind as she reached into the shallow pool and grasped the little sea star within, sealing its fate.
***
King had become quite adept at switching the destination of the portal. He’d been quite proud of himself being able to switch from the human realm beach and back to the Owl House. He’d even had the good sense to leave it open.
However, it would only later occur to him that, upon returning to the Owl House he should have opened the portal back to the beach, and not left it leading directly to Camila’s office and the entire rest of the vet clinic.
At least Camila had removed the mother dog and puppies from her office, and into an exam room where they were visiting their owner.
Elsewhere in the clinic, however…
“We just MOVED the damn thing,” Slice was complaining, as she and Amy maneuvered the autoclave back out of the isolation kennel, rolling it along on a wheeled stool.
“Yeah, well I guess we need iso now,” Amy said. “Naturally. For the first time in, like, a month.”
“Hey, that reminds me,” Slice said. “I need to show you that one video I was telling you about, where someone filled an entire swimming pool with oobleck and dropped bowling balls into it.”
“Sliiceeeee,” Amy groaned, in a voice that sounded physically pained. “Why? And how the hell does this remind you of…?”
“I think we should fill a swimming pool with oobleck,” Slice said, letting go of the autoclave and pulling out her phone. “And drop the autoclave into it. Here, let me show you.”
“Uggghhh, what is wrong with you?”
But Amy let go of the autoclave as well, leaving it precariously balanced on the stool to join Slice in looking at her phone.
“We could also use it as a safe,” Slice went on, tapping her phone screen as she searched for the video. “Since I think it’s more un-open-able than an actual safe. No one would ever get anything out of it. It’d be like the Eternal Safe.’
“Why?” Amy said, watching the video still sounding pained. “How do you even find this stuff?”
There was a sudden cackle and the sound of running feet.
“Oh for…” Amy said. “Did someone let their kid wander back here again? I’ve told the front desk…”
“Whoah,” Slice said. “Is it Halloween in February?”
For a moment both Slice and Amy just stared at the small, brightly-colored child that was inexplicably dancing around the treatment area, looking curiously at everything, hopping from table to counter.
“Hey, um, little dude!” Slice called. “Your outfit is on point, but you can’t be back here!”
“Are your parents up front?” Amy asked.
“Is that a Sorcerer's Apprentice costume?” Slice added.
“I think it’s Peter Pan,” Amy said.
The child grinned and laughed.
“What’cha’ mean I can’t be back here?”
“Come on,” Slice said, taking a step towards them. “Let’s go find your parents.”
“What’s that,” the kid said, pointing at the autoclave.
“Nononono, careful!” Slice said. “It’s really super heavy and not very stable on that stool.”
“Ooooh, lemmie seeeeee…”
“NO!” Amy shouted. “DON’T TOUCH THE AUTOCLAVE!”
***
It wasn’t a long walk back to the Owl House.
Since Raine didn’t want to divulge anything more about the latest Coven Head drama, Eda filled them in on what had transpired in their absence.
“The Collector was kind of lukewarm about their room, then,” Raine said thoughtfully, sounding a little sad.
“Ah, no…I mean they warded it like it was their own,” Eda said. “But I’m still not sure they want to stay. Maybe they’re just hanging around because they don’t have anywhere else to go. I don’t know Raine, I’m afraid they think they’re trapped here and the only reason they haven’t bolted is because they’re scared.”
“But The Collector wasn’t scared of rampaging around on their own after the Day Of Unity,” King pointed out.
“I’m sorry I keep messing up,” Eda said with a heavy sigh. “I should have waited until you were back and we could have showed The Collector their room together. It just seemed like it was the right time. And then I just had to go and bring up the whole pinky swear thing. They completely freaked out.”
“I’m sorry,” Raine said.
“Every time I think we’re good, I push too much and I just lose them a little more.”
“For what it’s worth, things looked pretty good between the two of you when I showed up.”
Eda looked at her sleeve, which hadn’t dried off much since The Collector had saturated it with seawater, and gave an amused snort.
“Yeah, I’m gonna’ have to change when we get home.”
“We’re both walking a fine line with The Collector,” Raine said.
“In the dark,” King added.
“But,” Raine continued. “So are they. You might not be losing them as much as you think, Eda. And King, you seem like you’re doing better with them as well.”
“Ehhhh,” King said. “I don’t know. They haven’t tried to snatch me up and fling me around like a stuffie lately but…they still want to, I can tell. Every time they look at me it makes my fur itch.”
They walked the last few hundred yards in silence, the calm before a storm the existence of which was first evidenced by some loud, wailing proclamations from Hooty.
The three exchanged a look and quickened their steps.
“Hooty!” Eda called, rushing to the door. “What’s all the commotion?”
“Behold!” Hooty cried. “The Collector stole riches from the human realm and Luz’s mom is chasing them around!”
“What?”
The scene in the living room was pretty much just exactly as Hooty described.
The Collector was holding an enormous white box with a touch screen and door on the front and vent on the top, through which there was the sound of water sloshing, and gleefully dancing just out of Camila’s reach.
“That’s not a toy,” Camila was saying. “And it’s not yours. Please give it back.”
Through the open portal door, Camila’s office was visible.
“Oh no!” King cried. “I think I trapped Amity and Luz at the beach!”
He ran to the portal door as Eda and Raine tried to sort out whatever was happening with Camila and The Collector.
Reaching up his paws he quickly shifted the portal back to the beach.
“Oh. Finally,” Amity cried.
“What’s going on?” Luz asked as the two of them stepped through the portal and into the Owl House. “Mom?”
“Luz, we have a situation,” Camila said. “The autoclave was taken by…I’m assuming this is The Collector?”
“Yeah…” Luz said, still trying to process the chaos. “Wait, The Collector stole the autoclave?”
“I have the coveted box!” The Collector cried delightedly. “And I’ll never give it back!”
“Put it down,” Camila said. “It’s heavy. You’ll hurt yourself!”
“No I wooooon’t!” The Collector sang. “‘Cause I’m stronger than youuuuuu! I’m stronger than ten! A hundred of you! It’s mine now! Miiiine! Finders keeeeeepers!”
“It’s not yours,” Camila said, voice still patient. “Please give it back. I’ll get you some legos instead. How does that sound?”
“MINE!”
“Why do you want an autoclave?” Luz demanded.
“I think it’s because everyone else doesn’t want them to have it,” Amity observed.
The Collector darted out of reach of both Raine and Eda, giving Camila a chance to grab hold of the autoclave, which didn’t really accomplish anything because it was indeed very heavy and The Collector was not about to let go of it.
“Well, lucky for you, Collector,” Luz said loudly. “I have something else for you. And it’s way more exciting than a boring old autoclave.”
The Collector gave her a suspicious look, like they seriously doubted that, and how dare she try to distract them from their newfound toy.
“It’s something you’ve been wanting,” Luz said.
“Starfish?” The Collector asked.
“Oh no,” Camila said, loosening her grip on the autoclave just enough for The Collector to yank it away again. “You didn’t really get them a starfish did you, Luz?”
“Why not?” The Collector said. “I wanna’ starfish!”
“But why?” Camila asked.
“You’re asking the twerp who’s decided they want a broken sterilizer thing,” King pointed out.
“Starfish!” The Collector demanded, their attention now laser-focused on Luz. “STARFISH. GIMMIE STARFISH!”
“No demanding, Collector,” Amity said. “How about you ask nicely for the starfish.”
“IT IS A STARFISH!” The Collector screeched. “GIMMIE GIMMIE GIMMIE!”
“Nicely,” Amity repeated. “Just saying ‘gimmie gimmie gimmie’ isn’t very nice.”
The Collector stomped their feet, hovering just above the floor and shaking the autoclave, the water inside sloshing louder.
They let out a frustrated wail of impatience, as if every moment that passed in which they didn’t have their starfish was unacceptable.
“How about put this great big, boring box down,” Amity went on, tapping the autoclave with a finger. “And ask Luz ‘please may I have the starfish?’”
“That’s more politeness than anyone in this house has ever expressed,” Eda said.
“Okay!” The Collector said.
They carelessly flung the autoclave aside, where it was caught by Hooty moments before it would have flown into the nearest wall at a high speed.
“PLEASEMAYIHAVESTARFISH!!!!” The Collector screamed, frowning and adding. “NOW!!!”
“That sounds more like it,” Eda muttered.
“I don’t think that’s what Amity was asking,” Camila said, crouching down beside The Collector and tilting her head until she met their wild, red-glowing gaze.
They finally looked at her and, behind the intimidating, devious look there was something else along the lines of fear and uncertainty.
“Hello,” Camila said, now that The Collector was no longer shouting. “I’m Luz’s mother, remember? It’s nice to meet you on the physical plane, Collector.”
“Why’re you talking to me?” The Collector snapped, narrowing their eyes. “Why aren’t you over there checking on your precious box?”
“I want to make sure you’re alright. You’re more important. The box is okay,” Camila said. “See?”
She pointed to where Hooty was gently setting the autoclave down on the floor.
The Collector blinked and looked away.
“I don’t care,” they said. “I wanna’ starfish. Gimmie STA…”
“Uh-uh,” Camila said. “Not like that. Starfish are living things, and we have to be gentle with living things.”
“Hmph,” The Collector said. “Just like you’re all trying to get me to be gentle with King. It’s not fair! Nobody wants me to have any fun!”
“You’re a living thing, too, Collector.”
“Huh?”
The Collector blinked again.
Camila carefully reached out and put a hand on their shoulder.
“I don’t think anyone treated you very gently for a long, long time, huh,” she said. “So long you don’t even recognize it anymore. You have people who do treat you gently now. It wouldn’t hurt to be nice to them.”
“You don’t want me to have starfish,” The Collector said sullenly.
Camila sighed, squeezing The Collector’s shoulder.
“I want you to know you’re just as deserving of kindness as your starfish, or King or anyone else. I want you and your starfish to both be treated kindly. Can you do that? Imagine you are that starfish and treat it the way you’d like to be treated.”
Luz crouched down on The Collector’s other side and presented a small plastic container full of seawater.
And in that seawater…
“STARFISH!” The Collector screeched, whatever lesson Camila was trying to impress upon them immediately forgotten.
They plunged their hand into the water and snatched out the creature within, shrieking with delight.
“Mine! MY STARFISH! MINE! MINE!”
“Well,” Luz said, turning to her mom with a shrug. “You tried.”
“I thought I was onto something there,” Camila said. “They really seemed to be listening for a minute.”
“Welcome to my life,” Eda said, stepping over, helping Camila to her feet and giving her a smirk.
“It needs water, Collector,” Amity said, trying to get them to at least loosen their grip on the starfish, as they were holding it awfully tightly. “It won’t survive without water, and then you won’t have a starfish anymore, and Luz and I went to a lot of trouble to get it for you.”
“Water, hmmmm…” The Collector said, looking around the room.
Their eyes lit up a bit brighter and they rushed to the autoclave, sending the lid flying with a wave of their hand before dropping the starfish into the well with a plop.
“There’s water!”
“Salt water,” Camila called worriedly, turning away from Eda. “Not distilled water. You are going to need a whole saltwater aquarium system. Do you even have those here?”
“I think I can help with that,” Raine said, picking up the plastic container that Luz had used the transport the starfish, and inspecting the water it held. “Give me just a little time.”
“I don’t know if that poor thing has a little time,” King said, peering into the autoclave well, where the sea star was moving its arms in what might or might not have been a distress response.
“Thank you for saving the autoclave, Hooty,” Camila said. “It would not be easy to explain to the company that not only did it lock its door and give us an error message, but also got stolen by an alien child from another dimension and smashed into a wall.”
“MY autoclave!” The Collector shouted. “Finders keepers!”
“Just doing my part,” Hooty said happily, watching the sea star with an extremely intent expression.
“Collector,” Eda said. “You better get your starfish out of there before Hooty eats it.”
“I wasn’t even thinking about that,” Hooty lied.
The Collector immediately complied, and then flew up the stairs to their empty room, sea star in one hand, geyser agate in the other.
From downstairs, the conversation turned to supper and, when King suggested pizza, to the large number of empty pizza boxes that had slowly but surely been accumulating in the kitchen.
Outside, the sun was setting and the tide was going out, retreating to more normal levels after having caused the rest of the Boiling Isles great distress, leaving entire beaches of sea treasures in its wake.
Chapter 37
Summary:
Eda calls The Collector's bluff but still gets a sinus headache.
Notes:
Morning dear readers!
(Actually it's about fifteen minutes from afternoon here).
Hope y'all are all doing well as we are now a week out from Watching And Dreaming. I'm having to come to terms with the fact that I am definitely not going to get this arc anywhere near finished before it airs (LOL, remember when I thought I'd get the whole fic finished before season three?).
Not a whole lot more to add but, as always, thanks for following along on this AU adventure, and I hope you all continue to enjoy, even as canon goes in different directions.
Alice
Chapter Text
“Philip. Hey. Philip.”
The Collector tilted their shadow head to and fro, perched atop their mirror disk, looking for all the world like they were dancing to music.
There wasn’t any music, though.
In fact, there was dead silence in the cave. Even the dripping of water from stalactites had been dampened by towels that Philip had strategically placed on the floor beneath.
The Collector was bored.
Philip had played with them, indulged them for weeks.
But lately, it seemed like he’d been more withdrawn, retreating into other parts of the cave with his books and journals.
The Collector might have thought Philip had learned the exact distance they could project their shadow and been deliberately spending more and more time juuust beyond that, had Philip not repeatedly assured them that this was not the case.
“Phiiiiii-liiiiip!!!! What are you doing Philip? I’m boooored, Philip! I wanna’ playyyyyyy.”
There was no answer.
Maybe Philip was out of earshot.
Except The Collector could see the dim light of a lantern from around the bend in one of the passageways leading from the workshop where Philip kept the tablet.
They tilted their head even more, picking up the faint sound of the scratching of a quill on paper
“Phiiilip!!!”
Had there been a pause in the sound of the quill? The Collector couldn’t be sure.
The scratching noises continued.
There was something horrible, The Collector thought, about being given a friend after eons of isolation, only to have that friend spend hours, days perhaps, tantilizingly juuuuuuuuust out of reach.
“Philip?”
Philip should have known this. The Collector had told them over and over how lonely and bored they had been for all those years, and how happy they were that he had found them and decided to be their friend.
Philip knew how desperate The Collector was for attention after being alone for so long. He wouldn’t be ignoring them on purpose. He must have forgotten, or not realized…
“PHILIP! PHILIP-PHILIP-PHILIP! WHERE ARE YOU!!! I’M LONELYYYYYYY!!”
This time the scratching sound definitely stopped.
“PHILIP! CAN YOU HEAR MEEEEE?? I’M BOOOORED!!”
The quill scratchings resumed.
Something coiled up inside The Collector, the phantom of hot, molten rage. It was a feeling they had felt before, it was familiar, it had exhausted them in their trapped state.
“PHILIP! PHILIP! YOU BIG STUPID HUMAN GET IN HERE! I’M GOING TO TEAR ALL YOUR HAIR OUT AND TAKE YOUR HEAD OFF AND USE IT AS A BOWLING BALL! I’LL COLLAPSE THIS WHOLE CAVE AND SMUSH YOU FLAT!”
There was the scrape of a chair and footsteps and, to The Collector’s relief, delight and fury, Philip walked into view from around the corner, quill and journal in hand.
“What’s the matter, Collector?”
“I KNEW IT! YOU'RE HIDING FROM ME!”
“I am not hiding from you, Collector. I’m very busy. My research requires my attention.”
“YOU WERE HIDING WITH YOUR RESEARCH FOR DAAAAYYYYYYSSSSS!”
“There’s no need to exaggerate. I’ve been gone for all of fifteen minutes.”
“DAYS!”
“Really now, Collector. Your perception of time is quite skewed from being locked away for so long. You must learn patience, and wait your turn to play.”
It was true. There was no day and night in the cave, no way for The Collector to measure the passage of time. They knew that. If Philip told him what felt like days had been only minutes, then that had to be true. He wouldn’t lie about it. He’d told them so.
At least they had Philip’s attention now.
“And now, if you’ll excuse me,” Philip continued. “I need to research a little more and finish these notes on the Grimwalker incubation process.”
“Nonono, don’t leave.”
“I’ll only be five minutes.”
“It’ll feel like five daaaaayyyyyys!”
“Then you must be patient, my friend. We’ll play soon, I promise.”
Philip turned to leave and suddenly The Collector was filled with an explosion of fear and anger and desperation that they were barely able to control.
“YOU’RE A STUPID POOP-HEAD!”
Philip halted.
Encouraged, The Collector went on.
“YOU’RE JUST A SILLY LOST HUMAN WHO KILLED HIS BROTHERRRRRRRRRR!”
Something snapped and Philip’s calm demeanor turned into something dark and savage.
He ran at The Collector’s shadow, punching it with a fist.
Naturally, The Collector felt nothing, and Philip’s hand collided with a rock, causing him to gasp in pain.
The Collector laughed, dancing out of the way.
“Na-na-na-na-na-naaaaaaaaah! You caaaan’t get meeeeee!”
Over and over, Philip launched himself at The Collector, expression glazed, punching at the gleeful, cackling shadow that flitted all around him.
The Collector reveled in the attention.
“YOU’RE A SILLY DUMB-DUUUUUMB!” They sang. “YOU CAAAAAN’T CATCH ME!”
Philip stopped, breathing hard, knuckles bleeding, laughter echoing through the cave around him.
“That’s quite enough out of you,” he said, picking up one of the towels from the cave floor and tossing it over The Collector’s disc.
Instantly the laughter and taunts stopped, the shadow vanishing from the wall.
“That’s better,” Philip said, turning away and stomping back to another part of the cave, the faint muffled screaming from beneath the towel fading away.
It had to have been an accident, The Collector thought, beating their hands uselessly against the wall of their prison.
“PHILIP! I’M GONNA’ DROP THE ENTIRE SUN ON YOU AND WATCH YOU MELT!”
But this time there was no answer, and the threats were only met with silence.
“Philip? PHILIP? PHILIIIIIIP! PHIIIIIL-IIIIIIIIIP!!!”
“OWL LADYYYYYYYYYY!!”
Beside Eda, King yelped and cringed at the decibel level of The Collector’s voice.
From seemingly out of nowhere, a projectile sea star was hurled through the air, hitting Lilith’s glasses before dropping to the table.
It was, of course, far from the first time something like this happened, although the addition of the sea star was relatively new. The Collector regularly made demands (or just announced their presence) at high volume, no matter how close or far they happened to be from whoever’s attention they sought.
Usually, however, Eda managed to catch The Collector before they yelled at her, scooping them up and swinging them around, which still seemed to surprise them every time, as if they couldn’t quite comprehend not having to scream at the top of their lungs first.
This usually resulted in an explosion of delighted exclamations or surprised giggles.
Tonight, however, Eda was preoccupied, sitting at the kitchen table with Lilith and King, surrounded by books, notepaper, cups of tea and a number of mysterious scrolls.
While sorting through the relics from Belos’ contraband vault that The Collector hadn’t yet sequestered away in their room, King had discovered a series of ancient-looking scrolls that seemed to reference Titans.
He hadn’t been able to decipher anything, so Eda had called in Lilith, who dropped everything to come examine the scrolls.
Unfortunately, while Lilith was fascinated and intrigued, she could not decipher them either. The writing was not in any language she’d ever heard of, let alone one she was familiar with.
It was for this reason that Eda had been distracted, squinting down at what looked to her like a bunch of griffin scratches. When The Collector entered the kitchen, she had not immediately noticed them.
Now their expression was furious and they stood in the middle of the floor, red sparks crackling around clenched fists which, fortunately, no longer held a sea star.
Lilith wiped her glasses, and King pulled the fragile scrolls away from said sea star.
“What’s the matter, Collector?” Eda asked, getting up from the table and walking over to them.
“YOU’RE THE MATTER!” The Collector shouted.
“Care to elaborate on that?”
“I WANT A CUPCAKE!”
“There’s some pox-stickers in the fridge…”
“NO! WANNA’ CUPCAKE RIGHT NOW!”
“I’ll have to make some more cupcakes. Right now I’m looking at these old scrolls with Lily. They might…”
“I KNEW IT!” The Collector screamed. “YOU’RE BORED WITH ME! NOW YOU’RE MORE INTERESTED IN THAT DUMB OLD WRITING STUFF!”
“Collector, that is not…”
“WELL GUESS WHAT! I’M GOING TO MOVE THE MOON AGAIN! THEN YOU’LL BE SORRY! ‘CAUSE THIS TIME I’M GONNA’ BRING IT RIGHT DOWN ON TOP OF THIS HOUSE AND CRUSH IT! AND ALL OF YOU! YOU’LL ALL GET SQUASHED BY THE MOON!”
Eda snorted, not looking at all intimidated by the threat. Far from it, in fact.
“AND THEN,” The Collector continued. “I’LL TURN THE MOON INTO A BLACK HOLE AND YOU’LL ALL GET SUCKED IN!”
“Can they do that?” Lilith asked King.
“Eh, probably,” King said, waving a paw. “But they won’t.”
“I WILL!” The Collector shouted, having overheard.
They stomped their feet to punctuate each word, shaking the whole house.
“No,” Eda said, looming over them. “You will not.”
“I’M GOING TO SQUISH YOU! INTO…INTO OOBLECK!” The Collector shot back.
Eda smirked at them.
“Then do it.”
“Edalyn!” Lilith cried.
Even King looked a little disconcerted, an expression shared by Hooty, who snaked in through a window.
“You suuuuure it’s a good idea to egg them on, Eda?”
But Eda’s attention was all focused on The Collector, and they seemed to be basking in it.
“Well?” She said. “Here’s your chance, Sneaky-Peek. I’m not backing down. Turn me into goop or oobleck or whatever.”
“I will, Owl Lady! You think I won’t, but I’m gonna’! I’m gonnaaaaaa’...”
The Collector’s voice was now almost a whine.
“Then show me whatcha’ got,” Eda said.
The Collector scrunched up their nose and made a growling noise that almost sounded frustrated, but they made no move.
“You’re right, King,” Lilith said, a hint of wonder in her voice. “They’re not actually going to do it. Edalyn’s calling their bluff.”
This time, The Collector didn’t appear to be listening.
They lifted up off the floor, kicking their feet slightly, rising until they were almost nose-to-nose with Eda.
She blinked.
They didn’t.
“Last chance, Owl Lady,” The Collector said, raising a finger.
“Yeah, you won’t do it,” Eda said, bonking her own forehead gently against the top of their head.
“Bzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzt!”
Eda felt a shock of force as The Collector tapped her on the nose with their finger.
If there had ever been a question of just how much power The Collector possessed, the jolt was more than enough to make it very clear just what she was dealing with.
Oftentimes, The Collector’s touch was accompanied by a slight static shock.
This felt like getting hit by the entire firmament.
This was only a fraction of a fraction of a fraction of the power The Collector wielded.
Distantly she heard Lilith, King and Hooty calling out in alarm.
Eda sneezed.
The Collector, their finger still resting on her nose, laughed.
“Ewwwwwwwww! You sneezed on my hand! Gross!”
They tapped Eda’s nose again.
“Ack! Alright, kid. You gotta’ stop that. You’ve proved your point…whatever that is. But I’m going to get a headache if you keep it up.”
“Oh my Titan - sorry, King,” Lilith was saying. “That was terrifying.”
“For the last time, Lilith,” King said. “I’m not offended.”
“You put a lot of trust in that little dude, Eda,” Hooty said.
“I think we both proved a point,” Eda said, reaching her arm around The Collector and pulling them out of the air.
She had the distinct feeling that something had shifted. The Collector hadn’t completely backed down, but they had shown control and moderation of their magic, proving that their empty threats to murder Eda were just that - empty.
It was something she’d known for a while, but addressing it, bringing attention to it, meant that things with The Collector would, by default, be different from here out.
The Collector snickered happily, nestling against Eda, their mood having turned a complete one-eighty now that they were being held and made the center of attention.
“You said there were pox-stickers?” they said, eyes comically wide and innocent as if they hadn’t just been screaming and threatening mayhem.
“You know,” Eda said, still holding them as she walked towards the refrigerator. “You don’t need to threaten to obliterate me every time you want my undivided attention.”
“Yeah,” King said. “Who does that?”
“Someone who spent centuries in the company of Belos,” Lilith said darkly. “His grubby fingerprints are all over that kid, I see it more and more every time I visit.”
Eda kicked the refrigerator door open, The Collector bouncing with excitement at the prospect of consuming pox-stickers, their outburst seemingly forgotten.
Lilith turned back to the table and poked at the sea star.
“What is this horrifying creature?” she asked.
“The Collector’s pet,” King said. “Out of its tank. Again.”
“I’lllll put it back,” Hooty said, zeroing in.
“No you will not,” King said, grabbing the sea star out of Hooty’s reach and hurrying upstairs to return it to its new home.
If anyone had hoped that the acquisition of a sea star might have somehow calmed The Collector, this hope had been immediately dashed, even before the most recent meltdown.
Granted, there were some benefits, the main one being that The Collector was no longer asking for a starfish a few dozen times a day.
Unfortunately this meant they were now tormenting their new pet at least that many times per day and it was no small wonder that they hadn’t killed it already.
Raine had helped Camila set up an aquarium in the corner of The Collector’s room, Eda having luckily kept a usable tank in one of her stashes of human realm oddities.
Raine was able to use their bard magic to adjust the water to the proper salinity, and Luz used glyphs to keep the tank lit.
“Oooh, this is such a practical application of your magic,” Camila had said.
“Thanks,” Luz said, sounding very pleased.
While the tank now had just about as optimal conditions as could be recreated in an aquarium, there was the problem of making sure its inhabitant actually stayed in the tank.
The sea star itself made no attempt to escape, but it now found itself in the possession of someone who constantly wanted it in their hands rather than in the water.
In the days that followed, The Collector had approved a few new furniture items for their room, including a star-themed bed that Luz had been very excited to find.
The Collector, although they did seem to love the bed’s design, refused to sleep in it (or anywhere else, for that matter) and instead they found other uses for it.
More often than not, these uses were not in the best interest of the hapless sea star.
“Collector,” Raine admonished, finding them, not for the first time, leaping on the bed, surrounded by a number of items that bounced a good foot or so in the air every time The Collector hit the mattress with many times the force of the average child.
Most of said items were relics from Belos’ contraband, along with their geyser agate and a few random stuffies that had been provided by Camila.
However, also in the mix was…
“Starfishieeeeeee!” The Collector cried, expression gleeful, eyes dancing as they watched it fly into the air and then fall to the mattress repeatedly. “Bounce! Bounce! Bounce!”
“Collector,” Raine repeated. “That is not responsible pet care. You’re hurting your starfish.”
“No I’m not,” The Collector said, stopping mid-bounce and hovering in the air to glare at Raine. “Camila said it needs enrichment. I’m enriching it!”
“I don’t think that’s what she meant.”
“Hmph! Quit being a fun-sucker, Rainyy.”
The Collector dropped back down onto the mattress, hitting it hard, sending everything on it flying into the air once again.
“You’re going to break your bed if you keep doing that,” Raine said. “It’s not made to be a trampoline for space children with superpowers.”
“I don’t care,” The Collector said, and jumped again.
Raine caught the sea star as it flew into the air, cupping their hands around it and whistling to at least partially heal the bruising and damage it had sustained.
“That’s mine!” The Collector shouted. “My starfish!”
“Your starfish is all dried out,” Raine said calmly, returning it to its tank, where it floated somewhat awkwardly back to the sand on the bottom.
The Collector hopped off the bed and pressed their face against the glass of the tank, watching the sea star make its way across the sand with tiny incremental movements.
“You really do like that thing, huh,” Raine said.
“Starfishie,” The Collector said. “My starfishie.”
Chapter 38
Summary:
The Collector finds a loophole.
Notes:
Good morning dear readers! Happy Saturday! It's a very quiet morning in my favorite coffee shop and they playlist is on-point.
Watching And Dreaming airs tonight and I honestly am not sure what to expect. I've been having a lot of bittersweet feelings about The Owl House officially coming to and end, and it's really hard to put into words how much this show, this fandom and this fic has come to mean to me.
Previously I've tried to avoid posting a new chapter of MoonShadow on the same day a new episode of TOH airs. I'd hoped to get this one up a few days ago but this week has thrown me some curveballs (which I should expect, I don't really have any other kind of week). But I REALLY wanted to get this chapter up before the episode, for reasons you'll probably understand when you read it. I fully expect the lore I created to be completely jossed in a handful of hours, but I wanted to get it out there first. This is now an AU, after all. The lore of MoonShadow diverged from canon long ago.
I remember when I expected to finish this entire fic before season 3 even aired. I've very much had to readjust my goals. I'd *hoped* to get Arc 2b finished before the end of season 3, but I've had to come to terms with the fact that isn't happening either.
In any case, my deepest thanks to everyone who has read and loved this fic and come on this journey with me. You've made the past few months so much brighter, and I look forward to sharing what is to come.
I'll probably be taking a brief hiatus for the next couple of weeks, but after that I am so excited for where MoonShadow is going and I can't wait for you to read it!
I've rambled long enough now. On with the fic!
I'll see you on the flipside.
Alice
Chapter Text
Can’t have you giving that to anyone else.
A heavy shudder ran through the very foundations of the Owl House.
To most it was nearly imperceptible. Raine looked up from their coffee, but couldn’t say exactly why. Something had caught their attention, but they had no idea what it had been.
However, their early morning companion in the kitchen picked up on it right away.
“Wowza!” Hooty cried, suddenly looking alarmed. “What the hoot was that?”
Hooty tried his best to keep tabs on his inhabitants, keep them safe, help them feel at home.
It was a tough job, but somebody had to do it.
He’d wished Raine a good morning and actually had quite a good conversation with them over coffee, which he had decided he should probably drink more often.
For some reason, Raine didn’t seem to think this was a good idea and Hooty had been in the middle of arguing otherwise, when he felt the distressed energy of the house’s resident overpowered child radiating through the walls.
“Don’t drink my coffee, Raine,” Hooty said. “I’ll be riiiiiiight back. I just need to check on something.”
It didn’t take him long to zero in on The Collector, sitting in their window, facing the brightening sky, their eyes glazed over like they couldn’t see it all, muttering something in an odd whisper.
It wasn’t the first time Hooty had found The Collector like this, but it was something that seemed to be happening more frequently, and he never knew how to respond.
Should he comfort the kid? Leave them be? What were the protocols for dealing with a mega-powered kid when they seemed to be stuck inside their own head. Should he ask Raine? Should he offer them coffee?
As it was, The Collector could see the rays of sun streaking the land quite perfectly, superimposed over images that replayed in their head, and a voice that seemed to taunt them with a repeated phrase.
‘Release you. Release you. Release you. Goodbye. Release you. Release you. Goodbye. Goodbye. Goodbye. Release you. Release you. Release you. Release you. Goodbye. Release you. Release you. Release you.’
They knew Hooty was there and that he was asking them something, but they simply put up a hand and pushed him away, the words continuing to dig into their head as they replayed them again and again, almost obsessively.
‘And that’s why I won’t release you. Can’t have you giving that to anyone else. Goodbye.’
There was a firm windowsill beneath them now, but The Collector could still feel the phantom sensation of falling, even when they couldn’t even feel it at the time, having still been trapped as a shadow.
They could still feel the shock, the utter disbelief, the desperation, all hope falling away with them.
They were more powerful than anyone even knew, but in that state, in that moment, they were helpless.
All they could do was scream.
“OWL LADYYYYYYYYY!!”
The now-familiar voice accompanied The Collector’s explosion into the loft.
King grumbled unhappily and burrowed deeper into the nest, pulling a pillow over his head.
Eda, having just gotten up after a glorious morning of sleeping in, was trying to one-handedly brush her hair, although she wasn’t sure exactly why.
Taming her mane was a near-pointless endeavor even on a good day, as she tended to regularly lose the brush in her hair whenever she attempted it, only to happen across it days to weeks later when she was looking for something else.
Such was the case on this particular morning. She’d misplaced an elixir bottle, found the brush, and now its bristles were firmly tangled in her hair.
“Morning,” Eda mumbled, still a bit foggy.
Her hand was abruptly ripped away from the hairbrush as The Collector grabbed hold of her arm with such force that it was a wonder her hand wasn’t ripped off her arm.
“What’s the matter, Sneaky-Peek?” she asked as The Collector proceeded to hang from her arm like a rope, their heels dragging across the floorboards.
“Owl Ladyyyyyyyy,” they repeated, looking up at her as if to make sure that she was giving them every bit of attention she had to offer. “You gotta’ let me teach you magic! You can use star magic and tap into the Owl Beast so it can power your spells, not cancel them out! I can show you how! You’ll be more powerful than anyone else! Stronger than anyone else! You can be the most powerful witch…”
“Whaoh now,” Eda said, her arm beginning to ache under the strain. “Slow down there, Collector. What brought this on?”
“Pleaaaaaseeee,” The Collector whined. “Once you were nearly the most powerful witch before the Beast corrupted your magic. I knoowwwww you miss it! You could be again! Even more powerful-er!
“Collector, you know that’s against the rules.”
“But you could be!” The Collector cried. “I can show you! I can teach you! Like I taught him! Pleasepleasepleasepleaaaaaseeeeeee…I’ll do it! I’ll tell you everything!”
Eda stared at The Collector’s wild gaze.
They would, she realized. They would tell her everything they knew.
She wasn’t sure what had prompted this sudden about-turn, seemingly at odds with all of their shouts and accusations and threats up until this point. Regardless, it was clear that their offer to give her back her status as the Most Powerful Witch On The Boiling Isles was very much genuine.
All she had to do was say the word.
The Collector watched her, unblinking, expectant.
Eda smiled at them.
“That’s really sweet, kid. But nah. We’ve already been over this and I’m sticking to my guns on this one. I appreciate the thought, though.”
The Collector dropped her hand, anger flashing across their face.
“But…that…He didn’t want me to! He said! He didn’t want me to!”
“Huh?” Eda said, watching The Collector do the best impression of a storm cloud she’d ever seen outside of an actual storm cloud. “What’re you talking about?”
“PHILIP!” The Collector shouted, as if they thought it should have been obvious. “HE SAID! THAT’S WHY HE WOULDN’T LET ME OUT! THAT’S WHAT HE SAID BEFORE HE…BEFORE HE…HE…”
“Kid, what…?”
“He didn’t want me to teach anyone else what I taught him! But now I could! I WOULD! Just because HE DIDN’T WANT ME TO! EXCEPT YOU WON’T LET ME! YOU WON’T LET ME! YOU HAVE TO LET ME! YOU HAVE TO!”
Eda sighed.
Of course.
This wasn’t some sudden act of affection or sympathy. The Collector wanted to share their magic and knowledge just to spite Belos’ memory.
“I’ll bet Belos would be pretty pissed off if he knew you were free and just living in my house eating cupcakes and tormenting starfish,” Eda said, forcing a smile.
“But…”
“You’re here for no other reason than because I care about you. We care about you. So as much as I’d like to stick it to that slimy witch hunter creep’s memory, I am not going to take advantage of your powers.”
“But I’m…I’m…”
“I know. You’re offering. But the answer’s still no. No teaching us how to use your magic. We have our own, powered by bile sacs or Titans what have you. Your magic is your own. Them’s the rules.”
“NO FAIR!” The Collector screamed. “NO FAIR! THE RULES ARE STUPID!”
“Eda, can you shut them up?” King muttered from under the pillow.
The Collector was shaking, and Eda had a feeling it wasn’t all due to anger. However, they also looked flighty, as if any sudden movement to comfort them would send them dashing from the room.
So instead, Eda pointed a finger at The Collector.
“Bzzzzzzz…?” she said.
Instantly, The Collector relaxed and happily extended their own finger towards her.
“Bzzzzzzzzzzzt!” they said, tapping her fingertip with their own.
It was still enough power to nearly fling Eda backwards, and she still wasn’t sure if she would ever get used to it, but at least it wasn’t her nose this time. The sinus headache she’d gotten from that had lingered on all day.
“There ya go, kiddo. You with me?”
The Collector's momentary contentment with the familiar gesture faded, their dark expression returned and their shoulders sagged.
“Yeah,” they said.
“You wanna’ talk about anything?”
The Collector shook their head.
They turned and stomped out of the loft, down the hall, back to their room, thoughts and feeling swirling unrecognizably.
They approached the aquarium, which bubbled cheerfully in the corner of their room, the sea star climbing up the glass.
The Collector reached into the tank, grabbed the star out, and flung it against the wall with a frustrated scream.
***
“It’s going to die if you keep doing that, and then you won’t have a starfish at all.”
Raine wasn’t sure how long the sea star had been on the floor. They’d noticed it wasn’t in the tank right away when they’d entered the room, but The Collector was in a strange mood and did not give any indication where it had gone.
After a bit of searching, Raine had found it in a pathetic heap at the base of a wall, one of its arms severely injured.
“Whatever,” The Collector said, from where they were rocking back and forth in the air above their bed in a slightly unsettling manner. “I’ll just bring it back if it…it it…it…if…”
The Collector’s voice trailed off.
Raine raised an eyebrow.
The Collector sat down hard on the star-covered bedspread, expression suddenly turning distant, stricken.
“Hey, hey,” Raine said, reaching for them. “It’s okay. You just need to be more careful…”
“Uh-uh,” The Collector said, as if they couldn’t see Raine at all, grabbing the flaps of their hat and shaking their head wildly.
They leaped back into the air and out the door, flying erratically through the house until they found what they were looking for.
“King,” Eda was saying. “I don’t know. If it’s not a language that Lily can translate, I don’t think I’ll be of any help.”
“But look at the pictures,” King said from where he was perched on a table, shoving a scroll in Eda’s face. “Maybe you can interpret what they mean!”
“Abstract art interpretation, hmmmm?” Eda said, squinting at the scroll. “I guarantee you could show those pictures to seven people and get twelve different interpretations - and none of them would be whatever the artist intended.”
“But maybe yours would be the right one, Eda.”
“Is there a right one?”
Normally The Collector would have inserted themself into the conversation, barging in and making some comment about getting all the hypothetical interpreters to fight to the death to assert the One True Interpretation, which The Collector would then stomp on because, unlike everyone else, they could read the scroll.
On another day, perhaps they would have flown in, snatched said scroll, and told everyone exactly what was on it.
But today, at this particular moment, that thought was but a brief flicker at the back of their mind.
Hovering in the doorway, The Collector stared at King, following his every move as he hopped off the table and trotted after Eda, chattering something about the Titan figures depicted on the scroll.
They didn’t take their eyes off him.
When King finally felt the fur on the back of his neck stand up, he turned to find himself caught in a truly frightening red stare.
He shot a glare back at The Collector, the thought suddenly striking him that he knew more than ever why they had once been called The Grand Huntsman, child or not.
King shivered hard and turned back to Eda, tensing for a pounce that never came.
But The Collector continued to stalk him all day, as if unwilling to let him out of their sight.
“I guess they lost interest in the starfish,” King muttered. “Oh well. It was a nice few days.”
But for The Collector, as they sat cross-legged on the couch that evening, still staring at King, it wasn’t with malicious, or even devious intent.
Instead, The Collector was continually confirming to themself that King was alive and not lying in the dirt, blood-soaked and deathly still.
It was happening more frequently. The memories creeping in unbidden, even in the waking world. The Collector sometimes felt they weren’t even present in the Owl House at all, but were instead trapped back in a moment in the past, unable to escape.
When it wasn’t Philip’s voice, promising and betraying and taunting them, it was the Titan Trappers looming on all sides as King’s body lay lifeless before them.
Sometimes The Collector could still smell the blood, feel the warm stickiness as it dried on their hands.
King was dead and The Collector, their power drained, could not reverse it, try as they might.
Their feelings in these moments, stronger than any normal memory, threatened to overtake them, consume them, and the only thing keeping the onslaught at bay was to repeatedly prove to themself that King was okay.
Still, it had happened, it had been real, and The Collector had spent months that felt like millenia trapped and isolated in the Liminal, believing King to be dead.
Over and over now, they desperately assured themself, proved to themself that he was not.
But it didn’t feel like enough, especially with what they had overheard Raine tell Eda when neither thought King or The Collector could hear.
King had been outside, but The Collector had cupped an ear to the floor and listened in on the conversation from the room above.
“Some of the other Coven Heads,” Raine had reluctantly told Eda. “They think we’re deliberately keeping a…a valuable resource from them.”
“What does that mean?” Eda asked. “They still can’t prove we have The Collector…”
“Not The Collector, Eda. They’re talking about Titan’s Blood. They do know we have King.”
“OH FOR THE LOVE OF…”
“Eda! Keep it down!”
“Well you tell those no-good bureaucrat trash slugs to shove it and leave my… our kids out of this.”
“Trust me, I’ve told them as much. They weren’t all happy, either. I got some We’re Being Selfish-es and some For The Greater Goods and I am this close to decking Adrian.”
“No you’re not,” Eda said. “‘Cause I’m gonna’ do it first.”
“I held my ground,” Raine said. “But it…worries me. If the others really start to believe that Titan’s Blood is the solution to the uprisers and all our other problems, I wouldn’t expect them to respect anything we say.
“Some of them are fanatics, Eda, that’s how they got to be Coven leaders with Belos. They can reason their way through any ethical dilemma. Remember what Adrian did when he started putting together that we had the remnants of The Collector’s tablet?”
“And if the Coven Heads are starting to think about using Titan’s Blood,” Eda said. “You can bet the Belos loyalists are too.”
“Oh Titan, I didn’t even think of that.”
***
King fell asleep with his head resting on a scroll, François tucked under one arm.
His initial excitement upon finding the ancient relics had long since turned to frustration. The language they were written in, like his Titan ancestors, seemed to be very dead.
King was left pouring over the incomprehensible scrolls, trying to find patterns and piece together whatever events the words and images depicted.
His friends and family had tried to help, had spent hours doing so, but in the end they had little to offer. It wasn’t that King didn’t appreciate their attempts but, at the end of the day, he was left feeling very alone.
“Try not to dwell on it,” Raine had said.
It was easy for them to say. King couldn’t quite get his mind to stop ruminating on his lost heritage.
He’d drifted off to sleep, feeling bad all around.
He was surrounded by a family who loved him, and whom he loved with a deep ferocity that sometimes scared him. Shouldn’t that be enough?
King was awoken from his fitful sleep with a start as small hands snatched him from the table and into the air, leaving François on the scroll.
“WeHH?”
He flailed, but only for a moment as he was quickly carried out the door and quite high into the air.
The looming bridge from Bonesborough to Titan Trapper island caught his eye. It was still broken, but tonight it was also alight, burning with neon purple fire.
“Collector!” he snapped. “What are you doing?”
“How did you know it was me?” The Collector said loudly in his ear.
“How did I know it was…?” King began incredulously. “Who else would it be! This isn’t the world’s most difficult game of Guess Who.”
“What’s Guess Who? How do you play?”
“How do you not…never mind. How about we start with you, I don’t know… putting me down already?”
“Geez, King. You’re so impatient.”
“Says the kid who throws a fit if they don’t get their demands met within three seconds.”
The Collector went into a dive that made King’s stomach swoop, landing surprisingly softly in a small, clear spot in the forest.
“Agh, Collector,” King said as he found himself placed slightly less softly on the forest floor.
They hadn’t actually gone far at all. King could still see glimpses of light from the Owl House now and then through the trees.
He was about to ask what this was about, but The Collector interrupted him almost before he’d begun to speak.
“Why don’t you wield magic?”
“Weh?” King said. “Huh?”
“Your powers. You never use them.”
“Well, uh,” King said. “My only real power is exploding things with my voice and that…there’s not a lot of practical applications for that, you know.”
The Collector looked at him like no, they did not know.
“But you’re a Titaaaaan,” they said.
“Yeah, and what does that mean, huh? I can scream really loud. I’m going to grow a bazillion times bigger and outlive everybody. The Isles act like I’m some…some deity… and I hate it. I’m the least magical thing that I know. I don’t have a bile sac. Glyphs don’t even work for me - look.”
King drew a light glyph pattern in the soil with his claw and tapped it.
It didn’t even give him the satisfaction of an explosion, just a weak, sputtering puff of smoke that immediately disappeared.
“And it burns my paw.”
“Uh, yeah,” The Collector said, sounding unconcerned. “That’s ‘cause of the feedback, silly. It cancels out.”
“I don’t really care about the mechanics,” King said, kicking leaf litter over the failed spell. “I’m going to bed. Good night.”
He turned to go but, in one swift movement, The Collector was blocking his path, hands presumably on their hips although it was hard to tell with the fabric of their sleeves spilling all over the place.
“You don’t get it do you, King. You’re. A. Titan.”
“Big woop-dee-doo. I’m over it! I’m over being treated like a god. I’m just me, just King. Not powerful, not magical. I’m King.”
“Pfffft. You’re more magical than everyone else on this…island combined. ‘Cept for me, of course.”
“No. My blood is magical for other people. I can’t seem to do squat with it.”
“You can make portals through dimensions,” The Collector pointed out. “That’s how you freed me.”
“Okay, you’re right,” King said. “I’ll give you that one. Happy now?”
“You’re blood’s magical ‘cause you’re magical,” The Collector said, pointing at King to emphasize their words. “Glyphs channel magic from the source. The glyph got all confused ‘cause it’s getting feedback between you and your dead dad.”
“I…uh, guess that makes sense,” King said, rubbing his skull.
“And you,” The Collector went on. “Don’t need to channel magic from the source like witches do. You are your source.”
King just stared at The Collector, retort after retort dying in his mouth.
“You think I’m fibbing, don’t you,” The Collector said, narrowing their eyes at him. “Look around you already! The trees, that demon bird over there. All your dumb witch friends. They didn’t just come from nothing, genius.”
“All life on the boiling isles,” King said, practically reciting words he’d heard a million times. “Evolved from…from my dad’s decomposing corpse. You’re right. I’m so inspired.”
“You’re being sarcastic, aren’t you?” The Collector said, scrutinizing King as if they couldn’t really tell. “But yeah. No duh. Titans are so magical they can create life even when they’re dead. What do you think they can do when they’re alive?”
“Well that’s great and all,” King said. “But I can’t get the tutorial now, can I. Seeing as how all the other Titans are dead. I can’t exactly ask them, thanks to…”
King took a deep, steadying breath.
“It’s fine,” he continued, although it wasn’t clear if that was directed towards The Collector or himself. “I think it’d be better for us all if I’m just Eda’s kid. I shouldn’t be wasting what little time I have with my family worrying about what powers I do or don’t have.”
“You do have them,” The Collector said. “And you can use them.”
“Hey, easy for you to say. You’re so overpowered I might as well not exist. You do your celestial magic and you have all the powers of the cosmos at your fingertips.”
“And you have all the powers of…of the ground.” The Collector said. “The Titans came from the mud and the dirt. My…I came from space dust and time and gravity. I don’t do celestial magic, I am celestial magic. I can move all that stuff around and explode it but I can’t create life. Duhhhhhh.”
“You are…?” King began.
It was one of the few times The Collector had made a reference to what they actually were, and King was about to inquire further when the implications of what had just been said hit him.
“Wait, are you saying that Titans can create life?”
“HAVE YOU NOT BEEN PAYING ATTENTION??” The Collector shouted, waving their arms and inadvertently raising a stiff breeze. “Yes! At will! On the smallest whim! If I got destroyed, I’d explode and destroy everything light years in every direction! When a Titan…gets destroyed…”
The Collector looked up at the swaying treetops.
“You get an explosion of life,” King finished, the wind ruffling his fur.
He was suddenly hyperaware of the soil beneath his feet, the leaf litter, the bugs, the fungus, the interconnected network of roots surrounding him.
He thought of witches channeling the magic of the isles to create plants out of seeming nothing. He thought about Grimwalkers.
He shivered hard, and The Collector tilted their head, red eyes not reflecting fire but the nuclear reactions of entire stars that should never ever be this close to the earth or to anything else alive in the traditional sense.
And suddenly King was terrified. He had always feared The Collector because of their power, their childish impulses, their chaotic nature. This time was different. His instincts were screaming for him to run, that this thing before him was astrological destruction personified.
“I taught him all about it,” The Collector said sullenly. “I can’t do it myself, but I know how it works.”
King was having difficulty catching up. The Collector’s voice was still the obnoxious tone he had become accustomed to. They were still a kid.
Somehow space and time, the forces that built whole galaxies, had come together in just the right way to create a conscious being, and it was a child.
“Hu…what,” King said.
“I can’t do that kind of magic,” The Collector repeated, as if King wasn’t standing there having a terrifying revelation about them.
“But…uh…” King said, trying desperately to remember the topic of conversation. “When the Titan Trappers…you said you could bring me back if I died.”
“Oh and I could,” The Collector said. “Healing things that’re already alive and bringin’ ‘em back is easy-peasy-lemon-squeezy. S’long as they haven’t been dead too long.”
King thought he understood. But he also thought his head might explode, and likely result in a few new lifeforms if The Collector’s words were anything to go by.
He was still trying to come to terms with the fact that he was facing off against a roiling expanse of celestial chaos, concentrated down into a very small form, and it had just used the phrase ‘easy-peasy-lemon-squeezy.’
“Why…” he said. “Why are you telling me this?”
“‘Cause you,” The Collector said in a hilariously stern tone for a child. “Need to learn how to use your magic. So if…if anyone messes with you, you can beat them up.”
King seemed to come back to himself and, for the first time in quite a while, perhaps since The Collector’s meltdown over Hunter, he felt his annoyance with them ebbing.
He glanced up at the flickering purple light in the sky cast by the flames atop the ruined bridge.
“You want me to use magic…” he began. “Because you’re worried about me?”
“What if the Titan Trappers come back? What if someone tries to take your blood? What if they kill you and I can’t bring you back again? You gotta’ be able to defend yourself. I thought you knew how, but you don’t know anything.”
The Collector was starting to hyperventilate.
“Take it easy there,” King said. “None of that’s happening right now. I’m here, see?”
The Collector seemed to get a grip on themself.
“That’s why you gotta’ learn your magic,” they said, voice growing calmer once again.
“How?!? I literally just told you, I don’t know…”
“Uggghhhh! And you say I’m annoying. C’mere.”
The Collector plopped down cross-legged in front of King, pulling him into a sitting position as well.
“Hey!” King said, yanking his paws free of their hands.
The Collector reached after him.
“Gimmie your paws, King. Hold ‘em out like this.”
“Why?”
“So I can show you how to wield your powers, you goofball.”
King held his paws close to his chest.
“You know that’s against the rules, Collector.”
“No it isn’t. I can’t share my magic, but this isn’t my magic. It’s yours. That you already have.”
“I…” King looked down at his claws. “I somehow don’t think Eda would see it as any different.”
“Then she should have specified. But I won’t tell, if you won’t. ‘Sides, you’re starting to learn on your own anyway, like with the portal door and stuff. You’d proooooobably figure it all out on your own. But reallllyyyyyyyy slooowwwwwwly. You just need a friend to practice with. To…speed things up a tiny bit.”
The Collector grinned.
“Friend, huh,” King said, looking back up at them.
“You’ll still technically be doing it on your own. It’ll just be like I’m helping you with your homework.”
A bit to his own surprise, and definitely against his better judgement, especially considering his new dizzying realizations of The Collector’s power, King reached out his paws before he could reasonably talk himself out of it.
“Okay. Let’s do this.”
Chapter 39
Summary:
King steps outside his comfort zone.
Notes:
Good morning readers! Guess what! I'm not taking a post-TOH-finale hiatus from this fic after all! Honestly the finale only increased my drive and motivation to work on MoonShadow, so expect a regular weekly update schedule for the foreseeable future.
This fic really does have my heart, and I'll say again how much I appreciate all of you who have joined me for this adventure. I'm really blown away by the comments, discussion, and even fanart it has generated! Love you all so much!
Enjoy the new chapter! Warning for...mistreatment of invertebrates I guess?
Alice
Chapter Text
It was not, as The Collector had insisted it would be, easy-peasy-lemon-squeezy.
In fact, it was nothing of the sort.
King had been sitting for hours with his arms outstretched, trying to feel his own magic and send it into his paws.
Even The Collector had long since gotten antsy. They started squirming about and had now progressed to rolling around in the leaves and digging in the dirt.
“I wanna’ do something else, Kiiiiiing. I’m boooored.”
“Hey!” King protested. “This was your idea.”
“Boooooored…”
“Weren’t you just freaking out because you thought the boogy-witches might get me if I didn’t learn magic?”
“It’s Booga- Weeeeres, remember?”
“I wish I didn’t. Seriously, how did you learn to do magic? You can’t concentrate for more than three seconds.”
“I dunno’. I just do it.”
“Right. Because you are magic. Still trying to get my head around that.”
“Yeah,” The Collector said, digging with their hands. “But you generate your own power, just like me. You just gotta’ push it into your hands and out and make it do stuff. I already toooooold you.”
“Yeah, well. It doesn’t come second-nature to me, okay? You also said I needed to focus and concentrate, but you can’t do either of those things yourself.”
“Uh, yes I can.”
“You’re supposed to be coaching me! But all you’re doing is grubbing around in the dirt eating worms.”
“I am not!”
“I saw you stuff like five of them in your mouth!”
The Collector proceeded to roll their way across the ground and over to King.
“Don’t you feel aaaaaaaanyyyyyything?” they said, looking up at him. “Kinda’ like you’ve got bees in your chest? Or your head or something? And they wanna’ get out?”
“Oh, you’re eating bees now too?”
“What, no! They’d sting me!”
“I don’t feel bees,” King sighed, letting his arms fall to his sides. “I don’t feel anything. This isn’t working.”
“I don’t get it,” The Collector said. “If I don’t let my magic out, it builds up and up and up until it hurts and I can’t stand it.”
“I just don’t feel anything like that. Maybe I’m just a…a defective Titan.”
The Collector rolled over, propping their chin on their hands.
“No you’re not, you silly goof. But maybe it’s different for you.”
“So maybe I don’t have bees?”
The Collector rolled back over and flicked a hand in the air, red and purples sparks crackling across their knuckles. They seemed to consider what they were doing.
“It’s like…” they said thoughtfully. “Flying and falling and parties and friends and cupcakes. But sometimes it’s not. Sometimes it’s the worst thing ever and it feels like betrayal and being alone and…being sucked back into that prison. Sometimes it feels like the bees are stinging.”
King scratched his head. His arms were tired from holding them up fruitlessly for so long.
“Sometimes it feels like the worst thing ever?” he said. “And if you don’t let it out, it hurts?”
He thought back to the moment he’d first truly discovered his powerful scream.
There had been a pressure in his chest then, something that hurt to keep in, that he had to let out.
Once he’d learned how to use his voice powers, it had become second-nature. He just did it.
But that time, that first time…
“Wait. Collector. I have an idea.”
“Eh?” The Collector said, in the middle of chewing on another worm.
King hopped up and ran to the little pile of dirt The Collector had created from digging.
He put his paws on it and thought…
No.
Felt…
He thought of Eda stealing him away from his nursery, raising him, becoming his mom. He thought of Luz coming into his life and caring for him, becoming family.
He thought of losing them, and all the pain and anguish that went with it. He loved them so much. And he was going to outlive them.
Most of King’s future would not include Luz and Eda. Their existence was but a blip. One day it would be but a distant memory of something long, long ago.
He usually tried not to think about this, but it still haunted the back of his mind daily, threatening to consume him.
Usually he pushed it back, ignored it.
But not tonight.
Tonight he stopped pushing it back and let the thoughts and feelings and pain flood through him in a kind of vivid torment.
A sob wracked his small body, and pricks of tears began to burn the corners of his eyes.
“No. I don’t want to lose them.”
He loved Eda and Luz. He loved them so much.
“I don’t…I don’t want to grow up and turn into…into…”
“King?” The Collector said, their voice sounding unsure.
And King felt it, the unbearable pressure in his chest that he tried so desperately to keep at bay every day.
He let it out, let it flow through him, through his whole body and into his arms.
And out.
Tears fizzled and hissed, bursting into light as they hit the ground, and the dirt pile beneath his claws began to glow.
“King! You did it!” The Collector cried, jumping to their feet and clapping excitedly. “I knew you could.”
King’s shoulders sagged and he collapsed onto the ground, still shaking with sobs, but the glow fading from his claws and tears.
The dim light within the pile of dirt, however, remained.
“King…?” The Collector said. “Are you okay?”
King looked up at them.
“Do I look like I’m okay?”
The Collector shook their head.
“That,” King said. “Was awful.”
“Well it wasn’t great,” The Collector said. “You used up a bunch of energy and didn’t do much with it. But it wasn’t that bad. You made some glow-in-the-dark dirt.”
King sat up, wiping at his eyes, just breathing for a long time before he said anything.
“It feels like emotion,” he said at last. “Doesn’t it.”
“I guess?” The Collector shrugged as if this wasn’t something they had ever really considered, or concerned themself with.
“I…I think that’s enough for tonight,” King said, picking himself up shakily.
“But we’ll do another lesson tomorrow, right?”
“I don’t know, Collector. I need…I think I need to go to bed.”
King crunched through the leaves, moving in the direction of the Owl House.
He felt…strange. Full and empty all at once, in desperate need of something he couldn’t name.
“Hey! Wait up!”
Of course.
Of course it was The Collector catching up to him just as he entered the house.
“Do you wanna’ eat a midnight snack before you go to bed, King? To celebrate? I think there’s some of that sugary wiggle-glop from the human realm in the kitchen.”
“Jello? Look, not right now, Collector. I just need…to think. And sleep.”
“Booooo! Boring!”
“Collector, please.”
“Ugh, whatever. Can we practice more in the morning, then?”
The Collector sounded so cheery, so hopeful.
King just wanted to step outside his own head for a while, until things in there sorted themselves out and settled down.
He’d done magic, but he’d tapped into emotions, into thoughts that he usually kept hidden, and now those were rattling around at the forefront of his mind.
“Just…let me recover from this session, first,” he said. “Then we’ll see. Okay?”
“Okay!”
And, to King’s surprise, The Collector did not follow him up the stairs.
King had intended to head for the loft, since that was where he slept most nights now.
But, instead, he chose Luz’s room.
It was empty tonight, but King thought that might be just what he needed.
He flopped down on Luz’s pillow and stared up at the ceiling, where there was a faint play of light, purple and flickering.
Bonesborough was no doubt in a panic right now about why the broken bridge to Titan Trapper Island was suddenly on fire.
The idea that The Collector had decided to burn it as a precaution to keep King safe, if that was indeed why, was a bit unsettling. King wasn’t sure whether it made him feel grateful or terrified.
And somehow that was the least of his troubled feelings right now.
King should have been happy and proud, awed even. He had reached into himself and pulled out magic he hadn’t even known he was capable of. Sure, he’d only made dirt glow, but he should have been feeling like he’d opened a door to endless possibility.
Instead it felt like a door had slammed shut in his face.
He’d probably feel better after sleeping.
Except King’s mind didn’t seem to want to let him sleep.
It circled back to the less tangible things he’d let out, running over them again and again.
There was still a pressure in his chest and throat even now, and he had no idea if it was emotion or magic. Both seemed to behave similarly and, as far as King could tell, it could have been either.
Maybe it was both.
Sleep, when it did come, was strange, fitful.
King drifted on the edge of it, returning to consciousness at times, only to be hit by a wave of feeling out of sorts and miserable before he even remembered why.
He needed…something. Something to help soothe this strange dysphoria.
But he couldn’t think of anything that might help.
***
“Have you been feeding it?”
“Do you even know what it eats?”
“Or if it eats?”
It was a strange scene in the kitchen.
Eda, Raine and Lilith, along with Edric and Emira, were gathered around the table, which was covered in a thin film water, which dripped off the edge and onto the floor.
Hooty had wound around the edge of the table and seemed to be somehow absorbing the water like a towel.
Edric was pouring a pitcher of even more water on the table, directly onto the center of everyone’s attention.
“If we knew what species it was,” he said, examining the creature. “That might help.”
“Edric,” Emira said. “Miss Eda already told us it’s a starfish.”
“Yes, but is there just one species of starfish?” Edric said, carefully lifting the injured arm so that Emira could focus her healing onto specific areas. “Or are there different kinds? Like bats.”
The Collector hovered impatiently nearby, fidgeting as they waited to get their sea star back.
“This was a really good idea, inviting the Blight twins,” Raine said, watching the two tag team their skills.
“Gimmie starfiiiiishie,” The Collector whined, not for the first time, floating closer to the table.
“Not yet,” Emira said, voice still patient but growing a bit more strained every time The Collector bugged her. “Your starfish is pretty badly hurt, remember? I told you five minutes ago.”
“And five minutes before that,” Edric added.
The Collector blew a raspberry at him.
“I’m sorry,” Emira said. “This is really tedious and there’s a lot I have to work on. And I don’t really understand the anatomy.”
“I think it might be really similar to a Pulroohmba,” Edric said. “Except without the stinger tail. And Pulroohmbas don’t have arms or these little tiny sticker feet.”
Edric tapped his finger against the underside of one of the arms.
“So nothing like a Pulroohmba, then,” Emira said.
“Well, actually,” said Edric. “The anatomy and nervous system… Agh! It’s stuck to my hand!”
Emira couldn’t help but laugh as her brother attempted to remove the sea star from where it was suctioning onto his hand.
The Collector cackled with glee, turning flips in the air.
“Okay,” Edric said. “Pulroohmbas don’t do this.”
“If you pull one of the arms off, it’ll just grow back,” The Collector said. “Luz said so.”
“But do we know that for sure?” Emira asked.
“It didn’t work so well for Eda,” Raine said.
Lilith looked horrified but Eda let out a snorting laugh that caused the apple blood she was sipping to shoot out her nose.
“Dammit, Raine!”
“There you go, little buddy,” Edric said, finally getting the sea star to detach while Emira continued to work.
“It really isn’t doing so well,” Raine said, their voice turning serious again as they looked down at the sea star. “I’ve tried my best to keep it alive, but the twins are right. That’s hard to do when we don’t even know what it needs.”
“Well,” Lilith said, with a quick glance at The Collector. “I think it’s safe to say the…er, grabby-handed flying toddler throwing it around all the time is not what it needs.”
“On point, Lulu!” Hooty agreed.
“You were going to eat it, Hootsifer.”
“I still miiiiiight.”
“I am not a toddler,” The Collector chimed in.
“I’ll have Luz pick up some starfish books in the human realm,” Eda said.
“Good call,” Raine said. “We really need to know a bit more about starfish care and feeding if we’re going to keep this…” their voice took on a hint of amused fondness. “...starfishie with us.”
“In the meantime,” Eda went on. “Maybe I should talk to Mom. She’s got a knack for this stuff.”
“She was in the Beastkeeping Coven,” Edric chimed in. “Wasn’t she?”
“Yep, sure was. Still is, technically. I guess. Even with the Coven system kind of out of action right now.”
“It’s a mess,” Raine said.
“Well, actually,” Lilith said to Eda. “That might not be a bad idea, for several reasons. Mother’s been asking about you a lot. I’ve been trying to cover for you, tell her you’re just busy. But it’s been months. If you keep avoiding her, she’s just going to show up here. Probably sooner than later.”
“You still haven’t told your parents about The Collector,” Raine said. “Have you.”
“Welllll…” Eda said awkwardly. “We agreed that we’re trying to keep their presence here on the down low. The fewer people who know, the better. Though I can’t say I love keeping them a secret.”
“That’s not going to work indefinitely,” Lilith said. “The entire Isles are on edge. And these recent…unexplained celestial events aren’t helping matters. And that freak high tide? Don’t get me started.”
“Well, ask Mom when a good time would be and I’ll come visit,” Eda said. “It’s not that I don’t want to see her, Lily. It really isn’t.”
“Why should I ask when you can visit?” Lilith said, a bit snippily. “You know you can pick up a crow and call her yourself.”
“You tell her!” Hooty cried. “No offense, Eda.”
“Offense fully taken, Hooty,” Eda said.
She sighed.
At the table, Edric and Emira’s efforts to help the sea star seemed to be working but there was a new problem as it was now stuck to the surface of the table, and nobody could figure out how to get it to let go.
“How is it so strong?” Emira said, trying to pry it off the table with a spatula, to no avail. “I don’t want to hurt it anymore.”
The Collector made a frustrated squealing noise, kicking around in a circle in the air.
King, Eda noticed, was conspicuously absent from the goings-on.
She set out to look, eventually locating him a short while later, fast asleep in a windowsill.
Eda couldn’t help but be concerned.
The indecipherable scrolls had nearly occupied King’s every waking moment the past week or so, and now those waking moments were becoming fewer and farther between.
Interpreting the images on the scrolls was still at a standstill, as if a key piece of information were missing.
Eda patted King who stirred, and made a tiny, somewhat unhappy sound.
“Something wrong, King?”
King blinked and stretched, looking up at her blearily before crawling into her lap, burying his face in her arm.
“Everything’s so strange now,” he said.
“I know what you mean,” Eda said, giving him a tight squeeze.
King was pretty sure she didn’t know, but he welcomed the hug nonetheless.
“Thanks, Eda.”
From the kitchen, minor chaos erupted as The Collector, apparently fed up with how long it was taking for the sea star to be gently unstuck from the table, had just grabbed it and ripped it free.
“Hey!” Edric cried. “Its feet!”
“We just healed that arm,” Emira added.
Eda didn’t have to venture back into the kitchen to realize that not only had a number of the tube feet been ripped off, so had the entire injured arm.
“Guess Starfishie and I have something in common now,” Eda muttered.
She really should go and admonish The Collector, she thought. But King was clinging to her and needed her right now for reasons she still wasn’t entirely clear on.
She heard Raine follow The Collector upstairs, trying yet again to get the point across that they were badly hurting the little creature in their care, and that was a bad thing.
From The Collector’s response, it didn’t sound like they were getting through at all.
Once again, it felt like every step of progress was being made through molasses.
“Guess we should go talk to them, huh,” King said.
Eda sighed, getting to her feet, still holding King.
“It’s going to be the same circular conversation, isn’t it, though,” he continued. “We can’t make them understand.”
“Maybe not,” Eda said. “But we’ve got to try. I’m not sure I want to know what happens if that kid’s pet dies.”
Chapter 40
Summary:
Eda takes a long-overdue trip home.
Notes:
Hello everybody! I'm alive!
It has been a minute, hasn't it. Long story short, after managing to avoid it for the past three years, I got hit with COVID and between the brain fog and exhaustion and not having a good internet connection at home, creative work got put on hold for a while. I don't think I've slept so much in years.
The good news is, I'm back now! The even better news is, @howtotrainyournana and I are talking about recording a chat/podcast type thing discussing this fic, The Owl House, fandom and all manner of related topics. I'd love to take reader questions to discuss in the recording, so stay tuned for more details!
And now, without further delay, let's get back to the fic!
Thanks so much for being patient!
Alice
Chapter Text
“You made it!”
Eda briefly stiffened as her mother pulled her into a fierce hug.
It wasn’t that she was opposed to the gesture, far from it in fact, but Gwendolyn was quite strong, and the hug was a bit sudden.
‘I wonder if this is how they feel,’ Eda thought, the image of a surprised child in space pajamas crossing her mind.
She felt a smile cross her face as she hugged her mother back as best she could.
“And Raine too!”
Gwen let go of Eda, offering a hug to Raine as well. They accepted it, if a bit awkwardly.
“Oh I’m so glad you and Edalyn made up,” Gwen said. “She was so sad for so long after you left.”
“Mom!” Eda cried. “Don’t be embarrassing!”
“I’m your mother. I’ll be as embarrassing as I want to be. Now come in, come in. Dinner’ll be ready soon! Dell and Lily are fixing blood blood.”
“Oh wow,” Raine said. “That takes me back.”
“It should,” Gwen said. “Seems like we had it every time you visited when you were a kid. I think we’ve perfected the recipe since then. I can’t imagine you got good meals at the Emperor’s Castle.”
“The food was…mediocre,” Raine said.
“Now your father and I were talking, Eda. You kind of dropped off the face of the Isles after you got settled back in at the house. No letters, no nothing. We were starting to get worried.”
“I didn’t drop off the face of the Isles,” Eda argued. “Lilith could tell you that. I’ve been at the house, selling things in Bonesborough, the usual. Just needed time to…decompress.”
“Yes, well, it has been an eventful few months,” Gwen said, tapping her chin. “An eventful few years, for that matter.”
Eda felt a wave of nostalgia wash over her as she took in her surroundings, familiar yet strangely foreign at the same time.
This was where she had grown up, a place she often thought of when her mind wandered, a place that regularly crept into her dreams.
Home.
It had once been home.
But her memories must have shifted over the years. She’d thought she knew every curve in the walls, every bend in the floorboards, but what she recalled somehow didn’t quite match the actual, physical space.
Everything felt a little bit off with the passage of time, a bit smaller and more crowded than she remembered.
The smell wafting from the stove, however, was the exact flavor of so many evenings from her childhood.
“That smells delicious!” Eda said. “Compliments to the chef!”
“Witchlet!”
Dell was stirring a thick, viscous concoction on the stove, albeit a bit shakily, often requiring Lilith’s help to add the ingredients.
“We’re here,” Eda said. “It’s…good to see you. Good to be here.”
“Well you certainly took your time in coming to visit,” Dell said, not in an unfriendly manner. “Although…I don’t hold that against you.”
“Well…” Eda said.
She couldn’t really think of how to respond further.
“I suppose you left my grandchildren at home,” Dell said.
“Yeah, Luz and Hunter are in the human realm with Camila. And King is…at home.”
Babysitting the other kid that you don’t know about.
“Well I think it’s nice that you two have a nice evening away from the chaos,” Gwen said. “Those get to be few and far between when you’ve got little ones to take care of, don’t ask me how I know. And besides,” her expression turned conspiratorial. “I know my kids really enjoyed being home alone sometimes.”
“You have no idea what we got up to while you were gone,” Lilith said.
“They’ll be fine,” Raine said reassuringly. “Even if they do get up to something.”
“Yeah,” Eda said. “I hope so.”
***
The former King Of Demons was, admittedly, getting better at controlling and channeling his powers.
To his deep relief, he could now imbue things with a dim, glowing light without sinking into a dysphoric identity crisis.
He knew what he had to do and what it felt like, and so he now seemed to be able to bypass the emotional trauma that had accompanied his early attempts.
“Hey!” he said, holding up a large branch that now glowed with a faintly green light. “This is pretty cool.”
The Collector hung upside-down in the air in front of him and poked at the stick.
“Hmmmmmmmm.”
“You’re not,” King said. “Gonna’ get super critical again, are you?”
“Colleeeeeectorrrrrr!! Kiiiiiiiiing!!” Hooty’s voice called through the trees. “Eda said you two weren’t supposed to wander away while she and Raine are gooooooone. And I can’t seeeeeee youuuuuu!!”
“Darnit!” King said. “We might have to cut this one short, Collector.”
“I mean, it’s a nice light spell,” The Collector said, ignoring him and continuing to inspect the stick. “But you’re stronger than this, King. You can do wayyyyyy more…”
“Listen!” King said, pointing the stick at The Collector. “Last year this time I didn’t have any powers. So excuse me if I’m a bit behind the curve. I’m taking this as a win.”
He emphasized each sentence by jabbing the stick towards The Collector, who seemed unconcerned.
“HELLO!”
“AAAAAAAAAAAGH!”
“HOOT HOOT! Time for wayward children to come back home!”
“HOOTY!”
Hooty had quite literally exploded from the ground between King and The Collector, and was acting quite happy about it.
King rapidly hid the stick behind his back, for all the good it would do, considering it was twice as tall as he was.
The Collector turned a summersault in the air, cackling.
“Oooooooh,” Hooty said. “Bioluminescent tree branch, huh.”
King looked down guiltily and held out the stick.
“Here,” he said. “This is on me, Hooty.”
He wasn’t going to involve The Collector in this, if he could at all help it. Even if King doing magic himself wasn’t technically against the rules.
“Hoot- hoooooot-hooooooot,” Hooty said, zeroing in on the branch. “Well don’t mind if I do, then.”
And he promptly gobbled up the stick.
“Hooty!” King began, but then quickly decided against protesting further.
He traded a look with The Collector, the realization dawning on both of them that Hooty had no idea that King was responsible for the stick’s bioluminescence.
“Now if you will both come back to the house with me,” Hooty went on. “We won’t have to resort to doing this the hard way.”
“What’s the hard way?” The Collector asked, intrigued.
“A way that involves negative zero cupcakes,” King said quickly.
“And negative zero hearing me sing the demon alphabet on repeat for the next three hours,” Hooty added.
“Please no,” King said with a shudder. “Come on, Collector. Let’s just go home. We can finish our… game another time.”
The Collector frowned slightly at the word ‘home,’ as if that were something still up for debate, but made no protest.
“Uuuuuughhhhh, fiiiiine.”
They did, however, slump their shoulders dramatically and hang their head, walking along the ground and dragging their feet sullenly with every step back to the house.
“You know, I think that’s progress?” King said quietly to Hooty.
“Yeah,” Hooty agreed. “There’ve been less explosions lately.”
Now that King thought about it, it had been a while (aside from the first Titan magic lesson) since The Collector had snatched him up like a stuffed toy.
It wasn’t at a point where King was ready to say that it meant The Collector was maturing - he highly doubted that was the case. But it did seem that The Collector was starting to see King as…well, he wasn’t quite ready to say ‘friend’ either, but at least as an individual and not a stuffie.
Of course, there were still some lingering feelings about The Collector’s role in the extinction of the Titan’s that lurked menacingly at the back of King’s mind, but he did his best to push them aside for the sake of harmony and new beginnings.
Besides, he did care about The Collector. He wanted them to have a chance, and to make the best of it.
The Collector looked, King was forced to admit, very small as they approached the Owl House, shoulders now at an all-time exaggerated slump, practically staggering with how big a show they were making of dragging their feet.
“What happened to your levitation powers?” Hooty called.
The Collector let out an extremely annoyed noise, hanging their arms low and flapping their sleeves around.
King followed them into the house and up to their room.
Aside from the dramatics, there was something else that King had been noticing.
Despite fewer outbursts and potentially treating King with a bit more respect, The Collector was acting a bit cooped up. Their frustration, while not explosive, was just a little more pronounced, their behavior a bit more repetitive and defensive.
It was as if there was something huge they were trying to hold back, or hold in.
To King’s relief, The Collector did not immediately try to grab the sea star from its tank, although they did hesitate and give it an accusatory look on their way over to hop onto the bed.
The sea star, King noticed, was starting to regrow its lost arm - probably faster than it would ordinarily have, since Emira had put several strong healing spells on it.
“Collector…” King said, turning away from the aquarium. “Are you okay?”
King could have laughed as he heard himself speak. What kind of question was that? Of course The Collector wasn’t okay. They were an an entire mess of mental disaster served hot over emotional damage.
They clicked their thumbnails across their other nails, but didn’t make the snarky comment that King was expecting.
“Whaddya’ mean?” they asked instead.
“You seem…tense. I mean, a different kind of tense. Like you’re calmer, but you might explode.”
The Collector frowned, staring at their hands and clicking their fingernails even harder, creating tiny sparks and glittering red stars.
“Knowing what I know about you,” King continued. “An explosion from you would probably be a really bad thing for all of our continued existence.”
“I told you!” The Collector snapped. “I’m generating more magic than I’m using. I’m hardly using any of it! I need to get rid of it, but I can’t use it because that would…would be destructive. That’s against the rules and I. Don’t. Break. Rules.”
They spoke the last few words through gritted teeth.
King had suspected as much, but there was another possibility he’d been wondering about.
“Not that I…doubt what you’re saying is true, Collector,” he said. “But are you sure it’s just magic that’s building up?”
The Collector gave him an irritated look.
“Uh, yeah, King. Duhhhh! What else would it be?”
“Well if there’s one thing I’ve learned in the past couple weeks,” King said. “It’s that your…my?...Our? Magic feels a lot like emotion. And you have a few hundred years of stuff you aren’t dealing with.”
“Oh and you’re an expert all of a sudden?” The Collector snapped. “Two weeks ago you couldn’t do magic except to open doors and scream.”
“And I appreciate everything you’ve shown me,” King said, looking around to make sure Hooty wasn’t eavesdropping. “But I also…wait. What’re those?”
His eyes had fallen on the stolen autoclave, which The Collector had been using as a bedside table and refused to part with on pain of temper tantrum.
It wasn’t, however, the autoclave itself that had caught King’s attention. Rather it was the items piled on top of it that were clearly from Belos’ vault.
Several of them appeared to be scrolls from the same era, and in the same style as the ones featuring Titans that King had been trying and failing to interpret.
He approached the autoclave, trying to look at the images on the scrolls without actually picking them up.
“What?” The Collector said, narrowing their eyes.
“Can I…borrow these?” King asked.
“Those are mine,” The Collector said defensively.
“I wasn’t questioning your possession of them,” King said, rolling his eyes. “I was asking if I could borrow them.”
“Miiiiiine.”
King set his elbow on top of the autoclave and peered up at The Collector.
“You know, sometimes I don’t know if you understand what I’m saying or not,” he said. “I accept that you’ve claimed these particular artifacts. And the sterilizer box for some reason. But these scrolls go with some other artifacts that I…”
“I know,” The Collector said. “Your stupid Titan scrolls that you think are so interesting, ‘cept you can’t read them…”
“I…yeah,” King said. “That’s why I’d like to look at these scrolls too. Maybe they can help me figure out what they’re showing. And then I’ll bring them back to you. I promise.”
“Hmmmmm,” The Collector said. “Okay, but you better keep your promise this time. Else I’ll turn you into a scroll.”
“I will,” King said, hurriedly gathering the scrolls in case The Collector’s mood flipped or they spontaneously changed their mind.
But The Collector just bounced off the bed, moving to float at their window, staring out and seeming more interested in the crashing of distant waves as they hit the shore.
“Thank you,” King said, turning to leave. “And…uh, also…thank you for not treating me like a toy lately. I’ve…noticed that.”
The Collector had to have heard, but there was no acknowledgement, they just hovered by the window, facing the night outside.
***
Dinner with her parents went far better than Eda could have imagined.
It wasn’t that she was expecting anything horrible, but there was still the lingering awkwardness that came from decades of semi-estrangement.
However, aside from slight embarrassment when the conversation steered into details about living arrangements, everything had been quite enjoyable.
Dell was very happy with how his current batch of palistrom seedlings were growing, and excitedly showed off a few of them that he had in tiny pots sitting in a windowsill.
They really seemed to be flourishing, and Dell explained in great detail his planting schedule for them.
After dinner, the conversation relocated to the living room and, after a couple of glasses of some very strong alcoholic beverage that Dell had acquired from an undisclosed source, Gwen managed to convince Raine to share a new piece of music they’d been working on.
Actually, it hadn’t taken much convincing. Raine had been wanting to play it for quite a while.
Eda sat back and let the music wash over her. It was a haunting melody that seemed to speak of longing and loss, a desperation to live in the moment before the moment was gone.
“I have another one,” Raine said. “It’s more upbeat, but still in a minor key. I won’t be sharing it yet, though. It’s not ready.”
“That was fantastic, Raine,” Dell said. “Your skill in music never ceases to amaze me.”
“Well I…uh…,” Raine said. “Thanks. That means a lot. I wish I had more time to devote to it.”
“I imagine trying to build a government from scratch doesn’t allow much time for creativity,” Gwen said.
“You imagine correctly,” Raine laughed. “The…disagreements and politics are exhausting. It’s not that much different from working for the Emperor sometimes. Except now I have somewhere to come home to.”
And someone.
“It does make a difference,” Dell said.
“You must get to hear Raine play their music a lot now, Edalyn,” Gwen said. “That must be nice.”
“Always,” Eda said, hoping the tinge of sadness wasn’t obvious.
The truth was, this was the first time Eda had heard Raine play for months. They practiced away from the Owl House now, any time they tried at home, The Collector threw a fit and started accusing Raine and everybody else of trying to put a sleep spell on them (and possibly trap them again).
“It’s…surprising how busy life gets,” Raine said. “I can’t always find time.”
“And how about your potions business?” Gwen asked, perhaps sensing that Raine finding time for music might be a touchy subject. “I worry about you working out of Bonesborough with all the riots there.”
“Eh,” Eda said, waving her hand and spilling a little bit of her drink. “I was a wanted criminal with a target on my ass for years. I have a few street smarts, especially in Bonesborugh.”
“Bonesborough has changed a lot, though,” Lilith pointed out. “There are so manly fissure canyons running through it now. Rumor is the Night Market is going full-time in the bottom of some of them.”
“Did they figure out who started the fire on the tower bridge?” Dell asked.
“I don’t think so,” Eda said carefully.
She had, of course, heard about the incident. And although she hadn’t been able to tell for sure, she had wondered if a certain member of her household were responsible.
“Well those Belos supporters best hope I don’t find them,” Gwen said. “Because I’m ready to show them the wrath of a thousand angry beasts.”
“I…wouldn’t mind seeing that,” Lilith admitted.
“You and me both,” agreed Dell. “Things are so tense everywhere. These unexplained occurrences everywhere aren’t helping. The high tide the other week? The changes in the stars? Even the bat queen is concerned.”
Eda hoped the sudden silence from her and Raine wasn’t blatantly obvious.
“There’ve always been strange occurrences on the Isles,” Lilith said quickly. “For all of recorded history. We just don’t have Belos to take credit for them anymore, or to attribute them to the Titan’s anger at wild witches.”
Eda held her breath. It wasn’t a good explanation, but it just might work to deflect the conversation.
“Witchlet,” Dell said, focusing his eye on Eda. “You’re
certain
that The Collector was locked away?”
Or not.
“Of course!” Lilith said. “Edalyn was there! So was I. So was Raine. We saw it happen.”
Eda bit her lip.
“Dell, don’t push her,” Gwen said. “You know she doesn’t want to talk about it. It was traumatic.”
“It’s a damn shame, is what it is,” Dell said. “Locking up a kid for all eternity. Doesn’t seem right.”
Eda let out the breath she’d been holding.
“Dell…” Gwen began.
“What? You agree with me, Gwendolyn. We were just talking about…”
“Well yes,” Gwen said, looking like she’d been caught red-handed. “Fine. It’s not that I’m trying to belittle anything they did, especially to you, Edalyn, creating your curse and all that. The Collector caused this family no end of grief, not to mention what they did to the rest of the Isles.”
“Mom…” Eda said.
“But,” Gwen continued, raising a finger. “If they are indeed a child, their punishment is unimaginably cruel. Not that I have a better alternative, you understand. Can’t have something like that just loose and wreaking havoc. But it doesn’t sit right, doing that to a kid. I wish it could have been different.”
Eda sniffed hard.
“Oh I’m sorry, Edalyn,” Gwen said. “You must think I’m a terrible mother still, after everything The Collector did to you.”
“And to all of us,” Dell added sadly.
“No, Mom,” Eda said, tears beginning to prick at her eyes. “No, I feel the same way.”
Raine placed a hand on her shoulder, firm, comforting.
“I’m glad to hear it,” Dell said, looking a bit surprised at Eda’s reaction. “I thought your mother and I were the only ones.”
“I thought we were the only ones,” Eda said, trying to hold back the sudden flood of emotion she felt.
Relief? Gratitude? She wasn’t sure.
It was impossible that her parents didn’t notice, but they didn’t comment on it.
“The truth is,” Eda said. “These last few months, Raine and I…”
She felt Raine’s grip on her shoulder tighten, and they gave a her a pointed look, the meaning of which was obvious.
Are you sure?
“The past few months,” Eda said again. “At the house, we’ve been…”
And she couldn’t say it. She wasn’t sure.
Too many people already knew about The Collector.
But her parents were on her side…
She wanted to tell them about The Collector. She wanted to tell them everything.
But something was holding her back, making her bite her tongue.
Lilith looked back and forth from her parents, to Eda and Raine.
“Go on…” Gwen said, almost mischievously, eyes sparkling.
“It’s…difficult to explain,” Eda said. She smiled. “Maybe you’ll have to come visit sometime.”
“Oh?” Dell said. “Well color me intrigued.”
Gwendolyn shot him a glance, obviously meant to silently convey something, just as Raine had to Eda.
The rest of the evening passed pleasantly, with Eda finding herself more utterly relaxed in the company of her parents that she could remember being since she was a child.
Every now and then, her mother would give her a knowing look that made her question if she’d somehow figured out about The Collector’s current whereabouts even without Eda saying anything.
In any case, when the time finally came for goodbyes of an almost regretful nature, and for Eda and Raine to head home, she hugged both of her parents harder than she had in a long, long time.
Chapter 41
Summary:
Okay, but seriously. Who loves the sea stars?
Notes:
Good morning from the West Coast!
Finally got out of dodge for some much-needed vacation and quality time with @howtotrainyournana! And you all get a new chapter today, even after a...couple of weeks break I think? It's kind of a blur.
In any case, I'm excited to finally share this chapter, and very excited about what's to come in the next couple as well! Stay hyped!
As always, thanks for reading and for being patient with my sporadic update schedule the past few weeks.
Alice
Chapter Text
The rain in Gravesfield had stopped, and so had the mild, slushy weather.
It had been replaced by a series of snowstorms that blanketed the region again and again and again.
The deep snow made the deer an easy mark. Bounding through the fresh powder slowed and tired them, and their hooves punched through the crust below that the thaw had left behind.
The Winter had been hard on the deer. The cold weather had weakened them and the snow had buried a lot of the food they relied on. And, for the first time in hundreds of years, there was a large predator hunting them.
Wolves had long since disappeared from Connecticut, although some researchers and ecologists argued that their genetics lived on in the Eastern coyotes that now populated the region.
But the coyotes, for all of their adaptability, had also fallen prey to the new predator, their numbers plummeting along with the deer.
The newcomer killed indiscriminately, always hunting, always eating, never satisfied.
But today something was different, although the denizens of the forest didn’t know it.
Soaked in blood, a creature more of this world than his appearance would suggest stalked away from the site of his latest kill, still gaunt and starving in spite of the meal he’d just consumed.
Horns caught the branches of trees and shrubs as the creature pushed on through the snow, hungry, exhausted, insatiable.
He could barely think straight, let alone contemplate what it was that he had just done.
***
Within the Noceda household, things were warm and cozy, even with the residents feeling just the slightest bit stir crazy and ready for the long Winter to let up.
“Welp!” Luz said, slamming her laptop closed. “I’ve talked to the petshop lady, been through every library book, read every article I can find and spent the last day and a half deep in the guts of about sixteen different aquarium forums, and the conclusion I’ve come to is that nobody loves starfish!”
“Sea stars,” Hunter said, sounding pained. “And what do you mean, no one loves them?”
“I mean no one loves them! I thought it’d be easy!” Luz’s voice was full of rising frustration. “I’d just look up ‘How To Care For Your Pet Starfish’ and boom! I’d find out how to care for your pet starfish! But noooooo. I can’t get a solid answer on how to take care of them and nobody even agrees on what they need to eat!”
“Maybe that’s because you looked up starfish,” Hunter said. “And not sea stars.”
“I looked up both, okay. And the only consistent advice I found was not to add them to your aquarium because they’ll probably fall apart and die. Except for the little invasive ones that all the aquarium people hate for some reason.”
Luz threw her arms into the air.
“Those …it’s all just suggestions on how to make them die,” she said in annoyance.
“Oh I think The Collector has the How To Make Sea Stars Die thing pretty well covered,” Hunter said.
“Camila and I went through a LOT of nature documentaries, too,” Vee chimed in. “And we couldn’t find a single one that was specifically about sea stars. Just general ocean stuff with maybe a five-minute segment sea star segment tacked on.”
“Well did you learn anything?” Luz asked.
“Yeah,” Vee said. “But I’m not sure much of it was helpful to how to care for them in captivity.”
“Uuuuughhhh! That’s what I’m saying!” Luz cried. “I can find a hundred documentaries about wolves or dolphins, but no one loves sea stars enough to make a whole thing about them! They just get added to fish tanks as an afterthought or fed to shrimp or whatever.”
“Wow, Luz,” Vee said. “Tell us what you really think.”
“Don’t hold anything back,” Hunter added.
“I’m just saying,” Luz said. “I can find all kinds of stuff about taking care of corals or seahorses or…or… anemones! People love those! But as far as I can tell, no one has EVER set up an aquarium for the sole purpose of having pet starfish!”
“Except for a sadistic alien child from another dimension,” Hunter said.
“I’m sure someone has,” Vee said. “They’re just not online about it.”
“Then they should have written a book,” Luz shot back.
“Well I picked up some frozen clams from the grocery store,” Camila said, having walked into the room and into the conversation. “That seems like our best bet for… Starfishie. Going from what Vee and I picked up in our ocean documentary marathon.”
“Hey, I’ll take it,” Luz said. “That seems easier than…whatever biofilm is.”
Vee stiffened at the sound of a distant siren.
“I also have some more things for The Collector,” Camila said, setting down a number of items on the table. “The rep came by the clinic today and left a bunch of promotional crap for their prevention products. At least someone’s hopeful it’ll be Spring one day.”
Luz lifted up a water bottle, a beanie and a hoodie emblazoned with a logo that read ‘PROTEXXAR: Year-Round Parasite Protection.’
“The kid needs some new clothes,” Camila said.
“That say ‘Year-Round Parasite Protection’?” Luz asked, raising an eyebrow. “And what is this supposed to be?”
She picked up a truly horrifying looking plushie, also sporting the PROTEXXAR logo.
“I think it’s supposed to be a tapeworm,” Camila said. “But the color is all wrong.”
“So it’s a goth tapeworm!” Luz said with a surprising amount of enthusiasm. “Wait, is that a jenga tower?!?”
The last thing in the pile was indeed a wooden jenga tower, also printed with the PROTEXXAR logo.
“Why?” Luz said, picking it up.
“Right?” Camila said with a laugh. “That was my reaction, too. The rep brought a great big box of them for all the staff. Everyone got one.”
“No wonder Protexxar is so expensive,” Luz said. “If they’re buying custom jenga towers for every staff member of every vet clinic in the country.”
“Have you talked to The Collector about giving the autoclave back?” Camila asked. “I tried again when we were there last week, but they just threw griffin eggs at me.”
“Yeah,” Luz said. “They seem dead set on keeping it for some reason.”
“Not that it’s the greatest loss,” Camila said. “Since it doesn’t work. But it cost a few thousand dollars and we were going to return it for a refund. I don’t think the company believes my story that it got lost in the mail.”
The siren in the distance was growing louder, and had now been joined by a second.
“Oh. Vee,” Camila said, suddenly forgetting about the autoclave. “It’s okay. Just breathe.”
Hunter was at Vee’s side in an instant, guiding her through the series of deep, calming breaths he had learned from Gus.
It wasn’t the first time this had happened.
Despite having lived in the human realm for just a couple of months shy of a year now, Vee still felt a quickly-rising panic whenever she heard sirens.
“It’s fine,” she said, coming back to herself, even as her voice still wavered. “I know it’s not the guards. This is ridiculous. Agh!”
Vee turned bright red and clenched her hands into fists.
“I just keep overreacting!” she cried.
“It’s not your fault, Vee. It’s okay,” Camila said kindly, sitting beside her. “I know that sound brings back bad memories.”
“But I’m safe here,” Vee said in frustration, as if she were angry at her reaction. “I know I’m safe.”
“Uhhhh…?” Luz said, approaching the window and listening. “Don’t you think that’s a lot of sirens…?”
***
The Collector was on their third helping of blood blood.
Gwendolyn and Dell had sent a massive amount of leftovers home with Eda and Raine, and it was a good thing they had because The Collector decided they liked it a lot.
And, as with most food they liked, The Collector was determined to consume as much as possible in as short an amount of time as possible.
They had eaten in a kind of delirious frenzy but, by the fourth bowl, they had decidedly slowed down.
Now they were peering a bit regretfully at the sludgy substance still at the bottom of the bowl, poking it with their spoon.
“I’m getting full,” they said sadly.
“Getting?” Eda raised an eyebrow.
“Don’t make yourself sick,” Raine said, as The Collector attempted to stuff another spoonful into their mouth.
“Don’t worry kid,” Hooty said. “You can do it. I believe in you.”
“Hooty…” Eda began.
“Nuh-uh,” The Collector said, dropping the spoon with deliberate finality. “Can’t finish. I’m full up to my shoulders.”
“That is perfectly fine,” Raine said with a chuckle. “I can’t believe you ate as much as you did.”
“Yeah,” King added. “I was starting to think you might explode.”
“Still might,” The Collector said.
“Please don’t.”
The Collector looked for a moment like they were about to blow a raspberry at King, or make a snarky comment, but then seemed to conclude that they were too stuffed to bother.
They set their arms on the table, lay their head down on top of them, and motioned at the bowl, flicking a finger and pushing the spoon around and around the edge of it.
“Aaand that’s enough of that,” Eda said, taking the bowl. “I’ll put this in the fridge and you can finish it later.”
“Mmm,” The Collector said, stretching their arms across the table and halfheartedly trying to push at King’s much more empty bowl.
They watched in mild amusement as Eda tried to put the leftover food into a container without said container biting her with its rows of razor-sharp teeth.
Raine couldn’t help but smile at The Collector, who sat back and stretched sluggishly.
“What?” The Collector asked, noticing Raine’s reaction.
“Nothing,” Raine laughed. “You’re just really cute.”
The Collector blinked, processing the statement.
“You know that, right?” Raine said.
They had to have been told that before, surely.
Raine thought back, trying to remember. They honestly weren’t sure.
The Collector now wore an expression like they were trying to solve the world’s longest and most difficult math problem.
“It’s not that complicated,” Raine said, stepping over and tracing a pattern across The Collector’s chest. It was the same heart they had drawn on the beach, looping in on itself so it almost resembled an infinity symbol.
Raine didn’t feel like they had quite the same instinct and intuition with kids that Eda seemed to have developed. It was a thought that bothered them on occasion. They admired the ease with which Eda approached The Collector, but weren’t sure they would ever have the same.
However, they had definitely gotten a reaction with a simple statement and a simple gesture.
The Collector looked up at them with eyes as wide as always, giving Raine a look very similar to the one they usually gave Eda whenever she called them ‘Sneaky-Peek.’
Shortly thereafter, Eda, Raine and The Collector made their way to the living room, while Hooty and King tried to keep the food containers in line.
“Don’t get maaaad!” Hooty cried. “GET IN THE FRIDGE!”
The Collector stretched out on the sofa, taking over the middle cushions and pushing Eda and Raine to the far ends, for once all smiles and surprisingly calm.
“You seem pretty content,” Eda said, giving one of the pom-poms on The Collector’s shoes and gentle tug.
The Collector grunted, worming deeper into the cushions and kicking their feet just slightly.
They didn’t, however, try to move away.
Eda was right. They were content, overwhelmed by a feeling they rarely experienced. They were so used to feelings of emptiness, defined by what they lacked but desperately craved. Having one of those needs met, even if it was just a belly full of food was near intoxicating.
It was so strange. They didn’t need to eat, but the satisfaction that came from doing so was very real. For some reason it lowered their agitation and they momentarily entertained the notion that they might be okay.
But then, peripheral movement caught their attention and they sat up with a hiss, their body tensing (albeit reluctantly) at the sight of Raine manifesting their violin.
“What are you doing with that?”
“I was wondering if you’d like to learn to play it,” Raine said, holding out the instrument.
The Collector glared at it, scooting away until they were in Eda’s lap.
“I guess not,” Raine said sadly, taking the violin back.
“Collector,” Eda said, putting her arm around them and pulling them close with ease. “Maybe we should let Raine play this evening?”
“Sleepyyyyyyy,” The Collector whined. “Music makes me sleeeeep. Don’ wanna’. Don’ wanna’”
Their eyes were fearful, but also very tired.
“Do you really think,” Eda said. “That we’d trap you again? After all of this, do you seriously think that we’d trick you and lock you up like that? We love you, okay?”
“We’ve made some mistakes in the past,” Raine said. “But we want you here. We wanted you here enough to use magic we barely even knew or..or understood to bring you back here. We’re never going to lock you away again, and we’re not going to let anyone else lock you up either. You’re safe , Collector. Even if you fall asleep.”
“Thought I was safe with Philip, too,” The Collector mumbled.
And that was the blockage, the metaphorical elephant in the room. Eda and Raine could make promises all day long, but there was still the looming fact that Philip had made four hundred years of promises before them, and broken each and every one of them, leaving behind enormous scars.
But dammit, Eda was going to try.
“Philip never freed you,” she said, rubbing The Collector’s shoulder. “We did.”
“But,” The Collector shuddered hard. “That…that’s what I’m scared of.”
“What do you mean?”
“What if I go to sleep an…and…and wake up back there?”
Eda started to repeat that they would not trap The Collector while they slept, in hopes that if they heard it enough times they might believe it.
But then she realized…
Oh.
“You’re still afraid this is a dream, aren’t you?”
The Collector didn’t reply, but the way they tensed at her words was answer enough.
“You’re not afraid of falling asleep,” she said, moving her hand to run her fingers through The Collector’s hair. “You’re afraid of waking up.”
The Collector looked up, met her eyes, and nodded.
“Don’t…” they said in a voice very unlike their usual loud tone, as if they were relinquishing a secret that could be used against them. “Don’ wanna’ be dreaming again.”
“You’re not.”
“But what if I am? I don’t wanna’ wake up back there.”
Tears welled up in the corners of The Collector’s eyes.
“Wanna’ dream forever.”
“Titan,” Raine said.
“You’re not dreaming,” Eda reassured The Collector. “This is real. You’re right here, right now, and you are very much awake.”
“But…”
“Tell you what, Sneaky-Peek. Why don’t you stay right here and let Raine play their music. If you start to fall asleep, I’ll wake you.”
“You will?”
“Yep.”
“You promise?”
“I promise.”
“You won’t let me fall asleep?”
“Not unless you want me to.”
“Don’t want.”
“But you might. You might if you get sleepy enough. You’re almost there now. You haven’t rested in so long. I bet a good night’s sleep would feel really good.”
“Don’t need sleep.”
“You didn’t need to eat an empiric ton of blood blood either,” Eda pointed out with a smirk. “But it sure made you happy.”
And sleepy, she thought silently.
“So it’s alright if I play you a song?” Raine asked, raising the violin to their chin, trying to confirm that they understood correctly.
The Collector grumbled and let Eda pull them into a more comfortable position as she kicked her boots off and stretched out her legs.
“Let’s just start with me waking you if you start to drift off,” she said. “And if you decide you want to fall asleep, then we’ll go from there.”
“M’kay,” The Collector said, if a bit nervously.
“Rainestorm,” Eda said, poking at Raine with her foot. “Play on.”
“Don’t have to tell me twice,” Raine said with barely contained enthusiasm.
They began with the same piece they had played for Dell and Gwen, filling the room and perhaps the entire house with an almost tangible warm glow, and bringing Hooty, who was still in conversation with King and the kitchen containers, to tears.
Somehow the tune felt a little less morose tonight.
Slowly, Eda felt The Collector relax, melting against her, ear pressed to her chest like the sound of her heartbeat might keep them grounded.
“I’m right here, Collector,” she told them, and their tension seeped away just a little bit more.
They watched Raine, the post-meal contentedness returning. They blinked more and more as their eyelids grew heavier, their breathing growing deeper, their expression less focused.
“You’re drifting off, kid,” Eda said, shaking The Collector just enough to rouse them.
They blinked rapidly and sucked in a huge breath, trying to dispel the cobwebs, but succumbing again to the music and their own sleepiness almost immediately.
“Hey?” Eda said, giving them another little shake.
“Uh,” The Collector said.
“You really are about to fall asleep, aren’t you?”
“Nhhh.”
“How about I let you? Just for a minute, alright? Prove to you this isn’t a dream? I’ll wake you right back up, I promise.”
The Collector shifted so they could look back up at her, relaxed yet still feebly fighting against the warm, comfortable pull of unconsciousness.
“I’ll be right here,” Eda said. “I’ll wake you up. Okay?”
“‘Kay,” The Collector said, too far gone and relaxed to truly be fearful, but still trying to take in everything as if they had come to the end of a dream they didn’t want to wake from and were determined to stay in the last moments for as long as possible.
Surrounded by candles and Raine’s haunting music, plastered against Eda’s warmth and the steady rise and fall of her chest, The Collector finally let go and fell into the irresistible heaviness.
They were warm. They were so warm.
“Kid?”
“Mmmm?”
The Collector blinked at Eda in slight confusion.
“You fell asleep.”
“Nu’I’didn’t.”
“Yeah you did.”
But The Collector was already asleep again, almost before their eyes shut, breathing growing slower and steadier.
Eda hated to wake them, as they actually looked happy. But she had told them they would.
Still, she let them snooze just a little bit longer before giving them another shake.
“Wakey-wakey, Sneaky-Peeky.”
“Whu…?”
The Collector barely moved, eyes opening back up to look at Eda.
“You fell back asleep,” she told them. “And you’re still here.”
She brushed back the hair that kept falling across their eyes.
“See? This is real, not a dream.”
“Stayhere,” The Collector said. “Likeithere. Warm.”
“You can fall asleep again if you want,” Eda said. “And sleep as long as you want. You’re safe here. You’re free.”
The Collector was already drifting off again, their hands twitching as if to confirm that Eda was still there and tangible.
She roused them yet again and they took another deep breath, struggling to stay awake for more than a moment.
“You know you’ve got your very own cozy bed in your very own room,” Eda said. “You wanna’ try sleeping in it.”
“Stayhere. Gotosleephere.”
“Yeah,” Eda said. “You can go to sleep right here and I’ll tuck you into your own little bed later after you’re asleep. Is that okay?”
“M’kay,” The Collector said.
In hindsight, Eda had the nagging suspicion that they would have agreed to anything if it meant staying right where they were at that very moment.
The Collector hung onto consciousness for a few moments longer and then they were out, lost to the world.
For a while, Eda didn’t move them. She let them sleep and Raine played a few bits from a new piece of music they were composing.
After a while, with The Collector deep asleep, Raine helped Eda carry them upstairs to their room and tuck them in.
“Is this the first time they’ve slept since…” Raine began.
“Since you freed them,” Eda said. “Yeah. I think it is.”
“I cannot imagine how much they need this.”
“Sleep well, Sneaky-Peek,” Eda said, smiling at how peaceful The Collector looked. She turned towards the aquarium. “And you too, you weird fish star thing. Looks like you get a respite from your constant torture tonight.”
She tapped the glass with a long fingernail, but the sea star did not move from where it was stuck to the glass, just below the waterline.
“This,” Raine said, almost as if they didn’t dare voice their thoughts. “Feels weirdly like a victory.”
“Yeah,” Eda said. “I think we’re actually making progress with them.”
Raine wrapped their arms around Eda and sighed.
“Might as well be making progress somewhere. Titan knows there’s no progress being made trying to find a common goal with the other Coven Heads.”
“Yeah, no,” Eda said, steering Raine out of the room and into the hallway. “If we finally have a peaceful evening together at home, I am not going to spend it talking about politics.”
***
Hunter arrived quickly on the scene, having ignored Camila’s warnings.
He didn’t feel great about going against her wishes, as she was so clearly worried about him, but he had a feeling.
A deep, horrible gut feeling.
Navigating the roads would have taken some time, but it wasn’t too far as the crow flies.
Or, in this specific case, as Flapjack flew.
The destination of all of the sirens was a trailhead just outside of town.
Hunter didn’t know a lot about the trail systems of the area, but he did know that this particular trail was a popular one that eventually connected to what he had been told was the Appalachian Trail.
Flapjack landed just down the road from the trailhead parking lot, staff vanishing as he took up his usual perch on Hunter’s shoulder.
It was a quick walk along the towering roadside snowbanks to the tiny trailhead parking lot.
The lot itself was filled with emergency vehicles and personnel, along with several news crews and a few other members of the public milling around.
“Is snowmobiling even allowed on this trail?” a woman was saying quietly.
Hunter approached her.
“What’s going on here” he said, surprising even himself with how instinctively he had lapsed back into the tone of the Golden Guard, asking the question with the clear intention of getting an answer now.
“Oh!” the young woman said, taking a step back and then recovering. “Are you from the newspaper?”
“Yes,” Hunter lied. “And I’ll have you know, the newspaper takes the acquisition of information very seriously. So I’ll ask again. What is going on?”
“Oooookay,” the woman said. “Listen, I don’t know much, I just live across the road. But they’re saying two snowmobilers were found dead out on the trail.”
“Brutally murdered!” another voice cried, one that Hunter unfortunately recognized. “Found with their dismembered remains reportedly dragged from the trail and scattered through the woods.”
Jacob Hopkins was loudly and excitedly talking to a camera, which he held in front of him on a selfie stick.
“Oh no,” Hunter muttered. “He’s here?”
The woman laughed at his reaction.
“That MewTuber guy? Yeah, he’s been hanging out all week with a bunch of weird sci-fi-looking contraptions. I had to chase him off my property.”
“Thanks for your time,” Hunter said quickly, as Jacob appeared to have spotted him. “Your service is appreciated. On behalf of the newspaper.”
“You don’t actually work for the newspaper, do you.”
But Hunter was already out of earshot, listening in on snippets of other conversations around him, trying to piece together the full story from little bits of information.
“They’re saying it could have been a bear,” someone said in a hushed voice.
“I didn’t know we had bears here.”
“And what would a bear be doing out this time of year? Shouldn’t they be hibernating?”
“Logan thought maybe all that rain we got might have flooded out their dens.”
There was a lot of movement around one of the emergency vehicles, but Hunter wasn’t sure if there was anything to see, or if he wanted to see anything if there was.
Suddenly Flapjack squawked and his tiny feet tightened on Hunter’s shoulder.
“YOU!”
Well, so much for avoiding Jacob.
He and his camera now filled Hunter’s field of vision, glaring with a look of malice and more than a little fear.
“I should have KNOWN you’d be here!” he shouted at Hunter. “I bet you’re behind all this! Gathering sacrificial victims for your Martian overlords!”
“I…my what?” Hunter said. “What are you talking about? Have we met?”
He tried to summon his sternest Golden Guard expression.
The truth was that Hunter had never actually met Jacob, and had actively tried to avoid him. The fact that he had been singled out so quickly was very much cause for alarm.
“Oh you thought I wouldn’t recognize you in that guise?” Jacob said condescendingly. “I’m a historian. If you wanted to fool me, maybe you should have chosen someone other than Caleb Wittebane.”
Hunter flinched at the name, which did not go unnoticed.
“I know what the historical figures of Gravesfield looked like,” Jacob went on. “You should be ashamed of yourself, shapeshifter, desecrating the memory of a deceased person of historical significance. Except you can’t even feel shame, can you? You’re a demon! An affront to the enlightened universe!”
“An affront to the what?” Hunter said, trying to keep his rising anxiety in check. “What is wrong with you?”
He stared at Jacob, trying to figure out the best way to escape without drawing unnecessary attention (or any attention at all, for that matter). But then something Jacob had said finally registered.
He’d called him a shapeshifter.
Of course, Hunter realized with the slightest relief. Jacob thought he was Vee.
“Wait!” Jacob said loudly. “What is THAT?”
He was pointing at Flapjack.
“Uhh…” Hunter said. “A Northern Cardinal?”
Flapjack whistled and flew directly at Jacob’s face.
“AAAAAAGGGHHHHH!!”
Hunter took advantage of his momentary distraction to slip away, expertly darting and weaving through the crowd of people and vehicles.
His escape had drawn attention, but hopefully all anyone saw was Jacob being attacked by an enraged songbird.
Said bird returned to Hunter quickly, twittering smugly.
“You drew blood?” Hunter said. “Good work. But what do you think? Was this really a bear attack?”
Flapjack gave a skeptical chirp.
“Yeah,” Hunter said. “Me neither.”
***
A scream of pure terror was followed by a loud crash that rocked the entire Owl House, echoing through every room, shattering Eda and Raine’s peaceful evening, along with several windowpanes.
In an instant, they were on their feet and running for The Collector’s room.
The Collector was no longer asleep, that much was obvious, but weren’t even in their bed anymore.
From the look of things, they had awoken and flailed around, flinging the covers in all directions, along with the mattress and bed frame, which was no longer in one piece.
The lights hanging in the window had been ripped down, the autoclave was upside-down and there was water and broken glass all over the floor.
The aquarium had been shattered, and its inhabitant was now covered with shards of glass.
In their panic, it seemed The Collector might have inadvertently triggered themself further.
They were backed up in the corner where the walls met the ceiling, clawing at the air, their expression glazed and distant.
“Nonononono!” they cried.
“Collector,” Eda said, approaching them, broken glass crunching under her heels.
“No! Stay BACK!” The Collector shouted. “Go AWAY! You LIED! YOU TRICKED ME!”
A large crack spidered across the walls and ceiling from where The Collector was crouched.
“It’s okay, Collector,” Raine said.
“YOU TRICKED ME, TOO! YOU LIED! I DON’T WANNA’ GO BACK! I DON’T WANNA’ BE ALONE! I DON’T WANNA’ BE ALONE! GO AWAY!”
Raine was half-tempted to point out the contradictory nature of The Collector’s words, but also knew that this was neither the time nor place.
“You had a bad dream,” they said softly instead. “Didn’t you?”
“NO! STOP IT! GET AWAY FROM ME! I CAN’T GO BACK THERE! I WON’T!”
The Collector flailed about some more.
“Do you know where you are?” Eda asked.
The Collector was shaking, as though the nightmare hadn’t truly left them.
“You promised,” they panted. “YOU PROMISED!”
Their breathing became more and more wracked with sobs that were fighting their way out.
“You PROOOOMIIIISED!”
Dammit, Eda thought. She should have just kept them in her lap while they slept. Every time she made a little progress with The Collector, she just had to push a little further and ruin everything.
Although keeping them in her lap was probably not going to prevent bad dreams.
“It’s okay, Collector,” she said. “I shouldn’t have made you sleep by yourself. But you’re okay. You just had a nightmare.”
“NO! NOT OKAY! I’M NEVER GONNA’ SLEEP AGAIN! YOU CAN’T MAKE ME!”
“Collector, your starfish,” Raine said, carefully picking the pieces of glass off of it. “We need to keep it alive.”
But, for once, The Collector didn’t seem interested in their sea star. They seemed as distant as ever, out of reach of comfort.
It didn’t matter how many times Eda could tell them it had just been a dream. That couldn’t change the fact that the experience, whatever it had been, had felt very, very real to The Collector.
Chapter 42
Summary:
Chances are taken all around.
Notes:
Hello all! New chapter for your Wednesday morning!
I am back from my vacation just in time for for the tourist town where I actually live and work to be slammed during the first holiday weekend of the year. I guess Summer is officially here.
I am probably moving to mainly Wednesday updates due to my work schedule and Saturdays being so busy in town now.
As always, thank you thank you thank you for your feedback and for reading and loving this fic. It's hard to believe that it's been a year since The Owl House graced us with The Collector's first physical appearance and inspired me to write this fic.
Thank you everyone for the last year. It's been a ride!
Alice
Chapter Text
“Morton! Hey! Morton! You in?!”
It was a hotter-than-average morning in Bonesborough, the wind rolling in off the Boiling Sea, bringing with it a salty humidity that only promised to increase as the day wore on.
Eda, her patience strained to begin with, was rapping hard on Morton’s potion booth. It wasn’t closed up, but there wasn’t anyone visible inside when she leaned over the counter.
“So help me Morton, if you don’t come out right now I’m going to steal all your inventory and make a profit selling it half price from my own stand!”
“Eda, hold your gut-horses!” Morton’s voice called from somewhere out of sight. “I’m in the middle of mixing a stability potion! You know as well as I do that if just one of the ingredients is the tiniest bit out of balance, the whole thing blows up.”
“Well hurry it up. This is important and I haven’t got all day. I’ve got my own potions to sell.”
Morton appeared, capping a vial that presumably contained the stability potion.
“Well good morning to you, Eda Clawthorne,” he said. “Seems like you might need this.”
He shook the vial.
“Naw, it’s fine,” Eda said. “I know how to make a stability potion.”
“Well then,” Morton said. “What brings the competition here in such a crabby mood?”
“I am not…!” Eda began. “No, no, you’re right. I haven’t slept much.”
“Can I help you with something? You can’t be out of elixir yet. You just restocked.”
“Morton I need the strongest thing you’ve got for warding off nightmares.”
“Oh,” Morton said with a frown. “You know it’s not that easy, right?”
“Course I do. That’s why I’m asking you and not trying to make it myself.”
“Was that a compliment, E?”
“Sure was. You’ve got a few unconventional potion skills.”
“Well I hate to disappoint you,” Morton said. “But if I’d invented a magic potion that prevented nightmares, I wouldn’t be selling stuff at the Bonesborough Market anymore.”
“Fair point. So, guess I’m out of luck then,” Eda said, almost to herself in a voice that sounded surprisingly sad.
“Welllll,” Morton said. “I do have something that might help you.”
He reached below the counter and retrieved a small bottle of shimmering liquid that was such a dark blue that it almost looked black.
“This tonic is the best thing I’ve got for nightmares. It’s an experimental concoction. Kind of a hyperspecific disruption spell with anti-anxiety properties.”
“A disruption spell?”
“Yeah. So you know you can’t really prevent nightmares. But this’ll help calm you so you aren’t as tense before sleep, and if you do have nightmares, it’ll disrupt your sleep cycle.”
“Meaning…?”
“If you start to have nightmares, it’ll wake you before they go on very long. Best case, you’ll wake up before you’re even aware of your dreams turning bad.”
“Well what the shit, Morton? That’s a nightmare tonic if I’ve ever heard of one. I’ll take your whole supply.”
***
It took all of the morning, and most of the afternoon for Raine, King and Hooty to get The Collector’s room back into somewhat usable condition.
Some of the damage to the walls appeared permanent, but much of the rest could be cleaned or repaired.
The Collector, to their credit, had fixed the aquarium with their reversal spell, so the sea star survived another day.
That aside, there was some debate about whether having them use their powers to clean up constituted a breach of house rules, so they hadn’t really been pushed to lend a hand.
Not to mention The Collector had been very withdrawn once they calmed down after the events of the night. They hadn’t said much, and were acting more distant that normal. They seemed agitated and moody, sitting hunched over in the yard and looking for all the world like they had a really bad stomach ache.
It was Raine who approached them, after a conversation with King proved rather illuminating.
“Hey Collector,” Raine said, sitting on the ground beside them. “You don’t look like you feel very good.”
The Collector glanced up at them, and then away.
“Still thinking about your bad dream?”
The Collector made a little hmph! Sound, but didn’t reply, except to doodle around in the dirt.
“You want to talk about it?”
“Nuh-uh.”
Raine reached out and traced a large infinity heart in the dirt.
“Get that dream,” The Collector growled. “Out of my head. Get it out of my head!”
A few sparks shot out from them in all directions.
“You’ve got a lot of pent-up magic,” Raine said. “Don’t you?”
“Mmmmm.”
“Do you think you’d feel better if you burned some of that off?”
“Can’t. House rules. Can’t break the house.”
“Well, in that case,” Raine said. “Maybe we should go somewhere away from the house. Somewhere you can’t hurt anyone and it won’t matter if you destroy things a little…”
***
News traveled fast of the alleged double murder outside of Gravesfield.
Suddenly the town was swarming with crews and reporters from both state and national media, as well as an influx of independent content creators from all corners of the internet.
Camila was not impressed with how everyone seemed to be trying to get in on the story.
“Do they honestly think they’re helping?” she said in frustration. “People keep showing up at the clinic and just thinking they’ll get an interview. We’re a vet clinic, not CSI Connecticut.”
Naturally, she was especially worried for her children.
“Didn’t I tell you,” she said to Luz. “Whatever sick, twisted person is out there isn’t stopping at animals. We have two people dead now. There’ll be more if all these kids keep running around in the woods trying to mystery solve on…on livestream.”
“So you’re not buying the bear attack theory,” Luz said.
“Not for one tiny minute. No bear did any of this.”
“Should we tell her?” Vee whispered to Hunter.
“Tell her what?” Hunter asked, momentarily confused, but then realizing even as she replied.
“That we think the killer is from the demon realm,” Vee said “And slipped through a portal, or one of the leaks in the water.”
“I don’t think we should,” Hunter interrupted. “She’s stressed enough as it is. I don’t want to make her more worried.”
“What about you, Hunter?” Vee asked. “Are you worried?”
“I’m…” Hunter began. “I mean, whatever it is, we’ll deal with it, won’t we?”
***
The locals now referred to it as the Scar, a large swath of destroyed vegetation and fallen trees in what was, mercifully, a mostly-uninhabited region of the Boiling Isles. It was one of the many remnants leftover from The Collector’s rampage after the Day Of Unity.
Raine pushed away their second thoughts. It was fine. There wouldn’t be anyone else here.
They had a fleeting concern that revisiting the site might have some sort of impact on The Collector, who was already in a fairly negative headspace today, but fortunately that didn’t appear to be an issue.
“This’ll be a perfectly safe place to burn off some energy,” King told The Collector. “You can go play now.”
“Don’t you want to play with me?” The Collector asked sullenly.
“I think,” Raine interjected before King could put himself in an awkward spot trying to answer that question. “That it’ll be safest if you go first. You’re so much stronger than we are, and letting out all that energy might hurt us. And then you’d feel bad.”
It was the truth, although maybe the feeling terribly bad about it was a bit of a stretch (especially considering what they did to their favorite sea star on a daily basis). But Raine also knew how The Collector felt about the possibility of losing anyone.
“But what do I play?” The Collector asked.
“Whatever you want. But do it over there somewhere, away from us.”
The Collector turned and took off at a run, magic sparking at their hands and feet until they leaped into the air, spinning and pulling the dust and debris towards them.
They flew in a spiral, a trail of raw energy blazing behind them and mixing with the swirling wind.
“Should we,” King said. “Be worried about that?”
Wind rushed into the Scar from all across the Isles, joining into the vortex - the little swirl of magic becoming MUCH larger and more frightening.
The Collector was quite high in the air by now, the wind column growing steadily taller as it rose towards them.
They crackled with electric energy that shot back and forth between them and the little storm brewing below. They no longer looked glum or sick, they looked elated, a manic grin crossing their face and their eyes glowing brighter and brighter.
They laughed and laughed and laughed, the bolts of energy between them and the vortex below becoming almost constant, strobing brightly.
And then, without warning, The Collector flipped and dove straight down into the swirl.
The resulting explosion was deafening, and the shockwave threw both Raine and King backwards and onto the ground quite a distance away.
The Collector laughed gleefully, and there was a disturbingly loud cracking sound as enormous fissures opened up in the ground.
Raine grabbed King and rolled to the side, unable to get to their feet because of how much the earth was shaking.
They narrowly avoided falling into one of the chasms as it ripped open, rolling away just in time.
And suddenly The Collector was looming above them, laughing delightedly and blocking out the sun with their little form, eyes glowing menacingly.
And Raine remembered exactly why they had once feared this child beyond reason and had felt it necessary that they be sealed away for good. It was no longer something they believed at all, but it was still hard not to be afraid.
The Collector turned a flip and grinned wildly.
“Did you see that?” they squealed. “Did you see that? I did that all by myself! The wind was all like WOOOOOOO and I went like foooooghhhhh and now there’s a whole bunch of little ones!”
Little ones? Little one whats?
The Collector cackled.
The ground had stopped shaking enough for Raine to sit up and look around.
To their dismay, they saw that in addition to the massive spidering cracks in the earth, there were a number of smaller, but still destructive whirlwinds racing off in every direction, sparking with purple and red magic.
“So much for no destruction,” Raine said, producing a flute and furiously sending their own magic after the whirlwinds in an attempt to at least slow them down.
It didn’t work.
In fact, it had the opposite effect.
The Collector’s magic was much stronger, and pulled Raine’s magic right into the vortices, strengthening the magical tornadoes.
“Dammit!” Raine said. “Oh this is bad.
“Uh, you think?” King said from where he was still clinging to Raine.
“This is very bad,” Raine said. “ People are getting hurt! Collector, do you realize… Agh! Never mind, we’ll figure this out. You feel better now?”
“A bit,” The Collector said. “But I only used a liiiiittle bit of magic.”
They giggled.
“Titan. Okay. Is there any way you can…stop those tornadoes? Or slow them down?”
“Ummmm…nope?” The Collector said happily.
“Are you sure?”
“Uuuuuugghhhhh,” The Collector whined. “But that’s my magic. It would be sooo annoying. I just got rid of it. I don’t want it back. I don’t wanna’.”
Raine watched the storms as they continued to plow paths of destruction.
“You don’t seem to have trouble moving the stars,” they said desperately. “Or the planets.”
“Oh I can move them,” The Collector said. “Duh.”
They made a criss-cross motion with their fingers and two of the tornadoes reversed positions with each other at a speed they shouldn’t have been able to.
“Vrrrrrrrrrrpppppp!!!! Easy peasy lemon squeezy.”
“Can you, like,” King asked. “Put them in space?”
The Collector looked delighted at the suggestion.
“YEEEAAAAHHHHHHHH!!” they screeched.
And, with a flick of their wrists, they sent all the tornadoes away into the sky breakneck speeds, shooting upwards until they vanished from sight.
Raine lay back down on the ground and let out a huge breath.
“This,” they said. “Was not my best idea.”
King shrugged.
“At least The Collector is happy again?”
***
The building was in shambles as Willow Park used large vines to push away a large slab of roof that she had been sheltering under.
To be fair, the building itself wasn’t just in shambles because of the tornado that had just struck it. It was, in fact, an ancient ruin.
“Well that was a close one, Clover,” she said.
Clover buzzed in agreement.
Exploring abandoned buildings wasn’t what Willow usually did in her free time - that somehow seemed to be more Gus’s department. But she’d been practicing her flyer derby skills when the winds had hit, and the ruin was the closest shelter.
Curiously, it had fast become apparent that she wasn’t alone.
Clover flew ahead as Willow strode across the ground, vines erupting at her feet to fling aside a pile of rubble revealing…
“Of course. Flora D’splora, we meet at last. I should’ve expected to find you here.”
Flora blinked at Willow’s chipper voice, seemingly at odds with her words.
And then she was on her feet.
“And who might you be?” she asked.
“That’s not important,” Willow said. “Just be grateful I rescued you. I don’t hold much sympathy for people who assist in the kidnapping of my friends’ family members.”
“I… what?” Flora said. “I think you have me mistaken for someone else. I assure you, I am not a kidnapper. What are you talking about?”
“Word of advice, D’splora. You should vet your employers a little better.”
“Well I won’t argue with you there. The last odd job I took was a total scam. Wait, why am I telling you this? What are you even doing in the Lenderman Ruins?”
“Uhhhh sheltering from a gigantic magical tornado?”
“Okay, fair point. I’m starting to think it might be right, what they’re saying, and I don’t like it.”
“What they’re saying?” Willow asked.
“Word on the streets, casual rumor. They’re saying The Collector is back, maybe they never really left, and they’re toying with us.”
“The Collector was trapped,” Willow said.
“You sound so confident. The knowledge of astrological magic has been lost to the ages. The Collector is the most powerful being we’ve ever encountered. They’re a trickster. They tricked Belos. How do you know they didn’t trick the rest of us into only thinking they were trapped again? They’re still out there, mark my words. Biding their time.”
***
The Collector sat on the sofa, frowning as they contemplated the vial of inky liquid they now held in their hands.
An occasional tilt or inversion of the vial caused a play of iridescence within the substance.
“Like I told you,” Eda said. “It won’t keep you from having bad dreams, but it might stop them once they start. And Morton says it’ll make you kinda’ drowsy. But if you…wanna’ try sleeping again? You know?”
The Collector tapped on the side of the bottle and ran a fingernail along it. Their brow furrowed.
“Not gonna’ make you take it,” Eda reassured them. “But if you want to, I think it’d be worth a shot.”
“Just let us know,” Raine added. “We’ll help you however we can.”
The Collector continued to silently examine the vial and its contents.
Raine turned to Eda and gave her a hopeful shrug.
They had, of course, told her about the more-than-slightly-destructive effort to bring The Collector’s energy down to a more comfortable level. Not that they’d really needed to. While Eda had been working in Bonesborough, she had witnessed the appearance of dozens of magic-fueled tornadoes and their subsequent (and abrupt) disappearance.
It had been pretty easy to put two and two together long before she even talked to Raine.
The fact loomed large that The Collector had only used a fraction of their power and still needed an outlet for all their pent-up energy, and setting them loose on a remote part of the Boiling Isles was clearly not an option.
It was an issue, Eda and Raine both realized. A major, major issue.
But it was also an issue for tomorrow.
Running the stand all day had really taken it out of Eda and she felt like she was more exhausted after a workday than she used to be.
It felt like her brain had been turned to mush, and that was before learning all the details of The Collector’s escapades.
The Collector themself had eaten the last of the blood blood, so Eda settled for a goreburger and a fairly strong glass of apple blood.
She went ahead and took a shower, feeling her own energy at a low ebb, knowing she would probably crash the moment she sat down.
The water was warm and relaxing, taking the soreness out of her muscles. She still had some vague phantom pain from her missing arm, and it was an odd sensation. She still instinctively reached for her hair with her right arm when washing and then remembered…
Showering had gotten more difficult than she cared to admit, but she was proud of how well she was managing.
Months ago, Raine had traced an infinity heart on the shower glass, and now it became visible whenever the room filled with steam.
Eda couldn’t help but smile every time she saw it.
She might be missing her whole damn arm, but she had never felt so lucky before in her life.
When Eda wandered back downstairs, King was fast asleep on the back of the sofa, Raine had presumably gone up to bed, and The Collector was still planted on the couch.
They were still staring at the nightmare tonic.
“Has it told you all the secrets of the universe yet?” Eda teased.
The Collector looked up at her, expression even more confused.
“Oh, I forgot. You already know all the secrets of the universe, don’t you?”
“Not all of them,” The Collector said, as if that should have been obvious.
They turned back to the vial in their hands, opened their mouth as if they wanted to say something but lost their resolve at the last second and bit their lip instead.
“You wanna’ try that stuff?” Eda asked.
“Mhhhhhhh,” The Collector said. “Don’ wanna’ be alone.”
“I know that, kid. I also know you’re beyond exhausted, pent-up energy or no pent-up energy.”
The Collector looked up at Eda pleadingly.
“Mhhhhhhhh,” they said again, holding up the vial so Eda could see, like they wanted her to understand something without them actually saying it.
“You’re gonna’ have to be a little more specific” she said.
The Collector stared at her, their whole body tense.
“Wanna’ try…” they whispered, looking terrified both at the prospect of doing so, and the fact that they’d admitted it.
“Yeah?” Eda said, trying to hide her own surprise. “You can sure go ahead, then. But it’s your choice, you know. It’s okay if you don’t want to.”
“Want to,” The Collector said, a little more confidently this time. “But…But…”
Another look trying to convey something.
“Don’t wanna’ be by myseeeeeeeelf thoughhhhhh!” they cried.
“Then you don’t have to be. You can sleep in the nest with me and Raine if you want.”
The Collector held out the vial to Eda.
“Open this,” they said.
“You sure?”
“Opennnnn…!”
“Okay, okay,” Eda said, taking the vial and quirking a smile as she removed the wax and cork. “But I’m preeetty sure you could open this yourself.”
“You open it.”
The Collector made grabbing motions with their hands and Eda chuckled and held out the now open bottle for them.
They snatched it from her, raised it to their mouth before they could psych themself out of it and downed the entire contents of the vial.
A sudden flash of fear crossed their face, but it faded as they looked back at Eda.
It might not have been complete trust just quite yet, but it was definitely a reflection of their movement in that direction. Despite the setbacks, they were veering closer day by day.
“How do you feel?” Eda asked.
“Ehhhh?” The Collector said. “Sleepy?”
“More sleepy?”
“A little bit.”
They blinked a few times, visibly relaxing.
Eda held out her arm and The Collector leaped into the offered embrace.
As usual, the instant they felt Eda’s arm around them, they went boneless, surrendering to the comfort that was now so readily available.
Eda readjusted her hold so that she could take them upstairs. It didn’t matter that they were heavy, or that their limbs were flopping around. It didn’t even matter that they offered no help whatsoever, and had become remarkably puddle-like for a physical child. Eda was happy to carry them.
The Collector had become a fixture at the Owl House, but Eda was hyper aware of how close they’d come to not being so. She’d lost them once, and it had taken a gargantuan effort to bring them back.
The future….? Well, Eda didn’t know what the future held, but The Collector was right here, right now and that was worth being grateful for. They’d figure out the challenges when they got to them.
The Collector tensed briefly as they approached the doorway (minus the actual door) of their room, but relaxed again as Eda walked on past.
Raine looked up, alarmed, when Eda kicked open the loft doors, but their expression immediately softened when they saw that Eda’s arm was otherwise occupied holding The Collector.
“We’ve got company tonight, Rainestorm.”
“I see that,” Raine said. “Did they actually take the nightmare tonic?”
“Yup!” Eda said. “Okay, kid. Shoes off.”
The Collector toed off their shoes as Eda set them down into the middle of the nest. It wasn’t the most graceful maneuver, but she managed to not drop them.
“Alright then, scooch over.”
Eda pulled the towel from her hair and threw it onto the floor as she kicked off her own slippers. Then she flopped into nest herself.
“Al- right,” she said, adjusting the covers. “Nappy time.”
Raine helped pull the blanket over The Collector, bringing it almost to their chin, but no further.
“This okay, Collector?” They asked.
“Yeah,” The Collector said.
“You feel like you can rest now?”
The Collector nodded.
“Think that tonic is making me more sleepyyyyyy,” they said.
“And less anxious?”
“Yeah, kinda.’ Still don’t wanna’ be alone. You’re gonna’ stay here, right?”
“We’ll both be right here,” Raine said. “So you’re not remotely alone.”
The Collector played with the hem of the blanket, weaving it through their fingers as they held it.
“Wanna’ get the lights, Raine?” Eda said.
Raine whistled and the dim light of the room faded.
“You okay?” they asked, as The Collector quietly gasped at the sudden darkness. “You need a nightlight?”
The Collector’s hand found their arm, grabbing tightly.
“Maybe a candle or something,” Eda murmured sleepily. “So’s not pitch dark.”
Raine whistled a different, more wavering note and a tiny flame appeared on a candle atop the dresser on the other side of the room.
It didn’t give off much light but it was enough not to leave the loft in total darkness.
The Collector squirmed around, getting comfortable and settling into a spot where they confirmed that both Eda and Raine were within arm’s reach.
“G’night, Collector,” Eda said.
The Collector lay quietly for a while longer, as their caretakers fell asleep on either side of them.
At first it was kind of a lonely feeling, and they poked at Eda to wake her back up.
“Mm’right’here,” she told them, and then was out once again.
That wouldn’t have meant anything such a short time ago, but now it was inexplicably comforting.
Why, The Collector wondered, did the promises of safety from those infinitely less powerful than themself, actually make them feel safe and protected? It was a complete illusion! They didn’t need protection! And Eda and Raine were no match against magic that could harm or trap someone as powerful as The Collector.
Those were completely empty promises! The Collector should have been angry about it, furious even.
They couldn’t bring themself to be angry. They wanted to hear those promises again a hundred times.
The Collector was losing their resolve to constantly be on the alert for betrayal and trickery. It was frightening and they knew that this would make any betrayal so much worse.
The attention was still somewhat confusing to The Collector, along with their own reaction to it. The more attention they received, the more they craved it.
And nobody had asked them for anything or made them use their powers to do anything.
The Collector would END them and everyone else on the Boiling Isles if they were betrayed now.
The blanket lay heavy over them, and the two bodies on either side radiated warmth in a way that The Collector didn’t. They weren’t usually aware of being cold, but being in such a warm spot was inexplicably pleasant and they wanted to always be this warm.
The Collector listened to Raine and Eda’s breathing, to the steady heartbeats, the rush of blood through veins, so different from their own and yet so similar.
They knew they were drifting off to sleep. They could feel it enveloping them.
They feared the dreams that might accompany their descent into unconsciousness, but this was the coziest and most comfortable they could ever remember being.
The Collector’s last coherent thought before sleep overtook them, surprising even themself, was that there was nowhere else in the whole universe that they wanted to be.
Chapter 43
Summary:
Something horrifies even Hooty.
Notes:
Morning everyone! I hope you are all well.
My work schedule got switched around this week, so you're getting this chapter today rather than yesterday. I still plan to aim for mainly Wednesday updates for the future though.
Enjoy this chapter! It contains some scenes I've had planned for nearly a year. I'm VERY excited for the next couple of chapters as well, so stay turned!
Thanks for reading as always!
Alice
Chapter Text
The night passed without any major disruption.
Eda drifted in and out of consciousness, regularly checking in that the child lying between her and Raine was still sleeping soundly.
Once or twice they jumped, jolted awake from what was presumably a bad dream, their arm shooting out to grab her or Raine.
Once their hand found a tangible, warm presence, they immediately relaxed. Instead of their usual panic setting in, they fell back to sleep with the confirmation that they were safe and free.
Dawn crept over the horizon, filtering through the windows and the stained glass began to glow with color. Outside, the birds began their daily morning screaming.
The loft grew light, and still The Collector slept.
“This is,” Raine said. “The longest I can remember sleeping in for a while. I really need to hit the bathroom.”
They were usually up by now, in the kitchen with a mug of coffee and fixing breakfast of some description.
Eda had to admit, it was really nice to wake up with them still in the nest. But she couldn’t have them uncomfortable.
“Well go find the bathroom, Raine!”
“I don’t want to disturb…”
Raine looked pointedly at The Collector, who was lying on their stomach, face smushed into a pillow they had stolen sometime during the night, arms and legs stretched out in every direction.
“Hah!” Eda said. “I can see the resemblance now.”
“The resemblance…?”
“Why Luz called them a starfish and started that whole debacle.”
Eda couldn’t help but smile. She scooted closer and rubbed The Collector’s back and shoulders.
They moved sluggishly, making a reluctant noise.
“Rise and shine,” Eda told them.
“Nuh-uh.”
They slow-motion flopped over, opening their eyes. They stretched hard and blinked at the sunlight that was now streaming into the room.
“Whysitsobright?”
“It’s morning,” Raine said. “You slept all night.”
“No I didn’t,” The Collector said. Then, realizing. “Did I?”
“You did.”
“Oh.”
A bright smile suddenly lit up The Collector’s face and they squirmed around languidly, stretching once more, and huffing out a heavy sigh.
And then, quite suddenly, they were asleep again.
Eda and Raine traded a look of amusement, and not just a little relief.
Raine went to get up, but their movement roused The Collector again.
“Nooooooo,” they said, not at all upset, but still grabbing Raine and pulling them back into the nest with a tremendous amount of force. “Stay.”
And then they were asleep again.
Raine laughed.
“Well I guess I’m stuck here,” they said.
“Guess you are,” said Eda. “Bad luck on that needing to find a bathroom business.”
The Collector opened their eyes once more, looking more utterly at peace than Eda or Raine had ever seen them.
“Wanna’ stay right here,” they said. “Foreveeeerrrr.”
“I’m glad you feel that way,” Raine said. “But we do have to get up now.”
“Noooooo. You stay here toooooooo.”
“Can I,” Eda said, turning her head back towards The Collector. “Bribe you with breakfast cupcakes.”
“What’re breakfast cupcakes?”
“Just like your regular cupcakes, but you eat them for breakfast.”
The Collector’s face crinkled into a mischievous grin as they faced Eda.
“Bzzzzzzzzzz…”
They laughed, pointing their finger at Eda and very slowly inching it towards her.
“Bzzzzzzzt!” Eda responded, tapping The Collector’s finger with her own before they could reach her nose.
Another giggle.
Raine once again sat up and stretched. This time, when they went to climb out of the nest, The Collector didn’t stop them.
Eda sat up as well and The Collector followed suit, leaving their hat on the pillow, their hair sticking up in tufts that seemed to defy gravity.
“Come on,” Eda said, getting up and stumbling into her slippers. “Those cupcakes aren’t gonna’ bake themselves.”
The Collector stretched once again, expression hazy and content as they jammed their hat back over their unruly hair.
“You can sleep up here again tonight,” Eda said. “Or every night if you want to.”
The Collector’s face turned hopeful.
“Yeah?” they said.
Eda tossed The Collector their shoes.
“Sure thing, kid.”
***
“Uhhhh…what is that?”
Camila took a step back as Slice plunked a huge cardboard box down on the wet table.
“What is this?” she asked.
“This,” Slice said dramatically. “Is why we can’t have nice things. I think FortiHeart must’ve gotten wind that Protexxar was sending us swag and wanted to get in on the action.”
“That better not be more jenga towers,” Amy said. “Or so help me, I can’t be held responsible for my actions.”
“No, thank god,” Slice said. “But now we’ve got a hundred of these.”
She opened the box and held up a hoodie with the words ‘FortiHeart Monthly Heartworm Preventative’ in large font beneath three heart shapes.
“Send them back,” Camila said, rolling her eyes and retrieving a bottle of ear cleaner from the cabinet above the wet table. “We don’t need those.”
There was an abrupt loud slam as someone rushed through the side door and ran into the treatment area, panting and wide-eyed.
“Oh hey, Luz,” Amy said. “You’re still in town during Spring break? That’s rough.”
“You want another free hoodie?” Slice asked.
“No more hoodies,” Vee said, voice a bit winded.
“Are you okay?” Camila asked. “What’s wrong?”
“Jacob,” Vee said. “I think he was following me.”
“Oh,” Camila said darkly. “Maybe he needs another reminder to keep out of our way.”
“Oh fuckin’ Jacob,” Amy said.
“Language, Amy,” Camila began.
“Like you didn’t drop five f-bombs during that carnassial extraction this morning.”
“That tooth had it coming! One root abcessed and the other two ankylosed! And Jacob still has it coming even MORE! Maybe I’ll take one of those elevators to HIS teeth.”
“Hell yeah!” Amy said, punching the air.
“Nahhh,” Vee said. “That’d just confirm his weird theory that witches have human-tooth-powered time machines.”
“His theories that WHAT?” Amy cried.
“Unfortunately he does believe that,” Camila said. “He told me point blank once.”
“Holy crap,” Amy said. “I think my IQ just dropped about ten points. Actually, it’s still dropping. I can feel it.”
“I drove past him poking around Exploding Tree Springs one time,” Slice said. “He was waving around some wizard staff or something and shouting at his GoPro.”
“That sounds about right,” Vee said.
“Wait,” Amy said, holding up a hand. “Wait. Slice. Did you just say Exploding Tree Springs?”
“Yeah,” Slice laughed. “Where lightning hit that one big tree off Maple Ridge Road last Fall and blew out the embankment. There was water pouring out of it for weeks.”
“And let me guess,” Vee said. “He thought witches did it.”
“I did not stop and ask.”
“Exploding Tree Springs?” Amy asked again, incredulously.
“It seemed like an appropriate name!” Slice said.
“Well let’s hope Jacob runs into the Gravesfield Killer, or whatever they’re calling them now,” Camila said. “So I don’t have to end up becoming the Other Gravesfield Killer. Because I will if he takes one more step too close to my family.”
“We’ll help hide the body,” Slice said.
***
The days passed by, and a new nighttime routine took shape at the Owl House.
The Collector happily downed a vial of nightmare tonic before bedtime each night and then took their place between Eda and Raine in the nest, making sure both of them were within easy reach before falling asleep.
Most nights were relatively peaceful, the tonic waking The Collector just enough before their dreams became too bad. As long as they could reach out in the night and find someone there, warm under their hand and concrete proof that they were still in the physical plane, everything was okay.
They would go right back to sleep.
There were, however, still nights where, even with the tonic onboard, The Collector woke from a nightmare panting and crying.
On more than one occasion, Eda and Raine awoke to the sound of sobs, and The Collector reaching for them with more desperation than usual.
Once, they woke up in near hysterics, and clung to Eda’s hand, seeming completely unaware of their current location and surroundings.
“I don’t wanna’ go back! Don’t let me go back! Don’t let me go back! Don’t let me go! Don’t let go!”
Eda didn’t know for sure what that nightmare was, but she had a pretty strong suspicion.
And so she did what she wished she could have then, and firmly gripped The Collector’s hand, pulling them to her.
“There you go. Easy. Easy,” she murmured. “I got you. You’re not going back. You’re safe now. See? You’re safe.”
The Collector might not have remembered where they were at that moment, but their panic subsided and turned into muffled sobs.
They held onto Eda’s hand for a long time, pads of their fingers tracing over her scars.
“You okay?” Raine asked sleepily.
“Yeah,” Eda said. “I got them this time.”
Finally getting sleep at night did wonders to improve The Collector’s mood during the day. Not to mention, nights at the Owl House suddenly got a whole lot more peaceful than they had been in months.
However, there was still the issue of The Collector’s excess, pent-up energy.
Raine had hoped, rather baselessly, that their agitation might have been related to sleep deprivation. Unfortunately, it became apparent that this wasn’t the case.
The Collector needed an outlet for all that energy, and no one could think of a safe place anywhere on the Isles for them to let loose.
It was ultimately Luz who would come up with a solution.
She was visiting the Owl House, along with Hunter, for what Eda and Raine learned was Spring Break in the human realm.
Eda practically pounced on Luz when she arrived and hugged her tightly for a long time, threatening never to let her go.
Things seemed to be going fairly well for the Nocedas, even as the Gravesfield Killer continued to be a curiosity for those intrigued by the recent murders.
“The thing I don’t get,” Luz said, when explaining the situation to Eda. “Is why they didn’t go with the Gravesfield Gravesmaker! That’s so much better than the Gravesfield Killer.”
Hunter was a bit more subdued than normal, though nobody was sure whether to ask why. The Collector had been incredibly obnoxious to him from the moment he’d set foot back in the house, commenting and laughing about his run-down appearance, and that didn’t seem to improve things at all.
The first day or so, Luz barely spent much time at the Owl House, as she was determined to visit all her favorite places on the Isles and catch up with her friends.
Unsurprisingly, she saw a lot of Amity, but she wasn’t about to ignore her other friends.
She spent close to an entire day hiking with Willow out to a remote lake that was reportedly as good for swimming as Lake Lacuna and far less crowded.
Even though he had already planned to visit Darius that evening, Hunter tagged along for unspecified reasons.
“We could have flown,” he said as they scrambled up a steep, rocky incline.
“But this is more fun,” Luz said. “Whatever happened to your endurance, Hunter?”
“I’m…out of shape,” Hunter panted.
He looked embarrassed about admitting it, especially in front of Willow, who had barely broken a sweat during the climb.
“Maybe I could carry you,” Willow said.
“What?” Hunter squawked. “No! I’m not incapacitated!”
He plowed forward up the incline.
“I hope I didn’t offend him,” Willow said.
“Nahhhhh,” Luz said with a smirk.
The lake, as it turned out, was just as nice as the party had been led to believe, if arguably much less safe. A few small fish-like demons kept trying to bite their feet, and swimming turned out to be less relaxing and more of a high-stakes challenge.
Unsurprisingly, the topic of conversation did eventually turn to The Collector.
While sitting on the rocky bank during a break in wheat Luz had dubbed “Defensive Combat Swimming,” Willow related her recent encounter with Flora D’splora.
“And she’s not the only one,” Willow said. “I’ve overheard a lot of people questioning whether The Collector is still on the Isles, toying with us. Even my dads have been speculating about it.”
“Hunter would probably agree with that,” Luz said.
“Well,” Hunter said, looking up from where he had been picking at a broken nail he had sustained in the last swimming combat. “No. Not really, not anymore. I…don’t like the kid. Sorry. They’re dangerous and I don’t trust them, and neither should any of you. But… uuurghhh. I don’t think they’re planning anything diabolical. They just…react to stuff.”
“I don’t think they’re diabolical either,” Willow said. “But I’m not sure I completely trust them, either.”
“We just remember,” Luz said. “It’s a hard thing to get around sometimes. It’s why I had a hard time accepting that The Collector was just a kid myself.”
“What do you mean?” Willow asked.
“When we…” Luz’s expression turned dark. “When we were in Belos’ mind…the inner Belos was a kid. A scared little kid. And we just trusted him without question until he started laughing and revealed that he’d been…been using us the whole time.”
“Don’t…” Hunter said.
“Oh,” Willow said. “I see what you mean.”
“Thing is,” Hunter said. “I don’t really believe The Collector is capable of anything like that anymore. But…you’ve got to admit. If they were planning something, they’re in a very good position to strike.”
“Hunter, I see your point,” Luz said, in a tone of voice that implied that this was a fairly regular conversation. “But I just don’t see The Collector plotting anything nefarious.”
“Have you been listening? I agree with you! I’m just saying! If they were…”
“Maybe we should NOT talk about this right now,” Willow said firmly. “We’re burning daylight and if you two still have the energy to squabble about the intentions of The Collector, maybe we need to go swim to that tree and back again.”
***
One evening, Luz returned to the Owl House practically bouncing with excitement.
“I talked to Bump and my mom!” she explained. “And I can re-enroll at Hexside for the semester while I’m on Summer vacation from Gravesfield High!”
“Let me get this straight,” Eda said. “Your human school gives you several months break, and you’re going to spend that time doing more school?”
“Doing magic school, Eda!” Luz said. “There’s a difference! And it means I get to stay here this Summer!”
“Welllll,” Eda said, unable to fight the grin crossing her face. “I suppose…”
And she did not try to dissuade Luz further.
In addition, the plan was for Vee to create a unique new human form and no longer have to pass as Luz.
“If it works, Vee is going back to Gravefield High in the Fall,” Luz explained. “And she’s super stoked about it.”
“What is it with all you kids being excited about school?” Eda cried.
“Learning is cool!” Hunter said.
“Says you.”
“You know,” Raine said with a smirk. “I dated someone off and on for a few decades who was really into studying and learning.”
“I have no clue who you’re talking about,” Eda said, going red.
“She even self-taught herself glass-making,” Raine continued.
Luz roared with laughter.
***
The Collector’s sea star, as it turned out, loved the thawed-out clams that Camila had sent.
It shuffled along on its dozens of little tube feet, and everyone crowded around the aquarium to watch as it consumed its food.
“Did that thing just puke out its own stomach all over that clam-thing?!?” Hooty wailed in horror.
“That’s how they eat,” Hunter said. “They digest their food outside their body.”
“Wait? You’re not joking?” King said. “That’s normal for a starfish?”
“Sea. Star,” Hunter said.
“I was gonna’ eat that,” Hooty cried. “I’ve changed my miiiiind! I don't even want to look at it anymore! That’s burned into my brain now and I’m scarrred for liiiiife!”
“Yeah, Luz,” Eda said. “I better not hear anything more about how the demon realm is all weird and gross. Not when you have that roaming around the human realm.”
She pointed at the sea star, still digesting the clam with its stomach exteriorized.
The Collector watched with fascination, quite delighted with how much of a reaction their pet was eliciting from everybody.
They were, however, somewhat underwhelmed by the vet clinic swag that Luz had brought them. They refused to wear the hoodie and beanie, although this seemed to be more because they didn’t want to change out of their signature onesie rather than any aversion to being a walking advertisement for PROTEXXAR’s Year-Round Parasite Protection.
They were slightly more enthused about the jenga tower, and even more the tapeworm plushie.
“You should give it a name,” Luz told them.
“How abouuuuuuut,” The Collector suggested. “Worm!”
“I know you can be more creative than that,” Luz said, although she was reminded that The Collector referred to their sea star as either “My Starfish” or “Starfishie,” depending on their mood.
“Well theeeeeen,” The Collector sang. “I’ll just name iiiiiiit…WORM-BOP!”
They flew up and bopped Luz on the head with the plushie.
Fortunately they didn’t hit her hard, but it was still with much more force than the average child.
“AAAAGHH! Collector! You don’t hit people over the head with tapeworm stuffies!”
“Yes I do,” The Collector snickered. “I just diiiiid! Or did I hit you so hard you forgot?”
They looked a little bit too excited at the prospect.
“I’m not questioning whether you did, I’m asking you not to hit me over the head with a plush tapeworm…”
“Worm-Bop.”
“With Worm-Bop,” Luz rubbed her head. “It hurts when Worm-Bop bops that hard.”
“Bop!” The Collector said, darting forward with their stuffie again.
They didn’t actually hit Luz with it, but she still ducked.
***
A few days into Luz and Hunter’s stay, Eda awoke in the nest well into the morning. She could hear voices and clinks of activity drifting up from downstairs.
Raine had been up for a while, as was usual. From the sound of things, Luz and Hunter were awake as well.
King’s laughter rang out, followed by a loud but indecipherable comment from Hooty.
Eda stretched and smiled, unable to temper the joy she felt at having all her family present this morning, and knowing they all would be for a while longer.
She turned to The Collector, intending to wake them, but they were sleeping so soundly that she couldn’t bring herself to disturb them.
Instead, she quietly crawled out of the nest and left them to snooze as she went downstairs to join the rest of her family.
Luz was holding forth about the latest ridiculous video that Jacob had posted on MewTube, an article she’d finally tracked down about feeding at least one species of sea star in captivity, and a cat whose intestines had telescoped in on themselves that Camila had performed surgery on.
She was talking so fast and enthusiastically that it was hard to tell where one topic ended and the next began.
Eda wrapped her arm around Luz and kissed the top of her head.
“Have I mentioned how good it is to have you back, kiddo? I might just keep you.”
Luz giggled.
“I think my mom might have something to say about that.”
“Then she’ll have to come get you herself,” Eda growled into Luz’s hair. “Because I’m not going to let you go.”
“Hey!” King cried. “You don’t get her all to yourself! I demand kidnap threats too!”
“You know my mom would actually march right back here to retrieve me,” Luz said.
“Then I’ll just have Sneaky-Peek destroy the Portal Door when she gets here,” Eda said. “Then you’ll both be stuck with me.”
“You know we know how to build Portal Doors now,” King pointed out.
“Whose side are you on, King?”
Once Luz finally extricated herself from Eda’s friendly grip, Hunter found himself the next target.
“Aaaaaaggghh!” he laughed as Eda tried to hug him. “I’m cooking, Owl Lady.”
“You’re always cooking,” Eda said, peering over his shoulder. “What is it today?”
“An experiment,” Hunter said.
“I like it already.”
“You haven’t even tried it yet. But it should be palatable for humans and witches.”
“And deeeeeeeeeemonnnnnssss!” Hooty added.
And that was when The Collector started screaming.
“Again?” Hooty said as the house shook.
They found The Collector sitting up in the middle of the nest, screaming at the top of their lungs.
When they saw Eda, they were furious.
“YOU LEFT ME ALONE!”
While The Collector was upset, it was unclear whether they’d had a nightmare or had simply woken up to discover they were alone in the nest.
Either way, they were not happy.
“I HATE BEING ALONE! I HATE IT! I HATE IT! I HATE IT! I HAAAAAATE IT!”
Fortunately, now that The Collector was more readily accepting comfort, it was much easier to calm them down than it had been in the past. And Eda made a mental note never to leave them alone in the nest while they slept, no matter how peacefully they might be sleeping at the time.
The Collector readily ate their breakfast, but they did start to complain about their magic building up again.
“What does that mean?” Hunter asked.
“The Collector needs a way to take the edge off all their energy,” Raine said. “The problem is, we haven’t figured out a way of letting them do that without endangering the rest of the Isles.”
They explained about the tornado incident.
“Oh yeah,” Hunter said. “Darius said there were a whole bunch of dangerous new rips in the earth. I should have known who was behind it.”
“How about space?” Luz asked.
“What?”
“Space?” Eda asked.
“Space for whaaaaaaat?” Hooty added.
“Space like up there?” Luz pointed at the ceiling.
Everyone else looked up.
“You mean the firmament?” said Hunter.
“Yeah! I mean that’s basically the same thing, right?”
“I guess? There’s not a whole lot of information. Belos wasn’t big on letting people study the stars.”
“Yeah,” Eda said. “That sounds about right.”
“Maybe there’s stuff about it in all our contraband!” Luz said.
“But from what I can tell,” Hunter went on. “The demon realm cosmos shares a lot of similarities with the human realm cosmos.”
“Maybe they can tell us,” King said, turning to The Collector, who was loudly chewing their food and looking extremely bored with the conversation.
However, at King’s prompting, they began exuberantly speaking without bothering to finish their bite and sending half-chewed pieces of Hunter’s culinary creation spraying across the table in front of them.
“Gross!” Hunter cried. “Collector! Stop that! What is your problem!”
“They’re just a kid, Hunter,” Luz said.
“They spit their meal everywhere!”
“That’s enough, Collector,” Raine told them. “Finish your food before you talk, okay?”
“What?!” Hooty cried. “I do worse than that starting waaayyy earlier in the morning.”
“He’s got a point,” Eda said.
“Not helping, Eda.”
“Even Hooty has limits,” Hunter said. “Remember the sea star?”
“Don’t remind me,” Hooty said with a shudder. “It’s still up there, lurking.”
The Collector giggled, finishing what was left of their bite.
“Good job, Collector,” Luz told them. “Now what were you trying to say?”
“Why are we talking about space again?” The Collector said. “What’s this about? Are we going to the stars? Can we go now?!?”
“Whoah Collector!” Luz cried, as it looked suspiciously like their were raising their fingers to do something that likely wasn’t survivable for most everyone else in the room. “Hold your snorses. There’s no we going to space. We would all perish in seconds up there. But you won’t, right?”
“Duhhhhh,” The Collector said. “That’s where I’m frommmmm.”
“Right. Then wouldn’t that be the safest place for you to let off some of that excess energy?”
“Ohhhh,” Raine said, understanding. “That’s an idea, Luz!”
“Why didn’t we think of that?” Eda said. “Should’ve been the obvious solution.”
“Oh yeah!” Luz said, dancing in place on her seat at the table and making finger guns with her hands. “This is why I get paid the big bucks!”
“You don’t get paid anything!” Hooty cried.
“But you should!” King said. “Eda! Pay her!”
“You really think this’ll work?” Raine asked.
“You know,” Eda said. “It just might.
“Just as long as the kid doesn’t destroy the whole world from above,” Hunter said.
Chapter 44
Summary:
The author swears to Titan and on her mother's grave that this chapter was drafted weeks before the TOH finale aired, and outlined months before THAT, and was not intended to be a dig at canon in any way shape or form.
Notes:
Good morning everyone! May I present to you the penultimate chapter of Arc 2b! That's right, we are on the final two chapters of Arc 2! We'll close out the arc next week, but don't worry! Arc 3 is coming, although I may or may not take a short hiatus between arcs depending on how busy my real-life schedule is.
In any case, thank you all for reading and following along. It's been a year since I first outlined the vague plot and drafted the first three chapters of MoonShadow, and I'm still amazed at what this fic has become. Thank you all for your support and encouragement. It has meant a lot.
And with that, let's get into it!
Alice
Chapter Text
The residents of the Owl House waited until dusk fell, and then gathered in the yard, just outside.
Moonrise wouldn’t be until later, but a few stars and planets were already starting to appear across the darkening sky.
“Now remember,” Raine told The Collector. “Leave the big objects in place. The planets, the stars, the moon. And no throwing the little objects into those big ones either. The point of this game is that no one gets hurt.”
The Collector shifted around, squirming in place where they stood. They were antsy to get going, the pressure of their pent-up energy stronger than ever and bleeding into the general excitement of going to the stars.
“You ready?” Raine asked.
“Yeah-yeah-yeah!” The Collector said, bouncing up and down, their eyes fixed on the sky where more points of light were rapidly appearing in the fading light.
“You excited?”
It wasn’t really a question. The answer was obvious.
“Yeah!” The Collector bounced upwards to float just off the ground. “I think I miss it! I can’t really remember.”
“Okay kid,” Eda said, moving to stand beside them. “On your mark…”
The Collector went into a weird floating crouch.
“Get set…”
They were visibly vibrating with excitement.
“GO!”
With a burst of energy, The Collector shot upwards towards the sky like a rocket.
“Have fun,” Eda said quietly after them, knowing full well they were already far, far out of earshot.
From above there was a loud sonic BOOM.
The Collector found themself flooded with joy as they left the atmosphere, breaching the vague barrier where the planet ended and the so-called firmament began.
A sudden, distant flash of familiarity came to them…
A fiery explosion shooting outwards from a star in wheels, riding the solar wind at impossible speeds through the cosmos, a trail of dust and vapor in their wake…
The memory dissipated as The Collector tried to grab hold of it, leaving only a feeling.
But it was a safe, happy feeling, like coming home.
It had been so long. It had been so long and they were finally back beyond the atmosphere where starlight burned cold on their skin.
Why, The Collector wondered as they turned delirious somersault after somersault, had they not flown straight here the moment they’d been freed.
Energy rushed off them in waves, leaving them giddy with relief.
It hit a couple of tiny rocks that had the misfortune to be floating nearby, and they were immediately vaporized.
A solar wind, so similar to what The Collector barely recalled from their fleeting memories, carried more of the magical energy towards the planet below.
It could have been catastrophic, except that when it hit the atmosphere, it splintered into light, rippling out in waves and curtains of color.
Another flash of memory…
Heading away from the sun towards the quiet reaches of deep space, the familiar cycle repeating, dodging moons and planets as they went.
There was a planet a short distance away that they had seen before, small and unassuming. But there were warnings about the creatures evolving there - too smart, too curious, too powerful for their own good.
The planet was right ahead of them as they rushed from the sun at full speed. But this time they didn’t move it out of the way.
They dove straight into the atmosphere, which exploded into roiling waves of light and color around them…
And now, eons later, The Collector watched as remarkably similar lights danced and played above the planet’s surface.
With another rush of energy, they noticed a few small asteroids floating innocently in the void a short and easily-reachable distance away.
With a burst of speed and a maniacal laugh, The Collector launched themself at them, hitting the first one so hard it exploded into shards that sizzled and crackled with magic.
Then they grabbed the second one, hurling it away with extreme force, then chasing after it, dragging it back, breaking it in half and then throwing one half into the other.
They darted from point to point, smashing asteroids and tearing at the matter around them, the planet nearly forgotten.
The entire universe was their playground, they could do whatever they wanted, whenever they wanted, and there was no one around to stop them! No silly restrictions bound them! The cosmos around them was indifferent and did not care.
Far away, below, on a land mass that was one of many inconsequential, decomposing Titans that littered the Boiling Sea, the denizens of the Owl House looked on, faces still pointed towards the sky.
“I’ve lost them, Rainestorm,” Eda said softly. “Haven’t I.”
Raine did not reply.
Up above, bright greens and purples shimmered in the air, casting the yard (and presumably the rest of the Isles) in an eerie, wavering glow.
And above that, far beyond the captivating show, there were regular bright explosions and the dart of a point of light that could easily be mistaken for a meteor.
It wasn’t a meteor, of course. Eda knew better.
She strained her eyes to catch the movement.
Each time it was a little fainter, a little further away.
After a while, Hunter went back inside with a hurried comment about writing down his blueberry syrup recipe, and Luz shifted from foot to foot, staring at the sky wordlessly.
So it was goodbye, huh?
It was fine, Eda thought. Ultimately it was probably better this way.
The Collector wasn’t hers to keep. Or anybody’s, for that matter. They weren’t a being of the Boiling Isles - their home was the vast reaches of the firmament where she could not follow.
What if there was someone out there who loved them? Their real family? Could others still be out there after all this time, searching for a child they’d lost and never found, never knowing what had happened to them.
Eda glanced at Luz. Was trying to keep The Collector here a selfish thing?
It was a hard truth that keeping The Collector here did put the Isles at risk, did threaten Raine’s position in what passed for government, and was starting to attract attention.
Their presence at the Owl House wouldn’t have been a secret forever, and there was what Eda was willing to bet was a pretty large percentage of the population that would be none too happy to learn about it.
There was no denying it would be easier this way.
“Dammit, they’re just a kid though. They’re just a kid.”
She looked back at the sky, watching a green corona of light dance overhead, and a sharp blip of light zip across the sky beyond it, further away and fainter than ever.
She was determined to watch until she couldn’t see their light anymore. And even then, she might still be out here all night.
Eda hoped she and Raine had given The Collector some tools for a good start, setting them up for success.
Somewhere above, there was another tiny flash of light so faint that she might have just imagined it.
Or she might have seen The Collector flit from the huge pile of rocks they had just stacked, to another singular rock, cartwheeling and laughing.
Frost had formed on their hair and eyelashes, and a layer of ice covered their skin, cracking and snapping with every move they made.
The Collector was happy, able to let loose and play, the pressure of suppressed magic easing up, leaving them with a feeling of relief and rejuvenation not unlike what they had experienced after a good night’s sleep.
Magic crackled off their form in crystalline sparkles, rushing off into the depths of the universe waiting to be explored in every direction.
And yet, even as the pressure eased, there was something else, a looming emptiness even darker than the void of space, that kept trying to press in.
The Collector pushed it away and, with a casual flick of their finger, sent the large floating boulder careening into their rock pile.
The resulting explosive destruction as all the rocks smashed into each other sent shockwaves outwards, buffeting The Collector around, eliciting more joyous laughter.
Within moments, the rocks were gone, leaving only a cloud of faintly glittering dust.
“HAH!” The Collector shouted. “DID YOU SEE THAT? DID YOU SEE IT?”
There was only silence, the void around them not even giving the courtesy of an echo.
Of course no one had seen them. There was no one up here to see anything, let alone share in the experience of watching a bunch of asteroids get smashed into oblivion.
The Collector suddenly felt very, very alone.
Their bubbling joy rushed away and something else began threatening to creep in.
They felt cold. It was an aching, bone-deep cold that had never been a problem before, since being frozen through and through wasn’t something that could harm them.
But suddenly all they could think about was warmth. The sun hitting them through the atmosphere, the wind off the Boiling Sea, the almost-uncomfortable pocket of heat they found themself in between two witches in the nest.
The Collector shivered, ice across their skin spidering with hairline cracks.
They looked out towards the quiet and lonely reaches of space that stretched far beyond the edges of the solar system.
The quiet, the emptiness, the absolute solitude.
“No,” The Collector whispered. “Nonononono…”
They shouldn’t feel like this…not out here…not in the open…there was nothing but wide open space…there shouldn’t be anything confining about it…but it was undeniably huge and empty…
Out here a cupcake would simply freeze and shatter.
They glanced towards the sun. It would burn off the ice and the cold if they flew closer.
They looked back down at the shape of one of many fallen Titans recognizable only as tiny land masses on the dark planet below them.
Thousands of years, maybe millions they’d spent by themself, trapped and alone, deprived of any sensation.
At least they could feel the ice crystals throughout their body now, but suddenly the cosmos felt like they were pressing in with a silence that thundered in their ears.
Down there they’d been trapped, tricked, hurt and betrayed over and over again.
Up here the universe was indifferent, had no thoughts towards the tiny and inconsequential part of it that had become sentient.
But that inconsequential sentence had thoughts and wants now. They wanted to play, they wanted freedom, wanted safety.
Inexplicably they wanted a cupcake.
What was the point of breaking a bazillion rocks if there was no one around to be impressed by it, or even angry about it and come after them in a screaming rage.
Something tiny and cold floated from a pocket where they had stashed it, and The Collector turned to see the small piece of geyser agate that Eda had given them.
They’d been carrying it around, although they couldn’t have said exactly why, and they certainly hadn’t given the subject much more than a passing thought.
They reached out towards the agate and it began to glow, a dim light from within that grew brighter as their hand approached.
And then…
It shattered as their finger touched it, breaking into thousands of icy fragments.
“No!”
With a quick counter-clockwise motion, The Collector brought all the little pieces together again, reforming the agate.
It hung there in the void beside them, still glowing, so different from the remnants of the asteroids they’d smashed, a stone from the sea in a weightless environment.
Normally The Collector ignored the tug of gravity, even when they were within its grasp. Gravity was something that happened to other people.
This far above the planet it was nothing but an easily-avoided suggestion on the part of reality.
Gravity had always felt too much like the force that drew them into their prison. It had never been a welcome feeling.
The universe loomed, The Collector felt very small.
They thought of King’s chatter, Raine smiling and ruffling their hair, the way Eda’s face lit up with fondness.
The Collector felt a pang of emotion they couldn’t quite name.
The geyser agate cracked, being in space clearly not kind to it.
The Collector’s hand shot out and closed around it, holding it firmly and stopping it from breaking again.
Then they reached out their other hand in the opposite direction towards the planet, drifting, for once taking note of the force of gravity and, in spite of their fears, allowing it to pull them in.
At first it was just a hint, barely noticeable, but they followed it.
The force grew stronger and stronger and then they were tumbling, falling, pulled faster and faster.
The Collector let themself fall, whooping with delight at the rush of it.
They knew what they wanted now.
And what The Collector wanted, The Collector got.
Anything or anyone that got in their way would be obliterated.
They smashed into the atmosphere with a burst of energy, and it erupted into color all around them.
It was seen all across the Isles.
Word of the mysterious light show had already spread, and witches and demons alike had all stepped outside to witness it. But none of them had been expecting the sudden pulse of color and light that instantaneously covered the whole sky, swirling and zig-zagging.
“Oh,” Eda said.
She could hear it this time, a low-frequency rustle like waves hitting the shore just out of earshot.
The entire sky was alight and the world around her was almost as clear as day.
And then she saw it.
There, against the sea of color, a shooting star streaked downwards, burning bright with purple flame as it plummeted towards the ground.
“That’s them,” Raine said.
Eda didn’t dare speak.
The fireball grew larger and closer, burning brighter until it was almost painful to look at.
It didn’t land at the house, which was probably fortunate. Instead it hit somewhere off in the woods, the resulting explosion shaking the ground and leaving little doubt that the impact had created a sizeable new crater.
Bonesborough and the rest of the Isles were probably abuzz with new theories and more than a little panic.
But Eda couldn’t worry about that now, couldn’t think of anything except how agonizingly long each passing moment was.
Time had slowed, freezing into something far more drawn out than it had any right to be.
And then, at last, there was a flicker of movement at the edge of the forest and she caught sight of a small, dark figure with glowing eyes running for her as fast as their little legs could carry them, seeming to have forgotten that gravity didn’t apply to them.
And the next instant, before Eda even had time to fully react, The Collector had launched themself at her, throwing their arms around her neck, momentum sending them both crashing into the side of the house.
“Eda!” those around her cried in alarm.
The wind was knocked out of her instantly, and The Collector’s grip was far too tight for her to draw another breath.
“Kid. Gentle. Can’t breathe, ” Eda croacked.
The Collector let up just enough to allow Eda to breathe again and recover from being bodyslammed against the wall.
“Are you alright?” someone was asking.
“I’m fine,” Eda said. “I got this. Ow! I’m not indestructible, remember, Collector.”
The Collector said something unintelligible, burying their face in Eda’s hair, grip still painfully tight.
“Eda, are you sure you’re okay?” Luz asked.
Raine was giving Eda a very pointed look, the same thing that was occurring to Eda, occurring to them as well.
In the weeks since being freed, The Collector had sought out attention and physical contact to the point of sometimes grabbing at people or colliding with them, but always going limp and passive when picked up.
They had never once hugged Eda or Raine back, let alone initiated a hug themself.
“Alright,” Eda said, her own arm already wrapping around The Collector. “It’s okay. You gotta’ be a liiiittle more gentle, Collector. There you go."
They relaxed just a bit, finding a more comfortable hold, but not even close to letting go.
“I thought I’d lost you for a second there, kid,” Eda said. “I’m glad you came back.”
The Collector removed their face from her hair and squirmed around so they could face her.
They were kind of a mess, their hair singed at the tips, even as it still held a layer of quickly-melting frost.
But they looked elated.
“Mine,” they said.
“Yours?” Eda asked. “What’s yours?”
“Uh, Eda,” Raine began. “I think they mean…”
“Mine!” The Collector repeated with a grin, their hands briefly tightening again. “My Owl Lady.”
Oh.
“I mean…I guess you could say that,” Eda said in slight surprise.
“Finders keepers,” The Collector pointed out. “That’s the rules.”
“Is it?”
“Mmmm- hmmmm. My rule.”
“Are you sure, though?” Eda said, even though she wanted nothing more than not to question what was pretty clearly The Collector’s decision to stay. “What if you have…family out there? Up there?”
She glanced up at the sky, still alight with color.
“Finders keepers,” The Collector repeated.
“What if…they miss you though?”
“Finders keepers! Finders keepers! Finders keepers, LOSERS WEEPERS!”
“Well…”
“Mine,” The Collector said firmly.
And then, without warning, they let go of Eda and leaped onto Raine and wrapped their arms around them, head pressed to their chest.
“My Rainy! Mine!”
“If you say so,” Raine said, giving them a strong squeeze in return, which elicited a happy grunt. “I’m so glad you came back. Did you bring your energy level down while you were up there?”
“Mine,” was all The Collector said, repeating the word almost to themself this time.
Then, and very clearly.
“Cupcakes?”
Eda snorted and Raine laughed out loud.
“If this is The Collector’s new way of asking for cupcakes,” Luz said, watching from a short distance away. “That’s a lot.”
“A lot of dramatics,” King agreed, but even he was well aware that the implications of what had just transpired had very little to do with cupcakes.
“They’re staying, huh,” he said quietly to Luz as Eda and Raine walked back inside with The Collector, who was trying to hang onto both of them at the same time.
“Yeah,” Luz said. “I think so.”
“Huh,” King said.
Luz looked down at him, his expression unreadable as he stared fixedly at the doorway of the house.
“Does that bother you, King?”
“I…” King began. “I feel weird. I think I would have missed them if they’d really left. But they still make my fur itch.”
“Yeah, you’ve mentioned,” Luz said. “Maybe you need some Protexxar.”
King laughed.
The Collector popped their head back through the door.
“What’re you two doing just standing out there, you silly goofs!” they shouted. “Come inside, we’re having cupcakes for supper!”
“We’re having cupcakes after supper!” Hunter’s irritated voice shouted.
With one last glance at the surreal patterns dancing across the sky, Luz and King wandered back into the warm and inviting light of the house.
The Collector was literally bouncing off the walls as Hooty tried to chase them down, and Hunter looked on as one might observe a particularly volatile warhead.
“Let the kid have their cupcakes first!” Hooty said. “Sheesh!”
“Hooty we’re already having breakfast for supper,” Hunter said. “The sugar content from that recipe is already through the roof!”
“I could fly through the roof!” The Collector cried.
“Do not,” Hunter said. “Here, play with your stupid worm thing.”
“I am NOT…” Hooty shouted.
“Worm-Bop!” The Collector cried, grabbing the stuffie and waving it around.
“THERE CAN BE ONLY OOONEEEEE…” Hooty screamed, offended.
“Can someone check and see if supper is ready yet?” Hunter said. “I’m not sure how much more of this I can take.”
“I’m on it,” King said.
In the kitchen, Raine was trying to follow Hunter’s recipe for blueberry syrup, but kept getting hung up on the blueberries.
“It’s so unoriginal,” they said. “Blue- berry. Whoever named these things must’ve had a really long day and run out of ideas.”
Eda just laughed, prompting Raine to go on.
“I bet they just saw a berry they hadn’t named yet and got really pissed because they thought they’d already named all the berries and boom! There’s another one. Shit!”
“And they noticed it was blue,” Eda managed to say.
“Exactly! So…blueberry. There. Done! Has a name now.”
“Maybe The Collector named them,” Eda suggested. “Starfishie, Worm-Bop, Blueberry.”
They both burst out laughing.
It probably wasn’t even remotely funny, but Eda couldn’t help it. It was as if a weight she hadn’t even realized she was carrying had been lifted off her shoulders.
“They’re staying, Raine,” she said. “They want to stay.”
“The blueberries?” Raine teased.
“No, not… Raine!” Eda said as Raine stifled laughter that seemed just as relieved and joyful as her own. “I thought they were gone, but they came back. They came back. Do you know what that means?”
“If I had to hazard a guess,” Raine said, sidling up to Eda. “It means that our problems are about to increase tenfold.”
They didn’t look particularly unhappy about the prospect.
“You think so?” Eda said.
“The most powerfully unstable and possessive alien child known to magickind just decided we’re their family. Emphasis on the their.”
“Yeah, I see what you mean. I guess I should be scared, huh.”
“The Collector as an enemy is scary,” Raine said with a smile. “The Collector with the mindset that we essentially belong to them now is infinitely more terrifying. But you know what?”
“What?” Eda whispered, unable to take her eyes off them.
“I don’t care. Because you’re right. The Collector came back. You did the impossible, Eda. You’re…uh…you’re amazing. Have I mentioned that?”
They raised a hand to her face.
“Well you helped,” Eda said warmly. “I didn’t exactly do anything all by myself. And, ah, I’m still not entirely sure if The Collector really trusts any of us.”
“Give it time,” Raine said, leaning in and softly brushing their lips against Eda’s.
“HEY EVERYBODY!” King shouted, instantly breaking the moment. “I FOUND OUT WHY SUPPER IS TAKING SO LONG! EDA AND RAINE ARE MAKING OUT IN THE KITCHEN!”
Chapter 45
Summary:
The levee breaks.
Notes:
Hey there everybody!
Apologies for taking so long to update. Balancing work, life and the challenges of rural internet access (or lack thereof!) is always interesting. However, I think it's fitting that I bring you the final chapter of Arc Two today, as it marks exactly a year since I posted the very first chapter of MoonShadow. Thank you everyone who has read this fic, enjoyed it and supported it over the past twelve months. I'm still a bit floored by the response this story has gotten. It's been such fun to write and share this massive thing, and y'all mean the world to me!
Third arc is still to come but I might take a hiatus for the rest of July.
In the meantime, hopefully this will tide you over until then. It might just be the longest chapter of MoonShadow yet.
Cheers!
Alice
Content Warning for descriptions of an emotional meltdown.
Chapter Text
“Phiiii-liiiip! Hey Philip! Hey Philip! Guess what!”
“I’ve told you, Collector. The heathens know me as Belos now. Can’t have my real name associated with my plans, now can I.”
Philip had barely entered the dank cave when he had been accosted by the bored, maniacal shadow that was now bouncing around him.
“But,” he told The Collector. “I can’t say I mind hearing it. Reminds me that I haven’t truly lost myself. So thank you for that.”
The Collector felt a rush of joy.
“Belos, spell-os, jealous, helos,” they rhymed, weaving inky shadows around him. “What kind of name is that anyway?”
“Well,” Philip said. “It harkens back to…”
“Booooooooringggg!!! Don’t you wanna’ hear what I’ve been doing in the bazillion years you were gone?”
“It was less than a week.”
“I’ve been coming up with tons of new games!” crowed The Collector. “You said you’d play with me when I got back! I’ve got a game we can all three play! Wait’ll you hear the rules! I call it…”
“COLLECTOR!” Philip shouted. “Enough! Please pipe down, I have a headache. And we can’t all three play. I lost the Grimwalker to the same personality glitch as the others. I need to make sure the next one does not follow suit.”
“Waaaiiit a minute,” The Collector said, frowning dramatically and taking note that Philip was alone. “You said I could play with it.”
“Well that’s impossible now, isn’t it,” Philip said. “I was forced to destroy him.”
“Again? Boy, you must be really bad at making Grimwalkers.”
Philip glared at The Collector, or rather the closest shadow, since they had now split into multiples that danced around him.
“You are going to have to learn patience, Collector. This is not an easy process, nor a fast one.”
“Patience? I’ve been patient. For like, hundreds of years!”
“No need to be dramatic. Or to exaggerate.”
“But it has been hundreds of years! You said we could play! I even came up with a whole new game for us! Don’t you wanna’ hear what it…”
“We’re still playing my game,” Philip said. “You’re going to have to wait your turn. If you’re so bored already, perhaps it’d be better if you were in time out again.”
“Aw come oooooonnn, Philip.”
But The Collector noticeably backed off.
“That’s better,” Philip said. “See? You can practice restraint when you really want to.”
“Hmph.”
Philip set down his pack, mask and coat on a long table on the far side of the cave.
It was a workspace he had created quite recently, much of the rest of the cave system having been filled with equipment needed for growing Grimwalkers.
With a heavy sigh, he sat down, running a hand over his face, pushing aside a number of papers that were scattered across the desk.
He opened one of his journals, picked up a quill, and began jotting down notes and calculations.
The Collector zipped up to the roof of the cave, circling a stalactite and then dripping off it one shadow drop at a time, forming a puddle on the floor below.
The shadow-puddle cut its eyes towards Philip who sat with his back to them, engrossed in his work.
It was like he wasn’t back at all and The Collector was still alone in the cave, running out of ways to entertain themself. It was barely better than being isolated from the world in their prison.
It was becoming harder and harder to hold Philip’s attention. He kept promising to play, when the time was right, but the time was never right and he seemed much more interested in his shiny new Grimwalkers.
And yet, when they brought this up, he had assured The Collector that they hadn’t been forgotten, that he was still their friend, and always would be. He was someone who understood and sympathized. He promised freedom and games.
That knowledge kept The Collector from completely losing their mind, but it didn’t stop the frustration and sometimes outright anger that they felt.
Philip expressed his gratitude for the magical knowledge that The Collector had shared, and they basked in the praise, soaking it up like a sponge.
They wanted more.
Their promised freedom loomed large on the horizon.
Philip had pinky sworn that The Collector would have his full, undivided attention at that time, and that he would let them pick all the games.
They just had to hold out a little longer and it would all be worth it.
The Collector turned a happy flip on the wall, cackling to themself.
Ugh. Why did it have to take sooooooooo loooooong though.
Philip continued to sit at the desk, muttering to himself, writing notes and then scratching them out.
It didn’t look very fun.
The Collector could think of several dozen more exciting things to do than that.
They couldn’t stand it another moment. They shot across the cave and up onto the desk.
“What’cha’ workin’ on?”
Philip jumped as The Collector’s face popped up on the pages of the journal beneath his quill.
“AAAGGGHHH!” he shouted, leaping to his feet. “YOU INSUFFERABLE BRAT!”
The Collector shrieked with laughter, shadow legs kicking at the desk.
“Ooooooohhhhhhh I scaaaaaaared youuuuuu!” More laughter. “You should have seen yourself! You were all like AAAAAAAGGGHHHHH!!”
They morphed their shadow into an incredibly exaggerated rendition of Philip leaping up from the desk.
“You are an insolent little trouble-maker,” Philip said, pointing a finger at what was presumably The Collector’s nose. “Where I come from, you would be punished heartily for that kind of behavior. You’re lucky I’m not like that.”
The Collector just laughed in his face.
“I should have left you where I found you,” Philip said.
“But you diiiiiidn’t!” The Collector said. “You wouldn’t have your precious Grimwalkers if it wasn’t for me, and you know it.”
Finally Philip was paying The Collector some attention and not all absorbed in his diary or work! They were reveling in it.
“Come on,” they said. “That was way funner than your stupid Witch Hunters game.”
“EEEUUURRRRGGGGHHHHHH!”
Philip grabbed the edge of the table and overturned it, sending papers, books and artifacts flying in every direction while The Collector screamed with delight.
The mirror disc skittered across the floor but miraculously did not break.
“Oh did I make you mad? Did I make you maaaaaa-aaaad?!? Hey Philip! How far do you think you could throw that table if you really tried?”
Philip’s face turned beet red and The Collector laughed even harder. Their friend was just so fun to annoy.
For a moment, it looked as though he was about to start throwing pointless punches at the shadow before him, but then he let out a forceful breath instead. He turned, grabbed his coat and threw it over the mirror disc before The Collector even had time to react.
The laughs were immediately silenced.
To Philip at least.
The Collector found themself laughing at the barriers of their prison once again, alone.
“Aw c’mooooonnnn! BOOOOO! This isn’t funny! Philip! Let me out!”
Unbidden, the panic began to rise and they could do nothing to quell it.
“LetmeoutletmeoutletmeoutletmeoutLETMEOUTLETMEOUT!! I don’t wannaaaaa’ wait any longer! I’ll be good! I’ll be good! I promise! I PROOOOOOOMISE!!”
There was a flash, a shift.
“And you…” Philip said, removing his coat - a different coat this time - from around the disc.
It was later, much later. Another memory entirely.
This time The Collector was truly freaking out, losing their mind as their entire world and understanding of it crumbled around them.
This couldn’t be happening. It couldn’t! Philip was their friend. It all had to be a joke, it couldn’t be real. He’d promised. He’d pinky sworn!
But it was real, somehow more sharply real than anything else.
They had to make Philip see, fix whatever mistake they’d made.
“I gave you the Draining Spell. I taught you magic stronger than anybody’s!”
The Collector didn’t understand. What had they done wrong?
“And that’s why I won’t release you,” Philip said simply, unmoved and almost triumphant. “Can’t have you giving that to anyone else.”
Had he been lying this whole time???
“Goodbye.”
They would destroy him for this, they would TEAR ALL HIS LIMBS OFF AND THROW THEM INTO THE BOILING SEA!
Philip extended his hand, dropping the mirror disc into the abyss below.
The Collector made one last pointless grab at Philip, perhaps to attack him, perhaps to hold onto him.
It was, they both knew, to no avail. The Collector couldn’t touch anything and where the mirror disc went, so did they.
And the disc was falling, taking them with it.
The Collector screamed.
They couldn’t actually feel the sensation of falling, but everything was rushing by and they were helpless to stop it.
“You’re a liar LIAR PANTS ON FIIIIIIIIIIRE!” they screamed, as if it might change something if they yelled loud enough.
It was all they could do. Their voice was all they had.
And it was still pointless. Any second now the disc was going to hit the ground and shatter.
“HELLLLLPPPP! PHILIIIIPP!!”
With a gasp, The Collector jerked awake.
Instinctively, they reached out a hand, finding someone’s arm -Raine’s arm - and latching onto it.
For a moment they lay motionless, getting their bearings, remembering that they were not falling but rather lying on a soft, tangible surface.
Raine made a pained sound and muttered groggily.
The Collector continued to lie perfectly still, panting and holding onto Raine, trying to quell the tightness in their chest.
It was early, just barely light outside. There was the familiar sound of Hooty shifting throughout the walls, and from somewhere outside a demon howled in the distance.
Much closer, Raine’s and Eda’s pulses thrummed a steady rhythm.
Eda was snoring.
The Collector let go of Raine and shoved roughly at Eda’s shoulder until she stirred.
“You’re loud,” they hissed.
“You’re loud,” Eda grumbled back sleepily.
She reached for The Collector and pulled them to her.
They couldn’t help the rush of delight that coursed through them.
It was visceral and their own arms were tightening around her before they even had time to think.
It was more tangible, but it was the same joy that had flooded them whenever they got Philip to pay them attention.
The Collector froze.
They couldn’t shake the agitation, the pressure building within them.
It didn’t make any sense! They’d burned off all their excess magic the night before and it hadn’t had time to accumulate again. There was no reason they should still be feeling like this.
They tried to focus.
They had a family.
Right. And that family could betray them just as fast and easily as Philip.
The thought slipped into their mind, unbidden, intrusive.
‘NO,’ they thought, pushing it away with all of their might. ‘They wouldn’t. They wouldn’t!’
‘I thought the same thing about Philip. Why wouldn't they? What makes this any different?’
‘NO.’
‘It’s true though.’
“ShutupshutupshutupshutUP!”
“What’s’at?” Eda murmured. “Bad dream?”
But The Collector had already wiggled away from her and fled the nest.
Eda sighed, but let them go.
They’d chosen to stay, after all. They were allowed their space when they needed it and they would come back.
As it was, The Collector didn’t go far.
They watched the sunrise from the highest point of the roof, the first warm streaks hitting their face.
The sky was bright and clear overhead, giving no hint of the dazzling light show from the night before. In the daylight, it was hard to believe it had even been real.
In their hand, The Collector held their sea star, absently but deliberately picking its tube feet off one by one.
The star made several slow, feeble attempts to curl its arms away, but it had nowhere to go. It was being held in a firm, inescapable grip by its captor.
The Collector really wanted to squash it. Just grab the star and dig their fingers into it with their full strength - which was considerable and would make short work of the little creature.
They wondered what would happen if they squashed it. Would its guts pop out? They’d seen the anatomical diagram in Hunter’s biology textbook. It had guts, though not the sort possessed by witches, demons or humans.
The Collector held up the sea star and smirked at it.
Luz had told them that sea star arms, if detached, could grow into an entirely new star, a genetic copy of the original.
Maybe The Collector could destroy this starfish and create dozens more.
Perhaps they could have infinite starfish.
Their plan, however, was derailed, when they heard the front door open and saw who walked outside.
Instantly, a new and hilarious idea occurred to The Collector.
And that was how Hunter, upon stepping outside, had a sea star fall, seemingly from the sky, into the extremely large coffee mug he was carrying.
“AAAAAGGHHH! WHAT? COLLECTOR!!”
A second later, Luz was outside as well, running to see what all the commotion was about.
“That was…good aim,” she said, looking at the mug. “But starfish don’t drink coffee.”
“I was aiming for his head, silly,” The Collector said from their perch above the doorway.
“What are you doing outside with your starfish anyway?” Luz asked.
“I’m gonna’ squash it,” The Collector said cheerfully.
“No, Collector, you are not,” Luz said, taking a stance. “No! No squash starfishie!”
“Yes! Yes squash starfishie! Gonna’ make it go pop!”
“Starfish do not go pop, I can tell you that right now. You’ll just end up with no starfishie.”
“Or it’ll grow back into ONE HUNDRED STARFISHIIEEEES!”
“Dear Titan, noooooooo!” Hooty called.
“Leave me out of this!” King shouted from inside.
“That is not how it works, Collector!” Luz said. “You have to learn how to care for one starfish before you can have a hundred.”
“No I don’t. That’s not part of the rules.”
“It’s…it’s ethics.”
“Booooo you and your eeeeethiiiics.”
“I’m taking this poor thing back to its tank before it freaking dies,” Hunter said, dumping out his coffee and gently carrying the sea star back inside.
“Booooooo!” The Collector called after him as well. “You’re no funnnnnnn!”
Clearly, things hadn’t changed a whole lot with The Collector claiming the owl family as their own.
They bounced around through breakfast as they had on most days, carrying on and giggling.
“If I have to listen to that laugh any more…” Hunter muttered, glaring into his refilled coffee mug.
Over the past few months it had become apparent that The Collector had a number of different laughs depending on their mood.
They had a fiendish, devious laugh when they were feeling particularly mischievous. Luz described it as their “trickster villain cackle” and it often accompanied The Collector’s most malicious behavior.
But they also had an explosive, joyful laugh that, once one knew how to differentiate, lacked any kind of vicious edge. It simply signaled happiness.
And then there was another laugh, lower, haunting. It was the kind of laugh that made one’s hair stand on end. It didn’t have any clear association with trickery or cruelty, or even joy, but it put anyone who heard it on edge.
Hearing that particular laugh echo through the dark house late, late at night was enough to creep anyone out.
Fortunately, that hadn’t been happening a lot since The Collector started sleeping.
***
Throughout the day, Luz was contacted by Amity, Gus and Willow in rapid succession, all three of them demanding to know if The Collector had been responsible for the display in the sky.
Similarly, the Coven Heads were trying to call an emergency meeting, and Raine spent much of the day on the phone.
Feeling a bit harried, they paced around the yard into the late afternoon, fielding calls and accomplishing very little.
At one point they looked up to see The Collector hovering just above the house’s tower, staring at them, undoubtedly wondering why their Rainey was ignoring them in favor of talking into what had long ago become a very tired and disheveled crow.
Raine waved at The Collector and grinned, before sticking their tongue out at them and pointing at the crow phone with a very exaggerated eye roll.
This seemed to placate The Collector, at least for the time being. They grinned and zipped back around the house towards the window of their room.
Inside, Eda had been receiving a number of inquiries herself, although she’d chosen to ignore the majority of them.
She sat on the sofa as evening turned to dusk, scrolling through Penstagram. Much of her feed was taken up by photo after photo of the sky lights.
And with the photos came speculation, and an alarming number of hashtags pertaining to The Collector.
Her thoughts from the night before returned, heavier now.
She couldn’t keep the newest member of her family a secret forever. Sooner or later, word was going to get out.
But maybe things would die down for a while. She could only hope. And hey, since The Collector had burned off some energy and calmed down, there might not even be any more attention-drawing incidents for a while.
Eda felt a jostle along the back of the couch and she suddenly found The Collector perched behind her, leaning over her shoulder and eyeing the Penstagram scroll.
“What’re you doing, Sneaky-Peek?” she asked, voice full of amusement.
The Collector snickered and proceeded to tumble forward into her lap in a kind of slow-motion summersault.
They looked up at her mischievously from where they now lay on top of the scroll.
Eda snorted.
“Collector, I cannot see the Penstagram.”
“But you can see the meeeeeeeeeeee!” The Collector pointed out, reaching up and trying to poke at her nose with their fingers.
Eda feigned biting at them, which elicited a delighted squeal from The Collector as they quickly pulled their hands out of reach.
Their eyes danced.
“Play with me?”
“Sure thing. Was getting tired of looking at that ding-dang scroll anyway. You got a game in mind?”
The Collector laughed deviously.
Before Eda even had time to register what they were doing, they reached up, grabbed her shoulders and rolled forward, effortlessly flipping her off the couch with them.
They both tumbled to the floor in an extremely ungraceful manner. Eda’s back hit the ground hard.
“OW!” she cried. “Gentle already!”
The Collector half tumbled, half steamrollered their way over her, before flopping around on the floor and looking at her expectantly.
“Play with meeeeeeeeee…”
And Eda understood.
She growled playfully and sprang, pinning the Collector as best she could with her whole one-arm situation.
The Collector squealed again, squirming around.
They didn’t need to. They were fully capable of escaping her grasp - they’d proven that when they’d pulled her off the sofa.
But they still twisted their way free like a child of normal strength and then pushed at her with their head and shoulders, giggling.
Eda rolled over and let The Collector pin her this time, though all they really did was turn another ridiculous summersault across her.
Eda couldn’t help but laugh at the absurdity as they both tumbled and tussled their way across the floor.
There were rapid footsteps, too sharp to belong to anyone currently living in the house and suddenly Eda was looking up into the very confused face of her sister.
“Lily?”
“Edalyn?”
Eda sat up.
“What are you doing here?” she asked.
“You didn’t answer my messages! I had to make sure you were okay after the ominous space lights last night. I assume the gremlin was responsible?”
The Collector knocked Eda over again.
“I’m okay,” Eda said.
“I don’t know what I expected,” Lilith said. “But are you seriously rolling around on the floor having a wrestling match with a small child.”
“Your eyes don’t deceive you, Lily,” Eda said. “You should join us. It’s fun.”
“You are far too old for this! You’ll break your back.”
“Nah,” Eda said, flipping The Collector over again. “I’m good. I’m winning.”
“Are not!” The Collector cried from the floor.
“Am too,” Eda said.
“LULU!” Hooty screamed, appearing out of nowhere and slamming into Lilith with considerable force.
The Collector scrambled up from the floor, pushing at Eda with their head.
Eda pushed back, toppling them over again.
They popped right back up and scurried backwards on their hands and knees.
“Grrrrrrrrr- rrrrrrgghht!” Eda growled, springing forward after them.
The Collector made a happy, high-pitched sound as she caught them. They were having a blast, they could play forever.
The Penstagram scroll long forgotten on the floor behind them, Eda pounced, expression intent but full of affection, unconditional and freely given.
All for them.
The Collector suddenly froze, the smirk falling from their face.
“Whoah,” Eda said. “You okay, kid?”
But The Collector was very obviously not okay. They looked stricken, as if the world was falling out from under them.
“Ah shit,” Eda said, sitting back. “What’d I do this time?”
Glazed and starting to hyperventilate, The Collector reacted to her moving away by grabbing her wrist and pulling her back with a desperate look.
“H…h…h…he…” The Collector managed to choke out, voice shaking. “He wasn’t…he wasn’t…he wasn’t…going to…to…”
Maybe it wasn’t something that Eda had done this time.
Still sitting on the floor, she pulled The Collector back into her lap.
They immediately burst into loud, uncontrollable tears.
For a moment, Eda was certain she’d messed up and done the wrong thing again, but then The Collector’s arms went around her, hands gripping fiercely as if they were afraid she might disappear.
“Whoah, kid. Whoah. Easy.”
She wrapped her own arm around them and they wailed, causing her to instantly let go.
But that only elicited a panicked gasp and a scream as they fought to somehow press closer.
And so Eda put her arm back around them.
“Eda what is going on?” Lilith asked. “What is this?”
“I don’t like the power level in here right now,” Hooty added worriedly.
Eda had forgotten she had an audience.
From the sound of more footsteps, she was about to have more.
Sure enough, Luz, Hunter and King arrived on the scene.
“Uh,” King said. “What now?”
“Not sure,” Eda said. “Something set them off. Easyyyyyyy there, Collector. I’m right here. I gotcha’. You’re okay.”
She kissed the top of their head where whisps of hair were escaping around the edge of their hat.
If only she knew what they needed.
But The Collector seemed unable to speak, overcome by increasingly hysterical sobs.
Every bit of comfort Eda tried to provide only seemed to fuel the outbursts, but not doing so made things even worse. It was pretty clear the comfort was a necessity, and Eda wasn’t going to withdraw it, even as the air around her rapidly grew thick with something akin to static electricity.
The air crackled.
The lights in the house flickered.
“Okay, I don’t like this,” Hunter said.
“Hootsifer,” Lilith said. “I think we need to…”
“Batten down the hatches?!” Hooty said. “Great minds think alike! I was just about to say! There’s a big storm brewing and it’s coming from inside the house!”
“Uh, and outside the house,” Luz said, looking out the window where thick, dark clouds were swirling out of nowhere and obscuring the sunset.
“Oh shit!” Hunter cried.
The front door flew open and Raine dashed into the house, along with a massive gust of wind.
“There’s something huge forming right over the house!” they began. Then, taking in the scene in the living room, adding. “Oh.”
The Collector’s crying was reaching a fever pitch, and the entire house was starting to shake.
And still Eda held them.
“This is,” Raine said. “Not good.
The lights in the house almost seemed to dim and the shadows grew deeper and more threatening, the air heavier.
Eda continued to murmur reassurances against The Collector’s head, her eyes flicking up briefly to meet Raine’s.
And then there was a massive explosion and all the lights in the house went out.
Luz screamed and dropped to the floor.
She wasn’t the only one, all around there were sounds of alarm and scrambling.
Belatedly, Luz realized that lightning (or something like it) must have struck the house. The sound, however, she could only describe as being under a large kitchen pot while it was being struck by another, even larger pot.
The lights made an electrical whirring noise as Hooty fought to restore power.
They glowed back to life at half-brightness for a moment before dimming, brightening, dimming again and then fading for good with an ominous sizzle.
There was a bright flash from outside, followed by another, and more crashes of thunder.
The wind began to pick up.
“I can’t maintain the lights!” Hooty cried. “Whatever that kid’s doing is draining all the power!”
“Light glyphs!” Luz and Lilith said in unison.
Outside, the wind grew stronger and gusts and drafts began blowing through the house as well, carrying some sort of magical charge.
“Diverting all power to necessities!” Hooty shouted.
Luz and Lilith began filling the room with small, glowing orbs of light and Hunter started lighting candles with fire glyphs. King produced what looked like a large glob of bioluminescent material, but nobody was paying close enough attention to question it.
Either the candles and glyphs didn’t emit as much brightness as they usually did, or the darkness was that much thicker, because the light barely penetrated the shadows.
Or maybe it was The Collector themself, face buried in Eda’s shoulder, pulling in all the light like a miniature black hole as they let out another series of wild sobs, each sounding more out of control than the last.
The wind finally broke one of the living room windows, sending shards of glass flying through the room, sharp edges glinting as they blew past the weak light.
“WEHHH!!!” King shouted, shattering the broken glass into harmless dust.
“This is getting out of hand!” Hooty shouted from somewhere in the darkness. “I don’t know what The Collector’s doing!”
The candles flickered and blew out.
Thunder crashed wildly.
And then The Collector’s sobs dipped low, changing, morphing into eerie laughter that grew more and more unhinged with each passing moment.
Luz’s blood ran cold and she took a step back. Then another. And another.
Around the room, the others did the same, moving away from the two figures on the floor in the center of the room.
“Uh…Eda…?” Luz said, voice wavering, terrified.
But Eda didn’t move, didn’t let go of The Collector even as they laughed and laughed.
She wasn’t about to let go, wouldn’t even consider it. She had the distinct feeling that if she so much as loosened her grip on The Collector right now, she would lose them forever.
Instead, she tightened her arm around them as much as she could and rested her head atop theirs, repeating words of comfort and reassurance.
“You’re oooookay, kid. It’s ooookay. I’m right here. I’m not leaving. I gotcha.’ I love ya. You’re gonna’ be alright.”
The Collector positively screeched with laughter.
“Eda!” Luz shouted in near-panic, not sure how to protect her.
Luz turned and looked wildly at Hunter, whose face was partially illuminated by the light glyphs, which only served to punctuate the shadows across it.
She was halfway expecting an I-told-you-so but, to her surprise, the look that she saw on Hunter’s face was a very different expression.
It was a kind of horrified recognition, but not in the way Luz expected.
“Hunter…?” she said. “What? What’s happening? Why…The Collector? Why are they laughing?”
“I…um…” Hunter said, voice weirdly flat. “Meltdown. That…uh…happens sometimes.”
There were more explosions of shattering glass from upstairs and the house shook violently.
“WE DON’T HAVE TIME FOR A PSYCHOLOGY LESSSON!” Hooty yelled. “THIS MELTDOWN IS TEARING THE HOUSE APART! I’M TRYING BUT I CAN BARELY HOLD IT TOGETHER! I NEED BACKUUUUUP!”
“Luz! Hunter!” Lilith said in an authoritative voice she hadn’t used for a long time. “Get every glyph and glyph combo you have that might keep this house intact!”
“I’m on it!” Luz cried, pulling out a pen and pad of paper.
“Raine!” Lilith went on. “Right now would be a great time for some really strong bard magic!”
But Raine already had their violin out, playing an experimental melody that kept getting drowned out by noise of the storm and The Collector’s laughter.
“What about me?!” King cried. “What can I do?”
Hunter retrieved his own Penstagram scroll from his pocket and began typing furiously.
“Hunter!” Luz cried. “What are you doing?!? Now is not the time for live-blogging!”
“We’re going to need more people!” Hunter said. “I’m contacting everyone on the Island who already knows about The Collector being here.”
“That’s…not a bad idea,” Lilith said.
Luz and Lilith tag-teamed in an attempt to fortify the living room with vines and ice glyphs while Raine continued to play furiously.
The vines held, but the ice did not. It didn’t even melt, it turned directly to steam.
“Eda! Are you alright?” Raine shouted above the noise.
Eda didn’t respond, but The Collector hadn’t vaporized her or turned her into oobleck yet, so that was something.
Still, they didn’t seem to be in control of anything at the moment, least of all their magic. In fact, Raine was pretty certain The Collector wasn’t even aware of what they were doing.
The house continued to rattle and shake.
Cracks began opening up in the walls and floor despite all the attempts to prevent them.
And suddenly Eda spoke up.
“Raine. Lily,” she said. “Get the kids outside.”
“No!” Luz said, sending another series of vines up the walls to stitch up the quickly-forming cracks. “Wait just a minute…”
“I am not…” King began.
“NOW!” Eda gritted out.
“You heard her!” Lilith barked. “We’re going to have to protect the structural integrity of the house and we’re going to need to do it from outside! Now!”
Raine played a sharp note that effectively pushed everyone out the door.
“Hey!” King cried indignantly as Luz made a similar protest.
But despite this, they both went to work from outside of the house in a flurry of activity, even as bolts of electricity shot through the air overhead.
The weathervane was hit repeatedly.
Raine stood hesitantly in the doorway.
They should be outside helping, but they didn’t want to leave Eda.
The Collector threw back their head, absolutely howling with laughter, eyes glowing so brightly that no sclera was visible.
Their face was tear-streaked.
Waves of staticky energy rushed off them, outwards, and Raine silently thanked Titan that The Collector had let off their excess magic high above the atmosphere the night before.
They approached the two figures on the floor, walking through the static-charged air to sit beside them in the center of the storm.
Eda hadn’t stopped talking to The Collector, and her arm was starting to cramp up with how tightly she was holding them.
The Collector hadn’t stopped holding onto her either.
They hid their face in her shoulder once again, laughter muffled even as it continued to shake their entire body.
There was a terrible ripping sound and, in the dim glow of the few light glyphs that remained in the room, Raine could tell that a massive crack was forming across the ceiling.
“It’s oooookay,” Eda muttered. “Gonna’ be okay.”
It occurred to Raine that this realistically summed up how Eda had lived her entire life.
They reached out and ran their fingers through The Collector’s hair.
“Easy there, kiddo,” they said.
And they stayed, violin in hand, lending their presence as they played as hard as they could to protect against the onslaught of the storm.
They stayed, even as the house rattled and shook, only distantly aware of the shouts from outside.
There were no lights in the sky tonight, only colorless threatening darkness.
Hooty was taking quite a few hits for the team, dodging in front of flying debris, deflecting as much as he could.
In the yard, vines wrapped around the house, assisting Hooty in keeping it from flying apart.
And one by one, out from the night, came the small handful of others summoned by Hunter’s requests for backup.
“Gus!” Hunter said. “You made it!
“This is a hundred times worse than I thought it would be!” Gus cried over the howling of the wind.
He joined Hunter in using a slightly modified variation of the safety-hover glyph combination to try and create a force field to dampen the strength of the wind.
The problem was, it was difficult to guess which direction the wind would be coming from at any given moment. It was as erratic and unpredictable as The Collector themself.
Moments later, Willow hit the ground running.
“Wow, Hunter!” she shouted. “When you said The Collector was tearing the whole place apart, you weren’t joking!”
She circled the house, effortlessly weaving a network of vines and roots of her own that snaked across the walls and surfaces of the house. In addition to supporting those that Luz and Lilith had already put in place, they actually pulled some of the cracks back together.
“Yeah!” Luz shouted. “Go Willow! Willow for the win!”
Willow’s plants, it had to be said, were not only significantly stronger, they were much more lush and aesthetically pleasing.
“What can I do?” King asked, looking around worriedly and feeling, not for the first time in his life, that he had little or nothing to contribute.
He was a Titan, he was slowly learning his powers. But none of them that he could think of were applicable in this situation. Aside from bioluminescence, which was next to worthless in this fight, everything he knew would only add to the destruction.
What had The Collector said? Titan magic was full of creation and life. But what chance did that stand against the destructive magic of The Collector?
“You can help by surviving!” Hooty cried, snaking out of nowhere and pushing King out of the way just as a bolt of lightning hit the ground.
“Hooty!” Lilith cried.
“Hey! I could’ve probably survived that!” King said.
“Not taking chances!” Hooty told him.
“But now you’re all singed!”
“I wear my battle wounds with HONORRRR!”
There was a roar and a very small airship crash-landed in the yard.
“Nice landing, Dad!” Edric’s voice called.
The Blights had arrived.
“Amity!” Luz cried.
“We made it!” Amity said, poking her head up and waving.
“On second thought,” Alador said, standing up and brushing himself off. “Bringing a balloon to a windstorm fight wasn’t the greatest idea I’ve ever had.”
“We got your message,” Emira said. “Wasn’t expecting this though.”
She stared at the rapidly-rotating cloud bank above the house in a kind of mesmerized horror. It was illuminated by strobing bolts of electricity that crackled and hissed.
As the four Blights hurriedly scrambled out of the airship, clothes whipping in the wind, Luz quickly noticed they weren’t alone.
“Tinella Nosa?!?” she shouted above the storm. “What is she doing here?”
“She was touring Dad’s new lab when Hunter’s text came through,” Amity explained. “We couldn’t just leave her.”
“And she actually saw what the text said,” Emira added.
“AM SWORN TO SECRECY!” Tinella screamed loudly.
“She knows construction magic,” Edric said with a shrug.
Tinella worked furiously, trying to rebuild what was being torn apart.
“Everyone stand back!” Alador said. “Give us some room! Amity?”
Amity gave Luz a quick kiss on the cheek, and ran over to join her father.
“I’m with you,” she said, taking a stance beside him. “Are we clear?”
“All clear!” Emira confirmed, making sure the two of them had ample room.
“On three! One…two…three!”
Alador and Amity drew a combined spell circle in the air, and an enormous mound of abomination goo swam out of the ground. It coalesced and took bipedal form, grasping at the house with its hands, more goo swimming up the walls to seal the cracks that Willow’s vines had stitched tightly together.
A short distance away, Emira and Edric worked in tandem, healing the wounds that Hooty had sustained.
“I don’t care what anyone says!” Hooty cried. “You’re all superstars to me!”
“We got your back, Hooty!” Gus said.
“Yeah teamwork!” Willow added.
“We will prevail!” Tinella chimed in.
“But let’s not get this wrong,” Lilith said. “You’re the superstar, Hootsifer.”
“Oh Luluuuuu!!!”
“Wait a second,” Gus said. “Where’s Eda?”
Luz jerked her head towards the house.
“Yowza,” Willow said.
“The Owl Lady is inside,” Alador said. “With The Collector??”
Inside, the storm raged, the house shook roughly and echoed with The Collector’s frenzied laughter.
Raine had their arms around Eda and Collector. Their violin was now on the floor and they had resorted to simply whistling defenses against the flying debris and rubble.
The Owl Beast was awake and panicking, in a frenzy of their own, but unable to escape and unwilling to rise to the surface since that would mean heading towards the enemy’s laughter.
Lightning strobed, bright flashes through the window, accompanied by wildly crashing thunder.
And there, at the very center of it all, the source of all the mayhem, The Collector finally laughed themself into exhaustion.
Bit by bit, their laughter subsided, giving way to worn-out sobs with longer and longer pauses in between.
The maelstrom both without and within drew to a close, and The Collector’s breathing evened out, becoming deeper, steadier.
Gradually, although they still held fistfulls of the fabric of Eda’s shirt, their little body relaxed.
For a long time they didn’t move or speak.
Then…
“Hey,” Eda whispered. “You alright there, kid?”
The Collector gave a quiet huff of breath, barely a whisper itself, and then turned their head just slightly until their eyes met Raine’s.
They blinked.
They mouthed a word, which might have been ‘Rainey,’ but no sound came out.
The Collector’s face was splotchy-looking, covered in tears, snot and what looked for all the world like scorch marks and soot.
“Hey,” Raine said, reaching over to smooth The Collector’s hair back from their eyes and forehead. “How you doing, there?”
The Collector simply looked at them for a moment.
They heaved a huge sigh.
Slowly, carefully, Eda moved her arm and shifted her hold, gently setting The Collector back where she could look at them face to face.
They complied, although their fingers still clutched her shirt.
“Oh Sneaky-Peek.”
The Collector looked at Eda, a bit distant, but present enough to be aware of the space around them.
“I’m so sorry,” Eda said. “I’m so sorry.”
“He…” The Collector said, their voice a broken, hoarse rasp that hardly sounded like them at all. “He was…he was never gonna’ free me.”
Eda closed her eyes, tears of her own starting to sting at the corners of her eyelids.
She didn’t want to say anything, didn’t want to confirm the statement even though she knew beyond a shadow of a doubt that it was true.
“All…that time,” The Collector said. “Hundreds of years and he was lying to me the whole time. The whole time.”
No one had to question who The Collector was talking about. They knew.
“Belos lied to a lot of people,” Raine said gently. “And a lot of people believed him. He was very, very good at it.”
“I believed him,” The Collector said. “But he was just tricking me! He was gonna’ get rid of me all along! I thought he was my friend! He said! It’s not fair! He threw me in the trash pit! I’m too young! I don’t wanna’...I don’t wanna’!”
“Hey!” Eda said, since The Collector looked like they were starting to glaze over again. “Easy there. Easy.”
“What’s this about the trash pit?” Raine said.
“You’re right,” Eda went on. “You were too young to have to contend with any of that. And I can’t fix what happened, but you know what?”
“What?” The Collector asked.
“Bzzzzzzzz…” Eda said, holding out her finger.
“Bzzzzzzzt!” The Collector responded, reaching up their own finger to tap it.
“And if anyone tries to hurt you,” Eda said. “Or throw you into a…a trash pit, I will personally tear out their throat and bike it into a pie.”
“Not if I get to them first,” Raine added darkly.
The Collector looked back and forth from Eda to Raine. They gave one last half-hearted sob.
“Huh,” Eda said. “I think we’ve got a lot of repairs to do.”
She had finally looked up to survey the space around her.
All of the windows were broken, the door was hanging off its hinges and most of the furnishings had been knocked about or overturned.
“There’s quite a bit of damage,” Raine agreed, doing their best to clean The Collector’s face.
“Nothing we can’t handle,” Eda said quickly. “But Hooty’s got his work cut out for him.”
As if on cue, there was a humming sound from within the walls of the house, and the lamps glowed to life, dim at first but then steadily growing brighter.
This had the drawback of bringing the damage into stark relief, but it also demonstrated that the house was still functional.
The Collector felt strangely calm. They were exhausted after their ordeal, but it was more than just that.
It hadn’t been their first meltdown ever.
Far from it, in fact.
Over the infinitely long period of time The Collector had spent trapped, imprisoned in the Liminal, they’d had many breakdowns.
If anything, it had been a regular occurrence, even after their tablet had come into Philip’s possession.
One more than one occasion, Philip had thrown something over the tablet so he wouldn’t have to listen.
But there was little relief to be gained while compressed into a shadow that could not touch or feel.
They’d always been alone, sensory deprived.
They’d never had someone hold them through a meltdown.
Not until now.
Their sides and throat were sore, but the pressure that had been pounding at them incessantly was gone, leaving a deep, quiet kind of relief.
Something had changed.
For once, the voice in The Collectors head, the voice that was their own, the one that sewed distrust and warned of betrayal was completely silent.
At long last, albeit with some reluctance, they let go of Eda and allowed her to stretch.
She said something to them. It sounded reassuring but they were having difficulty focusing on words at that particular moment.
There was an abrupt burst of activity around them as those outside rushed into the house to check on those inside.
“Eda! Raine!”
“Collector!”
King and Luz practically tackled Eda and hugged her hard.
“We’re gonna’ make it, don’t worry,” Eda said as she was rushed with questions.
Lilith admonished her, and then hugged her as well.
King regarded The Collector, who just stared back at him. They looked a bit distant.
“I uh…” King said. “I’m glad you’re okay, Collector. That was kind of scary.”
“Huh?” The Collector said. They shrugged and reached out to tap King’s nose. “Boop.”
“Boy, your voice sounds awful. Even worse than the time Eda tried to smoke Scorching Seaweed. And that’s saying something.”
The party assessed the damage throughout the house and concluded that it could have been a lot worse.
“The pizza boxes blew all over the kitchen,” Luz said.
“And this box of kitchen stuff ended up all the way in here,” Gus said, pointing to a box of cookware that had been strewn across the living room.
“No that was there already,” Luz said. “It’s been there for months.”
“...why?”
“These cracks are bad,” Alador said, looking at the walls and ceiling.
“I can help,” Edric said, using both his hands to create a spell circle and making a counter-clockwise motion within it.
One of the cracks in the wall grew a bit narrower.
“Where did you learn that?” Alador asked.
“From studying a spell that was cast on a broken music box,” Edric said. “By them, actually.”
He pointed to The Collector.
“Huh,” said Alador, apparently noticing them for the first time. "They look like they've had a really bad day."
Alador wasn’t the only one whose attention had been drawn to The Collector.
“So! The rumors are true!” Tinella cried, hurrying across the room towards them.
The Collector looked down at her in surprise and a little bit of confusion.
“Hmmmm,” Tinella said, scrutinizing them. “You’re a little bit different than I imagined.”
Across the room, Alador found himself having to explain Tinella’s presence to a fairly grumpy Raine.
Not long thereafter, Willow discovered that the sea star aquarium had been broken yet again and its occupant had to be rescued.
“We could start a starfish hospital in the human realm,” Emira said as she and Edric tended to it. “Since we’re getting a lot of experience in the field.”
“Think there’s some aquariums out there that’d go for that,” Hunter said, for once letting the term ‘starfish’ slide.
“Gus could be your liaison,” Willow suggested.
“I would be honored,” Gus said.
Hooty looked worse than anyone had ever seen him.
“The structural integrity of this place is intact,” he told them all. “But I’m done. I’m calling it a night.”
He collapsed heavily across Lilith’s shoulders and began snoring loudly.
“Is he,” Amity whispered to Luz. “Faking being asleep?”
“No idea,” Luz said. “I honestly think it might be for real.”
After what felt like hours but was in reality about fifteen minutes, Eda finally scooped up The Collector and announced that, like Hooty, she was beyond exhausted and that it was time to go to bed.
“We can work on repairs tomorrow,” she said. “If the house isn’t actively falling apart, I say leave it ‘til morning.”
The visitors began to disperse, and Raine followed Eda up to the loft.
The stained glass window had been blown out but, fortunately, most of the glass had flown outside, not in.
The contents of the room had been very much knocked askew, but that wasn’t too far from the normal state of the room, whether Eda liked to admit it or not.
What mattered most tonight, though, was that the nest was still intact.
The Collector hopped out of Eda’s hold but, to her surprise, did not immediately make for the nest like they normally did.
Instead they darted over to sit in the now-open, circular window.
Eda didn’t question this, and neither did Raine as they settled into the nest and whistled out the lights. The Collector knew their space was always open to them.
Outside, the thick cloud bank parted and moonlight streamed through.
“Goodnight, Collector,” Raine said. “We’re right here if you need anything.”
“Or if you want anything,” Eda added.
The Collector turned towards them, eyes blazing in the dark.
“My name,” they said, surprisingly quietly. “Isn’t The Collector, you know.”
“You never told us your name,” Raine said.
“You never guessed my name.”
The full moon shone across the Collector’s face, light and shadow lining up exactly with their split skin tone.”
“Well,” Eda said. “My last guess was Moon. You never told me if I was right.”
“I…” The Collector said sadly. “I…don’t remember anymore. I don’t even know if my name is Moon or not.”
“Would you like it to be?” Eda asked.
The Collector nodded.
“Oh, well then,” Eda said. “Good to have you here, Moon.”
“You know,” Raine said. “I like it. It suits you. Nice to make your acquaintance, Moon.”
The Collector - Moon if their reaction was anything to go by - gave the smallest smile and then turned to look back out the window into the brightly-lit night, a dark silhouette in a broken window.
Beside her, Raine fell asleep quite quickly, but Eda merely lay with her eyes closed for a long time, mind running over the events of the past couple of days.
The Owl Beast rustled around at the edges of her subconscious, determining that the immediate danger had passed but still choosing to remain in hiding.
Chilly night air settled into the room and Eda nestled deeper under her blanket, her mind slowly winding down.
She wasn’t sure exactly how long it had been when she felt a soft thump in the nest beside her, signaling that someone small had landed there.
They crawled under the covers with only minimal flailing of limbs, settling in beside her.
Their hand sought out her own, but did not grab onto it. Instead, they simply curled their little finger tightly around hers.
Eda didn’t say anything, didn’t dare break the moment.
Instead she recognized the gesture of trust for what it was and squeezed their finger in acknowledgement, once, twice, before they both drifted off to sleep.
Chapter 46
Summary:
Cleanup and discussions begin.
Notes:
Hi everyone!
Welcome back! Sorry for the long wait! The hiatus was much needed for me, so thank you all who have stuck around! There are exciting things to come!
Arc 3 is going to be an interesting one. There's a lot happening, and lot to keep track of as a writer - so bear with me.
Since I've also picked up a fair few new readers post season 3 of The Owl House, I want to reiterate that this fic is an AU that was conceived in the months after King's Tide, before we really had any idea of what season 3 would actually be like. Although the later parts of MoonShadow may have slight indirect season 3 influences, I chose to keep with my original plot rather than try to incorporate new canonical lore.
For instance, I don't expect that the concept of Belos being able to posses anyone will be a thing in this fic, just because it wasn't something that I felt needed to be added or retconned in this particular story.
Similarly, The Collector's backstory and personality in MoonShadow is not entirely consistent with Watching And Dreaming. Not from any ill feelings towards canon, but because I am telling a different story. So things will be different. Some equivalent of The Archivists do (or did!) exist somewhere in the vast reaches of this AU, but their role and connection to The Collector was different and not particularly relevant.
Now! All of that said, thanks again for your patience and let's get to it!
Alice
Chapter Text
The spell took hold with a terrifying and irreversible finality.
The Grand Huntsman, The Collector, the god of the moon and the stars and all the other chaotic forces that held the cosmos together, cried up at their quarry in alarm as the tables were turned.
“What are you DOING! This isn’t part of the game - it’s against the RULES! You’re CHEATING!”
Above them, a creature incomprehensibly monstrous in stature with exposed skull and horns stared down at them with a hardened expression.
“YOU WILL NEVER GO ANYWHERE NEAR MY SON!”
Their expression was that of relief, but The Collector was neither particularly perceptive about such things, nor paying attention.
“YOU TRICKED ME!” they shouted up at the creature. “No FAIR! STOP IT!”
The Collector scrabbled at the ground, trying to find purchase as they fought against the pull of the spell.
“STOP IT!” they cried, genuinely starting to panic. “MAKE IT STOP! PLEASE!”
The Titan continued to glare at them, unmoved.
“You brought this on yourself, Grand Huntsman.”
The Collector clawed at the scorched dirt as they were dragged backwards into the Titan’s mysterious mirror disc, their feet and legs tingling and then losing feeling.
“WHAT’S HAPPENING?!? I DON’T LIKE THIS! STOP IT! PLEASE! Pleaaaaaaaaaseeeee! Help me! HELP MEEEEEEE!!”
“This is mercy on my part, Huntsman. You deserve far worse for what you’ve done to all of us.”
For a moment The Collector desperately locked eyes with The Titan, and then the tingling and pressure took hold of the rest of their body as they were sucked through into the disc, their form flickering into a smoky black shadow.
For a moment, the pressure all around them felt unbearable, but the next moment they couldn’t feel anything at all.
After a few seconds of disorientation, they found themself floating in a small bubble, a dim and gloomy cavern stretching out beyond the thin barrier.
They darted for the edge of the bubble, only to find themself deflected, their form bending and splintering.
Over and over and over again.
At first they shouted, beating on the spherical barrier surrounding them - inasmuch as someone newly compressed into nothing more than a shadow could.
“THIS ISN’T FUNNY! LET ME OUT YOU BIG STUPID BULLY! LET ME OUT! LET ME OUUUUTTTT!!! I’LL TEAR YOUR HEAD OFF!”
They flung themself again and again at the barrier, snarling as they were unable to reach the dimly-lit cavern on the other side.
They beat their fists, scrabbled and scratched, all to no avail, their screams alternating between pleas and threats.
“When I get out I”m going to FIND THAT EGG! And when I do, I’m gonna’ SMASH IT!”
The Collector zipped in circles around the perimeter of the trap.
They paused their antics, hovering in place, taking in their surroundings and the predicament they found themself in.
Floating just outside their little bubble were a number of shining discs. The Collector immediately recognized the Titan magic, the kind that created portals between realms.
The discs were one-way portals to this space, they figured that out pretty quick. All of them were dim, dull and did not reflect anything from the other side.
There was no connection to the realms beyond.
The thought that the situation might be permanent crept in.
In a rush of horrified panic, The Collector frantically began searching for an exit, some breach in the molecular makeup of the sphere to prove it wasn’t meant to contain them forever.
Their panic rose as they found nothing.
No!
The spell that contained them was powerful Titan sealing magic. The Collector could recognize it even without their powers or usual senses available to them.
A Titan had put them in here, only a Titan could let them out again.
“Come onnnnnnn!” they called. “Let me out! LET ME OUT! I didn’t really mean it!”
But there was no answer.
Nothing.
The Collector wasn’t even certain the Titan could even hear them, or was even listening.
One thing they did know was that no one else would be able to hear them. They knew good and will that the Liminal was an uninhabited space, and although accessible by Titans, nothing else traveled here.
Even so, they cried for help. Screamed for it until their throat would have gone raw if they’d had any sort of physical form.
So they screamed and screamed into their void, pleas and threats running into an incoherent ramble.
Uselessly, they repeatedly flung themself at the barrier.
They couldn’t be stuck here forever! They couldn’t be!
But it was becoming increasingly clear that that was indeed their fate.
“NO! NononononoNO! NOOOOOOOO!!!”
Somewhere along the line, the tears came. Torrents of them, streaks of white across the shadows that made up The Collector’s face, a sort of mockery of the real thing.
The phantom tears brought no relief.
Nor did the ensuing hysterical breakdown.
It went on, seemingly forever, until The Collector was left crumpled at the base of the sphere, whimpering a low and pitiful sound.
They had to get out of here.
They felt defeated, desperate, hopeless, staring blankly at the undulating green-glowing walls of the Liminal.
The Collector fell into almost a stupor, time falling out of sync. It felt like they had been trapped in this strange, suffocating space forever already.
NO!
Up they flew, launching themself at the wall again even though they had proved again and again that it did nothing.
And still they threw themself against it without reason.
The cycle continued, they dissolved into exhausted, frightened tears all over again.
They curled up in a ball, the occasional sob escaping, unsure what else to do.
It wasn’t fair! They’d only wanted to play. Why did the Titans have to be such fun-suckers! There were so many fun games you could play with creatures of such power. They were more durable than most of The Collectors other friends and playmates.
They’d even attracted other beings of celestial magic who wanted to play too! The Collector had come up with the best games, though! Better than anyone else’s.
And then the Titans had just turned around and bullied him and locked him away forever.
Sore losers. They were big, stupid sore losers.
The Collector hated sore losers.
They flew up, screaming with rage, frustration and anguish.
Nothing made sense. Nothing made ANY sense!
Again, they looked around the sphere that contained them, the barrier now a cold and familiar sight.
Nothing changed within or without. They had no way of knowing how much time had passed.
It had been an hour.
***
Thousands of years later, and a world away, dawn fell on an odd, towered little house perched on a bluff atop the Titan’s decomposing corpse.
With it a gentle and steady rain began to fall.
The Collector, curled up under a soft blanket, awoke to quiet music in the air, and to a sleepy, muttered swear from the warm and solid presence beside them.
“Ah, shit…”
Eda half sat up, the picture of exhaustion and someone who very much did not want to be awake this early.
But boiling rain on an already damaged house was something that demanded immediate attention and sitting idly by was not an option.
“I got it, Eda,” an equally tired voice said from over by the open window. “You can go back to sleep.”
Raine was up, lute in hand, playing a protective force field into existence around the Owl House.
“Where’d you find that?” Eda asked.
“It was on the floor,” Raine said. “Must’ve gotten thrown there in the storm. Still works though.”
“It needed some use,” Eda muttered, flopping back down into the nest, barely able to keep her eyes open.
To her surprise, Raine rejoined her and The Collector in the nest a few minutes later and actually seemed to fall back asleep.
They must, Eda realized, be just as tired as she was.
The Collector opened their eyes blearily, still on the edge of sleep and not willing to fully enter the waking world just yet, basking in the fact that they were once again framed by two sleepy witches.
They had a lot of rest to catch up on. They were still coming to terms with the revelations of the past couple of days.
“It’s okay,” Eda murmured, noticing they were awake. “Everything’s fine. You can go back to sleep, little Sneaky-Peek.”
The Collector, as far as they could remember, had never exactly thought of themself as little . As a child.
They behaved childishly, wanted friends and to play games, wanted cupcakes. But those were just things they wanted, and they had always assumed these were things everyone else wanted (or should want) as well.
Those who met them either feared them, worshipped them, or agreed to play with their games - which all seemed the same to The Collector. Friendship just felt the same as someone playing their games out of self-preservation, felt the same as someone scheming to use the cosmic powers of a child to further their own agenda.
They’d never given their own age or maturity any thought at all, really.
No one had ever treated them like a child.
Thus the strange shift in the way their new family chose to interact with them had proved strange and confusing to The Collector.
It wasn’t, however, unwelcome.
They liked it.
They liked being little, being a young kid - give or take a few thousand years. They liked being taken care of, picked up, squished, carried around and given genuine affection and attention.
They liked it enough to fear losing it, fear the rug being pulled out from under them at any moment.
But at every turn there was something new and unexpected, a sharp contrast to how Philip had treated them.
There were numerous things The Collector had been running from since King had let them out on the Day Of Unity, but perhaps the biggest one was the reality of their relationship with Philip.
Emotional whiplash wasn’t particularly unusual for The Collector. They had a tendency to fly from one mood to another at the drop of a hat, but the extremes they’d experienced on the Day Of Unity were significant. They’d gone from betrayal of what they perceived to be a friendship hundreds of years long, to having the anticipated freedom that had just been cruelly ripped away suddenly granted by a baby Titan.
And not just any baby Titan.
This baby was the son of the Titan who had trapped The Collector. The son of the Boiling Isles. But, more importantly, he was a baby Titan who promised friendship and games.
It was easier for The Collector to revel in their new friendship and finally being free in the physical plane, than to spare much thought to what Philip had done to them.
Easier to just smash Philip into oobleck against a wall and go on their merry way, and succumb to the euphoria of their newfound freedom.
Easier to put Philip from their mind and forget about him the same way they’d forgotten their own name.
Except it wasn’t that easy.
As time went on, Philip’s memory crept in more and more, taunting, looming.
Sometimes The Collector found themself caught by the memories, but usually they fled. They pushed thoughts of him away and threw themself into other activities.
But eventually the truth caught up. It was inevitable.
The Collector had abruptly come face-to-face with realizations they had very much been avoiding.
If the Owl Lady hadn’t been there to hold them in place, they didn’t know what would have happened.
That everything had come to a head out of nowhere when they were playfully tussling, while a little unfair, wasn’t altogether surprising.
Eda had dropped everything just to play with them with no ulterior motives. The contrasts were as stark as they had ever been, and all the pieces had clicked into place with awful clarity and The Collector had suddenly understood.
It was too bad it had felt like their whole world falling apart all over again. They could have done without that.
But having someone there, grounding them, holding them through it and telling them over and over that they were loved and it was going to be okay, gave them something to cling to.
As far gone as they had been, they were still aware of Eda’s presence and everything she’d said to them.
And, in the moment, they actually believed her.
And now, in another moment hours later, they still believed her.
The rain tapped a steady rhythm outside, morning light shining dimly through. It smelled vaguely sulphuric and The Collector distantly wondered if they could have griffin eggs for breakfast.
They drifted in and out of consciousness, the occasional movement of the witches on either side bringing them inexplicable comfort.
To their surprise, The Collector had discovered that they actually loved sleeping. The Nightmare Tonic wasn’t always one hundred percent effective but, when it was, the heavy, hazy feeling of being warm and relaxed was intoxicating.
As long as they were in arm’s reach of their newfound family.
They committed the feeling to memory.
Although that didn’t necessarily count for a whole lot.
The Collector’s memories were shot, and had been for a long time.
They knew this, but acknowledged it very infrequently. When it was brought to their attention, they tended to react badly.
The truth was, The Collector could recall very little from their life before being imprisoned, and what they could remember was fuzzy and disjointed at best.
There were flashes, feelings, images, but not much to constitute a personality.
Indeed, most of their personality had come to be defined by what they lacked.
They wiggled around, bumping into something soft and warm.
“Mmmph. G’morning, Moon.”
They had a name.
The warm rush of delight that came with hearing Eda call them Moon was a surprise in and of itself.
It wasn’t that they had particularly disliked the monicker that the ancient peoples had given them, back in some dimly-remembered past. It had worked just as well as The Grand Huntsman or any of the other names and titles that had been bestowed upon them.
But they knew The Collector wasn’t their name, even if they’d long ago forgotten what that had been.
Perhaps it had been Moon. They didn’t know.
It didn’t matter.
Moon was their name now, and so Moon they would be.
It was their name, and they liked it.
Eda stretched and sat up, taking in the state of the room in the light of day - the shattered window, the cracks in the walls, the chunks that had fallen from the ceiling and joined the mess on the floor.
“Oh right,” she said. “The house broke.”
On The Collector’s - Moon’s other side, Raine stirred and yawned, also stretching.
“Wow,” they said. “Did I really go back to sleep?”
“Sure did, Rainestorm,” Eda told them. “Welcome to the Sleeping In Club.”
“Do I get a T-shirt?”
Moon felt a sudden excitement rising and bubbling within them, although for a brief flash of a second they might have mistaken it for anxiety.
There was a new day ahead, and it was full of possibility.
There were so many games they wanted to play, and they could play all of them if they wanted - there was nothing stopping them.
They could build a fort out of all the pizza boxes in the kitchen!
Maybe they could play hide and seek with King and Luz! Or they could play Hunt The Grimwalker! Or they could go down to the beach again! Or play that Grudgby game that everyone was always talking about! Or bake cupcakes! Or show everyone how to play High Stakes Hopscotch over a pit of magma! Or finally figure out what legos were!
Or…Or…Or…
The damage that needed to be repaired was the last thing on their mind.
“Now I know,” Eda was telling Raine. “That I already inducted you into the Bad Girl Coven. Sleeping-in privileges are one of the benefits. Which, I might add, you haven’t taken advantage of nearly often enough.”
“IWANNA’LEARNHOWT’PLAYTHEBUZZYSTRINGTHINGLIKEYOUSAID!” Moon shouted loudly and excitedly.
Raine and Eda turned to look at them.
Moon grinned, looking back and forth between them.
“Can you repeat that?” Eda asked. “ A little slower this time? It’s early.”
Moon narrowed their eyes.
“I…WANNA’...PLAY… BUZZY THING!”
“Buzzy thing?”
“Rainy said I could! Wanna’ learn to play it!”
Raine was starting to shake with silent laughter.
“You…” they finally said. “You mean…the violin?”
“Yeah! Whatever it’s called! Wanna’ play it! You said…”
“That I’d teach you to play if you wanted…”
“Yeahhhh…”
“And I will give you a lesson this afternoon. But this morning the Owl Lady and I have some clean-up to do. Okay?”
“Hmmmm,” Moon said, and Raine fully expected them to argue.
But instead they just grinned brightly and hopped out of the nest.
“Okay! I’ll go see if King and Luz wanna’ play Spoons then!”
And then they were off, rapid footsteps disappearing down the hallway.
Raine finally laughed out loud.
“Buzzy thing!” they said.
“Do you think he knew?” Eda said quietly, staring at the doors of the loft through which the child formerly known as The Collector had just dashed.
“What?” Raine said. “Do I think who knew…?”
“Belos.”
The smile fell from Raine’s face.
“Do you think Belos knew,” Eda went on. “That The Collector was a kid? That the entity he was stringing along all that time was a little kid?”
Raine let out a long breath.
“I think the more appropriate question,” they said. “Would be whether he’d have cared if he did.”
Eda sighed, looking down.
Belos had apparently spared no thought for any of the witch children of the Boiling Isles, for Luz, for Hunter or the dozens of Grimwalkers before him.
Belos had been ready to kill Luz for taking a stand against him, had strung Hunter along, all the while knowing full well that he’d branded him for death.
Why would the knowledge that The Collector was a small child have been enough to give Belos pause.
“What was it like, Raine?” she asked. “Working for him, I mean?”
Raine looked thoughtful for a moment.
“Terrifying,” they said at last. “Lonely. To be honest, I didn’t usually see a lot of Belos. Always felt like he was breathing down my neck when I was in the castle, though, even when I was alone. Especially when I was alone.”
“Ugh,” Eda said. “So it was creepy, too.”
“The worst part of it was I didn’t even realize how lonely I was until I had allies again. The BATTs, I ran into you, then I had Darius on my side. I…can’t explain what that was like. Suddenly having an ally - a friend, where you thought you had none for so long.”
“You don’t have to explain,” Eda said. “I think I know what you mean.”
“Working for Belos was miserable,” Raine said. “Your sister would probably tell you the same."
“Lily bought into Belos’ whole griffin shit, though,” Eda said. “She believed she was serving a…a righteous cause and helping witches and demons.”
“Kind of like Hunter. You know, you never actually told me, Eda. What made you change your mind?”
“About what?” Eda asked, squinting.
“When we first met, you dreamed of being in the Emperor’s Coven.”
“Who didn’t! So did you!”
“I always thought it had something to do with being pitted against Lilith at the try-outs,” Raine said. “But you…always avoided talking about it.”
“Yeah, that was a factor,” Eda said. “But I was losing faith in the coven system before that. Can’t say exactly when it happened, it was kinda’ gradual. I just started thinking about it and the more I thought about it, the less sense it made. Them trying to make me fight Lily just sort of made it impossible to ignore.”
There was a sudden, loud cry of alarm from downstairs.
“Speaking of Hunter,” Raine said, on their feet in an instant.
Eda was hot on their heels.
It seemed that after trying to recruit a very tired-looking Luz and King to play, Moon’s first order of business had been to collect all the spoons in the house and drop them on an unsuspecting Hunter’s head.
They were now cackling with glee.
“Now I know,” Luz was saying. “That’s not how you play Spoons, Collector. Even on the Boiling Isles.”
“It’s MOON!”
“Collector, that’s a spoon,” King said tiredly as they waved the biggest spoon at Luz. “Not the moon.”
“No,” they said, rounding on King. “I’m Moon.”
“You’re the moon? I don’t think…”
“It’s their name,” Eda said hurriedly, seeing that there was probably a need to defuse the situation before it escalated in any way. “The Collector’s name is Moon.”
“Wow,” Luz said, impressed. “You finally figured it out?”
At the same time, King said “They actually told you?”
“We settled on it last night,” Raine said.
“Although it was one of my guesses,” Eda added.
Hunter’s brow furrowed as if he was trying to understand something. Or perhaps he just had a headache from having all the spoons in the Owl House rain down upon him.
Eda looked at Moon, but they gave no indication as to whether or not they would be okay with anyone else being made aware that they could not remember their original name.
It wasn’t as if that revelation would come as the world’s biggest surprise to anyone present, but it still felt like a very personal admission.
Eda wondered how long ago they had forgotten it, and how much longer it had taken for them to realize that they had.
“I dig it,” Luz said. “Moon. Yeah. Yeah! It just fits!”
Raine busied themself with making coffee, the aroma of which drew a very sleepy Lilith into the kitchen.
“I don’t usually drink that wretched stuff,” she said foggily. “But today I’ll make an exception.”
“You’re in luck,” Raine said. “I made extra since Hunter is here.”
They poured Lilith a cup.
“Sure you don’t want any, Eda?”
“Nah,” Eda said. “I’ll stick with my apple blood.”
Lilith took a long sip of her coffee.
“You sleep okay?” Raine asked.
“Like the Titan,” Lilith said. “Oh, sorry King.”
“You know,” King said, a little grumpily and in a tone that suggested that he had not slept well. “Drawing attention to it just makes it weirder.”
“How’s Hooty?” Eda asked.
“Still asleep. And I told him I wouldn’t let any of you bother him. He’s more worn out than I’ve ever seen. Going up against The Collector really took it out of him.”
“I’m MOON!”
“Moon?” Lilith said, looking taken aback at the outburst. “You’re…Moon?”
“Yeah.”
“What does that mean…Oh, wait. You don’t mean like your name…?”
“Yeah! DUH!”
“Huh,” Lilith said, and took another sip of her coffee. “Should’ve figured.”
The Boiling Rain, mercifully, served to keep at bay those in Bonesborough and the surrounding areas who might have been overly interested in the fact that a freak storm had blown up the night before, localized exclusively over the Owl House.
Raine refused to answer any calls from their increasingly agitated crow, having sent a nondescript message to the other coven heads that they were fine but needed to do some repairs to the house.
They spent the day helping get started on the extensive project of those repairs, as well as the basic cleanup that was in order after the events of the night.
Eda felt, at times, like she herself wasn’t contributing enough. Some of the chores and work didn’t lend itself well to someone with only one hand.
“No one’s judging you for that, geeeez!” Hooty told her when she expressed these feelings. “Look at me - I’ve got no hands.”
Hooty was remarkably cheerful and he tried to help, but Lilith was adamant that he get his rest.
“You’ve been through the ringer, Hootsifer,” she said. “Let us take care of you just for this once. You deserve it.”
“Lulu,” Hooty said tearfully. “You’re the best friend anyone could ask for! I can’t believe I headbutted you into a tree that one time.”
However, Lilith was a bit less understanding towards someone else’s lack of participation in the day’s tasks.
Moon was making a fort out of pizza boxes between the kitchen table and the counter and neither Raine nor Eda asked them to help with repairs.
“I know where you’re coming from, Edalyn,” Lilith said quietly, and hopefully out of range of prying ears. “But don’t you think you’re being a little too lenient? This is The Collector - Moon’s mess that we’re cleaning up, after all.
“House Rules, Lily,” Eda said with a sigh. “We established in the beginning Moon wasn’t allowed to use their powers to fix our problems.”
“But is this really,” Lilith began. “Our…”
“Regardless,” Eda said, voice rising, albeit slightly. “Of whether they were responsible for the problem or not. We needed them to trust that we weren’t just going to take advantage of them.”
“Since when,” Lilith muttered. “Are you a stickler for the rules? In any case, Moon trusts you now. Maybe it’s time they started taking a little bit of responsibility for their actions.”
“I see your point, Lily,” Eda said, almost evasively. “But I stand by mine. The stuff that kid’s been through…You saw…”
“I saw them completely lose control and tear the house apart. It’d be nothing more than a pile of rubble right now if I hadn’t intervened. With the help of the others, of course.”
“And I thank you for that…”
“I know, Eda. Nevertheless, they’re sitting around playing and having a fun time while the rest of us do all the work.”
“Well you’re not obligated to help,” Eda snapped. “Moon deserves to be happy and have fun for once and not worry about being taken advantage of. And if I have to follow along behind and clean up every single one of their messes, I’ll do it gladly. I am not going to jeopardize their trust.”
“Uuuugghhhh, Edalyn! You’re missing the point! It’s not just that they’re enjoying themself while we clean up after them! It’s that they’re completely oblivious! Go back in the kitchen and look! They haven’t the faintest clue that any of this is their responsibility!”
“They’re still learning.”
“But how are they ever going to learn that their actions have consequences if you don’t hold them accountable for anything! I’m being serious. They don’t have any more of a grasp of ethics or empathy than they did the day you first met them!”
Eda sighed again and put down the glyph-covered broom she was using to patch the ceiling.
“And suppose that switch flipped, Lily,” she said. “What then? You think I’m not aware the kid had murder and war crimes to answer for? Stuff they happily took part in because it was a game to them? You think them suddenly growing a conscience after all that would be a good thing?”
“I…” Lilith began.
“What do you think it would do to them? That amount of Guilt? Remorse? At this point? It would destroy an adult, never mind a kid! Look at everything Luz blames herself for! And that isn’t even her fault!”
Lilith sighed too, leaning against the wall and staring at the half-repaired ceiling.
“I know more than a small amount,” she said. “What it feels like to carry guilt for things. It’s not pleasant, I’ll give you that. Not a day goes by where I don’t think about the crimes I’m responsible for.”
“So you understand…”
“I understand why you’d want to protect your child from that. It…It’s how they’re going to act in the future that worries me. You won’t always be there to guide them. And even when you are…is it enough?”
“It’s enough to me right now that Moon is happy and wants to be here,” Eda said, picking up her broom and returning to work in a way that signaled that the conversation was over, even if the discussion wasn’t. “We’ll figure out the rest as we go.”
***
“What’re we going to play? It’d best be fun since you didn’t like my ideas.”
Memories flitted about through the air, along with the driving, incessant snow.
The creature to which they belonged to, however, could barely focus on anything other than the overwhelming hunger he felt. Reduced to something animalistic, the hunger was overpowering. But however much he ate, he was never satisfied.
It had taken time and strength of will he didn’t even know he had to grow back from a barely sentient blob of oobleck-like substance and into the form that those wretched palisman had cursed him with.
Binding the palisman in the mindscape had not kept their power at bay in quite the way that Philip had hoped. The wild magic he had consumed as a great personal sacrifice now tormented him, muddled his brain, drove him nearly mad with starvation.
For it had to be whatever gluttony the ungodly magic of the demon realm had imbued the palisman with that caused the starvation, not Philip’s own desperation, hunger and vengeance.
That wasn’t even a possibility, so he refused to entertain the thought.
Sometimes he almost couldn’t remember that his name wasn’t Belos.
It terrified him.
And the human realm…
The human realm was all wrong. It was filled with sin and debauchery and technology that Philip could barely understand even if his mind had not been consumed with an insatiable drive to kill and eat.
“Your ideas for games were far too impractical with the resources we have right now. I don’t want to worry you but we’re barely surviving as it is. This…” he gestured at the surrounding room. “This is what we have.”
“But you said…!”
Philip had taken too long, far too long to enact the Draining Spell. In his absence, the influence of the demon realm had already leaked through into his home and infected it.
There had been no hero’s welcome upon his return, no one to bestow upon him the title of Witch Hunter General.
And even if there had been, he couldn’t show his face here. Not like this.
What would anyone think.
Unbidden, the words of Luz and The Collector echoed tauntingly in Philip’s mind.
“You’re barely human yourself!”
“You can barely keep your human shape anymore!”
He was a monster.
He’d failed the entire human race, just as he had failed his brother.
Philip raised his face to the sky and let out a scream of rage and anguish into the clouds that wouldn’t stop snowing on him.
He pushed on. The trees seemed to reach out to scratch him, to tangle in his horns.
He fell into the snow, arms and legs sinking through the crust, flakes melting into the oobleck that made up his body.
“We have enough. As long as we don’t use anything extra. It’s harsh out there and I can’t get more supplies. Until I can, we have to make do with what we have.”
“I don’t like this. I want to play.”
He should have been dead.
But by some miracle he wasn’t, and there had to be a reason for that.
And it was that thought, that little glimmer that kept the tiny flame of hope alive, kept him from completely giving in to the evil that was consuming him.
Philip still had a job to do. He was being tested and he couldn’t allow his faith to waver now.
He had to believe he hadn’t been forsaken, but he felt so alone.
Alone even in his home realm.
Philip trudged on, through the snow, guided by the unending hunger.
Without making a conscious decision, he found himself setting a course for a dilapidated but familiar abandoned house on the outskirts of Gravesfield.
He’d been there before, long, long ago, in a snowstorm much like this.
“And so play we shall. I did promise you a game. And, lucky for you, I do have a game in mind.”
“Oh! Tell me, tell me, tell me!”
“Oh it’s a delightfully fun game,” Caleb told Philip. “It’s called Witch Hunters…”
Chapter 47
Summary:
The Owl House receives some visitors.
Notes:
Morning everybody! Hope this new chapter drop finds you all well.
I'm going to try to keep up with Wednesday updates for now, but that's subject to change at any point. Finding time to work on this fic amongst an already busy life has always been a challenge and I've had to start making an effort to allow time for other things.
But not to worry, MoonShadow still has my heart and some of my favorite parts and scenes are still to come, and I can't wait to share them with you!
Alice
Chapter Text
The Boiling Rain kept up for longer than anyone in Bonesborough could remember it ever lasting before. The town practically shut down as it was socked in for days.
Naturally, the Isles were suspicious.
The unprecedented show of lights in the atmosphere, followed by an explosive (and extremely localized) storm, followed by this latest unusual weather event had gotten everyone’s attention.
Even with the rain, rumors spread.
And some of them seemed quite credible.
So when the deluge finally let up and the clouds began to clear, Darius Deamonne and Eberwolf found themselves headed directly towards the Owl House.
It was evening, a few stars winking from above where the clouds were finally starting to part.
They were not alone.
Accompanying them was another, resolute-looking Head Witch.
“For the last time, Mason,” Darius said tiredly. “Eber and I are most certainly capable of handling this on our own.”
“No offense, you get,” Mason said. “But fixing up damaged structures is one of my skill sets, not yours. I didn’t get to be head of the Construction Coven for nothing.”
Eberwolf squawked out a long series of barks and yips.
Mason squinted and frowned. He didn’t seem to understand Eberwolf innately in the way that Darius did, but he was still able to translate the gist of what they said once he had a moment to think about it.
“If there’s something big enough to cause all this meteorological weirdness,” he said. “It is Coven Head business. And anyway, I’m allowed to help Raine and the Owl Lady too, you know.”
Another bout of chatter from Eberwolf.
“You don’t got a monopoly on ‘em,” Mason shot back. “We all owe those two. Least I can do is offer my services fixing their house.”
“And I’m supposed to find it unsuspicious,” Darius said. “That this sudden concern of yours came seemingly out of nowhere.”
“You can find it as suspicious or unsuspicious as you want,” Mason said, pointing a finger at Darius. “I don’t care. But if you don’t share my suspicions, you’re a lot dumber than I give you credit for.”
“Don’t you dare,” Darius began, but Eberwolf jumped between them, gnashing teeth and holding up their hands.
They barked out a loud admonishment, hissing that this was neither the time nor the place, and that everybody needed to stay on track.
“Let’s keep going,” Darius said, turning away and striding forth.
“That’s what I’m all about,” Mason said with an eye roll.
Eberwolf muttered an affirmative.
But apparently Mason wasn’t finished.
“Every Coven Head knows you and the Bard are hiding something,” he said, trotting to keep up with Darius and crossing his arms.
It was probably supposed to look stern, but in reality it only made Eberwolf laugh.
“And,” Mason went on. “I think we all know what that something is. So yeah. Damn right I’m suspicious.”
Darius gave him a sideways look.
“And I can help one of our own,” Mason added quickly as an afterthought.
“I don’t need to share my every personal activity with the class, Mason,” Darius began. “I’ve known Raine since Hexside. But the truth of the matter is, I don’t know what we are going to find at the Owl Lady’s house.”
“You’re worried.”
“I’m preparing myself for the worst.”
“You do know something.”
“My knowledge of the situation is minimal. And that’s the truth. Raine hasn’t been particularly forthcoming.”
“Uh-huh,” Mason said. “And you say it doesn’t worry you.”
“Hunter has been…very evasive lately when I ask him how he’s doing. And I haven’t heard anything from him since the storm. Of course I’m worried. If it weren’t for the completely unhelpful messages I’ve gotten from Raine, I’d think that we could be on our way to a body count rather than a friendly visit.”
The three spent the rest of the short walk in silence.
Steam was still rising from the wet ground and even some of the hardier and more resistant forms of plant life looked none too happy in the wake of the extended deluge.
The footsteps of the three coven heads squished and squelched as the Owl House came into view.
Eberwolf remarked that it looked a little worse for wear.
“Actually not as bad as I expected,” Mason observed.
The house was still in one piece, although it had several large cracks in various stages of healing and repair, and a few big chunks of stucco were missing.
“It seems Raine has done an excellent job protecting the house from the weather,” Darius said. “They are a skilled witch, I shouldn’t be surprised.”
Eberwolf chattered something with amusement, eyes glinting.
“Eber, I am well aware of the obvious pun,” Darius said, irritation mostly feigned.
Eberwolf just laughed.
Despite the damage, the house looked warm and inviting in the fading evening light, windows glowing cozily.
However…
“What in the Titan’s name,” Darius began. “Is that hideous noise?”
From within the Owl House, a truly awful sound was emanating.
“Is that human music?” Mason asked.
Eberwolf said that if it was, humans were far more horrifying than they were given credit for.
“HALT!” a familiar voice called.
“AAAAGGHHH!” Mason yelped. “That thing.”
“Good evening, Hooty,” Darius said over the din.
“ARE YOU WOULD-BE VISITORS?” Hooty asked. “OR WOULD-BE INTRUDERS!”
“You know very well who we are. We are checking in on you and the others. Raine hasn’t been answering calls and the bizarre weather has raised suspicion.”
Behind him, Mason threw his arms into the air and rolled his eyes.
“So I’d request,” Darius went on. “That we be permitted to enter…”
“I’M SORRY!” Hooty said loudly. “I CAN’T HEAR AAAAANYTHING WITH THEEEESE ON!”
He tilted his head back and forth, showing off the large pair of noise-cancelling headphones he was wearing.
“You got a second pair of those things?” Mason asked.
Eberwolf shouted something.
“Make that three extra pairs,” Darius said.
But Hooty didn’t seem to hear.
Eberwolf chattered at Hooty, gesturing wildly.
Hooty narrowed his eyes, turning to give Mason a scrutinizing look.
“YOUUUUU I’M NOT SO SURE ABOUT,” he said. “BUT DARIUS AND EBER ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE SHOW OF THE CENTURY.”
“Aw, come on,” Mason began.
“BUT I CANNOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR AAAAAAANYTHING YOU FIND INSIDE,” Hooty added as he swung the door open. “OR ANYTHING INSIDE THAT FINDS YOU.”
“What do you mean by…?” Darius began.
But any thoughts he was in the process of having were immediately put from his mind by the scene that greeted him inside.
The living room was a mess, although Darius had to admit he couldn’t exactly swear that it was any moreso than usual.
The floor was littered with what looked like hundreds of thousands of tiny, colorful rectangular chunks of plastic that probably weren’t supposed to be there. Among them were scattered several dozen even-more-brightly-colored gummy worms.
Why Darius noticed that, however, he couldn’t fathom because the rest of the sight was overshadowed by everything else.
Hunter, Luz and King were all covering their ears, although Luz was obviously trying to be subtle about it, shoulders, hunched.
Eda was wearing a stoic expression, but Raine?
Raine looked truly pained, even though they were trying not to show it.
“Good job,” they were saying. “That’s better, but you still need to work on getting the notes a little clearer.”
And there, in the center of the room stood the spectacle themself.
The Collector, very much present in the physical realm and not trapped as a shadow, was playing Raine’s violin.
Or trying to play it.
The sounds emanating from the instrument weren’t remotely in key or even following any discernible tune, apart from the occasional and truly jarring change.
“Dear Titan below,” Darius said.
It was, if he was perfectly honest, just about what he’d expected to find, although in no scenario had he imagined that a music lesson would be a part of the equation.
Eberwolf made a pained whine, covering their ears.
It was barely a split second before the visitors were noticed and chaos erupted.
Raine and Hunter shouted Darius’ name, both sounding alarmed, although Hunter mainly sounded worried for Darius.
Luz grabbed King, who let out a mercifully-quiet “weh,” and Eda leaped to her feet, hissing defensively. She looked like she expected to take harpy form, but the Owl Beast wasn’t cooperating for some reason.
But it was The Collector who was the center of attention.
Their eyes flashed fire the moment they saw Darius and the entire house plunged into darkness, The Collector seeming to absorb all the light until only their glowing eyes were visible, staring at the newcomers with clear malicious intent.
There was the twang of the violin and bow falling to the floor and the next second the eyes were hovering inches away from Darius' own.
“You,” The Collector’s voice said menacingly.
“Moon!” Raine called out, for reasons completely unclear to Darius.
Eberwolf shrieked, and Mason took several rapid steps backwards, before letting out a sound of alarm as he was suddenly frozen in place, seemingly unable to move.
“I know youuuuuu,” The Collector went on. “You’re the Head Witch who tricked me back into my prison!”
“That’s what you say about everyone!” Hunter shouted from somewhere in the darkness.
“Wanna’ play a gaaaame,” The Collector taunted. “It’s called Try To Stop Me From Turning You All The Way Into Oobleck. And guess what! You’ve already lost!”
“Nope!" Eda's voice said. "I win.”
Before Darius could even react, the eyes were suddenly a few feet away, and a bit of light seeped back into the room, illuminating Eda holding The Collector, who held a single finger raised in the air.
“HEY!” The Collector shouted, but did not retaliate.
“House Rules, Sneaky Peek,” Eda said.
“No killing anyone!” King cried.
“Darius and Eber are our friends,” Raine said.
“HE TRAPPED ME WITH THE TABLET!”
“And he helped get you back,” Raine said quickly.
“You what?” Mason demanded.
“What’s he doing here?” Eda growled.
“Mine,” The Collector said, snuggling hard against Eda, while still glaring at the newcomers. “MINE! I’ll explode you! Squash you into oobleck! Miiiiine!”
“Yeah, no,” Eda said. “We’re not turning Darius or anyone else into oobleck. Although I would appreciate some sort of explanation as to why he’s barging in here with two other coven heads…”
“He’s half oobleck already,” The Collector said. “C’monnnnnnn. It’s not like it’d kill him. It’d be funny.”
“I am not,” Darius began, offended. “Half oobleck. Whatever that is.”
“Amity’s dad knows what it is,” Luz said.
“Then I’m even less in favor.”
“Darius,” Hunter was suddenly at his side. “Are you okay?”
“I wanna’ squash ‘im,” The Collector said, wiggling as if trying to escape Eda’s grasp. “Squash the oobleck-ination.
Except everyone present knew good and well that Eda wasn’t nearly strong enough to physically restrain The Collector if they really decided to break free.
“You stay back,” Hunter said, pointing at The Collector and trying to step in front of Darius.
The Collector blew a raspberry at him.
“Squash him like Starfishie,” they said.
“What,” Darius said. “Is a Starfishie?”
“No squashing Starfishie!” Luz shouted. “Or Coven Heads.”
“Unless it’s Terra or Adrian,” Eda said.
“Eda!”
“Hunter, please don’t put yourself in danger,” Darius said, stepping aside from where he was being shielded.
“Are you okay?” Hunter repeated.
“That depends on your definition of okay,” Darius said. “But in the manner I assume you are asking, I think yes? In other matters, however,” he raised his voice. “If I could get some explanations as to… this?”
He waved his hand, gesturing broadly at everything around him.
“MINE!” The Collector repeated, leaning forward.
Eberwolf yelped, having stepped on some of the tiny plastic blocks on the floor.
“I’d like some explanations as to why you’re involving Mason in this,” Raine said coldly.
“I involved myself,” Mason said, finding himself able to move again and feeling very defensive. “Word travels fast in the Construction Coven, and I wanted to see for sure. And? Seems my sources were correct.”
“How does the Construction Coven…?” Eda began. “You know what? Never mind. We’re past that.”
“It was Tinella, wasn’t it?” Luz said.
“Secondly,” Mason said. “I thought y’all might need some help from the Construction Coven, seeing as how there was a freak storm over your house that half destroyed it.”
“We’re fine, thanks,” Raine said.
“You want me to make him disappear?” Hooty asked.
“AAAAGHHH!” Mason shouted, Hooty having suddenly appeared at his shoulder.
“Nah, Hooty, we’re fine,” Eda said. “I was wondering why you let him in, though.”
“Seemed to me he might have become a bigger problem if I didn’t.”
“That’s never stopped you before,” King pointed out.
“I keep tryin’ to tell ya’!” Mason cried. “I’m not a problem!”
“Alright, please,” Darius said. “If we could all just…”
“You barge in here,” Eda began. “Threaten my family, threaten my kid…”
“I’m not threatening anybody!” Mason shouted.
Eberwolf nodded vigorously.
“Hey,” Luz said. “Hey! Could we all just cool it?”
“Seconded,” Hunter said.
“I’m on Team Cool It myself,” King added.
Eda took a deep breath, and so did Darius.
Everyone else followed along, taking a brief pause to gather themselves and start over.
“Darius,” Raine said calmly. “Eberwolf. Mason.”
They took The Collector into their arms as Eda relinquished her hold.
The Collector plastered themself against Raine and gave the newcomers a sharp look.
“Mine,” they said firmly.
“This,” Raine said simply. “Is Moon.”
Eberwolf muttered something and raised a hand in greeting.
“Moon, huh,” Mason said. “Yeah, I always did wonder if they had a name.”
“I’m not going to delude myself into assuming my thoughts on this matter would be well-received,” Darius said in a resigned tone. “I believe I’ve made my opinions quite clear.”
He gave a quick glance in Hunter’s direction, before continuing.
“For what it’s worth, however, this doesn’t come remotely as a surprise.”
Raine actually looked sheepish.
“Well,” they said. “I have been trying to cover. And you know how it is when I try to act. Sometimes it just makes things more obvious.”
“Well you did throw Adrian for a loop,” Darius said. “So your acting skills might be improving.”
“So Adrian was right about y’all having The Collector’s plate thing,” Mason said.
“Uh, yeah,” Raine said. “And he did throw it into the Boiling Sea.”
Mason turned to Darius, folding his arms once again.
“Alright I’m confused, Darius,” he said. “Did you or did you not know about this?”
“I…knew the remains of the disc were in the possession of Raine and the Owl Lady,” Darius said carefully. “And I was also aware that they had repaired it enough to be in contact with The Collector.”
“Moon! I’m Moon!”
“My apologies. I knew they were in contact with Moon through the disc.”
“So you knew they were harboring a threat to the entire Isles,” Mason began, stepping forward in what might have been an intimidating manner in other circumstances.
Today, however, he was quickly stopped in his tracks by Eda looming over him and growling ferociously, and Moon leaping from Raine’s arms to fly right into his space.
“MINE!” they shouted. “NO TOUCHIE!”
Mason stumbled backwards, tripping on the tiny plastic chunks and over Hooty’s coils.
“Hey! Watch where you’re goooing, Constructioneer!”
“Moon could only project themself through the mirror as a shadow,” Darius said. “A shadow wasn’t a threat to anyone.”
Eberwolf let out several sharp yaps, turning to Darius with an incredulous look.
“No,” Darius admitted. “They don’t look like a shadow right now.”
Moon giggled and stuck out their tongue at them, and Mason started breathing again.
“Funny story,” Eda said. “You can kinda’ thank Adrian for that.”
Mason managed to tear his eyes away from Moon’s to look at Darius.
“You sure you didn’t know about this?” he asked. “You did say you weren’t surprised.”
“Fine!” Darius said. “I suspected. I even voiced my reservations to Raine. But I also purposefully avoided verifying anything so I wouldn’t feel obligated to report it. But after all of this disturbance, I couldn’t ignore it any more. This is a matter that involves more than just Raine’s family.”
“If you even think about trying to trap me again,” Moon said. “I’ll throw you into space and make you explode!”
“Moon,” Raine began, walking over to them and Eda.
“Plus,” Darius said. “I wanted to make sure said family was still alive.”
“We’re still alive!” Luz said brightly. “And doing science!”
A few people spared her a brief look of confusion.
“Really?” she said. “No one gets it?”
Still looking at Darius, Moon slowly and deliberately raised their hand, which Raine gently grasped and lowered.
“The situation is under control, Darius,” Raine said.
“Is it?” Darius asked, although it was clear that he’d noticed how easily both Raine and Eda had tempered Moon’s behavior.
“If it’s so under control, how do you explain the state of this structure?” Mason asked. “Or the downpour the last few days? Or the sky being all lit up last week? Or the magical tornadoes before that? Or the sudden high tide? The fact that the planets keep moving around too fast? And that’s just what I can think of off the top of my head.”
“Maybe I’ll drop a planet on your head!” Moon suggested.
“How’s about you don’t.”
“How’s ‘bout I do! ‘Cause it’d be funny.”
“How,” Mason said, turning his attention back to Raine. “Are you and everyone else still alive?”
“And doing…” Luz began. “Aw, never mind…”
“I concede that Mason has a point,” Darius said. “Unless you think I’m dumb enough to believe that Moon is somehow not responsible for all the unexplained phenomena?”
“In which case you better have some damn good proof,” Mason added.
Eberwolf nodded fervently, voicing his agreement.
“Moon’s had a difficult time adjusting,” Raine said. “A few hundred thousand years of solitary confinement will do that to a kid. Never mind being betrayed over and over.”
The three other Coven Heads suddenly looked very uncomfortable.
“We’re making progress though,” Raine continued. “I know you can see it. I saw the look on your face, Darius.”
“We’ve had a few bumps along the way,” Eda said. “But things are smoothing out now. Moon’s part of the family.”
Moon crawled back into Raine’s arms, tucking their head under their chin.
Darius looked like he wanted to say something, but thought better of it.
Instead, Hunter spoke up.
“So what does the Coven Head council propose to do?”
“I don’t know,” Darius sighed, all eyes suddenly, intently on him. “I was hoping someone might have some genius idea that doesn’t have to involve the rest of Belos’ boot-licking squad.”
“I’m just gonna’ pretend that last comment wasn’t directed at me,” Mason said.
“You were with Belos ‘til the end!” Eda cried. “You fought against us stopping the Draining Spell. I was there!”
“And I regret doing so!” Mason said, voice rising. “Sorry I wasn’t one of you self-righteous witches who figured it out before the Day Of Unity. Belos talked a good talk. We all thought he was onto something.”
“Says you,” Eda muttered.
“Look, all I’m sayin’ is that I figured out I was wrong. Just…later than some people.”
“Oh, was it having the life drained out of you that finally convinced you?”
“No, he has a point,” Raine said. “It might seem like too little, too late,” they shot a none-too-friendly look at Mason. “But better late than never. And if getting turned into a living conduit for having the life force sucked out of literally every single person in your Coven is what it takes to convince you, who are we to judge?”
“Thank you kindly, Raine,” Mason said. “You’ve always had a reasonable head on your shoulders. We have that in common.”
Raine set Moon down and cracked their shoulders, expression suddenly darkening.
“But hear this, Mason,” they said, suddenly stepping forward to loom above him. “I’m not oblivious and don’t forget I was there in the Castle. I saw every questionable thing you did under Belos’ command, the atrocities you willfully ignored. And you know as well as I do that it wasn’t pretty. Brainwashed or not, you have a lot to answer for. And if you ever so much as threaten my family, I will destroy you.”
“Not if I get to him first,” Eda said, moving to stand beside Raine and fixing Mason with an equally savage glare.
“And,” Raine said. “Under those circumstances, I will not hesitate to allow any other family member to deal with you as they see fit.”
No names were spoken,, but Mason immediately glanced at Moon, who locked eyes with him and ate a gummy worm off the floor.
“As I said,” Raine continued. “We have the situation under control. But I’ll take a leaf out of your book and turn a blind eye if it comes to that.”
“I won’t,” Eda said. “I’ll watch.”
“Yowza,” Luz said.
Mason looked furious for a moment, like he wanted to throw down, but didn’t dare.
“So,” Eda said, raising an eyebrow. “Still wanna’ help fix the house?”
Chapter 48
Summary:
Visitors continue to arrive.
Notes:
Morning all! Hope you are all doing well.
We are at the end of a massive heat wave here and, although I am sorry to see Summer go, I am looking forward to all the things that Fall brings. I also have a birthday coming up soon, and I'd like to do something fandom-related for that, but I'm not sure what yet. I'll keep you posted.
As always, thanks for reading and enjoy the new chapter.
Alice
Chapter Text
The evening passed without much for incident.
Darius and Eberwolf made a good team when it came to cleaning and organizing, and it was the two of them who, at long last, moved the box of cooking utensils from the living room to the kitchen.
“Well now we’ll never be able to find them,” Hooty said. “What am I gonna’ do when I go to the living room for a cake pan and it’s not there!”
“I assure you, you’ll adjust,” Darius said.
Eberwolf snickered, pointing out that the box would probably now just sit on the kitchen table for the next few months unless they actually put the contents away.
“Do I have to do everything myself,” Darius said in a long-suffering voice.
“You know,” Luz said. “I don’t think Eda ever finished unpacking or redecorating since she moved back in after the whole Day-Of-Unity-Collector-pocalypse thing.”
“Clearly,” Darius said, adjusting and readjusting the coffee table, as he returned to the living room after putting the cutlery away.
“Jokes on you!” Eda called brightly from the hallway. “I never finished unpacking and decorating when I moved in the first time. And that was decades ago!”
Mason, despite the apprehension expressed by all parties, went right to work with an impressive attention to detail.
He immediately identified the most significant problem areas and set about addressing them with both the expertise of a magic-wielder and the eye of a builder.
Hooty was suitably impressed, even if no one else was.
“I didn’t even realize how much that corner had weakened!” he exclaimed after Mason braced it.
“You have a leak in the seal around that vent on the roof,” Mason said. “Over the years it’s let a lot of moisture in ‘round that corner and you got a good bit of rot and demonic mildew in the wall there. Should be fixed up good now, though.”
“You know what, Construction-Head? You’re alright.”
There was far more than a day’s work to be done, but Mason promised to swing by to help with more repairs if needed.
“I still don’t totally trust him,” Luz said quietly.
“Me neither, kid,” Eda said.
It was well into the later hours of the night when Darius finally saw an opportunity to pull Raine and Eda aside, giving them both a significant look and jerking his head towards the side door.
Eda rolled her eyes at Raine, but they both followed him into the yard without drawing attention.
“So help me, Darius,” Eda said, already on the defensive as she set a boot on the edge of the upturned fire ring. “If you’re about to try to tell me I’m doing a bad thing by letting…”
“Nothing of the sort, Owl Lady,” Darius said, surprisingly softly. “In any case, what’s done is done and I’ve already made my opinion on the matter perfectly clear. On more than one occasion, I might add.”
“So what’re you trying to say this time?” Raine asked.
“I’m trying to say that I am justifiably terrified for everyone on the Isles now that that…”
Eda narrowed her eyes and bared her fang warningly.
“...extremely magical child,” Darius finished quickly. “Is free. And, more importantly, I am terrified for your safety. I don’t want to lose any more friends than I have already.”
“I know I’m repeating myself,” Raine said. “But we do have it under control.”
“We’ve got this,” Eda said.
“Do you really?” Darius asked seriously. “Because from where I’m standing, you’re just one wrong move away from utter destruction.”
“We’ve come this far,” Eda said.
“An accomplishment to be proud of,” Darius said. “But are you not even considering whether it’s sustainable long-term?”
He threw his arms into the air.
“We’re taking it one day at a time right now,” Eda said.
“That’s what frightens me,” Darius said, looking frustrated as if he thought what he was trying to say should have been glaringly obvious. “That is going to be your downfall and ultimately lead to your entire family getting…taken out.”
“Excuse me?” Raine said.
“I have to be blunt,” Darius told them. “Moon is going to turn on you. It’s not a question of if, it’s when.”
“Moon trusts us,” Eda said simply.
“Just like they trusted Belos?” Darius said. “And Kikimora? And Odalia? And the other Coven Heads? The Titan Trappers? You see the pattern?”
“But this…” Eda began.
“Is different?” Darius finished. “Somehow I knew you were going to say that.”
“We’ve made it clear that we’re not using Moon, or taking advantage of them. This is unconditional.”
“And what happens,” Darius said. “When some reprehensible individual gets wind of the fact that you have an all-powerful, completely gullible child living under your roof and tells them you’ve been lying the whole time and convinces them you actually are using them.”
“Moon’s smarter than that,” Eda said.
“Are you hearing yourself?” Darius cried. “Moon can’t tell the truth from a lie and they’ll believe whatever anyone tells them! You think whatever trust you have is special, but they’ll turn on you in an instant just like they did Belos if somebody tells them otherwise!”
“Now listen here for…”
“It doesn’t matter what the truth is! The right liar could make Moon believe anything!”
“I have faith in the little worm.”
“Owl Lady! That faith is putting everyone else you love in danger! Raine, Luz, King. Hunter. Are you seriously telling me you’re willing to put their lives at risk? How you can put them in this much danger is beyond me.”
“Well what are you suggesting, Darius,” Raine said.
“My suggestion was that it didn’t get this far,” Darius said, throwing his hands into the air.
“Well that boat has sailed,” Raine said. “And for your information, I personally carried Moon out of the Liminal and I saw the tiny cage they were locked in for centuries. And you know what? I’d damn well set them free again.”
Darius sighed.
“I suppose it’s pointless to discuss what’s already happened,” he said. “And I did say I wasn’t going to dwell on it, so I won’t. I don’t doubt Moon’s prison was horrific. But Raine? There was a reason they were locked up.”
“We’ll take this day by day,” Eda said. “You don’t know the half of how hard it was to win back Moon’s trust. The least I can do is extend a little bit of trust to them in return.”
“Just…” Darius said. “Be careful. I don’t…I don’t want to lose either of you. Or anyone else.”
There was a crunch of footsteps and Darius turned to see Mason approaching, tailed by Hunter, who was clearly following along to make sure no betrayal attempts were made. Flapjack nestled in his hair, watching Mason with beady eyes.
He glanced back at where the Owl House loomed tall and foreboding against the sky.
In the circular window where the stained glass had shattered, a small silhouette sat watching intently, their only discernible feature a pair of glowing eyes.
Mason shuddered and Darius felt a chill run up his own spine.
The term “otherworldly” came to mind.
The humans had a tendency to imply that the Boiling Isles were frightening and weird but, to Darius, it was just home and normal (although he did, at times, agree with accusations of the Isles being a bit disgusting).
He’d always chalked up the humans’ reactions to a fear of an unimaginable unknown, but he’d never quite understood himself what that fear could feel like until The Collector’s arrival.
There was something about coming face-to-face with an all-powerful being from the firmament above, something apart from the familiar Titan iconography, that filled his mind with awe and terror.
It was easy to see how someone could utterly lose their mind from it (while the being in question would probably be turning flips in the air and laughing).
It would have been easier, Eberwolf pointed out, if The Collector had remained some unknowable cosmic horror with a sadistic sense of humor that needed to be locked away for the good of all life in the universe.
It would have been so much easier if he didn’t know that sadistic cosmic horror was also a little kid named Moon who feared the isolation of their prison, who loved cupcakes and being snuggled, who was trying to learn to play music and had wormed their way into the hearts of just about everyone in the Owl House.
Although Darius still had no clue what a ‘Starfishie’ was.
Adrian, had he been present, would have undoubtedly said that this was all part of some elaborate scheme orchestrated by The Collector themself.
That too would have been easier, but it was a concept Darius didn’t buy, as much as he might have wished he could on some level.
Like it or not, Moon lived on the Boiling Isles now, and locking them away again was no longer an option.
And when the rest of the Isles figured out what was going on, they were going to have to learn to live alongside Moon as well. And that, Darius suspected, was not going to be a smooth process for anyone.
“I’ll cover for you as long as I can,” he told Eda and Raine.
He gave a pointed look at Mason who shrugged.
“What do y’all take me for? I won’t snitch.”
Raine didn’t look convinced.
“But,” Darius continued. “You know as well as I that you will not be able to keep Moon’s presence under wraps indefinitely. I suggest you spend the interim formulating some sort of plan for that eventuality that isn’t just ‘taking it one day at a time’.”
Darius made air quotes with his fingers and Eda glared at him, but did not retort.
“We’ll do what we can,” Raine said. “Thank you, Darius.”
A sudden movement in the sky caught Darius’ attention out of the corner of his eye.
He wasn’t the only one either.
Everyone whipped their heads around as a witch came flying in on her staff at high speed, looking out of breath.
It took Darius only half a moment to recognize the witch, but Eda was faster.
“Lily?” she said. “What…?”
“I tried to hold them off,” Lilith cried, touching down in the yard. “But I can’t stall them any longer. They’re coming! Right now!”
“Who?” Mason cried, manifesting his sledgehammer and preparing for battle.
The wind abruptly began to pick up.
“Oh come on!” Hunter cried, looking back at the house, assuming that Moon must be responsible. “Again?”
But this whirlwind descended from the sky and touched down only yards away, birds and fire bees scattering in all directions.
“Oh,” Eda said, sounding more unconcerned than Darius thought such a situation surely warranted. “Not the best time but, eh. When ever is, am I right?”
She slapped Lilith’s shoulder, earning her a sheepish look.
Eberwolf eyed the dissipating whirlwind and spoke in a voice that sounded impressed.
“Beastkeeping magic?” Darius said. “I suppose it is, isn’t it? You would know.”
Eberwolf barked an affirmative.
“But who…” Darius began.
“WITCHLET!” the newcomer cried as the wind revealed her, gray-haired and fierce looking in the same way that Eda and Lilith were. “Oh thank Titan! You are alright.”
“Hi Mom,” Eda said. “What are you doing here?”
Of course.
Darius recognized Gwendolyn now.
“I assume you’re being rhetorical,” she said good-naturedly. “Because it doesn’t take much guesswork to figure out I’d want to check in on my daughter after hearing that a freak storm blew up over her house.”
“Word’s really gotten ‘round, huh,” Eda said.
“Your father’s coming too. He’ll be a minute. Not as steady a flier as he once was. Oh, I see you have guests already. I hope we’re not intruding.”
Lilith facepalmed.
Darius felt awkward, like he, Mason and Eberwolf should probably be making their exit but wasn’t sure if that would come across as rude.
Mason crossed his arms and looked away, but Eberwolf waved cheerfully.
“Actually,” Raine said. “Our other guests were just on their way out.”
Darius shot them a look of annoyance, but it was mixed with a bit of gratitude.
Eberwolf laughed.
“Well just as long as we’re not making them feel unwelcome,” Gwen said. “It’s just…oh, Lilith’s explanation was a little vague and left something to be desired.”
“Mom!” Eda and Lilith cried in one voice.
“No offense to you, Lily, you understand,” Gwen said. “It’s no different than all the times Lily covered for you when you were little wee witchlings.”
“I only said that Eda and Raine wanted some privacy and were worried about guests with the house in the state that it is!” Lilith cried defensively.
“Can’t be that worried,” Gwen said. “If they’re entertaining Coven Heads.”
There was a whoosh and Dell landed in the yard, his trusty palisman having smoothly flown him to the destination.
“Hunter,” Darius said. “It seems we are leaving. Would you like to accompany us? Get out of the chaos for a few days?”
“Yeah…” Hunter said. “That might be a good idea.”
“See, Dad?” Lilith was saying. “Edalyn is fine. Just as I told you.”
“Glad to see you’re still standing,” Dell said. Both you and the house. It sure looks like it took a beating though.”
“Yeah,” Eda said, glancing back at the now-empty, broken loft window. “It kinda’ did.”
“Your father and I were worried sick when we heard the rumors,” Gwen said.
“What exactly,” Eda began. “Did you hear?”
“We’ll…just be going,” Darius said. “Hunter, do you need to get anything?”
“If all my stuff is still in the spare room, I’m set,” Hunter said. “Flapjack? You ready?”
Flapjack, although still perched on Hunter’s head, was staring at Dell’s palisman.
“Flapjack?” Hunter repeated.
No response.
“Flapjack?”
Hunter poked at him.
Flapjack squawked an almost-surprised response, but gave Hunter an affirmative.
It almost sounded regretful.
“That was weird,” Hunter said.
“We heard,” Gwen said. “That a massive storm blew up right over your house.”
“And from the looks of things, I’d say that’s true,” Dell said, squinting at the house with his good eye.
“Some people were saying it was the work of The Collector,” Gwen continued. “But some others were saying it was the former emperor’s… divine wrath or something. You know those Belos supporters are really starting to get on my nerves.”
“The Belos fanatics are, unfortunately, growing in number across the Isles,” Dell said. “And a storm targeting one very specific residence? They’re having a field day with that.”
“Great,” Darius said. “And that means I am going to have to deal with it.”
“So am I,” Raine said.
Eberwolf piped up, pointing at their chest.
“Everyone just forgetting that I’m here too?” Mason asked.
“So,” Hunter said. “Are we going?”
“Yes,” Darius said. “Let’s take our leave before anything else utterly ridiculous happens.”
“They’re calling it something like righteous justice,” Dell continued.
“More like unrighteous nonsense, is what it is,” Gwen said.
“Well I can assure you,” Eda said, lip curving upwards in a surprisingly mischievous smile. “Belos had nothing to do with this storm.”
She reached out, eyes dancing, and took her mother’s hand with her own.
“Come here,” she said, pulling Gwen towards the house. “There’s someone I want you to meet.”
***
“Dude, I just charged this thing. What the fuck?”
Snow crunched under the boots of three individuals, maybe college students, as they made their way up the path to the old house.
“It’s the cold,” one of the three said to his companions. “My phone froze up ages ago.”
“Yeah, but I just charged this camera battery,” the second one said. “And I had it wrapped in handwarmers. Look! It says it’s at, like, three percent.”
“Well hurry up before my phone dies, too,” the third said, waving her phone around.
“It’s the house. Something about the house is draining the batteries.”
“Or the cold. It’s below zero out…”
“No, dude. The house’s doing it.”
“No, look. It’s dropped like ten degrees.”
“Yeah. The house’s so haunted it’s sucking the heat out of the air.”
“Are you sure this is the right place?” the girl asked. “The museum guy said it was the old Wittebane house.”
“Yeah. I got the coordinates and the directions. This is the place. Super haunted.”
The girl frowned.
“It’s not old enough,” she said. “No way was this built in the sixteen hundreds.”
“Maybe it was renovated. Ever think of that, Trixie? Duh.”
“Would’ve had to be some major renovation, Paul,” Trixie shot back. “And it’s not on the historical buildings registry. I checked.”
“Oh you checked,” Paul said, rolling his eyes.
“What’s that supposed to mean?”
But Paul was examining the steps of the house, kicking aside fresh snow.
“This place’s had a lot of visitors this Winter,” he said. “Snow’s all packed down. Look.”
“Well someone’s been here recently,” the other boy said, pointing his camera at where a trail lead through the fresh snow out of the woods and up the steps.
“Or some thing,” Trixie said, pointing her own phone at the snow.
“Ooooohhhhhh….” Paul said.
“I don’t like this,” the other boy said.
“What’s the matter, Randy? You scared?”
“Yeah, I’m scared!” Randy cried. “‘Cause I’m not a fuckin’ idiot!”
“Well it doesn’t look like human tracks,” Trixie said. “Almost looks like something was dragged!”
“A body?” Paul cried with a certain level of enthusiasm.
“You think someone dragged a body inside?” Randy whispered loudly.
“Yo dude, if we find a dead body in there?”
“What if there’s a serial killer in there!”
“And he’s draining our batteries!”
“I said serial killer, not ghost.”
“Serial killers can drain batteries! You don’t know!”
“What? No they can’t!”
“Yeah they super can!”
“Well don’t be a chicken,” Paul said, readying his camera and walking up to push open the door of the house.
Instead of walking in, however, he stepped aside and grinned, pointing his camera at Trixie.
“Ladies first,” he said, laughing as if he’d just made the funniest joke imaginable. “Oh. Ugh. God. What is that smell?”
Randy ran up the steps.
“Aughhh!” he cried. “It’s like hell’s outhouse!”
“Maybe it’s your soul,” Trixie said, but then the stench hit her as well. “Oh. Oh that is rank.”
“It’s gotta’ be bigfoot,” Randy said. “He’s supposed to smell like rotting meat.”
“Maybe there is a body,” Paul said, looking a little less enthusiastic about the prospect now.
“It wouldn’t be rotting in the cold,” Trixie pointed out.
“Unless it’s alive and rotting,” Randy said.
“Gross, dude.”
“So, like,” Trixie said. “A zombie?”
“Zombie bigfoot?” Randy suggested.
“Come on dude,” Paul said. “We gotta’ do this right now before all our batteries die and I pass out from this fuckin’ smell.”
And so, phones and cameras at the ready, the three barged into the house.
Chapter 49
Summary:
Moon continues to excel at ambiguous first impressions.
Notes:
Morning all!
Apologies for the delay in getting this chapter out. The past few weeks ended up fairly overbooked for me, and I'm still playing catch up. Not all of it bad, just unexpected. I have a lot going on that I'm excited about but it's still a lot on my plate.
On top of that, getting this chapter just right has been a bit of a challenge for me. It's funny the way some chapters are unexpectedly like that. Hopefully it comes across as intended.
Also, although much of the plot was brainstormed before season three, you will start to notice some little references and hat-tips to canon s3 as the arc goes on. I can't deny that a little influence snuck in there, but this is still very much its own story.
As always, thank you for being patient!
Alice
Chapter Text
“They’re gone! They’re gone! They’re gone! They’re gooooone!”
Moon turned high-speed somersaults in the air, holding onto the pom-poms of their shoes.
They’d flipped their way into the living room where Luz was trying to consolidate all the legos back into the box that they’d originally been in.
“Who’s gone?” King asked, a bit irritably. “The Coven Heads?”
“Yes!” Moon crowed, hanging upside-down with their arms crossed and a deranged grin on their face. “Now we can get back to playing! No more of that boring cleaning!”
“You didn’t even help with the cleaning!” King pointed out. “You played, like the whole time!”
“Yeah, but none of you played with me, so it was booo-riiiiinnnng!”
They looked at Luz, who finally had all the legos in the box.
“What are you doing with those?” they demanded.
“Putting them away,” Luz said. “So they don’t get lost.”
“Well I wanna’ play with them now. Gimmie!”
Moon darted over and attempted to grab the box away from Luz.
“Moon!”
“Heyyyyyyyyy!” said Hooty, suddenly exploding onto the scene. “We’ve got companyyyyyy!”
“Again?” King cried. “It’s what? Midnight?”
Moon darted to the window, and Luz took the opportunity to quickly hide the lego box in a trunk next to the wall where it wouldn’t be super obvious.
“Who are they?” Moon demanded, disapprovingly. “And what are they doing here?”
Luz and King joined them at the window and looked outside to see that Lilith had returned and with her were two other familiar figures.
“Oh!” Luz said. “That’s Dell and Gwendolyn. Eda’s parents.”
“The Owl Lady has parents?” Moon said, sounding surprised and also very annoyed. “That’s stupid.”
“How is it stupid?” Luz asked.
“‘Cause the Owl Lady is…” Moon waved their hands, trying to convey something. “She’s a grown-up!”
“Even grown-ups have parents,” Luz said.
“Not everybody just popped into existence out of space dust like you did,” King added.
“I know Eda’s mentioned them in some of her stories,” Luz continued. “And you know that she was a kid once.”
“Yeah but…she’s not anymore. What’re they doing here?”
“Probably worried because you nearly destroyed the house,” King said. “They’re really nice, Moon. You…you’ll like them.”
“Yeah!” Luz said. “I’ll bet they’ll be excited to meet you.”
Moon’s eyes lit up and their grin returned.
“Then I’m gonna’ surprise them!”
They shot across the room towards the trunk where the legos were hidden.
Luz thought for a second that Moon somehow knew the legos were there, but then they slammed into the wall behind the trunk with considerable force.
“Ow.”
A less durable being would have undoubtedly been in more pain, but Moon just looked annoyed.
“Did you,” Luz said. “Forget you aren’t a shadow anymore?”
Moon just blew an extremely loud raspberry at her. Then they dove behind the couch.
***
A horrified scream echoed through the Gravesfield Veterinary Clinic.
Camila abruptly stopped the search for her stethoscope, which was missing for the third time that day, and ran to the treatment area at the back of the clinic.
Dr. Jeff was doubled over with laughter while Slice was standing at one of the exam tables, holding onto an extremely rotund pug that was making a series of very un-doglike noises.
A couple of feet away from the table, Amy was waving her gloved hands, eyes closed and her entire face scrunched up in an expression of utter disgust.
“MMGGHHHH! MGGHHH! It got me!”
“That was amazing,” Slice said, her own expression a mix of horror and glee.
The horrific smell was a dead giveaway, but even if it hadn’t been, the scene, and the pile of paper towels, wipes and sterile lubricant on the table next to the pug, was enough for Camila to piece together the situation.
“Anal glands?” she said.
“It was like aerosol!” Slice said. “It went everywhere.”
“You can laugh about it!” Amy cried. “You didn’t get hit at point blank range!”
Dr. Jeff just laughed harder.
“I need decontamination!” Amy said. “And some worker’s comp.”
“Dude,” Slice said. “It went all the way over there! Look! It’s on that peroxide bottle.”
“Does anyone have extra scrubs?”
“I did,” Camila said. “But I’m wearing them. I had to change after we catheterized the blocked cat.”
“I’d take cat piss over this,” Amy said.
“What about all those FortiHeart shirts?” Slice asked. “I put the box in the office.”
“It’s not there anymore,” Dr. Jeff said.
“Well where did it go?”
“I donated it,” Camila said.
“Donated…?”
“To the Historical Society.”
Slice exploded with laughter and the pug took the opportunity to try to wiggle away and jump off the table. Fortunately Slice caught her before she could make the leap.
“You gave them to the Historical Society…?!?”
“Okay,” Amy said, momentarily distracted from her predicament. “That’s fuckin’ funny.”
“Yes,” Camila giggled. “I got the idea from Trouble With Tribbles…”
“Trouble with what?”
“Oh my god,” Slice said. “What did Jacob say. Please tell me you got his reaction on video. I’d pay money…”
“I don’t know,” Camila admitted. “I just put the box on his porch, rang the doorbell and ran.”
Slice, Amy and Dr. Jeff practically screamed with laughter.
“Wait,” Amy said. “So when you say doorbell…Do you mean you dropped them off at, like, his personal residence?”
But the exact details of the donation would remain a mystery because, at that moment, a receptionist came hurrying back holding a portable phone.
“It’s your daughter,” she said. “It sounds like it might be an emergency…”
Camila snatched the phone.
“Hello? Vee?”
She listened for a moment, smile fading and eyes widening.
"Mierda!" she cried. “I’ll be right there.”
***
Dell followed along curiously as Eda, still holding onto Gwen’s hand, led them into the house.
There was evidence of destruction, to be sure, but it was something that Dell knew better than to comment on.
Given some of what he saw, he assumed that his daughter must have lost control of the Owl Beast for some reason, but that didn’t quite seem to add up.
Besides the fact that it didn’t explain the freak localized storm, the damage was well beyond the Beast’s capabilities and Eda seemed far too cheerful and excited for it to be something to do with the curse.
She was glowing, giddy like she had often been as a child.
To his credit, Dell had the passing thought that those childhood moments usually preceded Eda getting in a lot of trouble for doing something completely outrageous.
There had been times that Dell had wondered if his kid wasn’t the embodiment of chaos itself.
“So you know when Raine and I were visiting the other day? Week? Whenever it was?” Eda said as Hooty opened the door.
“Of course I do,” Gwen said, allowing herself to be pulled inside.
Dell followed, Raine and Lilith just behind him.
“And I almost said something but didn’t?”
“You and Raine had an announcement you obviously weren’t comfortable making just yet,” Gwen said.
She looked at Raine, who grinned and shrugged.
“MOON!” Eda called.
“LULU!” Hooty cried. “Welcome back!”
Lilith gave Hooty a warm hug.
“Looks like you’ve been busy since I left,” she said.
“That constructioneer guy knows a lot about houses,” Hooty said. “He fixed up some stuff better than it’s been in years!”
“Oh yes, I saw that Mason was here,” Lilith said, frowning. “He’s a skilled construction witch and he takes his craft very seriously.”
“I know! Color me impressed.”
“But Hootsifer, he was as staunch a Below follower as they come. Completely blind in his loyalty. I’m…not sure how far I’d trust him.”
“Some could say the same about you,” Hooty said. “But don’t worry. If he does try anything funny, all bash him into the side of the tower.”
King was visibly delighted to see Dell and Gwen, and did absolutely nothing to hide it.
“Eeee-eee-eee!” he said, leaping onto Gwen and hugging her. “I didn’t know you were coming!”
“We had to check in, Kinglet,” Gwen said fondly. “We were worried about you.”
King leaped from Gwen to Dell.
“I’m so glad you’re here!” he said. “How long are you staying? We could go to Lake Lacuna and…”
“Hi Gwen, Hi Dell,” Luz said, standing in the middle of the living room and trying not to look suspicious.
“Well hello, Luz The Human,” Dell said. “I’ve been meaning to ask you how that Palisman of yours is coming along.”
“I…well,” Luz said. “No change.”
“Ah. I see, then. We’ll talk after Edalyn has showed us whatever big surprise she’s so excited about.”
“Wait,” King said, incredulously. “You don’t KNOW?”
Dell and Gwen both frowned.
King turned to Eda.
“You didn’t TELL them?”
“Tell us what?” Gwen said. “You know I’m starting to pick up some very mixed messages about this whole thing. What’s going on?”
“Moon!” Eda called again, looking around the room expectantly.
Luz caught her eye and subtly pointed at the sofa.
She tried to do so surreptitiously, but the gesture did not go unnoticed by the others.
Everyone gathered in the room turned to look at the sofa just in time to see the eyes that were peeping up over the backrest duck back down with a squeak of laughter.
“What was that?” Dell asked, squinting his eye at the sofa as if trying to decide whether he’d actually seen what he thought he had.
Gwen pulled her hand away from Eda, gripped her staff and strode to the sofa.
“Mom!” Eda said. “Don’t…!”
“BOO!” Moon cried, jumping upwards.
Dell’s palisman screeched and fluttered in the air before him.
“You?!?” Gwen said in disbelief, instinctively drawing a spell circle in the air in front of her.
“Meeeeee!!!”
“Mom!” Eda shouted, reaching out and grabbing her mother’s hand once again.
“Stop!” Lilith cried.
Moon motioned almost lazily and the line of the spell circle flowed to their hand, encircling it, coiling around it, hissing and sparking.
Gwen took several steps backwards and Dell none-too-steadily grasped the staff that his palisman had just manifested.
“It can’t be,” Dell said.
“That isn’t…” Gwen began. “That’s not really The Collector…”
“It is…” Lilith began but was immediately interrupted.
“Um, I’m MOON. Duhhhhh.”
“Mom, Dad?” Eda said, grinning and gesturing her stub arm as best she could. “Moon.”
No one said anything and the silence drew out long enough to become awkward, and for Eda’s smile to grow strained.
“Oh boy you look so freaked out right now!” Moon shouted gleefully, filling the silence with their voice.
“Uh…” she said weakly. “Surprise?”
“Edalyn…” Gwen said, voice barely a whisper.
“Moon, be nice,” Raine said.
In a flash, Moon was at Dell’s feet, looking up at him with a scrutinizing expression.
“What happened to your eye?”
“Moon,” Eda began.
“Eda…” Dell said.
Eda couldn’t tell if his tone was warning or wary.
“It’s okay, Dad,” she said. “Uh…Moon lives here. They’ve been living here for the past few months.”
“The past…few months…” Dell said, unable to look away from the being who was staring up at him unblinkingly.
“I wanted to tell you before,” Eda went on. “But it’s…kind of hard to explain?”
“You’ve had them here,” Gwen said, hand clenching Eda’s painfully tight. “For months?”
“Yep, sure have.”
“How…” Gwen looked away from Moon and appeared to be inspecting Eda. “Well you seem to be all in one piece.”
“I’m fine, Mom.”
“She really is,” Raine said.
“So…I have a lot of questions,” Gwen said.
“Yeah,” Eda said. “I bet you have.”
“Fortunately,” Luz said brightly. “We have a lot of answers.”
“I certainly hope so,” Dell said, backing away from Moon, who followed step for step, still staring up at him.
“Dell, you look ridiculous,” Gwen commented dryly, visibly relaxing as there didn’t seem to be any immediate threat.
There was, it had to be said, something amusing about how a tiny child evoked such fear in those so much physically larger than themself, but everyone present was well aware of just what that child was capable of.
“Moon,” Eda said. “Stop scaring Dad. He’s not used to your nonsense yet.”
“But it’s funny,” Moon protested, smiling a little too wide.
“Nonsense?” Gwen said, raising an eyebrow.
“Yet?” Dell said, still not looking away from Moon. “You’ve managed to get used to this?”
“Alright,” Raine said, walking over and scooping Moon up, removing them from Dell’s feet. “That’s enough. We’ve got a little work to do on first impressions.”
Eda, Lilith, Hooty and Luz laughed, but the others present didn’t seem to think it was that funny.
“Let me get this straight,” Gwen said, rubbing her forehead. “You’ve somehow - and I don’t know how - brought The Collector back…”
“Moon.”
“Right, Moon. You brought Moon back from where they were locked up and they’ve been living in your house for months and keeping it a secret. Not to mention making poor LIly cover for you.”
“It’s fine,” Lilith said quickly. “We were going to tell you. Edalyn just wanted to get everything…under control first.”
“You could have at least warned us, witchlet,” Dell said, though he was looking at Raine with some level of wonder as they so nonchalantly adjusted their arms around Moon.
“Well, I was trying to keep it on the down low,” Eda said, letting go of Gwen’s hand and reaching out to adjust Moon’s hat. “Though I kind of think the entire Construction Coven knows now.”
“That’s a whole long story,” Hooty said.
“It’s really not,” Luz argued.
“What do you think,” Eda said to Moon. “You can get to know your…”
Grandparents? The word felt strange in Eda’s mouth, and her voice faded away before she could say it. She wracked her brain for an alternative, but came up with nothing and, by that point, too much time had passed to say anything without it sounding weird, regardless of wording.
Moon looked back over at Dell and Gwen, who eyed them with the same kind of trepidation they might extend towards a highly-venemous snake-horse that was also a bomb.
“...Hi there… Moon, was it?” Dell said at last.
His voice was a bit tight, but this fact was completely lost on Moon, who grinned, squirming around in Raine’s grip.
“What’re you doing here?” they asked. “Do you like to play?”
“Ah. I’m afraid I’m a bit too old for that.”
“Booooooo! You’re no fun!”
Eda frowned.
This wasn’t going quite as she’d imagined but, truth be told, she wasn’t sure what she’d imagined.
“Dad,” Lilith said. “They’re not going to explode, you know.”
“We don’t know that, actually,” Gwen said. “And neither do you.”
“Mom,” Eda said.
Gwen gave the smallest, almost imperceptible of sighs and turned to Moon.
“It’s…an honor to meet you?” she said. “Forgive my surprise. I hope you won’t hold that against us. This is just a bit…unexpected, to say the least.”
“Ugh,” Moon said. “You’re both so boring. Don’t you at least know how to play Spoons? Or anything?”
Moon was looking slightly disgusted but at least they hadn’t started threatening to turn anyone into oobleck yet, which Eda considered a win. She wasn’t sure how her parents would handle that, if their reactions to everything so far were anything to go by.
“Well, I apologize for that, too,” Gwen said. “I’m not sure I know Spoons. Maybe you can show us tomorrow? It is quite late and both Dell and I are very tired.”
“I’m never tired,” Moon said.
“That’s a load,” King said. “You zonk out the moment you find something soft.”
“Have you ever played legos?” Moon asked. “Luz’s mom sent me a bunch of them. You can build lots of stuff and then stomp on it!”
“Ah, that’s nice. Edalyn, do you mind if your father and I stay in the tower tonight? We should probably call it a day. Right now.”
“You just got here!” King protested.
Luz’s phone rang, but she quickly tapped it, silencing the ring and ignoring the call.
Eda shrugged, looking more than a bit tired herself.
“It’s drafty as all get out…” she began.
“Mason has some ideas for that,” Hooty interjected.
“...but sure, go ahead. Be my guest.”
“Thank you,” Dell said. “I realize you might not be set up for guests, and our visit is unexpected. We’ll get out of your hair.”
Owlbert popped his head out of Eda’s hair and hooted indignantly.
Dell’s face lit up, and he laughed, expression relaxing for a moment and driving home how tense it had been since he’d seen Moon.
“I was being metaphorical, of course, Owlbert,” he said. “I am well aware of the space constraints.”
Owlbert hooted in amusement.
Luz’s phone rang again.
“Not now, Mom,” she said, silencing it once again. But it was clear that she was a little unnerved by the repeated calls.
“Don’t let us keep you up, Edalyn,” Dell said. “You look exhausted. We’ll get some rest now and catch up in the morning.”
“You’ll, uh,” Raine said, sensing an awkwardness or tension they couldn’t quite put their finger on. “You’ll join us for breakfast, then?”
“That sounds perfect, Raine,” Dell said. “Thank you.”
“I forget, do either of you drink coffee?”
Luz’s phone rang again and her hand was on it in an instant, answering it before the first ring had even finished.
“Mom? What’s…?”
But her voice faded away as she listened.
“Luz?” Eda asked, seeing that she had gone pale.
“What… what?... Yes, I’m alright but…oh…okay…”
Luz waved her hand in Eda’s direction as she listened to what Camila was saying, but whatever she was trying to convey with the gesture was lost.
“No, I’m sure King can change the location, he’s done it before.
“Weh?” King asked.
“Is she talking to her mother?” Gwen asked.
Eda nodded.
Luz continued to speak in a very serious tone, trying her best to reassure Camila about something to do with her safety.
However, she was very clearly shaken by what her mother was saying.
“Yeah, I’ll tell everyone and we’ll figure something out,” she said finally. “But you be safe too. And Vee! Vee’s okay isn’t she…Oh thank Titan. Tell her I’ll be back when I can. But you two be on high alert. I will...you be safe, too."
Luz lowered her hand, still holding her phone, and stared at everyone, wide-eyed.
“Is Camila going to bring me more legos?” Moon asked.
“The Gravesfield Killer,” Luz whispered, voice shaking. “They struck again.”
Chapter 50
Summary:
Tensions reach a breaking point.
Notes:
Good morning everyone. We're back!
I apologize for the unintended hiatus. To be perfectly blunt, after feeling like I was finally in a pretty good place, I had a severe mental breakdown last month that has turned into the worst depressive episode I've had in over a decade. Still working on that. Getting these next few chapters together and ready to post has been difficult, especially considering some of the content. Getting back into editing has been kind of rough so I apologize for any errors I may have missed.
I can't say exactly how regular updates are going to be for the foreseeable future, but I really want to continue sharing this story. I've missed working on it. There is so much to come and so much I can't wait to share.
All the best!
Alice
Chapter Text
No one ended up sleeping, despite the earlier proclamations of tiredness.
Luz related what Camila had told her and the night wore on as everyone worried and speculated.
According to Camila, three amateur filmmakers, only a few years older than Luz, had been attacked in Gravesfield. Two had been killed (allegedly eviscerated and partially eaten, but the details were fuzzy, and the rumors rampant) and the third was in critical condition.
There was one other important detail, too.
The murders had taken place in the abandoned house that had long been the central location for the portal between realms.
“It really has to be something from the demon realm,” Luz said. “It’s just too much of a coincidence otherwise.”
“Something must’ve slipped through,” Eda agreed. “I’m not sure what, but it must have snuck through when we weren’t paying attention.”
“Maybe it’s trying to find its way back,” Dell suggested.
“Unlesssss,” Hooty said. “It is a coincidence. If your Winter’s been as brutal as you say, aaaaanything or anyone out there might be starving and looking for shelter. But it is awfully suspicious.”
“But there really aren’t a lot of large predators in Connecticut anymore,” Luz said. “The settlers…uh…kind of exterminated most of them.”
“You humans do seem rather fond of that,” Gwen said, with a quick glance at the Beast Keeper Coven sigil on her wrist. “Not that I’m blaming you, specifically, Luz, but if there’s something committing atrocities in the human realm…Seems more likely to be from your realm.”
“Ouch,” Luz said. “Point taken. My mom thinks it’s human, too.”
“And your mother is a Beast Keeper herself, yes? I expect she has some expertise in that area.”
“We have Demon Hunters in this realm as well,” Eda pointed out. “They’re not exactly popular but they do exist. Or did. Not sure what the state of all of that is right now.”
“Either way,” Luz said. “We’re going to need to move the portal destination somewhere else. Even if the killer isn’t still in the house, it’s a crime scene now.”
“And the killer might still come back,” Lilith said. “If they are from the demon realm, they might be still looking for a way home.”
“And if they’re from the human realm,” Raine said, from where they were washing dishes by hand, without using magic. “We certainly don’t want them here.”
“I can move the destination someplace else,” King said confidently. “But I vote after that we hunt down the killer. Make them stand trial!”
Moon looked up from the pile of legos they were telekinetically melting, instantly attentive.
“I don’t know how it is in the human realm,” Raine said. “But with the legal situation here in the state it’s in, I don’t think that’s a good idea. Moon, could you do that over one of the pizza boxes.”
“Why?”
“Because otherwise there’s going to be molten plastic fused to the floor and someone is going to have to clean it up.”
Moon snickered and levitated what was now only recognizable as a colorful glob, tilting it so that drips slowly flowed downwards, threatening to fall on the floor at any moment.
“Not it!” they sang tauntingly. “You know the rules! I don’t have to clean up my messes!”
“That’s a rule?” Dell asked.
Lilith put a palm over her face.
The drops of melted lego finally separated from the greater blob and, with an almost defiant look, Moon vaporized them moments before they hit the floor.
“If this monster is from the demon realm,” Dell said, trying to get back on track while Moon contorted the plastic into various shapes. “The Bat Queen might have some ideas on how to hold them accountable. But I’d be hesitant to even bring up the subject of trials and accountability with the… general populace, considering who you have living under your roof.”
“That’s a good point,” Lilith admitted. “Raine isn’t wrong. The political climate leaves something to be desired.”
“To be fair,” Gwen said. “That was also the case before Belos’, shall we say, downfall.”
Her eyes briefly flicked to Moon, and then back to Eda.
“You’re not wrong and that’s a fair point as well,” Dell said. “But that’s not what I was trying to say. If you start bringing up holding anyone accountable for their crimes, and all of Bonesborough finds out you’re harboring Moon here, you’re going to find yourself in a whole world of political conflict. Not everyone is going to sympathize.”
Moon rolled around on the floor, twisting the plastic glob into more and more grotesque shapes.
“You’re’ all just talking and talking and talking on and on and on and onnnnnnnnn!” they lamented. “This is so boooooring!”
“Moon, we’re discussing serious issues,” Lilith said.
“Yeah,” Hooty agreed.
“Blah-blah-blah-blah-blah- blah-BLAH-BLAAAAAHHHHHH!” Moon cried. “That’s what you sound like! We’ve been up alllll night and all you’ve done is talk. C’monnnnnn. I wanna’ do something fun!”
“Moon, this is serious,” Luz said. “People died.”
Moon looked unimpressed.
“Boooooooo!” they said, sounding as if they were more annoyed that the deaths had resulted in their current state of boredom rather than any particular concern for those who had died.
“Like King died that time?” Luz said, much more snappishly than she’d intended, the anxiety and stress about the whole situation getting the best of her.
“Leave me out of this,” King muttered, not in a much better mood himself.
Moon still looked unmoved.
“King’s fine now,” they said sullenly. “Why’re you so obsessed with these random humans all of a sudden, anyway?”
“Because they died,” Luz repeated.
“Did you know them or something?”
“No!”
“Then why are you so…”
“This is pointless,” King said. “You’re not going to get through to them. We’ve tried. We all have. It doesn’t work.”
“Someone cared about those humans,” Luz said. “They were like King to somebody.”
“Seriously. Leave. Me. Out. Of. This.”
“You just said you didn’t know them,” Moon retorted. “You’re just making stuff up.”
“I’m…” Luz rolled her eyes and threw her arms up in exasperation.
“You’re tired,” Eda said. “C’mere, kid,”
She wrapped her arm around Luz and pulled her close.
Luz finally shuddered, a small choked sob escaping as she threw her arms around Eda.
“I’m scared, Eda,” she said quietly. “I’m so tired of being scared. I keep thinking everything’s going to go back to normal, whatever that is. But it never does. Something awful happens every time.”
“Weh!” King said, leaping to Luz’s shoulders and wrapping himself around her, tail tickling her chin.
“It’s gonna’ be okay,” Eda said. “We’ll figure all this out somehow.”
“How though?”
“Well,” Raine said, abandoning the dish water in the sink and drying their hands. “I’m going to start by fixing some coffee.”
***
Vee was freaked out, although she was trying hard not to show it.
Camila was worried enough as it was.
The latest attack had been too close for comfort, in more ways than one. The fire sage that Luz had hung in all the windows of the house just in case did little to make Vee feel protected.
She hated how quickly and easily she had slipped back into survival mode, and how familiar it had felt when she did.
It didn’t help either that Luz and Hunter, whom she had come to think of as family, were both a world away and wouldn’t be back for a while.
At one point, Vee would have been perfectly happy to have Camila all to herself again, but that point had long ago passed. Now Vee would have given anything to have the feeling of safety that came with having her friends at her side.
Part of Vee wished she were back on the Boiling Isles, away from the so-called Gravesfield Killer, but it was honestly a very small part.
For being from the demon realm, Vee felt more like a foreigner there than she did in the world of humans.
And although Eda was wonderfully nice, Vee just hadn’t developed the same emotional attachment with her that Luz and Hunter had. She felt guilty about it sometimes, like it was somehow a failure on her part.
Camila, fortunately, didn’t see it that way, and told Vee so.
“I don’t know Eda that well, Vee,” she said, looking a little regretful. “She has a good heart and Luz adores her. But she’s also a little distant towards me.”
“I know,” Vee said, looking down into her cup of magic-infused tea and frowning. “It’s weird.”
“It’s not really that weird,” Camila said. “Not everyone has the same relationship with everyone else. Eda is a…a fiery witch who likes adventure and danger - and collecting strange children.”
“You collect strange children, too,” Vee pointed out with a smirk.
“That’s…that’s not the point,” Camila said. “I’m just an animal doctor who happens to be Luz’s mother. I don’t really fit into this… Owl Family.”
“Well you fit into my family.”
“Oh, Vee.”
Camila hugged her and Vee felt herself relax, just a little bit.
She had her own unique human guise now, no longer spending her time moonlighting as Luz. That had gotten far too complicated over the past few months, and now Vee felt more like her own person.
But it had its downsides, too.
Vee’s human friends all knew her as Luz, and now trying to make friends with them all over again was proving challenging in more ways than she’d imagined.
It wasn’t that her friends didn’t like her as Vee. It was the odd, alienating feeling that her friends, whom she had become close with, were now treating her like a stranger.
Not to mention they sometimes spoke of Luz’s strange change in behavior and personality over the past year, while in Vee’s presence, and lamented a seemingly-lost friendship.
“I mean there has to be something happening at home,” one of them said. “I’m worried about, like, domestic abuse or something. You know you can tell us if there’s something happening, Vee. You don’t have to protect anyone.”
“No, nothing like that,” Vee had said quickly, cringing at the implication.
Vee had managed to convince her friends that she was psychic, because she knew so much about them. This did impress everyone and break the ice, but it also made Vee feel a little bad for tricking them.
She wished she could just tell them the truth, but by now too much time had passed. And who knew how they’d react. Being an alleged psychic was one thing, being a magic-consuming basilisk from another dimension was on another level entirely.
Now that the Gravesfield Killer had killed again, Vee had no desire to leave the house, or even leave Camila’s sight.
Her friends would probably be more convinced than ever that she was being mistreated by Camila, Vee thought, a little bitterly.
She wished she could be of more help in determining the nature of the creature that was the Gravesfield Killer.
“The thing is,” she told Camila. “I don’t really know all that much about the demon realm. Even though it’s the world where I came from! If this killer really is from there, I don’t think I’d even be able to identify it. When I was on the run, everything was a potential threat. Anything lurking in the shadows could’ve turned out to be Belos. I didn’t have time to learn a whole lot about anything else.”
“I hate that you had to live like that,” Camila said. “And I hate that you have to live like this now. We are going to find that monster out there, and deal with it before it kills again. But first, we should probably get some sleep.”
***
Moon was annoyed and bored. The Owl Lady had taken her mother upstairs to look at something, and the others were still talking about the most dull topics imaginable and still not playing.
Raine looked up from their coffee mug to see Moon hovering in front of the kitchen sink, stirring the water within in a manner that somehow seemed both absent and deliberate.
“I’m sorry I didn’t tell you,” Lilith was saying to Dell. “It’s been a…strange few months.”
“That’s…putting it mildly,” Dell said, but there was a hint of amusement in his voice. “I just worry about my daughters.”
“This was important to Edalyn,” Lilith said. “She and I still have our differences of opinions on some things, but something this important to her is important to me as well.”
“I’m not blaming you, Lily,” Dell said. “You do understand that right. I’m not really blaming anybody. But keeping secrets like this? That’s something I’d like to see stop.”
Raine felt awkward. The conversation didn’t really involve them, but walking away seemed kind of rude at this point.
Instead, they turned back to the sink.
Moon had a hand squished into their cheek, attention still on the sink, swirling their hand repeatedly just above the water’s surface.
Raine set down their coffee and stood up.
“What’re you doing there, Moon?”
“Nothin’,” Moon said.
Raine moved to stand beside them and stared into the sink.
“That doesn’t look like nothing?”
The consistency of the water in the sink had changed, become a dark, almost inky blue. Within it tiny lights and glowing sediment glittered in a stunning array of colors.
Everything swirled and shifted in a mesmerizing display. Some of the lights collided and destroyed each other. Some exploded into larger lights that took out everything around them.
“What,” Raine began. “Did you do to the dishwater?”
***
Gwendolyn made no comment on the state of Moon’s room.
Not only was the entire room a huge mess, but the celestial-themed decor and imagery had gotten out of control.
Next to the bed, the stolen autoclave still sat in jarring contrast to the rest of the space around it.
A breeze blew through the open window, gently moving the star-shaped lights that hung there.
Gwen frowned, but said nothing.
“It’s over here,” Eda said, stepping over a number of small items scattered across the floor, and pointing to the large glass tank which was lit by a number of balls of light that hovered just above the surface of the water.
“Behold! The most horrifying creature known to the human realm! The starfish!”
Gwen approached the aquarium, adjusting her glasses and squinting. Her eyes fell on the tank’s inhabitant, which wasn’t exactly difficult to spot.
“Oh look at that,” she said. “It’s actually star-shaped!”
“No brain, no heart, no blood,” Eda said. “Got a stomach, though.”
“Almost symmetrical. Except for right there.”
Gwen pointed out one of the arms, which was much shorter and stubbier than the others.
“That….ah,” Eda said. “It’s growing that arm back. Moon…uh, might have kind of tore off the original one.”
Gwen shot Eda a brief sideways glance, before returning her attention to the star.
“Shame you can’t do the same. Now, let’s get acquainted with this gorgeous little beast.”
It was Eda’s turn to frown, her mother’s comment rubbing her just a bit wrong.
She pushed aside the bristly feelings that rose inside her.
“We’ve been feeding it these human realm shellfish things. It just kind of…glurps its stomach out and digests them outside of its body.”
“That is remarkable,” Gwen said, sticking her arm into the water. “Are you sure these creatures didn’t leak into the human realm from ours?”
“Well,” Eda said. “I guess everyone in the human realm knows about them. But I’ve never seen anything like them here. Or heard of them.”
“You’d never heard of The Collector, either.”
“Are you saying that Belos covered up the existence of starfish?!?” Eda snorted out a laugh.
“Well who knows what that piece of excrement excuse for a human covered up and why,” Gwen said. “This creature is a perfect star, or it would be if it didn’t have a mutilated arm. We do have star shapes in just about every culture.”
“So do the humans.”
“Curious, isn’t it. Even the stars in the firmament aren’t star-shaped. So where did that design even come from.”
“Hah! Which came first, stars or starfish.”
Gwen reached towards the star and, to Eda’s slight surprise, it raised one of its arms towards her outstretched finger, reaching out with the almost whisker-like tube feet at the very end of its arm.
“And hello to you, too, little beastie,” Gwen said, admiration in her voice.
The star moved closer, following its arm and thin, whisker-tube-feet.
“Probably thinks you have food for it,” Eda commented.
“Well should I?”
“Yeah, I guess so.”
Eda reached into her hair and pulled out a small package of partially-thawed clams.
“Here, Mom.”
“That can’t be sanitary,” Gwen said, but she took one of the clams with her free hand anyway.
By this point, the hungry star had reached Gwen’s other hand and firmly affixed its outstretched tube feet to her finger.
“No,” Gwen told it, trying to pull her finger away, only to discover the star came with her. “Let go. You are not going to eat my hand.”
There was something about the tone of voice she used that was laced with faint but unmistakable magic.
Deep within her, Eda felt the Owl Beast twitch, clearly responding to Gwen’s command.
The sea star, surprisingly, also responded, letting go of its hold almost immediately.
It did, however, continue to wave its arm in the water, tube feet wiggling expectantly.
“Thank you,” Gwen said, handing it the piece of clam. “Now try this. It’s much better.”
The star sensed the clam right away and reached for it, capturing the chunk of meat from Gwen’s hold with its tube feet, before crawling forward to settle atop its meal.
“It’ll be there for a while,” Eda said. “Takes some time for it to digest anything.”
“Where did you say you found this… starfish?”
“Luz found it. In the human realm.”
“Yes, but where in the human realm?”
“In the ocean.”
Gwen gave her a look.
“What is its habitat, is what I’m asking.”
“Oh,” Eda said. “I don’t exactly know. I think Luz said she found it on a big rock.”
“Then why,” Gwen said. “Are there no big rocks in this tank?”
“Oh. I mean…it doesn’t know, does it? No brain?”
Eda pointed to her own head.
“It knows when there’s something new in the tank and comes running to check it out. Brain or not, it still has some sort of ingrained instincts and a natural habitat. And you have it in an empty box.”
“Eh….” Eda hadn’t really given it a lot of thought, but now she did admittedly feel bad. “There’s no need to sound so condescending.”
“I’m just pointing out the obvious, witchlet. It’s basic beast-keeping. You give the beast an environment according to their specific needs.”
“Luz’s mom says stuff like that,” Eda said. “Something about enrichment.”
“A wise woman. You should take notes.”
Eda felt herself bristling again.
“You certainly,” Gwen continued. “Haven’t wasted any time enriching the environment for The Co…I mean, Moon.”
Gwen gestured at the rest of the room and its abundance of celestial imagery.
“What’s that supposed to mean?” Eda said, her words coming out sharper than intended.
“Nothing,” Gwen said quickly. “I was just suggesting you put the same effort towards that starfish beast’s habitat that you’ve clearly put towards Moon’s. Or put it back where it belongs.”
“It’s Moon’s starfish.”
“Then maybe Moon needs to learn a little bit about how to treat the beasts that they capture, so nobody’s arms get ripped off.”
“What’s your deal, Mom? You’ve been weird about Moon since you got here. I don’t get it. I thought you’d be…I don’t know. Happy?” Eda looked away, finishing in a mumble. “Proud or something?”
“Oh Edalyn,” Gwen said, removing her hand from the aquarium with a sorrowful look. “I never meant for you to feel like you needed to do this for my approval. I’m so sorry if we pushed you to this.”
“Huh?” Eda said, confused. “What’re we talking about?”
“Witchlet,” Gwen took Eda’s hand in both of her own. “You…you don’t have to do this.”
“Do what, Mom.”
“Raise that kid, of course!”
“Their name is Moon.”
“They’re not your responsibility…”
“Not…not my responsibility? Nobody else was going to help them! IIf I didn’t do anything they’d still be locked up in solitary confinement! I don’t get it, Mom! When…when Raine and I visited, you and Dad acted like you had sympathy for that kid. I thought you got it that they were just a…a child with…with no one. Not some evil monster! I thought you understood!”
“I do understand,” Gwen insisted, squeezing Eda’s hand. “I know they’re a kid and I know they need someone, some sort of family or guidance. And I’m all for them getting a second chance. But… Edalyn…”
Gwen looked pleading.
“You,” Eda began, her voice almost breaking as she spoke. “You don’t think I’m capable…”
“It’s not…” Gwen began. “It’s…I mean, you must see that you’re not the ideal…Oh, for Titan’s sake, I should think it’s obvious.”
There was something stirring in Eda’s chest, a mixture of shock, betrayal and anger.
“You…you don’t think I can do this!?” she cried, pulling her hand free of her mother’s grip. “You don’t think I have what it takes! Well thanks for the vote of confidence in my abilities, Gwendolyn. I may not be parent of the year, but the least you could do is not be an ass about it!”
“Edalyn…”
“I’m trying my best here! Sorry it’s not good enough for you! At least I can accept that my kid’s a little bit of a freak!”
Eda’s voice was starting to take on a familiar, buzzing edge and she realized too late that it wasn’t just emotion rising within her.
The Owl Beast was now fully awake and latching onto Eda’s consciousness as her own control slipped.
Ordinarily she had enough rapport with the Beast to subdue it or merge into their shared harpy form, but right now Eda’s own anger was blinding her and she didn’t care to do either, and the Owl Beast had been cooped up for far too long.
“You always thought you knew better than me!” she shouted, even as she felt herself turning. “I was doing FINE until you showed up again tonight! You come here, you insult me, you belittle me! You make me INSANE! THIS IS WHY I RAN AWAY FROM HOME!”
“You misunderstand…” Gwen began.
“NO, I THINK I UNDERSTAND PRETTY DAMN WELL.”
Eda felt her body contort and her hand grow into claws, brain buzzing with the Beast’s instincts.
Distantly she heard the sound of footsteps thundering towards the room, the others having been drawn by the commotion.
“Eda? Eda?”
“What’s going on…?”
“Is everything o…whoah.”
“Stay back,” Gwen said, taking a stance as Hawksley reached her, manifesting into her staff.
Eda, or perhaps just the Owl Beast now screamed and swiped with their claw, which Gwen expertly avoided.
“Owl Ladyyyyyyyyyyy…”
Moon’s loud voice preceded their arrival on the scene, their eyes widening as they saw what was going on in their room.
“Oooooohhhh you let the Beast out!” they said, rushing into the room with a look of excitement now that something interesting was happening.
The Beast screeched, reacting with what seemed like outright aggression and rage, but Gwen immediately recognized as fear.
Not that that made it at all better. Some of the worst damage she’d ever seen inflicted in her career had been from panicked, fearful beasts.
“What’s the matterrrrrr!” Moon taunted. “Scaaaaared I’m gonna’ caaaaaatch you again?”
“Moon!” King shouted.
The Owl Beast screeched again and Gwen leaped in front of Moon, pushing them roughly back through the door.
She drew a spell circle in the air and lifted her staff.
“Don’t you dare PUSH me!”
Moon flicked their hand, sending Gwen flying into the wall and causing the incomplete spell to ricochet around the room and hit Lilith and Luz instead, knocking them flat.
“The Owl Beast is MINE!” Moon shouted. “I caught it fair and square!”
“Get the kid out!” Gwen shouted.
But Raine had already grabbed Moon who was on the verge of a tantrum.
“Easy, Moon. Calm down.”
“NO! I want the OWL LADY!”
For the last moments that she was aware and vaguely in control, Eda wrestled the Owl Beast to the open window and out into the night beyond. She was distantly aware of hitting the ground running, taking off at a sprint for the forest, trees flashing by around her.
And then she sank down into a dark, subconscious swirl of grief and hurt, and let the Beast take control.
Chapter 51
Summary:
Eda finds herself spiraling.
Notes:
Good morning all of you! I'm still plugging away on this thing and I'm so happy that all of you are still enjoying it!
This chapter was rough to edit when in a not-great headspace myself (I think you'll understand why when you read it) but I'm pretty happy with how it ultimately turned out.
This particular chapter is pretty supporting character heavy but there is a LOT of more Moon-centric content coming soon in future chapters, I promise. I know that's what a lot of you are here for.
Regardless, I hope you enjoy.
Alice
**Content Warning for depiction of negative emotional breakdown thinking**
Chapter Text
Eda came back to herself in a grove of trees, surrounded by a strange glow that seemed to come from the dirt and leaf litter itself.
She felt slightly queasy, and more than slightly empty - a strange emotional numbness that crept in and took over.
It was a feeling she’d come to be familiar with from years of violent transformations, but it had been months since she’d last experienced it.
It had been even longer since it had been this bad.
Eda blinked at the luminescent earth, the disorientation passing, but the hollow feeling remaining and, if anything, growing stronger.
Memories of the events leading up to her most recent transformation returned in a rush, and she immediately regretted being in a state where she could actively think about them again.
The anger was still there, simmering, seething with nowhere to go.
She needed something to channel it into or it would consume her, eat her alive right along with the rest of the curse.
Fine! She’d raise Moon and nurture their absolute worst tendencies and then go on a rampage with them, destroying anyone who had ever so much as looked at her in a way she didn’t like! Their combined pent-up rage would destroy the world!
That’d show EVERYBODY.
Something familiar tapped at the back of her mind, but she couldn’t follow the fleeting memory.
“Mom was right,” Eda said, angry tears threatening to fall. “I’m not cut out to be a parent if I still go full-on Beast mode. That’s not going to do anything but hurt the kids and make them hate me.”
They were probably discussing that exact thing with Gwendolyn right now.
The tears leaked out and Eda found herself still shaking.
Maybe Raine would take them, if they’d ever really wanted the kids in the first place. Though maybe they’d be better off on their own, or with a partner who was more capable and stable and who didn’t turn into a fucking psychotic monster any time she got upset.
Maybe Eda would just fly off into the horizon, leaving the Boiling Isles behind until she found where she was truly supposed to be.
Maybe she would seek out the shores where the Owl Beast had come from, become someone else entirely, create a new life and let the past decades fade into a distant faded memory.
Maybe she would just give in to the electricity of the Owl Beast and become one with them forever, let the chips fall where they would and leave behind those who had hurt her (and whom she’d hurt) to pick up the pieces and figure things out.
More tears stung her eyes.
The fury was still sharp, but it was as if every other emotion had become dulled and disconnected.
She’d been doing good the past few months.
She’d been doing so good, better than she had for years.
It had probably been foolish to assume it was something that could last.
Eda was still the Owl Lady and she’d always isolated herself for a reason.
The Owl Beast shuffled restlessly within her, pacing as if incredibly agitated even after being in control for…
For…
“How long was I in Beast mode?”
The sky above was dimly lit but Eda couldn’t tell if it was dusk or dawn. It was impossible to even know what day it was, or how much time had passed.
Again, something like a memory slipped fleetingly through her mind. She looked around, almost expecting to see Moon.
But Moon wasn’t there. Of course they weren’t.
Eda was all alone.
She curled her claws into the soil.
No, not claws, fingers. She wasn’t the Beast anymore.
Or perhaps she was.
***
It had been a chaotically busy morning at the Gravesfield Veterinary Clinic, as if there was any other kind.
The afternoon however, had been mercifully slow, allowing the staff a little bit of time to catch up.
Camila was deep in her backlog of records and notes, trying hard to focus and not think about what might be lurking on the outskirts of town, and whether it was human or from the demon realm.
Vee was in the lobby, watching the snowy street outside. Camila had insisted that she come to work with her for safety reasons.
It would have been boring, except Jacob was parked across the street, not at all as inconspicuous as he probably thought he was.
Vee knew that Jacob probably suspected Camila, knowing that she was still harboring a shapeshifter, but was also terrified of her.
She watched in fascination as Jacob passed the time organizing his little sedan, setting a number of cameras and tripods in the backseat, along with what looked suspiciously like an automatic weapon of some kind.
He also seemed to have a staff, but Vee wasn’t close enough to sniff out whether or not it was a real witches staff or a cosplay prop. The figure at the top did look like it could have been carved from wood, even if the coa of paint was damaged and mostly worn off.
From the back of the clinic carried voices engaged in animated conversation.
“Slice! Hey Slice! Listen to this! The survivor is talking about what happened!”
Amy found her coworker in the back of the clinic in the treatment area with half a dozen log books spread around her on one of the wet tables, along with a pile of anesthesia sheets.
“Whaoh,” Amy said. “You okay there, Slice?”
“The freakin’ Midaz is off again,” Slice said irritably. “By like a mil and a half.”
“Ugh. How is it always that?”
“Maybe someone wrote down the wrong bottle number,” Slice said, glaring at the anesthesia logs as if doing so might somehow force them to reveal their secrets.
“Lucky for you,” Amy continued. “I’ve got a distraction for you.”
“Oh thank god,” Slice said, still flipping through the log books.
“So you know that Trixie Todd girl who survived being attacked by the Gravesfield Killer?”
“Yeah…”
“Well she just posted a video to her HickoryDickory account from her hospital bed…”
“Wait,” Slice said, looking up and suddenly losing interest in the Midazolam calculations. “Did she identify the killer?!?”
“Uh no,” Amy said, fighting somewhat successfully to keep a straight face. “She claims it was a Goat Man.”
“The cryptid?”
“The what?”
“Goatman?”
“How is this something you’re even familiar with?”
“How is it something you’re not?”
“Because I’m a normal human being.”
“That’s demonstrably not true. But continue.”
“The HickoryDickory clip is all over the news now,” Amy said with a shrug.
“So it was someone in a Halloween costume or something?”
“I guess. Unless this girl is just making it up to get views.”
“Huh,” Slice said, picking up her pen and dropping it onto the log books several times in rapid succession. “So we’ve got a Psycho Killer Qu'est-ce Que c'est, who likes dressing up as a goat and murdering people. And dogs. And my chickens.”
“Pretty much.”
“Great. How did we get so lucky.”
“I mean, we live in a town with ‘Graves’ in the name. Go figure. It’s the middle of Winter and folks are bored.”
“It’s Spring. Allegedly.”
“Joe went to the church service on Sunday,” Amy said. “The pastor is blaming violent video games.”
“Violent...!? What video games do they think this wack-a-doodle is playing? Goat Simulator?”
“Goat Simulator?”
“Yeah. Did you ever play Goat Simulator?”
“Slice! A - why is that even a thing? B - the answer to the question ‘did you ever play Goat Simulator’ should never be ‘yes’...”
“Oh we’re totally looking up a playthrough once I get these controls figured out.”
“Stop.”
“I used to play Goat Simulator,” Dr. Jeff called from down the hall.
“Stop! ...Wait, you’re not the Gravesfield Killer are you?”
“No, I have an alibi! You were there! I was watching you get sprayed by anal glands.”
“You know what?” Amy said. “All of you shut up!”
***
“Edalyn! There you are.”
Eda jumped. Her instincts had failed her and Lilith was landing in front of her, staff dematerializing.
“Lily.”
Eda’s voice didn’t even sound like herself in her own ears.
“Are you okay?”
“...no?”
“You’ve been gone for three days!” Lilith said.
She kept glancing around in the woods as if looking for something. She almost looked like she wanted to say something but thought better of it at the last minute.
“I didn’t….” Eda began. “Did I hurt anyone?”
“No physical wounds. For us anyway. You scared the shit out of mother, though.”
“Huh,” Eda said.
She should probably have hated the feeling of satisfaction she got from hearing that, but no immediate regret came to mind.
“Maybe she’ll stop antagonizing me now.”
“Eda, that’s not…”
“It’s always her. Mom makes me want to claw my skin off! I’m around her for one evening! One! And I can’t handle it! I’m done! Everything would’ve been fine if she hadn’t shown up! And now it’s all gone to shit!”
“It’s not irreparable…”
“Well maybe I don’t want to repair it! Ever think of THAT?!”
“I…don’t think that’s true. And everyone is really worried about you.”
“I highly doubt that. They’re probably all hoping I don’t come back. Maybe they’ll get their wish.”
“Now that I know isn’t true, Eda.”
And suddenly Lilith’s arms were around her, forehead pressed against hers.
“I wish I could share the pain this time.”
“No you don’t,” Eda said, but she selfishly wished the same, if only for her sister to understand a fraction of what she felt.
But then she saw the tiredness in Lilith’s eyes, the pinpricks of feathers on her skin.
Lilith did understand a fraction of what she felt, better than anyone else ever could.
For a brief moment, Eda had completely forgotten that her sister shared her curse.
“I’m supposed to have it all together now, Lily. This isn’t supposed to happen anymore.”
“Isn’t it?”
“I thought I was doing good. Thought I was doing better. I thought I was past all of this, Lily. But I haven’t gotten better at all.”
“We’ll figure it out, Eda. It’s going to be alright, I promise. Just come home. Please.”
***
Jacob Hopkins had an eerie feeling that he was being watched.
This wasn’t a new thing, of course. Jacob had long been convinced that there were eyes on him, tracking his every move. He was pretty sure the aliens were hiding behind every cloud and they knew he knew.
In fact, he had thousands of photographs that he was convinced served as irrefutable proof that the clouds above Gravesfield were fake.
But this was a little different.
Jacob knew that sneaking into a crime scene was inadvisable at best, and would probably get him in big trouble if he were caught.
On the other hand, he probably already had an entire file dedicated to him in the Shadow Government database that he was quite certain existed underneath the runway of the nearest International Airport. So what was one more infraction?
If Jacob could expose the Martian Conspiracy to the world on his MewTube channel, the truth couldn’t be contained and the people would know, even if he himself might be captured and sent to the death camp that he had decided also existed under the runway.
It was for the greater good.
Even so, it wasn’t as if Jacob had made his visit without taking precautions. He had a gun, although he’d forgotten it in his car in his hurry to replace the battery in his camera.
Under cover of darkness and a few suspiciously-existing clouds, Jacob explored the old house, looking for…
Well, he wasn’t sure exactly what he was looking for, but he was pretty certain he’d know it when he saw it.
The house itself had long been an enigma, a hotspot of paranormal activity going back decades at the very least, and was the location of Jacob’s first encounter with a demon.
Extensive research indicated that the house was the location of what was rumored to be the old Wittebane homestead - although, of course, this couldn’t be confirmed.
Still, there was no evidence of the original house ever having been destroyed or demolished and there was no record of any new structure being built.
In any case, original house or not, if this was the location of the Wittebane residence, the strange activity of the spot dated back hundreds of years, not just dozens.
Thanks to the many illuminating videos available on MewTube, Jacob had come to the conclusion that there must be some sort of vortex or portal at the spot.
He suspected it led to Mars.
For the scene of gruesome murders, Jacob found very little to go on. Whatever he was looking for, it just wasn’t there.
Obviously this could only mean one thing to Jacob - some sort of government cover-up.
But, even so, he couldn’t post his daring video if he didn’t have any evidence. His inevitable arrest would be for nothing.
Granted, the attention might be useful for getting other people to see the truth, but these newbies would be amateurs. How would he guide them if he was imprisoned under an airplane runway?
And so Jacob left the house empty-handed and defeated.
It was as he was walking through the frigid woods to where he’d parked his car that the hairs on the back of his neck began to stand up.
He raised his camera, the attached light illuminating the path behind him, showing it empty.
There was a sudden growl, or maybe a grunt from the thick stand of trees to his left and he yelped and turned the light towards the sound.
For the flash of a second, Jacob thought he caught eyeshine, bright electric blue. But then it was gone and he couldn’t be sure it had ever been there to begin with. He’d have to check the video…
“Is someone out there?”
Jacob’s shout sounded embarrassingly like a squeak.
“I’ll warn you!” he called. “I’m armed! With ammunition and the truth!”
Whoever was out there didn’t need to know the ammunition was still in the car.
But there was no answer. The nighttime forest was dead silent.
“Hmph.”
Snow crunched under Jacob’s boots as he lowered the camera and picked up the pace back towards where he’d parked his car.
He’d like to think his threat had been effective, but he was thoroughly creeped out now. That alone was enough to convince him he was being stalked, whether he actually was or not.
“Bet it’s that goddamn shapeshifter,” he muttered, hands shaking as he let go of his camera to retrieve his keys.
It didn’t help that he had decreased dexterity from the cold, and the keys slid from his grip and fell into the snow.
“Shitshitshitshitshit…”
Jacob dug furiously in the snow with his bare hands, nearly crying with relief when he found the keys.
But now his fingers were numb and useless.
With a whimper, he tried to press the unlock button on the remote, but nothing happened.
The battery in the remote must have drained from the cold.
In a panic, and with fingers that now felt like blocks of ice, Jacob struggled to unlock the driver’s side door manually.
It shouldn’t have been at all a difficult process but, under the circumstances, it felt near-impossible.
There was a sound like branches and brush clacking together, easy to dismiss as just the wind in the trees.
Except there was no wind, not even the slightest breeze.
Jacob, freaked out beyond belief, finally got the car door open and launched himself inside, pulling the door closed behind him with a loud SLAM!
He jammed the key into the ignition, even while tossing his camera and other equipment into the passenger seat.
He managed to turn the key, but it only elicited a pathetic, fading whine from the engine.
He tried again with the same result.
Again.
And again.
Each attempt got even less of a response from the engine.
The cold had apparently drained the car battery as well.
Jacob glanced out the windshield at the dark forest around him.
Something, a shadow, moved at the edge of the trees.
It had pronged horns.
“Just a deer,” Jacob thought hurriedly to himself. “It’s a deer, you idiot.”
If only he could believe that.
The shadow separated from the woods and stalked towards the car.
It was definitely not a deer, it was huge and lanky, almost ape-like and moving like a predator, sniffing the air and seemingly drawn to the car like a magnet.
“It’s the fucking Not-Deer!”
Not taking his eyes off the creature, Jacob reached into the backseat, grasping around for his weapon.
His hand found something long and solid, and he pulled it forward.
Great.
“Let’s see what the Not Deer thinks of a gun!”
Except that if Jacob had been thinking clearly and his fingers not still partially numb, he would have realized right away that what he’d grabbed was not, in fact, his gun, but rather another random item he’d brought with him for some reason.
“Dammit!”
***
Although Eda didn’t specifically know where she was, she somehow knew which direction to go to get back to the Owl House. And it wasn’t far.
“This moss stuff is odd,” Lilith commented, running a finger down the luminescent life form that was growing on one of the trees they passed. “I’m not familiar with this species. I don’t think I’ve ever seen anything like it.”
Distantly, Eda observed herself have the thought that Willow would probably know but, for some reason, she didn’t say the thought out loud as she normally would.
Wouldn’t let herself.
She hesitated when the Owl House came into view, pausing at the edge of the woods, willing herself to take another step forwards.
It was a monumentous feat, just putting one foot in front of the other.
Without Lilith by her side, she wasn’t even certain she could have made herself do it.
“EDAAAAAAAAA!”
She wasn’t sure who had shouted first or loudest, but suddenly Luz came out of nowhere, tackling Eda and throwing her arms around her.
She was followed in rapid succession by King, and then Hooty.
“YOU’RE HOOOOME!”
“We were really worried!”
“Give her some space,” Lilith tried to say, although it fell on apparently deaf ears. “She’s been the Owl Beast for days. I can’t even imagine what that’s like. I’ve only ever turned into the Raven Beast for a couple of hours at worst.”
“Oh,” Eda said, the presence of her family breaking through her strange headspace, and she felt herself trying to wrap her arm around both Luz and King at the same time.
She would have pulled them closer if they hadn’t been plastered against her so close to begin with.
“Oh I love you goofuses.”
"Where's...?" King began, but was hurriedly shushed by Luz.
Eda let herself be pulled towards the house, reeled in by Hooty’s surprising strength, still feeling apprehensive.
She really had no idea what she would find inside, but then Raine appeared in the doorway looking more tired and stressed than they usually did.
“Eda?”
They were at her side in an instant, hands on her shoulders.
“Wait,” a new voice said from inside. “She’s back? You found her?”
And suddenly another familiar figure was standing in the doorway.
Eda blinked.
“What’s Steve doing here?”
“You were MIA,” Lilith said, throwing her arms into the air. “I needed backup.”
“I thought we agreed that no one outside the know…”
“Uh, yeah,” King began. “About that…”
“We’ll fill you in,” Raine said. “Let’s just get you inside first. Easy, Hooty, don’t suffocate her.”
Raine’s voice sounded kind, far kinder than Eda felt like she deserved right now.
And they were still here, they hadn’t booked it for the hills like any reasonable witch should have done.
Once inside, and with the help of Lilith, Raine managed to extricate Eda from Hooty’s coils.
Luz and King weren’t so easy, though.
“Not letting you go ever again,” Luz said, her voice muffled as she still clung to Eda.
Once Hooty was fully back through the door, Steve pulled it closed.
“I’ll let Dell and Gwen know she’s back?” he said.
“Thanks,” Lilith said. “But I can handle it.”
“You good?” Raine asked Eda. “Can we talk now?”
Eda stiffened, her instincts - or perhaps the Owl Beast’s - warning of danger, screaming at her to run.
No talking. She didn’t want to hear Raine say what she feared was coming.
She couldn’t do this again, couldn’t go through this again.
“Don’t you dare run away on me now,” Raine said firmly, their grip on her shoulders tightening. “No more running, okay? Can you at least promise me that?”
“No more running,” Eda said, her voice still feeling unfamiliar.
“Good,” Raine said, steering her (and Luz and King) to the sofa. “Thank you.”
It was quiet in the house, a peaceful cozyness that threatened to calm the buzzing in Eda’s head. But even as she recognized this, a new thought occurred to her.
“Where…” she began. “Where’s Moon?”
Steve, Lilith and Raine traded looks.
“Where’s. Moon?” Eda’s voice was now a growl.
“We…” Lilith said cautiously. “We don’t know.”
“What?”
“We were hoping you knew,” Raine said, not letting go even as feathers sprouted between their fingers where they were holding onto Eda. “Last we knew, they were with you.”
“With me…? I was…?”
But a fuzzy dreamlike memory suddenly shimmered in her memory.
Flying full-tilt into the sky, surrounded by delighted laughter, the Owl Beast panicking as small hands clutched handfuls of feathers at the base of their wings.
“They were…”
“Your secret’s out,” Steve said, tapping at his scroll and then showing it to Eda. “It’s all over Penstagram now. Look.”
Eda focused in on a photo of the Owl Beast, of herself, standing atop a cliff against the night sky, Moon perched upon her back, expression hidden beneath their hat, but eyes shining red.
“Not gonna’ lie,” Steve said. “That’s totally badass.”
“Oh,” Eda said.
There were so many implications to be dealt with now, but Eda could barely process her own existence at the moment.
“We have to find them,” she said. “We need to search…”
“We’re already on it,” Lilith said.
“Don’t worry,” Luz said, still nestling against Eda. “We’ll find them.”
Chapter 52
Summary:
Beasts lurk in the woods.
Notes:
Good morning everyone.
Thanks as always for your patience. Progress on the MoonShadow the last couple of months has been very slow and fairly frustrating. I've worked and reworked this chapter so many times. With a busy life right now, writing and editing hasn't exactly been top priority. Unfortunately the things I have prioritized haven't exactly been coming to fruition either (I've been trying to train my sled dog team but it's been above freezing with next to no snow for instance), so I've kind of been in a funk about everything.
I do miss regularly updating MoonShadow though. I am slowly working on it and I hope to get to a more regular schedule at some point. However for now, I'm settling for getting chapters out as I can.
I hope you enjoy this one and there is so much more to come! Here's to brighter days in the future!
Alice
Chapter Text
Moon had been out the window after Eda in a flash, before anyone had time to react.
Eda, or perhaps just the Beast now, it was hard to say, had taken off for the forest with surprising speed, keeping to the trees and out of sight. But Moon had still tracked her down quite easily.
This wasn’t the first time they’d hunted the Owl Beast, and this time was promising to be just as much fun as the first, if not moreso.
Finally something exciting was happening and Moon could play a good, old-fashioned game.
They floated from tree to tree, tracking down their prey.
The Grand Huntsman never lost their quarry, that’s what Bill had always said.
Or maybe that’s just what they’d always said to Bill.
Moon frowned. It was all sort of fuzzy and they had forgotten, for a moment, that Bill had betrayed them. Had merely been using them, just like Philip.
The Titan Trappers had betrayed Moon, just like everyone before them.
For half a moment the game suddenly wasn’t fun anymore, and Moon felt a flash of anger that the Owl Lady had dared let the Beast take over and run away from them.
They heard the Beast rustling around in some fallen trees at the edge of a clearing just ahead, and quietly snuck towards the sound.
The trees had been felled by a powerful force, thrown across the ground haphazardly, and it dawned on Moon that this wasn’t a normal clearing they were skirting, but rather the crater left from the impact they themself had made.
This was the spot where they had crash landed after their recent foray into the firmament. Now it served to remind Moon that they’d chosen to stay on the Boiling Isles with the family they had claimed as their own.
Speaking of which…
The Beast was digging at the scattered brush with their one paw, alternating between grabbing at the trees with their claws, and pulling at them with their teeth.
They were clearly trying to get at whatever might be hiding beneath the shelter of the downed trees.
In a sudden explosion of flapping, two bile grouse erupted from their hiding place, taking off towards the sky in a desperate attempt to escape.
The Beast looked upwards, following their movement with an intent and hungry look. And then they spread their wings and gave chase.
“Oh nooo you doooon’t!” Moon cried, zipping up after them.
The Beast should have already been alerted to the fact that they were being stalked. They had, after all, been aware of Moon’s presence in the physical plane the moment they’d been freed on the Day Of Unity.
The problem was, Moon had been in close proximity for months now. Even hibernating in Eda’s subconscious most of the time, the Beast had started to become accustomed to their presence.
And so it was that now, zeroed in the bile grouse, the Beast was unaware that they themself were being pursued until they heard the little voice laughing behind them.
With a frightened squawk, the Beast dropped the freshly-caught grouse and flapped their wings with new fervor, taking off straight into the night sky. It didn’t seem to occur to them that trying to escape a celestial hunter in an environment closer to the firmament might not put the odds in their favor.
Not that there was any place where those odds would be good.
Somewhere in the recesses of the Owl Beast’s mind, Eda stirred, responding to the laughter that filled the air. While it elicited nothing but blind fear in the Beast, that fear was tempered by strange, protective instincts and an affection they couldn’t understand.
The next moment they felt little hands grasping bunches of their feathers with a painful roughness.
“Hah! GOTCHA’!”
There was more frightened screeching.
The Beast dove back down, trying to throw their rider. But it was to no avail, Moon simply whooped with delight as they rocketed back towards the ground.
They landed right smack in the middle of Bonesborough.
Beast careered through the streets in a blind panic, Moon perched on their shoulders, clinging to their feathers and laughing delightedly.
They hadn’t really thought much about what they were actually going to do to the Beast this time, once they’d captured them, but getting taken on a wild ride along the coast was turning into some of the most fun they’d had in a while.
It was a rush, the sensation similar to free-falling but more unpredictable.
The Beast bucked, slamming into walls, leaping over the chasms that ran through the streets, trying unsuccessfully to dislodge Moon.
There weren’t a lot of people out and about at this time, the Night Market taking place within the depths of one of the chasms now.
But those who were up were witness to quite the scene.
***
Over the years, Jacob had acquired an extensive collection of relics and artifacts that he was convinced were Martian in origin.
The staff that he now held in his extremely cold hands was one of these.
He’d found it a while back after an “unexplained” lightning strike had blown a huge chunk out of the embankment of Maple Ridge Road.
Of course, the “mainstream scientists” would have attributed the strike to the alleged thunderstorm that had been happening at the time, but Jacob knew better. He’d taken lots of pictures of the clouds that comprised the alleged “thunderstorm” and had studied them long enough that he seriously doubted their legitimacy.
He’d made a six-part MewTube essay on the subject that hadn’t gotten nearly the explosive traction that it should have. He was certain that the Deep State was suppressing views from their base under the local airport.
The joke was on them, though, because that itself all but proved that the fake storm had been a cover-up for something nefarious.
Jacob had found the wooden staff mere days later, half-buried in the mud and runoff where the embankment had exploded. It was a simple, wooden pole topped with an ornately-carved figure resembling a hummingbird moth.
Jacob had always been suspicious of the existence of hummingbird moths to begin with, and now he felt vindicated in his belief.
He’d had several experts look at the staff, and none of them had been able to identify the type of wood it was made from.
“Something reminiscent of redwood, but decidedly not redwood,” one of these experts had concluded.
That had sealed the deal for Jacob. The wood was without a doubt from Martian trees and, since all those mainstream scientists were so hell-bent on everyone believing Mars was a bleak, desert-scape devoid of trees, it could only mean a cover-up.
The purpose of the staff and its carved figure was still a mystery, however.
Still, Jacob was proud to have the artifact in his collection.
He was not, however, particularly pleased to find it in his grasp when being stalked by some sort of murderous hell-monster and he’d been trying to grab his gun instead.
There was a blur of motion from outside the car where Jacob was taking refuge and something HUGE slammed into the roof, denting it inwards and shaking the entire vehicle.
“YYAAUUUGGHHH!” Jacob screamed, trying to duck down in the driver’s seat in case the whole car collapsed.
It wasn’t super effective.
There were heavy, punching footsteps from the roof, along with horrible sniffing and scratching noises.
Whatever was on top of the car was furiously trying to get inside.
Jacob slid down next to the pedals, bonking his head on the steering wheel and still grasping the staff.
An ineffective weapon was better than no weapon at all and he didn’t dare move to retrieve the gun from the backseat.
There was a SMASH and cracks spidered across the windshield, but it did not completely break.
The creature outside gave a scream of frustration and leaped off the roof, grasping the vehicle with massive, goopy-looking claws and rocking it back and forth.
From his vantage point, Jacob couldn’t very clearly see what was outside, but he could have sworn one of the claws transformed into something heavier and blunter than a fist, before colliding with the driver’s side door.
This time, even though it hadn’t been hit directly, the window did break, shattering into a million tiny cubes of glass that rained down onto Jacob.
In an extremely ungraceful move, he scrambled from his hiding place and across the console, into the passenger seat.
He really should have been recording this, but he was nearly frozen in fear, clutching a wooden pole as if it might somehow protect him.
Jacob glanced out the driver’s door window and, although a lot of features were still indiscernible, he got his first good look at the attacker.
Was this the shape-shifter in her true form? Jacob wondered in terror.
It was huge, body looking faintly gelatinous and rotten. It had horns, a mane and blazing blue eyes.
And teeth.
It gave a screech and grasped the door with its claws, ripping it from the car and flinging it aside.
An eerily long arm reached in, clawing at the air.
Carefully, and as quietly as he could, Jacob crawled through the broken windshield.
The car tilted as the creature climbed inside and Jacob saw his chance and leaped from the hood.
He floundered about in the snow for a moment, before finding his feet, and then he ran.
He took off as fast has his legs could carry him, away from his car and down the road, praying he wouldn’t slip on the ice.
He didn’t dare look back.
***
The Boiling Isles sun breached the horizon in an explosion of bright color, two days after Eda had fled the Owl House.
Moon and the Beast hit the ground on a clifftop just out of town, in a tumble of limbs, feathers and claws.
To their annoyance, Moon found themself finally dislodged, and the Beast rounded on them, screeching.
Moon effortlessly caught the claws that swiped at their face, holding firm.
“Oh no you don’t, Beastie.”
Moon laughed and somersaulted backwards, bringing the Beast with them, still holding onto their claws.
They flipped the creature onto the ground with considerable force.
The Beast let out a yelp and lay momentarily stunned.
“Stay put,” Moon said, placing a hand on them. “You’re such a sore loser, Beast! Just give it up! You lost! Again!”
The Beast wailed and scrabbled, clawing at the ground in terror, trying to get away.
But Moon’s hand, simply placed on their flank, exerted more than enough pressure to hold them down.
They thrashed about in a panic, fighting against the unlikely restraint with everything they had.
Moon was unimpressed with their display and continued to hold them in place.
“You know that’s not going to work, Beast,” they said. “Give it up already.”
The Beast did stop fighting shortly afterwards but, in reality, it was more likely from exhaustion rather than in response to Moon’s words.
As far as the Beast was concerned, they’d been caught by the enemy and that enemy was going to hurt them or kill them at any moment.
They made a purring noise, pressing themself against the ground as hard as they could.
It wasn’t a purr of happiness or contentment, but more of a signal that they were docile and did not pose a threat to their attacker.
Their chest heaved as they panted, looking at Moon with huge, frightened eyes.
“Hah!” Moon said triumphantly. “ Finally.”
But their smug, victorious smile faded almost immediately.
It was the first time Moon had gotten a good look at the Beast’s face, and it was not quite what they were expecting.
They’d seen the Owl Beast before, long, long ago when they had captured and trapped the creature in the form that now comprised Eda’s curse.
But this time, the face was different. It had changed since being bound to a living host.
The feathers were more mane-like, silvery and fluffy, and their face was less birdlike and more reminiscent of a witch.
A very familiar witch.
“Owl Lady?”
There was the briefest flash of golden from the depths of the Beast’s wide, dark eyes. A flicker of recognition.
The terrified face looking back at Moon was still that of the Beast, but it was also recognizable as Eda.
And the only time Moon had ever seen this particular expression on her face had been at the Looking Glass Graveyard.
Moon’s chest suddenly clenched and they yanked their arm back, several confusing emotions hitting in rapid succession.
Emotions they didn’t even know how to place.
Their expression darkened.
“Why are you hiding the Owl Lady, Beast?” they demanded. “Bring her back.”
The Owl Beast whimpered.
“I SAID bring her BACK!” Moon shouted. “She’s MINE!”
The Beast only purred louder, flattening themself as much as they possibly could.
“STOP IT!” Moon shouted.
They suddenly raised their hands, and the air crackled with energy.
“I. WANT. THE. OWL. LADY.”
The Beast’s form contorted, screaming in agony.
***
“Girl, you couldn’t have told me all of this four months ago?”
“I was sworn to secrecy, Steve!” Lilith defended herself. “Plus, I didn’t know how you’d take it.”
Steve drummed his fingers on his motorcycle.
“I could have helped,” he said. “You know me, Lulu. I like kids.”
“Even terrifying, all-powerful god-kids?”
“Are there any other kind?” Steve said with a shrug. “Kids are kids, overpowered or not. And if you tell me The Collector is just a kid, then it’s a damn good thing all of you sprung them from whatever eternal torture box we trapped them in.”
“Their name is Moooooooooon,” Hooty said loudly, snaking from the door and around the yard where Steve and Lilith were preparing to head out in search of Eda.
“Believe me,” Lilith said. “I’m ashamed of what we did. What I did…”
“Nuh-uh,” Steve said, picking up a helmet and placing it on Lilith’s head. “Not going down that road. I went along with the plan, too, remember. The one to trap….Moon, I mean. Didn’t think too hard about it. Same as I went along with all the stuff the Emperor’s Coven did that seemed, you know, kinda’ morally ambiguous.”
“Ack, Steve! I appreciate your help, but I am very much capable of putting on my own helmet.”
Steve strapped his own helmet on, climbing on his motorcycle and beckoning for Lilith to follow.
“I assume you don’t want sidecar,” he said with a grin.
“You assume correct,” Lilith said, climbing on behind Steve. “Hooty, perhaps you would like the sidecar?”
“Actuallllyyyyy,” Hooty said, glancing from Lilith and Steve to the forest’s edge. “I think it would be…ideal if I stayed behind just in case our wayward unhinged friends decide to return home for some reason.”
“That’s very astute thinking,” Lilith said. “Thank you Hootsifer.”
“I’ll stay in touch,” Hooty promised.
“Right,” Steve said, turning the key and firing up the engine. “You said Raine and King went towards Latissa, and the Clawthornes and Luz went out to Forearm Forest. So I say we skirt around the other side of Bonesborough. That’s the last place there those confirmed sightings were. It’s been a couple days, but maybe they’ll come back.”
“Seems as good a place to start as any,” Lilith agreed. “Hit it, Steve.”
Steve kicked the bike into gear and the two roared out of the yard.
Hooty watched them go, and then turned back towards the forest’s edge.
“You can come ouuuuut nowwww,” he called. “I know you’re there.”
There was a rustling, and Moon emerged from the underbrush, approaching the house quickly, but eyeing Hooty a little warily.
“You better not try to stop me,” they warned.
“Hey!” Hooty protested. “I didn’t tell anyone you were there, and they were actively looking for you! What’s all thaaaat about, little dude?”
“Hmph,” Moon said, stomping inside and making their way up to the loft.
Hooty followed.
“Why’re you hiding from everyone? They’re all worried sick about you.”
Moon began rifling through everything in the loft, as if they were searching for something.
“Where’s Eda?” Hooty asked.
“She’s still the Owl Beast,” Moon said irritably. “Duh. You couldn’t guess that, you stupid worm?!”
“HEY!” Hooty shouted. “I take offense at that. I am a worm, but I’m not stupid. You’re looking for Eda’s elixir, aren’t you.”
Moon gave Hooty a look like they’d just been caught red-handed, but it was quickly replaced with an expression of defiance.
“Yeah. SO?”
“So,” Hooty said. “You won’t find any because Lulu and Steve just took the last of it with them in case they run into Eda.”
“Uuuurrrrgghhhhhh!” Moon said in frustration, throwing a pillow across the room so hard that it exploded against a wall.
“But you know where she is,” Hooty said. “Don’t you.”
“Maybe I do,” Moon snapped. “And maybe it’s none of your business.”
“The thing I don’t understand,” Hooty said. “Is why you’re looking for elixir if you want to turn her back. Seems to me you’re more than capable of doing that with your own magic.”
“IT’S BECAUSE OF THE DUMB HOUSE RULES OF STUPIDNESS!” Moon shouted, rattling the whole house with their voice.
“Yeesh, take it down a couple notches,” Hooty said. “I don’t know if I can handle one of your meltdowns solo.”
“I CAN’T fix anyone’s problems with my magic, OR mess with the Owl Lady’s curse,” Moon said, slightly quieter, but still throwing their hands into the air with pent-up frustration. “And when I tried to do something , it started hurting her, and THAT’S AGAINST HOUSE RULES TOO!”
“I seee your point,” Hooty said.
“She keeps staying the Beast,” Moon said. “She won’t turn back. I don’t WANT the Owl Beast! I want my Owl Lady! I want her back! I MISS HER!”
Moon looked a little more unhinged than they even did normally.
“We all miss her…” Hooty began.
“I miss her THE MOST!” Moon insisted. “She’s MINE.”
“...And we’re all looking for her,” Hooty continued, ignoring Moon’s comment. “And we all miss you! Raine is about to lose their mind. You don’t miss Raine? They’re your family, too.”
Moon wrapped their arms around themself, stomping their feet again.
“Rainy’s MAD at me for taking the Owl Lady away.”
“Rainy is absolutely not mad at you. Why would you even think that?”
Moon blinked, as if the possibility that Raine wasn’t angry hadn’t even occurred to them.
“I miss Rainy,” they said in a small, quiet voice.
“Let’s call everyone back,” Hooty said. “Raine’ll be glad to see you, and we can get the elixir to Eda…”
“NO!” Moon shouted.
“Okay, what…?” Hooty began.
“I’m gonna’ do it MYSELF.”
“Oh,” Hooty said. “So you’re just being stubborn.”
“NO!” Moon shouted again.
“Well look at that,” Hooty said. “You’re starting to grasp the concept of taking responsibility.”
“I AM NOT TAKING RESPONSIBILITY!”
“Eh, you’re not entirely responsible for this one anyway. This specific transformation falls on Gwendolyn’s shoulders. Buuuuuut, if you’re dead-set on doing this yourself, IIIIIII know where Eda gets her elixir.”
Moon snapped to attention, eyes locking on Hooty.
“Tell me RIGHT NOW!”
“Okay, so there’s this guy named Morton who runs a potions stand in Bonesborough. He’s usually got a good stock of that elixir…”
“Then I’ll go GET SOME!” Moon said, levitating from the floor and preparing to fly out the window. “Wait. You’re not going to tell anybody I was here, are you? If they come back?”
“That’s a weird thing to request, you know,” Hooty said. “But tell you what, I’ll cover for you for a day.”
“You promise?”
“Kiddo, do I look like I can make a pinky swear? I don’t even have hands!”
Moon actually laughed.
“You have my word though,” Hooty said. “One day , Moon. Now go fix this.”
“Okay!” Moon cried, zipping out the window at top speed.
“Wait!” Hooty shouted after them. “You’re gonna’ need snails to pay for that elixir!”
But Moon was already halfway to Bonesborough.
***
There were reasons, Jacob thought, that he’d never had any interest in running marathons.
He doubled over, panting and retching on the sidewalk outside his house.
He’d almost thought he wouldn’t make it, that whatever demon or shapeshifter lurked in the woods would follow his trail and rip him apart first.
But now, under the glow of the neighborhood streetlights, Jacob felt almost safe.
“Just gotta’ get inside,” he panted, reaching instinctively for his keys.
He leaned the staff in the crook of his arm as he rustled through his pockets.
He’d hung onto the staff the whole way home, afraid to use the one pathetic thing he might be able to use to defend himself.
“Dammit!”
Jacob remembered that his keys were still in the car.
“It’s fine…it’s fine. I’ll just…get in some other…”
Jacob froze, feeling what little color he had left in his face drain as he glanced down the street and saw, standing impossibly tall beneath another streetlamp, a greyish-green figure with a gaunt, skull-like face and pronged horns.
Its glowing blue eyes were trained on Jacob.
“Shit!” Jacob squeaked.
For a few seconds, or perhaps an eternity, the two regarded each other from across the street.
Then, with a scream, the creature dropped to all fours and sprinted at Jacob.
He barely had time to react, swinging desperately with the staff.
He felt the staff collide uselessly with his attacker as it hit him with a massive clawed hand.
There was a crack but Jacob didn’t have time to process whether it was the staff breaking or his head hitting the front door as his own body was thrown against it.
Chapter 53
Summary:
Morton really didn't sign up for this.
Notes:
Happy New Year!
This Winter sure has been...bizarre, and I don't see that changing anytime soon - but here's to a hopeful 2024 anyway! I'm very excited to share more of MoonShadow with you this year! There is so much I can't wait to get to.
As has oftentimes been the case, I ended up splitting the next chapter into the next *two* chapters. It just seemed to flow better that way. So enjoy and, as always, thanks for reading!
Alice
Chapter Text
It had taken Morton quite some time to get used to the new lay of the land in Bonesborough.
In fact, he wasn’t certain that he’d quite gotten used to it even yet, the once-familiar streets now a maze of ravines and fissures.
Still, the town was nothing if not resilient and, in the span of a few short months, it was bustling with daily activity once again.
There was still a troubling undercurrent of unrest, the riots proving disruptive for everyone. But, despite all of that, it was incredible how so much of the population managed to keep living their lives as if nothing had happened.
Perhaps it was that same resilience, or perhaps it was merely a coping mechanism as the world around them fell further into chaos and anarchy.
All of this was to say that, in spite of his initial fears following the Isles-wide destruction, Morton had managed to not only stay in business, but his business had been doing well.
Part of it was that Morton just had a knack for anticipating what his customers were going to need.
Clarity and anti-anxiety potions, for instance, were in high demand and comprised the bulk of his sales. Any time there was another freak high tide or cosmic disturbance, Morton spent the night cooking, stocking up on inventory, preparing for the inevitable demand when he opened his stand in the morning.
And when images of The Collector riding atop the shoulders of a rampaging Owl Beast began circulating on Penstagram…Well, Morton went right to work brewing up fresh batches of Nightmare Tonic and Eda’s complicated elixir.
Still, he was not prepared for just who showed up at his stand to collect them.
“Hi!”
“AAAAUGGHGH!” Morton yelped, stumbling backwards and tripping at the sight of a brightly-clad child who was now perched on the front desk of his stand.
They leaned over it, wearing quite possibly the most terrifying smile that Morton had ever seen on another creature.
“What- cha’ doin’?” The Collector asked, kicking their legs to and fro and observing Morton like he was a bug they found mildly fascinating, but also probably intended to squash.
“Uh…can I help you?” Morton squeaked, his voice going much higher than normal.
The Collector laughed.
“Why are you talking funny like that?” they demanded.
“You… you’re talking funny,” Morton said before it occurred to him that he probably shouldn’t.
“Uh, no I’m not,” The Collector said, frowning slightly, although their eyes continued to dance. “Heyyyyyy. Why’re you on the ground?”
“I fell over. You saw me.”
“Why’d you fall over?”
“Because you scared the crap out of me!”
“Ooops,” The Collector giggled, not looking regretful in the slightest. “You’re Morton, right?”
“Wha…what’s it to you?” Morton retorted. “Did Eda send you?”
“Nope!” The Collector said, hanging further into the stand, to the point where Morton was fairly certain they were defying whatever passed for the laws of gravity in the Boiling Isles.
And physics. Probably physics too.
“I,” The Collector continued. “Came here all by myself. Soooo… Are. You. Morton?”
Their eyes blazed.
“I…uh…yes…” Morton said, scooting backwards away from the tiny, menacing figure before him.
“Oh!” The Collector said brightly, their grin returning, wider this time. “Yay! You’re who I’m looking for.”
“Fuck,” said Morton.
The Collector leaned even further into the stand, finally toppling over and falling to the floor with a loud thump that shook the ground.
“I’m Moon,” they said, sitting up and addressing Morton once again. “Do you know about starfish? I have a starfish!”
“Uhhhh, no,” Morton said, frozen in place.
“Oh,” The Collector - Moon, apparently - looked disappointed, but only for a short moment. “Why do you have a funnel on your head?”
“So I don’t…lose it?” Morton said, still feeling that everything happening was completely surreal. “If I can’t see something, I…kind of forget it’s something that I have?”
“But how can you see it, if it’s on your head?” Moon asked.
They glanced around the interior of the stand with interest.
“Ooooh, what’s that?”
They pointed at a small tabletop lab filled with glass beakers and vials, each containing different, brightly-colored liquids.
“Don’t touch that!” Morton cried, leaping to his feet and snatching away a beaker filled with a bubbling, purple liquid that Moon was reaching for.
Moon followed the movement of the beaker like a cat watching something they were about to pounce on, and Morton realized the futility of trying to keep anything out of reach of the child in front of him.
“This is a very unstable substance,” he said.
“It’s purple,” Moon said, eyes still locked on the beaker.
“Well, yes. But it’s also…”
“The exploding part of an Exploding Potion,” Moon said. “I know what it’s for, silly. Duh.”
“I…tend to call it a Combustion Concoction,” Morton said, partially to himself. “And this is only half the ingredients.”
He quickly set down the volatile mixture so he could snatch the next vial that Moon was reaching for.
Moon just moved on to their next target and grabbed another vial, this one thankfully capped with a cork and sealed with wax.
Not that this posed anything remotely like a challenge if Moon really wanted to access the sparkling substance within.
“Don’t touch that!” Morton cried. “Put it down!”
“Bet you can’t make me!” Moon sang happily.
Morton thought better of trying to take it away.
Instead, he hurriedly switched tactics.
“Are you…uh,” he asked. “Here for Eda’s elixir? Or…or her Nightmare Tonic? Or both?”
“The anti-beast elixer stuff to make her turn back,” Moon said, remembering their mission. “Gimmie, gimmie, gimmie! I’m tired of playing with that dumb beast. I want the Owl Lady back.”
***
Exactly what Hooty knew, and how, Eda wasn’t certain.
However, he very cryptically and very pointedly assured her that Moon was okay and that everything would be fine.
Ordinarily, Eda would have pressed him for more information with a heavy dose of sass to go with it, but today she wasn’t quite sure how to do that anymore. Her emotions still felt out of whack and, despite Raine’s kindness and King and Luz clinging to her, she wasn’t entirely convinced that she hadn’t pushed everyone away for good.
And…well, Hooty was a strange and obnoxious worm of a bird, but Eda did trust him. And if he was telling her adamantly to sit tight and relax because Moon was just fine, then she believed him.
So sit tight she did, waiting.
The relaxing part of the equation wasn’t so easy though, especially when she was informed that Gwen and Dell were on their way.
On one of Hooty’s cryptic hints, Lilith headed back to Bonesborough to pick up more elixir, with Steve in tow.
“I don’t get it,” Steve was saying. “We already have a boatload of elixir. We’ve been hauling it around.”
“I agree,” Lilith said. “But Hootsifer is right - we could always use more. What if the uprisers take over Bonesborough and we can’t get out for a while? It certainly wouldn’t hurt to stockpile while we can. For me and Edalyn.”
When Gwen arrived, Raine greeted her at the door.
“She’s upstairs in Moon’s room,” they informed her. “And Gwen…go easy on her. Eda is really fragile right now.”
“I can handle this,” Gwen said. “I’m not above taking accountability for my own actions, and the sooner we get this whole misunderstanding cleared up, the better.”
She found Eda, Luz and King crowded around the sea star tank, which had been filled with rockwork.
The star was under a low overhang, motionless except for its long, whisker-like tube feet that waved in the water at the end of each arm.
“It keeps going back to that spot,” Luz said. “I think it must feel safe there - which really makes you think since it hasn’t got a brain.”
“Yeah,” King said. “Really begs the question of what you consider sentient life, you know.”
“I’mmmm super- sentient life!” Hooty said. “I don’t know what kind of hideous lifeform that starfish is, though.”
“Well at least Moon hasn’t murdered it yet,” Eda said.
She pulled the package of clams out of her hair.
It was decidedly not frozen anymore.
“Eurgh!” King cried. “Eda! Throw that out!”
“Throw it to meeeeee!” Hooty cried. “Let me be your garbage disposal!”
“Oh,” Luz said. “That reminds me. “There’s also…like, a tiny proto-universe in the kitchen sink. Raine didn’t want to drain it in case it exploded or something. Or in case it’s full of tiny worlds with microscopic, sentient life.”
“Nah,” King said. “Moon can’t create life.”
“They can’t…Wait, how do you know that?”
“I just…do?” King tapped his claws together nervously.
“Did they tell you?”
“It came up. We were…uh, talking?”
“When…?”
Gwen cleared her throat from the doorway and everyone froze and turned to her.
They regarded each other wordlessly, an awkward tension filling the air from everyone except King, who looked deeply relieved to have the current conversation interrupted.
Gwen took the initiative to walk into the room and pick up the fairly rank bag of no-longer-frozen clams and give it a disapproving look.
“Do you ever wash your hair?” she asked.
Luz frowned and gave Gwen a surprisingly stern look, shaking her head pointedly.
“I…,” Gwen said, tossing the bag to Hooty who caught it and swallowed it. “I took the liberty of putting those rocks in the aquarium. I think you’ll find the starfish is much happier now, brain or not.”
“We should…leave you to it,” Luz said, picking up King and grabbing Hooty, and pulling both from the room. “You two obviously need to talk and we’ll probably just get in the way. Bye.”
And then there was silence, Gwen and Eda staring at each other, the light of a sea star tank between them.
It was an echo of the position they’d found themselves in three days ago.
Maybe this time it would go better.
“Mom,” Eda said, her voice was a bit flat. She supposed she might sound a bit sheepish or embarrassed, but in truth she didn’t feel any of those things.
In truth, she didn’t feel anything at all.
“Oh witchlet.”
Eda sighed and looked away.
“You don’t need to explain,” Gwen said. “I do.”
Eda just turned her gaze to the floor. A thick silence fell between them.
“I…suppose I should have been more clear,” Gwen said. “I assumed what I meant was glaringly obvious.”
“Seemed pretty obvious to me,” was all Eda said.
“Edalyn. I never meant to imply that you’re not fit to be a mother.”
Eda grimaced a little at the term. She was raising kids, and she was proud of it. But being unironically called a “mother” or “mom” still felt weird.
“It’s…a bit of a surprise,” Gwen continued. “I’ll give you that. But seeing you with King and Luz? You’re doing a far better job than most people. Better than myself, I’m afraid. Seeing as how all of… this happened.”
She waved her hands as if trying to gesture at the entire situation that had been created.
“So what you’re saying,” Eda said, the anger rising within her once again. “Is it’s just Moon you think I’m unfit to parent.”
“Well yes, to be blunt! Let me finish,” Gwen held up a hand as Eda was starting to look murderous. “You know as well as I do that Moon is the reason you have your curse in the first place. You might be managing well, but this is decades of pain they caused you, pain they caused this family.”
Eda said nothing.
“I know you feel obligated, Edalyn,” Gwen continued. “But how is it fair to Moon or you if their entire existence is a reminder of all that you’ve lost and all the pain you’ve been through. How is it fair to a kid if the person trying to parent them can’t look at them without that reminder?”
“Can you not tell me,” Eda growled. “What I do or don’t think.”
Even so, her head was spinning with thoughts. This wasn’t what she’d expected from this conversation, or the direction she’d at all expected it to go.
“You…can’t tell me,” Gwen said. “That you shouldn’t think about the implications of raising someone who’s brought you so much grief.”
“Sure I can!” Eda said. “I’m telling you right now.”
But Eda was uncomfortably flashing back to the tangled mix of emotions she’d felt when she’d first chosen to protect Moon, sworn to be there with them, back when she still believed King to be dead. To say there had been no underlying feelings of hostility…that would be untrue.
But she hadn’t thought of those feelings in months. King was okay now, and Moon was her kid now.
“Witchlet,” Gwen said. “Please…”
“Please? Please what? Kick the kid out? What do you think the implications of that would be, huh? Do you know how hard I had to work to get their trust back?”
“I don’t have an answer,” Gwen said. “But there has to be…I don’t know? An option where no one gets hurt anymore in the long run. I just want to spare you the pain and turmoil.”
“Oh,” Eda said sarcastically. “I’m so glad I’ve been spared of pain and turmoil the past few days. Good thing I haven’t had to deal with that or anything.”
“Eda.”
“As far as I’m concerned, they’re just another lost kid who’s desperate for connection. And I might not be the number one choice for parent of the year, and there might be others who also think that eternal solitary confinement is cruel, but I’m the one who stepped up. I’m the one who wanted to save them! I’m the one who wants them here! No one else even thought to try! I love that kid, Mom.”
"And if you had had to choose between Moon and King?"
"The heck kind of question is that?"
“You don’t hold just a little bit of resentment towards Moon?” Gwen asked, raising an eyebrow. “Not even a teensy, tiny bit? I’m sorry but I find that a little hard to believe. I know you, Edalyn.”
“You know what?” Eda said. “I honestly don’t care what you do or don’t find hard to believe. I’m sick and tired of this stupid curse dictating how I’m supposed to feel about everything. Or everyone! Or how you and everyone else thinks I’m supposed to feel.”
Gwen opened her mouth to speak, but Eda wasn’t finished.
“So I’ve got a curse!” she continued, throwing her arm into the air. Big whoop! Why’s it always how I’ve gotta’ be the one to handle it or control it or…or…or…Maybe the rest of you should just stop aggravating me!”
***
“STEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEVEE!”
Walking through Bonesborough, Lilith winced at the loud and extended shout.
She and Steve were just within sight of Morton’s booth, and they had been trying to be as inconspicuous as possible.
While Lilith didn’t have the foggiest idea who the voice belonged to, it was clear from Steve’s expression that he knew exactly who it was.
He didn’t look alarmed, though. In fact, his expression was that of amusement.
“Steve?” Lilith began. “Who…?”
But the who quickly became apparent with the arrival of a young Hexside student, who came running seemingly out of nowhere and stopped, panting, between them and Morton’s potion booth.
“Matty!” Steve said. “Imagine seeing you here!”
“Imagine seeing me here!?” the boy cried. “I live here. You, on the other hand, have some explaining to do.”
“Oh do I?” Steve laughed. “Lilith, you’ve met my little brother, Matt Tholomule, haven’t you?”
“I…believe so,” Lilith said.
“Matty, Lulu,” Steve said. “You’ll know her as the former head of the Emperor’s Coven, but I just know her as some cool witch I like to hang out with.”
“Yeah, yeah, whatever,” Matt said, narrowing his eyes suspiciously. “You didn’t tell me you were in town. So whaaaat are you up to?”
“What’re you now, the Brother Police?”
From within his stand, Morton had noticed Lilith and was giving her a look that clearly signaled that he needed her assistance right now.
“Half the town is freaking out about a supposed Collector sighting,” Matt said. “With photographic evidence. And Augustus is being all weird about it, so I think he knows something. And now you’re here, and being evasive about why.”
“You got me,” Steve said. “I’ve been The Collector this whole time.”
“That’s not…” Matt looked furious. “Shut up, Steve! I’m being serious!”
“Actually,” Steve said. “I’m here to hug my baby brother!”
“Aauuugghhhh! Get off me!”
From his stand, Morton was now making agitated gestures, motioning desperately for Lilith’s attention.
“Mattholomule!” yet another voice cried. “There you are! Wait. Miss Lilith? Steve?”
“Ack!” Matt cried. “Steve! Put me down!”
Matt, having been picked up by Steve, looked mortified at the sudden arrival of Gus on the scene.
“I was really hoping not to attract attention,” Lilith said with a sigh.
Steve set Matt back on the ground, where he stomped his feet, before looking over at Gus in embarrassment.
“You’re an only child, Augustus. Aren’t you?”
“What does that have to do with… anything?” Gus asked.
He then turned to Lilith.
“Have you found…? I tried calling Luz back on crystal ball a couple of times but she’s not answering.”
“Eda has been accounted for,” Lilith said, quickly adding. “She’s fine - physically at least. As for our other wayward family member…”
Matt looked intrigued.
“...I think we’re about to find out.”
The four approached Morton’s potion stall, and he looked visibly relieved.
“Hello, Morton,” Lilith said.
“‘Sup,” added Steve, flashing Morton a peace sign. “Got anything good in the house?”
“I think I have… something of yours?” Morton said nervously, gesturing with a shaking hand at the interior of the stand behind him.
“You three stay back,” Lilith said to her companions. “I’ll handle this.”
She walked over to the stand, looked within and gasped with relief.
“Oh thank Titan.”
“Hi!” Moon said, looking up from where they were sitting on the floor with various potions and ingredients spread around them.
Lilith hoped they weren’t concocting an experimental recipe.
“Please take them away,” Morton begged. “I don’t know what they might do to me.”
“Wait,” Moon’s bright look suddenly faded as they stared at Lilith’s face and found that, as was the case with pretty much everyone they encountered, they couldn’t read her expression at all. “You aren’t mad at me, are you?”
Their voice sounded taunting, if not threatening, but Lilith had spent just enough time around Moon by now to see right through it.
In a flash, she vaulted over the desk into Morton’s stand and gathered Moon up, wrapping her arms tightly around them.
“What are you doing?” Morton cried in shock.
It was a calculated risk on Lilith’s part. She didn’t feel like she had much of the skills that Eda had developed over the past year or so, nor was Moon as familiar with her.
But after seeing what a rotten headspace Eda was in, and after searching for Moon for days, she wasn’t about to let them get away, especially if they were afraid they might be punished.
“I’m so happy you’re safe,” Lilith said, pressing her cheek against Moon’s head. “Everyone’s been so worried about you.”
“What?” Morton said.
Lilith huffed a sigh into Moon’s hair, rocking them gently like she had seen Eda and Raine do (like she remembered her own mother doing to her in a distant memory that she still clung to with all her might).
It felt a little awkward, a little performative, but it seemed to have the desired result.
Moon melted into Lilith’s arms. It wasn’t quite like Eda or Raine, but she was still warm and familiar, and it had been days since they’d been properly hugged.
“Edalyn’s about to lose her mind to find you,” Lilith continued.
“But…she’s still the Owl Beast,” Moon said, turning their head to look up at Lilith. “She…she won’t turn back.”
“No, no, it’s okay,” Lilith said. “She did turn back! She’s waiting for you at home!”
“She turned back?!” Moon cried.
They sounded delighted at first but that was almost immediately tempered by another emotion.
“But…but I was going to turn her back! With the elixir! So it doesn’t break house rules.”
“That’s really sweet of you, but it’s okay. She’s fine now.”
Well maybe not fine, but Moon didn’t need to know about her mental state.
“She…turned back without me?”
Moon sounded almost sullen.
“Well I…um…” Lilith said, trying to figure out how to derail this before it turned into a potential meltdown. “I imagine your presence might have been agitating to the Owl Beast and it finally relaxed when you went to get the elixir and left Edalyn to take control again.”
“Hmmmm…” Moon said.
“I can tell you right now that my piece of the curse is none too happy at the moment. But come on, let’s go home and you can see her. And Raine, and King and Hooty and Luz and all your family.”
Moon still seemed a bit put out that they weren’t going to be the one to turn Eda back, but they brightened at the prospect of seeing her.
“And my starfishie.”
“Yes. That too.”
“Please just go,” Morton said.
“Don’t think you can push me around, Morton,” Lilith said, but she still climbed back out of the stall, which was a bit harder now that she was holding onto Moon. “But thanks for keeping an eye on this little monster.”
“I have a door, you know,” Morton said. “And…uh, you ought to relay to Eda that maybe the reason she needs so many Nightmare Tonics is because she has a living nightmare in her house.”
“They can’t have been that bad,” Lilith said with a frown. “Oh, and those Tonics aren’t for Eda.”
“Then who…” Morton began.
“Imagine what dreams a… living nightmare must have,” Lilith said, tilting her head pointedly at Moon.
And she walked away, back towards where Steve, Matt and Gus were waiting.
“Oh,” said Morton.
Chapter 54
Summary:
Actually Raine DID sign up for this.
Notes:
Good morning everyone!
It's the first genuinely subzero (Farenheit) morning here this entire Winter, so things are at least seasonable now. Hope everyone is staying warm wherever you find yourselves this weekend.
Happy to finally get this next chapter out. It contains one of my favorite references that I laughed ridiculously hard about when writing it.
All the best!
Alice
Chapter Text
“Hooo-oooly Titan,” Matt Tholomule said, upon seeing Moon. “Is that actually…”
“The one and only,” Gus said.
“Oh I am so using this to blackmail you, Augustus,” Matt said, without conviction.
“No you’re not,” Steve said. “Steve says so.”
“Aren’t we past all that?” Gus said, sounding far more tired than someone his age probably should.
“Hey, kiddo,” Steve addressed Moon, who was looking at him curiously from Lilith’s arms.
“Who’re you?” Moon demanded, voice laced with a hint of suspicion.
“The name’s Steve. Ex-Coven Scout, reformist, random guy with a motorcycle. And you must be the infamous Moon. I totally dig the outfit.”
He pointed to Moon’s celestial-patterned outfit and gave them a thumbs up.
“If you’re a Coven Scout,” Moon said, squinting. “Why aren’t you wearing your uniform?”
“Ex- Coven Scout. Your dude got disillusioned and quit. Though if I knew Belos had some kid trapped in a plate, I’d have grabbed you on my way out, too.”
“That would undoubtedly not have ended well,” Lilith began. “Though if I’d known when I was still in the Coven…”
Her voice trailed off.
“Moon,” Gus piped up. “This is Matt Tholomule. He’s Steve’s brother.”
“Uhhhhhh….” Matt said. “Maybe don’t bring attention to me…”
He squirmed in place slightly, suddenly finding himself in the nerve-wracking position of having Moon’s full attention on him and not daring to make a snarky comment about it.
“So, kid,” Steve said quickly. “Moon. What’re your thoughts on sidecars?”
“What’re your thoughts on starfish?” Moon shot back.
“Equally cool, but starfish are much slower if you’re looking to make a quick getaway. Which, I might add, should probably be top priority right now. Just sayin’.”
“You have a point,” Lilith said, looking around worriedly.
“Yeah,” Matt said. “You’re in the middle of Bonesborough with the freaking Collector.”
“Matt!” Gus hissed. “Shhhh! Don’t advertise it.”
“I’m MOON!”
Indeed, the group was definitely starting to attract the attention of passers by, many of whom were doing double-takes or stopping in their tracks to stare and point or, worse, take pictures or video.
“Yeah man,” Steve said. “We need to make tracks like now.”
The group made to leave, but every way they turned there were crowds forming.
“Invisibility glyph?” Lilith suggested. “How good are you at holding your breath?”
“For a short time, good,” Steve said. “But not all the way back to the bike.”
“I don’t need to breathe,” Moon said unnecessarily.
“Can the little dude, like, teleport us or fly us out of here?”
“I’m not sure how that fits into Edalyn’s rules…”
“A distraction, then?”
“What kind of distraction?”
“I have an idea,” Gus said. “Matt, you with me?”
“Way ahead of you, twerp.”
“Hey!”
***
The conversation with Gwendolyn, although illuminating, had done little to ease the pressure in Eda’s chest, or quell the seething anger that was coursing through her veins once again.
In fact, the discussion might have gone the same direction as before, except that the Owl Beast seemed to be missing in action.
The creature had retreated, crawling deeper into her subconscious than ever before, out of reach entirely, the presence that Eda had become so used to feeling at the back of her mind was gone, leaving behind a strange and very noticeable emptiness.
And so Eda and Gwen were left facing each other in a kind of awkward tension, as if waiting for an explosion that never came.
She almost shouted at her mother that Moon had finally succeeded in Gwen’s mission and driven the Owl Beast not to bother her anymore, and maybe she should have found Moon for her instead of going off on every new healing scam that crossed her path.
But she didn’t say that.
Instead, with a few stiffly muttered excuses, she and Gwen returned downstairs, perhaps on speaking terms, but without much to say.
They reconvened with the others in the yard where Luz and Raine had started a small but cheerful fire in the firepit left from the repair ritual months earlier.
A short distance away, Dell and King appeared to be deep in conversation. Although they were too far away for anyone to make out what they were saying, Dell looked amused by King’s animated gesturing.
“You two…uh, work things out?” Raine asked.
They looked back and forth between Eda and Gwen and sighed.
“Okay. Guess not.”
Raine felt a surge of irritation towards Gwen on Eda’s behalf, but took a deep breath, closing their eyes before releasing it.
Escalating the coolness into a full-on family fight when everyone was tired and stressed wouldn’t help anyone at this point.
Luz stuck close to Eda and King departed from Dell’s side to join them.
And somehow that left Raine flanked by Dell and Gwen, staring at their little family as they tended to the fire.
Shortly thereafter, there came the crunching sound of approaching footsteps and, moments later, three figures came into view.
Lilith was walking briskly and with purpose, while Steve followed along behind.
Moon was happily perched on his shoulders, saying something in a loud and taunting tone, while poking at the horn on Steve’s forehead.
Steve, to his credit, seemed unconcerned and content to be poked at.
In fact, later conversation would reveal that he was far more worried about the fact that he’d let Matt borrow his bike than he was about giving a piggyback ride to a devious, potentially-all-powerful child god.
Whatever Moon was harassing Steve about was instantly forgotten the moment they saw Eda.
“Owl Ladyyyyyyyy!”
In an flash, they vaulted off of Steve’s shoulders, shouting loudly and accusingly.
“YOU TURNED BACK WITHOUT ME!”
Eda looked like she wanted to run to them, scoop them up.
And there wasn’t any doubt in Raine’s mind that Eda would have done so on any other day.
But today there was still something off about her, a shadow over her personality that kept her from fully expressing herself or reacting to the world around her as she normally would.
Even so, there was a look of deep relief on her face as Moon crawled into her embrace, their admonishments fading.
Eda kissed the top of their head before resting her own forehead there for a long moment, unable to stop the smile that crept its way across her face.
“She…really does care for them,” Dell said. “Doesn’t she?”
“The fact that either of you thought to question that,” Raine said, a bit more coldly than they’d intended. “Is why we spent the last three and a half days the way we did.”
Both Dell and Gwen gave them a slightly wary look.
“I’m sorry,” Raine said. “That was uncalled for.”
“It’s just a lot to take in,” Gwen said.
“Is it?”
Watching the reunion of Eda and Moon from where he was standing, Steve had burst into tears and Lilith’s attention was split between trying to comfort him and say hello to Hooty, who had rushed to greet her and was shouting about how much he’d missed her.
“You can’t look at your daughter right now,” Raine said to the elder Clawthornes. “And think for half a second that she’s… pretending to care about Moon out of some sort of sense of obligation or whatever you said. She loves them.”
“You and Eda are both…doing something honorable,” Dell said to Raine. “Regardless of whatever suffering Moon has inadvertently caused this family, we’re all in agreement that they don’t deserve to be locked away in eternal solitary torment.”
“Yes, yes, we’re in complete agreement there,” Gwen said hastily. “We’re all for Moon being rehabilitated by a loving family and all that. We just…we just…well…”
“Would rather it be happening where you don’t have to see it?” Raine said. “Or think about it?”
“That…” Gwen said. “Yes…I mean…”
“Rather not be reminded that Eda has a curse?” Raine pushed.
“I’m reminded every day,” Dell said, raising his scarred hand to his missing eye. “I’d rather not be reminded more.
“It’s difficult,” Gwen admitted.
“Difficult?” Raine said. “It’s been difficult alright. Being with someone who spent her whole life trying to avoid reminding herself or anyone else that she had a curse? I didn’t lose Eda all those years ago because of her curse! I lost her because she tried so hard to hide it that she hid herself from me.”
“Raine, you know I regret making her feel ashamed about it. I…you know I…I’ve…”
“Accepted that Eda is cursed?” Raine said. “Forgiven the one who cursed her?”
“I…you know it’s not that simple…”
“If I had to choose between the witch I love pushing me away at every turn so I won’t see her curse, or having her give me a second chance and being reminded every damn day that she’s cursed, and by our kid no less, then I choose that.”
Neither Dell nor Gwen said anything, but both looked desperately sad.
“You want to reconnect with Eda?” Raine went on. “Be part of the family again? You can start by making an effort to get to know your new grandchild.”
Without bothering to wait for a response, Raine strode away, back over to Eda so that they too could gather Moon in their arms and welcome them back home.
***
The afternoon faded into evening and it was not without a little relief from the inhabitants of the Owl House when it came time for them to retreat to the loft.
Eda settled into the nest, Raine beside her on one side, Moon face-down in the blankets between them, Luz stretched out on her other side with a blanket and a Good Witch, Azura book, King at both their shoulders.
“How many times have you read that?” Eda asked.
“Oh, more times than I can count,” Luz said with a yawn. “I pretty much know it by heart now.”
“She could probably recite it right now, start to finish,” King said. “Just ask her!”
“I could tryyyyyy,” Luz said, eyes flashing mischievously, if only for a moment before her overall tiredness returned. “But Eda might not be able to handle the pure awesomeness of the prose, and we just got her back from Owl Beast form.”
“Yeah, that’s not gonna’ wake the Beast right now, kid,” Eda said with a quirk of a smile.
“You know,” Raine said, amusement rising in their own voice. “Wouldn’t it be something if hearing the Azura books recited was what it took to bring you out of Beast form.”
Luz laughed.
Eda snorted, but she was overwhelmingly grateful to hear Raine crack a joke about the situation. Objectively, it wasn’t remotely funny, but there was something grounding about Raine’s good humor.
It almost felt like an unspoken confirmation that they weren’t going to bolt, even after this.
At least not yet.
But now that the thought had returned and made its presence known in her head, it began to prowl around and she couldn’t quite shake it.
As time ticked by, Luz fell asleep, dropping the book onto her chest, head resting against the edge of the nest.
King softly began snoring, and Moon’s constant wiggling and readjusting finally subsided.
“Raine?”
“Mmmm?” Raine said, opening their eyes slightly and turning towards Eda.
“You…put up with a lot. I…I can’t help but wonder when it’s going to get to be too much.”
The unspoken “again” lingered in the quiet room.
Raine sighed.
“We’re not still on that, are we Eda? I told you…”
“I know, I know. Maybe it’s an irrational fear, I don’t know. But you ran once before…”
“You pushed me away before…”
“I know…”
“That’s the difference. You’re not hiding your curse or yourself from me anymore. And you know I don’t resent you for your curse. As long as we can be here and talk like this…? Eda, I swear to you I knew what I was getting into this time. And you can take those little or not-so-little fears about me leaving, and throw them into whatever Void we have in the kitchen sink right now.”
Eda snorted in spite of herself.
Moon grumbled something unintelligible and shifted, pulling as much of the blankets towards them as they could.
“Cover thief,” Raine said, pulling their portion of the blankets back.
“Sometimes…” Eda sighed. “You know why I pushed you away all those years ago. I’ve harmed people. I mean seriously hurt them. People whom I love in spite of everything. I didn’t want to hurt anyone else ever again. And sometimes…sometimes I still feel like the only way to protect all of you from what I’m capable of would be to lock myself up where I couldn’t hurt any of you.”
“Eda.”
“We…we can’t ignore the curse though, Rainestorm,” Eda said. “After how I hurt Dad? I could’ve hurt Mom the other day. What if it’s you next time? Or Luz? Or King? Or Hunter? Or Moon? I don’t think I could live with myself. The Beast isn’t malicious, but they don’t care who they attack if they’re scared or upset.”
Raine reached over and grasped Eda’s hand firmly, lacing their fingers together.
“No more running,” they said. “You struggled with your curse alone for far too long. We’ll get through this together.”
Eda held onto Raine’s hand with an embarrassing tightness, trying to quell the panic and anxiety that roiled just below the surface.
“When it was…just me,” she said. “Oh I might have been at rock bottom, but I had nothing to lose. It was kind of…freeing, you know?”
Raine didn’t say anything, but they looked at her without judgement.
Encouraged, Eda went on.
“But now…now I have everything to lose. And I’ve had everything taken from me before, I know it can happen. And, worst of all, I know how it feels. And I’m so fucking terrified of that.”
“Eda…Eda, I’m right here. Look at me, please.”
Eda met their almost pleading gaze.
“I’m right here. We’re both right here, and I’m not going anywhere. You look around you and see a lot to lose, but we’re not losing it, we’re not. I’m not about to let any of this go.”
They squeezed Eda’s hand.
Eda took in the scene around her, lit by the dim glow of candles burning low.
The loft was a mess.
Try as she might, Eda couldn’t seem to rectify that.
Clutter was spread about everywhere, some of it crammed into boxes and spaces to be dealt with…later. Or never.
It didn’t help that not all of the chests, dressers and other storage had been recovered after the day of unity and stuff was piled in the corners with no real place to go.
It would be easy to chalk it all up to the lack of storage spaces, along with Moon’s antics - which had done the mess no favors. But the truth was, the loft had been in a similar state for many years.
Sometimes Eda imagined an idyllic space, something that fit the cozy aesthetics of the rooms and houses she’d seen pictured on Penstagram.
Sometimes she imagined she could get her own house to that point.
So far, it hadn’t happened.
If anything, it was more cluttered and messy than ever before, and there were cobwebs in nearly every corner.
At least, she thought, those weren’t particularly visible in candlelight.
Eda’s focus came back to rest on Raine, Luz, King and Moon, all in the nest around her in a space where she had spent so many years alone.
“Do you,” Eda said quickly, before she could psych herself out of voicing the thought. “Do you think Mom has a point?”
For a long moment, Raine didn’t reply.
“Gwen means well,” they finally said carefully. “But she has some things to come to terms with. Your parents weren’t there to see how much you put into rescuing Moon, they don’t realize how important it was to you. For what it’s worth, I don’t think Moon’s role in your curse has clouded your judgement or how you see them”
King readjusted himself, wiggling closer, his horns digging against Eda’s arm stump.
She grimaced and shifted what was left of her arm, but did not complain.
“But what am I gonna’ do if…if…” Eda’s voice wavered, even as she spoke softly. “How is my going all Beast Mode gonna’ affect the kids in the long run? What if they grow up to resent me? What if…what if I just repeat the cycle and we end up just like me and… and my parents.”
“One,” Raine said. “You’re too worn out right now to have that conversation. Two…well,” they glanced at the sleeping children. “They’re here with you because they want to be. You spent years hiding from your mom in another dimension. Luz crossed dimensional boundaries to be with you. King drew up his own adoption papers.”
“But Moon…” Eda began.
“Moon adores you, Eda. I should think that’s pretty blatantly obvious.”
“Moon can’t tell kindness from manipulation. They’d adore anyone who gave them a hug and cupcake. I’m…nothing special. I’ve just done the bare minimum by not treating them like complete garbage.”
“Eda…” Raine began.
“UGH! Quit being silly already.”
Both Eda and Raine abruptly looked down at the source of the muffled voice, still lying face-down in the nest between them.
“I thought you were asleep…” Eda began.
Moon snickered and turned their head to look at her.
“I think you’re forgetting something,” they said in a voice that would have sounded utterly like a threat if Eda hadn’t known better. “You can’t run away. You’re my Owl Lady. I’ll find you. And if you even try to lock yourself up, I’ll break through every lock.”
“I’m not gonna’ lock myself up,” Eda said. “I was just…I don’t know. It’s difficult to deal with the Owl Beast sometimes.”
“I’m stronger than the Beast,” Moon said. “The Beast is scared of me. And anyway, it can’t hurt me. I’m…I’m anti-Beast-proof!”
“Anti-Beast-proof?” Raine snorted, trying to parse that out.
“Aaallsoooooo,” Moon said, raising a hand and making a curling motion with their little finger. “You pinky swore! You pinky swore that you wouldn’t leave me alone. Nooooooo taksie-backsies!”
They laughed wickedly, kicking their legs from side to side.
On Eda’s other side, King squirmed and made an annoyed sound, burying his head even more as if trying to get away from the noise.
“Are you threatening me, kid,” Eda asked.
“Maybeeeee,” Moon snickered happily.
“You think you can get away with threatening the most powerful witch on the Boiling Isles?” Eda said, raising an eyebrow, her expression teasing.
“Yep. But only if you try to break your promise. And youuuu-uu wooon’t doooo that.”
“No,” Eda said, letting go of Raine’s hand to run her fingers through Moon’s hair. “You’re right, I won’t do that. I just don’t want to hurt you.”
“I told you,” Moon said. “The Beast can’t hurt me. I’m…”
“You’re Beast-proof, I know.”
“Yep! I’m stronger than ten hundred Beasts! ‘Sides, I pinky swore to trust you. You wouldn’t hurt me if you could. Which you can’t.”
Eda felt the terrible pressure that had been pressing against her chest start to escape, leaking around her eyes.
Moon stretched contentedly and turned over again, presumably to go back to sleep after having said their contribution to the conversation
Raine whistled out the lights but Eda, though exhausted, did not fall asleep immediately.
For a long time, she lay awake in the darkness.
The nest had once been a place where she’d isolated herself.
Now she was surrounded by a family she still wasn’t quite sure she truly deserved.
***
There was the familiar sound of water running.
Had he accidentally left the shower on?
Was he planning on taking a shower?
Did he forget…?
What…?
Jacob came back to himself with a wave of nausea and the taste of blood in his mouth, followed by a rush of pain returning to him.
Everything hurt, but his head was especially painful.
He blinked, the familiar and admittedly bland ceiling of his living room swimming into focus.
“Owwww,” he said, spitting blood. “What?”
The lights in the house were all on, and Jacob could hear the shower running, which was a bit odd, because he didn’t remember having started it.
Had he fallen asleep and accidentally left the water running?
Jacob was, he became aware, wrapped tightly in a number of heavy blankets on his sofa. Next to him on the floor, a space heater was set to high.
It occurred to Jacob that he was very cold in spite of this.
Had he gotten hypothermia and set all this up and forgotten about it?
He wiped at his mouth and yelped in pain. Several of his teeth were missing!
They must have gotten knocked out when the demon attacked.
“Oh shit!”
The demon!
Fuzzy memories came back to Jacob, the events of the night returning in a surreal haze.
Had that actually happened?
But…
He was alive! How was he still alive??
Had it all just been a dream?
Somewhere in the house, the shower turned off.
Jacob flailed about, becoming entangled in all the blankets and falling off the couch with a loud thud and another yelp of pain.
Next to him was the box of T-shirts that had been left on his doorstep, undoubtedly by that abhorrent veterinarian who was clearly in league with the dark forces. He hadn’t been able to figure out what the threat implied by the shirts was, but he was certain it was a threat of some kind.
He rolled away from the box, still trapped by the blankets and his eyes fell on an object left carelessly on the floor a short distance away.
He recognized it as the wooden staff he’d used to defend himself.
So it definitely hadn’t been a dream…
He must have actually hit the monster, because the staff was broken, the carved hummingbird moth figure having been smashed in two.
There was a sudden creaking noise that Jacob knew from experience was the sound the living room floorboards made beneath the carpet whenever he stepped on them.
He froze, not even daring to breathe.
“Ah,” a clear voice said. “You’re finally awake.”
Chapter 55
Summary:
A sixteen-hundreds witch hunter and a modern day conspiracy theorist (don't) walk into a bar.
Notes:
Hello dear readers!
It's been a minute! I didn't think I was even going to get this chapter up today as I spent a good half hour just convincing my computer to boot up. Been having difficulties in that regard, which has not been conducive to editing or getting chapters up. Fortunately I've already been working on getting a whole new system, though it isn't supposed to arrive for another couple of weeks at least. Hopefully I can limp this one along a little longer.
This Winter has been kind of a flop in regards to pretty much everything. Every sled dog race in the region was cancelled due to warm weather and lack of snow, but we've still been having fun as much as we can.
In any case, I hope you enjoy this new chapter and I'm sorry I took so long getting it to you. Exciting things are in store!
Alice
***CONTENT WARNING: Some of the content in the flashback at the beginning of the chapter could be read as suicidal ideation***
Chapter Text
Eda Clawthorne woke up alone.
This wasn’t anything new anymore, it was a norm she’d quite come to accept and even enjoy.
She’d better, she didn’t exactly have any other options.
But she had a nest now, all to herself, and no one could judge her for it if it stank like stale bird feathers or if she regularly puked up rodent skeletons in it and didn’t clean them up.
The nest was her solitary safe haven and she’d puke as many rat bones into it as she wanted and not think about how grossed out Raine would undoubtedly be if they were to see the reality of who she was.
It was for the best.
The problem right now was that she was awake.
It was the middle of the night and she should have been sleeping still. She wished she were still asleep.
And she would have been if it weren’t for the Titan-awful, obnoxious house demon that inhabited her new home.
“IF YOU DON’T LET ME OUT RIGHT NOW, EVA, I’M GONNA HUUUUUUUURLLLLL!”
“Ugh. Dammit, Hooty.”
Eda staggered to her feet, hating her conscious state more with every passing second.
“I should smash you up and ferment you, you stupid feather noodle!” she said upon reaching the front door and kicking it open in time for Hooty to projectile vomit a seemingly-impossible amount of apple blood all over the yard, broken bottles and all.
“Serves you right for drinking it all,” Eda muttered.
Well, at least it wasn’t flooding all over the house.
Not that Eda particularly cared, but she didn’t exactly want to clean that mess up.
Or feel guilty for not cleaning that mess up which, at this point, was the more likely outcome.
“You’ll’thank’me’oneday,” Hooty slurred.
“Hah. As if.”
Normally, Hooty was more than fully capable of opening the door to let himself outside - he was a house demon after all.
On this particular occasion, however, he had consumed an entire pallet of apple blood that Eda had lifted from a shipping vessel on the docks.
He was beyond intoxicated, to levels that would have most likely killed a lesser demon seventeen times over.
Eda was starting to think her annoying housemate was unkillable which, at the moment, she found a bit disappointing.
Right now he was drunk while she was, regretfully, completely sober.
That empiric ton of apple blood had been meant for her, dammit.
And now she was awake.
After waiting to make sure that Hooty had fully emptied whatever gullet or stomach equivalent he happened to possess, Eda physically hauled him back inside, leaving him in a drooling, tangled pile in the middle of the empty living room, and pulled the door to.
She kind of hated how empty the house still was, devoid of much for furnishings or anything.
But then, what would be the point.
Eda turned and trudged back towards the loft, footsteps echoing through the otherwise silent house.
Soon she’d be back in her nest, back asleep, and everything would be…well it wouldn’t be okay, but she’d be unaware of just how not okay everything was.
The pressure, the constant muffled pain, she wouldn’t be awake to bear it.
Because it wasn’t the tiredness or even the fact that it was the wee hours of the morning that made Eda hate being awake.
It was the fact that being awake came with being consciousness, such as it was, and consciousness had become unbearable.
On the floor, Hooty groaned and rolled around a little.
Impervious as he was, the amount of apple blood he’d consumed was astronomical, even by Boiling Isles standards.
He didn’t regret it, but boy did he feel awful at the moment.
But somebody had to keep his new, depressed housemate putting one foot in front of the other after the murder of…
No wait…
Raine hadn’t died.
He must be getting Eda mixed up with someone else in a vague, distant memory. Or maybe it was just something he’d made up in the years he’d sat alone in the abandoned house.
She’d been distraught, despondent too, though.
Hooty’s head hurt, trying to remember, as if the pieces weren’t quite all there.
Maybe it was just because he was drunk.
Eda was his charge now, and he was going to keep her moving forward day by day until…
Well…
Until…
***
“AAAAGGGHHHHH!”
Still wrapped in blankets, Jacob flopped around on the floor like a giant, overturned caterpillar.
“Please calm down, you’ve sustained a significant head injury.”
“SHAPESHIFTER!” Jacob screamed, spitting blood as the man who was now crouched over him put a hand on his shoulder. “GET AWAY FROM ME!”
“I saved your life. I am not a shapeshifter…”
“Oh yeah? THAT’S EXACTLY WHAT A SHAPESHIFTER WOULD SAY!”
“Relax. The danger has passed, for now. But you must listen to me if you want to stay safe from it in the future.”
“The future?”
Weakened from his horrible misadventures, Jacob stopped fighting and, for the first time, took a good look at the stranger in his home.
The intruder was human, or at least looked it, with shockingly blue eyes and a scar across his face. His long hair was currently sopping wet from the shower and he was wearing a pair of Jacob’s sweatpants and one of the T-shirts from the vet clinic with three heart shapes and the words ‘FortiHeart Monthly Heartworm Preventative’ emblazoned across the front.
“I took the shirt from the box,” he said, seeing Jacob’s look. “I hope you don’t mind. You seem to have quite a number of them.”
“Uhhhhh….” Jacob said.
The man had what sounded for all the world like a British accent and that, along with the depictions from historical records that Jacob had spent hours pouring over, finally made it click.
He wrestled his way out of the burrito of blankets while the man watched with a curious expression but made no move to interfere.
“You!” Jacob spat. “You are the shapeshifter! You think you can fool me by trying for the other one! But you’re an affront to his memory! I will destroy you this time, you foul demon!”
“An affront to whose memory, exactly?”
“I don’t have to tell you THAT! You might’ve changed the features a little but we both know you’ve taken the form of Philip Wittebane.”
Jacob could have sworn the man’s eyes glowed at the mention of the name, but perhaps it was just a trick of the light in the dimly lit house.
“I see my reputation precedes me. I knew I came to the right place.”
“Liar! Your ears are pointy!”
Philip took a seat on the couch and observed Jacob, chin propped on hand.
“Your name is Hopkins, is it not?”
“Yeah, what of it? Wait, how do you know that? Unless you’re the shapeshifter and we’ve met before.”
“It’s written on the door of this house,” Philip said calmly. “Assuming, of course, this is your place of residence. Which the letters on your desk suggest.”
“ GET OUT OF MY HOUSE, FREAK!” Jacob cried.
“Please, call me Philip. It’s been far too long.”
“But you’re not! You can’t be! Your ears betray you!” Jacob said, flailing around and looking for something to defend himself with.
“They were mutilated,” Philip said. “By the wild witches of the demon realm. I assure you, I am indeed Philip Wittebane.”
“The Wittebane brothers disappeared like four hundred years ago! You’d have to…” Jacob’s eyes widened and he ran his tongue over the spot where his teeth had been knocked out. “Time travel…”
From the couch, Philip raised an eyebrow.
“My teeth…” Jacob began. “The Martians! You time traveled! You must’ve gotten pulled from the past when they powered up their machines with my teeth! And that means, holy shit! You are Philip Wittebane!”
Jacob suddenly looked starstruck, sitting on the floor and staring at the man on the couch.
“Perhaps you should explain,” Philip said. “I’m not sure I follow.”
But Jacob was already excitedly babbling.
“I’ve actually been researching this on the internet - you wouldn’t know what that is. It’s like a…a library only it’s digital - you wouldn’t know what that is either. But I’ve been researching the history of Gravesfield and all the reports of demons and witchcraft, and I started all this because I saw an actual demon once, and then I learned others had too, and I read about the witch hunters in the sixteen hundreds and I got on MewTube - that’s another internet thing, it has videos, and you’re not going to understand any of this, but I did research and I learned that the witches and demons were from Mars, which the colonists probably assumed was hell, and they need human teeth to power their time machines that they need for their nefarious plans to take over the world.
“I’ve been trying to hunt them down and expose the plot to the world which is why that shapeshifter probably targeted me and took my teeth, but their time machine inadvertently brought you back from the sixteen hundreds and you must be so confused about the modern era, but I have so much to show you. Maybe we can work together and we can finally rid the world of all the evil creatures from Mars. Maybe we can use the machines to send you back to your proper time. Unless you want to stay in the future. Wait, how the hell did you know how to operate my shower?”
Philip sat, scrutinizing Jacob with a strange kind of intensity.
“Your assessment of the situation is quite close to the truth,” he said. “Gravesfield has been a point of access between our realm and the realm of demons and witches, which you know as Mars.”
“I knew it! Oh gosh, I have so many questions for you…”
“Of that I’ve no doubt, Hopkins,” Philip said with a smile. “And I think we may be able to help each other.”
Jacob glowed.
“I’ve been there, in the Martian world,” Philip continued. “Attempting to destroy it from within, but I fear I was unsuccessful. There’s still work to be done, and I don’t think my being brought here and saving your life was a coincidence.”
“You think…”
“In regards to your earlier question,” Philip said with a rather amused smile. “It would appear the technology here has advanced… considerably since I left, but so too has the technology on… Mars. I had to learn its intricacies in order to survive.” He picked up the cord of the space heater and considered it. “Yours… ours, I suppose, is much less organic in composition but familiar enough, nonetheless. Operating your shower was not a particularly challenging feat.”
Jacob looked like he couldn’t decide whether to laugh or just continue to sit on the floor looking awestruck.
Philip got to his feet, looking a little shaky if only for a moment.
“This…shapeshifter that was attacking you…it won’t be kept at bay forever.”
He bent down and picked up what was left of the broken staff.
“I apologize for destroying your…artifact. It was necessary to save your life from that monster. I don’t suppose you have a replacement?”
“Er…no, I don’t. I’ve never seen anything else like it.”
“Shame.”
“I can show you where I found it, though! I’m pretty sure it’s Martian in origin…”
“It is, actually,” Philip said. “You’re an astute observer, Hopkins.”
“Y-you can call me Jacob.”
“An honorable name.”
“Uh…thanks…”
Jacob thought distantly that he couldn’t remember anyone ever complimenting him on his name.
Philip sighed wearily.
“You’re very lucky I came along when I did, Jacob. The creature that was attacking you is something that has haunted me for untold years and I’ve seen firsthand what it has done to others.”
“And it’s a shapeshifter from Mars, right?”
“The creature is…more of an amalgamation, a hivemind of evil spirits operating as a single entity.”
Philip rubbed absently, or perhaps deliberately at the scar on his face and Jacob noticed with a horrified kind of fascination that it was oozing slightly.
Perhaps, Jacob realized, it was not a scar at all but a wound sustained this very night when Philip heroically fought off the shapeshifting evil spirit hivemind.
“There’s a world next door to ours,” Philip said, staring at his reflection in the darkened living room window. “Full of the most wretched and vile beings imaginable, twisted mockeries of souls. It destroyed everyone I ever cared about - and it’s nearly destroyed me. It's nothing short of a miracle that I’m even here to speak to you today. But as long as that…that demon realm exists, the very souls of the human race are in grave danger.”
“From spiritual attacks, you mean?” Jacob said. “I learned about that from watching Ghost Harassers. The lead investigator had to have, like, three exorcisms in the last episode.”
“Unfortunately it would seem that the demonic influences on humanity during my time away have been even greater than I feared. There’s much work to be done to stop it.”
Philip sat back down on the sofa.
“I confess that my experiences have weakened me tremendously. I will need assistance, Jacob. Will you help me?”
Jacob didn’t even have to pause to consider the prospect before he earnestly replied.
“Where do we start?”
***
Eda Clawthorne woke up in a pile.
Her nose was buried in musky-sweet Titan fur, and there were sharp horns digging into her neck.
It still felt like kind of a novelty, drifting into consciousness and finding herself crowded by children on all sides.
At some point, Luz had snuggled up, and King had shifted up next to her face, inadvertently pushing her head to the side, nearly off the pillow.
There was no real way to move away, though, because Moon was keeping her firmly in place, plastered against her other side, an immovable force radiating with a subtle but noticeable magical charge.
It was something Eda had grown accustomed to over Moon’s time in the Owl House but there were some rather electrical sensations that came with being in close proximity to them, some that left lasting effects.
After Moon’s big meltdown, Eda’s muscles had ached like she’d done some sort of strenuous exercise without being used to it.
There might be some soreness today as well, but it could probably be attributed to other reasons.
Moon had kicked Eda’s legs aside to make room for their own and that, combined with King pushing her head at an angle had put her spine in a position which she would never have voluntarily slept.
She could tell that pretty much every joint in her body was getting ready to stage a protest that would probably last the rest of the day. Her hand had fallen asleep too.
Eda tried to stretch, but was largely unsuccessful, the three children stirring slightly but only to push closer. And so she lay, slightly contorted, feeling the steady breathing of the forms pressed up against her.
At least they seemed comfortable, happily snoozing away as the light of dawn (albeit a very overcast one) crept into the loft.
With an uncomfortable grunt, Eda moved her arm from where it was pinned beneath Moon along with Raine’s, wincing as the feeling began returning to her hand in staticky pinpricks that had nothing to do with the energy Moon gave off.
“Hand fall asleep?” Raine murmured sleepily.
Eda turned to look at them, a bit surprised that they hadn’t already gotten up and left the nest.
“Raine, I’m being held captive by children with malicious intent.”
“What a horrible predicament for you.”
“I don’t think I can escape.”
“You’ll have to stay there forever.”
“Actually, that might not be so bad. I won’t have to face Mom anymore.”
“Uhhhfff, good point. Your parents are still here. Let’s not get up today.”
King gave a little snore and stretched, bumping his skull against Eda’s chin. She pressed a series of kisses against it.
Raine lazily blinked at Eda, the corner of their mouth upturned with the hint of a smile.
“What is that look, Rainestorm?” Eda said, although she already knew.
“Nothing,” Raine said contently. “You’re just…”
“What?” Eda snorted, before they could say any more. “Gorgeous? Sexiest thing you’ve ever seen? Hah! That’s true, but not at this hour of the morning. Put your glasses on.”
Raine laughed.
“Mmmmm, I was gonna’ say you’re kind of a dork.”
“Hey!”
“But you’re my dork.”
Raine’s voice was soft and fond as they reached over and tapped Eda on the nose.
“Watch it, I bite.”
Raine just smirked and did it again.
“Hmph,” Eda said, relenting in her halfhearted struggle to extricate herself from the pile.
She relaxed. There was something grounding about Raine’s fond expression. If they could still look at her like that when she was quite certain she looked like trash warmed over (and definitely felt like it) then maybe they really were in it for the long haul. If the perpetual disaster that was the state of the loft wasn’t quite enough to scare them away or make them judge her…
But she really did need to move before her entire body cramped up so bad it could never recover.
“Ack! I don’t think my spine can take this much longer. Moon, baby, you gotta’ give me a little room here.”
“They stole every blanket,” Raine observed.
Indeed, there was only a tuft of white hair visible from where Moon had buried themself in the blankets.
“A thief, huh,” Eda said, finally scooting backwards out of the pile. “Guess they are learning something from me.”
“Eda, you’ve hardly stolen anything for months.”
Moon awoke blearily, looking a little perturbed. They were followed by King and then Luz.
“Where’d’the’pillow’go,” King mumbled.
He blinked hard a few times.
“Uhmmm,” Luz said, yawning. “Morning.”
She retrieved her book and set it on the side of the nest.
Eda stretched again, making to finally get up.
“Quick!” King cried. “She’s getting away! Catch her!”
He leaped at Eda.
Luz and Moon didn’t have to be told twice.
The three tackled Eda, knocking her from the nest and onto the floor, while Raine laughed at the spectacle.
“Hey, ow!” Eda said.
Well at least the kids weren’t grumpy or fighting each other, Eda thought.
And, for a moment, she forgot the events of the last few days and felt a little more like herself.
Chapter 56
Summary:
Gwen makes an effort.
Notes:
Good morning all and welcome to the next chapter of MoonShadow!
I’m continuing to make progress on this fic and have a new computer setup to work with, which should be a game-changer for editing (and not needing an internet connection to do so). I’m still not certain how frequent updates will be as I balance real life with writing, but things should definitely be smoother from here on out.
I appreciate everyone who is still following along. The Owl House fandom is fairly quiet these days, the tiny fraction that is The Collector fandom doubly so. And yet there are still dedicated fans creating and reading and writing and it gives me hope that it won’t fade away completely just yet.
So, as always, thanks for reading and thanks to those of you who have left all the wonderful comments on the last couple of chapters! I’m going to try to finally get around to replying to them as I can.
Alice
Chapter Text
Breakfast began as a civil, if awkward affair.
The food was a creation of the combined talents of Lilith, Steve and Hooty. It appeared to be a kind of lumpy, grey mush. The smell did not do it any favors, at least for Luz, who couldn’t quite bring herself to try it.
Dell and Gwen, on the other hand, were quite impressed with the dish, and Lilith glowed at their recognition, loading up a plate with a large helping for Eda and setting it on the table before her.
Between mouthfulls, she filled Eda in on having found Moon at Morton’s stand and how they had made their escape.
It seemed Gus and Matt had flooded Bonesborough with an untold number of illusions of Steve, Lilith and Moon - and a few of the Owl Beast just for good measure. It had, naturally, caused widespread panic and chaos.
“Whoah,” Eda said. “Gotta’ hand it to Goops there. He’s got some mad illusion skills.”
“I’m sorry,” Lilith said, squinting her eyes at Eda. “Goops?”
The upside of the flood of illusions, as a quick scroll through Penstagram revealed, was that once the residents of Bonesborough realized that they were dealing with a plethora of illusions, it had cast doubt on the veracity of anything they’d seen the past few days - including Moon riding around on the Owl Beast.
“Fortuitous,” Raine said, setting their scroll aside.
“Looks like we’re off the hook, baby!” Luz said, punching the air.
“At least for now,” King muttered.
For some reason, the thought didn’t cheer Eda up very much.
“I don’t know if the Coven Heads will buy the story,” Raine said with a sigh, pushing the food around on their plate. “I am not looking forward to that meeting.”
With an awkward apology, Luz bypassed the foul-smelling, grey concoction and set about scrambling herself some griffin eggs.
“No need to apologize,” Dell insisted. “Humans can’t process a lot of foods.”
“‘Cept they can eat palismen,” Moon piped up loudly from where they were scarfing down a heaping portion of the breakfast gruel.
Eda grimaced inwardly, and maybe a little outwardly too. Of all the things Moon could have said, and all the people they could have said it to…
Gwen took a breath but didn’t say anything.
Eda refused to meet her father’s eye.
“Belos’...shall we say, poison of choice,” Raine said, deliberately trying to fill the sudden and tense silence at the table. “Was kind of an open secret in the castle. We…all knew about it. Just not the human part.”
“I witnessed him consuming palismen on many occasions when I was head of the Emperor’s Coven,” Lilith admitted. “And I…I just felt honored that he apparently trusted me though to show his failing health in my presence.”
“You think maybe he did that in front of you on purpose, eating the palismen stuff?” Steve said. “To mess with you? See how far he could push you and what he could make you accept?”
“I’d already bought into so much,” Lilith said. “By the time I became aware of Belos eating palisman essence for power, I’d already brushed off a lot of…questionable activities within the Coven.”
“Girl, same,” Steve said.
“He…did have motive to mess with me, though. I’d already punched him in the face, or was going to. Or would have been…or already had in the future…in the past…”
“Time travel,” Luz and Lilith said in unison.
“You know one of these days you’re gonna’ have to give me the full rundown on that, Lulu,” Steve said.
“Philip didn’t eat palismen for power,” Moon said. “He did it to stay in control of his monster shape.”
“Which he got from eating palismen,” Luz said, expression dark.
Moon looked like they were about to argue, but Eda spoke up first.
“See, Mom,” she said. “It could’ve been far worse than my elixir system.”
“Edalyn, please,” Gwen said. “You know I learned my lesson and fully support your elixirs. And yours too, Lilith.”
“Yeah,” Hooty said. “I vote we do not get back on that whole thing.”
“Oh and what if you’d found out about Belos’ methods, huh?” Eda went on, ignoring Hooty. “When you were on your thirty-year crusade to…to fix me? Would you have suggested I try to eat Owlbert over my elixirs?”
“Edalyn!” Gwen and Lilith chorused.
Owlbert hooted, sounding affronted.
“Can we please change the subject,” King said.
Dell was staring at the table, plate of food abandoned, lost in thought.
“Dell,” Gwen said. “Dell. Are you still with me?”
Dell started a little and looked up at her.
“Errrr…yes. I agree with King. I’d rather not hear about this.”
“Yes, this is pointless,” Raine said, having spent most of the conversation looking like they wanted to just disappear on the spot. “We have got to move on. Belos caused us more than enough grief when he was alive. Why’re we still letting him get away with it even after he’s been dead for months!”
“You can thank Moon for killing him,” Eda said, with a pointed look at her parents.
“I…only splattered him into oobleck,” Moon said, with much less amusement than they usually expressed when referencing the incident.
“It’s the death he deserved,” Dell said. “Despicable man. Um…thank you, Moon.”
“But…” Moon said, looking from face to face with a slight open-mouthed frown, as if they were trying harder than ever to interpret those around them.
Did everyone just not understand…
“Yes,” Gwen said. “We…are grateful, Moon, you do realize that. You did all of us a tremendous service by killing Belos.”
“I guess,” Raine said. “We’ve never…? Did we ever really express that before?”
Eda gave Moon’s shoulder a firm squeeze.
“See,” she said. “We all appreciate you, kid.”
But Moon, who would have ordinarily been happily soaking up the praise, was unusually stiff and quiet.
Their troubled expression went unnoticed, but if anyone had looked closely, they might have seen something close to fear in Moon’s eyes.
“You know, it still doesn’t make sense,” Gwen said. “When my great grandmother told me stories about a human living in Bonesborough, she didn’t make it sound like he was an outcast or a grifter.”
“Well I’m sure Belos purged any records that portrayed him as anything other than heroic,” Lilith said.
“But this isn’t records,” Gwen insisted. “It’s family stories.”
“Even more unreliable.”
As inconspicuous as possible, which was a pretty big feat for them, Moon left the table and fled upstairs.
“The only record I could dig up on him was that he donated his journal to the library,” Luz said. “Which I’m pretty sure was just a deliberate record he made specifically so I’d find the stupid journal. Because, you know…”
“Time travel,” she chorused with Lilth.
“But why would he purge records from four hundred years ago,” Gwen said. “If he was pretending to be someone else entirely - and a witch, no less!”
“Because Philip was a known scumbag,” Lilith said. “And there was probably more than enough evidence that would’ve connected him to Belos if we scholars did any digging.”
“It still doesn’t add up, though,” Gwen said. “From what I heard, he was a part of the community. Like Luz.”
“Maybe we should ask Moon!” Luz suggested. “Where’d they go, anyway?”
“I don’t think they liked the Belos talk,” Hooty said. “They’re holed up in their room, tormenting that five-armed freakfish.”
“Oh no,” Eda said. “Excuse me, I have to go save that starfish. Again.”
But she’d barely stood up when she felt a strong hand on her shoulder.
“I’ll deal with this, witchlet,” Gwen said.
“Like heck you will…”
“Eda,” Raine said.
Eda looked like she very much wanted to argue, but returned to her seat at a glance from Raine and a slightly-mouthed ‘Give her a chance.”
Gwen gave Raine a grateful look and hurried out of the room and upstairs.
“No one’s asking Moon about Belos unless they bring it up,” Eda said. “Got it”
There were murmurs of acknowledgement from around the kitchen.
“But there’s no reason we can’t discuss it among ourselves,” Lilith said.
“Your mother does bring up an interesting point,” Steve said.
“What about the other one?” King asked.
“The other one what?”
“The other Wittebane. Belos’ brother? The witch hunter that Hunter’s…you know…”
He didn’t finish the sentence, but the unspoken ‘that Hunter is a copy of’ hung heavy in the air.
“What about him?” Luz asked.
“What if it wasn’t Belos that Gwen heard about?”
“Yeesh,” Steve said. “How many witch hunters were running around Bonesborugh in the Savage Ages?”
“Deadwardian Era, Steve,” Lilith corrected.
“But we don’t know that Belos’ brother was ever on the Boiling Isles,” Luz said. “Aside from whatever batshit theory Jacob Hopkins has. Belos never mentioned him in any diary entries that I’ve ever seen.”
“He did blatantly lie about everything else in his diary,” Lilith pointed out.
“He’d have to have remains to make a Grimwalker,” Eda said. “Plus it’s not even like he just made one.”
“Before you ask,” Raine said. “I saw a lot of weird things in the Castle, but I never saw anything related to the creation of Grimwalkers. And I snooped around a lot. Belos kept that tightly under wraps, along with Moon.”
“And you still found out about the Day Of Unity,” Steve said. “What kind of person keeps their Secret Cloning Project more secret than their Secret Killing The Entire Population Project.”
“To be fair,” Raine said. “Darius and Eber and I were specifically trying to uncover what the Day Of Unity was really about. Belos making Grimwalkers and keeping a kid trapped in a plate for four hundred years was not something that would have ever occurred to me. Although I think maybe Darius had his suspicions…”
***
“And if you look at this particular cloud, you can see that it’s fuzzier on this side than the other. See that fluffyness right there? The Deep State is good, but not that good. You can still pick out the discrepancies where their AI technology can’t quite replicate real clouds.”
Jacob was on his fourth cup of coffee of the morning and he wasn’t sure if the pounding in his head was from that, or from being knocked out cold the night before.
In any case, he had a powerpoint presentation projected on the wall of his living room, finally graced with a captive audience who was actually willing to listen to him.
“And look!” Jacob cried, clicking to the next slide, which was yet another picture of the sky, and pointing at one puffy cloud in particular. “You see the same phenomenon here. This side is all wispy, while this side is all flattened.”
The captive audience in question leaned forward and squinted at the projected image.
“And what would that be?” Philip asked, pointing at something that was decidedly not a cloud.
“Oh that’s just an airplane,” Jacob said dismissively. “It’s not important, no contrails. What I need you to look at is the way the sunlight is reflecting off this particular cloud. Now I’m sure you’ll agree that these clouds look far more fake than anything you saw in the sixteen hundreds, and my theory is that our Martian adversaries are creating holograms in the sky to cover up their nefarious deeds.”
“It is important,” Philip interjected. “While your analysis of the cloud formations is incredibly enlightening on a number of levels, I do not know what an airplane is.”
“Oh, right, right. It’s…errr…like a big flying transport shuttle thing for people to go really fast through the air from place to place.”
“An airship, then.”
“Yeah. I assumed if you’d been on Mars, you’d’ve seen…”
“So you… we have mechanical transport vehicles for the sky, as well as for roads,” Philip said. “The human realm truly has advanced alongside the Boiling Isles.”
“The what Isles?”
“The Boiling Isles. The location on… Mars where I was trapped for…much longer than I care to admit to you. It is an island…”
“Hah! Yes! I knew it! Mars isn’t just a barren planet! That’s what they don’t want us to see, and probably what they’re hiding with the cloud holograms!”
Philip gave Jacob a slightly regretful look, but continued.
“It is an island,” he repeated. “Comprised of the rotting corpse of a monstrous Titan…”
“Oh gross!” Jacob cried.
“...that the witches and demons worship. Completely despicable!”
“Sounds like hell.”
“It is. A teeming cesspit of irredeemable, soulless creatures. I sought to destroy it once and for all, before it could corrupt another human, but all the while it’s been leaking through and infecting the human realm. This world is almost unrecognizable, and I am beginning to realize how extensive the damage has been.”
“Yeah…” Jacob said.
“Even if we succeed in destroying the Martians,” Philip continued. “There’s so much work to be done here at home.”
Philip stared at the powerpoint projector, his expression hollow.
“Man,” Jacob said. “Speaking of infection, we gotta’ get you some meds or something for your wound,” he pointed at Philip’s face. “It’s looking worse this morning.”
Philip gave a frustrated growl.
“There are no medications that can help me. I need…you said you would show me the place where you found the demonic relics?”
“Okay, I get it, I get it,” Jacob said. “You don’t wanna’ talk about it. The meds are probably actually poison, anyway. Like I watched this MewTube video about Big Pharma, they just want to get you addicted to their meds, so they add cocaine-laced cheese to prescription drugs…”
***
Gwen found Moon on their bed, a splashed trail of saltwater leading from the aquarium to where they now sat, bending one of the sea star’s arms back over its body in a manner that looked far from kind.
They radiated power. They always did, and they had the ability to wield it in ways that were far worse than what they were currently doing to their sea star.
And they could use that power without a second thought.
One of the things they had done nearly destroyed Gwen’s daughter…
But no…she couldn’t dwell on that.
Gwen took a deep breath, trying her best to release those thoughts and quell the instinctive fear that rose within her, so she would see only a child before her. A child still haunted by eons of torment and abuse.
She had worked with many animals in this state, fearful and unpredictable creatures who were sometimes too far gone and could never live safely alongside the rest of magickind.
And she’d worked with some who probably could, but were deemed not worth the risk.
Often, demon hunters were called in to deal with such situations, but other times it was the Beast Keepers who were summoned.
Moon looked up, having noticed Gwen’s presence even before she’d entered the room.
They stared at her, expression unreadable.
She had to say something now.
“Hello, Moon. What’ve you got there?”
“My starfish.”
“What are you doing to your starfish?”
“Nothing.”
“Nothing?” Gwen raised an eyebrow.
“‘M just playing with it.”
“Oh. Is…is it having fun playing with you?”
Moon shrugged and grunted.
“It looks to me like you’re trying to mush it up,” Gwen said. “Doesn’t that…hurt it?”
Gwen reached for the little animal but Moon jerked it away.
“MY STARFISHIE! MINE! I get to do what I WANT with Starfishie, ‘cause it’s MINE!”
“I’m not trying to take Starfishie away from you,” Gwen tried to assure Moon. “I like Starfishie, and I want to make sure they don’t get hurt.”
“None of you want me to have any fun!” Moon cried, suddenly hurling the sea star at the wall, where it hit with a thud much harder than such a small creature should have been subjected to.
Gwen sighed and retrieved the star, returning to sit beside Moon as she weaved threads of golden light around and across it, trying to heal the latest injuries it had sustained.
The star had already been healed and doctored so many times, she could feel the scars and residual magic. The poor animal wouldn’t last forever with the treatment it received from Moon on the regular.
Moon watched Gwen stitch the threads of light around the sea star.
“The conversation downstairs was upsetting for you,” Gwen said. “That’s why you were hurting your starfish, wasn’t it.”
“No it wasn’t!” Moon cried defensively. “I just wanted to play with Starfishie!”
Gwen didn’t argue the point, but she knew she hadn’t imagined the look of alarm that had crossed Moon’s face at mention of the breakfast table conversation.
“Well, either way,” she said. “We won’t talk about Belos. He’s gone and we don’t have to worry about him anymore.”
For some reason, this didn’t seem to comfort Moon. If anything, they were looking increasingly upset.
“Why don’t you tell me some more about your starfish instead,” Gwen said quickly.
This, fortunately, seemed to do the trick, distracting Moon from whatever distressing and most likely Belos-related thoughts that were threatening to consume them.
They began babbling about the sea star’s anatomy, explaining it in a kind of rudimentary way, voice growing more and more enthusiastic as they went on, especially as they talked about the star’s regenerative abilities.
Gwen examined the arm that was slightly shorter than the others, though not by much anymore. It seemed like repeated magical healings had probably sped up the natural process of limb regeneration.
“Your…” she said, gently lifting the arm and peering at the tube-feet-filled groove on the underside. “Your Mommy told me that Starfishie lost an arm. Did that arm grow into a whole new starfish?”
“...No,” Moon said, suddenly sounding puzzled that they’d never considered this before, with all of their talk about ripping Starfishie apart to create infinite starfish. “It just kinda’ rotted away, I think. Waaaait… Mommy? Who’s my Mommy?”
“Edalyn, of course.”
“The Owl Lady? She’s not my Mom.”
“Well, whatever it is that you call her…”
“The Owl Lady. She’s just the Owl Lady.”
“Three kids,” Gwen said softly, mostly to herself, looking away for a moment. “Three kids and not one of them calls her…No, that’s not the point, Gwendolyn.”
She looked back at Moon, who was giving her a searching look.
“Who is your Mom, then?” she asked.
“Don’t got one,” Moon said. “Never did. I don’t think…. Ehhhh, don’ ‘member. I think something exploded and it was me.”
“So you just…popped into existence. Alone.”
“I. Don’t. Remember,” Moon said loudly, before adding, much quieter. “I think so. It was a really, really, really, really, really, really, really, really, REALLY, REALLY long time ago.”
“Are you,” Gwen began, trying to think of something less blatantly rude than demanding to know exactly what Moon was. “Like a star?”
“Eh,” Moon wrinkled their nose. “Yeah? No? I got all the same components as a star, but I’m wayyyyyy better. Stars can’t think.”
Gwen looked down at the little sea star sitting limply in her hands. It seemed relieved that it no longer hurt, although how it could retain memory of the pain without a central brain was unclear. Perhaps she simply imagined the relief.
“So,” Gwen said. “Basically what you’re saying is you are a being of pure wild magic.”
“Celestial magic,” Moon said. “I’m celestial magic.”
“Is there a difference, though, really? Wild magic is chaotic and shapes the land, celestial magic is chaotic and shapes the firmament.”
“I mean it’s kiiiiiind of like… Waaait a minute,” Moon’s eyes narrowed suspiciously. “Are you trying to get me to break house rules?”
“No, of course not.”
“You are, aren’t you! You’re trying to trick me and make Rainy and the Owl Lady throw me out!”
“No…”
“Well it won’t work! I’m not gonna’! I’M NOT GONNA’!”
“Moon!”
“Is it ‘cause you hate me!? I know you do! You want me gone! I heard what they said! Well too bad for you! I’m not going ANY-where! The Owl Lady’s mine! She’s MINE! SHE’S MINE SHE’S MINE SHE’S…”
“MOON!”
There was a flicker of power from Gwen. Her tone, although not threatening, was sharp, the intent being to distract and recapture attention.
Although they didn’t have to, and Gwen’s magic was an infinitesimally small fraction of their own, Moon shut up.
“Listen,” Gwen said, hurrying to get her words in before Moon started yelling again. “She was my Edalyn before she was your Owl Lady, and she means more to me than you can possibly imagine! But that…that’s what you mean to her.”
“That’s not…that’s not…”
“I don’t hate you, Moon. I don’t know that I could hate anyone my daughter loves that much. And I’m not trying to trick you. I want to get to know you because you’re a part of the family now, and if you mean to Eda even the smallest bit what she means to me, then you’re important to me as well.”
“Then…” Moon said. “Then…if I’m important to you then… then you’ll gimme’ back Starfishie!!”
Chapter 57
Summary:
Raine has an eventful meeting with the other Coven Heads.
Notes:
Greetings, readers!
Not gonna’ lie, I got REALLY stuck on the editing process of this chapter, writing, rewriting and deleting sections and trying to get it just right. Naturally, I don’t think I will ever be one hundred percent happy with it, but it’s finally where I think I can share.
On top of that, I’ve been working a completely new operating system and word processor, so that’s been a bit of a learning curve. Overall it’s GREAT, but still has its challenges.
In any case, I hope you enjoy and thanks as always for reading.
Alice
Chapter Text
Over the next few days, life in the Owl House settled into what was, if non an uneventful state, at least a more typical level of eventfulness.
Luz and King set about changing the entry location of the Portal Door back into the human realm, and Dell and Gwen did their best to connect more with Moon.
Initially, Moon didn’t like the rock aquascape in the sea star tank, since it obstructed easy access to their pet.
Gwen quickly told them it was like a maze game for their starfish, and then Moon seemed remarkably okay with it, sitting for a long period of time with a strange patience they rarely exhibited, watching the star navigate around the rocks, before settling beneath the favored overhang.
“It won!” Moon proclaimed.
They then proceeded to hit Gwen with Worm-Bop, prompting her to tell them quite forcefully that there would be no more bopping Worm-Bop at her, which Moon was downright furious about.
They hissed threats until Gwen sat them in a chair and told them to count to one hundred, which they did in the angriest voice imaginable, but they did manage to forget about why they’d been so furious in the first place.
Eda tried to hide the slight bit of resentment she felt when it seemed that Gwen was, in some ways, better at disciplining Moon than she had been.
“You’ve got your work cut out for you, Edalyn,” Gwen said, careful to make her words sound as supportive as possible. “They’re almost as headstrong as you.”
Although Eda could tell that her mother’s attitude and tone was a bit forced, she appreciated it nonetheless.
Moon was fascinated by Dell’s palisman. They were not allowed to touch it which, of course, made them all the more drawn to it.
Dell, against his better judgement, did allow Moon to crawl into his lap one evening, where they contentedly settled themself like a smug cat who knew they might not be entirely welcome and was going to be very obnoxious about it.
Lilith fell asleep, head cushioned on Hooty, legs stretched across Steve, who was writing the latest entry for his Penstagram blog, ‘Motorcycles And Mental Health’, in between texting back and forth with Matt.
Steve seemed delighted when Moon finally decided to stop tormenting Dell and crawled into his lap instead.
“Hiya, Moonbeam,” Steve said, Moon’s eyes suddenly lighting up with unexpected delight at the nickname.
Lilith awoke, slightly annoyed with the weight now on her feet, but when she tried to pull them away, they simply came off at the knees.
After a moment of chaos, and Eda laughing a bit harder than she probably should have, Lilith snatched her legs away from Moon and put them back on.
“You can laugh all you want,” she snapped at Eda. “You’ve had years to get desensitized to this.”
“And who’s responsible for that?” Eda said, raising an eyebrow.
“MEEEEEEEEE!” Moon laughed, throwing their hands into the air.
“Well I mean technically ,” Hooty said. “That’s kind of truuue.”
“You’re welcome,” Moon told Lilith, blowing a raspberry at her.
“Hey,” Steve said. “At least you’re not still leading the Emperor’s Coven and complaining to me about how miserable you were.”
“Hah!” Eda crowed.
“I..don’t think I said..”
“Not in so many words. You might as well of, though. Came across pretty clear.”
Raine had intended to spend the evening trying to work on their newest composition, but the moment Moon saw their violin, they remembered that they had been learning to play and began demanding another lesson.
They hadn’t improved much, if at all, since their last lesson.
Although they didn’t outright blame the tuneless screeching that resulted, Dell, Gwen and Lilith departed shortly thereafter.
Although it was on better terms than they could have left, there was a definite air suggesting that it might be a while before things between them and Eda returned to a truly relaxed state.
Once Luz and Hunter returned to the human realm, much to Camila’s intense relief, and Steve left on a solo trip to Palm Stings, Raine and Eda found themselves exhausted.
But there was little time to rest. Moon was constantly bouncing off the walls, and King once again was absorbed in trying to translate the old scrolls that he had been pouring over for weeks now.
And then there was the matter of the other Coven Heads.
Unsurprisingly, Darius had called an emergency meeting and required that everyone attend.
Raine was, quite vocally, not looking forward to it.
“They are going to kill me,” they said darkly over their coffee, causing Moon to look up from their bowl of goreberry oatmeal.
“I’ll come with you, Rainestorm,” Eda said. “If you need some backup.”
“That won’t ,” Raine said. “Be necessary. It might actually make things worse.”
“Worse than what? Terra and Adrian taking you away and tearing you limb from limb?”
“I put up with their shit for years, Eda.”
“Well you shouldn’t have to anymore.”
Raine sighed, looking sad.
“We’ve been over this a hundred times,” they said. “I’d like nothing more than to ditch this Titandamned political gig. But if I leave, then certain self-interested Coven Heads have more power and one less dissenting voice to say ‘Hey! Maybe don’t blend everyone in the general vicinity of a riot into mulch.’”
“I just don’t want you to get blended into mulch.”
“Believe me, I don’t either.”
They ate the rest of their breakfast in silence.
***
Raine took a deep breath and walked into the building where the Coven Head meetings took place. They were late. They were always late, no matter how hard they tried to be on time. Today, however, this was the least of the stressful things weighing on their mind.
The building was a sturdy structure built by Mason shortly after the Coven Heads began reconvening months ago. It was fairly unassuming from the outside, which Adrian had complained about in the beginning and had tried to improve the aesthetic with ornate illusions.
In hindsight, keeping it subtle had been a good decision, as the new governing body of the Boiling Isles had grown increasingly unpopular among some of the population.
Having an inconspicuous meeting place was for the best, even Adrian had been forced to admit as he regretfully dismantled his illusions.
Curiously enough, although it should have come as no surprise, illusions were the topic of discussion when Raine entered the building, the wards on the doorway allowing them to pass through.
So intense was the discussion, that no one even commented on Raine’s tardiness. Instead, everyone was focused on Adrian’s shouting.
He seemed to be, Raine observed, engaged in an argument with Vitimir, and was loudly defending himself. He did, however, take notice of their presence.
“YOU!” Adrian shouted at Raine. “You and the Owl Lady are behind this, aren’t you?”
“Huh?” Raine said.
“Don’t change the subject!” Vitimir hissed, fixing Adrian with a glare. “You’re just trying to deflect from the fact that you got caught.”
“Are you so small-minded from breathing potion fumes,” Adrian shot back. “That you think I am the only person on the Boiling Isles who knows how to craft an illusion?”
“Going by how you usually talk,” Mason said. “It sure seems like you think so.”
From across the table, Osran snorted.
“If we could please get back to business,” Darius said, voice sounding even more pained than usual. “I can’t stress enough how much I don’t care who cast the illusions or why.”
“Well I care!” Adrian snapped. “Because they were illusions of The Collector, and now everybody thinks they were my illusions.”
“It’s because of your weird obsession with The Collector that everybody thinks that,” Mason said.
Eberwolf nodded fervently, voicing agreement.
Terra simply looked annoyed, staring at her fingernails as tiny flowers sprouted from them.
Mason pushed an empty chair back from the table so that Raine could take a seat.
“You brought this on yourself, Adrian,” they said with a feeling of slightly vindictive amusement.
“You know as well as I do, Whispers,” Adrian said. “That I wasn’t behind the illusions in Bonesborough.”
“Do I? Are you suggesting I cast them?” Raine held up their right arm so that their Coven sigil was visible. “I can’t use illusory magic any more than you can wield bard magic, remember?”
“I’m not stupid. You and The Owl Lady obviously got that little human of hers to put her illusionist friend up to this to frame me.”
“I didn’t put anyone up to anything,” Raine said. “And neither did Eda. Or Luz. Or King, before you ask.”
“Okay good,” Hettie said, and Raine wasn’t sure whether or not it was with a hint of sarcasm. “Now that that’s settled.”
“No it’s not settled,” Vitimir said. “If one of our own is creating illusions to try and convince the Isles that The Collector is back, we deserve to know and confront him!”
“And we deserve to know why,” Osran said. “What’s the motive?”
“You’re the Oracle!” Adrian all but shouted. “You tell me!”
Eberwolf actually did shout, trying to get everyone’s attention and steer the meeting back on track.
And maybe, Raine thought, to stop Osran from using their magic to actually look into the matter.
“Eberwolf is right,” Mason said. “You’re getting paranoid. Whatever happened at Hexside must’ve really scrambled your brain,” he pointed to his own head. “Because you’re starting to act like Kikimora.”
Raine choked back a laugh and, from the sounds around the room, they weren’t the only one.
“I AM NOT PARANOID!” Adrian was definitely shouting now. “Someone is an unreliable narrator and it is not me! I’ve been set up, and I have reason to believe whoever did so is right here in this room.”
He glared at each of the other Coven Heads in turn.
“I really don’t care enough about you,” Hettie said. “Or your dramatics nearly enough to go to the trouble of framing you. If I wanted to screw you over, you’d already be dead.”
“At least Kiki would’ve listened to me,” Adrian said. “And lest we forget, she was flat-out murdered by The Collector.”
“Oh my Titan, Vernworth,” Vitimir said. “You’re not making a very convincing argument for not being paranoidly fixated on The Collector by bringing them up at. Every. Fucking. Opportunity.”
“Paranoidly is not a word,” Adrian said. “And I am trying to keep this realm safe from a threat much greater than Belos. I can’t believe you keep forgetting that. If The Collector really is loose on the Isles, and I have reason to believe they are - illusions or no - then I cannot overstate the severity of the threat we are all in. That should be our focus, not those annoying little Belos loyalists that we’ve done such a non-existent job of squashing.”
“That’s a good talk you’ve got goin’ on there,” Mason said. “Sure you’re not just freaked out because you tried to manipulate The Collector so you could use their power for your own gain, an’ they figured it out an’ it’s your own hide that’s on the line if they returned.”
“I made a mistake… Now you’re deflecting! Regardless of my own shortcomings, which I will freely admit occurred, The Collector is still a danger to all of us, and that makes whoever is harboring them guilty of treason.”
“Is it someone using illusions to frame you or someone harboring The Collector?” Vitimir said. “You can’t even keep your story straight. No wonder your screenplays suck.”
“Treason against who?” Raine snapped. “Don’t forget we all went against Belos after the Day Of Unity. Technically we’re all guilty of treason…”
“You’re doing it right now! You’re deflecting! That’s not even relevant! Our duty is to the big picture! The safety of magickind as a whole! Your girlfriend is insane, Whispers…”
“Don’t you bring her into this…” Raine began.
“Who’s deflecting now,” Mason said.
“See?” Adrian cried. “See?! You’re whipped. You’ll do anything the Owl Lady tells you to do, even if it means putting the entire rest of the population at risk of total annihilation.”
Raine took a few steadying breaths, as they were having a hard time resisting the urge to pick up their chair and bash it into Adrian’s skull.
“If this is still about the fake mirror thing,” they said, far more calmly than they felt. “Seems to me, you just can’t accept that you got tricked. And, you know, made it perfectly clear that you’d have no qualms kidnapping one of my children. Not that it’s much of a surprise after the stunt you tried to pull at Hexside.”
“Titan below, Raine. That’s not the point. You’ve never been that good at bluffing, and I don’t think that mirror was a fake. I think you’re just covering for the Owl Lady after you got caught. And I get it, you’re finally getting laid, but I am not going to stand by and watch the world get destroyed because of it.”
“I’m not getting laid nearly as much as you obviously think I am!” Raine said, before they could think better of it. Immediately, they could feel their face heating up.
“Maybe that’s your problem,” Terra said.
“That’s quite enough from all of you,” Darius began.
“Quit playing favorites, Deamonne!” Adrian cried. “Do I not have a valid point here?! Can you honestly tell me that if…anyone on these Isles is harboring The Collector, that they don’t present a critical threat to the rest of us.”
“I would be more concerned if you had any actual proof other than misplacing some sand,” Darius said.
“The stars and planets have moved multiple times! The freak storms! Do you have a single other explanation?”
“Says the illusionist,” Raine said.
“What would I have to gain from creating a ruse that elaborate?” Adrian said, sounding exasperated.
Eberwolf spoke up, throwing their arms into the air as if stating the obvious.
“No it is not an ARG for my latest creative project,” Adrian retorted. “There isn’t even a theater industry on the Boiling Isles anymore after…” he waved his hands. “All of that. And if there were, I’d have come up with something much more creative to promote it. Don’t insult my artistic craft, Eber.”
Eberwolf rolled their eyes and muttered something that sounded incredibly condescending.
“Don’t talk about what you don’t understand!” Adrian said. “You wouldn’t understand art if it was staring you in the face. Oh, but look at that. It is. I’m surprised the Bard doesn’t respect it. Isn’t that supposed to be in your job description, Raine? An appreciation for creative art?”
“All my creative energy has gone into my own ruse,” Raine said. “Convincing you that Moon is free and personally stalking you for some reason. Oh look. It worked.”
They smirked.
“You’re spending too much time around Eda,” Mason muttered. “You’re starting to sound like her.”
“Don’t you dare insult my intellect…”
“ENOUGH!”
Vines shot across the table and Terra rose to her feet, made slightly taller than normal by a network of roots that rose with her, forming what looked almost like a throne of sorts.
Everyone shut up and turned to face her.
“Look at you all,” she said. “The Heads of the Isles. You look more like a mob of unruly weeds, right now. Perhaps the uprisers have a point if this is the level of maturity the so-called leadership is exhibiting. Now, if you please, SIT DOWN.”
Adrian looked like he wanted to point out that he was already sitting down, but didn’t quite dare.
Raine sank back into their seat, eyeing the clearly-poisonous thorns of the vines that criss-crossed the table.
“Thank you, Terra,” Darius said.
“My pleasure,” Terra said, retracting the vines with what looked like a hint of regret. “Now, back to business. Raine. Who is Moon?”
“Uh…nothing?” Raine said, a bit too quickly, wracking their brain for how Terra knew that name. “No one.”
“It’s not no one,” Terra said. “You spoke of them mere minutes ago.”
Dammit, they’d internalized getting Moon’s name right and must have slipped up.
In front of the wrong people.
“I’ve spoken of the moon on a lot of occasions,” Raine said dryly, not letting their internal panic show. “It tends to be in the sky a lot. I speak of the sun, too. And the ocean, and clouds. And, as long as I’m speaking to you goons and not in front of an audience…”
“That’s not…” Terra began.
“AHEM!” Darius said loudly, melting into his rather towering abomination form, so that he was at eye level with Terra. “If we could, as was just suggested, get back to business, I’ve been trying to tell you for the LAST FIFTEEN MINUTES that I will be taking a leave of absence.”
For a moment, nobody spoke.
Then.
“What?” Vitimir said.
“You’re taking a vacation?” Hettie accused. “During all of our political unrest?”
“It is not,” Darius said. “A vacation. I intend to investigate a series of murders that have taken place in the human realm that may or may not have been committed by someone or something from our own realm.”
“Don’t you have enough to worry about here in this realm?” Terra said.
“I’m sure the humans can take care of themselves,” Vitimir said. “Without our intervention.”
“They always do,” Adrian said. “Let’s face it, getting involved with humans only ever ends badly for us.”
“You have no jurisdiction in the human realm,” Hettie pointed out. “Let their own investigate the murders of their people.”
“Darius!” Osran said, looking up suddenly from where he’d been staring at the table as if hypnotized for a little while now. “Everyone!”
“My ward,” Darius said. “Attends an educational institution in the human town where these murders have taken place. If you must know. I don’t have to rationalize taking a leave of absence to any of you, but it is my duty to protect him.”
“By ‘ward’,” Vitimir said. “Do you mean the Golden Guard?”
“Listen!” Osran said.
“His name is Hunter,” Darius said.
“I will assume Darius’ responsibilities in his absence,” Hettie began.
“So kind of you to volunteer,” Terra said. “But, if I may, I believe I would be the most fit candidate to…”
“Please!” Osran said. “They’re coming!”
“I wasn’t volunteering, Snapdragon…”
“Mason,” Darius said. “Will be tasked with attending to any of my business that might require attention while I am away.”
“Mason?” Adrian said. “A construction worker?”
“Hey!” Mason said. “What’re you implying, Vernworth?”
“EVERYONE SHUT UP!” Osran screamed.
Raine noticed, as everyone else did, that Osran’s eyes were glowing and his expression was utterly terrified.
“Oh Titan,” Osran said. “They’re already here.”
Raine had become so accustomed to the hint of electricity in the air that so often accompanied Moon’s presence, that at first the charge of the room’s atmosphere didn’t even register.
But when it did.
“Oh no.”
“Hiya!”
Worm-Bop sailed across the room and hit Eberwolf in the face and Raine had half a moment to think distantly that at least it hadn’t been the damn starfish, when chaos erupted.
Hettie launched three scalpels one after another.
“NO!” Raine yelled.
Most of the other Coven Heads leapt to their feet, preparing to do battle, except for Vitimir, who immediately turned to Adrian.
“Cut it out, Vernworth!” he said, annoyed, although more than a little unnerved.
The doorway of the building had been sealed and warded to keep prying eyes and ears away from the meeting, but such wards meant little, if anything to a being of cosmic power.
Moon snickered from where they were standing in the doorway, small in stature but enormous in the reaction they had caused.
Sparks played at their fingertips and they were wearing one of the most mirthful grins Raine had ever seen on their face. The three scalpels that they had so effortlessly caught melted in their hand, dripping to the floor.
“What are you doing?” Raine said, but Moon barely acknowledged them.
“I’m not DOING anything!” Adrain yelped. “That’s not an illusion.”
“It’s not Adrian!” Osran confirmed, a bandaged specter erupting and launching itself at Moon. “That’s them, that’s actually them! It’s The Collector!”
Moon snapped their fingers and the specter exploded.
“You can’t be serious,” Terra said.
Hettie made a second attack, this time with a razor-sharp gigli wire, thrown with one of the heavy handles.
Terra unleashed some especially wicked-looking runners, sending them directly at Moon.
Moon waved their hand and the wire immediately changed course rebounding onto Hettie, wrapping tightly around her neck.
The plants immediately withered and turned to mush before they had a chance to hit their target. Moon motioned at them and the remains rose and flew back to Terra, who gave a yelp of surprise and fear.
The zombie-like vegetation wrapped around her torso and effectively restrained her.
“Raine,” she gritted out darkly. “This is your doing, isn’t it. Sprout.”
Raine visibly cringed at the nickname, but spoke to Moon instead.
“That’s enough! Release Hettie and Terra now.”
“I KNEW IT!” Adrian shrieked. “YOU’VE BEEN UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF THE COLLECTOR THIS WHOLE TIME! I’M NOT CRAZY! YOU CAN’T LIE ABOUT IT ANYMORE, RAINE WHISPERS! YOU’VE BEEN CAUGHT IN YOUR BETRAYAL! YOU SHOULD BE PETRIFIED FOR THE WHOLE WORLD TO SEE…AAAAGHH!”
Moon, with little more of a blur of movement was suddenly perched on the table, nose-to-nose with Adrian.
He tried to scramble backwards but the chair behind him was suddenly fused to the floor and all he did was sit down hard.
Moon leaned after him and, very deliberately, raised a finger between them.
Adrian flinched, but Moon simply brought the finger to their own lips.
“Shhhhh.”
Adrian scrambled down, falling out of the chair in what looked like a fairly painful manner while Moon cackled at the spectacle.
He pointed at Moon, gesturing wildly, but did not say a word.
Or rather, Raine quickly realized, Adrian couldn’t say a word. He kept opening and closing his mouth, but no sound came out.
“What’s that?” Moon said, tilting their head to the side. “I can’t hear you. You might have to speak up?”
“Moon!” Raine said. “Stop that…”
“Unhand him!” Darius cried.
“Calm down kid!” Mason said.
For a moment, every Coven Head besides Adrian was loudly speaking at once.
Moon’s eyes widened at the ruckus and they spun around.
“That goes for the rest of you too!”
Immediate silence fell, thick and tense.
Raine went to speak, to do anything to at least defuse the situation that had already gone so far sideways that it probably couldn’t be completely rectified.
But, to their surprise, they found that they too had lost their voice and were unable to utter a single sound.
“Okay, now’t you’ve all SHUT UP!” Moon said loudly, moving to stand at the center of the table, hands on their hips. “You’re all gonna’ listen to ME now.”
There was, naturally, dead silence following the proclamation.
Moon snickered again.
“Got it?” they said, stomping their foot and cracking the tabletop. “Good. Now. Rainy is mine. If any of you try to take them away or turn them into mulch or kill them or anything, then I will EXPLODE you and blow up the pieces! You got that? I. Don’t. Like. People. Taking. My. Things.”
Everyone at the table looked terrified.
Raine themself was trying to force down the rising panic, though not for the same reason as everyone else. Being a bard, having their voice removed also blocked a significant portion of their magical ability. They discovered they couldn’t even whistle, and that feeling of helplessness was threatening to overwhelm them.
They wondered if this was how Eda had felt as the Curse sapped away her magic.
Osran raised a marble-sized crystal ball, only to have it explode in his palm with one look from Moon, tiny shards of glass flying in all directions, including into the abomination goo that Darius was trying and failing to grab Moon with.
Moon just kept taking control of the goo and turning it into star shapes that oozed around the room.
Moon! Stop! Raine thought desperately, but Moon simply made an even bigger abomination star.
Raine snapped their fingers.
There was a little magic behind it, but mainly it just served as a noise designed to capture Moon’s attention. Surely they hadn’t meant to include them in the silencing spell.
Moon turned to Raine, a wild look in their eyes.
Raine shook their head, making a motion with their hands that they hoped conveyed the message of Stop!
Moon looked a bit deranged, but Raine had no need to fear them. Raine refused to fear them. This was the same kid they had been sharing their home with for the past few months, regardless of how much it looked like they were thoroughly enjoying the fear they were inflicting.
Raine mouthed the word no.
Moon locked eyes with Raine, who thought furiously at them that they should stop, trying to telepathically convey their words, if that was even possible.
The world around them went fuzzy, with a distorted brightness, and Raine suddenly had the strange sensation of floating, accompanied by a severe but distant headache.
They found they couldn’t look away from Moon, the red eyes boring into them, something incomprehensible shining from beyond them.
Moon tilted their head to one side, and Raine found themself doing the same, even though they hadn’t meant to. Moon tilted their head to the other side and, once again, Raine followed, unable to resist. Every movement that Moon made, Raine made with them.
Raine wasn’t afraid, didn’t try to fight the compulsion. They only wanted to get through to Moon.
Let the other Coven Heads go, they thought as hard as they could. They’re not going to actually hurt me. Let’s go home.
They stared back, trying to convey what they were thinking but, as they did so, the distant headache exploded across their skull.
Raine would have cried out if they had been able.
The pain was accompanied by a horrifying sensation of what they could only describe, in crude terms, as impossibly cold white light seeping through the cracks around a door.
It burned, the cold light, destroying whatever it came into contact with. And it was alive, playful and full of personality, along with a hint of maliciousness.
Raine gritted their teeth, fighting to hold the door closed as the light continued to pour through.
‘What are you doing, Moon! Stop it!’
The door rattled, Raine’s thoughts only serving to weaken it.
The light questioned the resistance, pointing out that Raine had initiated the connection. Don’t worry, they’d done this before. It was really, really funny.
‘It won’t be funny to me. My mind will implode if you enter it,’ Raine thought, knowing beyond a shadow of a doubt that they would not be able to face what was on the other side of the door and survive.
Ugh. You sound just like those sore loser Titans whenever they lost a game of hide and seek.
‘It would take me away from you forever,’ Raine thought back. ‘And it would hurt me. That’s against house rules.’
The light flashed and brightened, pondering the fact that they weren’t actually in the house, but retreated nonetheless.
The door went dark, before vanishing completely into a solid, if rather membrane-like wall.
The pain faded into a dull, echoing ache.
Raine blinked, vision swimming and red-tinged. They pulled their glasses back into place and Darius’ worried face came into focus, Moon perched on the table behind him, looking down curiously.
Raine was on the floor and their body felt like they had smashed into it hard.
They would have groaned, except they were still unable to make a sound.
Darius, also rendered mute, ran a hand over his face in relief, mouthing the words ‘Oh thank Titan.’
He wiped blood away from Raine’s eyes, expression full of concern.
Raine grabbed his wrist, waving their other hand to signify that they were okay, but Darius still helped them to their feet.
Terra and Hettie were free from their respective binds, but neither dared make a move, all eyes fixed on Moon.
From the table, Moon looked around at everyone.
“If you want to improve the Boiling Isles,” they said. “I suggest CUPCAKES. And a bouncy castle. I can help with that.”
Raine was a fool not to fear them at this point, grasping the full magnitude, perhaps for the first time, of the true nature of the child before them, compressed impossibly small into their physical form.
But they’d always known that, on some level. Just as they had come to know how lonely that child had been for so long, how desperate for connection.
Moon might be a horrifying cosmic entity but they still feared abandonment and rejection and loved cupcakes.
Raine reached over to wrap their arms around Moon, lifting them from the table and pressing their lips against the top of their head.
Then, with a quick glance around the room to make sure nobody was in true mortal peril, they made their exit, the tap of their boots on the floor the only sound.
Chapter 58
Summary:
Who let all these David Bowie references in here.
Notes:
Good morning dear readers!
It’s been a minute, hasn’t it. Well never fear, I’m happy to report that MoonShadow is back on track and, although my free time for writing and editing has decreased dramatically this Spring/Summer (due to mostly good circumstances, though!) I have gotten pretty well caught up on the next few chapters, so you can expect a regular posting schedule for the next little while!
This past weekend also marked two years since ‘King’s Tide’ aired. Not to be dramatic, but that episode literally changed my life. Not only did it lead to writing this fic, which has been an amazing journey in and of itself, but this fic also lead to some other changes of course for me that actually culminated (in the most convoluted, roundabout and obtuse way imaginable) in me picking up a secondary job this year.
So I’ve spent the last month training in and getting the hang of working shifts in a new field. On top of that, in sled dog news, my friends and I decided this was the Summer to raise a litter of puppies that we’d also been scheming about for a couple of years.
So yeah, carving out extra time has been a huge challenge, but there’s so much happening in real life that is keeping me busy and happy and I wouldn’t miss that for the world!
So thank you for being patient with MoonShadow’s lack of updates lately. I’m looking forward to getting back to a regular schedule now and sharing chapters and storylines that have only existed in my mind up until now. I hope you all enjoy.
Thanks for reading and thanks for sticking with me!
Alice
Chapter Text
Camila had known there was something different about Luz.
At first it had been easy to attribute it to the months spent at Summer camp but, in truth, Camila had noticed the difference in personality and mannerisms on the drive to camp.
“You really are making an effort, mija,” she told her. “Thank you for trying.”
But she’d still worried about the sudden change in behavior, something nagging at the back of her mind that she couldn’t quite put her finger on.
“So you’re worried that Luz is behaving and getting good grades now?” Amy had said, while wrestling a slightly grumpy rottweiler for a nail trim. “Isn’t that what you wanted?”
“You spent, like, all last year worrying about the opposite,” Slice said, struggling to restrain the rottweiler in question while Amy trimmed. “And would you mind head-tapping real quick here?”
Camila picked up a roll of paper towels and gently tapped the dog’s head with them. It was a soft touch, but enough to distract the beast from what was happening to his feet.
“Eight years of school and three hundred thousand dollars in debt from student loans,” Camila said. “All so I can bop this dog on the head with paper towels.”
“Whoah,” Amy said. “Don’t you dare look down on the time-honored tradition of head-tapping.”
“Don’t forget what else comes with this career path,” Slice laughed. “Mediocre pay, angry clients screaming at you, physical injury and a side helping of PTSD.”
“Oh I have that already,” Camila said.
“Not me,” Amy said seriously. “I’m the most mentally stable person who ever lived.”
Both Camila and Slice burst out laughing.
“Luz will be fine,” Amy said. “She’s growing up and making friends now. She even brought me lunch the other day when she was here and realized I didn’t have any.”
The rottweiler wiggled roughly.
“Easy, boy,” Amy said.
”Look at this nice paper towel roll,” Camila added.
”You did have lunch that day,” Slice said, readjusting her hold on the rottweiler. “You just ate it at nine thirty in the morning.”
“I was hungry… OW!” Amy said as the dog kicked her.
“My daughter is very thoughtful,” Camila said, returning the paper towels to the countertop as the nail trim wrapped up. “I just…I don’t know. I miss…”
“How she used to be?” Amy finished.
“Yes, I suppose that is it.”
‘I miss Luz,’ she finished silently.
Camila loved this new daughter, loved her personality and joyful nature. Her laugh, different than Luz’s had ever been before, was bright and contagious.
On some level, Camila knew.
She knew that Luz had been replaced by someone else entirely, and she had grown to deeply love this someone else. But her heart still ached for the Luz that she had lost.
So, when Camila learned the truth, inexplicable proof shown to her by Jacob, it had all made sense.
She’d actually felt more than a little relief at the realization, although it was quickly buried in the flood of fear and anger that had followed.
Fear that her entire understanding of the world was being upended and that Luz’s story about being trapped on the Boiling Isles was true, fear for Vee’s safety, and anger that Jacob dared try to harm her.
***
Moon was buzzing with energy.
It was the kind that came with a celebratory high, not dissimilar to how they had felt after smashing Philip into oobleck.
It was a giddy rush of triumph and excitement, but Moon couldn’t say if it was altogether pleasant. The rush was accompanied by a sharp edge of uncertainty that hung over them, and which they did not like.
“Did you see him? Did you see his face?”
Moon’s voice was dripping with vindictive delight as they relished the memory of the fear they’d seen reflected in Adrian’s eyes.
Adrian, who had once pretended to be Moon’s friend, another in a long line of liars who were only using them to make a power grab.
Adrian who had been there at the Looking Glass Graveyard, taunting Moon, kicking them, determined to lock them away forever.
Of course, Rainy and the Owl Lady had been in the Graveyard too. But both of them, against all odds, had found their way back into Moon’s good graces. They were Moon’s family now, and nobody was ever going to take them away.
Adrian had tried, and so Moon had taken great pleasure in inflicting sheer mortal terror on him, just to watch his expression.
They could have done far worse, it would have been so much fun. But Moon was still bound by house rules that restricted them from causing any real harm.
Still, maybe that had actually made things better…
“Did you see his face?”
But Raine didn’t reply.
Raine couldn’t reply until the spell wore off, and that would be…a while.
They did squeeze Moon’s hand, still carrying them in the direction of home, but their expression was…well, Moon couldn’t tell. They had recognized Adrian’s fear, but most other facial expressions were still a mystery to read.
Raine wasn’t smiling, though.
And they’d pushed Moon away from their mind…
The doubt began to creep in, intermingling with the euphoria.
What if Moon had messed up? What if they’d messed up big time and actually broken the house rules?!
(Could they even break them?).
By the time Raine arrived back at the Owl House, Moon couldn’t tell where their excitement ended and their anxiety began.
***
To say that Camila was stressed was an understatement.
Word was that Jacob Hopkins’ car had been found totaled just a short distance from what Luz often referred to as the “Portal House.”
It was supposedly unrelated to the Gravesfield Killer, but rumor quickly spread throughout the town that the car was covered in gashes and what looked like clawmarks.
“Maybe the Killer really is from the Boiling Isles,” Vee said worriedly.
“Yeah,” Luz agreed. “What kind of creature around here could bash up a car that much?”
“Not much,” Hunter said. “Although I did see someone online saying it was a cryptid.”
“Pffft!” Camila said. “Those are not real.”
“Mom, you’ve literally seen the Boiling Isles,” Luz pointed out.
“And what am I, if not a cryptid,” Vee added.
“Okay, okay,” Camila said. “Fair point. But we don’t really have them in the human realm.”
“Things’ve been leaking through from the demon realm for hundreds of years, though,” Luz said. “That’s where most of the legends we have came from in the first place.”
“So that does raise the likelihood that the Gravesfield Killer is something from the demon realm,” Hunter said.
Camila sighed, staring at her glass of orange juice.
“Maybe I’m wrong,” she said. “But I still say the Killer is human. The residents of the Boiling Isles are unsettling, but they just don’t seem that sadistic…”
“Kikimora,” Luz coughed.
“Then what slashed up the car?” Vee asked.
“Do not underestimate hungry bears,” Camila said. “They’ll just be coming out of hibernation after a really harsh Winter. Although I will say, I’ve not heard of them doing that much damage to a car. I don’t know, maybe I am wrong about this.”
Although Camila was initially relieved to learn that the Gravesfield Killer hadn’t claimed another victim, a part of her that she scarcely acknowledged was a little annoyed that Jacob was reportedly alive and well.
He’d been fully ready to murder Vee, and that was something she couldn’t forget.
Her protective streak was a mile wide and she’d die before she became one of those characters in a horror movie who let some racist macho monster hunter kill an innocent child.
Camila wasn’t the biggest fan of the horror genre anymore, but she’d watched and read enough in her youth to know the trope:
The kid got replaced with a replicant or a changeling or whatever variation the story decided to go with, always a creepy monstrosity with nefarious purpose, either to feed off the surrogate mother’s blood or life force, or to somehow help usher in an invasion from another dimension.
The mother in the story, upon realizing this, would always react with horror and disgust, suddenly fearing and rejecting the child living in their home.
The imposter was often destroyed by a heroic monster hunter (the kind that Jacob always seemed to be trying to emulate), the human child was rescued and no one was left with any regrets or guilt about what they had done.
It had not gone unnoticed to Camila that oftentimes the parent was a single mother, probably so they would be a viable romantic prospect for the handsome, rugged and usually-tortured monster hunter who was almost always the main character of such a story.
Nobody ever stopped to consider the replicant as anything other than a malicious doppleganger, never questioned what kind of entity would send their young away as pawns to infiltrate the human race, and what it must be like for the replicant child when their surrogate parent, who had cared for them, suddenly turned on them, rejecting them for who they were and then wanted them dead.
That was the true horror of the story, the fate that Vee had fully expected upon being found out.
Camila had seen the fear in her eyes, and it was the same kind of fear she saw everyday at work when her patients, not understanding that she was trying to help them, assumed the worst.
She showed compassion to the frightened animals she cared for and she was damn well going to show compassion for the frightened child from another world who had been sheltering in her house, and whom she had grown to love.
Now she had Luz back safely again but, with a murderer at large in town, it wasn’t quite the relief she wished it were.
“You’re all three coming to work with me today,” Camila said decisively. “Until Darius gets here and can help keep an eye on things. Bears or bigfoot or murderous humans, or whatever else is out there I’m not comfortable with you going off by yourself right now.”
Fortunately, Vee didn’t mind, and was perfectly happy to stick next to Camila for the foreseeable future.
“Playing hooky on the first day back at school!” Luz crowed. “Wait’ll I tell Eda!”
Hunter was a little bit of a different story.
“I was a capable, high-ranking guard,” Hunter said. “I think I will be okay walking to school. I’ll protect Luz if there’s any danger,” Hunter said.
“Shut up, Hunter. I don’t need your protection.”
“One day of hooky,” Camila said. “If nothing else happens today, I’ll drive you to school tomorrow.”
Hunter seemed to brighten slightly at this, but Luz was too busy trying to sneak salt into his coffee mug to react.
She was ultimately unsuccessful. Hunter had survived a few attempts at poisoning during his time as the Golden Guard, and his instincts were still strong.
It took a few minutes of hurried chaos, but Camila eventually herded all three teenagers into her car for the short drive to work.
It had taken some getting used to, this whole parent of multiple children thing.
Still, she wouldn’t trade it for anything. She wasn’t like those awful excuses for mothers who rejected their changeling and replicant kids.
Sometimes, Camila remembered, thinking back to the trope yet again, the replicant in question would simply be a soulless creation made in the image of the stolen child, so the parent wouldn’t suspect anything - technically alive, but disposable and made to simply fade away over time once their purpose had been served.
Camila didn’t particularly like that version either.
She glanced over at Hunter, who sat pensively in the passenger seat while Luz and Vee argued in the backseat about the latest installment of Monster Slayer Academia.
While the girls seemed perfectly happy to miss the first day back at school after Spring break, Hunter had reacted with such visible disappointment that it made Camila feel bad for depriving him of a day in the classroom.
”You’ll have time to catch up with school,” she assured him, but this didn’t seem to cheer him up in the slightest.
Something was wrong with Hunter. Camila had known for quite a while now, and her instincts hadn’t failed her yet.
Fortunately, she didn’t feel like he’d been replaced by someone else. He was very much still Hunter, but something was clearly bothering him, weighing him down and he was trying very hard not to show it.
She supposed Hunter’s past must be haunting him, lurking in the shadowed corners of his mind. She didn’t want to force the issue, but she wanted to help him.
‘He will talk to you when he is ready,’ Camila told herself.
But Hunter never seemed ready.
He was happiest when learning new things, dedicating himself to his studies with a kind of quiet enthusiasm.
Sometimes Luz and Vee would drag him away from schoolwork and bicker until he was laughing uncontrollably, his troubles momentarily forgotten.
But when the moment passed, Camila would watch as Hunter’s expression reverted to something distant and brooding.
***
“What. Happened?”
“NOTHING!”
“Well now I know that’s not true.”
The Owl Lady’s words hit Moon hard, their defensiveness rising. Not only was she showing more concern towards Raine than them at this moment, she was accusing Moon of lying.
She’d assessed the situation pretty fast, realizing Raine’s state almost immediately, demanding to know who was responsible for it and how to fix it.
Moon, who had initially been giddy at the thought of telling the Owl Lady what they had done to Adrian, suddenly did not want her to know what had happened at the Coven Head meeting.
The more she questioned them the more they found themself shouting and threatening in a manner not unlike how they had behaved upon first arriving at the Owl House a few short months ago.
Of course, Raine was unable to tell her anything, but Moon refused to let either of them out of their sight. What if Raine wrote things down and the Owl Lady learned what had just happened and Moon’s entire world collapsed?
King was horrified by the whole situation, hanging back with Hooty as things only seemed to be escalating. He desperately wanted to book it out of there, but there was no way he was going to leave Eda.
Raine grasped Eda’s arm. Although Moon hadn’t noticed, they had been trying to convey that they were fine and defuse the rising tension.
Eda sighed.
“I just want to know what’s going on,” she said.
‘Later,” Raine mouthed.
“Don’t ask questions or I’ll shut you up too, Owl Lady!” Moon shouted.
“Oh really,” Eda said, raising an eyebrow.
“Yeah really!” Moon retorted.
They cackled maniacally.
“So this is something you did, Moon?”
Moon’s eyes blazed and red sparks cracked at their fingertips.
“What’s it to you if I did, huh? You can’t stop me! You can’t get rid of me! You’re MINE! All of you! You are MY things! I do what I want!”
“We’re not THINGS, Collector!” King shouted.
“IT’S MOON!”
The house rattled.
“Hooooot no,” Hooty said. “Not sure if I can keep doing this. I’ve barely recovered from last time…”
“Moon, I apologize,” King said quickly. “But we’re your er…family, not your things, and you don’t threaten your family every ten minutes!”
“King, I can handle this,” Eda began.
“Can you?” Hooty asked.
Moon might not have been very good at reading the people around them, but Eda was. She’d been a successful scam artist for years, after all, and she’d been around Moon long enough to pick up on some things.
Their grin was devious, their threats vicious, their laughter unhinged. And, behind it all, they were wide-eyed and fearful, uncertain, leery of repercussions.
Eda didn’t know what in Titan’s name had happened at that Coven Head meeting, but it was pretty easy to extrapolate that Moon was no longer a secret from any of them.
She kept trying to message Darius on Penstagram, but every time she picked up the little scroll, Moon started screeching and throwing things.
Every insecurity they felt, all their fear of abandonment and betrayal that simmered just below the surface was reaching a boiling point.
Again.
Eda tried to comfort Moon, but they darted away when she reached for them.
“You can’t get me! YOU can’t GET me!”
Their expression was completely wild, eyes glazed.
They were, Eda thought, in complete turmoil with no idea how to deal with it.
“YOU CAN’T GET ME! YOU CAN’T GET ME! BUT I’M GONNA’ GET YOU!”
Moon levitated into the center of the room, crackling with electricity, drawing the light from the room around them.
“Oh no,” Eda began.
“This might be bad,” Hooty said.
Raine waved their hands at Moon in a cutting motion.
**“WEHHHH!!!”**
King’s voice also shook the house, but it was enough to knock Moon out of the air, and Eda was on them in an instant, wrapping her arm tightly around them and tucking their head under her chin before they could dart away again.
She felt a (mercifully mild) electrical jolt at the contact, and braced herself for an explosion as Moon squirmed in her grasp.
“It’s okay, it’s okay,” she told them. “Shhhhhh…”
“Eda!” King cried. “Be careful!”
Raine ran to her side, clearly with the intent of trying to wrestle Moon away if need be.
“Shhhhh,” Eda continued.
Moon screeched, an eerie and unearthly wail.
“It’s alright, Sneaky-Peek.”
Moon stopped wiggling, insead wrapping their arms around her and grabbing the fabric of her dress tightly in their little hands.
“Don’leaveme, don’leaveme,” they muttered in a voice that was tiny compared to their shouting from moments earlier. “Don’wanna’be’alone. Don’go, don’t ever go!”
“Just calm down kid, calm down. I’m not going anywhere. I just wanna’ know what happened.”
“Uh-uh,” Moon said. “Not telling nothing.”
They laughed, low and distressed, but still leaned into Eda’s grip, their explosive energy dissipating significantly.
“Oh boy,” Hooty said. “That was a close one.”
King rolled his eyes and let out a breath, meeting Raine’s eyes.
Raine too, looked relieved but very, very tired.
“Brat can’t stand not being the center of attention,” King muttered.
Raine raised an eyebrow at him.
“Okay, fine. I used to be the same way. I’m not completely oblivious, Raine. But even I never behaved like that.”
Raine frowned and shrugged, waving their hands and looking a little frustrated at being unable to convey what they were thinking.
They pointed at King, then at Eda, then back at King again.
“Mmm?” King said, squinting, as if that might help him understand.
Raine pointed at Moon, frowned even more and shook their head, looking deeply sad and mouthing the name ‘Belos.’
“Yeah,” King said, with a kind of tired sigh. “I know. The whole upbringing and isolation thing. I didn’t have that. I had Eda. And Luz.”
Raine shrugged again, but they picked up King and gave him a tight hug of his own.
“I just thought maybe the meltdowns would stop,” King said. “After last time…”
***
Camila’s agitated mood did not improve once she arrived at work and learned that the clinic had been broken into and a number of drugs stolen.
There was something a bit odd about this particular robbery though - not a single narcotic had been stolen.
“It was all antibiotics,” Amy explained. “And…trypzyme ointment for some reason.”
“Soooo…someone is trying to treat an infected wound?” Camila theorized.
“Seems like it,” said Dr. Jeff.
“Or a burn,” Slice said. “Like, a really bad burn. They took all the ABs.”
“Oh that’s going to be a big inconvenience today,” Camila said.
“And a big financial hit,” Jeff added.
“What’re you going to do if someone needs antibiotics for their pet?” Luz asked.
“I guess we just send all our scripts to the hospital pharmacy until we can get some more in,” Camila said thoughtfully.
“Do you have security footage?” Hunter asked.
“Unfortunately, no,” Jeff began.
“We don’t believe in workplace surveillance!” Amy said.
“Our budget is all going towards upgrading our xray machine,” Jeff said.
“And the new autoclave,” added Camila.
“Which I still don’t understand how we even lost…”
“I told you,” Amy said. “It was some toddler in facepaint and pajamas.”
Jeff ignored her.
“Do you think it was Jacob?” Vee asked. “That stole the drugs, I mean. After his car got all messed up? Maybe he got injured and was worried about going to the human hospital because he thinks it’s infiltrated by aliens or something.”
She looked delighted at the prospect of a grievously injured Jacob Hopkins, as did Luz and Camila.
“That actually makes sense!” Luz said.
However, it was Slice who quickly burst their bubble.
“Nah, Jacob’s fine. I saw him outside the Hysterical Society with some dude in the worst Ziggy Stardust cosplay I’ve ever seen.”
“You see a lot of Ziggy Stardust cosplay then?” Jeff asked.
“Who the fuck is Ziggy Stardust?” Amy demanded.
“Was he with Weird and Gilly and the Spiders From Mars?” Camila asked.
“Huh?” Luz said. “Mom?!”
“What?” added Vee.
“It’s David Bowie,” Camila said.
“The Goblin King dude?” Luz asked.
“Hey did anyone else find it kind of weird,” Slice said. “That the Goblin King wasn’t actually a goblin? He was just, like, a human guy.”
“I thought he was a fae though,” Luz said.
“What are we talking about?” Hunter asked.
“I have no earthly clue,” Amy said.
“It’s a movie,” Jeff said.
“He turned into an owl,” Slice said.
“Who.”
“Exactly.”
“No, not… Can it, Slice. I meant this Ziggy Star or whatever his name is.”
“No,” Camila said. “Ziggy played guitar.”
“Wasn’t Ziggy misleading all his followers or something though?” Slice said.
“Oh my god, BYE!” Amy said. “I can’t go five minutes around you weirdos without you talking about something like this.”
“Hey, at least it wasn’t Goat Simulator this time.”
“STOOOPPPPP!”
***
Moon was still buzzing when bedtime rolled around, mind whirring, occasional red sparks crackling beneath their fingernails.
They still hadn’t divulged what happened, but they hadn’t left Eda’s side either.
They didn’t feel they could relax into the sleepy state they normally indulged in.
But even so, when Eda handed them the Nightmare Tonic, they downed it in one gulp. They felt the effects as if from a distance, still hyperaware of what was going on around them, even as what they perceived around them became more sluggish and out of focus.
They crawled into the nest, trying to settle down. King nestled in on Eda’s other side while Moon lay on their back, staring at the ceiling, the haze of the Nightmare Tonic clashing with raging anxiety.
Their focus still circled around and around whether Eda would find out what had happened at the Coven Head Meeting or, worse, find out that Philip was still out there. As sleep threatened to overtake them, the two secrets seemed to blur together.
Moon hoped against hope that the Nightmare Tonic would prevent their fears of repercussions from materializing as vivid dreams
Chapter 59
Summary:
Two children deal with lingering memories of a witch hunter.
Notes:
Morning readers! Thanks for sticking around!
Not a whole lot to update you on at this point other than Summer is in full swing here and, as expected, I am finding myself busy with little to no free time. However I am so far managing it all, fingers crossed!
My new job is going great and while it’s not something I could afford to make into a new career, it’s been such a breath of fresh air. (I sometimes wonder if I’ve unknowingly met some readers coming though my workplace, as I’ve certainly met a few Owl House fans there).
In any case, onto the chapter!
Alice
Chapter Text
Darius’ sudden presence at Camila’s house initially only added to the agitation that she felt.
To be fair, she was relieved to have an extra set of hands looking out for her kids - not to mention a pair of hands that belonged to a remarkably powerful witch.
But still…she didn’t know Darius all that well. They’d gotten along just fine on the few instances they’d interacted, and Camila had a lot of respect for Darius, but…
His fastidious reputation preceded him, and it had basically just generally been agreed upon without much for consulting Camila that he would be staying at the Noceda household during his time in the human realm.
It wasn’t that Camila was the messiest person in the world, and she felt like her home stayed reasonably clean and tidy for it being the residence of a single working mother of three teenagers.
However Camila feared that her valiant efforts would not meet Darius’ notoriously high standards.
She wanted to do a deep cleaning before he arrived but, between the short notice, the kids’ homework, and her ever-growing stack of patient charts that all required detailed notes, there just wasn’t time.
She tried not to let her stress show, especially since Hunter actually seemed excited about showing Darius around the human realm.
He arrived midweek on a Wednesday morning, which wasn’t particularly significant, but it did mean that Camila needed to be at work a little early to get surgeries checked in.
“I’m so sorry to be rushing away right now,” Camila said apologetically, nervously wiping down the counter. “Um…make yourself at home I guess?”
“And remember to disguise yourself as a human if you go outside,” Hunter added.
“Most humans don’t react well to magic or anyone who looks a little different,” Vee chimed in.
“I appreciate the concern,” Darius said, his voice sounding a little raspier than Camila remembered, almost as if he had lost it for a while. “But I assure you I can handle myself. And I’m not…completely clueless.”
Camila scrutinized his expression, caught a glimpse of humor, and breathed a sigh of relief. At least he didn’t seem irritated.
“The kids will be out of school at three,” she said. “I’ll just have them come directly to the clinic. I’m not sure what time I’ll be home though. I’m on call this week so if there are any emergencies at the end of the day, I might have to stay late. I can show you where the school is on another day, and you can pick them up or…or chaperone…”
“We don’t need a chaperone!” Luz protested.
“Yes you do,” Darius said.
Luz stuck out her tongue at him.
“I need to be out the door in three minutes,” Camila continued. “Um, I’m sorry about the state of the place right now. I haven’t had time to breathe the past few weeks, and…
“Mrs. Noceda,” Darius said, raising a hand to cut her off. “There is no need to apologize. You are a busy human with a demanding career and three children to raise, while there is a murderer on the loose in your community. I’m here to help, not judge you.”
“I…well,” Camila said, not quite sure how to respond. “Thank you, Darius."
***
Time, Moon thought, seemed to be moving strangely - doubly so for someone who had existed as long as they had.
The time they had been living at the Owl House, the time they had been free, was barely even a measurable fraction of the time they had spent trapped in the Liminal. In their prison, that amount of time would have been inconsequential, just another tiny stretch in what felt like an eternity of torment that all blurred together.
It was nothing, a blink of an eye. It might as well not have happened at all.
And yet.
And yet that miniscule blip in Moon’s existence was starting to feel like it had lasted a long time. There was, they thought, no reason that it should, but it was starting to feel…almost normal.
So much had happened in that tiny flash of time, and not all of it bad.
The time they had spent imprisoned, and the repeated betrayals still loomed large and threatening in Moon’s periphery but, to their surprise, they found that these things occupied less of their thoughts with each passing day.
At first, the events surrounding their betrayal by Belos, followed by their release and subsequent recapture had defined Moon. That was all they knew and so that was who they were.
However as the months ticked by, moving Moon slowly but surely in a linear direction away from the explosion of trauma, they found themself with a collection of life experiences that were very much real and tangible, creating a buffer.
They had a life now and that was starting to define them.
Even stranger, the more time that passed since they had been imprisoned, the more relaxed Moon felt. To their own horror, they realized there were things they were starting to take for granted. They were starting to assume that affection would be given if they bounced into a room and asked for it. They didn’t have to scream and demand to be squished or to be called “Sneaky-Peek”, these were things that were just there for them.
Similarly, they had begun to trust that food would always be there, and they didn’t necessarily have to scarf it down in such an unhinged manner. This was still particularly strange to Moon, as it was physically impossible for them to starve. Despite this, they still craved food and felt hunger.
If they missed a meal, they knew it, and suddenly became near-obsessed with finding food and eating it for the rest of the day.
But, the fact was, these particular days were becoming fewer and farther between now. So too were the days where they feared their newfound life might collapse. They trusted that their chosen family was there for them, ruminating less and less on hypothetical terrible things that could happen.
Moon had a family, and it was still a surreal novelty.
Moon had Hooty and Luz who were always up for games and chaos and did very little to discourage Moon’s own tendencies.
Moon had King, and the two had resumed covert lessons in Titan magic. King was improving with each session, and was able to produce bioluminescence almost effortlessly.
However these sessions were still happening fairly infrequently. If Moon hadn’t known any better, they might have thought that King was avoiding them. But that idea was just silly! King was their friend now, and they were past the distrust.
And Moon had Rainy and the Owl Lady! Moon had nearly insatiable needs for attention, and those two provided, making Moon feel safe and loved and keeping the fears at bay.
Each night, Moon dove between them, basking in the byproducts of organic life, absorbing the heat they emitted until they could almost pretend it was their own.
Just like with food, Moon had no need for warmth. They were compacted, folded cosmic power that burned cold.
But the warmth felt so good, and Moon soaked it up, the blanket above holding it in until they were enveloped in a little heat bubble of their very own.
They awoke each morning comfortable, reluctantly sitting up and relishing that they still felt warm. Stretching languidly, they imagined that this must be what it felt like to be a witch or other being of the Boiling Isles who generated their own heat.
But sometimes they forgot about things that had happened in previous days, things that worried and frightened them. And if those things came rushing back when they were otherwise warm and cozy sitting in the nest in the morning, it was nearly unbearable.
Raine’s voice had returned, if a little rougher at first as it hadn’t been used for a while, and, while Moon slept, they had explained to Eda what had happened at the Coven Head meeting.
Eda sat cross-legged before Moon in the nest and gave them a pointed look.
“Sneaky-peek,” she said, reaching over to ruffle their hair gently. “We gotta’ talk, okay?”
Moon felt ice-cold creeping into their veins, chasing away the warmth they had spent the entire night acquiring.
“Okay?” Eda repeated.
Moon paused, their quickly-rising fury sputtering instead of fully igniting as they realized she was asking for permission to discuss the situation.
“Can we talk? You’re safe. I promise.”
She held out her hand, little finger extended.
It was a calculated move, she knew, one that could make or break the conversation, depending on how Moon reacted.
“We’ll make cupcakes afterwards.”
‘She could be lying,’ Moon’s own voice echoed silently in their head.
That voice, the voice that sowed doubt and told them all of the terrible things that might happen, had been remarkably quiet lately. Although it still broke through Moon’s more peaceful moments as of late, they had been able to ignore it for the most part.
Not so now.
“She’s NOT lying!” Moon all but shouted.
The Owl Lady didn’t lie, she had cared for Moon and they had promised to trust her.
“What’s that?” Eda said, brows knitting together in confusion. “Who’s not lying, Moon?”
“But what if she is? What if she’s just like Belos??”
“She’s not! She’s NOT! I TRUST HER!”
Moon reached out, grabbing Eda’s pinky finger, curling their own tightly around it.
“Ow!” Eda said. “Sometimes I forget how strong you are.”
“I trust you,” Moon repeated. “I trust you, I trust you, we can talk.”
“I’m not like Belos. I pinky swear that to you, too.”
Moon’s eyes widened and they stiffened, finger clenching painfully around Eda’s.
“How…?”
“You said that part out loud, kid.”
“I…I didn’t?”
Moon wracked their brain, making sure there wasn’t anything even more damning that they might have spoken aloud without realizing.
Like the fact that Belos was still alive.
“You did,” Eda was saying. “It’s okay, I’m not mad. I know you still talk to yourself sometimes. I do hear you.”
“NO! No you don’t!”
The extreme punishment or rejection that Moon couldn’t help but expect never came. They weren’t even entirely sure why they expected it, considering the past few months at the Owl House had given them no reason to, but that traitorous voice in their head was screaming it, a warning that they felt throughout their being.
Moon clenched their jaw closed, not trusting themself to speak.
The Owl Lady’s hand was warm and steady, even with Moon holding onto it by only one finger, the only thing sending them from flying into a blind panic, for reasons they didn’t even fully understand.
“Can we talk now?”
Moon shook their head.
“Moon?”
“No!” Moon said at last. “I changed my mind, I don’ wanna’.”
They pulled their arm back slightly in protest, but refused to let go of Eda.
They didn’t like the feelings that coursed through them as they recalled the events of the previous day. There was fear, there was anger, but there were other more confusing emotions they didn’t immediately recognize, couldn’t quite put a name to. They were feelings that made Moon squirm with a discomfort that almost felt physical.
“Don’ waaaanna’...”
“Don’t you think it’d feel better if you talked about it now?” Eda asked. “And not let it fester? I don’t like the thought of you carrying around any more than you already are.”
“No. Don’t ever wanna’ think about it ever again.”
Eda raised an eyebrow, getting ready to argue.
Moon glared at her, almost daring her to push further and break the trust she had cultivated with them.
“You asked,” Moon hissed. “You asked if I wanted to talk. But I don’t have to if I don’t want to. You’re pinky swearing it right now!”
They yanked their hand a little more roughly than was necessary.
“And I don’t want to,” Moon continued, keeping unblinking eye contact. “I want a cupcake.”
Eda sighed, looking defeated.
“You’re right,” she said quietly. “We don’t have to talk if you don’t want to.”
“That’s right.”
“But when you do, I’m here. I don’t care what’s happening, we’ll stop and we’ll talk.”
“Never gonna’ happen.”
“Whatever you say, Moon.”
“You…you…” Moon blinked once and looked away. “You promise you’re not mad, though, right?”
For a moment, they let their vulnerability show. They tightened their finger again.
“I’m not mad, Moon. I…”
“Good,” Moon said, the immediately walls going right back up. “Now we’re going to have a FUN day.”
They spoke the word “fun” in the angriest voice imaginable and Eda couldn’t help but crack and let out a snort of laughter.
“Okay, go have fun.”
Moon’s finger slipped from Eda’s and they backflipped out of the nest into the air and zoomed out the double doors into the rest of the house.
Eda sighed yet again. She had been so close to another breakthrough, she could feel it. But there was no way she was going to risk the precarious trust that now existed between her and Moon.
***
Despite Camila and Darius’ instructions to the contrary, Hunter found himself wandering alone through Gravesfield, absorbed in thought, in search of…well, he wasn’t sure.
There had been a time when Hunter would have never dreamed of deliberately disobeying a beloved authority figure. Now, however, he seemed to be making a habit of it.
This place, the human realm, filled Hunter with as much unease as it did comfort.
He had developed a connection to Gravesfield and felt deeply at home there. Yet lingering questions and mysteries remained.
And there was something he hadn’t told anyone.
Hunter rubbed his hands together and wandered through the town park.
On this particular day he had uncharacteristically skipped class, but it was worth it to be alone for a while and have some time to think.
At the base of the statue of the Wittebane brothers, the last of the snow was receding, exposing dirt as it melted.
And, poking through the dirt were some of the tiniest flowers that Hunter had ever seen, clumps of purples, yellows, whites and blues. One even had a pink tinge.
It was as if they had been waiting for the snow to melt and were so impatient that they’d popped up and started to bloom before it was even fully gone.
Hunter knelt down for a closer look, running his fingers gently along the petals as he examined them.
Accompanying the flowers was some foliage, long grasslike blades with a white stripe down the center.
Hunter brushed the surrounding leaf litter aside, giving the little flowers more space.
He should know what kind of plants these were, but he hadn’t seen anything like them back in the Fall.
He pulled out his Penstagram to take a few photos, partially to use as a reference to identify them later, mostly to send to Willow
He really wanted to bring Willow here to see them, she would love these little things and there were few things that gave Hunter more happiness now than bringing joy to his friends.
Unfortunately the shadow of the statue partially covered the flowerbed this time of day and made getting a good picture virtually impossible.
Hunter felt annoyance rising within him as he glared up at the two stone men looming above him.
“Jerks,” he muttered.
From his shoulder, Flapjack twittered what sounded almost like laughter and took to the air, flapping up to perch on Caleb’s head.
“Stop that,” Hunter said, getting to his feet and brushing the dirt from his knees. “Come down from there.”
Flapjack chirped loudly, peering down at him with beady, expectant eyes.
“Yes of course I see the resemblance,” Hunter said irritably. “I’m a clone of him, remember.”
He glanced around quickly, but there was no one within earshot. There were very few people in the park at all.
Flapjack fluffed his feathers, chittering some more.
Hunter narrowed his eyes but he found himself, not for the first time, observing the statue.
It made him deeply uncomfortable. One figure clearly bore the face of his uncle, familiar even if younger than Hunter had ever seen him. Belos had retained that earnest and kind expression, even if it had been merely a mockery.
It had felt genuine to Hunter and it was still hard, even now, to reconcile the man he had (thought he’d) known with the…the…whatever it was that Belos had truly been.
Belos had said he’d loved Hunter, but Hunter was only the last in a long line of copies created and branded to die.
Seeing his face made Hunter’s chest ache with loss. It was a loss of innocence perhaps, but it was also the loss of a beloved family member and he had no way to express that grief, even to his new family.
“Why,” Hunter whispered to the statue.
Flapjack chirped questioningly.
“No, not you,” Hunter said. “Come on, let’s go home.”
He turned away, leaving Flapjack to hop in annoyance before finally taking flight after him.
Even as he walked away, Hunter felt like the statue was watching him go, and that if he turned back, it would be reaching for him.
Damn Luz for making him watch that one British sci-fi show.
Hunter didn’t turn, but he could clearly picture Caleb Wittebane’s stone features frozen proudly, stoically next to Belos.
Caleb was an enigma in town. Both of the Wittebane brothers were. None of the legends or the historical records matched up.
Who the brothers were, or exactly what role they’d played in sixteen hundreds Gravesfield depended on who you asked, and there was little factual evidence to use as a resource.
Many assumed that the Wittebane brothers had been the town founders of Gravesfield, an idea which the placard on the park statue perpetuated.
While this theory seemed to fall apart when looking at the dates when the town had allegedly been founded, it still persisted in the minds of many.
But it was still only one of at least a half dozen different and conflicting stories regarding the brothers’ childhood.
Some said they had grown up in the town well after it had been established. Some said they were the children of local farmers, others told of them being orphans who wandered into town. Folktales abounded of some mysterious fate befalling their parents, but that was mainly conjecture.
And, as one of Vee’s friends had pointed out, “It was sixteen hundreds colonial America, most befalling fates were mysterious.”
What was known was that Caleb Wittebane had become one of the most renowned witch Hunters of Connecticut, and Philip had followed in his footsteps.
And that left Hunter with a hundred thoughts which plagued the darkest recesses of his mind.
Belos, the most frightening and deranged person that Hunter had ever known, had been an apprentice.
And, in that case, how frightening must Caleb have been when he was alive.
Hunter still had nightmares about Belos but, more and more, he found Caleb haunting his dreams, scaring him in ways that even Belos never had.
Hunter was terrified of his uncle but, even more now, he was terrified of the man in whose image his uncle had created him.
***
Raine was sitting at the kitchen table, an enormous mug of coffee in hand, when Eda wandered in.
“How’d it go?” they asked, voice still a bit scratchy.
“Not great,” Eda admitted. “Our little Sneaky Peek is still scared out of their wits about something.”
“Probably everything,” Raine said, taking a sip of their coffee. “They’re still so used to anything they reveal about themself being used against them.”
“Eh, it’s more than just that,” Eda said. “Dammit, Raine, I was so close. They were ready to talk, and then their inner self got in the way and started shouting about Belos and they lost their nerve.”
“Inner selves serve as protectors,” Raine said.
“I know that,” Eda said, still sounding frustrated.
“And Moon has a lot their inner self thinks they need to be protected from. They can’t tell what’s a threat and what’s genuine, so better to treat everything as a potential danger.”
“Takes a lot for the inner self to take control of the physical self though. Though maybe it’s different with space aliens, I don’t know.”
“Sounds like we’ve still got some work to do, then.”
“Would seem that way,” Eda said, reaching over for the coffee mug and taking a sip. “YEESH, Raine! How strong did you make this?”
Chapter 60
Summary:
The ghost of a witch hunter haunts two realms.
Notes:
Greetings dear readers!
I’m still here! I apologize for the extended hiatus. Summer turned far more hectic than I anticipated. There just aren’t enough hours in a day, and my free time has been a fairly non-existent commodity - my energy for writing and editing doubly so. I had to prioritize my projects over the past few months and MoonShadow got put on the back burner for a while.
A LOT has happened, not all of it bad necessarily. I feel like it would sound ridiculous if I went through it all but the cliffsnotes version for those who are interested: I renovated my kennel, worked two jobs which put me working 6-7 days per week, I took a couple of trips, my Dad went missing for a few days and was found (fortunately safely) by search plane in a remote area of wilderness, I had vehicular trouble, and just in the past month I had a weird medical issue which fortunately seems to have resolved (had some tests run and the tentative diagnosis is stress, so that’s…fun).
Regardless of what I’ve had the capacity to do, this fic is always on my mind and I’m so happy to finally have the time to get back to work on it. I’ve missed updating it and I know some of y’all have missed reading it.
Apologies that there is minimal Moon in this chapter, even though it’s a pretty long one. I promise we’ll get more of them before long.
Thanks as always for sticking with me.
Much love,
Alice
**Also Content Warning for assault in this chapter**
Chapter Text
There was algae in the starfish tank.
It had started as a couple of miniscule patches here and there but, in a remarkably short amount of time it had exploded all over the aquarium, covering the rocks and substrate in a thick layer of slimy red substance.
“Well this is annoying,” Raine said, using a low frequency to dislodge the slime for the fifth time in as many days.
“Get it off the glass,” Moon said. “I can’t see Starfishie.”
“Maybe Moon needs to clean up their own aquarium,” King suggested.
“Nuh uh,” Moon said, sticking their tongue out at King.
“King you knooooowwww how that would end,” Hooty said. “They’d probably annihilate Starfishie. Not that I’d mind being rid of that monstrosity, but I don’t know how many more tantrums I can take.”
“I’m not gonna’ annihilate Starfishie,” Moon said. “Gonna’ squish it!”
“No you are not,” Raine said. “Eda, do you have any potions that might get rid of this stuff?”
“Oh definitely,” Eda said. “But I don’t know how they’d affect a, what did Hunter call it, an echinoderm?”
“Probably better than Moon squishing it,” King said.
In accordance with Moon’s wishes, the incident at the Coven Head meeting had essentially been brushed under the rug. Neither Raine nor Eda had any great ideas for bringing it up again without sending Moon into a mental breakdown.
It was a tricky situation to navigate. Clearly Moon needed some guidance, and for their behavior to be addressed. If only doing so wouldn’t push the boundaries they had established for themself and jeopardize their precarious trust.
“I’ll see if I can come up with anything for this stuff at market,” Eda said, removing a layer of the red, slimy algae-like growth from the tank. “All else fails, I’ll message Willow on Penstagram. See if she has any ideas.”
“Oh right,” King said. “It’s market day today.”
“It’s market day every day,” Eda said. “I’ve just been a…little bit preoccupied lately - and way down on sales because of it. So I need to sell twice as much today, so we don’t have long-term financial consequences.”
It wasn’t the first time Eda would be working her market stand alone, not by a long shot. After all, that had been how she’d done her business for a long time.
So it was with a confident strut that, while the rest of her family was trying to clean the aquarium and prevent Moon from killing its inhabitant, she left the Owl House, a handful of glyphs stashed in her hair.
Although the layout and topography of Bonesborough was forever changed, the sounds and smells of the market were the same as they had always been.
For all the underlying tension and unrest in the Isles, the atmosphere was still lively and bustling. You just couldn’t keep Bonesborough down, even in times of uncertainty.
Eda set up her booth where she quite often did these days, in a particularly busy crossroad of town where members of the Construction Coven had built bridges across the neighboring chasms, connecting the sides of the street.
Gone were the days when Eda had to worry about keeping a low profile, moving her stand to a new, inconspicuous location every day. Now she could set up in a consistent location where regular customers knew where to find her.
Human relics didn’t sell particularly well these days, but she could still get twice the market value for wards and potions - especially those dedicated to protection and defense.
And lately she’d been brewing and selling coffee infused with some of these potions.
It was an idea she’d gotten from Raine, and it was a huge hit.
“Heck,” she’d told Raine one evening. “I could just open up a potion coffee shop and make a killing.” She’d snorted hard. “Luz would never let me hear the end of that. Hah!”
Once she was set up, which took only slightly longer than it used to, the first part of the day passed uneventfully. Business was good, if a little sporadic.
Eda’s stand was so busy with customers during the morning that she almost wished she had backup. Even Owlbert had flown off in search of his favorite deep-fried rodent stand.
It had certainly been fun to have her entire family with her at the stand before Moon had joined them. She wished that she could have them all here again.
While the Coven Heads (and quite possibly the entire Construction Coven) obviously knew about Moon’s presence now, it had quickly become apparent that the vast majority of the citizens of Bonesborough had bought the explanation that Moon and the Owl Beast’s recent presence in town had been nothing more than an elaborate illusionist hoax.
Or perhaps that was simply more comforting for them to believe - especially since most of the evidence pointed in that direction.
Eda supposed it was for the best, but she couldn’t help but feel an odd twinge of…something.
Annoyance, perhaps?
The fact was, she was a bit tired of keeping Moon a secret. She’d honestly felt the slightest bit of relief when she thought the entire Isles knew about it.
She knew it was for Moon’s protection, but it still felt like it meant she was ashamed of harboring the newest addition to her family. And that just didn’t sit right with Eda.
***
“Philip, leave it.”
There was a small stream that meandered in a winding pattern through the woods of the New World and Caleb Wittebane well knew by now that it was the first place to look for his brother.
Little Philip had spent hours here, small stick in hand, moving leaf litter to see what might be hiding beneath.
There were salamanders and crayfish and waterbugs to be found in the various pools, creatures that lurked under rocks and in the mud.
On this particular day, however, there was a tiny fish.
How it had come to be there in the first place was a complete mystery, as this was a wet weather stream that often dried up completely in the Summer.
Indeed, the pool was small, one of the last remaining during a particularly dry Summer.
Caleb braced himself for difficulty prying his brother away from the discovery.
“But if the puddle dries up, it will die!” Philip protested. “It would be saving it, really.”
“And where would you put it?” Caleb asked.
“In the washtub.”
“And then where would we wash our clothes?”
The debate lasted the rest of the way home, Philip growing more distressed with every step.
And so it was that later that night, he snuck out under the light of the moon, armed with a cast iron pot and a makeshift net fashioned from cloth and a pitchfork.
The fish, unsurprisingly, was not keen on being caught and was a fast swimmer.
It darted from one end of the pool to the other in a frantic attempt to escape the net. Philip made swipe after swipe with it, each time causing mud and sediment to swirl up, clouding the water.
And that was how Caleb found Philip, having noticed quickly, even in sleep, that his brother had left the house, immediately suspecting where he had gone.
Philip broke the surface of the water again and again with the pitchfork-net, the pool now so muddy that it had become completely opaque.
“How can you see anything?” Caleb asked.
Philip jumped, having been so intent on what he was doing that he hadn’t noticed Caleb’s presence.
He gave him a defiant look.
“The moon is bright enough, Caleb.”
“In the water. It’s rather murky.”
Philip looked back at the pool.
He didn’t really have an answer, he’d just been plunging the net into the water at random for the last few minutes.
“Let’s go home, Philip. We’ll come back when the water’s cleared up.”
But when they returned the next day, after the silt had settled, the fish was nowhere to be seen.
It was only later, when taking apart the net Philip had fashioned, that Caleb discovered the remains of the fish, impaled on one of the tines of the pitchfork.
He had been none too happy when he confronted Philip with this discovery.
“I told you to leave it be! It’s too small to eat and it was minding its own business in the creek! This was pointless, you just wanted a fish.”
Philip was inconsolable.
He’d only wanted to save the fish, he hadn’t meant to kill it.
“I didn’t mean to, Caleb! I DIDN’T MEAN TO!”
To his credit, Caleb did apologize for the outburst, and had forgotten all about the incident by the next day, more concerned about the fact that their well seemed to be dangerously close to running dry.
But Philip didn’t forget.
Philip mourned the fish.
For some reason, he’d been compelled to keep the little dried-out body, but it was two days before he could even look at it.
When he did finally examine it, he realized that it wasn’t like any kind of fish he’d ever seen before.
Maybe it was something to do with the way it had dried out before decomposition had a chance to set it, but the scales were brightly-colored and iridescent, its pectoral fins ending in what looked more like miniscule webbed hands than anything else, each finger ending an a curled claw.
It had sharp, dagger-like teeth and surprisingly-sharp-edged bright purple dorsal fin that, when extended, was taller than the fish was long.
Philip buried the fish behind the house, returning to exhume it a couple of weeks later, and then again a couple of weeks after that.
Each time he noted more and more breakdown of the body, until it was barely recognizable as a fish anymore.
He still didn’t know what kind of fish it was, or how it had ended up in a landlocked pool far from any ponds or rivers or other permanent bodies of water.
Caleb didn’t remember, but Philip never forgot.
***
Towards the latter half of the day, Eda began the painstaking process of packing up her stand.
Owlbert hadn’t yet returned from his adventuring, and most of the glyphs were scattered throughout Eda’s hair, and she found herself having to dig for the right one.
After coming up with two ice glyphs and one fire glyph, a safety hover and five invisibility combinations, she huffed in annoyance and tossed them aside. Instead she drew the needed plant glyph with her foot, using the vines to wrap her inventory into a makeshift pack.
She wasn’t quite as adept as Luz (or even Lilith, she hated to admit) with the glyphs, she never had been, but she was still pretty pleased with herself when she used some pretty complicated combinations to conjure up some wheels for the rest of her inventory.
“Hah! This witch’s got some skills,” Eda said loudly to no one.
She tied a rope to the little wagon, wrapped it around her arm and shoulder and gave it a tug, dragging her supplies along behind her.
Immediately one of the wheels fell off.
With a sigh, Eda reattached it.
And then it was off through the streets of Bonesborough towards home.
***
Philip felt like death warmed over.
He had hoped being able to retain his human form and thoughts would provide some relief but, as the days passed, it became obvious that this wasn’t to be. The days of resting in Jacob’s house had not provided any recovery.
Philip was weakened, sickly, and his whole body still ached like it had been torn apart and put back together poorly.
Which, in a sense, it had. The fact that he’d returned to a state resembling his old self after existing as a gelatinous substance with little more consciousness than the most basic life form, was a feat.
It would probably have been more surprising if he hadn’t felt awful after that.
Still, it seemed like the magic and bound palisman souls within him were writhing and twisting, just below the surface, clawing at his skin from the inside, threatening to pull Philip back down into incohesive ooze.
It had been a growing problem for years, something The Collector had taken great glee in pointing out over and over and over again.
The fact was, for centuries, the only thing that gave Philip control over the conglomeration within was consuming more palismen, but that in turn made the conglomeration stronger. The spell that had contained the unholy legion, forcing it into submission in Philip’s mind, had been compromised when The Collector had splattered him.
The capsules that Jacob had stolen from the veterinary clinic did nothing. Philip appreciated the attempt, but what was needed was more palismen, and neither he nor Jacob had any success locating more in the human realm. They still hadn’t had the chance to return to the ridge where Jacob had found one before, so he still held out some hope that others were still to be found in the surrounding hills.
In the meantime, Philip continued to try to rest, to recover his energy.
Jacob had taken to sleeping on the couch, letting Philip take the master bedroom.
It was far more comfortable than anything he’d had in centuries, and yet he couldn’t enjoy it. Whenever Philip attempted to rest, he felt agitated with the energy below the surface of his skin restless and threatening to rip through. It was like having a fever that would never quite break.
Yet, when he was up and about, trying to do even simple tasks was exhausting and left Philip wanting nothing more than to crawl back onto the bed or sofa and sleep for hours.
He could barely think through the vague, nagging discomfort and it was infuriating.
On top of his internal turmoil, the incessant buzzing of electricity through the wires of the walls was maddening, almost as much so as the constant heartbeat that had pulsed through the pipes and tubes of his castle.
Jacob didn’t seem to even notice it, but Philip found the sound incredibly disquieting.
And it wasn’t only in Jacob’s house either. Whenever Philip ventured out, there were cords upon cords, hissing and spitting, hanging threateningly in the air and filled with the deadly currents that humanity now relied upon.
And the worst of it was, no one even seemed to give it a second thought, the cords strung down every street, powering humanity’s everyday with a force that could kill them in an instant if they handled it wrong.
It was, Philip was forced to admit, an ingenious harnessing of lightning on a scale far larger than he ever had. He should have been impressed, but somehow he feared that the demon realm might have influenced the advancement.
It had certainly influenced his own, much more righteous experimentation with electricity in the demon realm.
In the outside world of modern-day Gravesfield, nothing was how Philip remembered it. Paved streets were lined with tiny houses, crowded close together and growing little more than grass, which looked for all the world like it had all been trimmed to exactly the same (short) height.
Not only was there no room to grow any crops, it didn’t appear that any of the laughably tiny garden beds were used for any such thing.
Tiny sprouts were growing from the soil in some of them, but they most appeared to be flowering plants that were not good to eat.
Philip stared at the tiny shoots breaking through the dirt, slowly stretching towards the sun.
The warm Spring sunshine beat down but, although Philip could feel it on his skin, it did nothing to warm him and only made the constant chill he felt that much more obvious.
Once again, it was like having a constant sickness, ice cold to the core that became a physical, bone-deep ache. And neither a hundred blankets nor the warmth of Spring relieved the chill.
Every step hurt and sapped his energy away, but Philip trudged on through the unfamiliar streets of his old hometown, footsteps landing on the unforgiving concrete walkway that ran alongside the massive paved roadways where motorized cars roared past at truly impressive speeds.
Occasionally an airplane would pass overhead, leaving a rumbling whine in its wake, ignored by everyone except a small child who pointed up past the shadows of powerlines and cried “Ayyyy-o-plane!”
Philip pulled the wool scarf he was wearing tighter around his neck and hurried on.
He was among his own kind, surrounded by other humans for the first time in centuries. He should have been happy, should have been welcomed back with celebration and open arms, the hero who had persevered as a man of God through the harrowing depths of hell itself.
But those sharing the sidewalk with him barely acknowledged his existence or, worse, reminded Philip more of the witches of the Boiling Isles than the humans in the community he had left.
He refused to believe that humanity had fully been lost, but those regrettably numerous individuals who were would have to be dealt with. Philip found himself already mourning the condemned, hating his failure to keep the evil influences from spreading among his own people.
He consoled himself with the knowledge that their fates had been sealed before they were ever born, and one didn’t question the will that determined this. Philip would save the ones he could, that was the job he’d been put here to do.
And so he continued on.
Philip had once known Gravesfield like the back of his hand, but now the roads and neighborhoods were a confusing maze of powerlines, roads and cars, interspersed with bright storefronts, restaurants and parking lots.
Jacob had warned Philip to stay away from the old house, as it was currently a crime scene, roped off with tape.
“No investigating until we’re fully prepared,” he insisted.
No one told Philip what to do, especially not Jacob, but he humored him all the same.
Besides, he didn’t need to investigate what had happened in the abandoned house.
Even though memories of the time after being nearly destroyed by The Collector were a hazy blur of madness, overcome by the evil powers that haunted him, Philip had enough moments of semi-lucidity to know what that evil had driven him to.
The house had changed too, having gone through extensive rebuilding over the centuries. Like everything else, it just wasn’t quite right, almost a mockery of the memories he had carried with him.
And so Philip did not approach his old home, but he did use it as a point of reference to get his bearings.
From there, he set off through the forest in search of old landmarks, anything to quell the unease and reconnect him with the human realm.
From the house, he ventured West along a remembered path that had been lost to time.
In his youth, Philip had speculated for hours with his brother about the hopeful future of the New World.
Caleb had talked excitedly about all the resources that were available to the colonists, great forests that could be cleared to grow more crops, timber put to good use building homes and barns and infrastructure.
One day, Caleb said, the savage land would be tamed and filled with rich farmland, the wilderness conquered and made livable for mankind. It was, he told Philip, what the Lord had promised those who feared Him.
And yet, four hundred years later, remnants of the woods remained. And through some cruel twist of fate, it was the forest that filled Philip with a sense of familiarity and belonging that the busy, developed town did not.
In a confusing development, humans were now pushing to preserve and even restore what was left of the untamed wild, rather than settle it.
While learning how Jacob’s TV worked (worryingly similar to the crystal balls of the Demon Realm), Philip had seen a news report that, after all the years and effort put into wiping them out, people were actually putting wolves back into the mountains somewhere to the West.
“Do they want their families to be eaten?” he had said, perplexed.
“Oh that’s just a front,” Jacob said. “So they can fly their surveillance helicopters around and no one will get suspicious because the public just thinks they’re tracking the wolves. But really they’re tracking the public’s every move and selling it to the Martian overlords.”
Poor Jacob.
While Philip considered himself to be extremely fortunate to have made the acquaintance of a fellow human who recognized the severity of the danger that the Demon Realm posed to humanity, Jacob was foolish and naive. He had the right idea but he was more gullible than the witches of the Boiling Isles and, in his own way, almost as delusional as the human Luz.
He was lucky that Philip was here to guide him. Philip would make sure Jacob fulfilled his potential.
It was a greater purpose, after all, a divine calling. Even someone like Jacob could still be a vessel for the Lord’s will. It mattered not to Him whether Jacob’s intellect matched Philip’s, only that he served to protect humanity from evil.
***
There was a heavily-muscled demon standing, watching Eda as she made to leave Bonesborough.
Her exit hadn’t been as smooth as she’d anticipated. The wheels kept falling off her makeshift cart, and attempts to fix them with rope and vines were proving to only make things worse. It was hard to hold the wheel in place while trying to fasten it back on without it rolling forward.
Without warning, she felt an intense rush of frustration at the absence of her right hand, and at the demon who was just standing there staring and offering no assistance whatsoever (not that she expected any).
It would have been far easier to step back and take a breather, disassemble the whole wagon and use some more intricate glyphs to reassemble it.
But taking extra time was the last thing Eda wanted to do right now.
After trying a few more times to just patch it up, she let her emotions get the better of her, kicking angrily at the wheels.
This merely resulted in her breaking the heel of her boot.
Naturally, that did not improve her mood.
“How’s that workin’ out for ya, Owl Lady,” an amused voice said from surprisingly close.
She’d been so laser-focused on the failing cart wheels and her broken boot that she hadn’t heard anyone approach.
“Unless you’re gonna’ help fix this damn cart..” Eda began, looking up.
Her voice trailed off as she looked up and saw a witch clad in an outfit reminiscent of the old Coven Scout uniforms, complete with a rendition of the Emperor’s sigil.
“Oh what now.”
The newcomer’s face wasn’t obscured as the true Coven Scouts’ had been, and he was giving Eda a none too friendly look.
“Seems to me ya’ got what’s comin’ to ya,” the witch said.
“Fortunately for you,” Eda said, returning her attention to the wheel and finally managing to get the wheel back in place with a lot more glyphs than it probably required. “I’m not interested in why you think that. Go pick on someone who actually gives a royal fuck.”
She looped the rope back around her arm and walked away without a backwards glance, the effect lessened slightly by the fact that her broken boot heel caused a bit of a hobble.
Eda was pretty certain from the witch’s garb that he was one of the Belos loyalists involved in the recent riots, and she really didn’t have the energy or mental resources to get into that at the moment.
She shot an angry glare at the muscly demon who was still just standing there.
As it turned out, however, she should have been watching her back.
A blast of magic hit Eda from behind and she found herself flung with considerable force, headfirst into a garbage can.
At least her hair cushioned the impact somewhat.
She barely had time to congratulate herself on not having broken her neck, when she heard the laughter of multiple voices approaching.
“Aw come on,” Eda muttered, kicking her feet in an attempt to knock the can over so she could extract herself from it.
Instead, something grabbed her by the ankle and yanked her out.
She blinked, realizing she was being held upside-down by a large abomination. For a brief moment she thought that Darius must have intervened.
But Darius was far away in the human realm and, as Eda surveyed the inverted scene around her, she saw a small, unfamiliar group of witches and demons, most of whom also wore clothes and jewelry bearing the Emperor’s Coven sigil. She recognized at least one of them from the first riot in Bonesborough.
Great. She’d been right about the Belos loyalist thing.
“Would you all put me down,” Eda complained. “It’s been a long day and I ain’t got time for this song and dance.”
“Well, see,” a troll salmon spoke up. “That’s too bad, because we’ve got a bone to pick with you.”
“Preferably one of yours,” added the muscled demon.
“You were the one trying to usurp the Emperor from the beginning,” the first witch said. “And look where it’s gotten us.”
“Usurp…?” Eda gave a humorless but snorting laugh. “Why would I want to…”
“You wanted the power of the Isles for yourself!” the muscle demon growled. “You wanted to rule, so you helped turn the Isles against the Emperor.”
“Now that’s griffin shit,” Eda said. “I couldn’t have turned the Isles against Belos if I’d tried - and believe me, I tried.”
“You were instrumental…” the troll salmon began.
“The only reason the Boiling Isles lost loyalty to Belos was because, oh I don’t know,” Eda said. “He tried to murder you all.”
“SILENCE!” the witch from earlier at the wagon cried.
He grabbed Eda’s hair roughly. It wasn’t enough to pull her head off, but it was extremely painful nonetheless.
She winced.
“See, the thing is, Owl Lady,” the first witch said with a smirk. “Even if you didn’t personally turn everyone against Emperor Belos, you were there for years with your wild witch shit, telling them all they should betray the Isles. So they were primed when the Day Of Unity came, and the Purification Spell took hold.”
“It was a friggin’ Draining Spell,” Eda spat, even though she knew it was probably pointless trying to argue at this point. “Did you forget the whole part where it was draining your magic…AAAGHHH!”
The witch yanked at Eda’s hair again, harder this time.
“Shut. Up.” he said.
“But,” the troll salmon went on as if the argument wasn’t even happening. “Now Belos will know who was truly loyal to him upon his glorious return.”
“Those of us whose faith never wavered will sit beside his throne as he reigns over the New Empire,” the first witch added.
“You, however, Clawthorne,” another witch laughed. “Have no such reward waiting for you.”
Out of the clear blue, she punched Eda in the gut.
With a badly-stifled yelp, Eda reached out to draw a sigil but before she could do anything, the muscled demon grabbed her arm and ripped it off.
“Hey!” she said, voice more strained than she would have liked. “Give that back.”
The demon smacked her across the face with her own hand.
“Stop hitting yourself.”
“Really?” Eda said, sounding a little stronger and much more disdainful now. “Really? That’s what you’re going with?”
Another couple of whacks.
“STOP HITTING YOURSELF!” the demon screamed.
Nearby there was a crash as several of the mob undid the meticulous ties on the wagon and threw Eda’s entire inventory all over the ground, potions smashing and coffee grounds going everywhere.
“Okay this has gone on long enough.”
Eda reached within to call upon the Owl Beast, but they had retreated far deeper than they ever had before.
‘Where are you? I need your help.’
From the edges of her subconscious, Eda felt a flicker of the Beast stirring. But this time it was just them retreating even further, out of her mental grasp.
Once upon a time, this would have been a most welcome development. Now, however, it was extremely inconvenient.
Harpy form, it seemed, was no longer at her disposal. She had no magic, no Owlbert atop her staff, no hands, no way of drawing a glyph.
As the blood pooled in her head, Eda felt, for the first time in a long time, utterly helpless.
***
The trees were just starting to leaf out in clumps of tiny green leaves, and Philip was briefly transported with a wave of nostalgia to another time, when he had once jumped for joy after a long, harsh Winter while Caleb laughed at his antics.
Philip held his breath, hanging onto the memory of time and place for as long as possible.
It was gone in a flash, though, and he couldn’t bring it back.
He crossed a small stream, frowning at its winding path. He remembered the stream here quite vividly from his childhood, but everything still looked unrecognizable.
There had been a small bridge over the stream, but it was long gone, along with the roadbed it had once been a part of.
Philip took in the lay of the land. Perhaps some of it was flatter than the rest, but he couldn’t tell for sure.
He walked upstream, following its curve. There was a section that could have once been the pool where he had found the firefish, but then again he could have been off by a mile.
It just didn’t look quite like the clear picture in his mind that he’d hung onto for centuries.
The sickening chill dug its way even deeper.
Birdsong Philip hadn’t heard for centuries tripped off half-remembered thoughts and memories that felt more like someone else’s dream than his own past.
From the creekside, he followed the contours of a small ridge in search of a particular jumble of rocks.
He would know the moment he saw them, for that was the place where he and Caleb had played Witch Hunters almost every day for months, and he still had a very clear picture of what the Witch Hunter Rocks looked like.
But when he approached the jumble at the base of a ridge, doubt crept into his mind.
The trees were younger and it looked like the area had been logged and regrown, perhaps multiple times. It just didn’t look right.
Maybe this was the wrong pile of rocks.
Philip trekked forth, approaching rock pile after rock pile, each one looking less like the Witch Hunter Rocks than the last.
A strange tightness grew in his chest, something he attributed to the palisman souls trying to claw their way free.
Shortly thereafter, he came across an old and slightly dilapidated farmstead, clearly built long after Philip’s time, but steeped with age.
Someone was in the barn, mucking out horse stalls and, for a moment, Philip almost felt at home.
The next moment he found himself staring down the barrel of a firearm wielded by an angry human shouting a steady stream of expletives and telling him to “Get the fuck off my property!”
Philip curtly responded that he was merely on a holy mission to save humanity but the human just shouted about something called “Jehova’s Witnesses”, adding “Get out because I’ll shoot first and the cops’ll never find the body.”
They looked human but, Philip thought to himself as he retreated, everything else about them reminded him of a witch.
Perhaps by accident, perhaps by design, he found himself wandering into a small, overgrown cemetery in a clearing in the woods.
By the looks of things, it didn’t get many visitors, and all the gravestones were weathered and covered with a thick layer of moss and lichen.
Some had lost any of the engravings they might once have had, now nameless markers of unknown, departed souls.
Others, however, still bore legible names and dates.
With a surreal feeling, Philip realized he recognized some of the names, images of dimly-remembered faces rising to the surface.
One headstone marked the grave of someone who had been a small child, barely three years old when Philip left. The dates on the headstone indicated that she had lived into her late forties.
So strange. She’d been so little, grown to a woman and now she’d been dead for hundreds of years.
Philip was surrounded by the ancient-looking markers of people he’d known, and they’d all been dead for centuries. And now he walked among their graves, somehow still alive, if one could truly call his state living.
Birds sang and whistled in the trees, daffodils swayed in the wind, and Philip felt chilled to the core, like a ghost, a spectre, haunting the resting place of nearly everybody that he knew.
He’d outlasted the dead, but he didn’t fit in among the living.
Instead he was an outsider, a thing, something apart and disconnected from everyone he had once loved, disconnected even from his own homeland.
Hot, but familiar anger began pooling in Philip’s core, and he felt it sear across the disfigurement on his face.
“Fucking WITCHES!”
It was their fault. They had done this to him, made him become this way. They’d caused him to turn into something that could never return home, could never reconnect with humanity - with his own people.
The witches had taken everything from Philip. Everything.
And for that they would pay!
Philip stood a little straighter, pushing down the queasiness with a force of will he’d had hundreds of years to practice.
He’d made it this far, and there still had to be a reason.
He could still save humanity.
This was so much bigger than himself, after all. He was on a predetermined path, carrying out the will of God to purge the world of the Evil that had plagued humanity since the Garden Of Eden.
And what’s more, Philip was doing it all with no hope of eternal peace for his own soul. He was under no illusions that he would ever see the light of Heaven after being tainted by the Evil sought to destroy.
But there were others, others he could still save by his own sacrifice. Maybe even the human Luz, although he feared her soul might be lost for good.
But the humans that he could save, for each one it would be worth it.
And one day…they’d understand one day. Humanity would celebrate Philip’s sacrifice, pay honor to the hero who poisoned his own soul so that others might find Salvation.
With a smile upon his face, Philip left the cemetery.
***
Eda had always been remarkably good at getting out of sticky situations. That being said, there were a few that she’d really not thought she would be able to escape from.
One of them had been the petrification ceremony - she’d fully expected to be executed, had accepted her fate.
Another had been when she was captured just before the Day Of Unity. There had been much less acceptance on her part at that point, more despair that she’d failed her family as the world was coming to an end.
Today felt like it could be another such time. Being held captive, one remaining arm removed and without access to glyphs, or to the Owl Beast it occurred to Eda that if this mob turned murderous, there was very little she could do to defend herself.
It wasn’t a pleasant thought, and she felt a strange hint of fear that she wasn’t used to. As much as she sometimes questioned whether her family would be better off if she somehow removed herself from the equation, the fact remained that right now she just wanted to get back to them.
Having something to lose, something that she wanted to hang onto had changed Eda.
“Alright, that’s enough,” she barked.
Still it was hard to do anything when an angry mob was hurling her own potions and human artifacts at her, while laughing and jeering.
She had to get back to the Owl House, though. Back to Raine and King and Luz and Hooty and Moon.
Still, determination and desperation could only get her so far in her situation.
She needed…
“OWLBERT!”
Eda was lucky. Owlbert must not have been far, for minutes later, over the sound of breaking glass as her potions were destroyed, she heard a soft but angry trilling heading her way.
Moments later a small feathery missile attacked the demon who was waving Eda’s arm around.
“Aaaaaghhh! A bird!” the demon cried.
Eda’s staff materialized and her hand grabbed onto it.
Owlbert hooted and took flight with enough force to pull the arm free of the now distracted demon. Alarm at the presence of an owl palisman apparently trumped muscles.
“Took you long enough,” Eda said, as Owlbert returned her staff and arm to her.
Owlbert gave another, much more offended hoot.
With quick precision, Eda used the staff to trace the fire glyph in the abomination holding her feet.
“No!” a witch cried.
“Stop her!” added a demon.
“Too late!” Eda said, hitting the end of the staff on the glyph.
The abomination exploded in a fiery blaze.
“I got no time for your pathetic nonsense!” Eda yelled, breaking free and riding her staff safely just out of reach of the blast. “Belos would’ve watched you all die without a second thought! Byyyyeeeeee!”
Then, under her breath, she added “Gun it, Owlbert.”
But Owlbert was already in the process of taking off, flying high and out of range of any more attacks from below, setting a course for home as fast as he could.
“Thanks, Owlbert,” Eda said. “That was a close one.”
Owlbert twittered a long-winded explanation of his absence.
“No, no, I don’t need explanations,” Eda said. “I’m just glad you showed up when you did. I don’t know what that mob might’ve done to me.”
Owlbert gave an angry hoot.
“I know,” Eda said. “These Belos groupies are getting scarier and a lot less afraid lately. But let’s not tell the others about this, shall we.”
Owlbert chirped questioningly.
“I’m sure. They’ll just worry. Or go on a rampaging bard murder spree. Not gonna’ lie, that’s something I wanna’ see. But…not tonight. I don’t wanna’ even think about Belos or any of those idiots right now. I just want to get home and drink some apple blood and see if that damn starfish survived another day.”
Eda Clawthorne, the wild witch of Bonesborough, had a family to get home to, and no delusional wannabe Coven Scouts were going to ruin that for her.
***
The path that Philip and the Golden Guard had forged through tangled underbrush had left its marks on them both, their clothing torn and ripped by thorns and branches.
But, at long last, under the hues of the pinkish-purple sky of the Boiling Isles, the two reached their destination - a shallow lagoon rumored to contain Titan’s Blood.
Once again, it appeared that this was either merely a local legend, or the Titan’s Blood had long ago disappeared.
“Well this is a disappointment, sir,” the Golden Guard said.
But Philip didn’t seem to be listening, instead he was staring at the hundreds upon hundreds of small fish that schooled in the shallows, surfacing occasionally and spitting out miniscule streams of flame.
All were identical to the tiny fish he’d encountered as a child back in Gravesfield at the wet-weather stream.
“What are those?” the Golden Guard asked, following his gaze and peering curiously at the fish as their colorful dorsal fins flashed and caught the light.
For a moment, Philip was transported back to his childhood, remembering the sorrow and ache he’d felt at the fish’s inadvertent death.
He remembered Caleb’s initial anger.
And all this time it had just been one of multitudes.
“I’ve never seen this kind of fish before,” the Golden Guard said. “Perhaps we should capture a few and take them back for study. I mean, it’d be a shame to come back completely empty-handed. Even if there’s no Titan Blood, finding out what the biology of…”
“No,” Philip said, voice soft and calm. “These are demonic firefish. Not something to be trifled with. They are monsters made of wild magic.”
He raised his newly-created staff, an electric buzz humming from within the mechanism. He pointed it at the water and, with a great rush of energy, a beam shot from it and hit the lagoon, engulfing it in red and purple sparks that rushed through the water, killing every last firefish and any other creature unfortunate enough to have made their home there.
Funny, Philip thought as he and the Golden Guard surveyed the scorched lagoon. Caleb had been wrong. He realized now that he had done the right thing killing that fish all those years ago as a child.
Chapter 61
Summary:
Eda consumes some apple blood.
Notes:
Hello all! I hope Autumn is going well for those of you in the Northern hemisphere. I write to you from a gloomy but beautiful early November morning in Northern Minnesota. Most of the trees are bare now but there are still a few brown and orange leaves hanging on.
I bring you a new chapter! The next bunch of chapters have needed quite a bit of reworking and moving around scenes and order of events. I’m probably over-thinking things but I always want my work to be perfect, and it always ends up far from. But I think I have it where it is acceptable.
Still trying to figure out a balance of work, life, projects and hobbies but I have hope that everything will come together eventually and I can get to where I want to be.
Until then, I press onwards.
My best to all of you!
Alice
Chapter Text
Eda would be lying if she said that she wasn’t shaken by her encounter in Bonesborough, but then she’d made it through the last decades by being somewhat less than truthful.
She’d also made it through those decades as an unpopular outcast, so it wasn’t exactly the first time she’d been hassled about it.
Eda pushed from her mind the thought that being without magic had made the day’s confrontation much less pleasant. It was better to focus on what she had to come home to which, she was willing to bet, was a lot better than whatever those asshat Belos groupies had.
Raine had a campfire crackling in the fire ring when Eda landed in the yard.
King was roasting not-dogs over it while Moon and Hooty chased each other around and around the yard, both screaming obnoxiously, which clashed in the worst way with the tune that Raine was playing on a ukulele.
“Starfishie lives to see another day, I take it?” Eda asked, approaching Raine.
“Hah! Yeah!” Raine said, slightly startled, quickly lowering the ukulele. “I’m still not sure what to do about the whole kitchen sink situation though. Actually I wanted to ask you… Eda?”
Raine’s expression changed once they looked over at Eda properly, shifting from good-natured amusement to concern in an instant.
“What happened?”
“Oh. Yeah, I got into an altercation. No big deal.”
“You look like you got beat up,” Raine said darkly, their voice taking on a tone that suggested they were ready to beat someone up now. “Where’s all your stuff?”
“Eh. I’m fine. That’s all that matters.”
“Eda…”
“Really.”
“If it was those Belos loyalists, I swear I’ll…”
“You’ll what? Take a leaf out of Terra’s book - oh NO, did I just make a plant pun?”
Raine laughed in spite of themself, but they still looked angry and concerned.
“Now,” Eda said. “What was this about the kitchen sink?”
Raine didn’t appear particularly pleased with Eda’s attempts to change the subject, but they didn’t argue either.
“The kitchen sink,” they said with a heavy sigh, as if this was suddenly the last thing they wanted to think about. “It can wait. It’s not any less of a localized void of spacetime than it was this morning.”
It was Eda’s turn to laugh.
“At least something’s stable,” she said.
“Stable is not the word I’d use to describe whatever is going on in that sink.”
Raine pressed close to Eda’s side, wrapping one of their hands around hers.
“Just let me know if I can help,” they whispered. “And just…you can talk to me, Eda.”
“You’re helping just by the fact that you’re here,” Eda said, kissing them on their cheek.
“Oh no you two’re being all mushy again!” King said loudly from where he had finished consuming a truly impressive amount of not-dogs. “You didn’t even say hello to me! Unfair!”
Eda laughed, letting go of Raine’s hand to rush over and hoist King up, peppering kisses across his skull.
“Aaaaghh!” King cried, trying to appear outraged, but stifling laughter all the same. “Affection! My nemesis!”
That made Raine laugh again, their face relaxing at last.
Eda’s inventory and the day’s earnings were gone, and that was going to prove challenging in the long run. But, for now, she was content to sit by the fire as the sunlight waned from the sky, sipping apple blood and listening to Raine attempt to learn a new song on the ukulele.
It was different from their usual instrument of choice. This was, King informed her, due to the fact that they had given Moon another violin lesson that had somehow ended up with the instrument getting stuck in a tree and claimed by a flock of handbirds who had aggressively decided to nest in it and attack anyone who came near.
“We’ll get it back eventually,” King said. “When the birds get bored and decide to go grab something else. Or maybe I’ll just knock it out of the tree with my voice powers and suffer the vengeance of the handbirds.”
He looked away, staring at the evening sky, joyful air fading slightly, if only for a moment - a visible break, a crack.
And speaking of Moon…
They were suddenly at Eda’s side, looking up at her imploringly and more than a little bit tired, even if they were clearly trying to hide that part. Despite their attempts, the fact that they were carrying a recently-emptied bottle of Nightmare Tonic left no room for doubt that Moon was sleepy.
“What’s up, Sneaky-Peek?” Eda said.
Moon huffed and crawled up into her lap, the now-familiar vague static electricity-like sensation accompanying them as they wormed their way into a comfortable position.
“Squish me?” they mumbled.
Eda wrapped her arm around them and kissed their head.
Moon sighed heavily, contentedly, going boneless.
“Bedy-bye time?” Eda suggested.
“Mmm-mm,” Moon responded, face smushed into her shoulder. It wasn’t clear whether it was an affirmative sound or a negative one. In any case, they made no attempt to move, instead attempting to become as much of a puddle as they could and still retain enough form to be held.
“Looks like you’ve got yourself a limpet there,” Raine said in amusement, looking up from their ukulele.
“Noooooo! Don’t name any more sea creatures around them!” Hooty cried. “Remember what happened when Luz called them a starfish?”
Eda couldn’t help but laugh, the apple blood having already gone to her head and easing her worries and stress, at least for the time being.
***
The house hadn’t been exactly spotless by the time Camila returned home from work on the first day of Darius’ visit, but it was visibly cleaner.
In fact, it was considerably cleaner than it had been for years.
Camila’s first thought was along the lines of an anxious ‘Oh no, he is offended by the squalor that we live in.’
But Darius had seemed remarkably cheerful when he described what he had accomplished in her absence.
If anything he was a bit overly enthusiastic.
“You’ve been hard at work,” Camila said. “Everything looks so good. It…uh, hasn’t been deep cleaned here in a while. I’m sorry.”
“You should really stop apologizing,” Darius said, meticulously wiping the knobs and handles of the kitchen cabinets with what looked suspiciously like abomination goo. “But maybe try not to let it get go this long next time. You’ve had a number of matters to attend to and a bit of maintenance wouldn’t hurt. You’d end up with a lot less to tackle that way.”
“I know,” Camila said. “But thank you for tackling it yourself.”
Seeing Darius here in her house was still a bit jarring. Camila was used to Vee, and even King sometimes visiting, but neither of them seemed quite so out of place as Darius did, looming in her kitchen like some sort of purple-clad royalty.
It was just a bit surreal.
“It is my pleasure to be of assistance,” Darius said. “To someone who has given shelter and family to Hunter.”
“Yes, well,” Camila said, leaning against the kitchen counter. “I’m trying. He’s been through so much and sometimes I feel like I can’t do enough to help him.”
“You have my assurances he thinks the world of you, Camila, and appreciates everything you’ve done for him too.”
“That’s good to know. And he loves going to school here - not something I can relate to,” Camila chuckled. “But he…never had a chance to be a kid. And I…I’m afraid…I feel like he is keeping something from me, and it is eating him alive.”
“Mrs. Noceda, Camila,” Darius said. “I mean you no offense, but you cannot possibly understand what it was like in the Emperor’s Castle. Every day was a fight for survival, even if you were Belos’ most loyal servant. Which…I was not.”
“But Hunter was.”
“As was his predecessor, until he began to doubt. That was to whom my loyalty lay.”
Camila’s natural curiosity, not unlike her daughter’s, pressed her to try to learn more, but her more practical side thought better of it.
So, instead, she steered the conversation back.
“So you think that is what Hunter is dealing with?” she asked.
“That is no doubt a significant portion,” Darius said.
“But not all of it then?”
“I would like to keep telling myself it’s my imagination. But I suppose since you’ve noticed the same thing I have, we can’t pretend any longer.”
“The same thing I have?”
“Hunter is hiding something and I…well, I’ve done a bit of research on my own time and I fear I know what it might be.”
***
Moon was asleep, latched onto Eda like…well, a limpet as Raine had said. Or perhaps, Eda thought with a hazy amusement, noting their splayed limbs and remembering the hapless little creature in the tank upstairs, a starfish.
Evening hung long in the air, darkness having crept in slowly. A few bugs buzzed around near the light of the campfire, which Hooty chased down delightedly. Sometimes he loudly insulted the ones that managed to escape.
“Hooty!” Eda half-shouted, half laughed. “Don’t say that in front of the kids!”
Moon stirred, blinking and looking up at her with huge eyes. And then, the next moment, they were asleep again.
“That’s not even a word I’ve heard before,” Raine laughed. “I don’t even know if it's vulgar or not.”
“Hooty,” King said in a serious whisper. “You gotta’ teach me some of those swears.”
“The handbirds should be roosting by now,” Raine said, setting the ukulele aside. “Hooty, do you think you could get the violin back now?”
“I couuuulllld,” Hooty said. “But then that little gremlin might try to play it again and my ears haven’t recovered from earlier.”
“None of our ears have recovered!” King chimed in. “I vote we leave it in the trees. If Moon really wants it, they can go get it themself with their infinite power.”
“Does that technically violate house rules?” Hooty asked.
“Don’t talk to me about regulations!” King shot back.
Eda contentedly watched the exchange, sleepiness and apple blood overtaking her.
The fire was cheerful and bright, King and Hooty argued animatedly in front of it, Raine plucked at an instrument, Moon was safe and solid against her.
If only Luz and Hunter were here, it would have been a perfect moment. She hoped they were doing okay in the human realm. There hadn’t been a lot of communication since it had been decided to limit the amount of time the portal door was open.
Still, things were pretty damn good at the moment. Eda felt remarkably content.
So content, in fact, that she found sleep starting to overtake herself.
“Think’m gonna’ call it a night, Rainestorm,” she said.
Raine kissed her on the forehead.
“You go ahead. I gotta’ call Mason about something.”
“Aw, you cannot be thinkin’ about work right now.”
“Just got an incident to report, that’s all. Nothing for you to worry about. You get some rest.”
“Sounds miserable. Glad it’s you not me. King! You coming?”
“Weh?” King said, looking up from where he was staring at the fire. “I…think I’ll stay up for a while if that’s okay.”
“The King Of Demons needs no permission to stay up late,” Eda teased.
King glanced back at the fire, significantly more pensive than before, but Eda wasn’t quite in a state to take notice.
If she had been a bit more sober, she might have also been more perceptive to the hardness of Raine’s face when they spoke, as if they were personally going to go out and murder whoever had roughed Eda up at the market.
It also didn’t occur to her what incident Raine might be reporting, having not given any details about what kind of event had taken place at the market.
Still holding Moon tight, Eda stood and carried them back to the house.
***
King missed Luz.
He always did whenever she was back in the human realm, and her absence seemed to fill the house and his life.
It wasn’t quite the same sense of loss he’d felt when he’d banished Luz and her friends to the human realm after the Day Of Unity, having given himself over to…Moon?…The Collector?…The Grand Huntsman?…
King didn’t even like to think about how those weeks had felt. He’d never felt so helpless, overwhelmed and small.
Now he had his family and his agency back. Now, of course, he knew he’d see Luz again.
But he still missed her, still worried about her and whatever threat might be stalking the human realm.
Eda, of course, felt the same - that was obvious in what she did, what she said, the occasional glances out into the yard to check that she wasn’t suddenly there.
But Eda had more to keep her occupied than King did. Hooty required a ridiculous amount of attention, Moon was always causing chaos, and Raine was always happy to be a distraction.
Although, right now, they were more interested in trying to get to the bottom of why Eda had returned from market without her inventory and with a number of injuries.
King didn’t buy that it had been a normal altercation any more than Raine did and he distantly wondered how whoever had caused the problem might react to the wrath of an actual angry Titan.
Except that King, while he had anger to spare, still knew very little about how to tap into his powers and unleash that wrath. His covert lessons with Moon, when they did happen, produced more frustration than results.
Maybe he could explode some eardrums and make the soil glow ominously, but that was about the extent of his capabilities right now.
He had his family back, but that family now inexplicably included the entity formerly known as The Grand Huntsman. That still felt…weird.
He had his agency back but he’d lost his sense of identity along the way. He knew what he was, but had no earthly clue who he was anymore.
It had been easier, simpler when he believed himself to be the King Of Demons.
He admittedly felt like a little bit of a failure as a Titan. The knowledge of his Titan-ness seemed to weigh him down more with each passing day.
It wasn’t as if King had no friends or no one who cared about him. He’d even spent some time with Willow and with Gus, but even when he was with them, chatting and munching on snacks, he found himself zoning out, his thoughts drifting to his heritage.
And so it was, while Raine was on their Penstagram, deep in what sounded like an extremely frustrating call with the other Coven Heads, King snuck out with Owlbert for a bird’s-eye view.
He knew Eda often gained some peace and clarity from flying high above the Isles, so why not King.
King didn’t have experience flying on his own, but he’d gotten’ quite adept at holding onto the staff when Eda flew. Not to mention, he’d perfected his rider skills with Luz when they trained for and competed in the Glad Prix.
However, taking Owlbert out on his own was not something he’d ever done before. Admittedly it was a bit nerve-wracking, and he remembered flying through the air with Moon after the Day Of Unity, an experience that had been far more terrifying.
Up this high, Moon’s iron grip on him had been frightening, but so had the prospect of them letting go of him.
Now, alone with Owlbert, King didn’t necessarily find personal clarity, but he definitely got a clearer picture of the swaths of destruction his then-captor (and, by association, himself) had caused.
Chasms and barren stretches criss-crossed the body of the Titan, the disorderly aftermath of the rampage of a small, unhinged child with the powers of a god.
There wasn’t much left of the Skull, aside from a pile of rubble.
King tried to remember how it had looked before Moon had destroyed it, but the picture in his head had become a memory of a memory.
In the areas that Moon hadn’t rendered uninhabitable, life still grew from the corpse, flourishing and sustained by it, bustling and loud. Yet the Titan itself, King’s father, was silent, dead.
Looking upon what was left of the Skull filled King with a soul-deep hollow of emptiness that threatened to consume him.
Would his father be proud of him or disappointed? King was the end of the Titan lineage and he had very little to show for it except for a mishmash family of other species.
That family meant more to him than anything else, but was that really what his ancestors would have wanted from him?
Beyond the remains of the Titan’s Skull, night and day warred in the sky, a dark starry void creeping across the daylight, infinite and uncaring.
The moon hung low, skull pattern of its own leering down unseeingly.
Like the island before him, the moon reminded King of death and decay - eons of it. If the Titan was dead and silent, the sky above was an emotionless void, and King was…
King was…
Staring at his inevitable future that he tried very hard to avoid thinking about. Despite his best efforts, the thoughts still crept into his mind at every opportunity.
The night began to overtake the sky and the temperature dropped, wind ruffling King’s fur.
He felt it puff up automatically, trapping what warmth it could to insulate him from the cold.
But the existential dread was another kind of chill entirely.
One day he too would die alone under an empty, uncaring sky.
Eda had pointed out time and time again that this was a long, long time in the future and not something for King to worry about now.
But that didn’t change the fact that it would happen.
Eda, as much as she loved King, had little to draw from to help. She tried to wrap her mind around what it meant that her adopted son was a Titan, but could she really even comprehend what that actually meant?
Heck, King himself couldn’t even comprehend it.
“Dad,” King said, feeling stupid speaking out loud to something that was dead. “What do I do?”
He didn’t even know how he was supposed to be, who he was supposed to be.
King was a Titan, but he had no idea how to be a Titan. What was expected of him?
He had to finish translating those damn scrolls.
Chapter 62
Summary:
Jacob loses his shirt.
Notes:
Morning all!
It’s been a busy couple of weeks, but I’ve managed to get another chapter ready to share with you.
I’ve so enjoyed reading your comments on the last couple of chapters and I want to get back to responding to everyone individually again. Hopefully I will be able to carve out some time in the not-to-distant future.
For the time being, though, I’ve found myself playing life on Hard Mode and that hasn’t allowed for much extra time or energy. As always, though, thanks for sticking with me and I hope you enjoy the new chapter.
Alice
Chapter Text
Moon was snuggled so contentedly that Eda couldn’t bring herself to set them down when she got up to the nest.
Instead, arm still wrapped around them, she carefully lay down on her back, holding them to her chest. They proved to be a comforting weight and she swiftly fell asleep.
Moon, as they often did, drifted in and out of near-consciousness, at times vaguely aware of their position in space and time.
It was, or course, not unusual for Moon to wake with a start, briefly disoriented and compelled to reach out to find living, physical evidence that they were no longer trapped in a two-dimensional prison, unable to touch or interact with anything.
Now, however, they didn’t need to reach out for confirmation. They didn’t even need to move at all. They were plastered against the warmth of the Owl Lady, the steady rise and fall of her chest and the thundering of her heartbeat in their ear instantly putting them at ease.
There was no mistaking that they were free and safe, and they drifted back to sleep without fear.
***
A bit more time had passed than Philip was particularly comfortable with before Jacob took him to the location where he’d allegedly found the palisman.
Part of it was due to the fact that Jacob had a bit of trouble procuring vehicular transportation after his car had been totaled.
Philip had no idea what this meant, but he quickly inferred from Jacob’s rants that those who repaired vehicles had declared it a “total loss”, which meant the monetary cost of repairs was greater than the monetary value of the vehicle.
He still was unclear on who exactly it was that determined what that value was, but Philip was very familiar with determining when it was worth keeping something around and when it was better to just discard it and start over from scratch.
He also couldn’t help but wonder if he himself was very close to being decreed a total loss by God Himself if he failed his divine mission to purge evil from the world.
He prayed that he would last long enough to complete his task, but the singular palisman whose wretched soul he’d consumed recently was barely enough to keep him lucid and human.
He needed more. He needed a lot more.
And to find more, he was apparently dependent on an administrative authority called an insurance company to provide Jacob with alternate transportation.
Eventually, after a painfully long process, the governing body that was the insurance company agreed to financially assist Jacob in the temporary rental of a sedan.
A sedan, Philip quickly learned, a cramped vehicle which allowed him very little leg room in the passenger seat. He had endured far worse over the past four hundred years, though, so he didn’t complain.
Jacob, as it turned out, was a notoriously bad driver, but Philip didn’t have anyone else to compare him to, so he didn’t notice.
The drive up Maple Ridge was fast and efficient, if a little nauseating from the switchbacks on the narrow road.
Once the road evened out in a grassy, hardwood forest atop the ridge, Jacob pulled over and parked the car along an embankment that was now covered in Spring wildflowers.
A short distance away, it looked like a chunk of the bank had been blasted away, down to a jumble of rocks through which a fairly steady cascade of water flowed.
“Welp!” Jacob said, with an amount of enthusiasm that Philip couldn’t help but find irritating. “This’s the place.”
“It was,” Philip asked. “Just lying here?”
“Yep! There was a lot more mud and stuff from where the bank got blown up, though.”
Upon closer inspection, the water was not part of any above-ground stream but was, in fact, flowing out of the ground around the rocks and into the ditch beside the road.
Leaves, brush and a conglomeration of soda bottles, cigarette butts, wrappers, beer cans and other trash caught in small snags and dams where the water pooled.
Philip sniffed hard, concentrating to see if he could catch the scent of any unholy magic.
He’d had no trouble locating Jacob’s palisman when he was in the throes of his monstrous form, but the senses that had been so keen then were dulled slightly when he had control of himself as a human.
There was a kind of irony to it.
Philip wished he had his staff back.
It was a desire he had been trying to ignore, but the habit and muscle memory of centuries wouldn’t disappear in a few short weeks.
But he didn’t need his staff for everything.
Remarkably, seeing as how he’d been splattered into glop by The Collector and reconstituted, a familiar burn spread across Philip’s skin, an echo of the glyphs he’d carved into himself long, long ago.
They still held power and, truth be told, it was likely the magic of the glyphs that had held him together in the face of The Collector’s lethal powers, condemning his own soul but giving him one last chance to save the souls of others.
But the demon realm glyphs didn’t work in the human realm. Philip had realized that quite quickly over the first few days he’d been staying at Jacob’s house. The fact that he could feel their presence at all now signified that there must indeed be some connection to the Boiling Isles at this otherwise innocuous spot where water flowed from the hillside.
Philip flexed his hand as Jacob began digging through the leaf litter, sending a rush of near-invisible magic into the soil.
It felt familiar, almost a relief and gave Philip a momentary sense of being in control again.
The magic pushed past roots and stones, flowed back up the water and into the cracks in the bedrock.
“Hey!” Jacob cried triumphantly. “I found something! What is this?”
From a snag of leaves and branches he pulled an old, thin sheet of metal.
It was not of the demon realm. Philip had already determined from his subtle scan of the ground that it contained no magical signature.
Still, he watched with barely-feigned interest as Jacob wiped his hand across the surface of the metal sheet, revealing it to be a faded old sign advertising a drink called Orange-Julep.
“This doesn’t look like any brand I know of,” Jacob said, voice rising slightly. “It might be Martian in origin! Attempting to recreate our own drinks in order to blend in.”
“Interesting,” Philip lied, fighting the exhaustion that came with expending magic. “But an inconsequential find. It doesn’t matter from whence it came, it’s not useful to us.”
Jacob looked a little crestfallen, but quickly recovered himself.
“Sorry, Phil. You…you’re more skilled at identifying stuff. Sometimes it’s hard to tell what’s human and what’s witch-an.”
Philip fixed him with an unamused look.
“I would appreciate it if you did not call me Phil.”
“Sorry, Philip.”
“That’s better.”
Philip suddenly jerked to attention as the magic seeping through the ground abruptly bumped up against something with an extremely strong magical signature.
It was powerful enough to send a jolt through the network Philip had sent out, causing the whole system to become momentarily visible, flashing a bright, electric blue.
“WHOA!” Jacob shouted as the spidering network flashed through the ground under his feet and across the hillside. “What the hell was THAT?”
“Witchcraft,” Philip said calmly. “There’s something here from the demon realm emitting that light. Probably scanning this entire section of the forest for intruders.”
“Martian technology,” Jacob said, clutching the Orange-Julep sign in a death grip. “We must’ve tripped an alarm system. Shit! They’ll know we’re here now.”
“Then we shall proceed with caution,” Philip said, grasping a stick tall enough to feel reminiscent of a staff, and making his way confidently up the slope. “Come along, Hopkins.”
Still grasping the sign, Jacob scrambled after him, much less gracefully and hyperventilating as he went.
“Wait!” he panted. “Was that the same lightning that blew out this mountainside?! I knew it! I knew it wasn’t from a storm!”
Philip’s other hand itched to hold the staff, but he refused to succumb to the temptation. He’d strayed far too often in the demon realm, but he resolved not to give in here back in the human realm.
“There,” he said, pointing the end of the stick to a small pool where water and debris had collected as it flowed out of the ground.
If Jacob had looked up, he would have seen that Philip’s eyes were glowing the exact shade of blue as the recent flash of light on the ground.
But Jacob didn’t look up, he was focused exclusively on the spot where Philip was pointing.
“Here?” he asked. “How do you know…?”
“The flash of light originated from this location. Dig there.”
It was spoken like an order rather than a request, but Jacob didn’t think anything of it. He dropped to his knees at Philip’s feet, setting the metal sign aside and pawing through the soggy leaves, earth and other organic material that filled the pool.
It was cold enough to make the skin of his bare hands burn and ache.
“Do you know what it is?” he asked.
Philip smiled slightly.
“I have a fairly clear idea.”
“Is it…dangerous?” Jacob asked, stilling his hands.
“Yes,” Philip said. “Very.”
“So should we…I, like…?”
“Dig, Hopkins.”
“Yes, sir!”
He resumed the excavation.
It wasn’t the palisman that Philip had hoped to find, and the lack thereof still presented a very pressing problem, especially with the day’s expenditure of energy. However, the power radiating from what he had located was familiar and unmistakable.
It might just be the key to completing his mission if he played his cards right.
“I got it!” Jacob suddenly exclaimed. “There is something under here.”
“I did inform you of such. You’ll only handle it along the edges, by the way.”
“Oh now you tell me,” Jacob said, adjusting his grip and pulling from the pool what appeared to be a very dirty, flat disc. “What is this.”
“An extremely powerful piece of… Martian technology,” Philip said, eyeing it with an authoritative look. “Cover it.”
“With what?”
“Anything. Fabric, ideally.”
“I didn’t bring any…wait.”
Jacob pulled his shirt off, wrapping it around the disc.
“That should be sufficient,” Philip said. “We should not linger here. Best if we return to your home immediately.”
He started back down the hillside, makeshift staff in hand.
Jacob retrieved the Orange-Julep advertisement and hurried along behind him.
As they reached the base of the hillside, there came the roar of an approaching engine and a rather beat up pickup truck rolled into view along the road, rattling like it had a badly-functioning muffler.
It rushed past the two, before screeching to a halt a hundred yards or so down the road.
The driver frowned, rolled her eyes and then threw the truck into reverse with an expression that suggested this was against her better judgement.
“You two okay?” she called, rolling down the window and leaning out to look back at them.
Philip gave the driver an appraising look. She had hair streaked with bright blue and red and was far too witch-like for his comfort, despite the round ears.
She grinned at him.
“Hey. Nice shirt. Can’t say the same for you, though, Jake.”
“We’re fine,” Jacob said hurriedly, clutching his armload to his otherwise bare chest.
“If I…asked what y’all were doing,” the driver began dubiously. “Would I regret it?”
“We are not…” Philip began, before he was interrupted by Jacob.
“Digging for antiques!” Jacob cried, quickly showing off the metal sign.
The woman squinted at it.
“Drink Orange-Julep,” she read. “It’s better.’ Better than what? French toast? A tornado? Nuclear war?”
“None of your business,” Jacob said. “Hey, you work at the vet clinic don’t you!”
“Maybe…”
“You do! I’ve seen you there!”
“Are you stalking me, dude?”
“I bet it was you who dropped off all those shirts!”
Jacob pointed at Philip
The woman grinned again, unable to keep a straight face.
“Wasn’t me,” she said. “But maybe you should have put one on. It might help you dig up ancient advertisements.”
“You needn’t worry about our activities,” Philip said. “You may rest assured they are benign and only in the best interests of humanity.”
The woman’s grin faded.
“Ooooookayyyy, I think that answers my question,” she said. “I’ll…eh…let you get back to your orange juice then.”
She rolled up her window, put the truck into gear and gunned it.
“It’s Orange- Julep!” Jacob shouted after her, hurling the metal advertisement in the general direction of the truck as it sped away.
The sign hit the asphalt with a loud metal clang that echoed along the ridge.
***
Eda awoke, face pressed against the surface of the nest.
Partway through the night she’d awoken, a bit stiff and in desperate need of changing position before her muscles cramped up.
Moon had been fast asleep and she’d gently shifted them into the nest beside her, turning over onto her stomach and immediately feeling more comfortable.
Now, as the morning light crept into the room, she was aware of two things.
First, neither Raine nor King appeared to have joined her overnight.
Secondly, Moon had not stayed beside her.
Instead, they had crawled right back onto her and were now stretched out on her back, face in her hair like a pillow, still asleep and showing no interest in moving.
Eda sighed, not feeling particularly inclined to move herself. It seemed like a good morning to sleep in late.
Chapter 63
Summary:
Camila’s coworkers have some questions.
Notes:
Hello dear readers!
I’m back with a new update for all of you as we approach the shortest and darkest day of the year. Here’s to the days getting longer again soon.
I’ve been meaning to write something regarding this fic and what it does and doesn’t draw from canon, especially since I’ve gotten some new readers recently, and most who are happening upon MoonShadow now are familiar with the entirety of The Owl House canon including season three, so some of the differences or things that seem to be left out can come across a bit stark.
When I first drafted and started writing this fic however, there was no season three to draw from. It read as a continuation of ‘King’s Tide’ drawing on the only information that was readily available at the time. This has lead to some interesting differences. Belos had never possessed anyone at that point, for instance, and that potential wasn’t something I’d ever really taken into account when drafting MoonShadow.
And then there is Moon, my variation on The Collector.
Moon’s personality is a bit more harsh and vicious than canon!Collector, since I had very little to go on when expanding their character. And then there is the matter of Moon’s pronouns. At the point where I started MoonShadow, although it had been confirmed that The Collector used he/they pronouns, they’d been almost exclusively referred to as “he” in canon.
So I leaned the other way for this fic, using “they” for Moon almost exclusively but, in doing so, kind of wrote myself into a corner since there are characters who still refer to them as “he.” But since these have mainly been antagonistic characters - it leads to the unfortunate implication that these characters are misgendering Moon.
I am working on resolving this issue in-fic, but I want to do it in a way that is organic to the story and doesn’t feel jarring. So for now just bear with me and know that it was an ongoing oversight on my part that I readily acknowledge and will be rectifying further on.
Thanks again for coming along on this journey with me. This fic means so much to me, and I’m so happy to have been able to share it with all of you.
Alice
Chapter Text
“King?” Eda said.
King jumped.
“Huh? What?”
“You zone out there for a second.”
“Yeah, I guess,” King said. “I’ve just been thinking a lot about…you know.”
“I don’t know unless you tell me…”
“I’m just…” King struggled for words for a few moments. “Still trying to figure out how I’m supposed to be, who I’m supposed to be.”
Eda sighed, reaching down and pulling King into her lap, wrapping her arm tightly around his fuzzy body.
“You had to do some fast growing up under the worst possible circumstances,” she said. “Maybe you don’t have to figure everything out just yet. You’re a Titan, you’ve got a long time to figure it all out.”
King gave a shaky snuffle in her arms.
It wasn’t remotely the first time they’d had this same conversation.
Eda wracked her brain for something new to say, something that would make things clear for King and dispel his distress, a magic puzzle piece that would make everything fall into place.
“Have you,” she asked. “Made any progress on your translations?”
“A little? Maybe. I don’t know. I think I have some of it figured out.”
“Maybe I can call in Lilith again.”
“She tried to help already,” King said, more negatively than he’d intended to sound.
“Well then maybe you need a break from it,” Eda said. “Spend some time doing something fun that has nothing to do with Titans. Get your mind off it.”
“I’ve tried,” King admitted. “But my mind keeps thinking about it anyway.”
***
“Amy,” Slice said, rushing from the timeclock, pulling off her jacket as she hurried around the vet clinic until she located her wayward coworker. “Amy, you’re never gonna’ believe who I just ran into up on Maple Ridge! I have to tell you -”
“Slice,” Amy hissed, voice barely above a whisper. “There’s a guy up front with Camila.”
“Uhhh,” Slice said, a bit derailed. “So?”
“Like a drop-dead gorgeous guy.”
“So? Wait, you said that about the dude who looked like a coconut.”
“Oh yeah, I forgot,” Amy said. “You have no taste. But this one, you’ve got to agree…c’mere.”
Amy pulled Slice up to the front of the clinic and peeked around the door into the lobby.
“There,” she said, jerking her head and twitching her hand like she really wanted to point.
Up front, Darius was helping Camila carry something through the door.
Slice frowned.
“Yeah, I guess?” she said, sounding unconvinced. “If that’s what you’re into.”
“Slice, he’s like movie star hot.”
“If you say so.”
“Where did Camila find him.”
“Now how would I know that, Amy? Maybe he’s just a new, helpful client. Or the new autoclave rep.”
“No, he showed up with her. In her car. You’d have known that if you weren’t fifteen minutes late again.”
“I was late because…”
“Is she dating him?”
“What?”
“Camila. Is she dating…?”
“Amy. How would I even know that. I don’t really care, actually.”
“But I care,” Amy said. “I want to know all the tea. Did she meet him through her exchange students or something.”
Slice frowned and observed Darius as he walked through the lobby gesturing and seemingly analyzing the place.
“Well now that you mention it,” she said. “I want to know why he has the cadence of a cartoon villain.”
Amy rolled her eyes.
“Now does that make him more or less hot to you?”
“Mmm,” Slice said noncommittally. “I mean good on her if Cam’s got herself a supervillain boyfriend.”
“Slice…”
“But it’s not our freakin’ business.”
“Whoah, whoah Slice. You’ve been stalking Jacob Hopkins’ business for like, the last…”
“He hasn’t uploaded a single MewTube video since his car got totaled near the crime scene! And I just saw him up on Maple Ridge with no shirt on and an antique orange juice sign and he’s got some weird stinky dude with one of OUR shirts on staying with him who might be a Don Bluth wizard or something.”
“Well maybe everyone got evil boyfriends,” Amy said. “Except for you.”
“Did you get an evil boyfriend?”
“Orrrr you’re just suffering from burnout again.”
“Oh yeah. That too.”
***
It was with a strong feeling of trepidation that Jacob assisted in what Philip told him was a spiritual fortification of his house.
Philip, Jacob knew, was a professional with even more hunting experience than himself, and had been so far unfazed by anything - even the modern world.
So the fact that Philip seemed to think this many precautions were necessary was more than enough to put Jacob on edge. Whatever this Martian technology was, it scared Philip and that scared Jacob.
“Have you finished blacking out the windows, Hopkins?”
“Nearly there,” Jacob said from where he was standing precariously atop a ladder, hanging a heavy blanket over the living room picture window.
This task was made all the more challenging by the armored suit that Jacob was wearing.
He’d decided that this definitely qualified as a special occasion and had donned the garb but, in hindsight, he probably would have been better off waiting until after the windows had been covered.
Philip had been one of the few people who hadn’t made fun of Jacob’s armor, and for that he was eternally grateful. In fact, Philip had given it an approving look and complemented Jacob for his preparedness and dedication.
So it was worth nearly falling off the ladder.
Once Jacob finished darkening the room and Philip had done some weird splicing of wires and electrical cords through some candles, the two turned to the artifact that lay in the center of the room on the coffee table, still wrapped in Jacob’s shirt.
“So…you gonna’ tell me what that thing is now?” Jacob said, approaching the table.
Philip lit a single candle on the table, casting the room in a flickering light that made the shadows dance and move as if they were alive.
In the dim light, it looked to Jacob like the wound across Philip’s face was slightly wider than it had been. Perhaps, he considered, if it was something inflicted by dark magic, that explained why the antibiotics had no effect and the injury was getting worse.
Or perhaps it was just a trick of the light
“The artifact we have here,” Philip said darkly. “Is a device that will summon the evil spirit that tricked me.”
Jacob was instantly intrigued. Philip had alluded to being tricked and betrayed by some sort of occult entity, but had never spoken about it at length or in any detail.
“A demon?” he asked. “A Martian?”
“For lack of a better term, yes,” Philip said. “But much more powerful and dangerous than any other demon or witch I’ve encountered. This is a spirit with the power to manipulate and bend reality to his whim. The witches and demons of the Boiling Isles know him as The Collector. Or they did. Most of that knowledge has been… lost to time. Fortunately he was contained when I met him, but he escaped into the physical realm and betrayed me.”
Philip unwrapped Jacob’s shirt from around the tablet and set it on the table.
It was the first time Jacob had gotten a good look at the artifact itself, and he peered down curiously.
The disk reflected the flickering candlelight like a small mirror, the crescent moon etched into the surface distorting it slightly.
It was beautiful but, given the context, it struck Jacob as ominous.
“What’s with the moon symbol?” he asked.
“The Collector,” Philip said. “Is celestial in origin, a trickster by nature and…insufferably obnoxious in personality.”
“Celestial!” Jacob cried, scrambling to a nearby bookshelf and attempting to sort through the books in the dark. “So like, one of the Fallen? Or a nephilim?”
“Settle down, Hopkins,” Philip said quietly. “Your desire to be well-informed is commendable but we must focus on the task at hand without…any extraneous distractions. The Collector is not someone you would meet on the physical plane and expect to survive. I was…extremely fortunate. Your armor would do nothing against him. He would simply melt it with a wave of his hand.”
“Then why would you want to bring him here?” Jacob said, voice rising a few octaves.
“He cannot touch us if he is contained, and we may be able to get information out of him that will help us on our mission.”
“I thought you said he escaped…”
“He did. However, I have reason to believe he may have been locked away again, after he interfered with my plans to purge evil from the world.”
Philip looked back down at the plate on the table.
“A tablet like this,” he continued. “Used to be in my possession. I assume it was destroyed but I know there were others. It could have been used to contain The Collector again and then disposed of. That location on the ridge where the water flows…it must have leaked through.”
“And you think this Collector,” Jacob said, trying to hide his skepticism. “Would help us?”
“Even demons can be motivated by the promise of freedom,” Philip said.
“So what do we do?” Jacob asked.
“We summon him,” Philip said.
He reached out and ran a palm across the surface of the plate.
Jacob watched in anticipation, not daring to breathe.
A silent stillness fell across the room, thick and heavy.
Philip frowned and repeated the motion with his hand.
“Is it working?” Jacob whispered.
“NO,” Philip gave an annoyed growl.
For a moment his eyes glowed, something Jacob wrote off as merely another trick of the candlelight reflecting onto his face from the tablet.
When Philip spoke again, however, his voice was calm and soft.
“It would appear,” he said. “That The Collector is still at large in the demon realm.”
“Is that good or bad?” Jacob asked.
“It…complicates things,” Philip said, sitting back regally on the sofa and tapping his chin thoughtfully. “But it does answer some questions I’ve had since I returned here. What I can surmise is that The Collector did indeed foil my plans. However, if he is loose and wreaking havoc on… Mars, we may be able to use that to our advantage.”
“How” Jacob mused. “Does one wreak havoc in a world of evil…?”
***
“I don’t like algae! I don’t like algae! I don’t like algae.”
The algae issue in the starfish aquarium had not remotely improved.
If anything, it had grown significantly worse, the red substance growing over every surface, reappearing within hours of being removed.
Willow had agreed to swing by and assess the situation, but was of less help than everyone had hoped.
“This isn’t any algae that I’ve ever seen before,” she said, investigating it. “In fact I’m not even sure it is algae. I’ve heard about something like this, but it’s different color and causes instant death. And it looks like none of us are dead yet…”
Willow sounded intrigued and a little too enthusiastic about the prospect of deadly slime, but fortunately everyone else present appeared to be as well.
“I don’t LIKE the algae,” Moon interjected again loudly, glaring at the tank, unclear whether their sentiment was because it hadn’t proved deadly or because it was currently obscuring the starfish within.
“Do you think it was from the rocks?” Raine asked, looking defeated after their latest cleaning of the tank was rendered invisible.
“The rocks?” Eda asked.
“The rocks that your mom put in there,” Raine said, gesturing at the aquascape in the tank. “Maybe they had some algae on them and now it’s exploded.”
“Those were from the human realm, though,” Eda said. “Mom wanted to make sure they came from the same beach as Starfishie. Something about wanting to make sure they were from the ‘right ecosystem.’”
She made air quotes, which was slightly less expressive with only one hand.
“So, Eda,” Willow said, sounding uncharacteristically nervous. “Changing the subject for a minute…Gus and I were talking. We…uh…heard some rumors.”
“I hope they were the most scandalous,” Eda said. “Wait…about Moon?”
“I don’t waaaaant algae,” Moon said.
“No…um,” Willow said. “More like there are some dangerous people out there who know you don’t have magic anymore. And you…uh, had a bit of a run-in with them.”
“The entire Boiling Isles knows I don’t have magic,” Eda snapped. “And apparently the entire Boiling Isles knows I got beat up by Belos groupies, too.”
Moon stopped ranting about algae and looked up curiously.
Raine’s expression turned dark.
“Weh?” King said.
“It doesn’t matter what happened,” Willow said. “We were just thinking of how you might be able to defend yourself in the future.”
“I am fully capable of defending myself.”
“Eda…” Raine began.
Willow took a deep breath.
“This is going to sound awful,” she said. “But we were thinking maybe you should take advantage…of some of what Belos used.”
Willow grimaced as she spoke.
“No way, not happening,” Eda said. “I have glyph magic. I’m not going to start eating palismen or anything that witch hunter thought was a good idea.”
Owlbert hooted an affirmation that he was not at all in favor of being eaten.
“What are you suggesting?” Raine asked, and they sounded genuinely intrigued.
“Nonono not eating palismen or anything,” Willow said quickly. “It’s just…when we raided Belos’ contraband vault a while back, Gus took one of his old staffs. It needs a little repair - actually a lot of repair. It’s blew up half the Conformatorium. But we were thinking…maybe you should have it.”
“I have a staff,” Eda said. “It’s called Owlbert. And it’s a real magic staff, not some griffin shit counterfeit made by a genocide-happy dictator.”
“I’m not necessarily opposed,” Raine said.
“Raine,” Eda began.
“Regardless of the connection to Belos” Raine went on. “There’s no reason we shouldn’t take advantage of whatever resources are available. And Willow has a point - something that assisted a human with no innate magical powers could assist a witch who has lost their power.”
“Are we completely forgetting that I have glyph magic? You might as well be telling Luz that she should use Belos’ staff. Or Hunter. Are you listening to yourself?”
“Knowing Luz, she’d probably want you to have it,” Willow said boldly. “And Hunter could probably teach you how to use it. He had a staff like it when he was the Golden Guard, so he probably knows better than anyone how it works.”
“Glyphs,” Eda said, pulling from her hair a sheet of paper with a plant glyph emblazoned upon it and slapping it on the aquarium stand, which immediately became wrapped in vines. “That’s all the magic I need.”
“Did glyphs help you the other day?” King asked.
“End of conversation,” Eda said firmly.
Everyone stood in silence for a few moments, staring at the red slime-filled aquarium.
“Maybe it’s human realm algae,” Willow said.
“Can’t be,” Eda said. “It’s red. Has to be Boiling Isles algae.”
“I DON’T WANT BOILING ISLES ALGAE!” Moon shouted.
“Moon!” Eda made a lowering motion with her hand. “You don’t have to say it so loudly.”
“I don’t waaaaaant Boiling Isles algaeeeeee,” Moon said, in a quieter but much whinier voice.
“There you go,” Eda said, approvingly.
“Don’t encourage them,” King muttered.
“I don’t want Boiling Isles algae, I don’t want Boiling Isles algae, I don’t want Boiling Isles algae, I DON’T WANT BOILING ISLES ALGAE…” Moon went on, stomping in little circles in their room, rocking their body too and fro, tossing their head as they chanted.
Chapter 64
Summary:
King expresses his feelings.
Notes:
Good morning from the midst of the Winter holidays. I hope the season is treating you well. I know it’s a rough time of year for many (myself included) so it can mean a lot to find joys small or large amidst the chaos.
Since I have some extra time, I’ve managed to finally bring you this chapter of MoonShadow. It’s been a long time coming but I’m sure you’ve noticed things building for a while. After this, it’s most likely going to be February before I have opportunity to update again. The next month is going to mainly consist of working and training sled dogs with little time for anything else. So I apologize for that in advance.
One other bit of context for this chapter, and for MoonShadow in general for those of you coming from knowing the canon season three of TOH. This fic was drafted before the knowledge of the Archivists was part of the Owl House lore. While something like them probably do exist within the MoonShadow AU, they don’t play the same role (or any role really) in the conflict with the Titans. Moon, an extremely oblivious and slightly sadistic child god with ideas and games that transcend mortality did inadvertently create the Titan Trappers. The witches who became the trappers likely had some pre-existing prejudices and/or took the words and ideas of an unhinged child as the sage wisdom of what they believed to be an all-knowing deity.
Not a great combination, but one that I think fits in quite nicely with the themes of The Owl House.
With that said, enjoy the new chapter and I’ll (hopefully) see you in February!
Alice
Chapter Text
Under twinkling starlight and the cover of night, King sat encircled by a span of glowing earth.
It seemed to simply ooze light.
Just outside the glow, Moon paced around, observing with wide eyes and a vague, slightly-bored expression.
They’d been at it for a while now, the night wearing on, but King had barely spoken more than a few words the entire time.
“Hey King,” Moon said, kicking at the dirt. “King.”
“Mmmm,” King said, not looking up.
“Kiiinnngggg.”
“What?” King said, finally raising his head and fixing Moon with a glare.
A smile split Moon’s face.
“Hey King,” they said. “You wanna’ be less boring?”
“Could you,” King said. “Maybe stop distracting me. I’m trying to concentrate here.”
“You’re just makin’ bioluminescent glop,” Moon whined. “I showed you how to do that aaaages ago.”
“Actually, if you recall, I was the one who figured out how to…”King said, tension rising in his voice before he paused and took a deep breath, quelling the feelings that were threatening to make themselves known. “Never mind.”
He looked back down again, returning his focus to the task at hand.
“You already know how to do that,” Moon said, voice once again taking on a particularly irritating whine that they seemed to reserve especially for King.
King grunted an acknowledgement.
“You gotta’ learn to do some other stuff,” Moon pressed. “You have way more magic than just light goop and shouting ‘weh’ at things.”
“Well then maybe you should be teaching me,” King snapped. “Wasn’t that what this whole lessons thing was supposed to be? Showing me how my powers work? All you’ve done is stand there and yammer on while I figure out everything by mys elf.”
The last word echoed with a hint of power as King looked up again and met Moon’s eyes defiantly.
“You got any advice or tips, you little cosmic twerp?” he went on, the barricade within him beginning to crumble against the onslaught of emotions he had kept mostly under wraps since Moon had joined the Owl family. “Anything that might actually be useful?”
“You’re a Titan,” Moon said unnecessarily. “You’re s’posed to be one of the most powerfullest creatures in the whole world. I don’t get it, you can’t hardly do anything.”
“You know why I don’t know anything? Because you suck at teaching! I don’t even think you know anything about Titans besides…besides…BESIDES CAUSING THEIR EXTINCTION!”
The barricade finally failed.
No, King realized, it wasn’t just the feelings he’d been bottling up since Moon’s arrival. It went back before that, before the Day Of Unity even, back to an island on the other side of the world where King’s assumptions about himself had been brutally shattered for the second time in as many months.
He’d almost died there too, as a sacrifice to the very entity that now stood before him, who now shared his home and his family.
“I don’t KNOW anything BECAUSE THERE ARE NO OTHER TITANS TO TEACH ME! I DON’T KNOW ANYTHING ABOUT MY FAMILY, ABOUT MY KIND ‘CAUSE THEY’RE ALL DEAD! THEY’RE ALL DEAD BECAUSE OF YOU AND YOUR STUPID GAMES!”
Moon bristled and pointed a finger at King, but his fear had practically evaporated and he continued before Moon even had a chance to speak.
“YOU STARTED THE TITAN TRAPPERS! MAYBE YOU DIDN’T HAVE ENOUGH FREAKING BRAIN CELLS TO KNOW WHAT THEY WERE DOING BECAUSE IT WAS ALL JUST A GAME TO YOU, BUT THAT DOESN’T CHANGE THE FACT THAT THEY’RE ALL DEAD NOW AND IT’S ALL YOUR FAULT! YOU KILLED THE TITANS! YOU EVEN KILLED ME!”
Moon’s expression turned stormy but King wasn’t finished.
“YOU SET YOUR WHOLE TITAN TRAPPER ARMY ON ME AND THOUGHT IT WAS FUNNY!”
“YOU BETRAYED ME!” Moon shouted back, stomping up to King and looming over him in a manner far more intimidating than anyone of their small stature had any right to be.
Moon’s face was shadowed against the sky, save for their glowing eyes and King would have once felt afraid. He should have felt afraid, something at the back of his mind was screaming danger, but he was beyond that now. He was so tired of being afraid of Moon.
“YOU!” Moon shouted, finger inches from King’s snout. “TRIED TO LOCK ME UP AGAIN! YOU LIED TO ME AND LEFT ME ALONE AND THEN SNUCK UP ON MY WHEN I WAS SLEEPING AND YOU WERE GOING TO LOCK ME UP! YOU WERE GOING TO LOCK ME UP!”
The ground beneath King’s feet shuddered.
“I BETRAYED YOU BECAUSE YOU WERE DESTROYING THE WHOLE ISLAND!” King screamed. “YOU WERE KILLING PEOPLE JUST LIKE YOU KILLED MY TITAN FAMILY.”
“I THOUGHT YOU WERE MY FRIEND!”
“I WASN’T YOUR FRIEND, I WAS YOUR PRISONER! AND I WAS IN MORTAL DANGER EVERY MINUTE I WAS WITH YOU! I ONLY WANTED TO GET AWAY FROM YOU! YOU WERE LOCKED UP FOR EVERYONE’S OWN GOOD! I FAILED AS A TITAN! I SHOULD NEVER HAVE LET YOU OUT AGAIN! YOU’RE LIVING IN MY HOUSE WITH MY FAMILY AND I’M SUPPOSED TO BE OKAY WITH THAT?!?”
“YOU’RE LYING!”
“I AM NOT!”
“ARE TOO!
“AM NOT!”
“ARE TOO!”
“AM NOT!”
“YES YOU ARE! YOU’RE A LIAR! LIAR LIAR LIAR LIAR…”
“***WEHHH!***”
With a shout that shook the surroundings even more than Moon’s had, King launched himself at their chest with a fury that transcended any fears and ignored the warnings he had finally managed to at least somewhat translate from his Titan scrolls.
It was a bad idea.
In fact, it was a terrible idea and King knew it, and he didn’t care.
He felt the impact, Moon’s body stronger and firmer than it should have been, given their size.
Perhaps it was due to King’s shout, or perhaps it was due to Moon’s surprise that they gave as much as they did, stumbling backwards and toppling over.
King grabbed their shoulders and slammed them against the ground, once, twice, blind fury and grief for something he’d never had overtaking him.
“I READ THE DAMN WARNINGS! THEY SAID TO STAY AWAY FROM WHATEVER YOU ARE! IT’S THE ONLY THING I KNOW FOR SURE THAT I’M SUPPOSED TO DO!”
He slammed Moon against the ground, again, clawing at them until a hand gripped his arm with a terrifying amount of strength and shoved, pushing King off balance.
The two rolled around in the dust and glowing earth, kicking and punching and shouting unintelligibly, King getting bites in as he could, feeling his teeth connect with flesh on a couple of occasions, taking a number of scratches.
Lights flashed on in the Owl House, voices calling out with a strong tone of alarm and concern
“YOU’RE JUST LIKE YOUR DUMB DAD!” Moon shouted.
“THAT’S THE POINT!”
Moon pushed King over, pinning him with an iron-like grip. King ducked his head, trying to slash with his horns.
Distantly the thought flitted through his mind that Moon had either tempered their strength, which seemed unlikely, or Titans were perhaps more durable than he realized.
Either way, King had enough presence of mind to at least realize he hadn't been smashed into oobleck.
Moon wrapped their hands around King’s horns, their knees on his chest, eyes glowing murderously.
“We- urmph,” King went to shout, but Moon moved a hand to wrap it around King’s jaws, stifling him.
King snarled but couldn’t dislodge them, instead grabbing Moon’s arms and digging in his claws, which seemed to have no effect whatsoever.
Moon didn’t break eye contact, glaring down and leaning close.
In the firmament above, stars and planets moved, swirling out of their normal positions to surround Moon’s silhouette, hovering above them as if preparing to strike.
King gulped, something like self-preservation beginning to creep back in as he stared up at the stars and the blazing eyes above him. For a moment, it looked to him like the definition between Moon and the night sky was blurred and indistinct.
Whatever activity was happening at the house seeming distant, as if it were happening in someone else’s life
Neither King nor Moon said a word, but Moon bared their teeth in what could have been either a grimace or very frightening smile.
King was suddenly hyperaware of the fact that he was alive, and that his being alive was a very impermanent condition and the being holding him in place was more than capable of changing his state in an instant.
Moon’s anger and hurt was right up against King’s, threatening to merge and destroy.
The commotion at the house was quickly heading in their direction, but King barely noticed.
He couldn’t move, couldn’t look away, and he didn’t think it was due to any compulsion or exertion of magical will on Moon’s part.
Moon, as it turned out, didn’t need any of that to hold King transfixed
He’d seen it before, the terrifying cosmic chaos, fury and, indeed, joy that radiated behind Moon’s physical form. But it had always been at a distance that he could push away.
But now, at this close proximity, he saw nuclear reactions from the center of suns and stars, churning and roiling with a force that could create entire worlds, galaxies or, in this particular case, the equally-incomprehensible thoughts of a small child staring back at him.
With frightening clarity, King suddenly truly understood why the Titans had feared this child beyond anything. And, he thought, he might actually die now, at the hands of the same entity. Compared to the vast firmament, he was an inconsequential blip.
Except, no. It was worse than that. Far from inconsequential, King had somehow managed to anger a part of that universe and it was now pinning him to the ground.
“You’re lying,” that little piece of the universe whispered to King. “‘Cause you’re a liar, King.”
“Uurr,” King tried to say that no, he was not, but his jaw was still firmly closed.
“Wanna’ bet?” Moon said.
King felt more alive than ever, heart thudding against his chest, pumping through his veins the blood that entire armies would kill for. He was just as aware of the ground below him as he was the firmament above, aware of the dozens of tiny plants that surrounded him, plants that he wasn’t sure had been there before.
There was also a strange sort of understanding that hadn’t been there before either, a flicker at the edge of his mind where a psychic connection had once been, and then severed.
Moon’s hands twitched.
“You’re it.”
“WHAT’S GOING ON OUT HERE!”
Raine’s voice came seemingly out of nowhere and a light glyph exploded overhead.
“BREAK IT UP YOU TWO!” Eda shouted.
“You weren’t fiiiighhhting, weeere youuu?” Hooty called.
Moon let go of King and stood up, turning to face the newcomers angrily.
“Bed,” Eda said, pointing to the house. “Now.”
“NO,” Moon said loudly.
“It’s the middle of the night,” Raine said. “And that didn’t sound like playing to me. That sounded like somebody was about to get hurt.”
“King?” Eda said.
King got shakily to his feet, the spots where Moon had been holding him down suddenly feeling very cold.
He was alive, to his surprise and relief, but he inexplicably felt empty and at a loss.
“You okay, King?” Eda was saying as she crouched down beside him, eyes worried and more than a bit pained.
“Y…yeah. Fine,” King said.
“Did Moon hurt you?”
“I didn’t hurt…” Moon began.
“She’s asking King,” Raine said, then adding. “Are you okay, Moon?”
“Yeah,” Moon said. “Duh.”
“Uh-uh,” King shook his head, growing more and more present, the ghost of Moon’s grip fading with each passing moment. “I’m not hurt…”
“What are you two doing out here this time of night?” Eda asked.
“None of your business!” Moon said.
“It is my business,” Eda said. “Since it’s well past your bedtime.”
“I don’t have a bedtime!”
“You do now! And it was several hours ago. And you better be back there in about two minutes.”
“Or WHAT.”
“I’ll handle this, Eda,” Raine said, picking up Moon who protested and wiggled just a little bit, but very halfheartedly.
“Thanks, Rainestorm,” Eda said gratefully. She turned back to King as Raine carried Moon back towards the house. “King? That sounded like a pretty serious fight. I know it’s been hard adjusting to…”
“I thought you said it was bedtime,” King said, a bit harsher than he meant to.
“Okay,” Eda said, sounding a bit defeated. “Just as long as…you’re sure Moon didn’t hurt you?”
“I’m fine, really,” King said, holding up a paw. “I just need…I’m fine…I just…Need to think.”
“You didn’t…instigate it, did you?” Eda asked.
King shot Eda a quick look.
“I’m going to bed, too,” he said.
He walked past Eda, back towards the house, halfway expecting her to stop him but she let him go, instead turning to look at the dozens upon dozens of unfamiliar broad-leafed plants that carpeted the strangely glowing ground.
Each plant had a stalk bearing a number of inexplicably tiny flowers that would have been easy to miss if one wasn’t looking closely.
Eda crouched down, crushing a piece of the dirt between her fingers, holding it up and staring in fascination as it crumbled into light.
“What in the world?” she said, in slight fascination.
King felt slightly heady as if gravity were failing and his mind and emotions swirled like they had been struck by lightning.
Hooty slid along beside, continuing to question him, and so did Raine upon King’s return to the house.
But King only shut them down, insisting he was okay and just needed space.
He chose to sleep in Luz’s room, away from the nest.
Perhaps Raine and Eda would learn from Moon what had transpired. King found he didn’t really care. He felt…very strange.
Unbidden as he stared at the ceiling in the dark and silence, the question crossed his mind of whether he had made his ancestors proud or just embarrassed them.
But his thoughts in answer turned to the image of his father’s corpse staring unseeingly at a sky that was equally empty and dead.
King was trying to prove himself to a long-dead family he felt completely disconnected from. They’d died but left him with scrolls of instruction for who and what he was supposed to be to continue their legacy.
But what about what he wanted?
King was…just King. He had a mom who’d raised him, a very real family that was tangible, alive and present. A family who loved him without expectations or a list of ancient instructions telling him what to do and who not to associate with.
The frustration that had led up to his confrontation with Moon, although it had felt very real in the moment, was completely gone and replaced by…
Well, it wasn’t anger but, King had the utterly deranged thought that he kind of wanted to deliberately provoke Moon again just to see what would happen.
Chapter 65
Summary:
A kid who grew up too fast and a kid who refused to grow up call a truce.
Notes:
*Taps on the wall*
Anyone still here?
Sorry about the long wait since I last left off. This chapter got pushed a good two months later than I expected for a whole variety of reasons, not the least of which is that my biggest sled dog race of the season got pushed from January to March due to poor snow conditions. The reality of training for a 300-mile sled dog race is that it kind of requires focus to the exclusion of all else. Absolutely worth it though - I took care of my unfinished business with that race and am now in the process of putting together a video project on it!
That, on top of working my real jobs and the fact that the political situation in my country right now is very Not Good, has put a damper on working on MoonShadow, but I am plugging along with it and will continue to get chapters out as I can - just not on any particular schedule at this time.
I hope all of you enjoy this chapter. I think, judging by the comments, that it’s probably not the resolution to the last chapter that readers expect or want, but it’s where I always anticipated that conflict going. Not that it resolves *everything* (it doesn’t), there’s still a lot of this fic left to get through.
As always, thanks for coming along on this adventure and for sticking it out through the frequent hiatus.
All the best!
Alice
Chapter Text
King still felt in a heightened state as he ate breakfast the next morning, a gruel of what looked like frog eggs, if a little reminiscent of eyeballs.
He glanced at Moon across the table.
“Are you two okay?” Raine asked worriedly.
“Hmmmph,” Moon said. “Duh.”
“We’re good,” King said quickly.
The strangest part was that he didn’t think he was lying.
Eda however, seemed unconvinced.
“I can’t get anything out of Moon about what happened,” she said to King quietly, a short while later as they sat together on the couch.
It was odd but, although King’s nerves were still jangled, something was keeping the existential dread at bay, warming him from within with a strange kind of resolve and buzzing rebellion.
He glanced across the room and briefly met Moon’s gaze without fear. Instead it was an almost murderous glare.
Moon sat in the far corner of the room, weaving something that resembled a cat’s cradle made of red and gold light.
The two of them were very much capable of destroying the other, and King was done being scared of the creature he’d been pitted against since before he’d ever been born.
He was the King Of Demons after all.
***
Camila Noceda had recently found herself in a variety of situations she’d never in her life expected, so she wasn’t entirely sure that sitting at the wheel of a getaway car was the weirdest of them.
Still, it certainly wasn’t something she’d ever had in mind for herself.
Well, technically it wasn’t a getaway car. At least not yet.
It was, however, parked a short distance away from a location that was still designated a crime scene and she was waiting for someone who was trespassing on said crime scene.
This could go badly in so many ways.
Still, she thought as Darius rematerialized out of a puddle of purple abomination goo beside her car, the trespasser was unlikely to get caught by any human realm authorities.
“Anything?” she asked, as he climbed into the passenger seat.
“I think your human investigators already cleaned up anything useful,” Darius said. “There are claw marks on the walls and the floor, but I am not an expert in telling how old they are. They could be from the Owl Lady years ago. I can’t even tell if they matched the one’s on Hopkins’ car. I knew I should have brought Eberwolf.”
He sounded frustrated.
“So say this…clawed monster is from the demon realm,” Camila said. “Do you have any suspicions what it could be?”
“It could be anything! Half the beasts in the demon realm have claws.”
“What about Vee’s kind? She told me a lot of the others didn’t care what…or…or who they attacked. You don’t think any of the shapeshifters might try to reconnect with her?”
“Doubtful. Basilisks can be indiscriminate about their targets but they still hone in on magic. Not much of that to consume here.”
“But if something dependent on magic ended up here by accident, it might make them so hungry they’d eat anything they could find. If they were starving? And if they can change shape that would explain why nobody’s noticed a big monster from the demon realm wandering around. They might look just like a regular human.”
“But would they know how to act like it. I would think someone might notice a human acting weird.”
“Have you met my daughters? The basilisk one switched places with the human one for months and I didn’t know. If anything, Vee was better at acting ‘normal’,” Camila made air quotes. “Humans just act weird. Yesterday a client wanted all the clippings back from his dog’s nail trim because he was afraid someone might steal the DNA.”
“I infer that’s not something that’s actually a concern,” Darius said.
Camila shook her head, put the car in gear and the two of them drove away.
A short distance away, Luz lowered her binoculars.
“Did you see anything?” she asked.
“No,” Vee said, from where she was hanging in the tree above. “It doesn’t sound like there’s anything to be found in that house right now.”
“Dammit,” Luz said. “I thought for sure Darius would be able to find something in there.”
Vee sniffed the air.
“Something’s wrong,” she said suddenly.
“What do you mean?” Luz asked.
“We have to get out of here,” Vee shifted back and forth between human and basilisk and her eyes widened fearfully. “Something smells wrong, something smells really wrong…”
“Well come on,” Luz said, motioning for Vee to climb down the tree.
She did so in a kind of uncanny manner.
“What is it, what do you smell.”
“Bad magic. Dead magic. Like from back at the castle.”
Luz’s expression hardened, her first instinct to stand and fight whatever threat might be approaching.
However she also knew that her magic didn’t work here and that Vee, although strong, was on the verge of a panic attack.
“Let’s go, Vee,” she said, scanning the surrounding forest and coming up with nothing other than an eerie feeling that might have just all been in her head.
And the two dashed off in the direction of town.
Up the road just out of view, Jacob crawled out of a culvert where Philip had pushed him.
“That’s her!” he said, expression a bit deranged. “That’s the shapeshifter and her human consort and the veterinarian that’s working with the forces of evil! You saw! You saw that right! That slime monster she conjured!”
“Yes,” Philip said thoughtfully as he too emerged from out of the ditch. “I’ve not yet been acquainted with the veterinarian but I am familiar with the other three.”
“They’re communicating with Mars!” Jacob said. “Perhaps even traveling there with wormhole technology!”
“It would seem so,” Philip said, ignoring Jacob for the most part, despite his reply. “This does answer some questions I’ve had about the state of the demon realm since I left. And yet it raises some other questions.”
***
The evening passed with a kind of palpable tension.
The sun set and the Owl House’s cozy evening light filled the rooms.
At Hooty’s suggestion, dinner consisted of sulfuric slug pudding garnished with blood cactus imported from Palm Stings.
“That’s thanks to Lulu,” Hooty wanted to make sure everyone was aware. “She pulled some strings to get us that cactus.”
“Don’t you mean pulled some stings,” King said, looking up from his plate. “Since it’s from Palm Stings.”
Raine snorted into their slug pudding, and Eda facepalmed while Hooty made a noise that was impossible to decipher between glee or extreme anguish.
Moon looked up but didn’t say anything, apparently not willing to slow their ravenous consumption of the pudding to add anything to the conversation.
Shortly after dinner was adjourned, they disappeared upstairs.
“I hope they’re not up there eating Starfishie or something,” Raine said as they helped Eda with the dishes - a much more complicated process now that the kitchen sink was out of commission.
“After all they just ate?” Eda said.
“The kid’s stomach might actually be a literal black hole,” King pointed out. “They are a warped piece of spacetime.”
“Ugh, should someone go check?” Eda said.
“Not it!” Hooty said.
“I’ll check,” King said. “I…borrowed something I need to return anyway.”
“I don’t know. I don’t want you two getting into another fight…” Eda began.
“It’s fine,” King said.
Eda didn’t appear convinced but King had already scampered away.
Moon was not, in fact, eating Starfishie.
They were, however, sitting on their bed in the glow of the starfish tank light and some sparkling stars of their own they had created, which now hissed and spit, floating close to the ceiling.
Moon was examining the water well in the top of the autoclave, which they had filled with several dozen rubber fishing lures that they’d discovered in the basement of the Owl House - undoubtedly from one of Eda’s past “human treasure” hauls.
The lures, mostly in the shape of worms, lizards and what might have been someone’s stylistic interpretation of a crayfish, had been all manner of sparkly bright colors to begin with. However, being crammed into a wad in the top of the autoclave had turned them all a murky brownish-black color.
Moon hummed a taunting tune, twirling a finger and making the lures twirl around in various patterns.
At least it was inanimate fake worms this time, King thought.
Moon had, of course, upon discovery of the lures, initially dumped them in the starfish tank. Eda had scooped them out with a net, explaining that they probably weren’t good for the tank’s beleaguered inhabitant.
And so into the top of the autoclave they had gone.
“Ahem.”
King quietly cleared his throat from the perpetually-open doorway.
Moon looked up.
“What?” they said. Then. “Whatcha’ got there?”
“I’m bringing you your scroll back,” King said, tossing it on the bed.
Moon snatched it.
“Hah! Mine!”
“You’re welcome,” King said sarcastically. “Thanks for thanking me.”
Moon stuck out their tongue at him.
“So we’re just gonna’ ignore everything?” King said. “Is that it?”
Moon just tilted their head at King, as a heavy silence filled the room.
“So I cracked the code,” King said.
“What code?”
“The scrolls. I translated them.”
Moon blinked.
“Well not translated them-translated them,” King went on. “But I deciphered them enough to know what they said about…about Titans. And…and…about you.”
For once, Moon didn’t respond with a snarky comeback.
King hopped up beside them with a little less finesse than he would have liked, given how fiercely he was glaring.
“You,” King said, standing as tall as his little legs would allow and pointing at Moon. “Whatever you are, I still don’t really know, are under no uncertain terms the sworn enemy of the Titans. The Grand Huntsman spells doom for any of us so unfortunate as to cross your path. That’s what the scroll is about. The entire thing is a warning about the Grand Huntsman - about you.”
“Yeah,” Moon interjected. “I am the Grand Huntsman. I’m the grandest huntsman of all time.”
“You’re. Missing. The. Point.” King said, tapping Moon’s nose to emphasize each word. “That ritual your asshat Titan Trapper friends did that connected me to you? The psychic connection? IT WAS SUPPOSED TO BE A WAY FOR YOU TO ANNIHILATE ME.”
“Huh?” Moon said. “What psycho connection?”
“Fortunately for me, you didn’t notice. But whatever magic the Trappers did connected me to you. I could hear you in the Liminal and see where you were trapped…”
“THEN WHY DIDN’T YOU LET ME OUT!” Moon said, voice rising suddenly.
“Have you…? Have you been listening?” King snapped back, fur bristling as he stood up as tall as his small body allowed. “The Titan Trappers were trying to sacrifice me to you, to kill me. I wasn’t exactly excited to meet you!”
“That’s mean!”
“I did let you out though,” King muttered, mostly to himself, looking away. “Twice.”
Moon actually appeared to consider this.
“I…don’t actually regret it,” King admitted, still looking down. “Not really. I should. But I don’t.”
He sighed.
“If you’d known about the connection, you could have attacked me psychically, destroyed my mind. You…did it to other Titans.
He gestured to the scroll that Moon was now clutching.
“The Titan Trappers figured that out. If you could mind link or whatever to a Titan, it would incapacitate them. Can’t exactly have some space horror in your head and not lose your mind.”
“It…” Moon said. “It was…”
“It was what?” King snapped, looking back up to glare at Moon once again. “Funny? Is that what you were about to say?”
Moon made a face.
“That piece of ancient writing,” King said, pointing to the scroll again. “It’s a warning to never let the Grand Huntsman catch you, to flee if you see so much as a sign of them. I should…I should swear vengeance on you because I’m the last Titan left and it’s all your fault and I have to carry the legacy of every single freaking Titan before me.”
“Yeah, you sound like a Titan right now,” Moon said.
“And you sound like a brat.”
“You’re a brat.”
“I am not.”
“Are too.”
“We are enemies, Moon. At least we’re supposed to be. The Titan scroll told me I am honor-bound to stand opposed to my enemy and avoid you at all costs.”
“So?”
“Soooo…” King let out a heavy breath that sounded more world-weary than a child of his age should. He flopped down on his back beside Moon. “What if I trusted you?”
Moon sprang to King’s shoulder in an instant, the scroll dropped and forgotten.
“Whaddya’ mean?” they asked.
“What do you think I mean? I mean what if I trusted you not to kill me or blow up my mind in one of your stupid Titan Slayer games?”
Moon propped themself up on one elbow.
“I…don’ really wanna’ play Titan Slayers anymore,” they said. “Didn’ like it when I couldn’t bring you back.”
“Yeah, no shit.”
Neither spoke for several minutes.
Moon reached their free hand out towards King but thought better and dropped it before making contact.
“I’m tired,” King finally said. “I’m tired of carrying the entire me-damned legacy of a…a whole species I never even met and wracking my brain every time I do or think anything or make a decision or…or…’cause I want to make sure it’s what they would want me to do.
“It’s so exhausting, Moon. Sometimes I don’t even know what I want anymore because I’m too caught up in whether it’s something my Dad would want me to want.”
“Your Dad was a poop-head who locked me up for a million bazillion years.”
“Not. Helping,” King said, but he laughed in spite of himself. “Pretty sure from that scroll that my Dad would not want me befriending you.”
“Yeah, he hid you from me, remember.”
“So you’ve said. And the thing is, I know why he did it, I know why he thought he had to. You were dangerous. You’re terrifying.”
“I am not.”
“Yes you are. And don’t pretend you don’t like it when you scare people. I’ve been around you for months. But…I’ve also been around you long enough to know what the Titans didn’t.”
“Yeah, those jerks were really stupid.”
“You’re stupid, would you shut up for two seconds and let me finish. I know you’re not some malevolent god of the Titan Trappers. You’re a kid who likes playing games and chaos and destruction. Like me.”
“Uuuughhhhh can we play already then? You’re being boring.”
“I want to be your friend. And not feel guilty about it every single minute. I never met my Titan family because of you so I shouldn’t want that. But my sister, my human sister…I do know her. And she befriended enemies. I don’t know!” King waved his arms around. “It’s so confusing.”
“No it’s not,” Moon said.
“You are a terrible sounding board, Moon. Don’t you get it? I don’t want a legacy. I don’t want to be a Titan. I’m stuck with this…this thing that dictates how I’m supposed to act and who I can and can’t be friends with. I don’t want any of that! I just want to be King Clawthorne! And I want to be your friend.”
“I don’t get it,” Moon said.
“Don’t get…how can you possibly not get that?”
“First you lied to me and said you were my friend, then you tried to lock me up, then you said we weren’t actually friends, then you acted like we were, then you just got mad at me…”
“I…I just told you why it’s so complicated. I was trying to protect my friends…”
“So are you my friend or aren’t you?!?”
“I want to be.”
“Then WHY AREN’T YOU?”
“I want to be your friend, not some stand-in for a stuffie that you pick up and fling around every five minutes and play stupid games with that get me killed. I don’t want to be another Titan you accidentally destroy because you think it’s funny. I want to be your friend as an equal.”
“Uh nobody’s my equal, ding-dong.”
“Then pretend you are. You’re really good at pretending.”
“I’m the best at pretending.”
“Listen, I’m the closest thing to an equal that you’ve got.”
“Hmmmmmm,” Moon said, furrowing their brow and appearing to give the idea serious and thorough consideration.
“You know,” King said. “It wasn’t that long ago that I had all these deluded ideas of being a tyrannical overlord. I even brought a bunch of toys to life so I could play with them and…”
His voice trailed off.
“What happened?” Moon asked, intrigued.
“I was…mean to them. They turned on me and then Hooty killed them.”
Moon laughed.
“I actually…hadn’t thought about that in a long time,” King admitted. “Stop laughing. It’s not funny.”
“You’re funny.”
“Look, I grew up a lot since then.”
“You’re still a baby.”
“I am not! But…but I think I grew up too much.”
“Yeah, you’re not fun anymore.”
“You didn’t even know me when I was…” King huffed. “But yeah, you’re right. That’s what I’m trying to say, I guess. I wanna’ have fun. But all this stupid Titan stuff keeps getting in my way.”
“That’s silly.”
“Yeah it is.”
“So what if I trusted you,” King repeated his words from earlier. “Cut through all this Titan legacy and Grand Huntsman muck and just be your friend.”
Moon squinted down at King and frowned.
“You promise you’re not tricking me again?”
“If you promise you’ll treat me like a friend and not a…toy.”
“Yeah,” Moon said, their face crinkling into a grin. “I can do that! I promise. You can trust me, King. Pinky swear.”
They held out their little finger in front of King’s face.
“Why does that sound so threatening?” King asked, but he still raised a paw, letting Moon curl their finger around the smallest claw.
“You promise to be my friend?” Moon asked, their face suddenly serious.
“Pinky swear,” King said solemnly.
Moon looked relieved, then ecstatic.
“Now you’re bound by it, too,” they said. “No takesy-backsies.”
“Guess I’m stuck with an annoying sidekick forever now, huh.”
Moon snickered.
“Ooohhh, your Dad would hate that,” they said.
“Do I look like…never mind, never mind, Moon. That was rhetorical. You already told me…”
Regardless of the binding nature of pinky swears or lack thereof, King knew he had probably not made the wisest move of all time. In fact, he’d probably just made the most non-wise move it was possible to make.
But he was feeling reckless, and like he’d just shed a massive weight that he’d been carrying since perhaps even before his journey to Titan Trapper Island.
He felt positively giddy.
Maybe he wouldn’t be alone at the end of the universe after all.
Moon let go of his paw reluctantly and nestled in close beside him, still propped up on one elbow, peering down.
From such close proximity, the red and gold of their eyes really did resemble stars or suns.
“You are terrifying,” King said. “That’s not changing.”
“Am not.”
“Are too.”
“Am not.”
“Are. Too. Good thing I am equally terrifying.”
“You are not.”
“Am too, Collector.”
“I’M MOON!”
“Nah,” King said, feeling surprisingly cozy and very much alive. “You’re like the whole damn sky.”
***
The contents of the kitchen sink resembled a deep, dark molten void of what may or may not have been the fabric of spacetime.
It didn’t seem to be actively harming anything at the moment, but there was no telling how volatile it might become if disturbed, so everyone had just gotten into the habit of working around it.
“Can’t you just use acoustics to clean this off?” Eda said, slight frustration in her voice as she had been trying one-handedly to scrub hardened residue off a frying pan for what felt like an hour but had probably only been a couple of minutes.
Either way, she was making very little progress.
“Ooof,” Raine said, leaning over and peering into the bowl. “Is that solidified sulfur cheese?”
“Unfortunately, yes,” Eda said. “I should’ve told Moon to wash the bowl.”
“Do you think they’d have listened if you had told them?” Hooty asked.
“Yeah, no,” Eda laughed. “You have a point there, Hooty.”
“Of course I do!” Hooty cried. “You don’t think I know the members of this household like the back of my own hands!”
“You don’t have hands, Hooty.”
“Well neither do you.”
“Touche,” Eda laughed, while Raine snorted at the exchange in spite of themself.
“Here,” they said. “Give me that.”
Raine pulled the bowl towards them, dipping a finger in a tub l of water that was sitting on the stove and proceeding to run it around the edge of the bowl.
The motion created a hum, a steady frequency that dislodged the particles of solidified cheese.
“There,” Raine said. “It should wash off now.”
“Thanks, Rainestorm,” Eda said, taking the bowl and dunking it in the water tub. “I don’t know what I’d do without you.”
“Yeah you do,” Hooty interjected. “We were both there. You were a wreck.”
Raine looked down abruptly.
An awkward silence filled the kitchen, the sloshing of the water in the tub suddenly stark and loud.
“Well, come on, it’s late,” Eda said abruptly, rinsing the bowl and setting it on the table to dry. “Let’s get Sneaky Peek to bed before they start blowing things up.”
“Eda,” Raine said, grimacing. “Look, I…”
“That’s ancient history,” Eda said, waving her hand dismissively. “Right now it’s time to call it a night.”
Raine followed Eda upstairs, only to see her pause in the doorway to Moon’s room.
“Huh,” Eda said, voice barely a whisper.
Curious, Raine moved to her side and peered around her.
To their surprise, they saw Moon and King side-by-side, both fast asleep, King’s horns tucked up under Moon’s chin.
“Well that’s new,” Raine said. “I mean, I guess it makes sense. It was either going to be mortal enemies or best friends. Let’s just hope it stays the latter.”
“It will,” Eda said confidently. “They have a lot in common and they…they’re going to need each other one day.”
“Being friends might actually be the scarier outcome,” Raine said.
“You don’t sound particularly worried about the prospect,” Eda snickered. She turned back to the sleeping children. “I guess I should probably wake them.”
She sounded regretful.
“Nah,” Raine said, wrapping their arms around Eda and steering her from the doorway and back into the hall. “C’mon, looks like I’ve got you to myself tonight.”
Chapter 66
Summary:
On the topic of plants.
Notes:
Morning fans, friends and readers.
WOW. This week marks three (THREE! :O) years since I posted the first chapter of this fic (though I already had a rough draft of the first few written). It’s been a ride and so much has happened in those three years and I never imagined it would be quite the behemoth it became.
I sat down and re-read MoonShadow this Spring and…overall I’m still really happy with it. A few things I’d change if I were to do it over, and I can definitely tell which chapters I wasn’t able to give quite the amount of attention that I wanted. But damn I’m glad I wrote this self-indulgent thing.
I also never could have only dreamed of said self-indulgent fanfic becoming such a well-loved story, especially focusing on such a niche character. But y’all have made it so worth it and kept me resolved to keep plugging away at it. There’s some fun stuff to come and I’m excited to share it with you all.
Thanks as always!
Alice
**CHAPTER CONTENT WARNING FOR SLIGHT SUICIDAL IDEATION**
Chapter Text
King awoke feeling very strange.
Granted, that was how he’d awoken virtually every day since his journey to Titan Trapper Island, starting that first morning afterwards, awakening from eerie psychic dreams of the gloomy place he now knew was the Liminal, the empty space between worlds.
Only it hadn’t been empty.
King had realized quite quickly that he wasn’t alone, there had been someone else there who, upon sensing his presence, had begged him not to leave.
It hadn’t taken him long to realize that someone was the so-called Grand Huntsman, the same entity the Titan Trappers had tried to sacrifice him to release.
The same entity that Belos was working with.
The Trappers had initiated a connection but only later would King realize that it was the sigil etched on his collar tag that kept The Collector from seeing him. A sigil left by his father to protect him from The Grand Huntsman.
King had abandoned it in a desperate attempt to save his friends and, indeed, the entire Boiling Isles. It was a sacrifice he’d been willing to make, even though it was substituting one threat for another, perhaps ultimately greater danger.
And now, well…
His dad had tried, he supposed.
That same entity’s hands were buried in King’s ruff, slightly possessive, clingy as always, and King wasn’t inclined to do a damn thing about it.
Granted, his horns were wedged on either side of Moon’s throat in a way that might have been damaging or at least painful for someone of typical mortal status.
As it was, Moon was still fast asleep and King found that he very much did not mind their proximity. The agitation he’d been feeling for quite some time had abated, at least for now.
In its place was something else that, while not altogether unpleasant, was still unfamiliar.
Just beneath their physical form, Moon was a humming concentration of nuclear reactions and King had rarely had a moment of peace and quiet enough to fully appreciate that before.
Whatever was there was so much more than just an annoying child and King knew he was probably a fool to even pretend they were equals.
And yet…
He was hyper-aware of the properties of the blood flowing through his own veins, what witches and demons would do for just a drop of it. What he was learning to do with it.
They were two opposing magical forces and who knew how their respective magic could interact. It was playing with fire cranked up to…infinite?
King stretched, horns finally rousing Moon enough that they mumbled and tried to readjust, fingers carding through King’s fur and across the scars that lined his skin.
King tensed, even though the pain was long gone. His fur had grown around the damaged skin, thick enough that the reminders of whatever spiked javelin club thing Bill had hit him with weren’t readily visible.
Camila had done a stellar job of repairing the wounds as best she could and, with King’s haircoat being as wooly as it was, it was rare that anyone found the scars.
King, while weirdly at peace and not in any great hurry to move, did have another surprisingly random thought.
“Hey. Moon. Buddy?”
Moon just grunted and snuggled closer.
King nudged them harder.
“Whu…?” Moon muttered, still not opening their eyes.
“Did you remember your nightmare tonic stuff?”
“Don’ ‘member.”
“Well you,” King twisted around, slightly extricating himself from Moon’s grip to look out the window. It was barely light outside. “You didn’t do your nightmare freakout thing, so you must’ve.”
Or having King’s horns gouging them in the neck kept them grounded.
Either way, it was among the most peaceful awakenings King had experienced in Moon’s presence.
He let out a huff and repositioned himself, settling up against one of Moon’s overlarge sleeves and allowing himself to drift back to sleep for just a little longer, the thundering heartbeat of the cosmos in his ears.
***
It was quite a while later that Moon awoke.
At first they made a very unhappy noise, realizing that although the space King had occupied was still warm, King himself was no longer in reach, and this was unacceptable!
They flopped over, preparing to voice a loud protest and make their thoughts everybody’s problem, but quickly saw that King hadn’t gone far.
He was sitting on the floor in front of the autoclave, focused on something near his paws.
Moon’s vision zoomed in and they saw that tiny flowering plants were growing up through the cracks in the floorboards.
“Whatcha’ doin’?” Moon asked, trying to stifle a yawn as they stretched out on their stomach, leaning over the edge of the bed to peer down.
King tore his attention away from the plants and looked up at Moon.
“Gardening,” he deadpanned.
“Gardening?” Moon said. “Why’re you gardening on the floor? Waaaait, are you growing those?”
King reached up and grabbed the covers, pulling them off the bed, Moon along with them.
“Hey!” Moon cried, thumping to the floor.
“What part of gardening don’t you understand?” King asked. “Growing plants is kind of…the whole… thing with gardening?”
“Yeah, silly,” Moon said, extricating themself from the beadspread huffily. “You’re makin’ ‘em with magic, though. That’s what I mean.”
“Yeah, duh,” King shot back, mimicking Moon’s inflections, then more pensively as he pulled one of the stalks from the floorboards to examine closer. “Yeah.”
He pressed the claws of his other paw to the floor and three more leaves popped up between them.
“How’d you learn…?”
“I…” King began. “It’s like you said. “It’s kind of an…emotional thing, I think? And now I can just do it? I don’t know.”
“How’d you figure it out though?”
King hummed to himself.
“Kinda’...been through an emotional wringer. Guess it wrung out some more magic.”
“Yeah, duh, remember. I told you that magic…”
“I swear on myself if you try to take credit for this one, I’ll…”
“You’ll what?” Moon said, grinning mischeviously. “Knock me onto the floor? You already did that.”
“Well I’ll put you back up there,” King said. “And then knock you over onto the floor again.”
Moon just laughed.
“I will,” King insisted. “Don’t think I won’t.”
Moon only laughed harder and King felt his annoyance rising, but also that same feeling of weird contentment that now accompanied it.
Somehow it was easier to put the atrocities behind him.
Gradually, voices carrying from downstairs drew King and Moon out of the room and down to the kitchen.
Raine was up and about, unsurprisingly, but so was Eda who normally wouldn’t have made an appearance this early.
“You are not going to make me into a coffee drinker, Raine,” she was saying, leaning against the counter, mug in hand. “But this is really good.”
“See, I told you,” Raine said, grinning up at her over their own cup from where they were seated at the table.
“Seriously, no one else could drag me out of bed at this hour of the morning for coffee.”
“I know.”
Eda stretched and grumbled something about throwing out her back, to which Raine just laughed.
Eda noticed the two newcomers wandering into the kitchen and beamed at them.
“Morning sleepyhead and other sleepyhead,” she said. “There’s pox tarts if you can get them out of the toaster.”
From the counter, the toaster growled and bared its teeth.
“What’s this about you throwing out your back?” King asked Eda.
For some reason, Eda went red.
“Nothing you wanna’ know about,” she said, while Raine snorted into their coffee. “Just…happens when you get old.”
“Throw it out where?” Moon asked, hopping onto the counter and picking up the toaster which attempted to bite them, much to their clear amusement. King scrambled up one of the barstools and growled at the toaster, distracting it long enough for Moon to retrieve the pox tarts.
“Getting older is underrated,” Raine said. “You gain more skills.”
“Like what?” King and Moon asked in unison.
“Raine,” Eda said, before adding quickly. “Like how to befriend someone who gets on your nerves, huh?”
She raised an eyebrow at King.
“Oh. Yeah. Huh,” King said, suddenly feeling weirdly like he’d been caught doing something he shouldn’t have.
“Seems like you two put aside your differences for now.”
“What’s that mean?” Moon asked.
“Means it’s really obvious we’re not fighting anymore,” King told them.
“Oh,” Moon said.
“Well it’s a load off my mind,” Eda said.
***
“The CBC machine,” Slice announced dramatically. “Has a glitch.”
“A glitch?” Camila asked. “What is it doing this time?”
“Well,” Slice said, clearly happy that she had been asked to elaborate. “It has an alert on the screen that it needs to run a monthly rinse. So I went to run the monthly rinse but it won’t do it because it says it can’t run anything because there’s an alert.”
“And let me guess,” Camila said. “That ‘anything’ includes the monthly rinse that needs to happen to get the alert to go away?”
“Auuuuggghhhffff,” Slice confirmed.
“Well put the sample in the fridge and call IDEXX…”
“Aw, I have to make a phone call?”
“...and we’ll run it after we figure out the issue. Or we can redraw and just mail it in.”
“Yoink,” Amy said, taking the vial of blood out of Slice’s hand and heading towards the lab fridge.
“Hey!” Slice protested.
“Just think of it this way,” Camila said. “You’ll be on hold for a really long time and nobody can recruit you for any walk-in nail trims.”
“I mean…” Slice said. “Fair point.”
“Ooof!” Amy said from the fridge. “We really need to go through our old blood samples in here!”
“Can’t help you with that!” Slice said. “I have to make a phone call.”
“Like this one is from last November,” Amy went on. “And what the hell is wrong with the plasma?”
“It’s from the CE program I went to,” Camila said quickly. “About horseshoe crabs. Don’t throw it out.”
“Horseshoe…?” Amy began.
“Oh yeah that stuff’s worth its weight in gold,” Slice said. “We could sell it for like a million dollars.”
“Horseshoe crabs?”
“You never did tell us much about that CE class,” Slice said.
Camila simply smiled.
“Just call customer support, Slice.”
As the weeks had passed in Gravesfield, the investigation into the alleged Gravesfield Killer had yielded few results.
Without any new incidents, it was becoming harder for the townspeople to remember just how brutal the attacks of the Winter had been, simpler to chalk it up to freak animal attacks and just move on.
Camila found herself entrenched in mundane workday life, the most mysterious case she saw being a dog with vague symptoms that initially didn’t make sense but turned out to be early signs that the animal’s adrenal glands had stopped working properly.
Mysterious as it sounded to Darius, enough to pull his attention away from the drag competition that was on TV, Camila assured him it was a known autoimmune disorder.
“I just wish the dog hadn’t fully gone into an Addisonian Crisis before we figured out what was going on,” she told him. “Just because I’m a vet everyone thinks I’ve got all the magic answers, but nothing is ever really textbook. Real medicine doesn’t work that way. Not like your world.”
“You’d be surprised, Camila,” Darius said. “The Healing Coven faces the same difficulties, I’m afraid. Even the Owl Lady’s curse is something none of them really understood. No one has ever found a cure or a treatment, best anyone can do is treat and manage the symptoms.”
Camila sighed. It had been a long, non-stop day and she was tired. She should probably have changed out of her scrubs but, at the moment, that felt like too much effort.
“Maybe it’s your presence that’s keeping the Killer at bay,” she suggested, sitting down hard on the sofa next to Darius.
“Or perhaps the killer has moved on,” Darius said, turning his attention back to the TV with a critical expression. “Those boots clash horribly with that dress. I can’t be the only one who’s personally offended by that.”
He turned back to Camila.
“I opened the Portal just long enough to communicate with Eberwolf, ask some Beast questions.”
“And you learn anything?”
“Only after they tormented me with some new horrendous viral song. I may never recover,” Darius shuddered at the memory before continuing. “Eber says that something like the Slitherbeast that prefers colder temperatures might migrate… North?, I think? ...with the snows?”
“I don’t know,” Camila said, grimacing as if thinking about the subject was giving her a headache. “A lot of people are saying this proves it was a starving bear that woke up from hibernation and now it’s able to find food. Maybe I’m just paranoid and we called you here for nothing.”
She kicked off her shoes and propped her feet up on the coffee table, staring at the TV screen.
“I saw what it did to those dogs, though. First hand. Didn’t seem like any animal I know of. But maybe it was just a human, not something from your realm.”
“If it was a human,” Darius said. “Why would they be biding their time?”
“Why do humans do anything,” Camila frowned at the TV screen. “You’re right, those boots are really ugly. But what is going on with that hat?”
“I know!” Darius cried. “It completely throws off the whole outfit! No effort whatsoever! It’s embarrassing!”
The front door opened, and with it the thumping of feet and book bags being dropped. Vee’s laugh echoed through the house.
“And that’s another final in the books!” she cried. “Time for some popcorn!”
“School’s out early,” Camila commented.
“We shouldn’t have let them walk home alone,” Darius said.
“At least they were together,” Camila said, although she was already nodding in agreement.
Hunter was muttering something less enthusiastic than Vee.
“Hunter your scores have been perfect on all the other tests,” Vee said. “I’m sure you did fine.”
“That’s not…” Hunter said. “I have to have a perfect score, obviously…”
“Do not!” Vee said. “You just have to pass.”
”Yeah that’s Belos talking,” Luz agreed.
“That’s not what I…” Hunter’s voice trailed off. “We’re just…almost done with the school year here.”
“Are you mourning school?” Luz asked incredulously. “My dude, I need to introduce you to the concept of Summer Break.”
“Says the human who won’t shut up about going to school again in the demon realm this Summer,” Hunter retorted.
“Says the, uh…the…the you who’s also enrolling at Hexside…”
The three wandered through the living room, cheerfully waving.
Luz raised her eyes at Camila and Darius.
“What’s this? Mom, are you getting back into afternoon television?” She eyed the screen as one of the drag queens did the most athletic split imaginable to a Shania Twain song. “At least it’s not those awful telenovelas this time.”
“Work kicked me in the butt today,” Camila said.
“Teleno…?” Darius asked.
“Ooooh I have another human realm cultural experience to introduce you to!” Camila practically squealed.
“No,” Luz said, looking slightly horrified.
“I’ve seen that obnoxious enthusiasm before,” Hunter commented. “Luz, are you criticizing your mom’s fandom?!”
“She’s your mom too,” Luz retorted.
“You better have not’ve called me obnoxious,” Camila cried.
“My apologies,” Hunter said, his bright personality fading once again. “I didn’t mean to step out of line.”
“I’m teasing, Hunter,” Camila said. “Relax. You look like you had a long day. You could watch this show with us.”
“I think I’ll just…go out to the backyard for a while,” Hunter said. “Flapjack likes chasing the other birds.”
He looked tired, as much, if not moreso than he had while living in the Emperor’s Castle. His color wasn’t so good either.
Camila and Darius traded a look as he walked out into the backyard.
They’d seen to it that Hunter ate regularly and got enough rest (and Flapjack seemed to be constantly fussing about one thing or another).
At first Darius was skeptical of whether food from the human realm delivered the correct nutritional benefits for magickind.
Granted, the fact that Hunter was a grimwalker complicated the matter.
“Maybe he needs something more…specific,” Camila speculated, listening as the back door swung closed.
“I’ve wondered the same,” Darius admitted. “Since one of the major components for…well, making a grimwalker is palistrom wood. Is there something that benefits trees that we might be overlooking?”
“You mean like sunshine?” Camila asked. “Or nutrients from soil? Or…or…don’t some trees need fungus on their roots. Oh what’s the word for biologically beneficial things between different organisms. Not codependent. Oh what’s the term…,” she snapped her fingers a couple of times. “Symbiosis!”
***
The truth was, Hunter had approached the end of the human realm school year with a determined sort of denial. He and Luz and Vee challenged each other to high levels of success on their exams, yet each passing final left him feeling emptier than the last.
He’d so enjoyed being in school, and now this school year was ending forever.
At least the backyard was beautiful and full of life.
Spring had progressed rapidly in Gravesfield, trees and shrubs bursting into bloom all around, leaves growing larger and shading areas that had until recently been open.
The town and surrounding woods were lush and filled with birdsong. Bees hurried from flower to flower and Flapjack took great amusement in harassing the other cardinals.
They fluttered around at a feeder that Hunter had set up in the yard, making a cheer-cheer wut-wut-wut sound.
These cardinals, however, were none too amused by Flapjack. They recognized that he looked like them, sang and chirped their own songs, even flew and moved like them.
But they also recognized that there was something distinctly “off” about this potential rival bird, and fluttered away to nearby trees, fussing and letting out alarm calls, knocking petals from the blooms among the branches.
“Jerks!” Hunter shouted, which only alarmed them more. “So what if he’s a little different! So what if he looks just like you! You don’t have to be stupid about it!”
Flapjack eyed Hunter, chirping a reminder that ordinary cardinals could not understand human (or witch or grimwalker) speech.
“Can you understand what they’re saying?” Hunter asked.
Flapjack chirped what sounded suspiciously like a laugh, before allowing as how he could understand some of it, but mostly the “real” birds said things relating to eating worms and seeds, when they weren’t sitting on branches bragging loudly to the world about how sexually desirable they were.
“Well what do they say to you?” Hunter said, frowning when he heard the response. “Imposter? They call you an imposter! Those birds don’t know what they’re talking about! YOU HEAR THAT YOU UNGRATEFUL BIRDS!? Flapjack’s better than all of you!”
Flapjack chirped for him to keep it down, so Hunter sat down in the yard and sighed.
All around him fresh grass had changed the yard from vaguely drab to vibrant. The whole neighborhood was stunning with all the new foliage.
It was all so lush, so incomprehensibly green.
Unbidden, memories of Belos crept in, voice soft, expression wistful, kind.
Belos had always spoken fondly of the human realm, talked about the overwhelming green, but Hunter could never have imagined just how many shades of the color there were.
Belos had known, had waxed lyrical describing it to Hunter during those long days rebuilding the portal together.
He’d laughed at Hunter’s questions, told him they were good questions and this was why he, Hunter, had been chosen to play an important role in the plans of the Titan.
Hunter wrapped his hands in the green grass, suddenly aware of the deep ache in his chest, a longing that he could never speak aloud to his friends, his newfound family here in Gravesfield.
The memories of rebuilding the Portal were good memories, happy ones.
Hunter missed the excitement, the hope that filled the dank walls of the castle. Even worse, he missed Belos. He missed his presence, the smile that crossed his face whenever Hunter did something that impressed him.
Had all of it been a lie?
Yes, obviously.
But to Hunter it had been real.
Why else did Hunter at his most secret and shameful moments, imagine telling his uncle about all that he was seeing and experiencing in the human realm.
‘I’ve seen it! There’s so much green, you were right! It’s the chlorophyll - I learned about it in human realm school. I don’t think it’s very prevalent in the demon realm because the plants are drawing so much magic from the soil so they don’t need to convert sunlight into energy as much! It’s so beautiful! I had no idea the sky could look this blue! And taco salad! You have got to try taco salad! You wouldn’t have had access to it when you were in the human realm before!’
Even after everything, Hunter still had trouble reconciling the monster who’d orchestrated the Draining Spell with the witch who’d raised him, guided him.
Manipulated him.
Occasionally, desperately, Hunter wondered if Belos might have been somehow corrupted by Caleb.
It was a purely baseless, selfish thought, and it tormented Hunter more than it soothed him.
He felt angry at the injustice of it sometimes, and Belos’ fond smile in his memories turned mocking.
He’d known all along. Hunter had only ever been disposable, just another in a long line of grimwalkers.
And yet, sometimes Hunter wished the illusion had never been broken, that he’d never met Luz or ended up in his Uncle’s mind, and that he’d just died on the Day Of Unity without ever knowing it had been Belos’ doing.
There was a reproachful chirp as Flapjack landed in his hair, pulling a lock of it roughly with quite some force.
“Ow!”
And yet, although his time in the castle had seemed wonderful, it really hadn’t been. Hunter had experienced an entirely new kind of happiness with his newfound friends and family, and his palisman, who had cared for him deeply in a way he’d never experienced before.
Hunter knew good and well what Belos would have done had he gotten his hands on Flapjack.
“Hey buddy,” Hunter said, reaching up and patting Flapjack’s head, running his fingers over feathers that weren’t feathers.
Flapjack hopped to his hand and tilted his head, as Hunter lowered him to face-level, letting out a series of concerned chirps.
“Yeah, I’m fine,” Hunter lied, earning him another reproachful look. “Okay, you’re right. I don’t know what I am but…I’m glad you’re here with me.”
Flapjack fluttered to his shoulder and cuddled against it, trilling.
“No, I don’t want to think about Caleb now,” Hunter said. “Let’s just drop it, okay.”
Flapjack fluffed his feathers but chirped an affirmative and just leaned against Hunter’s neck, a warm, grounding presence.
Regardless of everything, Hunter was glad that he’d gotten a chance to see the human realm, even if it was only for a while.
Chapter 67
Summary:
Baby Titan behavior unlocked.
Notes:
Good morning and happy almost Autumn!
I’m happy to announce that with the change in seasons MoonShadow will tentatively resume regular (or at least semi-regular) updates. There’s still a lot of story to cover and I’ve been looking forward to getting back to sharing it.
(In other news, is anybody else hyped for ‘Knights Of Guinevere?’ The new trailer looks SICK!)
Thanks as always for sticking around and for those just joining, welcome! I hope you all continue to enjoy this story.
Alice
Chapter Text
It didn’t surprise Raine to learn via Mason that the other Coven Heads had held an emergency meeting without them (and in Darius’ absence) to discuss “The Collector situation.”
Mason was understandably reluctant to share details lest Raine become enraged by what was said, but assured them that the Coven Heads had no nefarious plan to do harm to Moon or Eda or anyone else in the family.
“I mean, what’d we even be able t’ do?” Mason said. “We all know we’re powerless against Moon and s’far as we know, the only way to trap them is with that damn tablet.”
“Bet Adrian’s kicking himself for throwing it into the Boiling Sea,” Raine said coldly, a vindictive edge to their voice. “Not hard enough. And even if he hadn’t, we’d just break Moon out again anyway like we did before.”
Still, the idea of Moon being trapped again, however briefly, made their blood boil.
“And you needn’t worry ‘bout any of the others messin’ with your family after what happened,” Mason continued. “That’d be as good as signin’ our own death warrant. That little maniac’d come after us so fast…”
Mason shuddered, and Raine couldn’t help but feel a smug sense of satisfaction at just how much their fellow Coven Heads were frightened of the child in their care.
“Turnabout’s fair play, Mason,” they said. “I spent too many years scared for my life because I knew what you’d all do if I ever got found out. Serves everyone right.”
“Yeah…well,” Mason said awkwardly. “I’ve told ya’ before it’s all water under the bridge to me. But…I will say that the others…some of ‘em have taken precautions.”
These precautions turned out to be the sigil that rendered locations or individuals invisible to Moon. The Coven Heads, with the exception of Mason (if he was to be believed), Eberwolf and, of course, Darius, had taken to wearing it on their person.
Raine tried very hard not to feel offended by this.
On the upside, during the next meeting that Raine did attend, no one dared to bring up how useful Titan blood might be for the beleaguered government.
***
Life at the Owl House had reached a sort of equilibrium.
Whatever truce or friendship that King and Moon were developing, while it brought stability, also brought a new kind of chaos.
They squabbled, if anything, more than they had before, and engaged in a number of chase and tussling games that were anything but peaceful.
King had fast realized that he could play as rough as he wanted without any risk of causing damage, and found a feistiness rising to the surface. He’d always known he’d had it, but hadn’t realized how strong it was until he finally had an outlet.
The result was that King and Moon were constantly smashing into walls, knocking each other to the floor and rolling around like hissing and spitting cats.
“The King Of Demons accepts no challengers!” King shouted, moments before head-butting Moon in the chest.
Moon just bit him on the scruff of the neck.
“How dare you!” King screamed.
“I’m not sure I completely understand what happened,” Raine said, as King raced down the hallway, dragging Moon by the foot. “Between those two, I mean.”
“I’m not sure I fully grasp it myself,” Eda admitted.
Of course, Eda knew that Moon loved wrestling, her own tussling matches on the floor with them had left no doubt of that.
King had oftentimes fought articles of clothing and stuffies but it occurred to Eda that he’d never really had someone willing to play-fight with him for hours on end.
He took to it with the same kind of glazed, maniacal fervor that Moon took to affection or food.
“I wonder if that’s how they played together,” she said, watching them roll around in the yard.
“How they…?” Hooty began. “Ohhhh. You mean baby Titans.”
“Can you imagine a whole herd of Kings?”
“Yeah, they probably would act like that,” Hooty said.
“The sheer chaotic energy,” Eda laughed, but there was something deeply sad about her expression.
Eda didn’t bring it up with King himself. Although he hadn’t said anything outright, he’d stashed away the scrolls and artifacts pertaining to his kind, locking them up in a trunk.
And, come to think of it, he hadn’t mentioned being a Titan for a while.
Eda wasn’t sure if this was a good or a bad thing. For sure, King seemed happier and more at peace with himself, but it was unclear whether that meant he was actually processing things or just kicking them aside in favor of throwing himself into a carefree persona and a sparring match with Moon.
Both King and Moon seemed to be trying to determine just how much they could get away with, with King trying to figure out just how durable Moon’s physical form was, and Moon finding the amount of power they could exert without it being too much for King.
They quickly realized that King was much less fragile than witches or demons, but bad memories of the pain they’d felt after King was attacked by the Titan Trappers kept them from pushing the envelope.
Plus, they’d pinky sworn not to hurt King and pretend to be equals, so they were perfectly happy to follow his lead this time. It meant they got to be friends.
Moon had abandoned their long-running attempts to pick up King and treat him like a toy, but they were elated to be themselves treated like that.
“Turnabout’s fair play,” Hooty observed.
Of course, it didn’t go unnoticed by the other inhabitants of the Owl House that being played with like that put Moon exactly where they wanted to be - at the center of attention.
So in that respect, not a whole lot had changed at the Owl House in the aftermath of the truce.
There were times Eda simply observed King as he went about whatever he might be doing at any given moment, whether it was scrutinizing ancient scrolls and tapestries, holding forth like a deposed tyrant, or struggling with a menial task made more challenging by his small stature.
She’d watched him grow and now, looking at him, she was aware of just how much he’d grown already.
Even so, he was still just a little guy - her little guy, and Eda still had trouble reconciling that with the fact that he was somehow also the only remaining child of the very land she lived upon.
She watched him zero in on a large bug and pounce, marveling to herself that this was a Titan. A Titan.
It had been only half a year since that revelation, and the knowledge scared her sometimes - though she’d never admit that to King.
It had torn her apart to know how much King struggled with his own identity and place in the world. She worried about how fragile he was and to what degree the population of the Boiling Isles knew what he was.
Even if the Coven Heads were not a threat at the moment, there were still others out there who would do unspeakable things just to get at him.
Fortunately Eda was willing to do even more unspeakable things to protect him, not because he was a Titan, not because his blood was the most powerful substance known to magickind, but because he was her kid and she loved him more than life itself.
She’d kill anyone who threatened him. Had killed those who threatened him.
Except…
And therein lay the irony.
There was only one baby Titan left and his newfound playmate was the reason.
One of the most dangerous enemies of the Titans had impossibly wormed their way into Eda’s heart as well and was also living under her roof and her protection.
She knew King had difficulty with that, and it had caused her no shortage of emotional turmoil herself, so she thanked the…well, something that they were seemingly friends now.
One afternoon, Eda found King in the yard, staring up into the purple mid-day sky.
“Moon blowing off steam?” she asked.
Upon looking up, she thought she saw a distant pinprick flash, but the brightness of the day meant the lights caused by Moon’s excess energy hitting the atmosphere probably wouldn’t be visible.
Which was likely for the best.
“Yep,” King said. “They might be a while.”
“Are you…” Eda said. “Waiting for them to get back?”
“Ehhyhh?” King shrugged.
“It’s…I’m glad you two are friends now. Still not sure how you went from fighting one day to playmates the next but…No, it’s good.”
“Ehhh,” King said, slightly more uncomfortable this time. “I…well…Luz befriended enemies. So why not me?”
“Luz’s a good influence on you, after all, huh kiddo?”
Eda reached down and patted King’s skull.
“I miss her,” King said.
“Yeah, me too,” said Eda. “I hope Darius gets that human realm monster business taken care of soon, ‘cause I don’t like feeling cut off and not knowing what’s happening over there.”
The two traded a look.
“If there’s a monster in the human realm,” King said. “Why not just have all our friends stay here instead. I don’t like them being there. The human realm’s dangerous.”
“Believe me, I’ve thought of that. But Camila…”
“Oh right, Luz’s mom,” King said. “Let’s just kidnap her.”
“Also thought of that,” Eda said with a grin. “But I’m still trying to make a good impression. And Hunter likes it there.”
“The human realm does have greasy pizza, I guess,” King admitted. “And last time I was there I chased a squirrel.”
“A what?”
King just laughed.
“I’m heading to market,” Eda said. “Any chance you wanna’ come with, or will Sneaky Peek implode if you’re not here when they get back?”
“They’ll survive,” King said, suddenly excited at the prospect of going into town.
“But will the rest of the Isles,” Eda said, although her voice was teasing.
“Definitely not,” King said, confidently hopping into a pack that Eda was carrying.
“So how is it?” Eda asked, setting off in the direction of Bonesborough. “Being friends with Moon?”
“It’s…weird,” King admitted. “I’ve never actually had a friend my own age.”
Moon was hardly King’s age if you were measuring it in the span of time they had existed, but that was beside the point.
“Aren’t a whole lot of kids my age that can relate to me,” King added, if a bit as an afterthought.
They continued on.
“Word on the streets is enrollment at Hexside starts soon,” Eda said. “So Hunter and Luz need to get back here in time for that.”
“How is that even going to work?” King asked. “With the whole Coven System being defunct and all. Wasn’t that, like, the whole… everything at school?”
“Yeah, sounds like Bump and the faculty have been working on some new curriculum thing. Part of why it’s taken Hexside this long to open again. Probably a good thing. St. Epiderm tried to reopen right away and Raine says it’s been one fiasco after another.”
“And Steve says Glandis got leveled by Moon,” King said. “I guess they had to rebuild everything.”
“Have you…” Eda began. “Considered it for yourself?”
“What? Leveling Glandis? No, but now that you mention it…”
Eda cackled.
“No, though I can’t say I’m opposed. I was asking whether you’d ever…uh, considered…enrolling at Hexside yourself.”
King looked up sharply, like he’d been caught red-handed.
“Weh?” he said, voice sounding a little panicked despite his words. “Who are you and what have you done with Eda?”
“I mean, I know it sounds weird coming from me,” Eda said, brushing aside King’s reaction for now. “And you don’t have the same magic as us, but then neither did Luz. You might be able to learn some of the theory and history and…”
Eda trailed off.
“I…I’ve never thought of that before,” King said.
“Yeah, you’d have probably brought it up, otherwise. Oh, I don’t know. Maybe you don’t even want to, but I just thought it might be a…a good…”
“I…” King didn’t seem to have a response.
“Eh, just think about it,” Eda said. “Or forget I brought it up, either or.”
Once in town, the subject was dropped and King assisted Eda in setting up at her usual spot.
Nobody seemed to agree on whether or not to call Bonesborough “New Bonesborough” and the citizens used the two names interchangeably now. However it was pretty clear that everyone was getting used to the new layout and topography and those who wanted potions, wards and coffee knew right where to find Eda’s stand.
On this particular day business, although steady, was not as strong or as lucrative as she had hoped.
“Maybe I should go Beast Mode and drum up some business,” Eda said. “Give everyone a reason to buy protection wards.”
She was still barely recouping from her earlier losses, and although she tried to hide her worry from King, it was pretty clear he had grown a lot more perceptive over the last year.
Fortunately, no one directly hassled her today, although a proprietor at the woven goods stand across the way did make eye contact with her in a none-too-friendly manner.
Eda was pretty sure the demon in question had been part of the small mob that accosted her, and they had no less than three ‘We Stand With Belos’ signs hung up, so she flipped them off in return.
Owlbert, to his credit, stuck close this time around, acting a bit sheepish.
Eda didn’t comment on his behavior, but she found herself a bit amused as she went about her day.
Mediocre business was better than no business, and the day’s earnings did allow her to stock up on one or two essentials afterwards.
Some of these, of course, included Eda’s elixir, and Moon’s nightmare tonic (though it wasn’t quite enough to cover the kind of shampoo she wanted).
It was Eda’s first visit to Morton’s stand since she had rampaged around in beast form with Moon and, while most of New Bonesborough had accepted the explanation that it had all been an illusion, Morton was one of the handful who knew better.
“So you gotta’ tell me, E,” he said, glancing around furtively to make sure nobody was eavesdropping, and then leaning forward conspiratorily. “How in Titan’s name did you end up with the… The Collector at your house? How are you still alive? Are you out of your mind? Are you okay?”
“It’s a long story, Morton. The short of it is, the kid’s a traumatized mess who deserves better than eternal solitary confinement.”
“Yeah, I get that part. I don’t think anyone believes a kid deserves that…”
“You’d be surprised.”
“...but they’re not exactly harmless either.”
“Yeah, yeah, yeah, says you and half a dozen other folks. Just give me the tonic and spare me the lecture. I’ve already heard it.”
“Not trying to pick a fight,” Morton said, retrieving several bottles. “I…uh…your sister kind of made it sound like this stuff is for The Collector, not you.”
“Yeah, what of it? You don’t think you’d need a nightmare tonic if you’d spent several hundred years in some sadistic witch hunter’s basement?”
“You gotta’ stop being so defensive, Eda. I’m on your side here, I’ve got sympathy for the kid. I’m just trying to…It doesn’t scare you having something like that in your house. Do you even know what they are?”
“All that matters is that they’re my kid.”
“I beg to differ,” Morton said, voice going higher, before adding. “But better in your care than someone else’s. Maybe you can teach them a thing or two about empathy.”
“They’re already learning,” Eda said.
“Forgive me if I’m skeptical,” Morton sighed. “But just answer me one thing.”
Eda sighed. “Morton, I swear if…”
“What,” Morton asked. “Is a starfish?”
***
“What the fuck is this green slimy stuff in the breakroom?!?”
Amy’s distressed voice rang loudly through the Gravesfield Veterinary Clinic, causing Slice to look up from the lab computer and, expression suggesting she was glad for a distraction.
“It’s seaweed salad!” she called back. “Eat it!”
“Uh, how about no,” Amy’s voice responded, getting steadily louder as she approached the lab, holding a little plastic container and pointing at it incredulously.
“It’s really good, actually,” Dr. Jeff said, rolling his chair through the door of his office and leaning into the hallway, looking like he also needed a distraction - in his case from the figurative stack of patient files that needed notes.
“I got it from the grocery store,” Slice said. “DJ’s right, it’s really good.”
“Then why didn’t you eat it?” Amy asked, waving the container at Slice.
“I wasn’t as hungry as I thought. Sorry if it’s not a sandwich.”
“It seriously looks disgusting.”
There was a distinct sound of an exam room door opening and, moments later, Camila entered the lab, looking a little frazzled.
“Would you two mind helping me get some rads on the dog in the first room. Lateral stifle and VD pelvis.”
“On it, boss,” Amy said.
“You’ll have to enter it manually,” Camila said. “Alisvet is still not communicating with the xray computer.”
“That’s what happens when you use a system database that nobody else does,” Dr. Jeff said, taking the seaweed salad from Amy and rolling the chair back into his office
“Like you wouldn’t lose your minds if we had to transfer everything and learn a whole new computer system,” Camila said. “I know I would.”
Camila seemed tired and distracted lately. Her coworkers had definitely noticed, and some had certain theories as to why, but it was Amy who finally cut through all the speculation and asked her point blank.
Granted, she asked while wearing a lead apron and restraining a large, and very worried German Shepherd on the xray table, but that was not particularly out of the ordinary given the workplace.
“It’s the Gravesfield Killer,” Camila admitted. “CLEAR!”
“Oh,” Amy said, sounding like this wasn’t the answer she expected.
The Shepherd gave a concerned whine.
There was a beep, indicating the radiograph had been taken. Moments later it appeared digitally on an adjacent computer screen.
“No obvious hip dysplasia,” Camila said, sounding a little surprised and squinting her eyes at the image. “It bothers me that no one was ever caught. No suspects, not even a person of interest.”
The Shepherd whimpered in agreement.
“It’s been a while,” Amy said. “Maybe they just moved on. Does that femur head look a little different from the other?”
“Nah, I think it’s just the positioning. That’s what everyone’s doing, isn’t it. Moving on, forgetting the killer is still out there.”
“Well, what can we do,” Amy said as she and Slice carefully lifted the dog from the table and back to the floor, where they stared at the table with large, concerned eyes and whined again. “If anyone had a lead, I think we’d know by now.”
“Whatever happened to that Todd girls’ video footage?” Slice asked. “Didn’t she say she had it recorded?”
“I’m sure it’s classified evidence,” Camila said in annoyance. “So no chance of getting hold of it.”
“Well it sure didn’t lead to anything if it was,” Slice said.
“You haven’t,” Camila said, bending over the Shepherd and flexing their rear legs one by one. “Noticed any strangers in town, have you?”
“You mean besides the guy that’s staying at your house that nobody seems to know anything about?” Amy said “Or your million exchange students. Any drawer?”
“Nope, if it’s an ACL tear it’s probably only partial at this point…”
The Shepherd whimpered again, looking more worried, if that was even possible.
“I can’t tell if that was a pain response or if this dog is just reactive,” Slice said from where she was holding the front end of the dog. “There’s that weird British guy that Jacob Hopkins is hanging out with.”
“His name is William,” Amy interjected. “He’s a historian from Windsor.”
“The one in England or the one here?” Slice asked.
“Uh, going from the accent, the one in England.”
“How did you find this out?” Camila asked.
“Yeah, Amy,” said Slice. “I was about to say…”
“I saw him in the library and asked,” Amy said. “Instead of spying on him or whatever you’ve been doing.”
“Like you weren’t spying on…that guy in the lobby” Slice began.
“Wait, wait,” Camila said, almost laughing. “What were you doing in a library, Amy?”
“Yeah, were you in the library?” Slice asked gleefully. “Or did you see this William guy in there and just drop everything to go run in and ask him questions.”
“She probably parked her car in the middle of the street,” Camila snickered.
“It’s probably still there,” Slice added with a cackle.
“You two shut up,” Amy said. “As I was saying. William is researching the New England colonies for a paper he’s authoring.”
“Is that why he’s hanging around with Jacob?” Slice asked, her voice taking on a slightly disappointed tone.
“Uh, yeah, actually. Were you hoping he would be the Gravesfield Killer or something?”
“He still could be. Have there been any murders in Windsor?”
“Slice,” Amy said. “It’s like that dude’s razor you’re always talking about.”
The German Shepherd let out another loud, worried whine. This one seemed to be due to the fact that they suddenly weren’t receiving attention.
“Jacob Hopkins is still bad news,” Camila said. “He did threaten my daughter, remember. He’s a completely unhinged conspiracy theorist with a superiority complex, and if I had my way…Let’s just say he wouldn’t be making any more MewTube videos.”
“He hasn’t uploaded in weeks,” Slice said.
“And see,” Amy said. “I don’t think this guy disagrees. He didn’t sound particularly impressed with Jacob. But unfortunately Jacob Hopkins runs the Gravesfield Historical Society. So if you’re researching the history of Gravesfield…?”
“Well this William guy still talks like a religious nutcase and goes digging for Orange Julep signs in the woods,” Slice pointed out.
Amy threw her arms into the air in a dramatic shrug, causing the German Shepherd to start loudly barking in alarm.
***
As rough as King and Moon had a tendency to be, when they did tire out (or at least King did), the two could be found lounging around or curled up together.
Most nights they still found their way to the nest, snuggled with Eda and Raine.
Some nights Hooty tried to join them, much to the annoyance of everybody.
“Hooty, there’s only so much room in here.”
But there were still times when the two kids chose to sleep elsewhere, often in Moon’s room.
And tonight was one of those.
“I call dibs on the pillow!” King cried, racing up the stairs as fast as his little legs would carry them.
“Do not!” Moon shouted, flying after him and quickly ascending the stairs, getting to their room first and launching themself at the pillow, covering it with their entire body.
“Moon!” King said angrily, scrambling onto the bed and trying to pull the pillow away, then trying to pull Moon off the pillow when that failed.
“Nope!” Moon said, wiggling around to try to cover the pillow even more.
“I called dibs!”
“Finders keepers!”
“Dibs!” King cried, grabbing the corner of the pillow and yanking on it.
Moon abruptly snatched it away and threw it onto the floor.
“There’s your pillow,” they said, pointing at the ground. “Go get it.”
“Nah,” King said, tackling Moon and proceeding to curl up on their stomach. “I’ll just use this one.”
To his surprise, Moon didn’t fight back. In fact, they relaxed and let out a contented huff.
“Hey King…” they began.
“Shhhh!” King retorted. “Pillows don’t talk.”
Moon stifled a giggle.
They were, it seemed, deliriously happy to serve as a pillow.
And so it was that two volatile cosmic forces drifted off to sleep.
Chapter 68
Summary:
Flight and seek
Notes:
Morning! I’ve got a few more pages of words to share with you. Autumn has been overall good so far, though still pretty busy, so not a whole lot to add here right now.
Hope to have more to share soon! Enjoy!
A
Chapter Text
“It’s…weird. I’ve never actually had a friend my own age.”
Eda found herself revisiting King’s words.
Of course, Moon was technically eons old while King had hatched a little over eight years ago (how long was incubation for a Titan then?!), but Eda didn’t bring it up.
She was just happy that her kids were no longer fighting and had both found a friend that was as close to a peer as either could probably get.
Sure King could (and probably should!) befriend some kids his own age on the Boiling Isles, but that fact remained that all those kids would grow up faster and he would still outlive them.
This would not be the case with Moon, and Eda found herself hoping against hope that the friendship stuck. It was something that had been in the back of her mind from the very beginning, perhaps from the first day she’d met Moon and seen the glimmerings of what could be.
It did, however, bring some other questions to the forefront. Questions, Eda was forced to admit to herself, that she had been avoiding for the duration of Moon’s presence in the Owl House.
She probably should have posited them earlier, back when Moon was still a trapped shadow - though she likely wouldn’t have received any answers while Moon was so volatile and defensive, their betrayals still raw.
Better late than never, she supposed.
Even now, Eda wasn’t sure how or when to bring it up. Moon’s attitude had shifted, but that was no guarantee that they wouldn’t fly off the handle as they were wont to do when unhappy with a situation or conversation.
And asking even a stable person what they were felt downright rude, even if Eda wasn’t exactly known as the politest witch on the Boiling Isles.
So one afternoon when the sun was sun low and warm on the horizon, while Eda sat in the yard in a tattered lawn chair, apple blood in hand, she just went for it.
“Moon, do you age?”
Moon looked up from where they were grubbing in the dirt with a multitude of biting marbles, their expression quizzical.
“What’cha’ mean?”
“Well, you’re a kid of sorts. We’ve established that, right?”
“Yuhhhh…”
“Well. Kids…usually grow up.”
Eda laughed at the disgusted face Moon made in response to her words.
“I feel ya’, kid,” she said. “Oh but it’s not all bad.”
She took another sip of apple blood before continuing.
“Will you…eventually grow up?”
“Nope!” Moon said happily, flipping over on the ground with a grin. “I’m never ever never gonna’ grow up! Not if I don’t want to.”
“If you don’t want to?” Eda pressed.
The prospect of the happy child before her staying perpetually little made her heart hurt. It was a possibility she’d known was very real, but had been avoiding facing head-on.
“Yep,” Moon said.
“But you…can…?”
“Yeah, duh. But I don’ wanna’, so I’m not gonna’.”
“So you can…change ages…at will?”
Moon shrugged dramatically.
“Noooo, if I grow up into a boring silly fuddy-duddy grown-up, then I’d have to stay a boring silly fuddy-duddy grown up. Blegh. Borrrriiiinnnnngggg!”
So it only went one way, Eda realized. Moon didn’t have control of time in every aspect.
“Oh,” she teased. “So am I a boring, silly fuddy-duddy grown-up?”
Moon giggled.
“IIII’m not a grown-up,” Hooty interjected.
“Yes you are!” Moon insisted.
“I resent that statement!” Hooty shouted.
“You’re being a boring, silly fuddy-duddy grown up right nowwww,” Moon said, turning back to Eda. “‘Cause you’re talking about growing up and stuff.”
“Is that so?” Eda said, a devious smile playing at the corner of her mouth.
“Yeah-huh it’s so…” Moon began, but they were already being scooped up, Eda tossing the mug of apple blood to Hooty, who caught it effortlessly.
The marbles on the ground took advantage of the distraction and began attacking each other.
“Boring, am I?” Eda said. “I’ll show you boring. Owlbert!”
There was a low hoot and Owlbert appeared, flapping his wings as Eda’s staff materialized.
She took a seat, placing Moon just ahead of her.
“Hang tight.”
Owlbert took off, quickly gathering speed, and Moon gave a shout of laughter.
They flew out over the coast, cliffs where a fog bank was just starting to drift in over the Boiling Sea.
Eda steered Owlbert upwards and then abruptly dipped, following the contours of an especially rocky cape.
Moon needlessly gripped the staff, eyes crinkled, grin wide.
Sure, they could fly higher and faster on their own, but there was also a kind of rush that came with someone else choosing the course of the flight, each change and turn unexpected and exciting.
It was fun in the same way that being thrown across a room was fun.
Moon let the forces of motion and gravity pull them direction to direction, experimenting with holding on with both hands, just one, and even hanging upside-down by their knees.
“My turn!” they cried. “My turn to drive!”
But Eda just dropped steeply once again, Moon flipping upwards, their hair flying yet somehow managing not to lose their hat.
It occurred to Eda that she hadn’t flown her staff with Moon since…since…Before they’d been trapped when she took them to the Looking Glass Graveyard.
The memory made Eda sick to her stomach. Moon had been powerless then , she’d still been getting used to flying one-handed and, as far as either of them were concerned, they’d just witnessed King get murdered by the Titan Trappers.
They had been miserable and traumatized and their day had only gotten worse afterwards.
Yet somehow, against all odds, they’d ended up here and now.
“My turn! My turn!” Moon repeated, the memories of that day clearly not at the forefront. “My time to drive!”
“Oh really? Do you really think you can drive a staff?”
“Uh, yeah. Duh I can fly a staff.”
Owlbert hooted his misgivings.
“Have you ever,” Eda asked. “Flown a staff before?”
“Hmmmmmm,” Moon said, spinning around to face her and screwing their face up as they thought. Then, brightly “I dunno’!”
“Yeah, that sounds about right. Flying a staff is one of those boring fuddy-duddy things that grown-ups do.”
Moon’s expression went from delighted to mad in a millisecond.
“Is NOT!” they shouted.
“You walked right into that one, kid,” Eda laughed.
“Wanna’ drive now.”
“Maybe let me teach you first…”
“Uggghh! Boring! I don’ need a staff to fly, anyway.”
Moon abruptly let go and flew in circles, looping around Eda and Owlbert.
“That’s true…” Eda said.
She leaned forward, gripping the staff tightly and putting on a burst of speed.
“Race you to the cove!”
“Hey no fair!” Moon called, zooming after her. “You got a head start!”
“Yeah, ‘cause you have magic powers and two hands!” Eda grinned as they caught up to her effortlessly. “So I’d say it’s more than fair!”
“Yeahhh,” Moon admitted, a rare concession. “Okay, you’re right.”
They turned a mid-air flip just ahead of Eda and cackled.
“Catch me if you can, slowpoke!”
“Oh it’s on,” Eda said, flying after them at top speed as they both raced for a tiny cove between cliff faces, visible through a break in the thickening coastal fog.
As if she had any hope of catching up to Moon, as if she could even come close if they didn’t want her to.
“I WIN!” Moon shouted, their cry echoing against the cliffs as they hit the ground running.
The tide was in, so the beach was quite small, not having been very large to begin with.
Eda landed, staff dematerializing.
“Still think I’m a boring loser grown-up?” she called.
“Well you’re definitely a loooooser!” Moon crowed, dancing about, kicking off their shoes. “‘Cause you just lost! You couldn’t catch me! You can’t catch me! Youuuuu can’t catch me, na-na-na-na-na-naaaaaa!”
“Oh I know a challenge when I hear one,” Eda said, toeing off her boots.
Moon laughed when she lost balance and momentarily hopped around when one of her feet came off too.
She reattached it and ran towards Moon, who squealed and ran off through the tendrils of mist that were drifting ashore.
Eda gave pursuit, Moon glancing back over their shoulder when visibility allowed.
There wasn’t far they could go unless they flew or used their powers to do something to the cliffs ahead.
“I’ll get you this time!” Eda called, sprinting towards the sound of laughter.
But Moon’s laugh was different now and, when Eda caught a glimpse of them through the fog, their expression had changed.
“Oh no,” she said. “Moon.”
But the light was fading and the fog was overtaking the beach.
“Moon! Wait!”
Maybe it was the wrong thing to say.
Eda stopped running, listening to the sound of the boiling waves lapping along the shore just out of sight, the fog rapidly obscuring everything.
She could hear Moon starting to hyperventilate and she followed the sound to a small sea cave at the base of the cliffs.
Owlbert was sitting in the sand at the entrance, looking concerned.
Eda saw red eyes flash from the shadows, wide and what might have come across as threatening if she hadn’t known better.
She drew a light glyph in the sand, tapping it so that a small glowing sphere rose to her hand.
She reached out, illuminating the cave, which wasn’t much more than a tiny indentation under the cliffs.
Moon was crouched at the back of the little cave, looking very distressed.
“Go away!” they squawked automatically.
Eda sighed.
The flight might not have triggered bad memories for Moon, but apparently being chased had.
“Moon, breathe,” Eda said.
“I don’ have to!” Moon shot back, looking as alarmed by their own reactions as they were by the situation at hand.
Eda knew she had to proceed carefully.
“Are you okay?” she asked, even though they clearly were not.
At the very least it was an acknowledgement of sorts.
“...m’scared,” Moon admitted, starting to look away in…shame, perhaps? They quickly recovered and shot their gaze back at Eda.
“I’m sorry,” she said, quietly, kneeling at the mouth of the cave, while trying not to block it entirely. “I didn’t mean to scare you.”
“I wanted you to chase me!” Moon wailed. “I wanted to play! I trust you! I was playing! I was just playing! It’s not supposed to be scary! It’s not fair!”
“Moon…”
“You’re my Owl Lady,” Moon said, and Eda was unclear if they were speaking to her or more to themself. “I trust you! I trust you! I just wanted to play!”
Seemingly out of thin air, Moon pulled something small and glowing, squeezing it in their hand.
For a moment, Eda thought it was a light spell, but then she recognized it as the piece of geyser agate she had gifted them.
“You still have that little rock?” she asked, surprised they hadn’t immediately lost it (and whatsmore had apparently been carrying it with them).
“Yeah, it’s mine! You gave it to me! I trust you! I’m not scared of you. This was a stupid game. I trust you.”
Moon gritted out the last statement, glaring at the agate as it glowed in their hand.
“Hey,” Eda said. “Sneaky-Peek.”
Moon looked up from the agate.
Eda left her light spell hovering in the air and reached out to trace something else in the sand.
It wasn’t a glyph, but rather Raine’s loopy infinity heart symbol, if a little more lopsided than Raine usually drew it.
Moon looked from the heart drawing, to Eda, to the geyser agate, to Owlbert.
Their breathing evened out, they relaxed.
“We can stop the game now,” Eda said.
“You gotta’ catch me first,” Moon said dully. “That’s the rules.”
They looked resigned, unhappy.
“It doesn’t have to be.”
“I’m not a cheater.”
“Oh. Well, in that case…” Eda reached out a hand, finger extended, but did not actually move towards Moon. “C’mere, Sneaky-Peek. Looks like I caught you. Bzzzzzz…”
The reaction was instantaneous.
Moon’s expression lit up like a playful puppy offered a familiar, favorite toy. They practically fell over themself scurrying forward, reaching out their own finger to meet Eda’s.
“Bzzzzzzzzzzt!”
Eda felt a staticky jolt from the contact.
“You’re it,” she said simply.
Looking relieved and delighted, Moon launched themself at her chest, knocking the wind out of her with considerable force.
“Careful, kid. I’m not indestructible, remember.”
Moon let up on their grip.
“Come on, Moonbeam. Let’s go get supper. I can show you how I fly the staff on the way home.
Owlbert hooted an affirmative.
Although Eda tried to explain the basics as they flew home, her mind wasn’t exactly present as flying was still fairly automatic to her now.
Moon seemed to have recovered and was back to being cheerful and annoying, but Eda couldn’t help but think about the injustice of what had just transpired.
Moon was a kid who loved playing games with every fiber of their being, to the point of it being how they saw and made sense of the universe around them.
It was the promise of play that had motivated them, kept them hopeful throughout the eons of their imprisonment.
So it seemed unbelievably cruel that it could be games themselves that brought Moon’s trauma to the surface.
It had happened before, during the game of “Guess My Name” when Moon was still a trapped shadow, it had happened when they were free and tussling on the floor.
What should have been safe, happy moments had been invaded by the ugliness of past events.
Moon was right, it wasn’t fair. They should be able to play to their heart’s content without remembering what it felt like to actually be chased, captured and trapped, or what it was like to not be safe, happy and loved.
**
Philip was growing steadily weaker and the monstrosity of palisman souls within him stronger and more incessant.
To his dismay, the wound across his face was starting to reopen.
To his annoyance, Jacob kept commenting on it.
“Are you sure this is a curse?” he asked worriedly. “You did say you feel sick and tired.”
“I’m fatigued, Hopkins,” Philip said, sitting on the sofa, face pressed into his hands as he waited in vain for the wave of nausea to subside. “Though I suppose you could call it an infection of demonic sorts. But your antibiotics cannot treat it - that we’ve already established.”
“But what about flesh-eating bacteria?” Jacob pressed. “Isn’t it true the Martians are commissioning the shadow government to culture biological warfare…”
Philip heaved, or rather the monstrosity within did.
He tried to block out Jacob’s concerned chatter. He couldn’t lose control, not now, not after coming this far.
He had Jacob’s unwavering loyalty.
He just needed more palismen.
He could feel the insatiable hunger in the pit of his stomach, a sensation that brought back flashes, memories of the past Winter.
The hunger, clearly the evil greed of the palismen, threatened to overtake him with a kind of vindictive glee.
Philip took several deep, heavy breaths, willing the conglomeration to stay in check.
Fortunately he’d had years of practice.
“I don’t like seeing you like this,” Jacob said, his admission surprisingly quiet, considering his usual cadence. “Just tell me what I can do to help you.”
Philip looked up.
“Your concern is touching,” he said. “You can help me by assisting in the completion of my mission. The only thing that can alleviate…my…cursed affliction is, regrettably, artifacts that are equally vile in nature.”
“What artifacts?”
“Nothing that we can find in the human realm.”
“Well how can we find them?”
“That’s enough questions. Time is of the essence and our focus needs to be on finding passage back to the demon realm…”
“Mars, you mean?!? We’re going to go to Mars?”
“The survival of the witches and our inability to summon The Collector indicates that they have somehow managed to gain his favor. He stopped the Draining Spell in exchange for something offered to him, likely freedom from containment. But that means he is still at large and his relationship with the Isles is tenuous.”
“And that means…?”
“The Collector is a danger to the witches and there have no doubt been casualties. He will essentially have the Isles under threat, leaving the survivors with no option but to placate him, bend to his will.”
As well as, Philip thought to himself, the inverse.
He wouldn’t divulge this to Jacob, of course, but Philip knew all too well how naive and highly suggestible The Collector was.
There was one looming question to which Philip had no answer, and that was how exactly The Collector had been freed in the first place.
It was something he’d been wondering since he first encountered The Collector in their physical form on the Day Of Unity. Of course, on that particular day, he’d only had moments to ponder this question before being launched into a wall and smashed into oblivion.
But, once his senses had returned to him at Jacob’s house, Philip had found the question nagging at him.
Titan’s blood was needed to release The Collector - and not an insignificant amount at that.
Philip had practically turned the Isles upside-down over the course of four hundred years to find barely enough Titan’s blood to activate the Portal.
How in the name of God had someone managed to find another source that fast?
How did they have enough for repeated trips between realms?
Philip was determined to make sense of it all. He was determined that he could make sense of it all if. Those. Hellacious. Voices in his head would just shut up.
Along with Jacob, who was somehow still chattering on and on.
“...and the shapeshifter could be anybody. It even took the form of your brother last Winter, and I’m pretty sure the barista at the coffee shop was…”
What Jacob was saying suddenly registered.
“What?” he barked, enough of an edge to his tone to derail Jacob mid-sentence.
“...uh…?”
“What did you say,” Philip said, voice deadly soft. “About my brother?”
“The…the shapeshifter. It had to be her. Took the form of him, but not quite right. Younger than you. And she had this attack bird familiar thing. It scratched my face. But of course there’s all this cardinal imagery associated with Caleb Wittebane…”
The new buzzing in Philip’s head was nearly enough to drown out the voices.
So he’d survived too, that last Grimwalker mockery.
Not indefinitely, obviously, but that wasn’t the point.
Philip shouldn’t have been surprised, of course. The obvious failure of the Draining Spell would have spared Hunter along with the rest of the witches.
Still, having that confirmed for certain had a strange effect on Philip, and he had to take another breath to settle himself.
“Attack bird familiar?” he asked. “What did it look like?”
Chapter 69
Summary:
Moon discovers grudgeby.
Notes:
Morning everyone!
Slowly but surely making progress on this thing. We are soon to be moving into the home stretch of Arc 3A. Thanks as always for sticking around through every delay, hiatus and just the fact that this story ended up FAR longer than I ever anticipated. While much of this arc has been slice-of-life, I promise there are more interesting things happening in the future.
Also, how are we feeling about Knights Of Guinevere? I thought the pilot knocked it out of the park! Can’t wait to see more.
Alice
Chapter Text
To mark the end of the school year, Hunter took it upon himself to throw together a big meal for the household.
Although he didn’t feel particularly celebratory himself, everyone else apparently did and he was nothing if not enthusiastic to use the opportunity to create some new meal.
“You have quite the knack for this,” Darius said, peering over his shoulder approvingly.
“Thanks, Darius.”
Flapjack, perched on Hunter’s head, gave an affronted squawk, as if to say that of course he did.
It was true. Hunter had discovered that he was remarkably adept at cooking up meals with whatever he could find, often using up little odds and ends from the back of the fridge which might have otherwise gone to waste.
“Yeah, if it’s me, I need one of those step-by-step recipes,” Vee agreed from where Hunter had her dicing up tomatoes. “No way I can come up with something off the top of my head like that. You’re a culinary genius.”
Hunter practically glowed.
“My father,” Darius said. “Was actually a renowned chef where he came from, and I think even he would be impressed with this. Although,” he gently elbowed Hunter. “He’d pretend not to be. Either that or challenge you to a bake-off because he wasn’t one to be outdone.”
“Did he teach you?” Hunter asked.
“To cook? A little. But it was never my forte. I mainly cooked at the castle because…let’s just say your predecessor did not share your talent, and I got tired of him setting the stove on fire.”
Darius’ voice wavered somewhere between disdainful and fond.
Hunter furiously stirred his concoction, wracking his brain for how to respond. He wanted to know more.
Darius rarely mentioned the previous Golden Guard, and Hunter knew the memories pained him. But he had so many questions that had never been satisfactorily answered.
“So he…my pre…the Golden Guard. He…he wasn’t entirely like me?”
Flapjack twittered something, nestling into Hunter’s hair.
“Not entirely,” Darius said. “I do see a lot of him in you but…he was a very different person. I’m glad of that.”
“Yeah,” Hunter said. “Me too.”
He took comfort in the thought that there was something differentiating him from the others.
“It means I’m different from Caleb, too.”
“I would imagine so.”
Flapjack stomped his little feet on Hunter’s scalp and let out a flurry of chirps. Hunter’s heart sank a little as he listened, the momentary relief slipping away.
“What?” Darius said, noticing the change in Hunter’s expression. “What did he say?”
“Nothing,” Hunter lied quickly. “He just…he says we need more avocado.”
Flapjack squawked that this was not what he had said.
He had, in fact, reminded Hunter of something that he’d rather not have been reminded of.
While each of the Golden Guards, each of the grimwalkers had been a little different, Belos had been working to recreate his brother for hundreds of years, each attempt just a little closer.
It meant, as Belos himself had implied, that Hunter was closer to Caleb than any of the others.
“I’m not like him,” Hunter muttered. “I just look like…I’m different on the inside.”
Flapjack offered a loud retort.
“You’re not helping,” Hunter snapped.
“What’s that?” Darius and Vee both asked, looking up.
“Nothing,” Hunter said. “I was just talking to Flapjack.”
“Then I’ll leave you to it,” Darius said, handing him an avocado that had been hiding behind a grocery bag on the counter.
Something was bothering Darius, and he couldn’t quite put a finger on it.
Actually, a lot of things were bothering Darius, it was par for the course for him. It wasn’t just Hunter either. Everything bothered him, and the human realm was no exception.
He was starting to get a bit more educated on the politics of the realm, and it wasn’t impressing him. It didn’t seem to be in any better shape than the Boiling Isles.
However right now his concern was a lot more specific, centered back on the town of Gravesfield and the strange abandoned house just down the road.
He thought back to his investigation, taking stock of every nook and cranny. He had the nagging feeling he’d missed something extremely obvious.
However, without anything definitive, and no more attacks or appearances by the Gravesfield Killer, he found he couldn’t come up with a solid enough reason to keep the portal door closed.
“Just as long as we make sure it’s not left open for any longer than it takes us to travel between worlds,” he said the next day, tone firm and serious.
And so it was at long last, and with great enthusiasm that Luz barged back into the Owl House, family in tow and found herself practically pounced on by Eda.
“Luz!”
She held Luz in a one-armed vice grip, kissing the top of her head repeatedly and growling in a slightly possessive manner.
“Eda,” Luz giggled delightedly. “I’m fine, see?”
“Never letting you out of my sight again,” Eda snarled into her hair.
“Oh, does this mean the wicked witch has her trapped forever in her house?” Camila asked with a good-natured smirk.
“Yes. She’ll never escape,” Eda said, glancing up at Camila and winking.
“Weh! And if she tries, I’ll stop her,” King cried, scrambling upwards to wrap himself around Luz’s neck. “Move over, Eda. The King Of Demons demands tribute.”
“King!” Luz squealed, managing to free one of her arms to hug him back. “Haven’t heard that title in a hot minute.”
“Don’t worry,” Eda grinned at Camila. “I won’t separate you from your daughter forever. I’ll keep you too.”
“Uhhhh…” Camila said.
There was an explosion of jealousy from beside the three and suddenly Moon was forcibly squeezing themself between Eda and Luz, causing the former to adjust her grip lest her head or arm detach.
“Moon!” Luz cried, trying to ruffle their hair from her awkward, pinned position. “How’s my other little sibling?”
Moon frowned, as if they weren’t sure who Luz was talking about were concerned it might be a rival for their family’s affection.
“Insufferable menace as always,” King said. “But more and more of a loyal minion every day.”
“Wow, King. That’s a plot development I need to hear about.”
Moon gave up on trying to parse out who or what was being referred to and instead relaxed, relishing the feeling of being absolutely squished between the Owl Lady, her human, and King.
“Hey!” Hooty cried from where he was already coiled around a resigned-looking Hunter. “What am I, chopped giraffe?”
“Get over here, you feathery worm!” Luz said and suddenly she, King, Moon and Eda found themselves somewhat restricted as an overly-enthusiastic house demon wrapped himself around them.
“Hooty, Hooty, okay,” Eda said. “You know you see me every day.”
“But every day is a new day,” Hooty said.
After a bit of an extraction effort, Eda found Hunter.
Hunter still had little idea how to respond to sudden hugs or affection, and he still briefly stiffened at Eda’s embrace, before letting himself relax.
“It’s good to see you, Owl Lady,” he said.
“Is that all you’ve got to say?” Eda said. “Geez, kid, you’re as thin as a rake. Does human food not agree with you or something? Because I know Camila isn’t starving you.”
She let go of Hunter and turned to face Camila.
“Right?”
“Uh, right,” Camila said awkwardly, not sure if Eda’s playful tone belied a serious accusation.
“I can assure you,” Darius said, from the sidelines. “Camila Noceda has not been starving Hunter or anyone else.”
But Camila did give Eda a pointed look as if the topic was something she wanted to discuss, just not here and now.
“So I do get to keep you here too, yeah?” Eda said.
“That…uh…that won’t be necessary,” Camila said. “I trust you with Luz and Hunter and I have a full surgery schedule this week…”
“You should at least stay long enough to see my laboratory,” Darius protested. “And I need to see what kind of atrocities Alador is committing in his, and I am not going over there alone.”
“You better not be involving me in your whole whatever-it-is that you have going on with him…” Camila began, but she did look intrigued.
There was much energy and excitement in the house and Moon was practically feeding off it. Once they’d stopped climbing all over Luz, they had resumed what was on track to become their new mantra.
“I don’t want Boiling Isles algae, I don’t want Boiling Isles algae, I don’t want Boiling Isles algae…”
This seemed to be their greeting to Camila and Vee as they wove and danced around the two, chanting.
“And hello to you too,” Camila said warmly, although Vee seemed more than a little wary.
“Oh yeah,” Luz said. “I got your message a while back and got Vee to do some reconnaissance to the pet store about your algae thing…”
“The good news is,” Vee said brightly. “The pet store lady has a treatment. Sounds like it’s from the human realm, not the Boiling Isles.”
“Even though it’s red?” King asked.
I don’t want Boiling Isles algae…”
“Yeah, I guess the ocean in the human realm has more in common with the demon realm than we think,” Vee said.
“IIIIII could have told you thaaaaaaat,” Hooty said. “That starfish is ten times more horrifying than anything the Boiling Isles could come up with. At least.”
“The bad news is,” Vee said. “The treatment probably isn’t good for invertebrates. So we might just have to wait for the algae to go away.”
“I don’t want Boiling Isles algae…”
“Oh and it’s not actually algae,” Vee continued. “It’s some sort of bacterial slime mat…”
“I don’t want…”
“Cyanobacteria,” Hunter supplied.
“Yeah, that’s what Willow seemed to think when I had her look at it,” Eda said.
“It’s actually thought to be the oldest lifeform in the human realm,” Hunter said enthusiastically. “And I think that if you look at evolution on the Boiling Isles, we might actually have a similar…AAAAAGGHHHHH!!!”
Moon had finally zeroed in on Hunter.
“You’re back!” they squealed. “You’re back! You’re back! I knew you’d come back.”
Their tone was even more taunting than normal.
“Get out of my face!” Hunter cried, voice rising as he attempted to push them away.
Moon shrieked with laughter as Hunter swatted his arms around like he was being attacked by an aggressive wasp.
Flapjack fluttered about, reprimanding Moon to no avail.
Gradually the frenzy subsided, only to reignite about half an hour later when Raine returned with a thick folder full of new promotional material from Hexside, and found themself accosted by everyone.
Camila, Hunter and Vee did indeed accompany Darius to look at abomination laboratories, but things only marginally settled down after that.
Raine spent the evening trying to work on a new composition, which was nearly impossible given everything that was going on around them.
As a result, the piece itself began to morph and change from what Raine had initially intended, taking on a tune of restless chaos, refusing to settle for very long at any given point.
“You trying to compose dance music now?” Eda commented.
“Not my usual style,” Raine admitted. “But I kind of like it.”
“Yeah, me too.”
“You could play it at a grudgeby match,” Luz suggested.
“Unfortunately I can’t,” Raine said. “Unless Hexside finds somewhere for a new grudgeby field, considering somebody turned the field into a bottomless pit.”
They glanced at Moon with a smirk.
“We could set up the field here!” Hooty said.
“Really?!” Moon cried.
“Like we did that time when Lulu was still head of the Emperor’s Coven and faced off against Eda in the yard.”
“Wait, what?” Luz asked.
“Not Lilith’s finest time,” Eda said.
“No, I wanna’ hear about this,” Luz said, focusing intently.
“It was when you were off doing whatever it was you were doing and Lily came by and tried to arrest me and I challenged her to a grudgeby match instead. I won. Obviously.”
“Fair and square,” Hooty confirmed.
“I can’t believe I missed that,” Luz said.
“I wanna’ play grudgeby right now,” Moon said.
“And you didn’t even tell me…”
“King was the cheerleader,” Hooty offered helpfully.
“King was…? Oh. Yeah, I always wondered why you were wearing that outfit, King.”
“WANNA’. PLAY. GRUDGEBY. NOW!”
“Right now?” Raine asked, tugging Moon’s hat down over their eyes.
“YES RIGHT NOW,” Moon said, pushing the hat back up and looking up at Raine.
“How about,” Raine said, tugging the hat back down. “Tomorrow morning?”
“I’ll get the field ready first thing!” Hooty said excitedly.
Moon pushed their hat back up.
“Can we, can we, can we!”
“Tomorrow,” Eda said. “The game is on.”
“Pinky swear?”
“Pinky swear,” Eda said, leaning over and linking her little finger with Moon’s.
This seemed to placate them, although any sleepiness they might have had vanished, and they were literally buzzing with excitement.
It should not, therefore, have come as a surprise to Eda when dawn broke a full hour and a half early the next morning, accompanied by Moon shaking her vigorously and shouting.
“WAKEY-WAKEEEYYYY! IT’S TOMORROW! IT’S TOMORROW! TIME TO PLAY GRUDGEBY! YOU PINKY SWORE!”
“Moon, it’s so early,” Eda muttered.
But Moon was relentless, and Eda finally allowed herself to be dragged from the nest, retrieving a cup of apple blood while Moon bounced off to wake the rest of the household.
Their antics were met with varying levels of enthusiasm, but eventually everyone found themselves assembled on the lawn as the sun rose higher in the sky.
Camila and Vee were especially confused, having gotten home late and deciding to crash on the couch rather than rousing Luz or King to reopen the portal.
The two of them were decidedly not used to Moon’s antics.
Eda did her best to explain the rules of the game, and what variations there would be in a simple backyard match - mainly for Moon’s benefit, since everybody else present was already familiar with grudgeby.
“League rules require at least three players per team,” Eda said. “But since this isn’t a league-sanctioned match, they can be as small as one player on each team. And a real grudgeby field would be filled with hidden magical traps and obstacles. We don’t exactly have that, but we do have…”
“HOOTYYYYYY!” Hooty cried. “I’ll provide the needed challenges to make the game more interesting, hoot-hoot!”
King was more than a little miffed that he couldn’t find his cheerleader outfit. It had almost certainly been among the items never recovered after the Coven Scouts had ransacked the house.
“Unless it was in one of those closets of junk, it’s probably long gone,” Eda said. “Or the basement. I know Hooty chucked a bunch of stuff down there before the scouts showed up.”
“Just doing my part keeping things tidy!” Hooty said. “If you can’t see it, it’s not your problem.”
“That is my problem!” King told him loudly. “I need my armor and I can’t see it anywhere.”
“It probably wouldn’t fit you anymore, buddy,” Luz pointed out. “You…have grown a fair bit since then.”
The game turned out to be a runaway success, with Moon being fully focused and loving it.
To everyone’s surprise, they didn’t overuse magic to win, instead staying within the constraints of the game and tempering what they were actually capable of to avoid cheating.
“They do respect rules,” Raine observed. “Almost to a fault. Just as long as…you know, it’s in the framework of playing a game.”
“This is a good outlet for them,” Camila agreed, watching Eda, grudgeby ball in hand, dive around Hooty with Moon in pursuit. “They look like they’re having a really good time.”
***
By afternoon, everyone besides Moon was more than a little worn out from the exertion.
Eda stretched out on the sofa, flipping through the Hexside course list with a frown.
“Experimental Scrying?” she read. “Ecological Theory Of Wild Magic? History Of Pre-Empiric Magic Use? Wait, is Lilith teaching this course? She would be. Why didn’t she tell me, though?”
Eda dropped the list and grabbed her Penstagram, furiously typing something with her thumb.
“Bump’s really gone all out,” Luz said. “He decided to scrap the Empire-sanctioned curriculum altogether and teach us all,” she waggled her fingers theatrically. “Forbidden knowledge.”
“So I’ve heard,” Eda said. “I didn’t realize how much he was overhauling though.”
“Apparently Glandis is going the other way, though,” Luz went on, wrinkling her nose like the thought itself smelled rotten. “Gus says according to Matt Tholomule, they’re set to double down on no mixing magic when they reopen.”
“But the whole Coven system has kind of broken down, right?” King said. “I mean, they’re not still branding the graduates with Coven sigils, are they?”
“They better not be,” Eda said darkly.
“No, we confiscated all the branding gloves we could find,” Raine said. “As far as we know, nobody’s getting sigils anymore. But yeah. Glandis is still pushing single-track education. Hard to deviate from old habits and build a whole new curriculum. Especially since they already had to rebuild their entire campus.”
“Well good on Bump for writing a new one,” Eda said, picking up the pamphlet off the floor and holding it above where she lay. “Spellwork Interactions? That’s a mixing magic course if I’ve ever heard of one. Do you know what I’d have given to take a course like that when I was a kid?”
She sounded almost wistful.
“Depends on when you’re talking about,” Raine said. “I remember a time when you just wanted to be out of school.”
“Eh, those were some not-so-great times,” Eda admitted. “But do you know what I’d do to take a course like that now?”
“Eda you could teach a course like that,” King said, around a rather disgusting-looking popsicle he was eating that appeared to be filled with some sort of frozen guts.
“You should enroll!” Luz cried.
“Hah!” Eda said. “That’s a good one. Yeahhhh no.”
“But you just said…”
“Luz, I’m a dropout, remember. And I am way too old.”
She grimaced.
“Well you could go back,” Luz pressed.
“Not at this age.”
“You could.”
“No.”
“But maybe if you talked to Bump…”
“Luz, that boat sailed off a cliff a few decades ago. I already have a life and family, and someone’s gotta’ bring home the snails. No, it’s fine. I’ll stick to teaching you and King.”
“And Moon,” King said.
“Well I ain’t teaching Moon any magic that they don’t already know,” Eda said, throwing the Hexside pamphlet down on the coffee table with a bit more force than necessary.
Moon looked down from where they were tormenting spiders on the ceiling. As per usual, they didn’t quite understand the conversation, but everyone’s enthusiasm and emotion surrounding Hexside piqued their curiosity.
“Aaaaand speaking of snails,” Eda said, standing up and stretching. “Bonesborough is supposed to be hopping tomorrow and I have a boatload of potions I need to sell.”
“Aw yisss!” Luz cried, punching the air. “Market Day! Amity and I were going to hang out anyway and meet up with Willow and Gus! This’ll be perfect!”
“I can’t believe you’ve gone this long without seeing Amity,” King said.
“I was thinking of ditching work tomorrow and joining you too,” Raine said, running their bow across the violin strings and then frowning and trying to retune it. “I’ll brew lots of coffee.”
“Mom, you should come too!” Luz said. “You’ve never actually been to a market day in Bonesborough.”
“I already called into work one day,” Camila said. “I don’t know how fair it would be to take another…”
“You should do it,” Vee said unexpectedly. “I’m not a huge fan, but if you can experience it, you definitely should.”
“So this is a whole family market day, huh?” King said.
“I don’t see why not,” Eda said. “It’s been a while.”
“Wait,” Hooty said. “Does that mean…?”
“MEEE!” Moon cried. “What about me?”
“Wellll…” Luz began.
Eda and Raine looked at each other.
“Good a time as any,” Raine said, watching Eda’s grin.
“UGH! FINALLY! I get to go somewhere cool!”
“Are you saying the Owl House is un-cool?” Eda said, feigning outrage.
“BLASPHEMY!” Hooty shouted.
Moon stuck out their tongue at him.
“I’m sure we can get a concealment stone by tomorrow morning,” Raine said.
“I’ll have Amity bring one before we leave,” Luz said.
“We’re going to Bonesborough tomorrowwww!” Moon chanted. “We’re going to Bonesborough tomorrowwww! We’re going…”
“You have been to Bonesborough before,” Eda pointed out. “You rampaged through it with the Owl Beast and went to Morton’s stand.”
“That doesn’t count,” Moon retorted.
“We’re not going to be having that much fun in Bonesborough,” Hunter said. “You’re just making it sound way more exciting than it actually is.”
“Speak for yourself,” Hooty said. “You haven’t been stuck in the same place forever.”
“Well it sounds exciting to me,” Moon said sharply.
Despite having played backyard grudgeby all morning, Moon spent the rest of the evening literally bouncing off the walls singing, rhyming and just generally in a frenzy.
It shouldn’t have come as a surprise, considering all of this, that Starfishie ended up out of the tank and onto the stairs halfway through the evening.
“Moon!” Luz chastised. “Put Starfishie back!”
“My starfish is excited too!” Moon cried, hurling it the rest of the way down the stairs.
“NO!” Luz cried.
Fortunately, upon reaching it, Luz determined the starfish had not exploded or turned to oobleck, though a bit of healing magic was probably in order again.
“Gimmie-gimmie-gimmie!” Moon said, making grabbing motions with their hands.
Luz felt Starfishie jerk in Moon’s direction with every grab, grateful her own grip was in such a way that the creature wouldn’t be ripped apart.
“We’re not playing Toss The Starfish Downstairs,” Luz said with as much of an authoritative tone that she could muster.
“Play Toss The Starfish!” Moon cried delightedly.
“No.”
When their initial, surprisingly gentle efforts did not yield results, Moon just made a lazy beckoning motion, pulling the starfish back up the stairs, and Luz along with it.
“Ack! Moon!”
Moon snatched the starfish away and proceeded to chuck it back down the stairs.
“Toss The Starfish Downstairs!” they crowed.
Fortunately Luz’s skills and instincts had grown strong over the years and she caught Starfishie in midair with a well-timed reflex.
Pages Navigation
scatteredstars on Chapter 1 Sat 02 Jul 2022 05:46PM UTC
Comment Actions
A_E_Redacted on Chapter 1 Wed 06 Jul 2022 04:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
Astralic on Chapter 1 Sun 03 Jul 2022 03:00AM UTC
Comment Actions
A_E_Redacted on Chapter 1 Wed 06 Jul 2022 04:14PM UTC
Comment Actions
Jakeyboylove on Chapter 1 Sun 03 Jul 2022 09:20AM UTC
Comment Actions
A_E_Redacted on Chapter 1 Wed 06 Jul 2022 04:14PM UTC
Comment Actions
Sweetslab on Chapter 1 Sun 03 Jul 2022 09:30AM UTC
Comment Actions
A_E_Redacted on Chapter 1 Wed 06 Jul 2022 04:13PM UTC
Comment Actions
The_Keeper_of_Worlds on Chapter 1 Mon 04 Jul 2022 05:52AM UTC
Comment Actions
A_E_Redacted on Chapter 1 Wed 06 Jul 2022 04:11PM UTC
Comment Actions
Mytholagygirl2345 on Chapter 1 Wed 06 Jul 2022 06:47PM UTC
Comment Actions
Majin01 on Chapter 1 Sun 07 Aug 2022 04:23AM UTC
Comment Actions
Acerplatanoides_Mapletree26 on Chapter 1 Sun 04 Sep 2022 05:12PM UTC
Comment Actions
Majin01 on Chapter 1 Sat 17 Sep 2022 06:33PM UTC
Comment Actions
sheepheadfred on Chapter 1 Thu 27 Oct 2022 03:44AM UTC
Comment Actions
Owl_of_the_Stars on Chapter 1 Mon 20 Feb 2023 05:27AM UTC
Comment Actions
egggiez (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sun 16 Apr 2023 07:29PM UTC
Comment Actions
The_Peep_Behind_The_Slaughter on Chapter 1 Sun 04 Jun 2023 05:48PM UTC
Comment Actions
Goldfish (Guest) on Chapter 1 Thu 22 Jun 2023 01:20AM UTC
Comment Actions
rosemaidenvixen on Chapter 1 Mon 18 Sep 2023 11:28PM UTC
Comment Actions
The_Fandom_Wanderer on Chapter 1 Mon 25 Sep 2023 09:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
TheAssassinLover on Chapter 2 Wed 06 Jul 2022 05:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
A_E_Redacted on Chapter 2 Sat 09 Jul 2022 03:39PM UTC
Comment Actions
Sweetslab on Chapter 2 Wed 06 Jul 2022 11:07PM UTC
Comment Actions
A_E_Redacted on Chapter 2 Sat 09 Jul 2022 03:42PM UTC
Comment Actions
TygerTygerInBlackestNight on Chapter 2 Wed 05 Jul 2023 08:14PM UTC
Comment Actions
TygerTygerInBlackestNight on Chapter 2 Wed 05 Jul 2023 08:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
Jakeyboylove on Chapter 2 Thu 07 Jul 2022 10:45AM UTC
Comment Actions
A_E_Redacted on Chapter 2 Sat 09 Jul 2022 03:45PM UTC
Comment Actions
Mytholagygirl2345 on Chapter 2 Sat 09 Jul 2022 05:22AM UTC
Comment Actions
A_E_Redacted on Chapter 2 Sat 09 Jul 2022 03:49PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation